UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-Q

 

(Mark One)

   QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2018

 

   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from ______________ to ______________

 

Commission file number 000-54218

 

EVO Transportation & Energy Services, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   37-1615850
(State or other jurisdiction of   (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)   Identification No.)

 

8285 West Lake Pleasant Parkway

Peoria, AZ 85382

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

 

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 877-973-9191

  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒  No ☐ 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒  No ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

 

Large accelerated filer Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer  ☐  (do not check if smaller reporting company) Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company ☐     

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the issuer is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐  No ☒ 

 

As of November 15, 2018, there were 2,758,530 shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.0001, outstanding.

  

 

 

 

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

INDEX

 

  Page No.
   
PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION 1
   
Item 1. Financial Statements 1
   
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. 29
   
Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk. 48
   
Item 4. Controls and Procedures. 48
   
PART II – OTHER INFORMATION 49
   
Item 1. Legal Proceedings. 49
   
Item 1A. Risk Factors. 49
   
Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds. 61
   
Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities. 61
   
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures. 61
   
Item 5. Other Information. 61
   
Item 6. Exhibits. 61
   
SIGNATURES 62
   
EXHIBIT INDEX 63

 

i

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Item 1. Financial Statements

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

    (Unaudited)    
    September 30,   December 31,
    2018   2017
Assets        
Current assets        
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 1,121,565     $ 83,867  
Accounts receivable, net     3,494,182       150,419  
Federal alternative fuels tax credit receivable     580,316       648,029  
Inventory     1,643       1,675  
Prepaid assets     405,140       -  
Total current assets     5,602,846       883,990  
Non-current assets                
Property, equipment and land, net     7,575,256       7,740,423  
Goodwill and intangibles     6,221,248       345,284  
Assets available for sale     240,000       240,000  
Deposits and other long-term assets     327,053       132,940  
Total non-current assets     14,363,557       8,458,647  
Total assets   $ 19,966,403     $ 9,342,637  
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit                
Current liabilities                
Lines-of-credit   $ 421,739     $ -  
Accounts payable     1,181,671       1,784,049  
Accounts payable - related party     337,345       409,838  
Accrued expenses     3,963,323       1,178,616  
Accrued interest - related party     730,000       917,526  
Advances from related parties     370,359       370,359  
Series A Preferred stock and dividend     311,178       -  
Derivative liability     14,728       32,186  
Factored accounts receivable     1,710,889       -  
Promissory note - stockholder     2,494,870       -  
Current portion of long-term debt     997,457       1,093,691  
Subordinated convertible senior notes payable to stockholders     -       1,421,556  
Working capital notes - related party     -       250,000  
Total current liabilities     12,533,559       7,457,821  
Non-current liabilities                
Convertible promissory notes - related parties, net unamortized discount of $3,905,833 (2018) and $4,257,358 (2017)     5,594,167       5,242,642  
Senior promissory note - related party     3,800,000       3,800,000  
Promissory note - related party     4,000,000       4,000,000  
Secured convertible promissory notes, net unamortized discount of $2,622,106 (2018) and $0 (2017) and debt issuance costs of $481,238 (2018) and $0 (2017)     901,656       -  
Long term debt, less current portion     148,293       -  
Fuel discount advance     989,076       -  
Long term subordinated convertible notes payable to stockholders     -       1,166,373  
Convertible promissory notes - related party     -       437,505  
Derivative liability, less current portion     -       11,420  
Deferred rent     -       2,206  
Total non-current liabilities     15,433,192       14,660,146  
Total liabilities     27,966,751       22,117,967  
Series A Redeemable Preferred stock, $.0001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized, 100,000 (2018) and 0 (2017) shares issued and outstanding     10       -  
Commitments and contingencies                
Stockholders’ deficit                
Common stock, $.0001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 2,758,530 (2018) and 429,308 (2017) shares issued and outstanding     276       43  
Additional paid-in capital     11,844,682       1,299,980  
Accumulated deficit     (19,845,316 )     (14,075,353 )
Total stockholders’ deficit     (8,000,358 )     (12,775,330 )
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit   $ 19,966,403     $ 9,342,637  

 

 

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

1

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

 

    Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
    September 30,   September 30,
    2018   2017   2018   2017
Revenue                
Trucking   $ 8,235,295     $ -     $ 10,212,227     $ -  
CNG     414,609       622,073       1,111,629       1,692,787  
Total revenue     8,649,904       622,073       11,323,856       1,692,787  
                                 
Cost of sales                                
Trucking     8,586,471       -       10,558,330       -  
CNG     340,909       316,433       837,160       870,517  
Total cost of goods sold     8,927,380       316,433       11,395,490       870,517  
                                 
Gross profit     (277,476 )     305,640       (71,634 )     822,270  
                                 
Operating expenses                                
General and administrative     1,571,238       356,666       3,578,960       1,317,993  
Depreciation and amortization     100,008       148,353       509,610       499,639  
Loss on impairment of fixed assets     -       679,535       -       679,535  
Total operating expense     1,671,246       1,184,554       4,088,570       2,497,167  
                                 
Other expense                                
Interest expense     (782,944 )     (244,721 )     (1,553,129 )     (879,595 )
Realized and unrealized (loss) gain on derivative liability, net     17,327       (30,125 )     28,878       47,210  
Warrant expense     (198,626 )     (77,500 )     (589,158 )     (77,500 )
Gain on extinguishment of related party interest     -       -       157,330       -  
Gain on extinguishment of liabilities     -       -       657,498       -  
Total other expense     (964,243 )     (352,346 )     (1,298,581 )     (909,885 )
                                 
Net loss   $ (2,912,965 )   $ (1,231,260 )   $ (5,458,785 )   $ (2,584,782 )
Series A Redeemable Preferred stock     (300,000 )     -       (300,000 )     -  
Net loss available to stockholders   $ (3,212,965 )   $ (1,231,260 )   $ (5,758,785 )   $ (2,584,782 )
                                 
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding     1,409,249       420,804       1,100,800       420,804  
Basic loss per common share   $ (2.28 )   $ (2.93 )   $ (5.23 )   $ (6.14 )
                                 
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding     1,409,249       420,804       1,100,800       420,804  
Diluted loss per share   $ (2.28 )   $ (2.93 )   $ (5.23 )   $ (6.14 )

  

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

2

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

 

    Nine Months Ended
    September 30,
    2018   2017
Cash flows from operating activities        
Net loss   $ (5,458,785 )   $ (2,584,782 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities                
Allowance for doubtful accounts     (37,007 )     -  
Depreciation and amortization     509,610       499,639  
Deferred rent     (2,206 )     3,308  
Interest expense converted to promissory notes - related party     31,150       -  
Loss on impairment of assets     -       679,535  
Unrealized loss on derivative liability     20,579       23,677  
Realized loss on derivative instrument     (49,457 )     (70,887 )
Accretion of debt discount     590,611       231,094  
Series A Preferred Stock issued for services     300,000       -  
Warrant expense     589,158       77,500  
Stock based compensation     792,924       -  
Amortization of financing costs     43,749       -  
Gain on extinguishment of liabilities     (657,498 )     -  
Gain on extinguishment of related party interest     (157,330 )     -  
Common stock issued for debt     -       13,187  
Changes in assets and liabilities                
Accounts receivable     (1,245,242 )     (367,057 )
Federal alternative fuels tax credit receivable     67,713       13,000  
Other assets     (244,065 )     (5,358 )
Accounts payable     (462,258 )     502,919  
Accounts payable - related party     (72,493 )     149,276  
Accrued expenses     1,211,128       50,259  
Accrued interest related party     234,691       297,287  
      1,463,757       2,097,379  
Net cash used in operating activities     (3,995,028 )     (487,403 )
Cash flows from investing activities                
Construction in progress     -       (144,827 )
Cash deficit acquired from Thunder Ridge Transport, Inc.     (229,736 )     -  
Net cash used in investing activities     (229,736 )     (144,827 )
Cash flows from financing activities                
Proceeds from sale of common stock and issuance of warrants     2,500,000       -  
Proceeds from secured convertible promissory notes     4,005,000       -  
Debt issuance costs     (524,987 )     -  
Payments on working capital notes - related party     (250,000 )     -  
Payments of principal on long-term debt     (134,957 )     (70,519 )
Payments on fuel advance     (7,674 )     -  
Payments on promissory note - stockholder     (5,130 )     -  
Payments on promissory note - related party     -       (11,685 )
Payments on subordinated convertible senior notes payable to stockholders     (800,000 )     -  
Advances from factoring     480,210       -  
Proceeds from sale of common stock and issuance of warrants     -       310,000  
Subordinated convertible senior notes payable to members     -       400,000  
Advances from related party     -       70,258  
Net cash provided by financing activities     5,262,462       698,054  
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents     1,037,698       65,824  
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of year     83,867       24,944  
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period   $ 1,121,565     $ 90,768  

 

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

3

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

Cash paid for interest for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 was $428,797 and $363,476, respectively.

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activity:

 

On June 1, 2018, the Company acquired Thunder Ridge Transport, Inc. to further its strategy to acquire existing companies with highway contract routes operated for the United States Postal Service (“USPS”). The following is the preliminary allocation of the assets and liabilities as of June 1, 2018:

 

Cash     (229,736 )
Accounts receivable, net     2,061,514  
Accounts receivable other     68,074  
Prepaids     81,969  
Goodwill     6,002,275  
Deposits     205,113  
Property and equipment     218,132  
Lines-of-credit     (421,739 )
Accounts payable     (797,578 )
Other accrued liabilities     (1,573,579 )
Factored accounts receivable     (1,230,679 )
Fuel advance     (996,750 )
Long-term debt     (187,016 )
Promissory note - stockholder     (2,500,000 )
Common stock     (700,000 )

 

On February 1, 2017, the Company acquired EVO CNG, LLC to further its business model to acquire existing CNG stations. The following is the allocation of the assets and liabilities as of February 1, 2017:

 

Prepaids   $ 32,118  
Goodwill     3,993,730  
Customer list     220,000  
Trade mark     86,000  
Favorable lease     307,000  
Property, equipment and land     8,154,667  
Deposits and other long-term assets     152,117  
Derivative liability     (82,632 )
Promissory notes - related party     (8,050,000 )
Convertible promissory note - related party     (9,500,000 )
Debt discount     4,687,000  

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, the Company declared a Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock dividend in the amount of $11,178.

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, the Company issued Series A Redeemable Preferred Stock that can be redeemed for $300,000.

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, the Company converted $688,958 of Senior Bridge notes and related interest into 275,583 shares of common stock.

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, the Company converted $1,363,858 of Junior Bridge notes and related interest into 272,777 shares of common stock. 

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, the Company converted $280,200 of accounts payable into 93,400 shares of common stock.

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, the Company converted $468,655 of Convertible promissory notes - related party and the related interest into 187,462 shares of common stock.

 

See notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

4

 

  

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Basis of Presentation and Securities Exchange

 

These financial statements represent the condensed consolidated financial statements of EVO Transportation & Energy Services, Inc., formerly Minn Shares Inc. (“EVO Inc.” or the “Company”), its wholly owned subsidiaries, Titan CNG LLC (“Titan”), Thunder Ridge Transport, Inc. (“Thunder Ridge”) and Environmental Alternative Fuels, LLC (“EAF”), Titan’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, Titan El Toro LLC (“El Toro”), Titan Diamond Bar LLC (“Diamond Bar”), and Titan Blaine, LLC (“Blaine”), Thunder Ridge’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Thunder Ridge Logistics, LLC, and EAF’s wholly-owned subsidiary, EVO CNG, LLC (“EVO CNG”).

 

The Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations, Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included in this report are unaudited and have been prepared by the Company. In our opinion, all adjustments (which include only normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the financial position at September 30, 2018 and results of operations and cash flows for all periods have been made.

 

Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States have been condensed or omitted pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and notes thereto included in our Annual Report on form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017. The results of operations for the period ended September 30, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for the full year.

 

On June 1, 2018, the Company entered into an equity purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Billy (Trey) Peck Jr. (“Peck”) pursuant to which the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares (the “TRT Shares”) in Thunder Ridge, a Missouri corporation from Peck, and Thunder Ridge became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Thunder Ridge is based in Springfield, Missouri and is engaged in the business of fulfilling government contracts for freight trucking services.

 

Going Concern

 

The Company is an early stage company in the process of acquiring several businesses with highway contract routes operated for the USPS and CNG fuel stations. As of September 30, 2018, the Company has a working capital deficit of approximately $6.9 million and negative equity of approximately $8.0 million. In addition, the Company is in violation of its bank covenants. Management anticipates rectifying these covenants with additional public and private offerings. Also, the Company is evaluating certain cash flow improvement measures. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in these efforts.

 

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. However, the above conditions raise doubt about the Company’s ability to do so. The condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classifications of liabilities that may result should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

 

To meet its current and future obligations, the Company has taken the following steps to capitalize the business and successfully achieve its business plan during 2018:

 

On March 2, 2018, the Company issued 1,000,000 Units (the “Units”) at a price of $2.50 per Unit for an aggregate purchase price of $2,500,000 pursuant to the terms of a subscription agreement between the Company and an investor. Each Unit consists of (i) one share of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), and (ii) a warrant to purchase one share of Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per share exercisable for five years from the date of issuance.

 

During April 2018, the Company paid the working capital notes - related party of $250,000 in full.

 

5

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

On April 2, 2018, the Company and a related party note holder agreed to extend the maturity date of the $3,800,000 promissory note through July 2019.

 

On April 13, 2018, the Company consummated the following transactions:

 

  The Company issued 275,583 common shares in exchange for certain subordinated convertible senior notes payable to stockholders in the aggregate principal and interest amount of approximately $689,000, with the per share price for shares of common stock equal to $2.50.
   
  The Company issued 272,777 common shares in exchange for the subordinated convertible junior notes payable to stockholders in the aggregate principal and interest amount of $1,363,858, with the per share price for shares of common stock equal to $5.00.

 

On May 14, 2018, the Company issued 93,400 common shares in exchange for accounts payable and related party accounts payable of $280,200, with the per share price of shares of common stock equal to $3.00.

 

In July 2018, the Company entered into a Secured Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which the Company sold secured convertible promissory notes in the principal amount of $4,005,000 during July and August 2018.

 

Thunder Ridge won seven new four-year transportation services contracts with the USPS, under which Thunder Ridge will provide domestic surface transportation services to the USPS at its offices located in Santa Clarita, California, Baton Rouge, Louisiana, Flint, Michigan, Austin, Texas, the Northern Bay in California, Baltimore, Maryland and Pensacola, Florida.

 

On July 31, 2018, the Company paid approximately $1,072,000 of principal and interest to the subordinated convertible senior notes payable to stockholders.

 

During August 2018, the Company entered into subscription agreements effective as of July 31, 2018 to issue 187,462 units (the “Units”) at a price of $2.50 per Unit in exchange for the promissory notes – stockholders in the aggregate principal amount of $468,655. Each Unit consists of (i) one share of the Company’s common stock and (ii) a warrant to purchase one share of common stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per share exercisable for ten years from the date of issuance.

 

Note 1 - Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

The Company is a holding company based in Peoria, Arizona that owns three operating subsidiaries; Titan, Thunder Ridge and EAF, which are in the businesses of compressed natural gas (“CNG”) service stations or fulfilling USPS contracts for freight trucking services.

 

Titan is the management company that oversees operations of the El Toro, Diamond Bar, and Blaine CNG service stations. Blaine and Diamond Bar were formed in 2015. In March 2016, Diamond Bar began operations of its CNG station under a lease agreement with the State of California South Coast Air Quality Management District (“SCAQMD”) in Diamond Bar, California. As of June 30, 2017, El Toro ceased operations. The Company discontinued construction of Blaine during the fourth quarter of 2017. During February 2018, the Company entered into a management agreement with a third-party to operate Diamond Bar. The Company is currently negotiating with the third party for the sale of the station.

 

EAF was originally organized on March 28, 2012 under the name Clean-n-Green Alternative Fuels, LLC” in the State of Delaware. Effective May 1, 2012, EAF changed its name to “Environmental Alternative Fuels, LLC.” EVO CNG LLC, EAF’s wholly owned subsidiary, was originally organized in the State of Delaware on April 1, 2013 under the name “EVO Trillium, LLC” and subsequently changed its name to “EVO CNG, LLC” effective March 1, 2016. Together, EAF and EVO CNG LLC operate six compressed natural gas fueling stations located in California, Texas, Arizona and Wisconsin.

 

Thunder Ridge was founded in Missouri in 2000. Its primary business is interstate highway contract routes operated for the USPS.

 

EVO, Inc. was incorporated in the State of Delaware on October 22, 2010.

 

6

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of EVO, Inc. and its subsidiaries Titan, Thunder Ridge, and EAF. Titan’s wholly owned subsidiaries are El Toro, Diamond Bar and Blaine, Thunder Ridge’s wholly owned subsidiary is Thunder Ridge Logistics, LLC and EAF’s wholly owned subsidiary is EVO CNG. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the condensed consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

 

The condensed consolidated financial statements include some amounts that are based on management’s best estimates and judgments. The most significant estimates relate to revenue recognition, goodwill along with long-lived intangible asset valuations and fixed asset impairment assessments, debt discount, beneficial conversion feature, contingencies, purchase price allocation related to the Thunder Ridge acquisition, and going concern. These estimates may be adjusted as more current information becomes available, and any adjustment could be significant.

 

Accounts Receivable

 

The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts equal to the estimated uncollectible amounts. The Company’s estimate is based on historical collection experience and a review of the current status of the accounts receivable. It is reasonably possible that the Company’s estimate of the allowance for doubtful accounts will change and that losses ultimately incurred could differ materially from the amounts estimated in determining the allowance. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company has recorded an allowance of $26,000 and $37,007, respectively.

 

Federal Alternative Fuels Tax Credit receivable

 

Federal Alternative Fuels Tax Credit (“AFTC”) (formerly known as Volumetric Excise Tax Credit) receivable are the excise tax refunds to be received from the Federal Government for CNG fuel sales. 

 

For 2017, the AFTC credit was $0.50 per gasoline gallon equivalent of CNG that is sold as a vehicle fuel. This incentive originally expired on December 31, 2016, but was retroactively extended through December 31, 2017 as part of the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018.

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

The Company grants credit in the normal course of business to customers in the United States. The Company periodically performs credit analysis and monitors the financial condition of its customers to reduce credit risk. As of September 30, 2018, and 2017, one and four customers accounted for 99% and 84% of the Company’s total accounts receivable, and one and four customers accounted for and 98% and 84% of the Company’s total revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

 

Thunder Ridge generated revenues from four different contract locations, which represent approximately 33%, 14%, 11% and 11%, respectively, of total revenues for the four months ended September 30, 2018. 

 

For the four months ended September 30, 2018, Thunder Ridge had one vendor accounting for 12% of total accounts payable.

 

7

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Prepaid Assets

 

Prepaid expenses consist primarily of insurance and other expenses paid in advance.

 

Goodwill and Intangibles

 

Goodwill  

 

The Company evaluates goodwill on an annual basis in the fourth quarter or more frequently if management believes indicators of impairment exist. Such indicators could include, but are not limited to 1) a significant adverse change in legal factors or in business climate, 2) unanticipated competition, or 3) an adverse action or assessment by a regulator. The Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. If management concludes that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, management conducts a two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. The first step of the impairment test involves comparing the fair value of the applicable reporting unit with its carrying value. The Company estimates the fair values of its reporting units using a combination of the income or discounted cash flows approach and the market approach, which utilizes comparable companies’ data. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, management performs the second step of the goodwill impairment test. The second step of the goodwill impairment test involves comparing the implied fair value of the affected reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying value of that goodwill. The amount by which the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, if any, is recognized as an impairment loss. For the year ended December 31, 2017 the Company’s evaluation of goodwill resulted in an impairment of $3,993,730. The Company’s evaluation of goodwill for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 resulted in no impairment.

 

Intangibles

 

Intangible assets consist of finite lived and indefinite lived intangibles. The Company’s finite lived intangibles include favorable leases, customer relationships, non-compete agreement and the trade names. Finite lived intangibles are amortized over their estimated useful lives. For the Company’s lease related intangibles, the estimated useful life is based on the agreement of a one-time payment of $1 and the term of the mortgages, of the properties owned by the Company of approximately five years. For the Company’s trade names and customer list the estimated lives are based on life cycle of a customer of approximately five years. The Company evaluates the recoverability of the finite lived intangibles whenever an impairment indicator is present. For the year ended December 31, 2017 the test results indicated an impairment of $106,270 to customer lists. The Company’s evaluation of intangibles for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 resulted in no impairment.

 

Deposits

 

Deposits consist of security deposits for leases on trucks, trailers and property, repairs and maintenance, and other deposits which are contractually required and of a long-term nature.

 

8

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

The Company evaluates the recoverability of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset’s carrying amount may not be recoverable. Such circumstances could include but, are not limited to (1) a significant decrease in the market value of an asset, (2) a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, or (3) an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition of an asset. The Company measures the carrying amount of the asset against the estimated undiscounted future cash flows associated with it. Should the sum of the expected future net cash flows be less than the carrying value of the asset being evaluated, an impairment loss would be recognized. The impairment loss would be calculated as the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. The fair value is measured based on quoted market prices, if available. If quoted market prices are not available, the estimate of fair value is based on various valuation techniques, including the discounted value of estimated future cash flows. The evaluation of asset impairment requires the Company to make assumptions about future cash flows over the life of the asset being evaluated. These assumptions require significant judgment and actual results may differ from assumed and estimated amounts. The Company assesses the useful lives and possible impairment of the fixed assets or goodwill and intangibles when an event occurs that may trigger such review. Factors considered important which could trigger a review include:

 

Significant under-performance of the stations or transportation service contracts relative to historical or projected future operating results;

 

Significant negative economic trends in the CNG industry or freight trucking services industry; and 

 

Identification of other impaired assets within a reporting unit.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recorded asset impairment charges of $806,217 related to El Toro and $4,100,000 impairment of goodwill and customer lists related to EVO CNG, LLC. No triggering events occurred during the nine months ended September 30, 2018 that required an impairment analysis for long-lived assets. Accordingly, no impairment loss was recorded.

 

Debt Issuance Costs

 

Certain fees and costs incurred to obtain long-term financing are capitalized and included as a reduction in the net carrying value of secured convertible promissory notes in the condensed consolidated balance sheet, net of accumulated amortization. These costs are amortized to interest expense over the term of the related debt. When debt is extinguished prior to its maturity date, the amortization of the remaining unamortized debt issuance costs, or pro-rata portion thereof, is charged to loss on extinguishment of debt. Unamortized debt issuance costs were $481,238 and $0 as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

Net Loss per Share of Common Stock

 

Basic net loss per share of common stock attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Potentially dilutive shares, which are based on the weighted-average shares of common stock underlying outstanding stock-based awards, warrants and convertible senior notes using the treasury stock method or the if-converted method, as applicable, are included when calculating diluted net loss per share of common stock attributable to common stockholders when their effect is dilutive.

 

9

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table presents the potentially dilutive shares that were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share of common stock attributable to common stockholders, because their effect was anti-dilutive:

 

    Three months ended     Nine months ended  
    September     September  
    2018     2017     2018     2017  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
                         
Stock-based awards     500,000                 -       4,600,000       -  
Warrants     617,462       -       3,132,796       103,334  
Secured convertible promissory notes     402,000       -       1,602,000       -  
Preferred Series A     -       -       100,000       -  

 

Adoption of the New Revenue Recognition

 

On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606) (“Topic 606” or “new guidance”) retrospectively. The adoption of Topic 606 did not have a material impact to our condensed consolidated financial statements. The new guidance has no impact on the timing or classification of the Company’s cash flows as reported in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations in future periods. The Company did not record any adjustments applying Topic 606.

 

Revenue Recognition  

 

The Company recognizes revenue for CNG when control of the promised goods is transferred to its customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration to which it expects to be entitled in exchange for the goods. The Company is generally the principal in its customer contracts as it has control over the goods prior to them being transferred to the customer, and as such, revenue is recognized on a gross basis. The Company disaggregates revenue by station, as we believe this best depicts the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of our revenues and cash flows are affected by economic factors.

 

A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good to the customer and is the unit of account in Topic 606. The performance obligations that comprise a majority of the Company’s total CNG revenue consist of sale of fuel to a customer. The primary method used to estimate the standalone selling price for fuel is observable standalone sales, and is the primary method used to estimate the standalone selling.

 

The Company’s CNG is sold pursuant to contractual commitments. These contracts typically include a stand-ready obligation to supply natural gas daily. The Company recognizes revenue over time for the fuel sales because the customer receives and consumes the benefits provided by the Company’s performance as the stand-ready obligations are being performed.

 

Payment terms and conditions vary by contract type. For substantially all the Company’s contracts under which it receives volume-related revenue, the timing of revenue recognition does not differ from the timing of invoicing. As a result, the Company has determined these contracts generally do not include a significant financing component.

 

There was no impairment loss recognized on any of the CNG receivables arising from customer contracts for the nine months ended September 30, 2018.

 

Thunder Ridge generates revenue from transportation services under contracts with customers, generally on a rate per mile basis from the point of origin to the destination of the delivery. The Company’s performance obligation arises from the annualized contract to transport a customer’s freight and is satisfied upon delivery. The transaction price is based on the awarded agreement for the multi-year contract that adjusts monthly for fuel pricing indexes. Each delivery represents a distinct service that is a separately identified performance obligation for each contract. The Company often provides additional deliveries for customers outside of the annual contract. That revenue is recognized upon delivery on a rate per mile basis.

 

Revenues are recognized over time as satisfaction of the promised contractual delivery agreements are completed, in an amount that reflects the rate per mile set in the contract. The revenue recognition methods described align with the recognition of the Company’s associated expenses contained in the statement of operations.

 

10

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Based on preliminary analysis there are no major revenue adjustments related to Topic 606, but management is continuing to evaluate the guidance.

 

Gain on Extinguishment of Liabilities and Related Party Interest

 

Gain on extinguishment of liabilities consists of the gain the Company recognized on the extinguishments of accounts payable that were incurred for which the Company deemed the probability of collection to be remote or that management has negotiated a settlement. The Company recognized a gain on extinguishments of liabilities and related party interest in the amounts of $657,498 and $157,330, respectively for the nine months ended September 30, 2018.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company recognizes deferred tax liabilities and assets based on the differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years. The Company’s temporary differences result primarily from depreciation and amortization.

 

The Company evaluates its tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing the Company’s tax returns to determine whether the tax positions will more likely than not be sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax positions not deemed to meet the more-likely-than-not threshold are not recorded as a tax benefit or expense in the current year. Interest and penalties, if applicable, are recorded in the period assessed as general and administrative expenses. No interest or penalties have been assessed for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 or the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred taxes are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of the enactment.

 

In evaluating the ultimate realization of deferred income tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that the deferred income tax assets will be realized. Management establishes a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred income tax assets will not be utilized.  The ultimate realization of deferred income tax assets is dependent on the generation of future taxable income, which must occur prior to the expiration of the net operating loss carryovers.

 

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Tax Act”) was signed into law on December 22, 2017. The Tax Act includes significant changes to the U.S. corporate income tax system, including limitations on the deductibility of interest expense and executive compensation, eliminating the corporate alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) and changing how existing AMT credits can be realized, changing the rules related to uses and limitations of net operating loss carryovers created in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, and the transition of U.S. international taxation from a worldwide tax system to a territorial tax system. The Company’s accounting for the following elements of the Tax Act is incomplete, and it is not yet able to make reasonable estimates of the effects. Therefore, no provisional adjustments were recorded.

 

The Company must assess whether valuation allowances assessments are affected by various aspects of the Tax Act. Since, as discussed above, the Company has recorded no amounts related to certain portions of the Tax Act, any corresponding determination of the need for or change in a valuation allowance has not been completed and no changes to valuation allowances as a result of the Tax Act have been recorded.

11

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

 

In March 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Boards (FASB) issued ASU 2018-05, “Income Taxes (Topic 740) which provides for amendments to the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB 118”), which provides guidance on accounting for tax effects of the Tax Act. ASU 2018-05 and SAB 118 provides a measurement period that should not extend beyond one year from the Tax Act enactment date for companies to complete the accounting under ASC 740. In accordance with ASU 2018-05 and SAB 118, a company must reflect the income tax effects of those aspects of the Tax Act for which the accounting under ASC 740 is complete. To the extent that a company’s accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Act is incomplete but it is able to determine a reasonable estimate, it must record a provisional estimate to be included in the financial statements. If a company cannot determine a provisional estimate to be included in the financial statements, it should continue to apply ASC 740 on the basis of the provision of the tax laws that were in effect immediately before the enactment of the Tax Act. Management has evaluated the relevant provisions of the Tax Act to the Company and accounted for the federal impacts in the financial statements as of September 30, 2018. The state tax provisional amount is subject to change based on how states conform to the Tax Act, as that information is not readily available for certain states at this time. Any revisions to the estimated impacts of the Tax Act will be recorded quarterly until the computations are complete, which is expected to be no later than the fourth quarter of 2018.

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) (“ASU 2017-04”), Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. To simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill, the amendments eliminate Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test is performed by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An impairment charge should be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. In addition, income tax effects from any tax-deductible goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit should be considered when measuring the goodwill impairment loss, if applicable. The guidance is effective for annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company does not plan early adoption of this update and does not expect the adoption of the update to materially change its current accounting methods and therefore the Company does not expect the adoption to have a material impact on its condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases” (“ASU 2016-02”), which will require lessees to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases that are not short-term in nature. For a lessor, the accounting applied is also largely unchanged from previous guidance. The new rules will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2019. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact the amendment will have on its condensed consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

Subsequent Events

 

The Company has evaluated all subsequent events through the auditors’ report date, which is the date the financial statements were available for issuance. With the exception of those matters discussed in Notes 5 and 13, there were no material subsequent events that required recognition or additional disclosure in these financial statements.

 

Note 2 - Business Combination

 

EAF

 

On February 1, 2017, the Company entered into a securities exchange agreement (the “EAF Exchange Agreement”) with Environmental Alternative Fuels, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“EAF”), EVO CNG, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly owned subsidiary of EAF, pursuant to which the Company acquired all of the membership interests in EAF (the “EAF Interests”) from the EAF Members. EAF, together with EVO CNG, LLC, is a compressed natural gas fueling station company with six fueling stations in California, Texas, Arizona and Wisconsin. The EAF Exchange Agreement further aligns the Company’s business model to acquire existing CNG stations.

 

As consideration for the EAF Interests, the Company issued a promissory note to an EAF member in the principal amount of $3.8 million (the “Senior Promissory Note”) that bears interest at 7.5%, with a default interest rate of 12.5% per year and has a maturity date of the earlier of (a) the date that is ten days after the initial closing of a private offering of capital stock of the Company in an amount not less than $10 million (a “Private Offering”); (b) December 31, 2017 or a (c) declaration by the noteholder of an event of default under the Senior Promissory Note. During April 2018 the promissory note’s maturity date was extended through July 2019.

 

12

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Also, as consideration for the EAF Interests, the Company issued convertible promissory notes to the EAF Members in the aggregate principal amount of $9.5 million (the “Convertible Notes”). The Convertible Notes bear interest at 1.5% per year and have a maturity date of February 1, 2026.

 

In connection with the closing of the EAF Exchange Agreement, the Company issued a promissory note to a former EAF Member for $4,000,000 with interest at 7.5%, and maturity during February 2020. The note is guaranteed by substantially all the assets of EAF and guaranteed by EVO Inc.

 

In connection with the closing of the EAF Exchange Agreement, the Company issued promissory notes to the EAF Members in the aggregate principal amount of $250,000 that bear interest at 6% per annum. During April 2018 the notes were paid in full.

 

Thunder Ridge

 

On June 1, 2018, pursuant to the Thunder Ridge Purchase Agreement, The Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of Thunder Ridge for total consideration of $2,826,827 as outlined below. Thunder Ridge is based in Springfield, Missouri and is engaged in the business of fulfilling USPS contracts for freight trucking services and includes operations in Missouri, Kansas, Iowa, Tennessee, New York, Pennsylvania, Maryland and Texas. With the acquisition, Thunder Ridge became a wholly-owned subsidiary of EVO, Inc.

 

The Company expects the acquisition to increase the Company’s scale and improve margins due to combined revenues and operations, which will produce operational synergies with the CNG stations and the freight trucking services, which is the basis for the acquisition and comprises the resulting recording of goodwill. In addition, acquired intangible assets include customer relationships, the trademark and the non-compete agreement. While the Company expects its financial condition to improve after the acquisition, Thunder Ridge has a history of operating losses as well, and the Company has incurred additional debt for this transaction.

 

As consideration for the Thunder Ridge shares, the Company issued a promissory note dated June 1, 2018 in the principal amount of $2,500,000 to Peck (the “TR Note”). The TR Note bears interest at 6% per year with a default interest rate of 9% per year and has a maturity date of the earlier of (a) the date the Company raises $40,000,000 in public or private offerings of debt or equity; (b) December 31, 2018 and (c) termination of Peck’s employment with the Company by the Company without cause or by Peck for good reason. The TR Note is secured by all of the assets of Thunder Ridge pursuant to a security agreement dated June 1, 2018 between the Company, Thunder Ridge, and Peck and is also secured by the Thunder Ridge Shares (“TR Shares”).

 

The Company also agreed to repay the $450,000 lines-of credit on behalf of Thunder Ridge to a bank, Thunder Ridge’s lender, within ten business days following such time as the Company raises at least $40,000,000 in a public or private debt or equity offering. In addition, approximately $2.8 million of Thunder Ridge’s working capital deficit remained outstanding following completion of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement. The lines-of-credit had a balance of $421,739 on June 1, 2018.

 

If the Company fails to repay the amounts outstanding under the TR Note or the $450,000 on or before December 31, 2018, Peck has the right to require the Company to return the TR Shares and effectively rescind the sale of the TR Shares to the Company.

 

As additional consideration for the TR Shares and pursuant to a subscription agreement with Peck, on June 1, 2018, the Company issued to Peck (a) 500,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”) and (b) the following warrants: (i) a warrant to purchase 333,333 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share (the “$3.00 Warrant”), (ii) a warrant to purchase 333,333 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share (the “$5.00 Warrant”), and (iii) a warrant to purchase 333,333 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $7.00 per share (the “$7.00 Warrant,” and together with the $3.00 Warrant and $5.00 Warrant, the “Warrants”). The Warrants are exercisable as follows: (a) for the $3.00 Warrant, for five years from the first anniversary of the date of issuance, (b) for the $5.00 Warrant, for five years from the second anniversary of the date of issuance, and (c) for the $7.00 Warrant, for five years from the third anniversary of the date of issuance. The common stock issued was valued at $700,000.

 

13

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Company is evaluating whether the goodwill and other intangibles will be deductible for income tax purposes.

 

The Company has not provided the allocation of intangible assets as required under ASC 805-10-50-2 because the accounting for this business combination was incomplete at the time the financial statements were issued.

 

The following unaudited table summarizes the preliminary fair value allocation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date.

 

Cash     (229,736 )
Accounts receivable, net     2,061,514  
Accounts receivable other     68,074  
Prepaids     81,969  
Goodwill     6,002,275  
Deposits     205,113  
Property and equipment     218,132  
Lines-of-credit     (421,739 )
Accounts payable     (797,578 )
Other accrued liabilities     (1,573,579 )
Factored accounts receivable     (1,230,679 )
Fuel advance     (996,750 )
Long-term debt     (187,016 )
Promissory note – stockholder     (2,500,000 )
Common stock     (700,000 )

 

14

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following unaudited pro forma summary presents condensed consolidated information of the Company as if the business combination had occurred on January 1, 2017. The pro forma information is presented for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved had the acquisition been consummated as of that time or that may result in the future.

 

    Three months ended   Nine months ended
    September   September
    2018   2017   2018   2017
    (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)
                 
Revenue                
As reported   $ 8,649,904     $ 622,073     $ 11,323,856     $ 1,692,787  
Proforma   $ 8,649,904     $ 8,857,370     $ 21,645,575     $ 14,008,982  
                                 
Net loss                                
As reported   $ (2,912,965 )   $ (1,231,260 )   $ (5,458,785 )   $ (2,584,782 )
Proforma   $ (2,912,965 )   $ (1,916,429 )   $ (6,511,020 )   $ (3,556,105 )
                                 
Basic loss per share                                
As reported   $ (2.28 )   $ (2.93 )   $ (5.23 )   $ (6.14 )
Proforma   $ (2.28 )   $ (4.55 )   $ (5.91 )   $ (8.45 )

  

Note 3 - Balance Sheet Disclosures

 

Accounts receivable are summarized as follows:

 

    (Unaudited)        
    September 30,     December 31,  
    2018     2017  
Accounts receivable   $ 3,520,182     $ 187,426  
Allowance for doubtful accounts     (26,000 )     (37,007 )
    $ 3,494,182     $ 150,419  

 

Property, equipment and land are summarized as follows:

 

    (Unaudited)        
    September 30,     December 31,  
    2018     2017  
Buildings   $ 3,849,312     $ 3,849,312  
Equipment     3,329,456       3,329,456  
Land     975,899       975,899  
Transportation equipment     217,200       -  
Computer equipment     37,627       37,627  
Field equipment     932       -  
      8,410,426       8,192,294  
Less accumulated depreciation     (835,170 )     (451,871 )
    $ 7,575,256     $ 7,740,423  

 

Depreciation expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 was $383,299 and $415,639, respectively.

 

15

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Intangible assets consist of the following:

 

    (Unaudited)        
    September 30,     December 31,  
    2018     2017  
Goodwill   $ 9,996,005     $ 3,993,730  
Customer relationships     113,730       113,730  
Trade names     86,000       86,000  
Favorable leases     307,000       307,000  
      10,502,735       4,500,460  
Less impairment     (4,100,000 )     (4,100,000 )
Less amortization     (181,487 )     (55,176 )
    $ 6,221,248     $ 345,284  

 

Amortization expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 was $126,311 and $84,000, respectively. Future amortization expense will be approximately as follows:

 

at September 30,      
2018 (remainder of the year)   $ 37,950  
2019     111,100  
2020     106,000  
2021     10,200  
    $ 165,250  

 

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

    (Unaudited)    
    September 30,   December 31,
    2018   2017
Subcontractor   $ 1,635,226     $ -  
Compensation, benefits and related payroll taxes     822,293       72,420  
Federal alternative fuels tax credit     507,007       562,513  
Professional fees     357,831       479,890  
Interest     234,026       9,895  
Credit cards     190,127       12,527  
Operating expenses     149,269       -  
Excise taxes     29,012       -  
Other     27,763       28,138  
Deferred rent     10,769       13,233  
    $ 3,963,323     $ 1,178,616  

 

16

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 4 - Related Party Transactions

 

Accounts Payable - Related Party

 

The Company’s accounts payable - related party consist of guaranteed payments and expense reimbursement to members. Accounts payable - related party was $337,345 and $409,838 for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively.

 

Advances from Related Parties

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, an EVO CNG member advanced $332,859 to the Company

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, a Titan member advanced $2,000 to the Company.

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017an El Toro member advanced $35,500 to the Company.

 

Accrued Interest - Related Party

 

The Company’s accrued interest - related party is the accrued interest payments on stockholders’ and related party debt. Accrued interest - related party was $730,000 and $917,526 at September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. During April 2018, the Company converted subordinated convertible junior and senior notes payable to stockholders and related interest of $2,052,816 into 548,360 shares of common stock. As a result of the conversion, the Company realized a gain on the extinguishments of accrued interest of $157,330, which was recognized the nine months ended September 30, 2018.

 

17

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 5 - Segment Reporting

 

The Company’s two reportable segments are Trucking and CNG Fueling Stations.

 

Trucking . Trucking is comprised of domestic freight trucking and surface transportation services to the USPS. The USPS grants four-year contracts through a bid process. The Company has 16 contracts in 12 states.

 

CNG Fueling Stations . The Company operates six CNG fueling stations located in California, Texas, Arizona and Wisconsin. Revenue is derived from agreements with high-volume fleet operators. In most instances each station has a principal customer.

 

In determining its reportable segments, the Company’s management focuses on financial information, such as operating revenue, operating expense categories, operating ratios and operating income, as well as on key operating statistics, to make operating decisions.

 

The following table below summarizes operating revenue, operating loss, and depreciation and amortization by segment.

 

    Three Months Ended   Nine Months Ended
    September 30,   September 30,
    2018   2017   2018   2017
                 
Operating revenue                
Trucking operating revenue   $ 8,235,295     $ -     $ 10,212,227     $ -  
                                 
CNG operating revenue     414,609       622,073       1,111,629       1,692,787  
                                 
Total operating revenue   $ 8,649,904     $ 622,073     $ 11,323,856     $ 1,692,787  
                                 
Operating income (loss)                                
Trucking   $ (775,657 )   $ -     $ (1,073,125 )   $ -  
                                 
CNG     (251,510 )     (878,914 )     (464,475 )   $ (1,674,897 )
                                 
Total operating loss   $ (1,027,167 )   $ (878,914 )   $ (1,537,600 )   $ (1,674,897 )
                                 
Depreciation and amortization                                
Trucking   $ 14,037     $ -     $ 18,716     $ -  
                                 
CNG     85,971       148,353       490,894       499,639  
                                 
Total depreciation and amortization   $ 100,008     $ 148,353     $ 509,610     $ 499,639  

  

18

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 6 - Fuel Advance

 

The Company signed an agreement with a supplier on August 31, 2017 in which $1,000,000 was advanced to the Company during 2017. The advance bears interest at 8.5% and is collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets. As the Company purchases fuel from the supplier’s station, the Company reduces its fuel advance liability by $0.25 per gallon. Purchases made during the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017 were nominal. With the Thunder Ridge acquisition, the agreement terms were extended from December 31, 2018 to June 2021.

 

Note 7 - Factoring

 

Thunder Ridge has entered into an agreement to factor a portion of its accounts receivable. This agreement allows the Company, from time to time, to pledge accounts receivable in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000. This agreement provides the Company an initial advance of ninety-five percent of the gross amount of each receivable pledged. Upon collection of the receivable, the Company receives an additional residual payment net of fixed and variable financing charges. The Company has $1,710,889 of its accounts receivable pledged that remained uncollected for the nine months ended September 30, 2018. Subsequent to September 30, 2018, the factoring agreement was increased to $3,500,000.

 

Note 8 - Lines-of-Credit

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2018, the Company had two line-of-credit agreements with a bank that provided for a borrowing capacity of approximately $425,000. Amounts outstanding bear interest at 6.75% and are secured by equipment. As of September 30, 2018, the outstanding balance was $421,739. Subsequent to September 30, 2018, the Company paid the $100,000 line-of-credit in full and extended the $321,739 line-of-credit’s maturity to April 2019.

 

19

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 9 - Long-Term Debt

 

Long-term debt consists of:

 

    (Unaudited)        
    September 30,     December 31,  
    2018     2017  
             
$1,300,000 SBA note payable issued December 31, 2014, with interest at 5.5% for the first five years, then adjusted to the SBA LIBOR base rate, plus 2.35% for the remaining five years. The note required interest only payments for the first twelve months and commencing during January 2016 calls for monthly principle and interest payments of $15,288. The note matures March 2024, is secured by substantially all of Titan’s assets and is personally guaranteed by certain stockholders. The note is a co-borrower arrangement between Titan and El Toro with the proceeds received by El Toro. The Company issued 35,491 units (equivalent to 31,203 common shares) in Titan as compensation for the guarantee. The Company was in violation of the note’s covenants as of September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017.   $ 982,072     $ 1,093,691  
                 
A promissory note to a former EAF member with interest at 7.5%, with an original maturity during December 2017, ten days after the initial closing of a private offering of capital stock of the Company in an amount not less than $10 million or at the discretion of the member.  During 2018 the promissory note’s maturity date was extended to July 2019.  The promissory note is unsecured.     3,800,000       3,800,000  
                 
A promissory note to a former EAF member with interest at 7.5%, with maturity during February 2020. The note is guaranteed by substantially all the assets of EAF and guaranteed by EVO Inc.     4,000,000       4,000,000  
                 
Four promissory notes to former EAF members with interest at 1.5%, with maturity during February 2026.  The promissory notes are convertible into 1,400,000 shares. These convertible promissory notes are secured by substantially all of the assets of EAF. The Company imputed an interest rate of 5.1% on the promissory notes. The discount is accreted over the period from the date of issuance to the date the promissory notes are due using the effective interest rate method.  During the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, the debt discount was $3,905,833 and $4,257,358, respectively.     9,500,000       9,500,000  
                 
Five notes payable to banks with interest ranging from 2.99% to 6.92%, with monthly payments of principal and interest ranging between $477 and $1,678, and maturity dates between June 2020 and January 2023.  The notes are collateralized by equipment.     163,678       -  
                 
$2,500,000 promissory note - stockholder with interest at 6% and a maturity date of the earlier of (a) the date the Company raises $40,000,000 in public or private offerings of debt or equity; (b) December 31, 2018 and (c) termination of Peck’s employment with the Company by the Company without cause or by Peck for good reason. The note is collateralized by all of the assets of Thunder Ridge.     2,494,870       -  

 

20

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

    (Unaudited)        
    September 30,     December 31,  
    2018     2017  
             
$4,005,000 Secured Convertible Promissory Notes (“Convertible Notes”). The Company paid commissions of $524,987 in connection with the Convertible Notes. The Convertible Notes bear interest at 9%, compounded quarterly, and have a maturity date two years after issuance. The Convertible Notes are secured by all the assets of the Company. The holder may agree, at its discretion, to add accrued interest to the principal balance of the Convertible Notes on the first day of each calendar quarter. The Convertible Notes may not be prepaid prior to the first anniversary of the date of issuance, but may be prepaid without penalty after the first anniversary of the date of issuance.                
                 
The Convertible Notes are convertible into shares (the “Note Shares”) of the Company’s common stock at a conversion rate of $2.50 per share of common stock at the Holder’s option: 1) at any time after the first anniversary of the date of issuance or 2) at any time within 90 days after a “triggering event,” including a sale, reorganization, merger, or similar transaction where the Company is not the surviving entity. The Convertible Notes are also subject to mandatory conversion at any time after the first anniversary of the date of issuance if the average volume of shares of common stock traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market, NYSE American Market or a higher tier of either exchange is 100,000 or more for the 10 trading days prior to the applicable date.                
                 
The Convertible Notes also provide that the Company will prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), as promptly as reasonably practical following the issuance date of the Convertible Notes, but in no event later than 45 days following the issuance date, a registration statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) covering the resale of the common stock and the warrant shares and as soon as reasonably practical thereafter effect such registration. The Company will be required to pay liquidated damages of 1% of the outstanding principal amount of the Convertible Notes each 30 days if the Registration Statement is not declared effective by the SEC within 180 days of the filing date of the Registration Statement.                
                 
As additional consideration for the Convertible Notes, the Company issued warrants to the Holders to purchase 1,602,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per share, exercisable for ten years from the date of issuance. The Company recorded a beneficial conversion feature of $2,861,192. The beneficial conversion feature will be amortized to interest expense through the maturity of the Convertible Notes.                
                 
During the nine months ended September 30, 2018 the remaining debt discount was $2,622,106. In addition, during the nine months ended September 30, 2018 the remaining debt issuance costs were $481,238.     4,005,000       -  
                 
Six subordinated convertible senior notes payable to stockholders (“Senior Bridge Notes”). During April 2018, $621,556 of the Senior Bridge Notes and related interest of $67,402 were converted into 275,583 shares of common stock, with interest forgiveness of $73,741. On July 31, 2018 the remaining Senior Bridge notes were paid in full.     -       1,421,556  
                 
Nine subordinated convertible junior notes payable to stockholders (“Junior Bridge Notes”). During April 2018, $1,166,373 of the Junior Bridge Notes and related interest of $197,485 were converted into 272,777 shares of common stock, with interest forgiveness of $83,589.     -       1,166,373  

 

21

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Three convertible promissory notes to stockholders with interest at 12%.  In August 2018, these notes and related interest were exchanged for 187,462 units, with each unit consisting of one share of common stock and a warrant to purchase one share of common stock exercisable ten years after issuance.     -       437,505  
                 
Four promissory notes to former EAF members paid in full during April 2018.     -       250,000  
                 
Debt issuance costs     (481,238 )     -  
                 
Beneficial conversion feature     (2,622,106 )     -  
                 
Debt discount     (3,905,833 )     (4,257,358 )
      17,936,443       17,411,767  
Less current portion*     (3,492,327 )     (2,765,247 )
    $ 14,444,116     $ 14,646,520  

 

* Of our total indebtedness of approximately $25,000,000 as of September 30, 2018, $3,492,327 is classified as current debt. The Company is in violation of the covenants related to the SBA loan. The Company has not received a waiver with respect to those covenant violations for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 or December 31, 2017.

 

22

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Maturities of long-term obligations are as follows:

 

At September 30,   Related Party Notes     Other Notes     Total  
2018 remainder of year   $ 2,494,870     $ 997,457     $ 3,492,327  
2019     3,800,000       63,551       3,863,551  
2020     4,000,000       4,058,213       8,058,213  
2021     -       19,615       19,615  
2022     -       11,914       11,914  
2023     -       -       -  
Thereafter     9,500,000       -       9,500,000  
    $ 19,794,870     $ 5,150,750     $ 24,945,620  

 

Note 10 - Stockholders’ Equity

 

On March 2, 2018, the Company issued 1,000,000 Units (the “Units”) at a price of $2.50 per Unit for an aggregate purchase price of $2,500,000 pursuant to the terms of a subscription agreement between the Company and an investor. Each Unit consists of (i) one share of the Company’s common stock, and (ii) a detachable warrant to purchase one share of common stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per share exercisable for five years from the date of issuance. The Company estimated the value of the warrants to be approximately $1,088,000 through the Black Scholes Pricing Model. The Company did not pay any commissions in connection with the sale of these Units. 

 

During March 2018, the Company entered into a Share Escrow Agreement (the “Escrow Agreement”) with certain of the Company’s stockholder’s, including entities affiliated with a director of the Company, and the Company’s former president. Pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, the stockholders party to the agreement placed an aggregate of 240,000 shares of Common Stock in escrow, to be held by the Company until such time as one or more third parties offer to purchase the escrowed shares and the Company approves such purchase or purchases. Seventy-five percent of the proceeds of the sale or sales of the escrowed shares will be paid to the Company and will be used by the Company first to repay any amounts outstanding under the SBA loan, and the remaining 25% of the proceeds will be paid pro rata to the stockholders party to the Escrow Agreement. In connection with the Escrow Agreement, the Company issued 240,000 warrants to purchase common stock to the stockholders party to the Escrow Agreement, which warrants have an exercise price of $6.11 per share and are exercisable for a period of five years.

 

On October 9, 2017, management of the Company terminated the employment of the Company’s president. In connection with his termination, the Company and former president entered into a Mutual Separation Agreement dated October 9, 2017 (the “Separation Agreement”). Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, the Company and former president agreed that (i) his last day of employment with the Company was October 9, 2017, (ii) he will be paid an aggregate of $97,069 within ten business days after the Company raises an aggregate of $2 million in any combination of public or private debt or equity securities offerings, and (iii) in satisfaction of $240,276 of deferred compensation, the Company will issue 89,092 shares of its common stock within ten business days after the Company raises an aggregate of $2 million in any combination of public or private debt or equity securities offerings. The $97,069 payment has not been rendered and the stock has not been issued as of September 30, 2018. The balances are included in accounts payable – related party.

 

  Series A Preferred Stock

 

On April 13, 2018, the Company issued 100,000 shares of Series A Preferred stock (“Preferred Stock”) to a related party in return for advisory services rendered to the Company. The fair value of the services rendered was assessed at $300,000.

 

23

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Dividends

 

Generally, the holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to receive if, when, and as declared by the board of directors, an annual non-compounding dividend, payable at the rate of 8% and payable quarterly in arrears in cash, or, at the Company’s option, an annual non-compounding dividend 12%, payable quarterly in arrears in the form of shares of Preferred Stock at a rate of $3.00 per share. Such dividends will begin to accrue as of the date on which the Preferred Stock is issued and will accrue whether or not declared and whether or not there will be funds legally available for the payment of dividends. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018, the Company accrued $11,178 in dividends. 

 

Accrued and unpaid dividends upon conversion will automatically be converted into shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share. An assumed value of $3.00 per share of common stock will be used to determine the number of shares of common stock to be issued for such accrued and unpaid dividends. 

 

Liquidation Preference

 

In the event of any liquidation the holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distributions of any assets of the Company to the holders of the common stock out of the assets of the Company legally available therefore, $3.00 per share of Preferred Stock, plus accrued and unpaid dividends on each share of Preferred Stock. 

 

Redemption

 

At the option of the holder and upon written notice to the Company, the Preferred Stock will be redeemable at any time after August 1, 2018 at the liquidation price plus all declared and unpaid dividends. In addition, the Company will have an ongoing right to purchase all or any portion of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock. 

 

Voting Rights

 

Generally, holders of shares of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote with the holders of common stock as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders and are entitled to 15 votes for each share of Preferred Stock held on the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote or, if no record date is established, on the date the vote is taken. 

 

Conversion Rights

 

Each share of Preferred Stock will convert to one fully paid and nonassessable share of the Company’s common stock at any time at the option of the holder or the Company, subject to adjustments for stock dividends, splits, combinations and similar events. If the closing price on all domestic securities exchanges on which the Common Stock may at the time be listed exceeds $6.00 per share for 30 consecutive trading days and the daily trading volume of the common stock is at least 20,000 shares for that same period, each share of Preferred Stock will automatically convert to one share of the Company’s common stock. The conversion rights require the Company to present the Preferred Stock in the mezzanine level of the accompanying balance sheet.

 

24

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Stock Options

 

On April 12, 2018, the Company’s board of directors approved the EVO Transportation and Energy Services, Inc. 2018 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2018 Plan”) pursuant to which a total of 4,250,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance to eligible employees, consultants, and directors of the Company. Further, on August 13, 2018, the board of directors approved the Company’s Amended and Restated 2018 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Amended 2018 Plan”), which amends and restates the Company’s 2018 Stock Incentive Plan. The Amended 2018 Plan increased options available for grant to 6,250,000. 

 

The Amended 2018 Plan provides for awards of non-statutory stock options, incentive stock options, and restrictive stock awards within the meaning of Section 422 of the IRC and stock purchase rights to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. 

 

The Amended 2018 Plan is administered by the board of directors, which has the authority to select the individuals to whom awards will be granted and to determine whether and to what extent stock options and stock purchase rights are to be granted, the number of shares of common stock to be covered by each award, the vesting schedule of stock options (generally straight-line over a period of four years), and all other terms and conditions of each award. Stock options have a maximum term of ten years, and it is the Company’s practice to grant options to employees with exercise prices equal to or greater than the estimated fair market value of its common stock. 

 

The board of directors may suspend or terminate the Amended 2018 Plan or any portion thereof at any time, and may amend the Amended 2018 Plan from time to time in such respects as the board of directors may deem advisable in order that incentive awards under the Amended 2018 Plan will conform to any change in applicable laws or regulations or in any other respect the board of directors may deem to be in the best interests of the Company; provided, however, that no amendments to the Amended 2018 Plan will not be effective without approval of the stockholders of the Company if stockholder approval of the amendment is then required pursuant to Section 422 of the Code or the rules of any stock exchange or Nasdaq or similar regulatory body. No termination, suspension or amendment of the Amended 2018 Plan may adversely affect any outstanding incentive award without the consent of the affected participant. 

 

Restricted stock awards are made by the issuance to the participant of the actual shares represented by that grant. Any shares of restricted stock issued are registered in the name of the participant and bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to the award. Shares of restricted stock granted under the Amended 2018 Plan may not be sold, transferred, pledged, or assigned until the termination of the applicable period of restriction. After the last day of the period of restriction, shares of restricted stock become freely transferable by the participant. During the period of restriction, a participant holding shares of restricted stock granted under the Amended 2018 Plan may exercise full voting rights with respect to those shares, unless otherwise specified in the applicable award agreement. As of September 30, 2018, there were no shares of restricted stock outstanding. 

 

The fair value of each award is estimated on the date of grant. Stock option values are estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the option award, expected stock price volatility, and expected dividends. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. For purposes of estimating the expected term of options granted, the Company aggregates option recipients into groups that have similar option exercise behavioral traits. Expected volatilities used in the valuation model are based on the average volatility of the Company’s stock. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The valuation model assumes no dividends. The forfeiture rate has been estimated at 5%. During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, the Company has recorded stock-based compensation expense of $792,924 associated with stock options. As of September 30, 2018, the Company has estimated approximately $7,400,000 of future compensation costs related to the unvested portions of outstanding stock options.

 

25

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table presents the activity for options outstanding:

 

    Incentive     Weighted  
    Stock     Average  
    Options     Exercise Price  
Outstanding - December 31, 2017     -     $ -  
Granted     4,600,000       2.50  
Forfeited/canceled     -       -  
Exercised     -       -  
Outstanding - September 30, 2018     4,600,000     $ 2.50  

 

The following table presents the composition of options outstanding and exercisable:

 

    Options Outstanding     Options Exercisable  
Range of Exercise Prices   Number     Price*     Life*     Number     Price*  
$2.50     4,600,000     $ 2.50       9.67       1,150,000     $ 2.50  
Total - September 30, 2018     4,600,000     $ 2.50       9.67       1,150,000     $ 2.50  

 

* Price and Life reflect the weighted average exercise price and weighted average remaining contractual life, respectively.

 

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions used:

 

    (Unaudited)  
    September 30,  
    2018  
Approximate risk-free rate     2.67 - 2.88 %
Average expected life     5 years  
Dividend yield     - %
Volatility     103.75% - 109.16 %
Estimated fair value of total options granted   $ 8,194,000  

 

Warrants

 

The fair value of the warrants is estimated on the date of issuance using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the warrants, expected stock price volatility, and expected dividends. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. Expected volatilities used in the valuation model are based on the average volatility of the Company’s stock. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the warrant is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

 

    (Unaudited)  
    September 30,  
    2018  
Approximate risk-free rate     2.67 - 2.98 %
Average expected life     5 - 10 years  
Dividend yield     - %
Volatility     103.75% - 110.91 %
Estimated fair value of total warrants granted   $ 4,701,498  

 

26

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table presents the activity for warrants outstanding:

 

          Weighted  
    Number of     Average  
    Warrants     Exercise Price  
Outstanding - December 31, 2016     -     $ -  
Issued     103,334       3.00  
Forfeited/canceled     -       -  
Exercised     -       -  
Outstanding - December 31, 2017     103,334       -  
Issued     3,057,462       2.79  
Forfeited/canceled     -       -  
Exercised     -       -  
Outstanding - September 30, 2018     3,160,796     $ 2.79  

 

All of the outstanding warrants are exercisable and have a weighted average remaining contractual life of 9.09.

 

Note 11 - Commitments and Contingencies

 

Operating Leases

 

The Company leased office space in Minnesota on a month to month basis with payments of $977 per month through June 2017.

 

Titan entered into an operating lease agreement which expires in February 2019, with an option to extend to February 2024. In November 2014, the lease was amended to add El Toro as a co-lessee. The monthly payments range from $10,000 to $11,604. The lease calls for rent increases over the term of the lease. The Company records rent expense on a straight-line basis using average rent for the term of the lease. The excess of the expense over cash rent paid is shown as deferred rent.

 

Titan rent expense for the months nine ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 was approximately $95,000.

 

Thunder Ridge leases equipment and vehicles under monthly and non-cancelable operating leases. Payments on these leases range between $50 and $3,000 and mature between 2018 and August 2023. Total lease expense for the four months ending September 30, 2018 was approximately $739,000.

 

Future minimum lease payments under these leases are approximately as follows:

 

2018 remainder of the year   $ 474,750  
2019     1,076,000  
2020     573,000  
2021     130,000  
2022     68,000  
2023     106,000  
    $ 2,427,750  

 

27

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Litigation

 

In the normal course of business, the Company is party to litigation from time to time. The Company maintains insurance to cover certain actions and believes that resolution of such litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

On March 19, 2018, the owners of the property leased by El Toro, initiated a lawsuit in the Superior Court of Orange County, California, related to the lease agreement for the El Toro station. The complaint alleges breach of contract and seeks money damages, costs, attorneys’ fees and other appropriate relief.

 

Long-Term Take-or-Pay Natural Gas Supply Contracts

 

 At September 30, 2018, the Company had commitments to purchase CNG on a take-or-pay basis of approximately $545,000. It is anticipated these are normal purchases that will be necessary for sales, and no cash settlements will be made related to the purchase commitments.

 

Note 12 - Employee Benefit Plan

 

Thunder Ridge maintains a Health, Welfare, and Pension plan for eligible employees in accordance with the Department of Labor under the Service Contract Act. These payments are earned on all eligible hours up to the maximum of 40 hours per week and are determined based on the hourly rates set by the Department of Labor depending on the employee’s work location and specific vehicle type. Employer contributions for the four months ended September 30, 2018 were approximately $450,000. These amounts are included in cost of goods sold on the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

Note 13 - Subsequent Events

 

During October 2018, the board of directors authorized 100,000 stock options to a board member.

 

During October 2018, the board of directors approved that the Convertible promissory notes - related parties converts into 7,000,000 shares of common stock.

 

28

 

 

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the condensed consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in Item 1 of Part I of this report and the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto and the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017. Some of the statements in this report may contain forward-looking statements that reflect management’s current view about future events, future business, industry and other conditions, our future performance, and our plans and expectations for future operations and actions. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “anticipate,” “will,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “future,” “intend,” “plan” and similar expressions or the negative of these terms. Many of these forward-looking statements are located in this report under “Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” but they may appear in other sections as well. The forward-looking statements in this report generally relate to: (i) our growth strategy and potential acquisition candidates; (ii) management’s expectations regarding market trends and competition in the vehicle fuels industry, gasoline, diesel, and natural gas prices, government tax credits and other incentives, and environmental and safety considerations; (iii) our beliefs regarding the sufficiency of working capital and cash flows, and our continued ability to renew or obtain financing on reasonable terms when necessary; (iv) the impact of recently issued accounting pronouncements; (v) our intentions and beliefs relating to our costs, business strategies, and future performance; (vi) our expected financial results; and (vii) our expectations concerning our primary capital and cash flow needs.

 

Forward-looking statements are based on information available to management at the time the statements are made and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Such statements reflect the current view of management with respect to future events and are subject to risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors (including the risks contained in the section entitled “Risk Factors” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017) relating to the Company’s industry, its operations and results of operations, and any businesses that may be acquired by it. These factors include, among other factors:

 

supply, demand, usage and pricing of natural gas, gasoline, diesel and other alternative vehicle fuels;
   
market trends for natural gas and natural gas vehicles;
   
new technologies and improvements to existing technologies in the vehicle fuels markets;
   
competitive bids on transportation contracts;

  

29

 

  

the availability of federal, state and local grants, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives to promote natural gas usage;
   
the impacts of environmental laws on the vehicle fuels and transportation industry;
   
our ability to grow through the identification and execution of future acquisitions;
   
driver shortages and increases in driver compensation rates;
   
our ability to recognize the anticipated benefits of recent and future acquisitions;
   
our ability to generate sufficient cash to service our indebtedness; and
   
our ability to raise additional capital.

 

Although management believes that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States, the Company does not intend to update any of the forward-looking statements to conform these statements to actual results. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

Background and Recent Developments

 

EVO Transportation & Energy Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation formerly named Minn Shares Inc. (“EVO Inc.,” “we,” “us,” “our” or the “Company”), was incorporated on October 22, 2010.  EVO Inc. was incorporated to effect the re-domestication of Minn Shares Inc., a Minnesota corporation (“Minn Shares Minnesota”), to the State of Delaware. From December 2001 until November 22, 2016, the Company and its predecessor entity, Minn Shares Minnesota, did not engage in any business activities other than for the purpose of collecting and distributing its assets, paying, satisfying and discharging any existing debts and obligations and doing other acts required to liquidate and wind up its business and affairs. The business purpose of EVO Inc. was to seek the acquisition of or merger with an existing company.

 

Securities Exchanges with Titan CNG and Environmental Alternative Fuels, LLC

 

On November 22, 2016, Titan and its members entered into an Agreement and Plan of Securities Exchange with the Company whereby the Company acquired all of the equity interests of Titan and Titan became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Securities Exchange”). El Toro, Diamond Bar and Blaine are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Titan. The Company issued 248,481 shares of its Common Stock to acquire Titan, which resulted in the former Titan equity holders owning approximately 91.25% of the outstanding Common Stock after the consummation of the Securities Exchange.

  

30

 

 

At the closing of the Securities Exchange, all of the units issued and outstanding for Titan immediately prior to the closing of the Securities Exchange were converted into 248,481 shares of Common Stock of the Company. Titan did not have any stock options or warrants to purchase its membership interests outstanding at the time of the Securities Exchange.

 

On June 1, 2018, the Company entered into an equity purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Billy (Trey) Peck Jr. (“Peck”) pursuant to which the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares (the “TRT Shares”) in Thunder Ridge Transport, Inc., a Missouri corporation (“Thunder Ridge”), from Peck and Thunder Ridge became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Thunder Ridge is based in Springfield, Missouri and is engaged in the business of fulfilling government contracts for freight trucking services

 

The following discussion highlights our plan of operations and the principal factors that have affected our financial condition as well as our liquidity and capital resources for the periods described. This discussion contains forward-looking statements. The following discussion and analysis are based on our financial statements, which we have prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. You should read the discussion and analysis together with such financial statements and the related notes thereto.

 

The following discussion and analysis provide information which management believes is relevant for an assessment and understanding of the statements of financial condition and results of operations presented herein. The discussion should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and related notes and the other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 

General Overview

  

The Company was incorporated in the State of Delaware on October 22, 2010, and is a holding company based in Peoria, Arizona that owns three operating subsidiaries, Titan, Thunder Ridge and EAF that are in the businesses of compressed natural gas (“CNG”) service stations and fulfilling USPS contracts for freight trucking services. Titan is the management company that oversees operations of the El Toro, Diamond Bar, and Blaine CNG service stations. As of June 30, 2017, El Toro ceased operations. Blaine and Diamond Bar were formed in 2015. In March 2016, Diamond Bar began operations of its CNG station under a lease agreement with the State of California South Coast Air Quality Management District (“SCAQMD”) in Diamond Bar, California. In February 2018, the Company entered into a management agreement with a third party to operate Diamond Bar, and the Company is currently negotiating with the third party for the sale of the station. The Company discontinued construction of Blaine during the fourth quarter of 2017. EAF was originally organized on March 28, 2012 under the name Clean-n-Green Alternative Fuels, LLC” in the State of Delaware. Effective May 1, 2012, EAF changed its name to “Environmental Alternative Fuels, LLC.” EVO CNG, EAF’s wholly owned subsidiary, was originally organized in the State of Delaware on April 1, 2013 under the name “EVO Trillium, LLC” and subsequently changed its name to “EVO CNG, LLC” effective March 1, 2016. Together, EAF and EVO CNG operate six compressed natural gas fueling stations located in California, Texas, Arizona and Wisconsin.

 

Thunder Ridge was founded in Missouri during 2000 and its primary business is interstate highway contract routes operated for the USPS.

  

31

 

 

Although we currently plan to continue to operate our existing CNG fueling stations, we are also expanding our operations into interstate contract trucking routes operated for the USPS. We plan to accomplish our expansion into the trucking industry by acquiring existing trucking companies.

 

Going Concern

 

The Company is an early stage company in the process of acquiring several businesses with highway contract routes operated for the USPS and CNG fuel stations. As of September 30, 2018, the Company has a working capital deficit of approximately $6.9 million and negative equity of approximately $8.0 million. In addition, the Company is in violation of its bank covenants. Management anticipates rectifying these covenants with additional public and private offerings. Also, the Company is evaluating certain cash flow improvement measures. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in these efforts.

 

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. However, the above conditions raise doubt about the Company’s ability to do so. The condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classifications of liabilities that may result should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

 

To meet its current and future obligations, the Company has taken the following steps to capitalize the business and successfully achieve its business plan during 2018:

 

On March 2, 2018, the Company issued 1,000,000 Units (the “Units”) at a price of $2.50 per Unit for an aggregate purchase price of $2,500,000 pursuant to the terms of a subscription agreement between the Company and an investor. Each Unit consists of (i) one share of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), and (ii) a warrant to purchase one share of Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per share exercisable for five years from the date of issuance.

 

During April 2018, the Company paid the working capital notes - related party of $250,000 in full.

 

On April 2, 2018, the Company and a related party note holder agreed to extend the maturity date of the $3,800,000 promissory note through July 2019.

  

On April 13, 2018, the Company consummated the following transactions:

 

The Company issued 275,583 common shares in exchange for certain subordinated convertible senior notes payable to stockholders in the aggregate principal and interest amount of approximately $689,000, with the per share price for shares of common stock equal to $2.50.

 

The Company issued 272,777 common shares in exchange for the subordinated convertible junior notes payable to stockholders in the aggregate principal and interest amount of $1,363,858, with the per share price for shares of common stock equal to $5.00.

 

On May 14, 2018, the Company issued 93,400 common shares in exchange for accounts payable and related party accounts payable of $280,200, with the per share price of shares of common stock equal to $3.00.

 

In July 2018, the Company entered into a Secured Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which the Company sold secured convertible promissory notes in the principal amount of $4,005,000 during July and August 2018.

 

In July and August 2018 Thunder Ridge won seven new four-year transportation services contracts with the USPS, under which Thunder Ridge will provide domestic surface transportation services to the USPS at its offices located in Santa Clarita, California, Baton Rouge, Louisiana, Flint, Michigan, Austin, Texas, the Northern Bay in California, Baltimore, Maryland and Pensacola, Florida.

 

On July 31, 2018, the Company paid approximately $1,072,000 of principle and interest to the subordinated convertible senior notes payable to stockholders.

 

During August 2018, the Company entered into subscription agreements effective as of July 31, 2018 to issue 187,462 units (the “Units”) at a price of $2.50 per Unit in exchange for the promissory notes – stockholders in the aggregate principal amount of $468,655. Each Unit consists of (i) one share of the Company’s common stock and (ii) a warrant to purchase one share of common stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per share exercisable for ten years from the date of issuance.

 

32

 

  

Sources of Revenue

 

Titan was founded in 2012 and for the first four years only had management fee revenues. Beginning in 2016 Titan generated revenues from its CNG stations El Toro and Diamond Bar, and with the acquisition of EAF, the Company generated revenue from six stations beginning February 2017. Starting on June 1, 2018, with the acquisition of Thunder Ridge, the Company has begun to recognize revenue from highway contract routes. The transportation services include operations in Missouri, Maryland, Kansas, Iowa, Tennessee, New York, Pennsylvania, Texas, Louisiana, Michigan and California. As of June 30, 2017, our El Toro station has ceased operations.

 

Key Trends

 

CNG

 

In general, CNG has become the primary alternative fueling choice for truck and bus fleets operating in the $134 billion fleet fueling market. Natural gas is sold on a gas gallon equivalent (“GGE”) basis and as of December 2017 was selling at an average price nationally of approximately $2.17 per GGE versus average prices of gasoline and diesel of $2.49 and $2.90 per gallon, respectively. We expect this price advantage to remain intact for the foreseeable future, which creates a strong economic incentive for vehicle operators to switch to CNG. In addition, CNG is a significantly cleaner fuel than is gasoline or diesel. With increased focus on the environment, the benefits from natural gas-powered vehicles have an immediate positive impact on the issues of air quality, U.S. energy security and public health. Using renewable CNG can result in greater than 95% less greenhouse gases than traditional petroleum products, and because CNG fuel systems are completely sealed, CNG vehicles produce no evaporative emissions, which are a common hazard when using liquid fuel. Also, CNG creates less engine wear, thereby making its use even more desirable. As of December 2017, there are fewer than 1,700 public CNG stations in the United States, compared to over 124,000 gasoline stations across the country.

 

During 2017, lower oil prices decreased the pricing advantage of CNG compared to diesel and gasoline. As a result, the adoption of natural gas as a fuel choice for fleets has slowed relative to previous periods, especially amongst smaller fleets. However, this impact is partially offset by a general decrease in the cost of natural gas as well as ongoing adoption of new CNG trucks by larger fleets. In addition, public companies and municipalities in particular are continuing to adopt the use of CNG as a vehicle fuel source for environmental reasons.

 

The natural gas vehicle industry is the beneficiary of federal and state incentives promoting the use of natural gas as a vehicle fuel choice. Titan received $450,000 of state grants to assist in the development of the El Toro station which was completed for approximately $2 million and during 2016, EVO CNG received $400,000 to complete the construction of the San Antonio station. In addition, during December 2017 and 2016, we received a $0.50 per GGE federal tax credit for each GGE sold. In some cases, we share this credit with our customers.

 

Interstate Highway Contracts

 

The USPS has for more than 100 years contracted with third parties for the transportation of mail. The contractors competitively bid on transportation contracts that detail the movement of mail between processing facilities and destination post offices. The USPS evaluates the bids based on price, past performance, operational plans, financial resources, and the use of innovation or alternative fuels. The contracts are generally two to four years and are renewable for additional terms, usually indefinitely. As of September 30, 2017, there were 6,059 routes contracted with the USPS, utilizing 2,718 contractors with contracts totaling $3.1 billion.

 

During July and August 2018, Thunder Ridge was awarded seven Dynamic Route Optimization (DRO) contracts with the USPS. These awards expand Thunder Ridge’s operations into five states—California, Louisiana, Florida, Texas, and Michigan. This is in addition to the seven other states it services through 12 contracts with the USPS. Under the seven contracts, operations will include locations in Santa Clarita, California, Flint, Michigan, Austin, Texas, Pensacola, Florida, the Northern Bay of California, Baltimore, Maryland, and Baton Rouge, LA. It is estimated that the seven contracts will produce revenue of $18 million annually. Additionally, the new contracts will provide a larger network for the development of new transportation opportunities.

 

33

 

 

Anticipated Future Trends

 

Although natural gas continues to be less expensive than gasoline and diesel in most markets, the price of natural gas has been significantly closer to the prices of gasoline and diesel in recent years as a result of declining oil prices, thereby reducing the price advantage of natural gas as a vehicle fuel. We anticipate that, over the long term, the prices for gasoline and diesel will continue to be higher than the price of natural gas as a vehicle fuel and will increase overall, which would improve the cost savings of natural gas as a vehicle fuel compared to diesel and gasoline. However, the amount of time needed for oil prices to recover from their recent decline is uncertain and we expect that adoption of natural gas as a vehicle fuel, growth in our customer base and gross revenue will be negatively affected until oil prices increase and this price advantage increases. Our belief that natural gas will continue, over the long term, to be a cheaper vehicle fuel than gasoline or diesel is based in large part on the growth in United States natural gas production in recent years.

 

We believe natural gas fuels are well-suited for use by vehicle fleets that consume high volumes of fuel, refuel at centralized locations or along well-defined routes and/or are increasingly required to reduce emissions. As a result, we believe there will be growth in the consumption of natural gas as a vehicle fuel among vehicle fleets. However, we expect competition in the market for natural gas vehicle fuel to remain steady in the near-term. To the extent competition increases, we would be subject to greater pricing pressure, reduced operating margins and potentially fewer expansion opportunities.

 

In addition, the Company expects to further expand into the transportation industry by owning and operating transportation companies. The Company intends to acquire additional transportation companies that have been awarded contracts to provide trucking services for the USPS.

 

In 2014, the USPS announced plans to significantly reduce their number of contractors from over 4,000 in 2014 to less 1,000 by 2022. The USPS goal is to manage fewer relationships and work with larger prime contractors. The USPS is in the process of taking all of the contracts in a defined geographical area and consolidating them into one contract. It is estimated that over $1 billion in USPS contracts will become available in the next five years, which affords the opportunity for the Company to grow organically in addition to growing through acquisitions.

  

If we are successful in acquiring additional trucking companies, we will competitively bid on transportation contracts that detail the movement of mail between processing facilities and destination post offices. Those contracts typically provide for an initial four-year term and are often renewed to the incumbent service provider if appropriate services have been performed. The contracts are bid and performed in accordance with various requirements, including but not limited to requirements under the Service Contract Act, Department of Transportation regulations (federal and state), and other applicable local and state regulations.

 

Sources of Liquidity and Anticipated Capital Expenditures and Other Uses of Cash

 

Historically, our principal sources of liquidity have consisted of cash on hand, cash provided by financing activities, and cash provided by investors.

 

Of our total indebtedness of approximately $25,000,000 as of September 30, 2018, approximately $3,500,000 is classified as current debt. We are in violation of the covenants related to the SBA loan. We did not receive a waiver with respect to those covenant violations for the nine months ended September 30, 2018. Our total consolidated interest expense relating to our indebtedness for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 was approximately $1,550,000, which included debt discount and financing costs of $591,000 and 44,000, respectively.

 

34

 

 

We may also elect to invest additional amounts in companies, assets, or joint ventures in the natural gas fueling infrastructure, interstate contract routes, or use capital for other activities or pursuits. We will need to raise additional capital to fund any capital expenditures, investments, or debt repayments that we cannot fund through available cash or cash generated by operations or that we cannot fund through other sources, such as with the sale of our stock. We may not be able to raise capital when needed on terms that are favorable to us, or at all. Any inability to raise capital may impair our ability to build new stations, develop natural gas fueling infrastructure, invest in strategic transactions or acquisitions or repay our outstanding indebtedness and may reduce our ability to grow our business and generate sustained or increased revenues. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below. 

 

Results from Operations

 

Three months ended September 30, 2018 as compared with the three months ended September 30, 2017

 

Revenue. EVO Inc. has refocused its corporate strategy to leverage our footprint of CNG stations and relationships with owner-operators to build a national fleet of haulers primarily focused on servicing the U.S. Postal Service (USPS). The Company continues to operate public and private CNG filling stations.

 

Sales for the CNG stations were $414,609 and $622,073 for the three months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. EVO CNG, LLC stations’ sales have decreased from prior year due to a Tolleson station’s customer’s discontinuation of its CNG truck fleet. During the third quarter of 2017, that customer generated approximately $121,000 in CNG revenue. No revenue was generated at the Diamond Bar or El Toro stations during the 2018 quarter. The Diamond Bar and El Toro stations’ third quarter 2017 revenue was $87,000 with $35,460 generated from El Toro related to a one-time charge to a customer. Overall the Company experienced a downward trend in CNG demand during 2018.

 

Thunder Ridge’s third quarter 2018 revenue of $8,235,295 more than doubled from the third quarter of 2017. The increase was the result of organic growth from new mail hauling contracts signed with USPS earlier in the year.

 

Cost of goods sold. CNG cost of goods sold is comprised of natural gas, electricity, federal excise tax, vendor use fuel tax, and credit cards fees. The margins were 18% and 59% for the three months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The decrease in margin rate was primarily attributable to the fall-off of activity at Diamond Bar since that station has typically achieved a 50% margin in the past as a result of its lower cost of electricity purchased from SCAQMD. The margin decrease is also a result of EVO CNG’s fixed station costs’ not commensurately decreasing in step with decreased CNG demand.

 

Thunder Ridge’s cost of goods sold is primarily comprised of labor and subcontractor costs, fuel, leasing and rental of trucks and trailers, repairs and maintenance, and insurance. Thunder Ridge’s third quarter margin was negative. Over the past two and a half years, Thunder Ridge has been growing through awards of new USPS mail hauling contracts. This growth was added to an infrastructure that was not yet fully in place to profitably support the operations at the start of the new contracts. Efforts are currently underway to refine the labor model and right-size the fleet to achieve the expected returns.

 

Operating expenses. General and administrative increased for the three months ended September 30, 2018 as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2017 by approximately $1,215,000. The acquisition of Thunder Ridge contributed $623,000 of the increase and $396,000 was from stock option expense, offset by a decrease in accounting and legal fees of approximately $200,000 and a general decrease in expenses. The $48,000 increase in depreciation and amortization expense was a result of a decrease in amortization from EVO CNG, LLC due to the impairment of customer relationships during 2017.

 

Interest Expense . The $538,000 increase in interest expense was a result of an addition of $356,000, from the debt discount in EVO, Inc. and EVO CNG, LLC, plus $44,000 related to amortization of the debt discount. Lastly, Thunder Ridge interest added $120,000 to the third quarter 2018 interest increase from third quarter 2017.

 

Warrant expense. Warrant expense increased for the three months ended September 30, 2018 as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2017 by approximately $121,000. The warrant expense is connected to the issuance of stock and represents the estimated fair value calculated on the date of issuance of the warrant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the expected term of warrants, expected stock price volatility, and expected dividends. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment.

 

35

 

 

Nine months ended September 30, 2018 as compared with the nine months ended September 30, 2017

 

Revenue. EVO Inc. has refocused its corporate strategy to leverage our footprint of CNG stations and relationships with owner-operators to build a national fleet of haulers primarily focused on servicing the U.S. Postal Service (USPS). The Company continues to operate public and private CNG filling stations.

 

Sales for the CNG stations were $1,111,629 and $1,692,787 for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The decrease resulted from revenue loss of approximately $92,000 from the closure of the El Toro station during 2017, approximately $169,000 from the Diamond Bar station due to the third-party management agreement implemented during 2018, and approximately $340,000 at the Tolleson station due to a customer’s discontinuation of its CNG fleet. In addition, the Company experienced an overall downward trend in CNG sales over the past year.

 

Thunder Ridge’s revenue for the period of June 1, 2018 through September 30, 2018 was $10,212,227, an increase from prior year of approximately $4,600,000. The increase was the result of organic growth from new mail hauling contracts signed with USPS earlier in the year.

  

Cost of goods sold. CNG cost of goods sold is comprised of natural gas, electricity, federal excise tax, vendor use fuel tax, and credit cards fees. The margins were 25% and 59% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The decrease in margin rate was primarily attributable to the fall-off of activity at Diamond Bar as of the end of January 2018 as that station typically achieved a 50% margin in the past as a result of its lower cost of electricity purchased from SCAQMD. The margin decrease is also a result of EVO CNG’s fixed station costs not commensurately decreasing in step with decreased CNG demand.

 

Thunder Ridge’s cost of goods sold is primarily comprised of labor and subcontractor costs, fuel, leasing and rental of trucks and trailers, repairs and maintenance, and insurance. Thunder Ridge’s third quarter margin was negative. Over the past two and a half years, Thunder Ridge has been growing through awards of new USPS mail hauling contracts. This growth was added to an infrastructure that was not yet fully in place to profitably support the operations at the start of the new contracts. Efforts are currently underway to refine the labor model and right-size the fleet to achieve the expected returns.

 

Operating expenses. General and administrative expenses increased for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2017 by approximately $2,261,000. Factors contributing to this increase included $553,000 from the acquisition of Thunder Ridge, $792,000 from stock option expense, $94,000 from the lawsuit settlement, $250,000 from regulatory filings, $75,000 from additional payroll, and $300,000 from advisory services rendered.

  

Interest expense. The $674,000 increase in interest expense was a result of an addition of $155,000 from Thunder Ridge, $239,000 from the accretion of the beneficial conversion feature, and $44,000 from the amortization of the deferred financing costs. The remaining increase is due to the EVO CNG, LLC debt discount offset by a $161,000 reduction in interest expense as a result of conversion of Junior and Senior Bridge Notes in April 2018.

 

Warrant expense. Warrant expense increased for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2017 by approximately $512,000. The warrant expense is connected to the issuance of stock and is the estimated fair value calculated on the date of issuance of the warrant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the warrants, expected stock price volatility, and expected dividends. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment.

 

Gain extinguishment related party interest. As a result of the conversion of related party debt during April 2018, the company realized a gain on the extinguishment of related party interest.

 

Gain on extinguishment of liabilities. We recorded a gain of $657,498 on the extinguishment of accounts payable that no longer represented our obligation or that management negotiated a settlement. The liabilities consisted of professional fees and other expenses.

 

36

 

 

The Company had cash and cash equivalents of $1,121,565 and $83,867 at September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. During the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, net cash used in operations was $3,995,028 and $487,403, respectively. We have historically funded our operating losses primarily from the issuance of equity, convertible notes payable, stockholder debt, and SBA debt.

 

Changes in Liquidity

  

Cash and Cash Equivalents . Cash and cash equivalents were $1,121,565 at September 30, 2018, compared to $83,867 at December 31, 2017. The increase is primarily attributable to the issuance of common stock for $2,500,000 during 2018, along with the proceeds of $4,005,000 from secured convertible debt.

 

Operating Activities . Net cash used in operations was $3,995,028 and $487,403 as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, the Company had a net loss of $5,177,325 and $2,584,782, respectively. Significant changes in working capital during these periods included:

 

Accounts receivable decreased by $1,245,242, after factoring in the Thunder Ridge accounts receivable from the acquisition.

 

Accounts payable, accounts payable-related party, advances from related parties, accrued interest and accrued liabilities increased in aggregate by $1,129,261 due to the acquisition of Thunder Ridge offset by payments and conversion of related party interest and payments on accounts payable from the proceeds of debt and equity.

 

Non-cash transactions included a $590,611 add-back from the accretion of the debt discount, $509,610 from depreciation and amortization, warrant expense of $589,158, stock-based compensation for $792,924, and $300,000 of Series A Preferred Stock issued in exchange for advisory services, offset by the gains in extinguishment of related party interest and liabilities for a total of $814,828.

 

Investing Activities . Net cash used in investing was ($229,736) and ($144,828) for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. With the acquisition of Thunder Ridge in 2018, the cash contribution was negative. In 2017, the cash was used to purchase construction in progress assets during 2017.

 

Financing Activities . Net cash provided by financing activities was $5,262,462 and $698,054 for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The cash provided by financing activities in 2018 was from the $2,500,000 sale of common stock, proceeds of $4,005,000, net of $524,987 in debt issuance costs from secured convertible debt, and $480,210 from advances from factoring receivables, offset by $134,957 in payments on the SBA and equipment loans, and the $250,000 payment in full on the working capital notes – related party, in addition to $800,000 in payment of the subordinated convertible senior notes payable to stockholders. During the six months ended June 30, 2017 financing activities consisted of $400,000 from subordinated notes payable, $310,000 from the sale of common stock, and $70,258 in advances from stockholders, offset by payments on the SBA loan and related party promissory note.

 

Our future liquidity and capital requirements will be influenced by numerous factors, including the extent and duration of future operating losses, the level and timing of future sales and expenditures, working capital required to support our sales growth, the level of our outstanding indebtedness and principal and interest we are obligated to pay on our indebtedness, our capital expenditure requirements, the continuing acceptance of our product in the marketplace, competing technologies, market and regulatory developments, ongoing facility requirements, and potential strategic transactions.

 

37

 

 

Debt Compliance

 

Of our total indebtedness of approximately $25,000,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2018, approximately $3,500,000 is classified as current debt. We are in violation of the covenants related to the SBA loan. We have not received a waiver for current violations of these covenants as of September 30, 2018. Our total consolidated interest payment obligations relating to our indebtedness was approximately $1,550,000 which included the debt discount, debt issuance costs and the beneficial conversion feature of $635,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2018.

 

Existing Indebtedness

 

On December 31, 2014, Titan entered into a co-borrower arrangement for a $1,300,000 U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) note with El Toro. The proceeds from the note were received by El Toro and the note payable is recorded by El Toro. The note is a ten-year term note with interest fixed at 5.5% for the first five years, then adjusted to the SBA LIBOR Base Rate, plus 2.35% for the remaining five years. The note requires monthly principal and interest payments of $15,288. The note is secured by substantially all of Titan’s business assets and is personally guaranteed by certain former members of Titan. Titan issued 35,491 (equivalent to 31,203 common shares) Class A Membership Units to those members as compensation for the guarantee. The note was obtained pursuant to a loan agreement with a bank dated December 31, 2014 (the facility governed by the loan agreement is hereinafter referred to as the “SBA Facility”). Titan was, as of December 31, 2017, and currently is, in violation of certain covenants under our SBA Facility. We have not received a waiver to remedy the technical non-compliance under our SBA Facility as of September 30, 2018.

 

In addition to the SBA Facility, on January 1, 2016, Titan issued 64,387 (equivalent to 56,608 common shares) Class A Membership Units and Junior Bridge Notes in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $876,000 to eight accredited investors in exchange for mezzanine debt in El Toro plus approximately 80% of the membership interest in El Toro. Titan issued an additional Junior Bridge Note to a ninth accredited investor on January 1, 2016 for approximately $99,000 to evidence pre-existing indebtedness. The holders of the Junior Bridge Notes are the Alpeter Family Limited Partnership, Brian and Renae Clark, Falcon Capital LLC, Honour Capital LP, James Jackson, John Honour, Kirk Honour, Keith and Janice Clark, and Stephen and Jayne Clark. On April 12, 2018, the Company converted the eight Junior Bridge Notes and related interest totaling $1,363,858 into common stock at a price per share of $5.00 for a total of 272,777 shares.

 

On February 29, 2016, Titan issued five promissory notes payable to members (the “Senior Bridge Notes”) with an original maturity date of June 28, 2016 for approximately $672,000, as well as 16,791 (equivalent to 14,762 common shares) Class A Membership Units. The Senior Bridge Notes originally bore interest at 12% per year with a default interest rate of 15% per year. Two of the Senior Bridge Notes were originally long-term debt of Titan outstanding at December 31, 2015 and converted into Senior Bridge Notes. In the event of a default under the Senior Bridge Notes, Titan is required to pay the holder a stated number of Class A Membership Units on the date of default and each 90-day interval thereafter until all amounts due have been paid in full. Effective July 2016, the maturity date of the Senior Bridge Notes was extended to September 30, 2016 and effective March 14, 2016 the interest rate was increased from 12% to 16%. The default interest rate was increased from 15% to 18%. As part of that first amendment, the note holders received 3,359 (equivalent to 2,953 common shares) Class A Membership Units in Titan. In September 2016, the Senior Bridge Notes were amended to extend the maturity date to January 31, 2017 and Titan paid a fee for the extension of 1% of the outstanding principal balance to the note holders. The Company subsequently extended the maturity date of the notes to October 31, 2017. The Company paid a fee of 1% of the outstanding principal balance on the notes on or around each of January 31, 2017, April 30, 2017, and July 31, 2017 to extend the maturity date of the notes. The notes are secured by a subordinate security interest on substantially all of the Company’s assets and are personally guaranteed by Scott Honour and Kirk Honour. The notes were not extended at maturity.

 

On April 12, 2018, the Company converted four of the Senior Bridge Notes in the aforementioned paragraph and the Senior Bridge Note issued on July 26, 2016 along with related interest totaling $688,958 into common stock at a price per share of $2.50 for a total of 275,583 shares. The remaining Senior Bridge Note and related interest was paid in full on July 31, 2018.

 

38

 

 

On July 26, 2016, we issued an additional Senior Bridge Note for $200,000 with 16% interest and an original maturity date of October 2016. In September 2016, this Senior Bridge Note was amended to extend the maturity date to January 31, 2017 and Titan paid a fee for the extension of 1% of the outstanding principal balance to the note holder. The Company paid a 1% fee on or around each of January 31, 2017, April 30, 2017, and July 31, 2017 to extend the due date of this Senior Bridge Note to October 31, 2017. In the event of default, the holder is entitled to receive 1,000 (equivalent to 879 common shares) Class A Membership Units. Titan issued 5,000 (equivalent to 4,396 common shares) Class A Membership Units to this noteholder in connection with the issuance of this Senior Bridge Note. The note is secured by a subordinate security interest on substantially all of the Company’s assets and are personally guaranteed by Scott Honour and Kirk Honour. The note was not extended at maturity. On April 12, 2018, the Company converted the Senior Bridge Note issued on July 26, 2016 and four of the Senior Bridge Notes issued on February 29, 2016 along with related interest totaling $688,958 into common stock at a price per share of $2.50 for a total of 275,583 shares.

 

On September 26, 2016, Titan issued an additional Senior Bridge Note for $150,000 with 16% interest and an original maturity date of January 2017. Titan issued 3,750 (equivalent to 3,297 common shares) Class A Membership Units to this noteholder in connection with the issuance of this Senior Bridge Note and received the proceeds from this note in October 2016. Subsequent to March 31, 2017, the Company paid a 1% fee to extend the maturity date of this note to July 31, 2017 and paid an additional 1% fee to extend the maturity date to October 31, 2017. In the event of default, the holder of this Senior Bridge Note is entitled to receive 750 (equivalent to 659 common shares) Class A Membership Units. The note is secured by a subordinate security interest on substantially all of the Company’s assets. The note was not extended at maturity. On July 31, 2018 the Senior Bridge note was paid in full.

 

On November 22, 2016, EVO, Inc. issued Convertible promissory notes – related party (the “Minn Shares Notes”) in the aggregate principal amount of $463,928 to Joseph H. Whitney, The Globe Resources Group, LLC and Richard E. Gilbert. The Minn Shares notes bear interest at the rate of 12% per annum and mature in November 2019 unless earlier converted. Each Minn Shares Note is convertible at the holder’s option as follows: (i) upon the sale by EVO, Inc. of not less than $7,500,000 of its equity securities at a conversion price equal to the price per security issued in such offering, (ii) upon a corporate transaction such as a merger, consolidation or asset sale involving either the sale of all or substantially all of the EVO, Inc. assets or the transfer of at least 50% of EVO, Inc.’s equity securities at a conversion price equal to the enterprise value of EVO, Inc.’s, as established by the consideration payable in the corporate transaction or (iii) on or after the maturity date at a conversion price equal to the quotient of $20 million divided by the number of shares of EVO, Inc.’s stock outstanding on a fully diluted basis. The Minn Shares Notes are subject to mandatory conversion upon the conversion into equity securities of the Junior Bridge Notes and Senior Bridge Notes upon the same conversion terms as the Junior Bridge Notes and Senior Bridge Notes.

 

On January 31, 2017, Titan issued an additional Senior Bridge Note in the principal amount of $400,000. This Senior Bridge Note bears interest at 16% per year with a default interest rate of 18% per year and matures on April 30, 2017. In the event of a default under this Senior Bridge Note, EVO, Inc. is required to issue 1,758 shares of Common Stock to the holder on the date of default and each 90-day interval thereafter until all amounts due have been paid in full. This Senior Bridge Note is secured by a subordinate security interest on substantially all of the EVO, Inc.’s assets. In connection with this Senior Bridge Note, on January 31, 2017, EVO, Inc. issued 8,792 shares of Common Stock. Subsequent to March 31, 2017, the Company paid a 1% fee to extend the maturity date of this note to July 31, 2017 and paid an additional 1% fee to extend the maturity date to October 31, 2017. The note is secured by a subordinate security interest on substantially all of the Company’s assets. The note was not extended at maturity. On July 31, 2018 the Senior Bridge note was paid in full.

 

39

 

 

On February 1, 2017, EVO, Inc. issued the Senior Promissory Note in the principal amount of $3.8 million to Danny Cuzick and Convertible Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $9.5 million to the EAF Members. The Senior Promissory Note bears interest at 7.5% per year with a default interest rate of 12.5% per year and has a maturity date of the earlier of (a) the date that is ten days after the initial closing of a private offering of capital stock of EVO, Inc. in an amount not less than $10 million (a “Private Offering”); (b) December 31, 2017 and (c) declaration by Danny Cuzick of an event of default under the Senior Promissory Note. The Convertible Notes bear interest at 1.5% per year and have a maturity date of February 1, 2026. During April 2018 the Senior Promissory Note’s maturity was extended to June 2019 from December 31, 2017.  

 

The Convertible Notes are convertible into 1,400,000 shares (the “Transaction Shares”) of EVO, Inc.’s Common Stock, subject to adjustment for any stock splits, combinations or similar transactions, representing approximately 81.1% of EVO, Inc.’s total outstanding shares of Common Stock on a post-transaction basis at the time of the transaction. Accordingly, the conversion of the Convertible Notes would result in a change in control of the Company. The number of Transaction Shares will be increased to equal 70% of the issued and outstanding Common Stock if the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to a private offering of Common Stock of up to $2 million and the conversion into Common Stock of the Company’s subordinated notes payable to members, Senior Bridge Notes, convertible promissory notes, and certain accounts payable would otherwise cause the Transaction Shares to represent less than 70% of the issued and outstanding Common Stock. Pursuant to the terms of the EAF Exchange Agreement, the EAF Members are entitled to demand registration rights and piggyback registration rights with respect to the Transaction Shares upon customary terms, limitations, exceptions and conditions. The Convertible Notes are secured by all of the assets of EAF and the EAF interests which the Company pledged to the EAF members as security for the Convertible Notes.

 

Each Convertible Note is convertible at the applicable holder’s option beginning on the first anniversary of the date of issuance of the Convertible Notes, including at any time within 90 days after the holder’s receipt of notice of consummation of (1) a reorganization, merger or similar transaction where EVO, Inc. is not the surviving or resulting entity or (2) the sale of all or substantially all of EVO, Inc. assets, subject to customary restrictions. Each holder’s conversion option is subject to a monthly limit of the number of shares of Common Stock equal to 10% of the thirty-day average trading volume of shares of Common Stock during the prior calendar month. The Convertible Notes are also subject to mandatory conversion at the Company’s option beginning on the first anniversary of the date of issuance of the Convertible Notes if: (i) the closing price of the Common Stock is greater than (A) 150% of the price at which a share of Common Stock is sold in a Private Offering or (B) $10.00 if a Private Offering has not occurred by December 31, 2017 and (ii) the average daily trading volume of shares of Common Stock has equaled 100,000 or more for the 30 days prior to the applicable date. Upon a conversion of the Convertible Notes, accrued interest may also be converted at the greater of (i) the amount of interest to be converted divided by the exchange ratio of 0.1357, subject to adjustment for stock splits or combinations, or (ii) the amount of interest to be converted divided by the closing price of the Common Stock on the trading day preceding the conversion date. The Company expects to amend the terms of the Convertible Notes to provide for different conversion terms, including with respect to the number of Transaction Shares issuable upon conversion, in the near future.

 

On June 1, 2018, as part of the acquisition of Thunder Ridge, a $2,500,000 promissory note – stockholder was issued.  The promissory note - stockholder bears interest at 6% and has a maturity date of the earlier of (a) the date the Company raises $40,000,000 in public or private offerings of debt or equity; (b) December 31, 2018 and (c) termination of Peck’s employment with the Company by the Company without cause or by Peck for good reason. The note is collateralized by all of the assets of Thunder Ridge.

 

The Company has two line-of-credit agreements with a bank that provided for a borrowing capacity of approximately $425,000. Amounts outstanding bear interest at 6.75% and are secured by equipment. Subsequent to September 30, 2018, the Company paid the $100,000 line-of-credit in full and extended the $321,739 line-of-credit’s maturity to April 2019.

 

Five notes payable to banks with interest ranging from 2.99% to 6.92%, with monthly payments of principal and interest ranging between $477 and $1,678, and maturity dates between June 2020 and January 2023.  The notes are collateralized by equipment.

 

40

 

 

In connection with the closing of the EAF Exchange Agreement, on February 1, 2017, the Company issued promissory notes to the EAF Members in the aggregate principal amount of $250,000. During April 2018, the promissory notes were paid in full.

 

In connection with the closing of the EAF Exchange Agreement, on February 1, 2017, the Company guaranteed a note from EAF to an EAF member dated January 30, 2017 in the principal amount of $4 million (the “EAF Note”). The EAF Note is secured by all assets of EAF and is guaranteed by EAF. The EAF Note bears interest at 7.5% per annum with a default rate of 12.5% per annum and has a maturity date of the earlier of (a) February 1, 2020 and (b) declaration by the noteholder of an event of default under the EAF Note.

 

During July and August 2018, the Company received $4,005,000 in proceeds from Secured Convertible Promissory Notes (“Convertible Notes”). The Company paid commissions of $524,987 in connection with the Convertible Notes. The Convertible Notes bears interest at 9%, compounded quarterly, and have a maturity date two years after issuance. The Convertible Notes are secured by all the assets of the Company. Each holder may agree, at its discretion, to add accrued interest to the principal balance of the Convertible Notes on the first day of each calendar quarter. The Convertible Notes may not be prepaid prior to the first anniversary of the date of issuance, but may be prepaid without penalty after the first anniversary of the date of issuance.

 

The Convertible Notes are convertible into shares (the “Note Shares”) of the Company’s common stock at a conversion rate of $2.50 per share of common stock at each Holder’s option: 1) at any time after the first anniversary of the date of issuance or 2) at any time within 90 days after a “triggering event,” including a sale, reorganization, merger, or similar transaction where the Company is not the surviving entity. The Convertible Notes are also subject to mandatory conversion at any time after the first anniversary of the date of issuance if the average volume of shares of common stock traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market, NYSE American Market or a higher tier of either exchange is 100,000 or more for the 10 trading days prior to the applicable date.

 

The Convertible Notes also provide that the Company will prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), as promptly as reasonably practical following the issuance date of the Convertible Notes but in no event later than 45 days following the issuance date, a registration statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) covering the resale of the common stock and the warrant shares and as soon as reasonably practical thereafter effect such registration. The Company will be required to pay liquidated damages of 1% of the outstanding principal amount of the Convertible Notes each 30 days if the Registration Statement is not declared effective by the SEC within 180 days of the filing date of the Registration Statement.

 

As additional consideration for the Convertible Notes, the Company issued warrants to the Holders to purchase 1,602,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per share, exercisable for ten years from the date of issuance. The Company recorded a beneficial conversion feature of $2,861,192. The beneficial conversion feature will be amortized to interest expense through the maturity of the Convertible Notes.

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, the remaining debt discount was $2,622,106 and $0, respectively. In addition, during the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, remaining debt issuance costs were $481,238 and $0, respectively.

 

Stockholders’ Deficit

 

On March 2, 2018, the Company issued 1,000,000 Units (the “Units”) at a price of $2.50 per Unit for an aggregate purchase price of $2,500,000 pursuant to the terms of a subscription agreement between the Company and an investor. Each Unit consists of (i) one share of the Company’s common stock, and (ii) a detachable warrant to purchase one share of common stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per share exercisable for five years from the date of issuance. The Company estimated the value of the warrants to be approximately $1,088,000 through the Black Scholes Pricing Model. The Company did not pay any commissions in connection with the sale of these Units. 

 

41

 

 

During March 2018, the Company entered into a Share Escrow Agreement (the “Escrow Agreement”) with certain of the Company’s stockholder’s, including entities affiliated with a director of the Company, and the Company’s former president. Pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, the stockholders party to the agreement placed an aggregate of 240,000 shares of Common Stock in escrow, to be held by the Company until such time as one or more third parties offer to purchase the escrowed shares and the Company approves such purchase or purchases. Seventy-five percent of the proceeds of the sale or sales of the escrowed shares will be paid to the Company and will be used by the Company first to repay any amounts outstanding under the SBA loan, and the remaining 25% of the proceeds will be paid pro rata to the stockholders party to the Escrow Agreement. In connection with the Escrow Agreement, the Company issued 240,000 warrants to purchase common stock to the stockholders party to the Escrow Agreement, which warrants have an exercise price of $6.11 per share and are exercisable for a period of five years.

 

On October 9, 2017, management of the Company terminated the employment of the Company’s president. In connection with his termination, the Company and former president entered into a Mutual Separation Agreement dated October 9, 2017 (the “Separation Agreement”). Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, the Company and former president agreed that (i) his last day of employment with the Company was October 9, 2017, (ii) he will be paid an aggregate of $97,069 within ten business days after the Company raises an aggregate of $2 million in any combination of public or private debt or equity securities offerings, and (iii) in satisfaction of $240,276 of deferred compensation, the Company will issue 89,092 shares of its common stock within ten business days after the Company raises an aggregate of $2 million in any combination of public or private debt or equity securities offerings. The $97,069 payment has not been rendered and the stock has not been issued as of September 30, 2018. The balances are included in accounts payable – related party.

 

Series A Preferred Stock

 

On April 13, 2018, the Company issued 100,000 shares of Series A Preferred stock (“Preferred Stock”) to a related party in return for advisory services rendered to the Company. The fair value of the services rendered was assessed at $300,000.

 

Dividends

 

Generally, the holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to receive if, when, and as declared by the board of directors, an annual non-compounding dividend, payable at the rate of 8% and payable quarterly in arrears in cash, or, at the Company’s option, an annual non-compounding dividend 12%, payable quarterly in arrears in the form of shares of Preferred Stock at a rate of $3.00 per share. Such dividends will begin to accrue as of the date on which the Preferred Stock is issued and will accrue whether or not declared and whether or not there will be funds legally available for the payment of dividends. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018, the Company accrued $11,178 in dividends. 

 

Accrued and unpaid dividends upon conversion will automatically be converted into shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share. An assumed value of $3.00 per share of common stock will be used to determine the number of shares of common stock to be issued for such accrued and unpaid dividends. 

 

Liquidation Preference

 

In the event of any liquidation the holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distributions of any assets of the Company to the holders of the common stock out of the assets of the Company legally available therefore, $3.00 per share of Preferred Stock, plus accrued and unpaid dividends on each share of Preferred Stock. 

 

Redemption

 

At the option of the holder and upon written notice to the Company, the Preferred Stock will be redeemable at any time after August 1, 2018 at the liquidation price plus all declared and unpaid dividends. In addition, the Company will have an ongoing right to purchase all or any portion of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock. 

 

Voting Rights

 

Generally, holders of shares of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote with the holders of common stock as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders and are entitled to 15 votes for each share of Preferred Stock held on the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote or, if no record date is established, on the date the vote is taken. 

 

42

 

 

Conversion Rights

 

Each share of Preferred Stock will convert to one fully paid and nonassessable share of the Company’s common stock at any time at the option of the holder or the Company, subject to adjustments for stock dividends, splits, combinations and similar events. If the closing price on all domestic securities exchanges on which the Common Stock may at the time be listed exceeds $6.00 per share for 30 consecutive trading days and the daily trading volume of the common stock is at least 20,000 shares for that same period, each share of Preferred Stock will automatically convert to one share of the Company’s common stock. The conversion rights require the Company to present the Preferred Stock in the mezzanine level of the accompanying balance sheet.

 

Stock Options

 

On April 12, 2018, the Company’s board of directors approved the EVO Transportation and Energy Services, Inc. 2018 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2018 Plan”) pursuant to which a total of 4,250,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance to eligible employees, consultants, and directors of the Company. Further, on August 13, 2018, the board of directors approved the Company’s Amended and Restated 2018 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Amended 2018 Plan”), which amends and restates the Company’s 2018 Stock Incentive Plan. The Amended 2018 Plan increased options available for grant to 6,250,000. 

 

The Amended 2018 Plan provides for awards of non-statutory stock options, incentive stock options, and restrictive stock awards within the meaning of Section 422 of the IRC and stock purchase rights to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. 

 

The Amended 2018 Plan is administered by the board of directors, which has the authority to select the individuals to whom awards will be granted and to determine whether and to what extent stock options and stock purchase rights are to be granted, the number of shares of common stock to be covered by each award, the vesting schedule of stock options (generally straight-line over a period of four years), and all other terms and conditions of each award. Stock options have a maximum term of ten years, and it is the Company’s practice to grant options to employees with exercise prices equal to or greater than the estimated fair market value of its common stock. 

 

The board of directors may suspend or terminate the Amended 2018 Plan or any portion thereof at any time, and may amend the Amended 2018 Plan from time to time in such respects as the board of directors may deem advisable in order that incentive awards under the Amended 2018 Plan will conform to any change in applicable laws or regulations or in any other respect the board of directors may deem to be in the best interests of the Company; provided, however, that no amendments to the Amended 2018 Plan will not be effective without approval of the stockholders of the Company if stockholder approval of the amendment is then required pursuant to Section 422 of the Code or the rules of any stock exchange or Nasdaq or similar regulatory body. No termination, suspension or amendment of the Amended 2018 Plan may adversely affect any outstanding incentive award without the consent of the affected participant. 

 

Restricted stock awards are made by the issuance to the participant of the actual shares represented by that grant. Any shares of restricted stock issued are registered in the name of the participant and bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to the award. Shares of restricted stock granted under the Amended 2018 Plan may not be sold, transferred, pledged, or assigned until the termination of the applicable period of restriction. After the last day of the period of restriction, shares of restricted stock become freely transferable by the participant. During the period of restriction, a participant holding shares of restricted stock granted under the Amended 2018 Plan may exercise full voting rights with respect to those shares, unless otherwise specified in the applicable award agreement. As of September 30, 2018, there were no shares of restricted stock outstanding. 

 

The fair value of each award is estimated on the date of grant. Stock option values are estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the option award, expected stock price volatility, and expected dividends. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. For purposes of estimating the expected term of options granted, the Company aggregates option recipients into groups that have similar option exercise behavioral traits. Expected volatilities used in the valuation model are based on the average volatility of the Company’s stock. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The valuation model assumes no dividends. The forfeiture rate has been estimated at 5%. During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, the Company has recorded stock-based compensation expense of $792,924 associated with stock options. As of September 30, 2018, the Company has estimated approximately $7,400,000 of future compensation costs related to the unvested portions of outstanding stock options.

 

43

 

 

Warrants

 

The fair value of the warrants is estimated on the date of issuance using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the expected term of the warrants, expected stock price volatility, and expected dividends. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. Expected volatilities used in the valuation model are based on the average volatility of the Company’s stock. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our condensed consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“US GAAP”). The preparation of condensed consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the condensed consolidated financial statements, and revenues and expenses recorded during the reporting periods.

 

On a periodic basis, we evaluate our estimates based on historical experience and various other assumptions we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions. For further information on our significant accounting policies, see Note 1 to our condensed consolidated financial statements included in this report.

 

We believe the following critical accounting policies involve the most significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

These financial statements represent the condensed consolidated financial statements of EVO Transportation & Energy Services, Inc., formerly Minn Shares Inc. (“EVO Inc.” or the “Company”), its wholly owned subsidiaries, Titan CNG LLC (“Titan”), Thunder Ridge Transport, Inc. (“Thunder Ridge”) and Environmental Alternative Fuels, LLC (“EAF”), Titan’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, Titan El Toro LLC (“El Toro”), Titan Diamond Bar LLC (“Diamond Bar”), and Titan Blaine, LLC (“Blaine”), Thunder Ridge’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Thunder Ridge Logistics, LLC, and EAF’s wholly-owned subsidiary, EVO CNG, LLC (“EVO CNG”).

 

The Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations, Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included in this report are unaudited and have been prepared by the Company. In our opinion, all adjustments (which include only normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the financial position at September 30, 2018 and results of operations and cash flows for all periods have been made.

 

Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States have been condensed or omitted pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and notes thereto included in our Annual Report on form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017. The results of operations for the period ended September 30, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for the full year.

 

On June 1, 2018, the Company entered into an equity purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Billy (Trey) Peck Jr. (“Peck”) pursuant to which the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares (the “TRT Shares”) in Thunder Ridge, a Missouri corporation from Peck, and Thunder Ridge became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Thunder Ridge is based in Springfield, Missouri and is engaged in the business of fulfilling government contracts for freight trucking services.

 

44

 

 

Going Concern

 

The Company is an early stage company in the process of acquiring several businesses with highway contract routes operated for the USPS and CNG fuel stations. As of September 30, 2018, the Company has a working capital deficit of approximately $6.9 million and negative equity of approximately $8.0 million. In addition, the Company is in violation of its bank covenants. Management anticipates rectifying these covenant violations with additional public and private offerings. Also, the Company is evaluating certain cash flow improvement measures. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in these efforts. 

 

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern; however, the above conditions raise doubt about the Company’s ability to do so. The condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classifications of liabilities that may result should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern. 

 

To meet its current and future obligations, the Company has taken the following steps to capitalize the business and successfully achieve its business plan during 2018: 

 

On March 2, 2018, the Company issued 1,000,000 Units (the “Units”) at a price of $2.50 per Unit for an aggregate purchase price of $2,500,000 pursuant to the terms of a subscription agreement between the Company and an investor. Each Unit consists of (i) one share of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), and (ii) a warrant to purchase one share of Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per share exercisable for five years from the date of issuance.

 

During April 2018, the Company paid the working capital notes - related party of $250,000 in full.

 

On April 2, 2018, the Company and a related party note holder agreed to extend the maturity date of the $3,800,000 promissory note through July 2019.

 

On April 13, 2018, the Company consummated the following transactions:

 

The Company issued 275,583 common shares in exchange for certain subordinated convertible senior notes payable to stockholders in the aggregate principal and interest amount of approximately $689,000, with the per share price for shares of common stock equal to $2.50.

 

The Company issued 272,777 common shares in exchange for the subordinated convertible junior notes payable to stockholders in the aggregate principal and interest amount of $1,363,858, with the per share price for shares of common stock equal to $5.00.

 

On May 14, 2018, the Company issued 93,400 common shares in exchange for accounts payable and related party accounts payable of $280,200, with the per share price of shares of common stock equal to $3.00.

 

In July 2018, the Company entered into a Secured Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which the Company sold secured convertible promissory notes in the principal amount of $4,005,000 during July and August 2018.

 

Thunder Ridge, won seven new four-year transportation services contracts with the USPS, under which Thunder Ridge will provide domestic surface transportation services to the USPS at its offices located in Santa Clarita, California, Baton Rouge, Louisiana, Flint, Michigan, Austin, Texas, the Northern Bay in California Baltimore, Maryland, and Pensacola, Florida. 

 

45

 

 

On July 31, 2018, the Company paid approximately $1,072,000 of principal and interest to the subordinated convertible senior notes payable to stockholders. 

 

During August 2018, the Company entered into subscription agreements effective as of July 31, 2018 to issue 187,462 units (the “Units”) at a price of $2.50 per Unit in exchange for the promissory notes – stockholders in the aggregate principal amount of $468,655. Each Unit consists of (i) one share of the Company’s common stock and (ii) a warrant to purchase one share of common stock at an exercise price of $2.50 per share exercisable for ten years from the date of issuance. 

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the condensed consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

 

The condensed consolidated financial statements include some amounts that are based on management’s best estimates and judgments. The most significant estimates relate to revenue recognition, goodwill along with long-lived intangible asset valuations, fixed assets and impairment assessments, debt discount, beneficial conversion feature, contingencies, purchase price allocation related to the Thunder Ridge acquisition and going concern. These estimates may be adjusted as more current information becomes available, and any adjustment could be significant.

 

Accounts Receivable

 

The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts equal to the estimated uncollectible amounts. The Company’s estimate is based on historical collection experience and a review of the current status of the accounts receivable. It is reasonably possible that the Company’s estimate of the allowance for doubtful accounts will change and that losses ultimately incurred could differ materially from the amounts estimated in determining the allowance. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company has recorded an allowance of $26,000 and $37,007, respectively.

 

Goodwill and Intangibles

 

Goodwill

 

The Company evaluates goodwill on an annual basis in the fourth quarter or more frequently if management believes indicators of impairment exist. Such indicators could include but are not limited to 1) a significant adverse change in legal factors or in business climate, 2) unanticipated competition, or 3) an adverse action or assessment by a regulator. The Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. If management concludes that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, management conducts a two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. The first step of the impairment test involves comparing the fair value of the applicable reporting unit with its carrying value. The Company estimates the fair values of its reporting units using a combination of the income or discounted cash flows approach and the market approach, which utilizes comparable companies’ data. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, management performs the second step of the goodwill impairment test. The second step of the goodwill impairment test involves comparing the implied fair value of the affected reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying value of that goodwill. The amount by which the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, if any, is recognized as an impairment loss. For the year ended December 31, 2017 the Company’s evaluation of goodwill resulted in an impairment of $3,993,730. The Company’s evaluation of goodwill for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 resulted in no impairment.

 

Intangibles

 

Intangible assets consist of finite lived and indefinite lived intangibles. The Company’s finite lived intangibles include favorable leases, customer relationships, and the trade names. Finite lived intangibles are amortized over their estimated useful lives. For the Company’s lease related intangibles, the estimated useful life is based on the agreement of a one-time payment of $1 and the term of the mortgages, of the properties owned by the Company of approximately five years. For the Company’s trade names and customer list the estimated lives are based on the life cycle of a customer of approximately five years. The Company evaluates the recoverability of the finite lived intangibles whenever an impairment indicator is present. For the year ended December 31, 2017 the test results indicated an impairment of $106,270 to customer lists. The Company’s evaluation of intangibles for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 resulted in no impairment.

 

46

 

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

The Company evaluates the recoverability of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset’s carrying amount may not be recoverable. Such circumstances could include but are not limited to (1) a significant decrease in the market value of an asset, (2) a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, or (3) an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition of an asset. The Company measures the carrying amount of the asset against the estimated undiscounted future cash flows associated with it. Should the sum of the expected future net cash flows be less than the carrying value of the asset being evaluated, an impairment loss would be recognized. The impairment loss would be calculated as the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. The fair value is measured based on quoted market prices, if available. If quoted market prices are not available, the estimate of fair value is based on various valuation techniques, including the discounted value of estimated future cash flows. The evaluation of asset impairment requires the Company to make assumptions about future cash flows over the life of the asset being evaluated. These assumptions require significant judgment and actual results may differ from assumed and estimated amounts. The Company assesses the useful lives and possible impairment of the fixed assets or goodwill and intangibles when an event occurs that may trigger such review. Factors considered important which could trigger a review include:

 

Significant under-performance of the stations or transportation service contracts relative to historical or projected future operating results;

 

Significant negative economic trends in the CNG industry or freight trucking services industry; and

 

Identification of other impaired assets within a reporting unit.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recorded asset impairment charges of $806,217 related to El Toro and $4,100,000 impairment of goodwill and customer lists related to EVO CNG, LLC. No triggering events occurred during the nine months ended September 30, 2018 that required an impairment analysis for long-lived assets. Accordingly, no impairment loss was recorded.

 

Revenue Recognition  

 

The Company recognizes revenue for CNG when control of the promised goods is transferred to its customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration to which it expects to be entitled in exchange for the goods. The Company is generally the principal in its customer contracts as it has control over the goods prior to them being transferred to the customer, and as such, revenue is recognized on a gross basis. The Company disaggregates revenue by station, as we believe this best depicts the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of our revenues and cash flows are affected by economic factors.

 

A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good to the customer and is the unit of account in Topic 606. The performance obligations that comprise a majority of the Company’s total CNG revenue consist of sale of fuel to a customer. The primary method used to estimate the standalone selling price for fuel is observable standalone sales, and is the primary method used to estimate the standalone selling.

 

The Company’s CNG is sold pursuant to contractual commitments. These contracts typically include a stand-ready obligation to supply natural gas daily. The Company recognizes revenue over time for the fuel sales because the customer receives and consumes the benefits provided by the Company’s performance as the stand-ready obligations are being performed.

 

Payment terms and conditions vary by contract type. For substantially all the Company’s contracts under which it receives volume-related revenue, the timing of revenue recognition does not differ from the timing of invoicing. As a result, the Company has determined these contracts generally do not include a significant financing component.

 

47

 

 

There was no impairment loss recognized on any of the CNG receivables arising from customer contracts for the nine months ended September 30, 2018.

 

Thunder Ridge generates revenue from transportation services under contracts with customers, generally on a rate per mile basis from the point of origin to the destination of the delivery. The Company’s performance obligation arises from the annualized contract to transport a customer’s freight and is satisfied upon delivery. The transaction price is based on the awarded agreement for the multi-year contract that adjusts monthly for fuel pricing indexes. Each delivery represents a distinct service that is a separately identified performance obligation for each contract. The Company often provides additional deliveries for customers outside of the annual contract. That revenue is recognized upon delivery on a rate per mile basis.

 

Revenues are recognized over time as satisfaction of the promised contractual delivery agreements are completed, in an amount that reflects the rate per mile set in the contract. The revenue recognition methods described align with the recognition of the Company’s associated expenses contained in the statement of operations.

 

Based on preliminary analysis there are no major revenue adjustments related to Topic 606, but management is continuing to evaluate the guidance.

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Changes and Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Standards

 

See Note 1 to our condensed consolidated financial statements included in this report.

 

Seasonality and Inflation

 

To some extent, we experience seasonality in our results of operations. Natural gas vehicle fuel amounts consumed by some of our customers tend to be higher in summer months when fleet vehicles use more fuel to power their air conditioning systems. Natural gas commodity prices tend to be higher in the fall and winter months due to increased overall demand for natural gas for heating during these periods. With the USPS contracts the trucking segment experiences a significant increase in business from the last week of November through the end of December.

 

Since our inception, inflation has not significantly affected our operating results. However, costs for construction, repairs, maintenance, electricity and insurance are all subject to inflationary pressures, which could affect our ability to maintain our stations adequately, build new stations, expand our existing facilities or pursue additional CNG production projects, or could materially increase our operating costs.

 

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

 

As a smaller reporting company, we are not required to provide disclosure under this item.

 

Item 4. Controls and Procedures.

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

The Company’s management, including the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e), as of the end of the period subject to this Report based on the framework in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officer, has concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of September 30, 2018 due to the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting described in Item 9A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 filed with the SEC on April 17, 2018. Notwithstanding the material weaknesses that existed as of December 31, 2017 and September 30, 2018, management believes that the financial statements included in this report present fairly in all material respects our financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the period presented.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Management intends to implement certain remediation steps to address the material weaknesses described above as disclosed in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017. However, management has not yet implemented those remediation steps and expects remediation efforts to continue through the remainder of fiscal year 2018.

 

48

 

 

PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 1. Legal Proceedings.

 

On March 19, 2018, Whisler Holdings, LLC, Mitesh Kalthia, and Jean M. Noutary, the owners of the property leased by El Toro for the Company’s El Toro station, initiated a lawsuit in the Superior Court of Orange County, California, related to the lease agreement for the El Toro station. The complaint alleges breach of contract and seeks money damages, costs, attorneys’ fees and other appropriate relief.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

 

Risks Related to the Company

 

We have a limited operating history on which to base an investment decision.

 

Titan was organized in 2012 and opened its first CNG station in February 2015. EAF was organized on March 28, 2012 and opened its first CNG station in December 2013. Thus, we are subject to all the risks associated with any business enterprise with a limited operating history. Our prospects must be considered in light of the risks, expenses and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in their early stages of operation, especially in a relatively nascent and capital-intensive industry such as ours. We have a limited operating history for you to consider in evaluating our business and prospects. When evaluating our business and prospects, you must consider the risks, expenses and difficulties that we may encounter as a young company in a rapidly evolving consumer market.

 

We will need substantial additional capital to fund our growth plans and operate our business.

 

We require substantial additional capital to fund our planned marketing and sales activities, to achieve profitability and to otherwise execute on our business plan. The most likely sources of such additional capital include private placements and public offerings of shares of our capital stock, including shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock, debt financing or funds from potential strategic transactions. We may seek additional capital from available sources, which may include hedge funds, private equity funds, venture capitalists, lenders/banks and other financial institutions, as well as additional private placements. Any financings in which we sell shares of our capital stock will likely be dilutive to our current stockholders. If we raise additional capital by incurring debt a portion of our cash flow would have to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on such indebtedness. In addition, typical loan agreements also might contain restrictive covenants that may impair our operating flexibility. Such loan agreements, loans, or debentures would also provide for default under certain circumstances, such as failure to meet certain financial covenants. A default under a loan agreement could result in the loan becoming immediately due and payable and, if unpaid, a judgment in favor of such lender which would be senior to the rights of our stockholders. A judgment creditor would have the right to foreclose on any of our assets resulting in a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

 

Our ability to raise additional capital may depend in part on our success in meeting station development, sales and marketing goals. We currently have no committed sources of additional capital and there is no assurance that additional financing will be available in the amounts or at the times required, or if it is, on terms acceptable or favorable to us. If we are unable to obtain additional financing when and if needed, our business will be materially impacted and you may lose the value of your entire investment.

 

We have a history of losses and may incur additional losses in the future.

 

 In 2016 and 2017, we incurred pre-tax losses of $3,862,249 and $5,088,749, respectively. We may continue to incur losses, the amount of our losses may increase, and we may never achieve or sustain profitability, any of which would adversely affect our business, prospects and financial condition and may cause the price of our common stock to fall. In addition, to try to achieve or sustain profitability, we may take actions that result in material costs or material asset or goodwill impairments. For instance, in 2017, we determined an impairment of the El Toro assets as a result of the station’s closure. Any similar actions in the future could have material adverse consequences, including material negative effects on our financial condition, our results of operations and the trading price of our common stock.

 

49

 

 

We may experience impairment of our long-lived assets.

 

Long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, are tested for impairment whenever circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. An asset is considered impaired if the carrying value of the asset exceeds the sum of the future expected undiscounted cash flows to be derived from the asset. Once an asset is considered impaired, an impairment loss is recorded within operating expense for the difference between the asset’s carrying value and its fair value. For assets held and used in the business, management determines fair value using estimated future cash flows to be derived from the asset, discounted to a net present value using an appropriate discount rate. For assets held for sale or for investment purposes, management determines fair value by estimating the proceeds to be received upon sale of the asset, less disposition costs. During the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded an impairment of $806,217 associated with our El Toro station. In addition, we impaired goodwill and customer lists for $4,1000,000.

 

If we do not obtain sufficient additional capital or generate substantial revenue, we may be unable to pursue our objectives. This raises doubt related to our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

As disclosed in the notes to our condensed consolidated financial statements included in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, our accumulated deficit raises doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to improve our liquidity position we might be unable to continue as a going concern. This could significantly reduce the value of our investors’ investment in the Company.

 

We may incur significant costs to comply with public company reporting requirements and other costs associated with being a public company.

 

We may incur significant costs associated with our public company reporting requirements and other rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission. We expect all of these applicable rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costlier. As a public company, we are required to comply with rules and regulations of the SEC, including expanded disclosure and more complex accounting rules. We will need to implement additional finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls as we grow to satisfy these reporting requirements. In addition, we may need to hire additional legal and accounting staff to enable us to comply with these reporting requirements. These costs could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and limit our ability to realize our objectives.

 

We may not be able to meet the internal control reporting requirements imposed by the SEC.

 

As directed by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the SEC adopted rules requiring each public company to include a report of management on the company’s internal controls over financial reporting in its annual reports. While we expect to expend significant resources in developing the necessary documentation and testing procedures required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, there is a risk that we may not be able to comply timely with all of the requirements imposed by this rule. If we are unable to timely comply with all of these requirements, potential investors might deem our financial statements to be unreliable and our ability to obtain additional capital could suffer.

 

In planning and performing its audit of the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2017, EKS&H LLLP, the former independent registered public accounting firm of the Company, identified a number of deficiencies in internal control that it considered to be material weaknesses and other deficiencies that it considered to be significant deficiencies. A deficiency in internal control exists when the design or operation of a control does not allow management or employees, in the normal course of performing their assigned functions, to prevent or detect and correct misstatements on a timely basis. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies in internal controls, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the entity’s financial statements will not be prevented, or detected and corrected on a timely basis. A significant deficiency is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies in internal control that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those charged with governance. In addition, the Company’s management has concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of September 30, 2018 due to the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting described in Item 9A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 filed with the SEC on April 17, 2018. As a result, we will be required to expend significant resources to develop the necessary documentation and testing procedures required by Section 404, and there is a risk that we will not comply with all of the necessary requirements. If we cannot remediate the material weaknesses in internal controls identified by our current and former independent registered public accounting firms or if we identify additional material weaknesses in internal controls that cannot be remediated in a timely manner, investors and others with whom we do business may lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, and in our ability to obtain equity or debt financing could suffer.

 

50

 

 

We partially funded the construction of certain of our fueling stations using grant funds that we are required to repay if we do not satisfy certain operational metrics.

 

Titan received grants in the amount of $450,000 in 2013 from the California Energy Commission (“CEC”) to provide funds to assist in the construction and equipping of our Titan El Toro station. We used the grant funds to complete the construction of our Titan El Toro station as contemplated in the grant agreement. The project was completed by an affiliate of the Company, as defined in the grant agreement. The grant proceeds are subject to repayment if we do not satisfy certain operational metrics contained in the grant agreement through September 2018. The Titan El Toro station ceased operations in June 2017, and management is uncertain and cannot provide assurance that we will succeed in satisfying the operational metrics. Our financial condition could be materially adversely affected if we are required to repay the grant proceeds that we used to construct our Titan El Toro station. In addition, the project was completed by an affiliate of the Company, which could be construed as requiring an amendment to the grant agreement or consent from the CEC, neither of which has been obtained by the Company. In addition, EVO received grants in the amounts of $400,000 and $100,000 to assist in the construction and equipping of our EAF San Antonio and EAF Fort Worth stations, respectively. The grants must be repaid if EVO sells, transfers, destroys or otherwise loses title, possession, ownership or control of the equipment funded with the grants during the terms of the respective grant agreements.

 

Many of the key personnel on which we depend to operate our company provide their services to us on a part-time basis and have other business or employment obligations.

 

Our ability to execute our business plans and objectives depends, in large part, on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel. Competition for personnel is intense and there can be no assurance that we will be able to attract and retain personnel. In particular, we are presently dependent upon the services of our management team and founder members, most of whom are part-time. John Yeros, chief executive officer and Damon Cuzick, chief operating officer, are the only full-time members of our management team. Our inability to utilize their services could have an adverse effect on us and there would likely be a difficult transition period in finding replacements for any of them. The execution of our strategic plan will place increasing demands on our management and operations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to effectually manage any expansion of our business. Management’s inability to manage our growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are controlled by our current executive officers, directors and principal stockholders.

 

Our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders beneficially own a substantial majority of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders will have the ability to exert substantial influence over our business affairs, including electing directors, appointing officers, determining officers’ compensation, issuing additional equity securities or incurring additional debt, effecting or preventing a merger, sale of assets or other corporate transaction and amending our articles of incorporation.

 

We may not successfully manage our planned growth.

 

We plan on expanding our business through acquiring additional companies that provide contract trucking services to the USPS and leveraging our expanded operations to bid on additional USPS trucking contracts. Any expansion of operations we may undertake will entail risks and such actions may involve specific operational activities that may negatively impact our profitability. Consequently, investors must assume the risk that (i) such expansion may ultimately involve expenditures of funds beyond the resources available to us at that time, and (ii) management of such expanded operations may divert management’s attention and resources away from its existing operations. These factors may have a material adverse effect on our present and prospective business activities.

 

51

 

 

Risks Related to the Company’s Trucking Operations

 

The Company’s trucking business is affected by general economic and business risks that are largely beyond its control.

 

The Company’s trucking business is highly cyclical and is dependent on a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control. The Company believes that some of the most significant of these factors are economic changes that affect supply and demand in transportation markets in general, including excess tractor capacity in comparison with shipping demand and recessionary economic cycles.

 

The Company also is subject to cost increases outside of its control that could materially reduce its profitability if it is unable to increase its rates sufficiently. Such cost increases include, but are not limited to, increases in fuel prices, driver wages, owner-operator contracted rates, interest rates, taxes, tolls, license and registration fees, insurance, revenue equipment and healthcare for its employees.

 

The Company’s suppliers’ business levels also may be negatively affected by adverse economic conditions or financial constraints, which could lead to disruptions in the supply and availability of equipment, parts and services critical to its operations. A significant interruption in the Company’s normal supply chain could disrupt its operations, increase its costs and negatively impact its ability to serve its customers.

 

In addition, events outside the Company’s control, such as strikes or other work stoppages at its facilities or at customer, port, border or other shipping locations, or actual or threatened armed conflicts or terrorist attacks, efforts to combat terrorism, military action against a foreign state or group located in a foreign state, or heightened security requirements could lead to reduced economic demand, reduced availability of credit or temporary closing of the shipping locations or United States borders. Such events or enhanced security measures in connection with such events could impair the Company’s operating efficiency and productivity and result in higher operating costs.

 

The trucking industry is highly competitive and fragmented, and the Company’s business and results of operations may suffer if it is unable to adequately address downward pricing and other competitive pressures.

 

The Company competes with many truckload carriers of varying sizes, including some that may have greater access to equipment, a wider range of services, greater capital resources, less indebtedness or other competitive advantages. The Company also competes with smaller, regional service providers that cover specific shipping lanes or that offer niche services. Numerous competitive factors could impair the Company’s ability to maintain or improve its profitability. These factors include the following:

 

many of the Company’s competitors periodically reduce their freight rates to gain business, especially during times of reduced growth in the economy, which may limit the Company’s ability to maintain or increase freight rates, may require the Company to reduce its freight rates or may limit its ability to maintain or expand its business;

 

some shippers, including the USPS, have reduced or may reduce the number of carriers they use by selecting core carriers as approved service providers and in some instances the Company may not be selected;

 

many customers, including the USPS, periodically solicit bids from multiple carriers for their shipping needs, which may depress freight rates or result in a loss of business to competitors;

 

the continuing trend toward consolidation in the trucking industry may result in more large carriers with greater financial resources and other competitive advantages, and the Company may have difficulty competing with them;

 

advances in technology may require the Company to increase investments in order to remain competitive, and its customers may not be willing to accept higher freight rates to cover the cost of these investments;

 

the Company may have higher exposure to litigation risks as compared to smaller carriers; and

 

smaller carriers may build economies of scale with procurement aggregation providers, which may improve the smaller carriers’ abilities to compete with the Company.

  

52

 

 

Driver shortages and increases in driver compensation or owner-operator contracted rates could adversely affect the Company’s profitability and ability to maintain or grow its trucking business.

 

Driver shortages could require the Company to spend more to attract and retain company and owner-operator drivers. The market for qualified drivers is intensely competitive, which may subject the Company to increased payments for driver compensation and owner-operator contracted rates. Also, because of the competition for drivers, the Company may face difficulty maintaining or increasing its number of company and owner-operator drivers. Compliance and enforcement initiatives included in the CSA program implemented by the FMCSA and regulations of the DOT relating to driver time and safety and fitness could also reduce the availability of qualified drivers. In addition, the Company suffers from a high turnover rate of drivers. The high turnover rate requires the Company to continually recruit a substantial number of drivers in order to operate existing revenue equipment. Further, with respect to owner-operator drivers, shortages can result from contractual terms or company policies that make contracting with the Company less desirable to certain owner-operator drivers. Due to the absence of long-term contracts, owner-operators can quickly terminate their relationships with the Company. If the Company is unable to continue to attract and retain a sufficient number of company and owner-operator drivers, it could be required to operate with fewer trucks and face difficulty meeting customer demands or be forced to forego business that would otherwise be available to it, which could adversely affect its profitability and ability to maintain or grow its business.

 

Seasonality and the impact of weather and other catastrophic events adversely affect the Company’s trucking operations and profitability.

 

The Company’s tractor productivity decreases during the winter season because inclement weather impedes operations. At the same time, operating expenses increase due to, among other things, a decline in fuel efficiency because of engine idling and harsh weather that creates higher accident frequency, increased claims and higher equipment repair expenditures. The Company also may suffer from weather-related or other events, such as tornadoes, hurricanes, blizzards, ice storms, floods, fires, earthquakes and explosions, which may disrupt fuel supplies, increase fuel costs, disrupt freight shipments or routes, affect regional economies, destroy its assets or the assets of its customers or otherwise adversely affect the business or financial condition of its customers, any of which could adversely affect its results or make its results more volatile.

 

The Company may be adversely affected by fluctuations in the price or availability of diesel fuel.

 

Fuel is one of the Company’s largest operating expenses. Diesel fuel prices fluctuate greatly due to factors beyond the Company’s control, such as political events, price and supply decisions by oil producing countries and cartels, terrorist activities, environmental laws and regulations, armed conflicts, depreciation of the dollar against other currencies, world supply and demand imbalances, and hurricanes and other natural or man-made disasters, each of which may lead to an increase in the cost of fuel. Such events may lead not only to increases in fuel prices, but also to fuel shortages and disruptions in the fuel supply chain. Because the Company’s operations are dependent upon diesel fuel, significant diesel fuel cost increases, shortages or supply disruptions could materially and adversely affect its results of operations and financial condition.

 

Increased prices for, or decreases in the availability of, new revenue equipment and decreases in the value of used revenue equipment could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and cash flows.

 

Investment in new equipment is a significant part of the Company’s annual capital expenditures, and the Company’s trucking business requires an available supply of tractors and trailers from equipment manufacturers to operate and grow its business. In recent years, manufacturers have raised the prices of new revenue equipment significantly due to increased costs of materials and, in part, to offset their costs of compliance with new tractor engine and emission system design requirements mandated by the EPA and various state agencies, which are intended to reduce emissions. Federal and state regulators may continue to individually mandate, additional emission-control requirements for equipment that could increase equipment or other costs for entire fleets. Further equipment price increases may result from these federal and state requirements. If new equipment prices increase more than anticipated, the Company could incur higher depreciation and rental expenses than anticipated. If the Company is unable to fully offset any such increases in expenses with freight rate increases and/or improved fuel economy, its results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.

 

53

 

 

The Company may also face difficulty in purchasing new equipment due to decreased supply. From time to time, some original equipment manufacturers (OEM) of tractors and trailers may reduce their manufacturing output due to lower demand for their products in economic downturns or a shortage of component parts. Component suppliers may either reduce production or be unable to increase production to meet OEM demand, creating periodic difficulty for OEMs to react in a timely manner to increased demand for new equipment and/or increased demand for replacement components as economic conditions change. In those situations, the Company may face reduced supply levels and increased acquisition costs. An inability to continue to obtain an adequate supply of new tractors or trailers for its operations could have a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

During prolonged periods of decreased tonnage levels, the Company and other trucking companies may make strategic fleet reductions, which could result in an increase in the supply of used equipment. When the supply exceeds the demand for used revenue equipment, the general market value of used revenue equipment decreases. Used equipment prices are also subject to substantial fluctuations based on availability of financing and commodity prices for scrap metal. A depressed market for used equipment could require the Company to trade its revenue equipment at depressed values or to record losses on disposal or an impairment of the carrying values of its revenue equipment that is not protected by residual value arrangements. Trades at depressed values and decreases in proceeds under equipment disposals and impairment of the carrying values of its revenue equipment could adversely affect its results of operations and financial condition.

 

The Company has significant ongoing capital expenditure requirements. If the Company is unable to obtain additional capital on favorable terms or at all, it may not be able to execute on its business plans and its business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects may be adversely affected.

 

The Company’s trucking business is capital intensive. Its capital expenditures focus primarily on revenue equipment replacement and, to a lesser extent, facilities, revenue equipment growth, and investments in information technology. The Company also expects to devote substantial financial resources to grow its operations and fund its acquisition activities. As a result of the Company’s funding requirements, it likely will need to sell additional equity or debt securities or seek additional financing through other arrangements to increase its cash resources. Any sale of additional equity or debt securities may result in dilution to its stockholders. Public or private financing may not be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to the Company, if at all.

 

If the Company is unable to obtain additional financing, it may be required to delay, reduce the scope of, or eliminate future acquisition activities or growth initiatives, which could adversely affect its business, financial condition and operating results. In such case, the Company may also operate its revenue equipment (including tractors and trailers) for longer periods, which would result in increased maintenance costs, which would in turn reduce its operating income.

 

54

 

 

The trucking industry is highly regulated and changes in existing laws or regulations, or liability under existing or future laws or regulations, could have a material adverse effect on its results of operations and profitability.

 

The Company operates in the United States pursuant to operating authority granted by the DOT. The company, as well as its company and owner-operator drivers, must also comply with governmental regulations regarding safety, equipment, environmental protection and operating methods. Examples include regulation of equipment weight, equipment dimensions, fuel emissions, driver hours-of-service, driver eligibility requirements, on-board reporting of operations and ergonomics. The Company may become subject to new or more restrictive regulations relating to such matters that may require changes in its operating practices, influence the demand for transportation services or require it to incur significant additional costs. Possible changes to laws and regulations include:

 

increasingly stringent environmental laws and regulations, including changes intended to address fuel efficiency and greenhouse gas emissions that are attributed to climate change;

 

restrictions, taxes or other controls on emissions;

 

regulation specific to the energy market and logistics providers to the industry;

 

changes in the hours-of-service regulations, which govern the amount of time a driver may drive in any specific period;

 

driver and vehicle ELD requirements;

 

requirements leading to accelerated purchases of new trailers;

 

mandatory limits on vehicle weight and size;

 

driver hiring restrictions;

 

increased bonding or insurance requirements; and

 

security requirements imposed by the DHS.

 

From time to time, various legislative proposals are introduced, including proposals to increase federal, state or local taxes, including taxes on motor fuels and emissions, which may increase the Company’s or its independent affiliates’ operating costs, require capital expenditures or adversely impact the recruitment of drivers.

 

Restrictions on greenhouse gas emissions or climate change laws or regulations could also affect the Company’s customers that use significant amounts of energy or burn fossil fuels in producing or delivering the products the Company carries, which, in turn, could adversely impact the demand for the Company’s services as well as its operations. The Company also could lose revenue if its customers divert business from it because it has not complied with their sustainability requirements.

 

Safety-related evaluations and rankings under the CSA program could adversely impact the Company’s relationships with its trucking customers and its ability to maintain or grow its fleet, each of which could have a material adverse effect on its results of operations and profitability.

 

The CSA includes compliance and enforcement initiatives designed to monitor and improve commercial motor vehicle safety by measuring the safety record of both the motor carrier and the driver. These measurements are scored and used by the FMCSA to identify potential safety risks and to direct enforcement action. Certain measurements and scores collected by the CSA from transportation companies are available to the general public on the FMCSA’s website.

 

55

 

 

The Company’s CSA scores are dependent upon its safety and compliance experience, which could change at any time. In addition, the safety standards prescribed in the CSA program or the underlying methodology used by the FMCSA to determine a carrier’s safety rating could change and, as a result, the Company’s ability to maintain an acceptable score could be adversely impacted. If the FMCSA adopts rulemakings in the future that revise the methodology used to determine a carrier’s safety rating in a manner that incorporates more stringent standards, then the Company’s CSA scores could be adversely affected. If the Company receives an unacceptable CSA score, its relationships with customers could be damaged, which could result in a loss of business.

 

The requirements of CSA could also shrink the trucking industry’s pool of drivers if drivers with unfavorable scores leave the industry. As a result, the costs to attract, train and retain qualified drivers could increase. A shortage of qualified drivers could also increase driver turnover, decrease asset utilization, limit growth and adversely impact the Company’s results of operations and profitability.

 

The Company is subject to environmental and worker health and safety laws and regulations that may expose it to significant costs and liabilities and have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, competitive position and financial condition.

 

The Company is subject to stringent and comprehensive federal, state, and local environmental and worker health and safety laws and regulations governing, among other matters, the operation of fuel storage tanks, release of emissions from its vehicles (including engine idling) and facilities, the health and safety of its workers in conducting operations, and adverse impacts to the environment. Under certain environmental laws, the Company could be subject to strict liability, without regard to fault or legality of conduct, for costs relating to contamination at facilities the Company owns or operates or previously owned or operated and at third-party sites where the Company disposed of waste, as well as costs associated with the clean-up of releases arising from accidents involving the Company’s vehicles. The Company often operates in industrial areas, where truck terminals and other industrial activities are located, and where soil, groundwater or other forms of environmental contamination have occurred from historical or recent releases and for which the Company may incur remedial or other environmental liabilities. The Company also maintains aboveground and underground bulk fuel storage tanks and fueling islands at some of its facilities and vehicle maintenance operations at certain of its facilities. The Company’s operations involve the risks of fuel spillage or seepage into the environment, environmental damage and unauthorized hazardous material spills, releases or disposal actions, among others.

 

Increasing efforts to control air emissions, including greenhouse gases, may have an adverse effect on the Company. Federal and state lawmakers have implemented various climate-change initiatives and greenhouse gas regulations and may implement additional initiatives in the future, all of which could increase the cost of new tractors, impair productivity and increase the Company’s operating expenses.

 

Compliance with environmental laws and regulations may also increase the price of the Company’s equipment and otherwise affect the economics of the Company’s trucking business by requiring changes in operating practices or by influencing the demand for, or the costs of providing, transportation services. For example, regulations issued by the EPA and various state agencies that require progressive reductions in exhaust emissions from diesel engines have resulted in higher prices for tractors and diesel engines and increased operating and maintenance costs. Also, in order to reduce exhaust emissions, some states and municipalities have begun to restrict the locations and amount of time where diesel-powered tractors, such as the Company’s, may idle. These restrictions could force the Company to alter its drivers’ behavior, purchase on-board power units that do not require the engine to idle or face a decrease in productivity. The Company is also subject to potentially stringent rulemaking related to sustainability practices, including conservation of resources by decreasing fuel consumption. This increased focus on sustainability practices may result in new regulations and/or customer requirements that could adversely impact the Company’s business.

 

If the Company has operational spills or accidents or if it is found to be in violation of, or otherwise liable under, environmental or worker health or safety laws or regulations, the Company could incur significant costs and liabilities. Those costs and liabilities may include the assessment of sanctions, including administrative, civil and criminal penalties, the imposition of investigatory, remedial or corrective action obligations, the occurrence of delays in permitting or performance of projects, and the issuance of orders enjoining performance of some or all of the Company’s operations in a particular area. The occurrence of any one or more of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, competitive position and financial condition. Environmental and worker health and safety laws are becoming increasingly more stringent and there can be no assurances that compliance with, or liabilities under, existing or future environmental and worker health or safety laws or regulations will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or prospects.

 

56

 

 

Insurance and claims expenses could significantly reduce the Company’s profitability.

 

The Company is exposed to claims related to cargo loss and damage, property damage, personal injury, workers’ compensation, group health and group dental. The Company has insurance coverage with third-party insurance carriers, but it assumes a significant portion of the risk associated with these claims due to its self-insured retention and deductibles, which can make its insurance and claims expense higher or more volatile. Additionally, the Company faces the risks of increasing premiums and collateral requirements and the risk of carriers or underwriters leaving the transportation sector, which may materially affect its insurance costs or make insurance more difficult to find, as well as increase its collateral requirements. The Company could experience increases in its insurance premiums in the future if it decides to increase its coverage or if its claims experience deteriorates. In addition, the Company is subject to changing conditions and pricing in the insurance marketplace and the cost or availability of various types of insurance may change dramatically in the future. If the Company’s insurance or claims expense increases, and the Company is unable to offset the increase with higher freight rates, its results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. The Company’s results of operations may also be materially and adversely affected if it experiences a claim in excess of its coverage limits, a claim for which coverage is not provided or a covered claim for which its insurance company fails to perform. 

 

The Company derives all of its trucking revenue from one customer, the loss of which would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business. 

 

All of the Company’s trucking revenue is generated from the USPS, the loss of which would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business.

 

Economic conditions may adversely affect the USPS and its ability to remain solvent. The USPS’s financial difficulties can negatively impact the Company’s results of operations and financial condition and the Company’s ability to comply with the covenants in its debt agreements, especially if the USPS were to delay or default on payments to us. There can be no assurance that the Company’s relationship with the USPS will continue as presently in effect. A reduction in, or termination of, the Company’s services by the USPS would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and operating results.

 

Difficulty in obtaining goods and services from the Company’s vendors and suppliers could adversely affect the Company’s business.

 

The Company is dependent upon its vendors and suppliers, including equipment manufacturers, for tractors, trailers and other products and materials. The Company believes that it has positive vendor and supplier relationships and is generally able to obtain favorable pricing and other terms from such parties. If the Company fails to maintain amenable relationships with its vendors and suppliers, or if its vendors and suppliers are unable to provide the products and materials the Company needs or undergo financial hardship, the Company could experience difficulty in obtaining needed goods and services, and subsequently, its business and operations could be adversely affected.

 

The Company’s contractual agreements with its owner-operators expose it to risks that it does not face with its company drivers.

 

The Company relies, in part, upon independent contractor owner-operators to perform the services for which it contracts with customers. The Company’s reliance on independent contractor owner-operators creates numerous risks for the Company’s business.

 

If the Company’s independent contractor owner-operators fail to meet the Company’s contractual obligations or otherwise fail to perform in a manner consistent with the Company’s requirements, the Company may be required to utilize alternative service providers at potentially higher prices or with some degree of disruption of the services that the Company provides to customers. If the Company fails to deliver on time, if its contractual obligations are not otherwise met, or if the costs of its services increase, then the Company’s profitability and customer relationships could be harmed.

 

The financial condition and operating costs of the Company’s independent contractor owner-operators are affected by conditions and events that are beyond the Company’s control and may also be beyond their control. Adverse changes in the financial condition of the Company’s independent contractor owner-operators or increases in their equipment or operating costs could cause them to seek higher revenues or to cease their business relationships with the Company. The prices the Company charges its customers could be impacted by such issues, which may in turn limit pricing flexibility with customers, resulting in fewer customer contracts and decreasing the Company’s revenues.

 

57

 

 

Independent contractor owner-operators typically use tractors, trailers and other equipment bearing the Company’s trade names and trademarks. If one of the Company’s independent contractor owner-operators is subject to negative publicity, it could reflect on the Company and have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, brand and financial performance. Under certain laws, the Company could also be subject to allegations of liability for the activities of its independent contractor owner-operators.

 

Owner-operators are third-party service providers, as compared to company drivers who are employed by the Company. As independent business owners, the Company’s owner-operators may make business or personal decisions that conflict with the Company’s best interests. For example, if a load is unprofitable, route distance is too far from home or personal scheduling conflicts arise, an owner-operator may deny loads of freight from time to time. In these circumstances, the Company must be able to timely deliver the freight in order to maintain relationships with customers.

 

If the Company’s owner-operators are deemed by regulators or judicial process to be employees, the Company’s business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

Tax and other regulatory authorities have in the past sought to assert that owner-operators in the trucking industry are employees rather than independent contractors. Taxing and other regulatory authorities and courts apply a variety of standards in their determination of independent contractor status. If the Company’s owner-operators are determined to be its employees, it would incur additional exposure under federal and state tax, workers’ compensation, unemployment benefits, labor, employment, and tort laws, including for prior periods, as well as potential liability for employee benefits and tax withholdings.

 

The Company is dependent on computer and communications systems, and a systems failure or data breach could cause a significant disruption to its business.

 

The Company’s business depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of its computer and communications hardware systems and infrastructure. The Company currently maintains its computer systems at multiple locations, including several of its offices and terminals and third-party data centers, along with computer equipment at each of its terminals. The Company’s operations and those of its technology and communications service providers are vulnerable to interruption by fire, earthquake, power loss, telecommunications failure, terrorist attacks, Internet failures, computer viruses, data breaches (including cyber-attacks or cyber intrusions over the Internet, malware and the like) and other events generally beyond its control. Although the Company believes that it has robust information security procedures and other safeguards in place, as cyber threats continue to evolve, it may be required to expend additional resources to continue to enhance its information security measures and investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities. A significant cyber incident, including system failure, security breach, disruption by malware or other damage, could interrupt or delay the Company’s operations, damage its reputation, cause a loss of customers, agents or third party capacity providers, expose the Company to a risk of loss or litigation, or cause the Company to incur significant time and expense to remedy such an event, any of which could have a material adverse impact on its results of operations and financial position.

 

If the Company’s employees were to unionize, the Company’s operating costs could increase and its ability to compete could be impaired.

 

None of the Company’s employees are currently represented under a collective bargaining agreement; however, the Company always faces the risk that its employees will try to unionize, and if its owner-operators were ever re-classified as employees, the magnitude of this risk would increase. Further, Congress or one or more states could approve legislation and/or the National Labor Relations Board (the NLRB) could render decisions or implement rule changes that could significantly affect the Company’s business and its relationship with employees, including actions that could substantially liberalize the procedures for union organization. For example, in December 2014, the NLRB implemented a final rule amending the agency’s representation-case proceedings that govern the procedures for union representation. Pursuant to this amendment, union elections can now be held within 10 to 21 days after the union requests a vote, which makes it easier for unions to successfully organize all employees, in all industries. In addition, the Company can offer no assurance that the Department of Labor will not adopt new regulations or interpret existing regulations in a manner that would favor the agenda of unions.

 

Any attempt to organize by the Company’s employees could result in increased legal and other associated costs and divert management attention, and if the Company entered into a collective bargaining agreement, the terms could negatively affect its costs, efficiency and ability to generate acceptable returns on the affected operations. In particular, the unionization of the Company’s employees could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects because:

 

restrictive work rules could hamper the Company’s efforts to improve and sustain operating efficiency and could impair the Company’s service reputation and limit the Company’s ability to provide next-day services;

 

a strike or work stoppage could negatively impact the Company’s profitability and could damage customer and employee relationships; and

 

an election and bargaining process could divert management’s time and attention from the Company’s overall objectives and impose significant expenses.

 

58

 

 

Higher health care costs and labor costs could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

With the passage in 2010 of the United States Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (the PPACA), the Company is required to provide health care benefits to all full-time employees that meet certain minimum requirements of coverage and affordability, or otherwise be subject to a payment per employee based on the affordability criteria set forth in the PPACA. Many of these requirements have been phased in over a period of time, with the majority of the most impactful provisions affecting the Company having begun in the second quarter of 2015. Additionally, some states and localities have passed state and local laws mandating the provision of certain levels of health benefits by some employers. The PPACA also requires individuals to obtain coverage or face individual penalties, so employees who are currently eligible but have elected not to participate in the Company’s health care plans may ultimately find it more advantageous to do so. It is also possible that by making changes or failing to make changes in the health care plans the Company offers it will have difficulty attracting and retaining employees, including drivers. Finally, implementing the requirements of health care reform is likely to impose additional administrative costs. The costs and other effects of these new healthcare requirements may significantly increase the Company’s health care coverage costs and could materially adversely affect its financial condition and results of operations.

 

RISKS RELATED TO THE CNG INDUSTRY

 

Our CNG station success depends on the continued adoption of natural gas as a vehicle fuel.

 

Our CNG stations solely serve operators of natural gas vehicles (“NGVs”). Our CNG station business model is predicated on the continued purchase of natural gas by existing customers and on the expectation that fleets and other customers will operate more vehicles on natural gas in the future and that new customers will come to our public stations in the future. In the event that demand for CNG does not increase, or even decreases, we will be unlikely to achieve our forecasted results. Reasons for a decrease in demand for CNG could include significant decreases in oil prices or increases in natural gas prices, changes in regulations, alternative technologies being deemed as superior, lack of availability of NGVs and engines for conversion, lack of availability of vehicle servicing and a reduction in the number of CNG stations in the U.S.

 

There are a limited number of original manufacturers producing NGVs and NGV fuel tanks, which limits our customer base and sales.

 

There are a limited number of original equipment manufacturers of NGVs and the engines, fuel tanks and other equipment required to upfit a gasoline or diesel engine to run on natural gas. In the past, manufactures of NGVs have entered the market and then stopped production of NGVs. If existing customers are unable to replace their natural gas vehicles or new customers are unable to obtain NGVs, our business will be adversely affected.

 

Government incentives promoting CNG may be reduced or eliminated.

 

We received state government grants to assist us in building our Titan El Toro, EAF San Antonio and EAF Fort Worth stations and many of our customers received tax incentives to offset part or all of the additional up-front cost to acquire NGVs or convert vehicles to run on natural gas. In addition, many states offer waivers on vehicle weight to allow for NGVs to operate. These and other incentives may not continue. The federal government’s AFTC tax credit program was reinstated for 2017, but if in the future the AFTC tax credit program is not renewed or if other government incentives are discontinued, our business may be adversely affected.

 

Improvements in technologies relating to gasoline and diesel emission reduction or in electric vehicle power could reduce NGV demand.

 

We believe that our customers operate NGVs in part due to the lower emissions relative to gasoline and diesel, yet higher power relative to electric or other alternative fuel vehicles. In the event that technologies are developed that either reduce the emissions in gasoline and diesel-powered vehicles or improve the operating capabilities of electric, solar, or other alternative fuel technology vehicles, the demand for NGVs could be significantly reduced. Any such reduction in the demand for NGVs will adversely affect our financial performance.

 

59

 

 

Our station development could be delayed or have cost overruns due to permitting processes or lack of availability of suitable properties.

 

We rely on acquiring or leasing suitable properties on which to build our CNG stations. In addition, we are required to obtain a number of permits from various government agencies in order to build and operate our stations. Any inability to find suitable properties in a timely manner and with the right value proposition, or a delay in permitting or a requirement to change our architectural and engineering plans to obtain permits could adversely affect our business.

 

Breaches in information technology security could harm our business.

 

In the event that our networks and data are compromised by hackers or other external threats, our ability to operate our business could be harmed. In addition, if our customer data is stolen, we may lose customers. In any such event or related event, our business could be materially harmed or damaged.

 

Government customers could be subject to reduced funding or a change in mission.

 

We serve the State of California South Coast Air Quality Management District (“SCAQMD”) as a customer at our Titan Diamond Bar station, and will continue to seek long-term CNG contracts with various federal, state and local government entities. If these government agencies no longer receive funding or there is a change in their mission, we may lose them as customers which may adversely affect our business.

 

CNG stations could experience safety issues.

 

Our stations operate under high pressure and could potentially explode or catch on fire and cause death or injury. If this were to occur, we could face liabilities that could negatively impact our business.

 

Risks Related to Our Securities

 

There is no established trading market for our common stock, and our stockholders may be unable to sell their shares.

 

There is no established market, private or public, for any of our securities and there can be no assurance that a trading market will ever develop or, if developed, that it will be maintained. There can be no assurance that the Company’s stockholders will ever be able to resell their shares.

 

Our common stock is subject to the “penny stock” rules of the SEC, which restrict transactions in our stock and may reduce the value of an investment in our stock.

 

Our common stock is currently regarded as a “penny stock” because our shares are not listed on a national stock exchange or quoted on the NASDAQ Market within the United States and our common stock has a market price less than $5.00 per share. The penny stock rules require a broker-dealer to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document prepared by the SEC, to provide a customer with additional information including current bid and offer quotations for the penny stock, the compensation of the broker-dealer and its salesperson in the transaction, monthly account statements showing the market value of each penny stock held in the customer’s account, to make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser, and receive the purchaser’s written agreement to the transaction. To the extent these requirements may be applicable; they will reduce the level of trading activity in the secondary market for our common stock and may severely and adversely affect the ability of broker-dealers to sell our common stock.

 

We have never paid and do not expect to pay cash dividends on our shares.

 

We have never paid cash dividends, and we anticipate that any future profits received from operations will be retained for operations. We do not anticipate the payment of cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future and any decision to pay dividends will depend upon our profitability, available cash and other factors. Therefore, no assurance can be given that there will ever be any cash dividend or distribution in the future.

 

We may in the future issue additional shares of our common stock which would reduce investors’ ownership interests in us and which may dilute our share value. 

 

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of 110,000,000 shares consisting of: (i) 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; and (ii) 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. The future issuance of all or part of our remaining authorized common stock or preferred stock may result in substantial dilution in the percentage of our common stock held by our then existing stockholders. We may value any common stock issued in the future on an arbitrary basis. The issuance of common stock for future services or acquisitions or other corporate actions may have the effect of diluting the value of the shares held by our investors, and might have an adverse effect on any trading market for our common stock. 

 

60

 

 

The Company’s certificate of incorporation permits the board of directors to issue stock with terms that may subordinate the rights of common stockholders or discourage a third party from acquiring the Company in a manner that might result in a premium price to the Company’s stockholders.

 

The Company’s board of directors, without any action by the Company’s stockholders, may amend the Company’s certificate of incorporation from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares or the number of shares of any class or series of stock that the Company has authority to issue. The board of directors may also classify or reclassify any unissued common stock or preferred stock into other classes or series of stock and establish the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption of any class or series of stock. Thus, the board of directors could authorize the issuance of preferred stock with terms and conditions that could have a priority as to distributions and amounts payable upon liquidation over the rights of the holders of the Company’s common stock. Preferred stock could also have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us, including an extraordinary transaction (such as a merger, tender offer or sale of all or substantially all our assets) that might provide a premium price for holders of the Company’s common stock.

 

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.

 

None.

 

Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities.

 

None that have not been previously reported.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

 

Not applicable .

 

Item 5. Other Information.

 

None.

 

Item 6. Exhibits.

 

 See the Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page to this report, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

61

 

   

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

  EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
   
Date: November 15, 2018 By: /s/ John P. Yeros
    John P. Yeros
    Chief Executive Officer
    Principal Executive Officer
     
Date: November 15, 2018 By: /s/ Michael Zientek
    Michael Zientek
    Chief Financial Officer
    Principal Financial and Accounting Officer

 

62

 

 

EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

Form 10-Q for the Quarterly Period Ended SEPTEMBER 30, 2018

 

Exhibit   Description
2.1   Acquisition Option Agreement dated September 5, 2018 between EVO Transportation & Energy Services, Inc., Sheehy Enterprises, Inc., Sheehy Mail Contractors, Inc., John Sheehy, and Robert Sheehy (1)
4.1   Secured Convertible Promissory Note dated July 20, 2018 between EVO Transportation & Energy Services, Inc. and Dan Thompson II LLC. (2)
10.1   Confidential Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release dated July 31, 2018 by and among Red Ocean Consulting, LLC, Brenton Hayden, Richard H. Enrico Revocable Trust dated June 9, 1998, Richard H. Enrico, Titan CNG, LLC, Titan El Toro, LLC, Titan Diamond Bar, LLC, Titan Blaine, LLC, Kirk Honour, Scott Honour, and EVO Transportation & Energy Services, Inc. (2)
10.2   Note Purchase Agreement dated July 20, 2018 between EVO Transportation & Energy Services, Inc. and Dan Thompson II LLC. (2)
10.3   Security Agreement dated June 1, 2018 between EVO Transportation & Energy Services, Inc. and Dan Thompson II LLC. (2)
10.4   Warrant dated July 20, 2018 issued to Dan Thompson II LLC ($2.50) (2)
10.5   Employment Agreement dated July 25, 2018 between EVO Transportation & Energy Services, Inc. and Michael Zientek. (2)
10.6   Transportation Services Proposal & Contract for Regular Service (Contract No. 430Q8) between Thunder Ridge Transport Inc. and United States Postal Service.*
10.7   Transportation Services Proposal & Contract for Regular Service (Contract No. 913A7) between Thunder Ridge Transport Inc. and United States Postal Service.*
10.8   Transportation Services Proposal & Contract for Regular Service (Contract No. 995L2) between Thunder Ridge Transport Inc. and United States Postal Service.*
10.9   Transportation Services Proposal & Contract for Regular Service (Contract No. 995L3) between Thunder Ridge Transport Inc. and United States Postal Service.*
10.10   Transportation Services Proposal & Contract for Regular Service (Contract No. 945L3) between Thunder Ridge Transport Inc. and United States Postal Service.*
31.1   Certification of the Company’s Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*
31.2   Certification of the Company’s Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*
32.1   Certification of the Company’s Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002*
32.2   Certification of the Company’s Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002*
101.INS   XBRL INSTANCE DOCUMENT
101.SCH   XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION SCHEMA DOCUMENT
101.CAL   XBRL TAXONOMY CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
101.DEF  

XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB   XBRL TAXONOMY LABEL LINKBASE DOCUMENT
101.PRE   XBRL TAXONOMY PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT

 

* Filed herewith

 

(1) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 17, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference.
(2) Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 6, 2018 and incorporated herein by reference.

63

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

TRANSPORTATION SERVICES PROPOSAL & CONTRACT

FOR REGULAR SERVICE

1. PROPOSAL SUBMITTED PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-204-17 08/29/2017 430Q8 01/14/2018 06/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
  COLUMBUS P&DC, OH 430 DRO - REGION B - NON-PEAK (PEAK), OH
2. RATE OF COMPENSATION
WRITTEN DOLLAR AMOUNT (Proposal must be submitted on a single annual rate basis unless the solicitation specifically calls for proposals at a per mile, per piece, per trip, or other unit rate.) AMOUNT (Figures)
In accordance with the rates set forth under “amount”, expected mileage is a approximately 2,500,000 miles annually.

                    Non Peak  Peak

Upper         $2.49          $3.01

Expected    $2.49          $3.02

Lower         $2.50          $3.02

3. OFFEROR
a. NAME (Print or Type) b. ADDRESS (Street, City, State, Zip+4)
Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801-2446

 

c. TELEPHONE NO. d. DOT NO. e. SOCIAL SECURITY NO. OR EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.
417-350-9553 872693 75-3010383

f. LEGAL RESIDENCE OF

(Complete if Offeror is an individual.)

g. ENGAGED IN BUSINESS IN

(Complete if Offeror is a partnership or corporation.)

COUNTY STATE COUNTY STATE
    Greene MO

h. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF AMENDMENTS THE OFFEROR ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF AMENDMENTS TO THE SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS NUMBERED AND DATED AS FOLLOWS:

AMENDMENT NO. DATE AMENDMENT NO. DATE
       
       
4. CONTRACT

 

In compliance with the solicitation of the U.S. Postal Service described above, the above named offeror proposes to provide the service called for in said solicitation and, in the case of a negotiated contract, in the description of service attached hereto and made a part hereof, at the rate of compensation set out above.

 

The offeror submitting the offer or proposal agrees with the U.S. Postal Service that if this offer or proposal is accepted, the offeror will give personal or representative supervision to the performance of the service. The offeror certifies that this proposal is made in the offeror’s own interest and not by the offeror as the representative of another person or company and with full knowledge of the required conditions of service.

 

The solicitation and all attachments are incorporated by reference as a part of this proposal.

 

If the offeror is a partnership or corporation, the Contracting Officer may request such offeror to furnish evidence of the authority of the party executing the proposal.

When a partnership offers, the signature of one partner is sufficient. 

 

5. OFFEROR 6. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
This proposal is made in good faith and with the intention to enter into a contract to perform service in case the proposal is accepted. The U.S. Postal Service has caused this contract to be executed.
/s/ Billy Peck Jr. 1/26/18    
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO    

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

 
                               

PS Form 7405

September 2001

 

 

 

 

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM

 

The offeror, by checking the applicable block or blocks represents that it (1)  has developed and has on file,  has not developed and does not have on file, at each establishment, affirmative action programs as required by the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor (41 CFR 60-1 and 60-2) and  has,  has not filed the required reports with the Joint Reporting Committee; or (2)  has not previously had contracts subject to the written affirmative action program requirement of the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor.

 

CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES

 

a. By submitting this proposal, the offeror certifies that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The offeror agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause of this contract.

 

b. As used in this certification, segregated facilities means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms or wash rooms, restaurants or other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms or other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, or housing facilities provided for employees that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise.

 

c. The offeror further agrees that (unless it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) it will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors before awarding subcontracts exceeding $10,000 that are not exempt from the provisions of the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause; that it will retain these certifications in its files; and that it will forward the following notice to these proposed subcontractors (except when they have submitted identical certifications for specific time period(s):

 

NOTICE

 

A certification of no segregated facilities must be submitted before the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 that is not exempt from the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause. The certification may be submitted whether for each subcontract or for all subcontracts during a period (quarterly, semiannually, or annually).

 

 

 

PARENT COMPANY TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

 

a. A parent company is one that owns or controls the basic business policies of an offeror. To own means to own more than 50 percent of the voting rights in the offeror. To control means to be able to formulate, determine, or veto basic business policy decisions of the offeror. A parent company need not own the offeror to control it; it may exercise control through the use of dominant minority voting rights, proxy voting, contractual arrangements, or otherwise.

 

b. Enter the offeror’s Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) in the space provided. The TIN is the offeror’s Social Security Number or other Employer Identification Number used on the offeror’s quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Form 941.

 
Offeror’s TIN 75-3010383

 

c. Check this block if the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company:

 

d. If the block above is checked, provide the following information about the parent company:

 

 
Parent Company’s Name
Parent Company’s Main Office Address
 
No. and Street
     
City State ZIP+4
Parent Company’s TIN  

 

e. If the offeror is a member of an affiliated group that files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis (whether or not the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company, as provided above) provide the name and TIN of the common parent of the affiliated group:

 

Name of Common Parent  
Common Parent’s TIN  
   

 

 

 

                   

PS Form 7405 (Reverse)

September 2001

 

 

 

TRANSPORTATION SERVICES PROPOSAL & CONTRACT

FOR REGULAR SERVICE

1. PROPOSAL SUBMITTED PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-204-17 08/29/2017   11/12/2017 06/30/2021

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
  Columbus P&DC, OH    Region B Various Destinations, OH
2. RATE OF COMPENSATION
WRITTEN DOLLAR AMOUNT (Proposal must be submitted on a single annual rate basis unless the solicitation specifically calls for proposals at a per mile, per piece, per trip, or other unit rate.) AMOUNT (Figures)

 

See Pricing Details

 

 

See Pricing Details

 

3. OFFEROR
a. NAME (Print or Type) b. ADDRESS (Street, City, State, Zip
Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

c. TELEPHONE NO. d. DOT NO. e. SOCIAL SECURITY NO. OR EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.
417-833-8456 872693 75-3010383

f. LEGAL RESIDENCE OF

(Complete if Offeror is an individual.)

g. ENGAGED IN BUSINESS IN

(Complete if Offeror is a partnership or corporation.)

COUNTY STATE COUNTY STATE
    Greene MO

h. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF AMENDMENTS

THE OFFEROR ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF AMENDMENTS TO THE SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS NUMBERED AND DATED AS FOLLOWS:

AMENDMENT NO. DATE AMENDMENT NO. DATE
       
       
4. CONTRACT

 

In compliance with the solicitation of the U.S. Postal Service described above, the above named offeror proposes to provide the service called for in said solicitation and, in the case of a negotiated contract, in the description of service attached hereto and made a part hereof, at the rate of compensation set out above.

 

The offeror submitting the offer or proposal agrees with the U.S. Postal Service that if this offer or proposal is accepted, the offeror will give personal or representative supervision to the performance of the service. The offeror certifies that this proposal is made in the offeror’s own interest and not by the offeror as the representative of another person or company and with full knowledge of the required conditions of service.

 

The solicitation and all attachments are incorporated by reference as a part of this proposal.

 

If the offeror is a partnership or corporation, the Contracting Officer may request such offeror to furnish evidence of the authority of the party executing the proposal.

 

When a partnership offers, the signature of one partner is sufficient.

 

 

5. OFFEROR 6. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
This proposal is made in good faith and with the intention to enter into a contract to perform service in case the proposal is accepted. The U.S. Postal Service has caused this contract to be executed.
  9/25/17    
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS CONTRACTING OFFICER  

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

 
                               

PS Form 7405

September 2001

 

 

 

 

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM

 

The offeror, by checking the applicable block or blocks represents that it (1)  has developed and has on file,  has not developed and does not have on file, at each establishment, affirmative action programs as required by the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor (41 CFR 60-1 and 60-2) and  has,  has not filed the required reports with the Joint Reporting Committee; or (2)  has not previously had contracts subject to the written affirmative action program requirement of the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor.

 

CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES

 

a. By submitting this proposal, the offeror certifies that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The offeror agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause of this contract.

 

b. As used in this certification, segregated facilities means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms or wash rooms, restaurants or other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms or other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, or housing facilities provided for employees that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise.

 

c. The offeror further agrees that (unless it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) it will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors before awarding subcontracts exceeding $10,000 that are not exempt from the provisions of the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause; that it will retain these certifications in its files; and that it will forward the following notice to these proposed subcontractors (except when they have submitted identical certifications for specific time period(s):

 

NOTICE

 

A certification of no segregated facilities must be submitted before the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 that is not exempt from the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause. The certification may be submitted whether for each subcontract or for all subcontracts during a period (quarterly, semiannually, or annually).

 

 

 

PARENT COMPANY TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

 

a. A parent company is one that owns or controls the basic business policies of an offeror. To own means to own more than 50 percent of the voting rights in the offeror. To control means to be able to formulate, determine, or veto basic business policy decisions of the offeror. A parent company need not own the offeror to control it; it may exercise control through the use of dominant minority voting rights, proxy voting, contractual arrangements, or otherwise.

 

b. Enter the offeror’s Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) in the space provided. The TIN is the offeror’s Social Security Number or other Employer Identification Number used on the offeror’s quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Form 941.

 
Offeror’s TIN 75-3010383

 

c. Check this block if the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company:

 

d. If the block above is checked, provide the following information about the parent company:

 

 
Parent Company’s Name
Parent Company’s Main Office Address
 
No. and Street
     
City State ZIP+4
Parent Company’s TIN  

 

e. If the offeror is a member of an affiliated group that files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis (whether or not the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company, as provided above) provide the name and TIN of the common parent of the affiliated group:

 

Name of Common Parent  
Common Parent’s TIN  
   

 

 

 

                   

PS Form 7405 (Reverse)

September 2001

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
1
PAGE OF
1 1
1. SOLICITATION AMENDMENT PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-204-17 08/29/2017   11/08/2017 06/30/2021

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
  Charleston P&DC, WV VARIOUS DESTINATIONS, WV
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO MD 20774-5389

4. DATE ISSUED
08/30/2017
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO Solicitation #150-204-17 – Wave 3

 

This amendment includes Attachment J - Manifests and updates the URL website address for Emptoris as follows:

 

https://uspsprod.emptoris.com

 

Please sign this amendment document and include with your solicitation bid package. 

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

The date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is (or has been extended to): 09/22/2017 05:00 P.M.
     (Date)                    (Time)
7. OFFEROR 8. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
  09/25/2017   8/30/2017
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

                       

PS Form 7330

September 2001

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
2
PAGE OF
1 1
1. SOLICITATION AMENDMENT PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-204-17 08/29/2017 250Q8 11/08/2017 06/30/2021

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
  Charleston P&DC, WV VARIOUS DESTINATIONS, WV
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO MD 20774-5389

4. DATE ISSUED
09/05/2017
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO Solicitation #150-204-17 – Wave 3

 

This amendment includes the corrected Charleston _ Attachment A’s _ Regions A thru G and Oklahoma City _Attachment A’s _ Regions A thru B. Also, the DRO pricing sheet attachment bug error is fixed. Please use the new pricing sheet attachment. Please sign this amendment #2 document and include with your solicitation bid package. 

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

The date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is (or has been extended to): 09/22/2017 05:00 P.M.
     (Date)                    (Time)
7. OFFEROR 8. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
  09/25/2017   9/5/2017
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

                       

PS Form 7330

September 2001

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
3
PAGE OF
1 1
1. SOLICITATION AMENDMENT PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-204-17 08/29/2017   11/08/2017 06/30/2021

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
  Charleston P&DC, WV VARIOUS DESTINATIONS, WV
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO MD 20774-5389

4. DATE ISSUED
09/07/2017
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO Solicitation #150-204-17 – Wave 3

 

This amendment includes the corrected Wage Determination for Southern States, WD 1977-0193, Revision 76, dated 08/24/2017 and Eastern States, WD 1977-0195, Revision 71, dated 08/24/2017. Please sign this amendment #3 document and include with your solicitation bid package. 

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

The date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is (or has been extended to): 09/22/2017 05:00 P.M.
     (Date)                    (Time)
7. OFFEROR 8. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
  09/25/2017   9/7/2017
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

                       

PS Form 7330

September 2001

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
4
PAGE OF
1 1
1. SOLICITATION AMENDMENT PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-204-17 08/29/2017   11/08/2017 06/30/2021

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
  Charleston P&DC, WV VARIOUS DESTINATIONS, WV
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO MD 20774-5389

4. DATE ISSUED
09/18/2017
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO Solicitation #150-204-17 – Wave 3

This amendment includes:

1) Questions/answers from the Pre--Proposal Conference, 9/13/2017;

2) Recording link from Pre—Proposal,

Streaming: https://uspsmeetings.webex.com/uspsmeetings/ldrphp?RCID=675999c12e2ce824bd5d509e8adf29a7 and,

Download: https://uspsmeetings.webex.com/uspsmeetings/Isr.php?RCID=fdfcee9f7cc8a3618a59b246f69d8d6e;

3) Wage determination for Central states, Wage Determination 1977-0196, Revision 72, dated 8/24/2017;

4) Revised Bidding Instructions,

5) Change in award start date to Sunday, November 12, 2017

6) Change in the closing date of solicitation to Monday, September 25, 2017 at 8:00am EDT.

Please sign this amendment #4 document and include with your solicitation bid package.

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

The date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is (or has been extended to): 09/25/2017 08:00 A.M.
     (Date)                    (Time)
7. OFFEROR 8. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
  09/27/2017    
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

                       

PS Form 7330

September 2001

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
5
PAGE OF
1 1
1. SOLICITATION AMENDMENT PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-204-17 08/29/2017   11/08/2017 06/30/2021

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
  Charleston P&DC, WV VARIOUS DESTINATIONS, WV
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO MD 20774-5389

4. DATE ISSUED
09/22/2017
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO Solicitation #150-204-17 – Wave 3

This amendment includes:

1) Extension of solicitation proposal submission to Friday, September 29, 2017 at 8:00am EDT.

2) Invitation to Webex, Monday, September 25, 2017. The purpose of the Webex is to allow suppliers to clarify any outstanding questions they may have regarding the DRO Wave 3 manifests, or the solicitation in general. The Webex link is detailed below.

Please note, you do NOT need a WebEx account to join the meeting.

Meeting Number: 743 648 308

Meeting Password: This meeting does not require a password.

1. Go to https://uspsmeetings.webex.com/uspsmeetings/j.php?MTID=m597ddaac5da714a6a694c78b465584ed

2. If requested, enter your name and email address.

3. If a password is required, enter the meeting password: This meeting does not require a password.

4. Click ‘Join”.

5. Follow the instructions that appear on your screen.

3) The USPS will be providing changes to the Manifests shortly.

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

The date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is (or has been extended to): 09/29/2017 08:00 A.M.
     (Date)                    (Time)
7. OFFEROR 8. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
  09/27/2017    
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

                       

PS Form 7330

September 2001

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
6
PAGE OF
1 1
1. SOLICITATION AMENDMENT PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-204-17 08/29/2017   11/08/2017 06/30/2021

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
    VARIOUS DESTINATIONS, WV
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO MD 20774-5389

4. DATE ISSUED
09/25/2017
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO Solicitation #150-204-17 – Wave 3

 

This amendment includes corrections to the manifest for Charleston, WV; Columbus, OH; Little Rock, AR; and Oklahoma City, OK. Please see the attached document, Manifest Revisions, for site specific details of the changes.

 

Please sign and include this Amendment #6 with your completed bid package.

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

The date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is (or has been extended to): 09/29/2017 08:00 A.M.
     (Date)                    (Time)
7. OFFEROR 8. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
  09/27/2017    
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

                       

PS Form 7330

September 2001

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
7
PAGE OF
1 1
1. SOLICITATION AMENDMENT PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-204-17 08/29/2017   11/12/2017 06/30/2021

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
    VARIOUS DESTINATIONS, WV
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO MD 20774-5389

4. DATE ISSUED
09/26/2017
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO Solicitation #150-204-17 – Wave 3

 

This amendment includes the following updates:

 

1) Questions and answers to the DRO Wave 3 Manifest/Solicitation Q&A held on Monday, September 25, 2017

2) A recording link to the DRO Wave 3 Manifest/Solicitation Q&A held Monday, September 25, 2017.

 

Streaming link: https://uspsmeetings.webex.com/uspsmeetings/Idr.php?RCID=dcb8acbOa7e73678ff44f7ff8la3e99b

Download link: https://uspsmeetings.webex.com/uspsmeetings/Isr.php?RCID=e2d2cba33b1d2122985546fd3f332403

 

3) Attached updated manifest for Charleston, WV; Columbus, OH; Oklahoma City, OK; and Little Rock, AR

 

Please sign and include this Amendment #7 with your completed bid package.

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

The date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is (or has been extended to): 09/29/2017 08:00 A.M.
     (Date)                    (Time)
7. OFFEROR 8. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
  09/27/2017   8/40/2017
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

                       

PS Form 7330

September 2001

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
8
PAGE OF
1 1
1. SOLICITATION AMENDMENT PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-204-17 08/29/2017   11/12/2017 06/30/2021

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
    VARIOUS DESTINATIONS, WV
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO MD 20774-5389

4. DATE ISSUED
09/26/2017
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO Solicitation #150-204-17 – Wave 3

 

This amendment includes the following update:

 

1) Revised distance updates to the solicitation manifests with old miles removed.

 

Please sign and include this amendment #8 with your completed bid package.

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

The date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is (or has been extended to): 09/22/2017 05:00 P.M.
     (Date)                    (Time)
7. OFFEROR 8. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
  09/27/2017    
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

                       

PS Form 7330

September 2001

 

 

 

Attachment C

Representations and Certifications

 

ATTACHMENT C

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS

 

a. Type of Business Organization. The offeror, by checking the applicable blocks, represents that it:

 

1.) Operates as:

 

☒ a corporation incorporated under the laws of the state of Missouri ;

☐ an individual;

☐ a partnership;

☐ a joint venture;

☐ a limited liability company

☐ a nonprofit organization, ____ or;

☐ an educational institution; and

 

2.) Is (check all that apply)

 

☒ a small business concern;

☐ a minority business

☐ Black American

☐ Hispanic American

☐ Native American

☐ Asian American

☐ a woman-owned business;

☐ an educational or other nonprofit organization, or

☐ none of the above entities.

 

3.) Small Business Concern . A small business concern for the purposes of Postal Service purchasing means a business, including an affiliate, that is independently owned and operated, is not dominant in producing or performing the supplies or services being purchased, and has no more than 500 employees, unless a different size standard has been established by the Small Business Administration (see 13 CFR 121, particularly for different size standards for airline, railroad, and construction companies). For subcontracts of $50,000 or less, a subcontractor having no more than 500 employees qualifies as a small business without regard to other factors.

 

4.) Minority Business . A minority business is a concern that is at least 51 percent owned by, and whose management and daily business operations are controlled by, one or more members of a socially and economically disadvantaged minority group, namely U.S. citizens who are Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, or Asian Americans. (Native Americans are American Indians, Eskimos, Aleuts, and Native Hawaiians. Asian Americans are U.S. citizens whose origins are Japanese, Chinese, Filipino, Vietnamese, Korean, Samoan, Laotian, Kampuchea (Cambodian), Taiwanese, in the U.S. Trust Territories of the Pacific Islands or in the Indian subcontinent.)

 

5.) Woman-owned Business . A woman-owned business is a concern at least 51 percent of which is owned by a woman (or women) who is a U.S. citizen, controls the firm by exercising the power to make policy decisions, and operates the business by being actively involved in day-to-day management.

 

6.) Educational or Other Nonprofit Organization . Any corporation, foundation, trust, or other institution operated for scientific or educational purposes, not organized for profit, no part of the net earnings of which inures to the profits of any private shareholder or individual.

 

b. Parent Company and Taxpayer Identification Number.

 

1.) A parent company is one that owns or controls the basic business policies of an offeror. To own means to own more than 50 percent of the voting rights in the offeror. To control means to be able to formulate, determine, or veto basic business policy decisions of the offeror. A parent company need not own the offeror to control it; it may exercise control through the use of dominant minority voting rights, proxy voting, contractual arrangements, or otherwise.

 

 

 

 

Attachment C

Representations and Certifications

 

2.) Enter the offeror’s Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) in the space provided. The TIN is the offeror’s Social Security number or other Employee Identification Number used on the offeror’s Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Form 941.

 

Offeror’s TIN 75-3010383                               

 

3.) Check this block if the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company: ☐

 

4.) If the block above is checked, provide the following information about the parent company:

 

Parent Company’s Name:                                                         

Parent Company’s Main Office:                                              

Address:                                                                                      

No. and Street:                                                                           

City: __________________ State: _____ Zip Code:        

Parent Company’s TIN:                                                            

 

5.) If the offeror is a member of an affiliated group that files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis (whether or not the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company, as provided above) provide the name and TIN of the common parent of the affiliated group:

 

Name of Common Parent                                                         

Common Parent’s TIN                                                             

 

c. Certificate of Independent Price Determination.

 

1.) By submitting this proposal, the offeror certifies, and in the case of a joint proposal each party to it certifies as to its own organization, that in connection with this solicitation:

 

a) The prices proposed have been arrived at independently, without consultation, communication, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to the prices with any other offeror or with any competitor;
b) Unless otherwise required by law, the prices proposed have not been and will not be knowingly disclosed by the offeror before award of a contract, directly or indirectly to any other offeror or to any competitor; and
c) No attempt has been made or will be made by the offeror to induce any other person or firm to submit or not submit a proposal for the purpose of restricting competition.

 

2.) Each person signing this proposal certifies that:

 

a) He or she is the person in the offeror’s organization responsible for the decision as to the prices being offered herein and that he or she has not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above; or
b) He or she is not the person in the offeror’s organization responsible for the decision as to the prices being offered but that he or she has been authorized in writing to act as agent for the persons responsible in certifying that they have not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above, and as their agent does hereby so certify; and he or she has not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above.

 

3.) Modification or deletion of any provision in this certificate may result in the disregarding of the proposal as unacceptable. Any modification or deletion should be accompanied by a signed statement explaining the reasons and describing in detail any disclosure or communication.

 

d. Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities.

 

1.) By submitting this proposal, the offeror certifies that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The offeror agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract.

 

 

 

 

Attachment C

Representations and Certifications

 

2.) As used in this certification, segregated facilities means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms or wash rooms, restaurants or other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms or other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment area, transportation, or housing facilities provided for employees that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise.

 

3.) The offeror further agrees that (unless it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) it will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors before awarding subcontracts exceeding $10,000 that are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause; that it will retain these certifications in its files; and that it will forward the following notice to these proposed subcontractors (except when they have submitted identical certifications for specific time periods):

 

Notice: A certification of nonsegregated facilities must be submitted before the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 that is not exempt from the Equal Opportunity clause. The certification may be submitted either for each subcontract or for all subcontracts during a period (quarterly, semiannually, or annually).

 

e. Certification Regarding Debarment, Proposed Debarment, and Other Matters (This certification must be completed with respect to any offer with a value of $100,000 or more.)

 

1.)       The offeror certifies, to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it or any of its principals

 

a) Are ☐ are not ☒ presently debarred or proposed for debarment, or declared ineligible for the award of contracts by any Federal, state, or local agency;

 

b) Have ☐ have not ☒, within the three-year period preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for: commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, state, or local) contract or subcontract; violation of Federal or state antitrust statutes relating to the submission of offers; or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, tax evasion, or receiving stolen property;

 

c) Are ☐ are not ☒ presently indicted for, or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity with, commission of any of the offenses enumerated in subparagraph (b) above;

 

d) Have ☐ have not ☒ within a three-year period preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for: commission of fraud or a criminal offense in conjunction with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, state or local) contract or subcontract; violation of Federal or state antitrust statutes relating to the submission of offers; or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, tax evasion or receiving stolen property; and

 

e) Are ☐ are not ☒ presently indicted for, or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity with, commission of any of the offenses enumerated in subparagraph (d) above.

 

2.) The offeror has ☐ has not ☒, within a three-year period preceding this offer, had one or more contracts terminated for default by any Federal, state, or local agency.

 

3.) “Principals,” for the purposes of this certification, means officers, directors, owners, partners, and other persons having primary management or supervisory responsibilities within a business entity (e.g., general manager, plant manager, head of a subsidiary, division, or business segment, and similar positions).

 

4.) The offeror must provide immediate written notice to the Contracting Officer if, at any time prior to contract award, the offeror learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.

 

5.) A certification that any of the items in paragraph (a) of this provision exists will not necessarily result in withholding of an award under this solicitation. However, the certification will be considered as part of the evaluation of the offeror’s capability (see PM 2.1.9.c.3). The offeror’s failure to furnish a certification or provide additional information requested by the contracting officer will affect the capability evaluation.

 

6.) Nothing contained in the foregoing may be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by paragraph (a) of this provision. The knowledge and information of an offeror is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.

 

 

 

 

Attachment C

Representations and Certifications

 

7.) This certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States and the making of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under section 1001, Title 18, United States Code.

 

8.) The certification in paragraph (a) of this provision is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making the award. If it is later determined that the offeror knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Postal Service, the Contracting Officer may terminate the contract resulting from this solicitation for default.

 

a. Incorporation by Reference. Wherever in this solicitation or contract a standard provision or clause is incorporated by reference, the incorporated term is identified by its title, its provision or clause number assigned to it, and its date. The text of incorporated terms may be found at http://www.usps.com/cpim/ftp/manuals/spp/spp.pdf . If checked, the following provision(s) is incorporated in this solicitation by reference: (contracting officer will check as appropriate)

 

1. Provision 1-2: Domestic Source Certificate - Supplies
2. Provision 1-3: Domestic Source Certificate - Construction Materials
3. Provision 9-1: Equal Opportunity Affirmative Action Program
4. Provision 9-2: Preaward Equal Opportunity Compliance Review
5. Provision 9-3: Notice of Requirements for Equal Opportunity Affirmative Action

 

 

 

 

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc. Master Subcontracting Plan

 

I. Goals :

 

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc. provides the following separate percentage goals, which are a percentage of the total subcontracting dollars for each business category.

 

  Planned Subcontracting To:   Percent  
  Total Dollars to be Subcontracted     100 %
  Large Businesses     95 %
  Small Businesses     3 %
  Minority-Owned Businesses     1 %
  Woman-Owned Businesses     1 %

 

II. Estimated total dollars planned to be subcontracted to all types of concerns:

 

Annual Purchases/Spend: $1,000,000 = 100% subcontracted

 

Estimated total dollars planned to be subcontracted to small business concerns (including Small, Minority-owned, or Woman-owned) as subcontractors:

 

Annual Purchases/Spend: $50,000 = 5% of Total

 

III. Supplies/Services :

 

The principal types of supplies and/or services that Thunder Ridge Transport Inc. anticipates to be subcontracted and the identification of the type of business concern planned are as follows:

 

  Supplies/Services   Large   Small  

Minority-

Owned

 

Woman-

Owned

  Truck, trailer, and equipment leasing   X   X        
  Truck and trailer parts   X            
  Rent       X        
  Compliance services       X        
  Insurance   X            
  Truck and trailer maintenance   X   X   X    
  Printing services       X        
  Accounting and tax services               X

 

IV. Thunder Ridge Transport Inc. used the following method to develop the subcontracting goals: The Chief Financial Officer will consult with the Chief Executive Officer to determine the goods and services that will be subcontracted and will search source lists of small, minority-owned, and woman-owned firms that can provide these goods and services. We investigate the firms’ capabilities and consider our own experience and the experience of references with these firms to determine if they are qualified to provide what is needed. If there are qualified small, minority-owned, and woman-owned firms that offer the needed goods or services, they will be used whenever possible. Reasonable goals are set after considering the value of the needed subcontracts and the pool of qualified firms.

 

V. Thunder Ridge Transport Inc. identifies potential subcontractors using the following source lists and organizations:

 

a. www.pro-net.sba.gov, the SBA on-line database of small businesses
b. Local Office of the Small Business Administration
c. State of Missouri Minority and Women Owned Businesses Directory

 

 

 

 

VI. Equitable Opportunity :

 

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc. will make every effort to ensure that all small business concerns have an equitable opportunity to compete for subcontracts. These efforts include:

 

a. Outreach efforts will include:
i. Contacting minority and small business trade associations
ii. Contacting business development organizations’
iii. Attendance at small and minority business procurement conferences and trade fairs.
b. Requesting sources from the Central Contract Registration (CCR), Dynamic Small Business Search, which integrated data from the SBA PRO-Net database
c. The following internal efforts will be made to guide and encourage buyers:
i. Establishing, maintaining, and using small, minority-owned small, and woman-owned small source lists, guides, and other data for soliciting subcontracts
ii. Monitoring activities to evaluate compliance with the subcontracting plan

 

VII. Program Administrator :

Name: Kailey York, CPA

Title/Position: Chief Financial Officer

Address: 319 N. Main Ave, Suite 330

City/State/Zip Code: Springfield, MO 65806

Telephone number: 417-833-8456

Fax number: 800-997-4401

Email address: kailey@trtmail.com

 

Alternate POC with contact information: Trey Peck, Chief Executive Officer, 417-833-8456, trey@trtmail.com

 

Duties : In accordance with clause 52.219-9(d)(11)€, in order to effectively implement this plan to the extent consistent with efficient contract performance, the contractor shall perform the following functions:

 

1. Assist small, minority-owned, and woman-owned concerns by arranging solicitations, time for the preparation of bids, quantities, specifications, and delivery schedules so as to facilitate the participation by such concerns. Where the Contractor’s lists of potential small, minority-owned, and woman-owned subcontractors are excessively long, reasonable effort shall be made to give all such small business concerns an opportunity to compete over a period of time.
2. Provide adequate and timely consideration of the potentialities of small, minority-owned, and woman-owned concerns in all “make-or-buy” decisions.
3. Counsel and discuss subcontracting opportunities with representatives of small, minority-owned, and woman-owned firms.
4. Provide notice to subcontractors concerning penalties and remedies for misrepresentations of business status as small, minority-owned, and woman-owned for the purpose of obtaining a subcontract that is to be included as part or all of a goal contained in the Contractor’s subcontracting plan.
5. Develop and promote company policy statements that demonstrate the company’s support for awarding contracts and subcontracts small, minority-owned, and woman-owned concerns.
6. Develop and maintain bidders’ lists of small, minority-owned, and woman-owned concerns from all possible sources.
7. Ensure periodic rotation of potential subcontractors on bidders’ lists.
8. Ensure that small, minority-owned, and woman-owned concerns are included on the bidders’ list for every subcontract solicitation for products and services they are capable of providing.

 

 

 

 

9. Ensure that subcontract procurement “packages” are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, minority-owned, and woman-owned concerns.
10. Review subcontract solicitations to remove statements, clauses, etc., which might tend to restrict or prohibit small, minority-owned, and woman-owned concerns.
11. Ensure that the subcontract bid proposal review board documents its reasons for not selecting any low bids submitted by small, minority-owned, and woman-owned concerns.
12. Oversee the establishment and maintenance of contract and subcontract award records.
13. Attend or arrange for the attendance of company counselors at Business Opportunity Workshops, Minority Business Enterprise Seminars, Trade Fairs, etc.
14. Directly or indirectly counsel small, minority-owned, and woman-owned concerns on subcontracting opportunities and how to prepare bids to the company.
15. Conduct or arrange training for purchasing personnel regarding the intent and impact of Section 8(d) of the Small Business Act on purchasing procedures.
16. Develop and maintain an incentive program for buyers that support the subcontracting program.
17. Monitor the company’s performance and make any adjustments necessary to achieve the subcontract plan goals.
18. Prepare and submit timely reports.
19. Coordinate the company’s activities during compliance reviews by Federal agencies.

 

VIII. Assurances of Clause Inclusion and Flow Down :

 

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc. agrees to the FAR Clause 52.219-8, “Utilization of Small Business Concerns” in all subcontracts that offer further subcontracting opportunities, and will require all subcontractors (except small business concerns) that receive subcontracts in excess of $1,000,000 to adopt a plan that complies with the requirements of the clause at 52.219-9, Small business Subcontracting Plan.

 

IX. Recordkeeping :

 

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc. will maintain records concerning procedures that have been adopted to comply with the requirements and goals in the plan, including establishing source lists; and a description of efforts to locate small, minority-owned, and woman-owned concerns and award subcontracts to them. The records shall include at least the following (on a company-wide basis):

 

1. Source lists (e.g., CCR), guides, and other data that identify small, minority, and WOSB concerns.
2. Organizations contacted in an attempt to locate sources that are small, minority, and WOSB concerns.
3. Records on each subcontract solicitation resulting in an award of more than $100,000, indicating:
(A) Whether small business concerns were solicited and, if not, why not;
(B) Whether minority-owned small business concerns were solicited and, if not, why not;
(C) Whether women-owned small business concerns were solicited and, if not, why not; and
(D) If applicable, the reason award was not made to a small business concern.
4. On a contract-by-contract basis, records to support award data submitted by the offeror to the Government, including the name, address, and business size of each subcontractor.

 

 

 

 

X. Reporting :

 

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc. will submit the Subcontract Report using the electronic subcontracting reporting system of the Postal Service (Supply Chain Relationship Management System [SCRMS]) available via https://www.uspsbuildingpartnerships.com/Login.aspx, and following the instructions in SCRMS and the following reporting deadlines:

 

a) The Subcontracting Report shall be submitted quarterly for the periods ending March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31. Reports are due 15 days after the close of each reporting period, unless otherwise directed by the contracting officer. Reports are required when due, regardless of whether there has been any subcontracting activity since the inception of the contract or the previous reporting period. When no activity has taken place within a quarter, a zero entry is required.

 

Signed:      Date: 5/1/2017  
  Bill Peck, Jr.,      
  Chief Executive Officer    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Highway Contract Route (HCR)

Dynamic Routing Optimization (DRO) Service

 

 

 

Date of Issue: 08/29/2017

 

 

 

Contents

 

Part 1 – Statement of Work 1
A. Overview 1
B. Requirements 1
C. Period of Performance 6
D. Place of Performance 6
E. Technology 6
F. Administrative Official 7
G. Electronic Communication and Interactivity 8
H. Safety Rating (Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration) 8
I. Subcontracting 8
J. Usage of Postal Facilities 8
K. Payment and Schedule Changes 9
Fuel Rate Adjustment 10
L. Performance 11
M. Irregularities 11
Part 2: Dynamic Route Optimization Provisions 13
Provision 1-1: Supplier Clearance Requirements (March 2006) 13
Provision 1-4: Prohibition Against Contracting with Former Postal Service Officers or PCES Executives (March 2006) 13
Provision 1-5: Proposed Use of Former Postal Service Employees (March 2006) 13
Provision 3-1: Notice of Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Business Subcontracting Requirements (March 2006) 13
Provision 4-1: Standard Solicitation Provisions (November 2007) (Modified) 13
Provision 4-2: Evaluation (March 2006) (Modified) 19
Postal Service E-Sourcing Registration 23
Provision 4-3: Representations and Certifications (November 2012) 24
Provision 9-2: Preaward Equal Opportunity Compliance Review 28
Part 3 – Dynamic Route Optimization Clauses 28
Clause B-1 Definitions (March 2006) (Modified) 29
Clause B-3: Contract Type (March 2006) (Modified) 29
Clause B-9: Claims and Disputes (March 2006) 29
Clause B-15: Notice of Delay (March 2006) (Modified) 30
Clause B-16: Suspensions and Delays (March 2006) 30
Clause B-19: Excusable Delays (March 2006) 30
Clause B-22: Interest (March 2006) 31

 

i

 

 

Clause B-26: Protection of Postal Service Buildings, Equipment, and Vegetation (March 2006) 31
Clause B-30: Permits and Responsibilities (March 2006) 32
Clause B-39: Indemnification (March 2006) 32
Clause B-64: Accountability of the Supplier (Highway) (March 2006) 32
Clause B-65: Adjustments to Compensation (March 2006) (Modified) 32
Clause B-68: Changes in Corporate Ownership or Officers (March 2006) 33
Clause B-69: Events of Default (March 2006) (Modified) 33
Clause B-77: Protection of the Mail (March 2006) 34
Clause B-78 Renewal (March 2006) 34
Clause B-79: Forfeiture of Compensation (March 2006) 34
Clause B-80: Laws and Regulations Applicable (March 2006) 34
Clause B-81: Information or Access by Third Parties (May 2006) 35
Clause B-82: Access by Officials (March 2006) 35
Clause 1-1: Privacy Protection (October 2014) 35
Clause 1-7: Organizational Conflicts of Interest (March 2006) 36
Clause 1-11: Prohibition Against Contracting with Former Officers or PCES Executives (March 2006) 37
Clause 1-12: Use of Former Postal Service Employees (March 2006) 37
Clause 2-19: Option to Extend (Services Contract) (March 2006) 38
Clause 2-22: Value Engineering Incentive (March 2006) 39
Clause 2-39: Ordering (March 2006) (MOdified) 40
Clause 2-42: Indefinite Quantity (March 2006) (Modified) 40
Clause 3-1: Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Business Subcontracting Requirements (March 2006) 40
Clause 3-2: Participation of Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Businesses (March 2006) 41
Clause 4-1: General Terms and Conditions (July 2007) (Modified) 42
Clause 4-2: Contract Terms and Conditions Required to Implement Policies, Statutes, or Executive Orders (July 2014) (Modified) 44
Clause 7-4: Insurance (March 2006) (Modified) 46
Clause 7-5: Errors and Omissions (March 2006) 46
Clause 7-10: Sustainability (July 2014) (Modified) 47
Clause 8-8: Additional Data Requirements (March 2006) 47
Clause 8-10: Rights in Data — Special Works (March 2006) 47
Clause 8-13: Intellectual Property Rights (March 2006) 48
Clause 8-16: Postal Service Title in Technical Data and Computer Software (March 2006) 48
Clause 9-10: Service Contract Act (March 2006) 53
Clause 9-12: Fair Labor Standards Act and Service Contract Act – Price Adjustment (February 2010) 58
Clause 9-14: Affirmative Action for Special Disabled Veterans, Veterans of the Vietnam Era, and other Eligible Veterans (February 2010) 59
Part 4 – List of Attachments 60

 

ii

 

 

Part 1 – Statement of Work

 

A. Overview

 

The Postal Service is seeking to award surface transportation service that is responsive to daily mail volumes. Through the use of a Transportation Management System (TMS), forecasted mail volumes will be used to optimize local distribution networks at the Processing and Distribution Centers (P&DC) solicited.

 

The Supplier will provide surface transportation based on volume availability and a Transportation Management System (TMS) dynamic route optimization manifest. The Supplier will plan its operations based on the manifest and transportation information provided in support of, and in conjunction with, the needs of the Host P&DC, delivery units, and offices. The hours of service and address locations for the Host P&DC delivery units and city offices serviced by this contract are detailed in Attachment A, Service Point Details and Specifications .

 

This solicitation will include requirements for dynamic surface transportation service for the following P&DC’s.

 

Wave 3
Site 1 – Little Rock, AR (2 Regions)
Site 2 – Oklahoma City, OK (2 Regions)
Site 3 – Charleston, WV (7 Regions)
Site 4 – Columbus, OH (5 Regions)

 

The USPS anticipates awarding multiple contracts at four (4) non Postal Vehicle Service (PVS) sites in the DRO Wave 3. Wave 3 consists of four (4) sites with an approximate four (4) year base period of performance. Due to the alignment with current HCR contract expiration dates, the four-year period of performance for Wave 3 will be slightly longer or slightly shorter than four-years, as outlined below.

 

B. Requirements

 

Suppliers will be required to provide a variety of vehicles to include vans, straight trucks, and tractor trailers. Additionally suppliers will be required to provide an on-site Supplier Representative during the initial start-up wave and annually during the Peak Season Period. The Supplier Representative will work with Postal Service employees at the location to coordinate all activities for the service. Global Positioning Systems will also be required on all trailers and straight trucks.

 

Operations will provide the Supplier with a manifest for their specific region(s) the Wednesday prior to the start of the upcoming Postal Service week. The manifest will further provide detailed mail tender information for the points of origin and the required arrival times at destinations. The Supplier will be required to arrive in sufficient time to load and dispatch vehicles to meet the required delivery windows. The appropriate arrival time to load and dispatch the vehicles is at the discretion of the Supplier.

 

1. Supplier Responsibilities

 

a. The Supplier will handle all mail tendered by the Postal Service in an efficient and expedient manner to meet the departure requirements specified in this contract.

 

Page 1 of 60

 

 

b. The Supplier will provide all labor to support the service described in this statement of work and its attachments. The Supplier personnel operating vehicles are required to have a valid Commercial Driver’s License. (Please see Attachment I, Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) Vehicle Inspections by Law Enforcement Officials)

 

c. The Supplier will provide at least one (1) onsite Supplier Representative for approximately 8 hours (0030 – 0830) at the Host P&DC during peak windows of service (ex. 0230 – 0630).The Supplier will be required to provide a Supplier Representative at the dock during the initial three (3) month contract start-up period. The Supplier will also be required to provide a Supplier Representative annually for one (1) month during Peak Season. Peak Season period will begin around the Thanksgiving holiday of each year and end approximately January 1st, of the following year. The Supplier Representative will be required to coordinate with Postal Service employees on activities like but not limited to, organizing the retrieval of the mail from the prescribed mail tender points, arranging the loading of vehicles based on manifest routes provided by the Postal Service and communicating and requesting approval for any deviation from the manifest.

 

d. The Supplier will notify the Postal Service through the Host P&DC, via the Administrative Official, of any contingency events/changes or anticipated events/changes impacting the services provided by the Supplier. This notification must be via email, the receipt of email must be acknowledged, and must be given at least 72 hours in advance.

 

e. The Supplier will aid and assist with the loading and unloading of containers/pallets/other USPS products from surface transportation. The Supplier will be required to ensure the proper loading of mail in the sequence defined by the order of delivery, specified by the manifest. The manifest is organized in a “first in – last out” sequence by service point. (For Dock Safety Guidance, see Attachment K)

 

f. The Supplier will maintain a level of flexibility to accommodate out-of-schedule events and ensure that they are handled with the same level of efficiency and accuracy as the regularly scheduled trips. Out of schedule events can be defined as (but not limited to) extra service (scheduled or unscheduled) or ad hoc transportation to in scope delivery units. In addition to transportation events specified by the manifest, expanded operations, such as additional operating days or hours per day may be required.

 

g. Within the service area, or otherwise specified contract site(s), USPS may request additional trips that were not published in the original manifest, and the supplier will be required to execute the trips, up to the contracted mileage maximum thresholds; however, the supplier is not required to provide additional trips.

 

Page 2 of 60

 

 

2. Postal Service Responsibilities

 

The Postal Service will oversee operations at the Host P&DC and provide instructions to the Supplier Representative. USPS will provide a dispatch manifest on the Wednesday prior to the Postal Service week. The manifest will provide detailed mail tender information for the point of origin and the required arrival times at the destinations (for further detail see, Attachment J – Manifests).

 

The Postal Service will be responsible for determining any extra transportation needs (transportation not listed on the initial weekly manifest) and for coordinating the extra service with the HCR supplier(s) at the site. If USPS determines that extra service is needed, suppliers will receive a notification by phone or email and will have approximately thirty (30) minutes to respond to the request. If the Supplier does not agree to fulfill the additional service within thirty (30) minutes, the extra transportation needed by USPS will be requested from an alternate supplier.

 

The Postal Service will provide standard empty Mail Transport Equipment (MTE), scanners, rolling equipment, and cardboard containers for the performance of these requirements.

3. Dispatch and Delivery Manifest

 

a. The Supplier will be provided a manifest, including anticipated mail volumes and mileage, on the Wednesday prior to each Postal Service week, which begins on Sunday. The manifest will provide detailed mail tender information for the point of origin and the required arrival times at destinations. The Supplier is responsible for allowing sufficient time to unload, load and dispatch all vehicles in order to meet the required delivery windows listed in the manifest .(See Attachment J, National Manifests)

 

b. The Postal Service reserves the right to cancel trips without penalty (via email or other communication methods), provided that the Supplier is given at least four (4) hours of notice, prior to the scheduled departure time. In the event that less than four (4) hours of notice is given, the Postal Service reserves the right to reroute transportation within the contracted service area(s) or site(s).

 

c. Some Delivery Units serviced by the supplier under this contract may require long haul trips to remote sites. It is the Supplier’s responsibility to plan driver schedules which adhere to all Department of Transportation Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration Hours of Service regulations.

 

d. Metro Collection Boxes

 

i. The Supplier may be asked to provide service to Metro Collection boxes at select locations. The driver will be required to open the Metro Collection box, scan the Metro Collection box, remove the mail, and transport the mail to the P&DC. The Supplier may also be required to participate in the Box Density and Maintenance messages which will populate on the drivers’ scanners. The Supplier will report any issues encountered with the provided scanner or in retrieving mail from the Metro Collection Box to the Postal Service immediately.
ii. Trips to Metro Collection boxes will be included on the transportation manifest along with instructions to access to the Metro Collection box.
iii. Please refer to the Metro Collection box table in Attachment A Service Point Details and Specifications

 

4. Daily Operations

 

a. The Supplier will stay abreast of changing conditions, including but not limited to late arriving or departing trucks, mechanical breakdowns, and make adjustments to transportation accordingly.

 

Page 3 of 60

 

 

b. The Supplier will incur the costs of repairs and/or replacement of damaged Postal equipment or facilities if the damages are the fault of the Supplier.

 

c. The Supplier will coordinate movement of vehicles at the Host P&DC.

 

d. Wherever possible, or in agreement with local Postal Service Host P&DC staff, the Supplier will pre-load outbound vehicles.

 

e. Throughout the daily operation, the Supplier will inspect all containers in their possession to ensure that no mail has been left in any container. If any mail is found, the Supplier will immediately notify the Postal Service manager and a Postal employee will remove the mail from the container.

 

f. General

 

i. The Supplier is required to observe and adhere to specific delivery windows.
ii. The Supplier will not deliver to the facilities outside of these specified windows unless explicitly instructed to do so.
iii. It is expected that the Supplier will have the ability to obtain sufficient human resources (drivers, vehicles, etc.) within 72 hours to utilize the full fleet during these windows of possible delivery. Sunday delivery may not occur every week, but could be required on an ad hoc basis.

 

5. Procedures for Receipt and Dispatch of Vehicles

 

a. For dropping off a trailer, only local USPS designated personnel can open and close platform overhead doors.

 

b. Upon arrival, the Supplier driver will:
i. Set brakes
ii. Shut off engine
iii. Remove ignition key
iv. Affix chock block (if necessary)
v. Report to expeditor/USPS designee for bay assignment (if expeditor/USPS designee is available)

 

c. Expeditor or USPS designee provides driver with bay assignment.

 

d. Driver returns to parked tractor/trailer:
i. Removes chock block
ii. Starts tractor engine
iii. Releases brakes
iv. Proceeds to assigned bay
v. As driver is positioning to back up, sound horn
vi. Backs trailer into assigned bay
vii. Sets brakes
viii. Shuts off engine
ix. Removes ignition key
x. Affixes chock block to trailer
xi. Jacks up trailer for disconnect
xii. Disengages brake lines
xiii. Returns to tractor
xiv. Starts engine
xv. Disengages from trailer with no gap left between tractor and trailer

 

Page 4 of 60

 

 

e. For picking up a trailer (where applicable), the driver returns to tractor:

 

i. Removes chock block
ii. Starts engine
iii. Proceeds to designating bay verifying assignment
iv. As driver is positioning to back up, sound horn
v. Ensures green light is on, where applicable
vi. Backs trailers into assigned bay
vii. Engages with assigned trailer
viii. Shuts off engine
ix. Removes ignition key
x. Affixes chock block to tractor
xi. Connects brake lines
xii. Lowers trailer into fifth wheel mechanism
xiii. Visually inspects fifth wheel locking mechanism
xiv. Removes trailer chock block
xv. Removes tractor chock block
xvi. Starts engine
xvii. Releases brake
xviii. Departs facility

 

f. Expeditor or USPS designee will:

 

i. Affix security seal to trailer door locking mechanism, where applicable
ii. Close bay door
iii. Retrieve secured ignition keys
iv. Verify load and trailer are secured to driver
v. Confirm bay assignment with driver
vi. Return ignition keys to driver
vii. Verify bay door is closed

 

g. Driver will:

 

i. Return to tractor
ii. Verify green light is on (where applicable) and door number/assignment
iii. Remove chock block
iv. Start engine, release brake, and depart facility

 

6. Yard Control

 

a. The Supplier will maintain yard control to ensure timely and accurate data is kept pertaining to vehicle movements and disposition on the facility property.

 

7. Reporting

 

a. At a minimum, the following report will be required and will be provided by the Supplier:
     
    Accident reports, including personnel and equipment involved (per occurrence). This will be provided by the Supplier.

   

b. The Supplier will attend and participate in operation meetings and service talks at the Host P&DC at the discretion of the Postal Service.

 

Page 5 of 60

 

 

8. Training

  

  a. The Postal Service will provide the initial training for Postal Service systems and the Transportation Management Systems.

   

b. The Supplier will provide training to all of its personnel. The training will include but is not limited to the following items:

 

i. Emergency plan or procedures such as facility evacuation, hazardous chemical spills, threats, severe weather, etc.
ii. Security training that addresses the proper wearing of identification badges and the challenging of all persons not displaying a proper ID.
iii. Proper and safe loading and use of containers and postal equipment.
iv. Dock operations to include the postal-approved procedures for opening and sealing of trucks.
v. Applicable laws and regulations.
vi. Safety and health training that address overall work safety, (e.g., drug/alcohol abuse).
vii. Identification of various mail classes/types and an overview of Postal regulations as it pertains to mail security.

 

C. Period of Performance

The anticipated period of performance for Wave 3 is Wednesday, November 8, 2017 to Wednesday, June 30, 2021. Following the contract award, suppliers will be allowed approximately 21 days to ramp up and prepare to start operations, unless otherwise agreed upon by the Supplier and the Postal Service.

 

D. Place of Performance

The work will begin at specified USPS P&DC facilities within specified geographic areas. (See Attachment A, Service Point Details and Specifications, for specific information)

 

E. Technology

 

1. Transportation Management System

 

The Postal Service is currently upgrading its TMS to advance technology and further automate processes. If there are impacts on the Supplier from these changes, the Postal Service will discuss and/or negotiate any necessary changes with the Supplier, as applicable.

 

2. GPS Requirements

 

The Supplier will be required to purchase a GPS unit from a source provided by the Postal Service.  The Supplier will be provided instructions regarding the purchase and implementation of the GPS unit prior to the contract being awarded. The unit costs and monthly recurring data plan charges are detailed below. Suppliers should factor these costs into their proposed fixed RPM(s).

 

GPS Hardware Cost: $311.00 per unit

Data Plan Monthly Recurring Charge: $4.52 per unit

 

Page 6 of 60

 

 

The Supplier is required to provide GPS technology and data transfer in accordance with the below requirements.

 

a. The Supplier shall maintain a functioning Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) system on all of vehicles to include but not limited to straight trucks and trailers. The GPS device must report the location of the vehicle to the Postal Service no less than every 15 minutes while the mail is in transit. It must also report the location of the vehicle upon arrival and departure at each location. Compliance to the requirement must reach a minimum of 98% success rate (accurate data transmitted to and received by the Postal Service). The following information is required for each data transmission:

 

i. GPS ID
ii. Trailer number
iii. Event: Arrival, Departure, En-Route, and Low Battery.
iv. Date/Time for each Event
v. Location by Address or Latitude/Longitude of the vehicle

 

b. The Supplier is required to have GPS units on all straight trucks and/or trailers and provide GPS status updates on demand or as requested. The GPS units should be attached to the straight truck and/or trailer. Mobile GPS units are not acceptable .

 

c. Supplier personnel driving vehicles shall have onboard communication systems to maintain contact with the on-site representative.

 

d. Supplier must transmit GPS data upon departure (via geo-fencing), upon arrival (via geo-fencing), and every 15 minutes in transit.

 

e. GPS data must be sent as events occur.

 

f. In the event a GPS unit is out of communication coverage, it must have the capability to log events that were not transmitted. These events should be transmitted as soon as the GPS unit is back in coverage with the lag being no more than four (4) hours.

 

F. Administrative Official

 

The Administrative Official is a Postal Service Official designated by the Manager, Distribution Networks to supervise and administer the performance of mail transportation and related services by suppliers.

 

Administrative Officials are NOT authorized to award, agree to, amend, terminate, or otherwise change the provisions and/or terms and conditions of the contract. Administrative Officials are responsible for ensuring supplier compliance with the operational requirements of highway contract routes and administering functions related to performance of that service. Specifically, Administrative Officials are responsible for the following:

 

1. Supervising the Supplier’s operations daily to ensure contract compliance, including necessary recordkeeping.
2. Obtaining screening information from highway transportation suppliers or contractor personnel.
3. Investigating irregularities and complaints regarding service on the route and taking corrective action.
4. Recommending establishment, discontinuance, or modifications to the manifest.

 

Page 7 of 60

 

 

G. Electronic Communication and Interactivity

 

The Postal Service will utilize web-based systems that will require supplier interactivity. Suppliers will be required to maintain and check their electronic mail (email) accounts regularly and to respond to email messages from the Postal Service. Suppliers must notify the Postal Service of any changes to email addresses.

 

H. Safety Rating (Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration)

 

If the Supplier is notified by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) that there is a proposed safety rating or determination of a rating of “unsatisfactory” of the Supplier (as described in 49 CFR § 385.11), the Supplier must notify the Contracting Officer within five (5) business days of receipt of its receipt of notice from the FMCSA. Should the Supplier fail to do so, the Contracting Officer may terminate any and all of the Supplier’s contracts for default. In addition, the Contracting Officer may terminate any and all of the Supplier’s contracts for default based upon a proposed safety rating or determination of a rating of “unsatisfactory” of the Supplier (as described in 49 CFR § 385.11) by the FMCSA.

 

The Supplier is expected to provide a fleet which can meet the federal and state transportation vehicle requirements. These requirements include, but are not limited to, bed height restrictions, emission rates, maintenance standards and driving classifications.

 

I. Subcontracting

 

The offeror must include a detailed description of all related/support services (e.g. maintenance, custodial services) and specific line haul services. The supplier must detail which routes the subcontract services will address and what allocation of the operation will be covered by the subcontract services.

 

J. Usage of Postal Facilities

 

Parking for contract vehicles and trailers at Postal facilities and other uses of Postal facilities (unless otherwise specified within this contract) may or may not be allowed at the discretion of each facility manager. The Supplier is responsible for all associated costs and to have the vehicle properly secured at all times. The Supplier must have adequate contingency plans in place should the use of postal facilities be terminated or limited. In no event shall the Postal Service be held liable for, or incur any additional cost associated with, such use or the termination of such use during the contract term. 

 

 

Page 8 of 60

 

K. Payment and Schedule Changes


 

Payment for services rendered under this contract will be made as follows:

 

Suppliers will receive a monthly payment processed by the 2nd Friday of the next calendar month of the period for which the service was performed. If the Supplier operates mileage in either the Expected or Lower Mileage Ranges, the payment will be calculated by multiplying the manifest miles by the Supplier’s RPM in the applicable mileage range (Expected or Lower). If the Supplier operates mileage in the Upper Mileage Range, the Supplier will be paid for all manifest miles operated within the Expected Mileage Range at the Expected Mileage Range RPM. Any additional miles over the maximum mileage of the Expected Range will be paid using the Supplier’s Upper Mileage Range RPM. All extra trips will be captured in the TMS system and included in the monthly manifest mileage calculation for the same period in which they were ordered. An example of the monthly payment calculation has been provided below.

Monthly Payment Calculation Example Site X

 

Site X- December
Peak   Minimum Mileage     Maximum Mileage     Supplier RPM  
Upper Mileage Range     17,912       19,427     $ 1.65  
Expected Mileage Range     14,305       17,911     $ 1.55  
Lower Mileage Range     11,856       14,304     $ 1.60  

 

Site   Historic Weighted Avg. RPM  
Albuquerque Region A   $ 2.83  
Albuquerque Region B   $ 2.10  
Burlington   $ 2.45  
Manchester Region A   $ 2.43  
Manchester Region B   $ 1.74  
Fayetteville Region A   $ 2.00  
Fayetteville Region B   $ 1.95  

 

Note: For the purposes of the example, payments have been rounded to the nearest dollar.

 

If the Supplier ran 15,000 miles (inclusive of manifest miles and extra trips), then all 15,000 would be paid at the Expected Mileage Range price. (15,000 x $1.55) = $23,250
If the Supplier ran 12,000 miles (inclusive of manifest miles and extra trips), then all 12,000 miles would be paid at the Lower Mileage Range price. (12,000 x $1.60) = $19,200
If the Supplier ran 19,000 miles (inclusive of manifest miles and extra trips), then 17,911 miles would be paid at the Expected Mileage Range price and 1,089 miles would be paid at the Upper Mileage Range price. (17,911 x $1.55) + (1,089 x $1.65) = $29,559
If the Supplier is requested and agrees to operate the mileage in excess of the maximum (inclusive of manifest miles & extra trips), the additional mileage will be paid at the Upper Mileage Range rate for the total additional mileage run above the Expected Range. The Supplier has a right to refuse miles above the maximum mileage in the Upper Mileage Range Tier.

 

o Using the example above, if the Supplier agreed to run 20,000 miles, 17,911 would be paid at the Expected Mileage Range price, and 2,089 would be paid at the Upper Mileage Range Price. (17,911 x $1.55) + (2,089 x $1.65) = $31,209

 

Page 9 of 60

 

 

If monthly mileage falls below the minimum mileage (inclusive of manifest miles & extra trips) identified in the Lower Mileage Range, the Supplier will be paid for the minimum mileage in the lower mileage range, or (11,856 x $1.60) = $18,970 in the example month above.

 

No supplier invoices are required. Supplier payments will be processed through the electronic 5429 (e5429) process at the conclusion of each Postal Accounting Period for which payment is due. The payment for service will be made no later than the 2nd Friday of the next calendar month of the period for which service was performed. All mileage will be captured in the TMS system and included in the monthly manifest mileage calculation for the same period in which they were ordered.

 

Fuel Rate Adjustment

 

This contract will be administered under an automated fuel index process. At the end of each calendar month, the difference between (1) the current monthly DOE regional fuel index for the applicable fuel type and (2) the DOE Benchmark Index will be calculated. The contract RPM will only be adjusted if this difference is +/- $.0500 or more per gallon. This difference will be multiplied by the proposed fuel gallons for mileage tier to provide a total fuel change cost. The proposed fuel gallons are to be used for contract administration purposes only as a baseline for fuel rate adjustments. The gallons provided do not indicate a commitment or actual fuel gallon usage on the part of the Postal Service or the Supplier.


The following example explains this process. For the purpose of this example, the existing DOE price for fuel is $3.70 and all fuel purchases are in the same DOE region.

 

Fuel Index Adjustment Example

 

  Fuel Month   DOE Fuel Price     Adjustment
  November   $ 3.70     N/A- 1st Month of Contract
  December   $ 3.73     None- Did not reach $0.05 threshold
  January   $ 3.75     Increased $0.05 based on November index, Fuel rate adjustment occurs in February
  February   $ 3.71     None- Did not reach $0.05 threshold
  March   $ 4.10     Increased $0.35 based on January index, Fuel rate adjustment occurs in April

 

Once it’s determined that a fuel rate adjustment is required the payment system will perform the following calculation to determine the new adjusted contract rate.

The fuel rate adjustment will be multiplied by the total number of proposed gallons for each pricing range to arrive at a total fuel cost adjustment. The total fuel cost adjustment amount will then be added to the annual cost (of the expected mileage range) to obtain an Annual Cost with Fuel Adjustment by pricing tier. The Annual cost with Fuel adjustment will then be divided by the total annual miles for each applicable pricing tier to obtain a new RPM with adjusted fuel index.

 

Page 10 of 60

 

 

Fuel Index Adjustment Example, Adjusted RPM

 

Mileage Range   Fuel Rate Adjustment     Supplier Proposed Gallons     Total Fuel Cost Adjustment
(Gallons x Fuel Rate Adjustment)
    Maximum Range Mileage     Contract RPM     Annual Cost     Annual Cost with Fuel Adjustment     New RPM with Adjusted Fuel Index  
Upper   $ 0.35       12000     $ 4,200       196,427     $ 2.50     $ 491,068     $ 495,268     $ 2.52  
Expected   $ 0.35       10000     $ 3,500       170911     $ 2.00     $ 341,822     $ 345,322     $ 2.02  
Lower   $ 0.35       9000     $ 3,150       149304     $ 2.25     $ 335,934     $ 339,084     $ 2.27  

 

For each Mileage Tier, suppliers are required to provide the number of annual fuel gallons proposed in their offer. This information will be considered in the evaluation of proposed pricing and if awarded contract, will be used in the calculation of any fuel adjustment.

 

L. Performance

1. The Supplier is required to dispatch 98% of the tendered mail to permit arrival to all locations by the required delivery time (RDT), or scheduled delivery time identified in the manifest. The Supplier will be held accountable for all performance failures other than for delays imposed by the Postal Service (Per Clause B-79, Forfeiture of Compensation).

 

2. The Supplier will be required to maintain 98% accuracy for Quality of Dispatch. “Quality of Dispatch” is defined as no containers or loose pieces placed on incorrect departing transportation. If a “Quality of Dispatch” error occurs, the Supplier will immediately correct the source of the error to ensure the error does not reoccur.

 

3. The Supplier is responsible for having a quality assurance program established in-house to perform daily monitoring of, at minimum, actual mileage performed by driver weekly, performance failures, container location accuracy, and pick-up and delivery times. This program is to be established based on the discretion of the Supplier.

 

4. Monthly performance meetings between the Supplier and Postal Service will be performed as arranged by the Host P&DC Transportation Manager or designee (ex. local Administrating Official).

 

5. The Supplier must achieve 98% on-time dispatch performance of timely mail, outside of delays caused by the Postal Service, and 98% distribution accuracy for all mail tendered to and processed by the Supplier.

 

M. Irregularities

When an irregularity in performance occurs the Postal Service may take subsequent action as defined below:

 

1. Other Irregularities

a. The Postal Service will issue a PS Form 5500, Contract Route Irregularity Report. The Supplier must sign and return the Contract Route Irregularity Report within ten (10) days of receipt.

 

Page 11 of 60

 

 

b. Suppliers are responsible for providing documentation to support requests for exceptions for unforeseen circumstances to include but not limited to weather, traffic accidents (not caused by the supplier), and detours.

 

c. Repeated irregularities as defined above, with no or ineffectual attempts at correction, may result in contract termination and the Supplier may be held liable for any re-procurement costs associated with the default.

 

2. Late Delivery Irregularities

 

a. Supplier induced irregularities resulting in late delivery (explained under Performance Framework) could result in a reduction in total pay in conjunction with PS Form 5500 (contracted RPM’s will apply), Contract Route Irregularity Report, or termination for default.

 

b. Upon receipt of a PS Form 5500, the Supplier shall promptly take all necessary corrective action to bring performance into compliance.

 

c. The Supplier will complete all appropriate areas of the PS 5500 and document the corrective action taken to ensure the error does not occur in the future. The PS 5500 must be signed and sent back to the Administrative Official within ten (10) days of receipt.

 

d. The Supplier and the Postal Service Administrative Official will discuss each completed PS 5500. The PS 5500 will be discussed monthly during the performance discussion between the Supplier and Administrative Official.

 

Page 12 of 60

 

 

Part 2: Dynamic Route Optimization Provisions

 

Provision 1-1: Supplier Clearance Requirements (March 2006)

 

The contract resulting from this solicitation will require the contractor or its employees (including subcontractors and their employees) to have access to occupied Postal facilities, and/or to Postal information and resources, including postal computer systems. Clearance in accordance with Administrative Support Manual 272.3 will be required before that access will be permitted. It is the contractor’s obligation to obtain and supply to the Postal Service the forms and information required by that regulation.

 

Suppliers must familiarize themselves with the requirements of that section, taking into account in their offices the time and paperwork associated with the screening.

 

Provision 1-4: Prohibition Against Contracting with Former Postal Service Officers or PCES Executives (March 2006)

 

The Supplier represents that former Postal Service officers or Postal Career Executive Service (PCES) executives will not be employed as key personnel, experts or consultants in the performance of the contract if such individuals, within 1 year of their retirement from the Postal Service, will be performing substantially the same duties as they performed during their career with the Postal Service. In addition, no contract resulting from this solicitation may be awarded to such individuals or entities in which they have a substantial interest, for 1 year after their retirement from the Postal Service, if the work called for in the solicitation requires such individuals to perform substantially the same duties as they performed during their career with the Postal Service.

 

Provision 1-5: Proposed Use of Former Postal Service Employees (March 2006)

 

In its proposal, the Supplier must identify any former Postal Service employee it proposes to engage, directly or indirectly, in the performance of the contract. The Postal Service reserves the right to require the Supplier to replace the proposed individual with an equally qualified individual.

 

Provision 3-1: Notice of Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Business Subcontracting Requirements (March 2006)

 

All Suppliers, except small businesses, must submit with their proposals the contract-specific subcontracting plan required by Clause 3-1: Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Business Subcontracting Requirements. Generally, this plan must be agreed to by both the Supplier and the Postal Service before award of the contract.

 

Provision 4-1: Standard Solicitation Provisions (November 2007) (Modified)

 

1. Submission of Offers. The Postal Service will provide a Postal Service (PS) Form 7405, Order / Solicitation / Offer / Award, to Suppliers for signature and inclusion with the proposal package.

 

The proposal(s) submitted by the Supplier will require, at a minimum:

 

1. Solicitation title.

 

Page 13 of 60

 

 

2. The name, address, e-mail address, point of contact listed on 1 st page of proposal and telephone number of the Supplier.

 

3. Price and any discount terms

 

4. “Remit to” address, if different than mailing address.

 

5. Federal Contractor Veterans Employment Report, Vet-4212:

https://www.dol.gov/vets/programs/fcp/vets-4212_rev_2017.pdf

 

6. A completed copy of the representations and certifications (Provision 4-3).

 

7. Acknowledgment of Solicitation Amendments.

 

8. PS Form 7405, Order / Solicitation / Offer / Award.

 

9. In addition to the items listed in this provision, Suppliers must address the items shown in Provision 4-1: Addendum: Required Information.

 

2. Business Disagreements. Business disagreements may be lodged with the Supplier Disagreement Resolution Official (SDRO) if the Supplier and the Contracting Officer have failed to resolve the disagreement as described in 39 CFR Section 601 (available for review at www.gpoaccess.gov/ecfr). The SDRO will consider the disagreement only if it is lodged in accordance with the time limits and procedures described in 39 CFR Section 601. The SDRO’s decisions are available for review at www.usps.com.

 

3. Late Proposals. Proposals or modifications of proposals received at the address specified for the receipt of proposals after the exact time specified for receipt of proposals will not be considered unless determined to be in the best interest of the Postal Service.

 

4. Type of Contract. The Postal Service plans to award a Fixed Rate per Mile, Indefinite Delivery, Indefinite Quantity, with Economic Price Adjustment contract under this solicitation and all proposals must be submitted on this basis. Alternate proposals based on other contract types will not be considered. Adjustments will be made in accordance with Management Instruction PM-4.4.1-2005-1 which can be found at http://about.usps.com/management-instructions/p441051.pdf. (See Clause B-3: Contract Type, for additional info)

 

5. Contract Award. The Postal Service may evaluate proposals and award contracts without discussions with Suppliers. Therefore, the Supplier’s initial proposal should contain the Supplier’s best terms from a price and technical standpoint. Discussions may be conducted if the Postal Service determines they are necessary. The Postal Service may reject any or all proposals if such action is in the best interest of the Postal Service.

 

6. Multiple Awards. The Postal Service intends to award one or more contracts under this solicitation. The Postal Service may award a Supplier one or more site(s) and/or region(s) under this solicitation. The Postal Service reserves the right to not award an additional site and/or region to a successful Supplier should it deem that a non-award of the additional site(s) and/or region to the successful Supplier is in its best interest.

 

7. Incorporation by Reference. Wherever in this solicitation or contract a standard provision or clause is incorporated by reference, the incorporated term is identified by its title, the provision or clause number assigned to it in the Postal Service’s Supplying Principles and Practices, and its date. The text of incorporated terms may be found in the Supplying Principles and Practices, accessible online at http://about.usps.com/manuals/spp/spp.pdf.

 

Page 14 of 60

 

 

Questions on the Solicitation. All Suppliers will receive as an attachment to the solicitation, Attachment N, Wave 3 Frequently Asked Questions.

 

Provision 4-1: Additional Requirement. In order for the Postal Service to evaluate proposals in accordance with the criteria stated in Provision 4-2, the following information must be provided. In general, the Supplier should be concerned with providing specific facts in lieu of broad generalizations and flowery descriptions. The Supplier must also complete and return the Representations and Certifications (Provision 4-3 below). Instructions for proposal submittal are contained in the table below.

 

Proposals are to be divided into volumes as shown in the table below. The Supplier must address the sections of each Tab within each Volume in the order detailed in the tables below. Page number limitations are also noted in the table below. Page limitation excludes coversheets, dividers, tables of contents, and attachments required by solicitation. Text in all volumes may be single-spaced and no smaller than Arial 10 point font. Graphics may include fonts no smaller than Arial 8 point as displayed. Margins may be no less than one (1) inch on any side, top, or bottom.

 

Proposals must comply with the instructions contained herein. Proposals not in conformance with these instructions may be rejected. Previously submitted data or prior performance presumed to be known to the USPS (e.g., any previous projects performed for the USPS) will not be considered as part of the technical proposal evaluation; Supplier must include in this proposal all information it wants to be considered by USPS. Any information that may have been submitted prior to the solicitation which is still relevant must be resubmitted in the formats requested.

 

Volume 1 – Technical Proposal

 

Tab   Criteria   Page Limit
1   Supplier Eligibility   Check Box
2   Past Performance   2
3   Supplier Capability   2
4   Management Plan   7
5   Contingency Plan   2
6   Sustainability Plan   3
7   Subcontracting Plan   2

 

Volume 2 – Price Proposal

 

Tab   Sections   Page Limit
1   Completed and Signed PS Form 7405 (Attachment H)   1
2   Pricing Sheet (for information only)   1
3   Representations and Certifications (Provision 4-3) (Attachment C)   5
4   Subcontracting Plan (Attachment F)   5

 

Volume 1 – Technical Proposal

 

The factors that will be used in the technical evaluation of proposals and their relative importance are as follows:

 

Supplier Eligibility is a pass or fail factor
Past Performance is the most important Technical Evaluation factor

 

Page 15 of 60

 

 

Supplier Capability is less important than the Past Performance
Management Plan is less important than Supplier Capability
Contingency Plan is equal to Management Plan and Sustainability Plan
Sustainability Plan is equal to Management Plan and Contingency Plan

 

Supplier Eligibility

The Supplier must submit information that will allow the evaluation team to determine that the Supplier is eligible to perform all the services required for the full term of the resultant contract Information submitted must allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s eligibility relating to the factors set forth in “Supplier Eligibility” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation.

 

Past Performance

The Supplier must submit information that will allow the evaluation team to determine its performance level on contracts and other business arrangements of similar size and scope. Information submitted should allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s past performance relating to the factors set forth in “Past Performance,” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation.

 

Supplier Capability

The Supplier must submit information that will allow the evaluation team to determine that the Supplier is able to perform all the services required for the full term of the resultant contract. Information submitted must allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s capability relating to the factors set forth in “Supplier Capability” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation. This solicitation should be addressed as though this is the first time a Supplier is doing business with the Postal Service.

 

Management Plan

Suppliers must provide a Management Plan for dealing with normal daily operations, as well as unscheduled and unexpected events affecting the expeditious operation of the network. The Supplier must provide an implementation plan and its project methodology or proposed approach for ramping up and commencing the services required in the contract. The Supplier must include a description of the division of roles and responsibilities during this process between the Supplier and USPS.

 

Contingency Plan

The Supplier must submit information that will allow the evaluation team to determine that a Supplier has Contingency Plan for dealing with unexpected events, such as overflow mail, damaged containers, equipment breakdowns, etc. Information submitted must allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s Contingency Plan relating to the factors set forth in “Contingency Plan” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation.

 

Sustainability Plan

The Supplier must include a detailed sustainability plan in its proposal. The plan should describe the Supplier’s current sustainability initiatives and metrics, as well as suggested initiatives on which the Supplier will work collaboratively with the Postal Service. Information submitted must allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s capability relating to the factors set forth in “Sustainability Plan” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation.

 

Subcontracting Plan

All suppliers, including small businesses, must submit a subcontracting plan that is specific to this contract and that separately addresses subcontracting with small, minority, and woman-owned businesses. The offeror must include a detailed description of all related/support services (e.g. maintenance, custodial services) and specific line haul services. The supplier must detail which routes the subcontract services will address and what allocation of the operation will be covered by the subcontract services. Information submitted must allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s capability relating to the factors set forth in “Subcontracting Plan” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation.

 

Page 16 of 60

 

 

Volume 2 – Price Proposal

 

1. PS Form 7405

 

The Supplier must provide a completed and signed PS Form 7405 (Attachment H, Transportation Services Proposal & Contract (PS 7405)) .

 

The following instructions should be closely followed in completing this form:

 

Item 1. Fill in the solicitation number, date of the solicitation, and the terminal points of the route exactly as they appear on the solicitation.

 

Item 2. N/A. Pricing is entered in Emptoris.

 

Item 3. In blocks a, b, and c, enter the complete name, address and phone number of the Supplier. Enter the Supplier’s DOT number in block d. Enter the Employer Identification Number (Social Security Number if the Supplier is an individual)

 

Item 4. In block e, complete blocks f and g only if proposals are being submitted for box delivery routes.

 

Item 5. Supplier’s Financial Condition of company: The offeror must provide:

 

a. A recent credit report.
b. The offeror’s financial statements (e.g. Balance Sheet and Income Statement).
c. Funding documentation from a financial institution (when funding is required to obtain vehicles).
d. Most Recent Tax Returns for the past two years

 

Item 6. Supplier signature

 

Complete the remainder of the form, including the appropriate certificate, and other items on the reverse, and sign the form as Supplier.

 

2. Price/RPM

 

The Supplier must complete and submit pricing through the E-Sourcing System, Emptoris.

 

The Supplier must provide a Rate per Mile (RPM), for each mileage range for both Peak and Non-Peak periods. The Supplier’s proposed rates must be calculated based on the mileage automatically populated in Emptoris. Attachment D- Pricing Sheet is provided as information only and should not be included in the Supplier’s proposal submission.

 

The proposed RPM for peak and non-peak must be inclusive of all supplier costs associated with providing the required services for the proposed mileage range. These costs include but are not limited to equipment, labor, training, GPS, overhead, profit, and fuel. The rates may be carried out to a maximum of four decimal places.

 

NOTE: The Suppliers proposed RPM on the Expected Mileage will be the most important factor in evaluating the price. The Suppliers proposed RPM on the Upper Range and the Lower Range are of equal importance but significantly less important than the proposed RPM of the Expected Mileage Range.

 

Page 17 of 60

 

 

Price Analysis

Suppliers will be asked to provide a price proposal for one or more regions for each site on which they bid. If suppliers provide a price proposal for all or multiple regions within a site as a bundle they must also provide a price proposal for each individual region within its multiple region proposal bundles. For each mileage range pricing offer, the supplier will also be required to detail the number of proposed fuel gallons and labor hours so that impact of future adjustments in fuel and labor can be evaluated in the pricing analysis.

 

Region   Wave 3 DRO Site Name   Historic Avg Site RPM Non-Peak     Historic Avg Site RPM Peak  
A   Charleston WV   $ 2.25     $ 2.25  
B   Charleston WV   $ 2.02     $ 2.01  
C   Charleston WV   $ 2.30     $ 2.30  
D   Charleston WV   $ 1.90     $ 1.90  
E   Charleston WV   $ 2.43     $ 2.43  
F   Charleston WV   $ 2.37     $ 2.37  
G   Charleston WV   $ 2.20     $ 2.20  
A   Columbus OH   $ 2.51     $ 2.79  
B   Columbus OH   $ 2.23     $ 2.23  
C   Columbus OH   $ 2.13     $ 2.13  
D   Columbus OH   $ 2.04     $ 2.04  
E   Columbus OH   $ 1.98     $ 1.98  
A   Little Rock AR   $ 2.06     $ 2.08  
B   Little Rock AR   $ 2.63     $ 2.72  
A   Oklahoma City OK   $ 3.60     $ 3.56  
B   Oklahoma City OK   $ 2.13     $ 2.17  

 

3. Representations and Certifications

The Representations and Certifications pursuant to Provision 4-3 must be executed and returned with the proposal.

 

4. Subcontracting Plan (If applicable)

A subcontracting plan is required if the proposal for the term of the contract is equal to or exceeds $1,000,000 or if the Supplier plans to use subcontractors to operate a part or all of the transportation service. For example, if a Supplier proposes an annual rate of $250,000 and the period of performance is four (4) years than a Subcontracting Plan would be required ($250,000 x 4) = $1,000,000. The Subcontracting plan must meet the requirements outlined in Clause 3-1. Lack of an approved plan may make the Supplier ineligible for award.

 

A subcontract is defined as any agreement (other than one involving an employer-employee relationship) entered into between a Postal Service Supplier and subcontractor calling for supplies or services required for performance of the contract or subcontract (reference Clause 3-1).

 

Page 18 of 60

 

 

All suppliers, including small businesses, must submit a subcontracting plan that is specific to this contract, and that separately addresses subcontracting with small, minority, and woman-owned businesses. The offeror must include a detailed description of all related/support services (e.g. maintenance, custodial services) and specific line haul services. The supplier must detail which routes the subcontract services will address and what allocation of the operation will be covered by the subcontract services.

 

The following link: http://about.usps.com/who-we-are/foia/readroom/welcome.htm; It can be utilized, if desired, by offerors or potential subcontractors to pursue opportunities to collaborate in support of a proposal. Proposed usage of any supplier as a subcontractor is within the offeror’s discretion. The HCR list is not an endorsement of any supplier or direction of any kind to contract with any supplier. Furthermore, additional companies that are not currently Postal Service suppliers but operate in the market should be considered for collaboration.

 

Provision 4-2: Evaluation (March 2006) (Modified)

 

Each Supplier will be required to submit a two-volume proposal. The Technical Evaluation will be based on the Volume 1 – Technical Proposal, whereas the Price Evaluation will be based on data provided in the Volume 2 - Price Proposal.

 

The factors that will be used in the technical evaluation of proposals and their relative importance are as follows:

 

1. Supplier Eligibility is a pass or fail factor
2. Past Performance is the most important Technical Evaluation factor
3. Supplier Capability is less important than the Past Performance
4. Management Plan is less important than Supplier Capability
5. Contingency Plan, Sustainability Plan, and Subcontracting Plan are all equal to Management Plan

 

Supplier Eligibility (Pass / Fail)

 

The Suppliers’ ability to meet all the required factors that are necessary to perform operations, to include the following:

 

a. Companies ineligible:

 

1. Business organizations substantially owned or controlled by Postal Service employees or their immediate families.
2. Offerors suspended, debarred, ineligible, or proposed for suspension, debarment, or ineligibility are also excluded from conducting business with the Postal Service as agents, subcontractors, or representatives of other offerors.

 

b. Suppliers will be asked to provide the financial condition of their company. The offeror must provide:

 

1. A recent credit report.

2. The offeror’s financial statements (e.g. Balance Sheet, Income Statement, etc.).

3. Funding documentation from a financial institution (when funding is required to obtain vehicles).

4. Most Recent Tax Returns for the past two years.

 

Page 19 of 60

 

 

Past Performance

The offeror will be evaluated on its performance under existing and prior contracts for similar services. In evaluating past performance, the Postal Service will consider the offeror’s effectiveness in quality of products or services; timeliness of performance; cost control; business practices; customer satisfaction, and key personnel past performance.  Additionally, consideration will be given to the offeror’s demonstrated commitment to continuous improvement, innovation, sustainability and knowledge transfer.

 

The offeror must submit a list of at least three (3) references that USPS may contact to assess the offer's past performance during the past twelve (12) months. The list must include, at a minimum, the following information:

 

1. Name of reference (company name and location).
2. Point of contact (name and title).
3. Telephone number and email address.
4. Type of contract and size and services rendered for transportation contracts of similar scope.
5. Dates of service.

 

Supplier Capability

The extent to which the Supplier has the ability to obtain adequate resources (technical, equipment, etc.) to perform the work will be evaluated. The Suppliers will address the following in the Supplier capability section of the proposal (which are not sub factors):

 

1. The ability to meet the required delivery schedule (e.g., able to begin operations on the effective date of start-up of contract performance) considering all existing commitments, including pending awards.
2. Equipment to include the type, age, and average miles per gallon (MPG) along with the offeror’s plan to upgrade vehicles during the life of the contract;
3. A sound record of integrity and business ethics; and
4. The necessary organization, experience, accounting and operational controls, technical skills, and property controls.

 

Management Plan

The offeror must include a detailed management plan in its proposal. The Management Plan, at a minimum, must address the offeror’s plan and ability to perform at high level of on time performance, to include the following (which are not sub factors):

 

1. Monitoring of service performance to ensure quality on time performance.
2. Maintaining adequate staffing levels including drivers and supervisors considering the planned hours for portal time, layover, and pre/post inspections.
3. Compliance with Department of Labor (DOL) and Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations.
4. Completion of all loading in time to meet dispatch.
5. Implementation of global positioning systems (GPS) or other technology-driven solutions.
6. Implementation of a safety program and a driver training program.
7. Scanning Postal mail transport equipment (MTE).
8. Close-out, receive, and dispatch all surface vehicles.
9. Security of the mail.
10. Security screening of contractor personnel and verification of their eligibility.
11. Detail showing the offerors’ ability to obtain clearance in accordance with Administrative Support Manual 272.
12. Electronic Data Interchange to include Scanning and Data Transmission.
13. Subcontracting management and approach.

 

Page 20 of 60

 

 

Contingency Plan

The offeror must include a detailed Contingency Plan in its proposal. The Contingency Plan, at a minimum, must address the offeror’s plan and ability to handle the contingency operations below (which are not sub factors):

 

1. Overflow mail
2. Less MTE than required
3. Damaged containers
4. Damaged or non-labeled mail
5. Schedule changes
6. Equipment breakdowns
7. Inclement weather during operations
8. Labor disruptions including, but not limited to, walkouts or strikes
9. Staffing shortages relating to medical or other emergencies
10. Delays caused by environmental issues such as fuel spills, chemical spills, or other HAZMAT.

 

Sustainability Plan

The offeror must include a detailed sustainability plan in its proposal. The Sustainability Plan, at a minimum, must address the items listed below (which are not sub factors):

 

1. A listing of the Make, Model, Age, and Class of Vehicle that it plans to use for the solicited service. The Vehicle Classification should be based on the details of the Attachment A, Vehicle Specifications. The offeror should provide a specific vehicle listing by Mileage Range (Upper, Expected, and Lower).
2. The offeror should list the average MPG for each class of vehicle listed for each Mileage Range (Upper, Expected, and Lower).
3. An explanation of the number of scheduled miles, portal miles, backhaul miles, maintenance miles, and any other miles that will be included in the contracted service for each Mileage Range (Upper, Expected, and Lower).
4. The amount of gallons of fuel that the offeror is proposing for this service for each Mileage Range (Upper, Expected, and Lower).
5. Whether the vehicles operate using alternative fuel. If so, please state the type (Compressed Natural Gas, Liquefied Natural Gas, etc.).
6. A plan to improve the fuel efficiency of the vehicles over the life of the contract. The plan should describe the offeror’s current sustainability initiatives and metrics, as well as suggested initiatives on which the offeror will work collaboratively with the Postal Service.

 

Subcontracting Plan (10%)

All suppliers, including small businesses, must submit a subcontracting plan that is specific to this contract, and that separately addresses subcontracting with small, minority, and woman-owned businesses. The offeror must include a detailed description of all related/support services (e.g. maintenance, custodial services) and specific line haul services. The supplier must detail which routes the subcontract services will address and what allocation of the operation will be covered by the subcontract services.

 

The team will evaluate the Subcontracting Plan based on the items listed below (which are not subfactors):

 

a. Goals, in terms of percentages of the total amount of this contract that the supplier will endeavor to subcontract to small, minority, and woman-owned businesses. The supplier must include all subcontracts that contribute to contract performance, and may include a proportionate share of supplies and services that are normally allocated as indirect costs.

 

Page 21 of 60

 

 

b. A statement of the: Total dollars planned to be subcontracted under this contract; and Total of that amount planned to be subcontracted to small, minority, and woman-owned businesses.
c. A description of the principal types of supplies and services to be subcontracted under this contract, identifying the types planned for subcontracting to small, minority, and woman-owned businesses.
d. A description of the method used to develop the subcontracting goals for this contract.
e. A description of the method used to identify potential sources for solicitation purposes and a description of efforts the supplier will make to ensure that small, minority, and woman-owned businesses have an equitable opportunity to compete for subcontracts.
f. A statement as to whether the offer included indirect costs in establishing subcontracting goals for this contract and a description of the method used to determine the proportionate share of indirect costs to be incurred with small, minority, and woman-owned businesses.
g. The name of the individual employed by the supplier who will administer the subcontracting program and a description of the individual’s duties.
h. Assurances that the supplier will require all subcontractors receiving subcontracts in excess of $1,000,000 to adopt a plan similar to the plan agreed to by the supplier.
i. A description of the types of records the supplier will maintain to demonstrate compliance with the requirements and goals in the plan for this contract. The records must include at least the following: a.Source lists, guides, and other data identifying small, minority, and woman-owned businesses; Organizations contacted in an attempt to locate sources that are small, minority, and woman-owned businesses; Records on each subcontract solicitation resulting in an award of more than $100,000, indicating whether small, minority, or woman-owned businesses were solicited and if not, why not; and Records to support subcontract award data, including the name, address, and business size of each subcontractor.
j. Plan and details of all subcontractors proposed that are current Postal HCR suppliers.

 

For the price evaluation, the Postal Service will evaluate the prices from the single site proposed offers and the multi-site proposed offers by comparing the different combinations. Price is MORE important than technical proposal evaluation factors. The Postal Service is more concerned with making an award at the lowest overall price than with obtaining superior technical or management features. However, the Postal Service may not necessarily make an award at the lowest price in order to achieve a small price savings if better value can be achieved with superior technical or management features. The benefits of a higher priced proposal may merit a higher price.

 

As part of the price evaluation, the Postal Service will also consider the impact of the supplier proposed fuel gallons and proposed labor hours for each pricing tier.

 

The USPS may determine that an offer is unacceptable if any of the Mileage Range Pricing is significantly unbalanced in relation to other proposals received. The pricing must reflect a clear understanding of the requirements and must be consistent with the various elements of the supplier’s technical proposal.

 

The USPS anticipates awarding no more than one (1) supplier per site, with the exception of the four (4) sites that are split into two (2) regions. For the sites that are split into two (2) regions, USPS may choose to award both regions to a single supplier or award each region separately. Should a supplier be awarded multiple regions or multiple sites, the Purchase Team will ensure that risks associated with awarding to a single supplier are mitigated and contingencies are available for additional service coverage. If proposing more than one (1) site, suppliers will have the option of providing discounts for a multi-site award during negotiations. This discount will be applicable to each site(s) proposed. The evaluation of the supplier’s price will be inclusive of this discounted price; the determination of the optimal combination of site(s) to be awarded to a supplier will also include the proposed discount.

 

Page 22 of 60

 

 

Best Value Decision

Award will be made to the Supplier who proposes the best combination of price and technical factors. Price is more important than the technical factors. In determining potential tradeoffs to arrive at the best value selection, the Postal Service will assess the strengths, weaknesses, and deficiencies between or among competing technical proposals from the standpoint of:

 

1) What the difference might mean in terms of technical factors; and

2) What the evaluated cost would be for the Postal Service to take advantage of that difference.

 

Award will not necessarily be made to the Supplier who provides the highest-rated technical proposal or to the Supplier who offers the lowest price. Price will become more important in selecting between or among closely ranked technical proposals. In making any price-technical tradeoff, the Postal Service also does not intend to pay a premium price unless there is a significant technical advantage justifying a higher price. The Postal Service may award a Supplier one or more sites under this solicitation. The Postal Service may choose to award each site to a different Supplier, depending on which Supplier provides the best value to USPS for each site being solicited.

 

Suppliers must receive an overall technical rating of “Fair” in order to be considered for award.

 

The Postal Service reserves the right to not award a contract based on this solicitation should it deem that a non-award is in its best interest. Awards will not be made to Suppliers whose proposals are not competitively priced or to Suppliers with poor technical proposals.

 

Postal Service E-Sourcing Registration

 

All prospective Suppliers must register at https://uspsprod.emptoris.com

and enter the required information.

 

Technical and Price Proposals must be submitted in electronic form, through Emptoris. All submissions MUST be received in Emptoris no later than 5:00 pm EST Friday, September 22, 2017 . Please see the “USPS DRO - Bidding Instructions” document provided to Suppliers in the solicitation invitation email message for details on the submission process.

 

Proposals should be submitted in the following manner:

 

Volume 1 - Technical Proposal
Volume 2 - Price Proposal
Financial Documents

 

Failure to submit the required information may result in a proposal being deemed non-responsive. Non-responsive proposals will not be considered for evaluation or award.

 

Page 23 of 60

 

 

Provision 4-3: Representations and Certifications (November 2012)

[NOTE: Use Attachment C, Representations and Certifications, for submission]

 

1. Type of Business Organization. The Supplier, by checking the applicable blocks, represents that it:

 

a. Operates as:
__ a corporation incorporated under the laws of the state of ________; or country of________________ if incorporated in a country other than the United States of America.
__ an individual;
__ a partnership;
__ a joint venture;
__ a limited liability company;
__ a nonprofit organization; or
__ an educational institution; and

 

b. Is (check all that apply)
__ a small business concern;
__ a minority business (indicate minority below):
__ Black American
__ Hispanic American
__ Native American
__ Asian American:
__ a woman-owned business; or
__ none of the above entities.

 

i. A small business concern for the purposes of Postal Service purchasing means a business, including an affiliate, that is independently owned and operated, is not dominant in producing or performing the supplies or services being purchased, and has no more than 500 employees, unless a different size standard has been established by the Small Business Administration (see 13 CFR 121, particularly for different size standards for airline, railroad, and construction companies). For subcontracts of $50,000 or less, a subcontractor having no more than 500 employees qualifies as a small business without regard to other factors.

 

ii. Minority Business. A minority business is a concern that is at least 51 percent owned by, and whose management and daily business operations are controlled by, one or more members of a socially and economically disadvantaged minority group, namely U.S. citizens who are Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, or Asian Americans. (Native Americans are American Indians, Eskimos, Aleuts, and Native Hawaiians. Asian Americans are U.S. citizens whose origins are Japanese, Chinese, Filipino, Vietnamese, Korean, Samoan, Laotian, Kampuchean (Cambodian), Taiwanese, in the U.S. Trust Territories of the Pacific Islands or in the Indian subcontinent.)

 

iii. Woman-owned Business. A woman-owned business is a concern at least 51 percent of which is owned by a woman (or women) who is a U.S. citizen, controls the firm by exercising the power to make policy decisions, and operates the business by being actively involved in day-to-day management.

 

iv. Educational or Other Nonprofit Organization. Any corporation, foundation, trust, or other institution operated for scientific or educational purposes, not organized for profit, no part of the net earnings of which insures to the profits of any private shareholder or individual.

 

Page 24 of 60

 

 

c. Is (check all that apply)

 

__ a Postal Service employee or a business organization substantially owned or controlled by such an individual
__ a spouse of a Postal Service employee or a business organization substantially owned or controlled by such an individual
__ another family member of a Postal Service employee or a business organization substantially owned or controlled by such an individual
__ an individual residing in the same household as a Postal Service employee or a business organization substantially owned or controlled by such an individual.

 

(Note: Offers from any of the sources listed in subparagraph A.3, may not be considered for an award pending review and recommendation by the Postal Service Ethics Office.)

 

2. Parent Company and Taxpayer Identification Number

 

a. A parent company is one that owns or controls the basic business polices of a Supplier. To own means to own more than 50 percent of the voting rights in the Supplier. To control means to be able to formulate, determine, or veto basic business policy decisions of the Supplier. A parent company need not own the Supplier to control it; it may exercise control through the use of dominant minority voting rights, proxy voting, contractual arrangements, or otherwise.

 

b. Enter the Supplier's U.S. Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) in the space provided. The TIN is the Supplier’s Social Security number or other Employee Identification Number (EIN) used on the Supplier’s Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Form 941, or as required by Internal Revenue Service (IRS) regulations. Supplier’s TIN: ________________

 

c. IRS Form W-9, Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification. You must complete a copy of IRS Form W-9 and attach it to this certification.

 

d. Check this block if the Supplier is owned or controlled by a parent company: ______________

 

e. If the block above is checked, provide the following information about the parent company:

 

Parent Company’s Name_______________________________
Parent Company’s Main Office: __________________________
Address: _____________________________________________
No. and Street: ________________________________________
City: ________________ State: ______ ZIP Code: _____________
Parent Company’s TIN: __________________________________

 

f. If the Supplier is a member of an affiliated group that files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis (whether or not the Supplier is owned or controlled by a parent company, as provided above) provide the name and TIN of the common parent of the affiliated group

 

Name of Common Parent: ______________________________
Common Parent’s TIN: _________________________________

 

Page 25 of 60

 

 

3. Certificate of Independent Price Determination

 

a. By submitting this proposal, the Supplier certifies, and in the case of a joint proposal each party to it certifies as to its own organization, that in connection with this solicitation:

 

i. The prices proposed have been arrived at independently, without consultation, communication, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to the prices with any other Supplier or with any competitor;

 

ii. Unless otherwise required by law, the prices proposed have not been and will not be knowingly disclosed by the Supplier before award of a contract, directly or indirectly to any other Supplier or to any competitor; and

 

iii. No attempt has been made or will be made by the Supplier to induce any other person or firm to submit or not submit a proposal for the purpose of restricting competition.

 

b. Each person signing this proposal certifies that:

 

i. He or she is the person in the Supplier’s organization responsible for the decision as to the prices being offered herein and that he or she has not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above; or

 

ii. He or she is not the person in the Supplier’s organization responsible for the decision as to the prices being offered but that he or she has been authorized in writing to act as agent for the persons responsible in certifying that they have not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above, and as their agent does hereby so certify; and he or she has not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above.

 

c. Modification or deletion of any provision in this certificate may result in the disregarding of the proposal as unacceptable. Any modification or deletion should be accompanied by a signed statement explaining the reasons and describing in detail any disclosure or communication.

 

4. Certification of Non segregated Facilities

 

a. By submitting this proposal, the Supplier certifies that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The Supplier agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract.

 

b. As used in this certification, segregated facilities means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms or wash rooms, restaurants or other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms or other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment area, transportation, or housing facilities provided for employees that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise.

 

c. The Supplier further agrees that (unless it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) it will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors before awarding subcontracts exceeding $10,000 that are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause; that it will retain these certifications in its files; and that it will forward the following notice to these proposed subcontractors (except when they have submitted identical certifications for specific time periods):

Notice: A certification of non-segregated facilities must be submitted before the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 that is not exempt from the Equal Opportunity clause. The certification may be submitted either for each subcontract or for all subcontracts during a period (quarterly, semiannually, or annually).

 

Page 26 of 60

 

 

5. Certification Regarding Debarment, Proposed Debarment, and Other Matters (This certification must be completed with respect to any offer with a value of $100,000 or more.)

 

a. The Supplier certifies, to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it or any of its principals:

 

i. Are ___ are not ___ presently debarred or proposed for debarment, or declared ineligible for the award of contracts by any Federal, state, or local agency;

 

ii. Have ____ have not ___, within the three-year period preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, state, or local) contract or subcontract; violation of Federal or state antitrust statutes relating to the submission of offers; or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, tax evasion, or receiving stolen property;

 

iii. Are ___ are not ___ presently indicted for, or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity with, commission of any of the offenses enumerated in subparagraph (b) above;

 

iv. Have ___ have not ___ within a three-year period preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in conjunction with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, state or local) contract or subcontract; violation of Federal or state antitrust statutes relating to the submission of offers; or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, tax evasion or receiving stolen property; and

 

v. Are ___ are not ___ presently indicted for, or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity with, commission of any of the offenses enumerated in subparagraph (d) above.

 

b. The Supplier has ___ has not ___, within a three-year period preceding this offer, had one or more contracts terminated for default by any Federal, state, or local agency.

 

c. “Principals,” for the purposes of this certification, means officers, directors, owners, partners, and other persons having primary management or supervisory responsibilities within a business entity (e.g., general manager, plant manager, head of a subsidiary, division, or business segment, and similar positions).

 

d. The Supplier must provide immediate written notice to the Contracting Officer if, at any time prior to contract award, the Supplier learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.

 

e. A certification that any of the items in E.1 and E.2 of this provision exists will not necessarily result in withholding of an award under this solicitation. However, the certification will be considered as part of the evaluation of the Supplier’s capability (see the Conduct Supplier Capability Analysis topic of the Evaluate Proposals task of Process Step 2: Evaluate Sources, in the Postal Service’s Supplying Practices). The Supplier’s failure to furnish a certification or provide additional information requested by the Contracting Officer will affect the capability evaluation.

 

Page 27 of 60

 

 

f. Nothing contained in the foregoing may be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by E.1 and E.2 of this provision. The knowledge and information of a Supplier is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.

 

g. This certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States and the making of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under section 1001, Title 18, United States Code.

 

h. The certification in E.1 and E.2 of this provision is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making the award. If it is later determined that the Supplier knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Postal Service, the Contracting Officer may terminate the contract resulting from this solicitation for default.

 

Provision 9-2: Preaward Equal Opportunity Compliance Review

 

If the contract award will be $10 million or more, the prospective Supplier and its known first-tier subcontractors with subcontract of $10 million or more will be subject to a pre-award compliance review. In order to qualify for award, the prospective Supplier and first-tier subcontractors must be found in compliance pursuant to 41 CFR 60- 1.20.

 

Page 28 of 60

 

 

Part 3 – Dynamic Route Optimization Clauses

 

Clause B-1 Definitions (March 2006) (Modified)

 

As used in this contract, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

a. Contracting Officer. The person executing this contract on behalf of the Postal Service, and any other officer or employee who is a properly designated Contracting Officer; the term includes, except as otherwise provided in the contract, the authorized representative of a Contracting Officer acting within the limits of the authority conferred upon that person.

 

b. Administrative Official. Any Postal Service official designated by the Manager, Distribution Network to supervise and administer a Supplier’s performance of mail transportation and related services. Officials so designated do NOT have the authority to make contract changes.

 

c. Mail. Mailable matter that is accepted for mail processing and delivery by USPS.

 

d. Manifest. The list of service points and times as described in the Postal Service provided schedule, may be extended, curtailed, or otherwise altered in accordance with the terms of this contract.

 

e. Supplier. The person or persons, partnership or corporation that will be providing the service advertised in this solicitation.

 

f. PS Form 5500, Contract Route Irregularity Report. This form is to describe the irregularity in service that will include the Supplier’s reply and the USPS comments, Form 5500 can be used for failure to observe contract schedule; failure to have locks on doors; unsatisfactory vehicle; safety violations; omitted service or other irregularities as deemed appropriate.

 

g. PS Form 5397, Contract Route Extra Trip Authorization. This form is used for authorization of One-Way Trips or Round Trips in excess of miles/hours as identified on the Supplier manifest.

 

Clause B-3: Contract Type (March 2006) (Modified)

 

This contract will be an indefinite quantity, indefinite delivery contract under which the Postal Service will order mileage at a Fixed Rate per Mile, subject to an economic adjustment. Minimum and maximum mileage quantities have been established for each P&DC area. The supplier is guaranteed a minimum of 10% of the lower range total annual miles of the base year, which is the overall contract minimum. After the base year, the minimum mileage guarantee will be applied monthly and based on the minimum miles listed in the Lower Range mileage tier for each month. The monthly minimum guarantees will not apply in the event performance ends as a result of a termination. Suppliers will also be expected to cover a maximum mileage amount equal to the top of the highest mileage range identified for each region for both Non-Peak and Peak schedules. The Supplier has the right to refuse mileage above the maximum monthly mileage identified.

 

Clause B-9: Claims and Disputes (March 2006)

 

a. This contract is subject to the Contract Disputes Act of 1978 (41 U.S.C. 7101-7109) ("the Act" or "CDA").

 

b. Except as provided in the Act, all disputes arising under or relating to this contract must be resolved under this clause.

 

c. "Claim," as used in this clause, means a written demand or written assertion by one of the contracting parties seeking, as a matter of right, the payment of money in a sum certain, the adjustment or interpretation of contract terms, or other relief arising under or relating to this contract. However, a written demand or written assertion by the Supplier seeking the payment of money exceeding $100,000 is not a claim under the Act until certified as required by subparagraph d.2 below. A voucher, invoice, or other routine request for payment that is not in dispute when submitted is not a claim under the Act. The submission may be converted to a claim under the Act by complying with the submission and certification requirements of this clause, if it is disputed either as to liability or amount is not acted upon in a reasonable time.

 

Page 29 of 60

 

 

d. A claim by the Supplier must be made in writing and submitted to the Contracting Officer for a written decision. A claim by the Postal Service against the Supplier is subject to a written decision by the Contracting Officer. For Supplier claims exceeding $100,000, the Supplier must submit with the claim the following certification: "I certify that the claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data are accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief, that the amount requested accurately reflects the contract adjustment for which the Supplier believes the Postal Service is liable, and that I am duly authorized to certify the claim on behalf of the Supplier”. The certification may be executed by any person duly authorized to bind the Supplier with respect to the claim.

 

e. For Supplier claims of $100,000 or less, the Contracting Officer must, if requested in writing by the Supplier, render a decision within 60 days of the request. For Supplier-certified claims over $100,000, the Contracting Officer must, within 60 days, decide the claim or notify the Supplier of the date by which the decision will be made.

 

f. The Contracting Officer's decision is final unless the Supplier appeals or files a suit as provided in the

Act.

 

g. When a CDA claim is submitted by or against a Supplier, the parties by mutual consent may agree to use an alternative dispute resolution (ADR) process to assist in resolving the claim. A certification as described in d (2) of this clause must be provided for any claim, regardless of dollar amount, before ADR is used.

 

h. The Postal Service will pay interest in the amount found due and unpaid from:

 

(1) The date the Contracting Officer receives the claim (properly certified, if required); or

 

(2) The date payment otherwise would be due, if that date is later, until the date of payment.

 

i. Simple interest on claims will be paid at a rate determined in accordance with the Interest clause.

 

j. The Supplier must proceed diligently with performance of this contract, pending final resolution of any request for relief, claim, appeal, or action arising under the contract, and comply with any decision of the Contracting Officer.

 

Clause B-15: Notice of Delay (March 2006) (Modified)

 

Immediately upon becoming aware of any difficulties that might delay deliveries under this contract, the Supplier will notify the Administrative Official. The notification must identify the difficulties, the reasons for them, and the estimated period of delay anticipated. Failure to give notice may preclude later consideration of any request for an extension of contract time.

 

Clause B-16: Suspensions and Delays (March 2006)

 

a. If the performance of all or any part of the work of this contract is suspended, delayed, or interrupted by:

 

(1) An order or act of the Contracting Officer in administering this contract; or

 

(2) By a failure of the Contracting Officer to act within the time specified in this contract - or within a reasonable time if not specified - an adjustment will be made for any increase in the cost of performance of this contract caused by the delay or interruption (including the costs incurred during any suspension or interruption). An adjustment will also be made in the delivery or performance dates and any other contractual term or condition affected by the suspension, delay, or interruption. However, no adjustment may be made under this clause for any delay or interruption to the extent that performance would have been delayed or interrupted by any other cause, including the fault or negligence of the Supplier, or for which an adjustment is provided or excluded under any other term or condition of this contract.

 

Page 30 of 60

 

 

b. A claim under this clause will not be allowed:

 

(1) For any costs incurred more than 20 days before the Supplier has notified the Contracting Officer in writing of the act or failure to act involved; and

 

(2) Unless the claim, in an amount stated, is asserted in writing as soon as practicable after the termination of the delay or interruption, but not later than the day of final payment under the contract.

 

Clause B-19: Excusable Delays (March 2006)

 

a. Except with respect to defaults of subcontractors, the Supplier will not be in default by reason of any failure in performing this contract in accordance with its terms (including any failure by the Supplier to make progress in the prosecution of the work that endangers performance) if the failure arises out of causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Supplier. Such causes may include, but are not restricted to, acts of God or of the public enemy, acts of the government in its sovereign capacity or of the Postal Service in its contractual capacity, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and unusually severe weather, but in every case the failure to perform must be beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Supplier.

 

b. If failure to perform is caused by the failure of a subcontractor to perform or make progress and arises out of causes beyond the control of both the Supplier and subcontractor, and without the fault or negligence of either of them, the Supplier will not be deemed to be in default, unless:

 

(1) The supplies or services to be furnished by the subcontractor are obtainable from other sources;

 

(2) The Contracting Officer orders the Supplier in writing to procure the supplies or services from other sources; and

 

(3) The Supplier fails to comply reasonably with the order.

 

c. Upon request of the Supplier, the Contracting Officer shall ascertain the facts and extent of failure, and if the Contracting Officer determines that any failure to perform was occasioned by any of the said causes, the delivery schedule shall be revised accordingly, subject to the rights of the Postal Service under any termination clause included in this contract.

 

d. As used in this clause, the terms "subcontractor" and "subcontractors" mean subcontractor(s) at any tier.

 

Clause B-22: Interest (March 2006)

 

The Postal Service will pay interest on late payments and unearned prompt payment discounts in accordance with the Prompt Payment Act, 31 U.S.C. 3901 et seq., as amended by the Prompt

Payment Act Amendments of 1988, P.L. 100-496.

 

Clause B-26: Protection of Postal Service Buildings, Equipment, and Vegetation (March 2006)

 

The Supplier must use reasonable care to avoid damaging buildings, equipment, and vegetation (such as trees, shrubs, and grass) on the Postal Service installation. If the Supplier fails to do so and damages any buildings, equipment, or vegetation, the Supplier must replace or repair the damage at no expense to the Postal Service, as directed by the Contracting Officer. If the Supplier fails or refuses to make repair or replacement, the Supplier will be liable for the cost of repair or replacement, which may be deducted from the contract price.

 

Page 31 of 60

 

 

Clause B-30: Permits and Responsibilities (March 2006)

 

The Supplier is responsible, without additional expense to the Postal Service, for obtaining any necessary licenses and permits, and for complying with any applicable federal, state, and municipal laws, codes, and regulations in connection with the performance of the contract. The Supplier is responsible for all damage to persons or property, including environmental damage, which occurs as a result of its omission(s) or negligence. The Supplier must take proper safety and health precautions to protect the work, the workers, the public, the environment, and the property of others.

 

Clause B-39: Indemnification (March 2006)

 

The Supplier must save harmless and indemnify the Postal Service and its officers, agents, representatives, and employees from all claims, losses, damage, actions, causes of action, expenses, and/or liability resulting from, brought for, or on account of any personal injury or property damage received or sustained by any person, persons or property growing out of, occurring, or attributable to any work performed under or related to this contract, resulting in whole or in part from negligent acts or omissions of the Supplier, any subcontractor, or any employee, agent, or representative of the Supplier or any subcontractor.

 

Clause B-64: Accountability of the Supplier (Highway) (March 2006)

 

a. The Supplier shall supervise its operations and the operations of its subcontractors which provide services under this contract personally or through representatives. The Supplier or its supervising representatives must be easily accessible in the event of emergencies or interruptions in service.

 

b. In all cases, the Supplier shall be strictly liable to the Postal Service for the Postal Service's actual damages if mail is subject to loss, rifling, damage, wrong delivery, depredation, and other mistreatment while in the custody and control of the Supplier or its subcontractors. The Supplier shall also be accountable and answerable in damages for the faithful performance of all other obligations assumed under this contract, whether or not it has entrusted part or all of its performance to another, except

 

(1) The Supplier is not liable for its failure to perform if the failure arises out of circumstances beyond its control, and without its fault or negligence, and

 

(2) The Supplier is not liable for a failure of its subcontractors to perform if the subcontractor's failure arises out of circumstances beyond the Supplier or the subcontractor's control, and without the fault or negligence of either.

 

c. The Supplier shall faithfully account for and deliver to the Postal Service all

 

(1) Mail,

 

(2) Moneys, and

 

(3) Other property of any kind belonging to or entrusted to the care of the Postal Service, that come into its possession during the term of this contract.

 

d. The Supplier shall, promptly upon discovery, refund (i) any overpayment made by the Postal

Service for service performed, or (ii) any payment for service not rendered.

 

Clause B-65: Adjustments to Compensation (March 2006) (Modified)

 

Contract compensation may be adjusted, from time to time, by mutual agreement of the Supplier and the Contracting Officer.

 

a. Any such adjustments shall be made in accordance with the provisions of this clause and any U.S. Postal Service Management Instruction governing adjustments in effect on the date of adjustment.

 

b. In connection with an adjustment, the Contracting Officer may examine such records and books of account maintained by the Supplier as the Contracting Officer may deem necessary.

 

Page 32 of 60

 

 

c. Adjustments in compensation pursuant to this clause shall be memorialized by formal amendment to the contract.

 

d. Should the Postal Service introduce procedures which affect the Supplier’s obligations with respect to the costs of taxes, the contract price will be adjusted with respect to those costs, pro rata, without entitlement to other compensation for those adjustments, subject to the resolution of any dispute about the adjustments under the Claims and Disputes clause.

 

Clause B-68: Changes in Corporate Ownership or Officers (March 2006)

 

a. This clause applies only if the Supplier is a corporation and it holds no other regular highway transportation contracts or the aggregate annual rate dollar value of any regular highway transportation contracts it holds is less than $150,000.

 

b. A principal owner is any individual, partnership, corporation, or other entity which holds 25 percent or more of the Supplier’s stock. Corporate officers are the President, Vice President, and Secretary.

 

c. The Supplier shall furnish the Contracting Officer, in writing, the names of its principal owners and its corporate officers before contract award or novation.

 

d. Except in the case of death or incapacity of one or more of the principal owners or corporate officers, the Supplier must notify the Contracting Officer in writing not less than 30 days prior to any planned change in the principal owners or corporate officers.

 

e. In the event of death or incapacity of one or more of the principal owners or corporate officers, the Supplier must notify the Contracting Officer in writing within 30 days.

 

Clause B-69: Events of Default (March 2006) (Modified)

 

The Supplier's right to perform this contract is subject to termination under the clause entitled Termination for Default. The following constitute events of default, and this contract may be terminated pursuant to that Clause.

 

a. The Supplier's failure to perform service according to the terms of the contract;

 

b. If the Supplier has been administratively determined to have violated Postal laws and regulations and other laws related to the performance of the service;

 

c. Failure to follow the instructions of the Contracting Officer;

 

d. If the Supplier transfers or assigns his contract, except as authorized herein, or sublets the whole or a portion of this contract contrary to the applicable provisions of the U.S. Postal Service Supplying Principles and Practices or without any required approval of the Contracting Officer;

 

e. If the Supplier combines to prevent others from proposing for the performance of Postal Service contracts;

 

f. The Supplier's failure properly to account, deliver and pay over moneys, mail and other property pursuant to this contract;

 

g. If the Supplier or a partner, if the Supplier is a partnership, or a principal owner or corporate officer, if the Supplier is a corporation,

 

(a) has been or is, during the term of the contract, convicted of a crime of moral turpitude affecting his or her reliability or trustworthiness as a mail transportation Supplier, such as any form of theft, fraud, embezzlement or assault, or

 

(b) associates with known criminals, or

 

Page 33 of 60

 

 

(c) otherwise is not reliable, trustworthy or of good character.

 

h. Any breach by the Supplier or subcontractor of any warranty contained in PS Form 7465, Transportation Services Subcontract;

 

i. If the Supplier allows any employed individual to operate a vehicle in connection with this contract who has a record indicating that it would be hazardous for that individual to do so;

 

j. If the Supplier's transportation equipment is insufficient, inadequate, or otherwise inappropriate for the service;

 

k. If the Supplier employs any individual in connection with the contract contrary to the instructions of the Contracting Officer;

 

l. If at any time the Supplier, its principal owners, corporate officers or personnel are disqualified by law or regulation from performing services under this contract, and upon notice thereof, the Supplier fails to remove any such disqualification;

 

m. If the Supplier fails to establish and maintain continuously in effect insurance as required by this contract, or fails to provide proof of insurance prior to commencement of service and thereafter as required by the Contracting Officer;

 

n. If the Supplier fails to provide any notification of a change in principal owners or corporate officers which this contract may require; or

 

o. If the Supplier materially breaches any other requirement or clause of this contract.

 

p. When a Supplier has multiple contracts with the Postal Service, a material breach under one contract may be grounds for termination of the Supplier’s remaining contracts, if the Contracting Officer determines that termination is in the best interests of the Postal Service.

 

Clause B-77: Protection of the Mail (March 2006)

 

The Supplier must protect and safeguard the mail from loss, theft, or damage while it is in the Supplier's custody or control and prevent unauthorized persons from having access to the mail.

 

Clause B-78 Renewal (March 2006)

 

This contract may be renewed by mutual agreement of the parties.

 

Clause B-79: Forfeiture of Compensation (March 2006)

 

If the Supplier fails to perform a trip for any reason, the offeror shall not be entitled to any compensation otherwise due for that trip. If the offeror fails to perform a trip, and such failure is due to the fault or negligence of the Supplier or of its subcontractors, the Supplier shall be liable for all damages actually suffered by the Postal Service by reason of such failure.

 

Clause B-80: Laws and Regulations Applicable (March 2006)

 

This contract and the services performed under it are subject to all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations. The Supplier shall faithfully discharge all duties and obligations imposed by such laws and regulations, and shall obtain and pay for all permits, licenses, and other authorities required to perform this contract.

 

Page 34 of 60

 

 

Clause B-81: Information or Access by Third Parties (May 2006)

 

The Postal Service retains exclusive authority to release any or all information about mail matter in the custody of the Supplier and to permit access to that mail in the custody of the Supplier. All requests by non-postal individuals (including employees of the Supplier) for information about mail matter in the custody of the Supplier or for access to mail in the custody of the Supplier must be referred to the Contracting Officer or his or her designee.

 

Clause B-82: Access by Officials (March 2006)

 

The Supplier shall deny access to the cargo compartment of a vehicle containing mail therein to Federal, state or local officials except at a postal facility and in the presence of a postal employee, unless to prevent damage to the vehicle or its contents.

 

Clause 1-1: Privacy Protection (October 2014)

 

In addition to other provisions of this contract, the Supplier agrees to the following:

 

a. Privacy Act — If the Supplier operates a system of records on behalf of the Postal Service, the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 522a), the Postal Service regulations at 39 CFR Parts 266–267, and Handbook AS-353, Guide to Privacy, the Freedom of Information Act , and Records Management and Appendix, apply to those records. The Supplier is considered to operate a system of records if it maintains records (including collecting, using, revising, deleting, or disseminating records) from which information is retrieved by the name of an individual or by some number, symbol, or other identifier assigned to the individual. The Supplier must comply with the Act and the Postal Service regulations and Handbook AS-353 in designing, developing, managing, and operating the system of records, including ensuring that records are current and accurate for their intended use, and incorporating adequate safeguards to prevent misuse or improper disclosure of personal information. Violations of the Act may subject the violator to criminal penalties.

 

b. Information Pertaining to Individuals (“Personal Information”) — If the Supplier has access to Postal Service information pertaining to individuals (e.g. customer or employee information), including address information, whether collected online or offline by the Postal Service or by a Supplier acting on its behalf, the Supplier must comply with the following:

 

1. General — With regard to the Postal Service customer information to which it has access pursuant to this contract, the Supplier has that access as an agent of the Postal Service and must adhere to its official Privacy Policy at http://usps.com/privacypolicy.

 

2. Use, Ownership, and Nondisclosure — The Supplier may use Postal Service Personal Information solely for the purposes of this contract, and may not collect or use such information for non-Postal Service marketing, promotion, or any other purpose without the prior written approval of the Contracting Officer. The Supplier may not maintain, access, or store (including archival back-ups) any Personal Information data outside the United States. The Supplier must restrict access to such information to those employees who need the information to perform work under this contract, and must ensure that each such employee (including subcontractors’ employees) sign a nondisclosure agreement, in a form suitable to the Contracting Officer, prior to being granted access to the information. The Postal Service retains sole ownership and rights to its Personal Information. Unless the contract states otherwise, upon completion of the contract the Supplier must turn over all Postal Service Personal Information and any copies of the information, in any form the Personal Information or copies may exist, in its possession to the Postal Service. In addition, the Supplier must certify that no Postal Service Personal Information and, if applicable, copies, have been retained unless otherwise authorized in writing by the Contracting Officer. If so required elsewhere in this contract, the information or copies must be destroyed by the Supplier and the Supplier must certify to the Contracting Officer that such destruction has taken place.

 

Page 35 of 60

 

 

3. Security Plan — When applicable, and unless waived in writing by the Contracting Officer, the Supplier must work with the Postal Service to develop and implement a security plan that addresses the protection of Personal Information. The plan will be incorporated into the contract and followed by the Supplier, and must, at a minimum, address notification to the Postal Service of any security breach. If the contract does not include a security plan at the time of contract award, it must be added within 60 days after contract award.

 

4. Breach Notification — If there is any actual or suspected breach of any nature in the security of Postal Service data, including Personal Information, the Supplier must notify the Contracting Officer and the Postal Service’s Chief Privacy Officer as soon as practicable but no later than 24 hours following the detection of a suspected or confirmed breach. The Supplier will be required to follow Postal Service policies regarding breach notification to customers and/or employees.

 

5. Legal Demands for Information — If a legal demand is made for Postal Service Personal Information (such as by subpoena), the Supplier must immediately notify the Contracting Officer and follow the applicable requirements in 39 CFR, sections 265.11 and 265.12. After notification, the Postal Service will determine whether and to what extent to comply with the legal demand. Should the Postal Service agree to or unsuccessfully resist a legal demand, the Supplier may, with the written permission of the Contracting Officer, release the information specifically demanded.

 

c. Online Assistance — If the Supplier assists in the design, development, or operation of a Postal Service customer Web site, or if it designs or places an ad banner, button, or link on a Postal Service Web site or any Web site on the Postal Service’s behalf, the Supplier must comply with the limitations set forth in the Official Postal Service Privacy Policy (see b.1, above). Exceptions to these limitations require the prior written approval of the Contracting Officer and the Postal Service’s Chief Privacy Officer.

 

d. Marketing E-Mail — If the Supplier assists the Postal Service in conducting a marketing e-mail campaign, the Supplier does so as an agent of the Postal Service and must adhere to the Postal Service policies set out in Postal Service Management Instruction AS-350-2004-4, Marketing E-mail . Suppliers wishing to conduct marketing email campaigns to postal employees must first obtain the prior written approval of the Contracting Officer.

 

e. Audits — The Postal Service may audit the Supplier’s compliance with the requirements of this clause, including through the use of online compliance software.

 

f. Indemnification — The Supplier will indemnify the Postal Service against all liability (including costs and fees) for damages arising out of violations of this clause.

 

g. Flow-down — The Supplier will flow this clause down to any and all subcontractors.

 

Clause 1-7: Organizational Conflicts of Interest (March 2006)

 

a. Warranty Against Existing Conflicts of Interest. The Supplier warrants and represents that, to the best of its knowledge and belief, it does not presently have organizational conflicts of interest that would diminish its capacity to provide impartial, technically sound, objective research assistance or advice, or would result in a biased work product, or might result in an unfair competitive advantage, except for advantages flowing from the normal benefits of performing this agreement.

 

b. Restrictions on Contracting. The Supplier agrees that during the term of this agreement, any extensions thereto, and for a period of 2 years thereafter, neither the Supplier nor its affiliates will perform any of the following:

 

(1) Compete for any Postal Service contract for production of any product for which the Supplier prepared any work statement or specifications or conducted any studies or performed any task under this agreement.

 

Page 36 of 60

 

 

(2) Contract (as the provider of a component or the provider of research or consulting services) with any Supplier competing for any Postal Service contract for production of any product for which the Supplier prepared any work statements or specifications or conducted any studies or performed any task under this agreement.

 

(3) Contract (as the provider of a component or the provider of research or consulting services) with the Supplier which wins award of a Postal Service contract for production of any product for which the Supplier prepared any work statement or specifications or conducted any studies or performed any task under this agreement.

 

c. Possible Future Conflicts of Interest. The Supplier agrees that, if after award of this agreement, it discovers any organizational conflict of interest that would diminish its capacity to provide impartial, technically sound, objective research assistance or advice, or would result in a biased work product, or might result in an unfair competitive advantage, except advantages flowing from the normal benefits of performing this agreement, the Supplier will make an immediate and full disclosure in writing to the Contracting Officer, including a description of the action the Supplier has taken or proposes to take to avoid, eliminate, or neutralize this conflict of interest.

 

d. Nondisclosure of Confidential Material

 

(1) The Supplier recognizes that, in performing this agreement, it may receive confidential information. To the extent that and for as long as the information is confidential, the Supplier agrees to take the steps necessary to prevent its disclosure to any third party without the prior written consent of the Contracting Officer.

 

(2) The Supplier agrees to indoctrinate its personnel who will have access to confidential information as to the confidential nature of the information, and the relationship under which the Supplier has possession of this information.

 

(3) The Supplier agrees to limit access to the confidential information obtained, generated, or derived, and to limit participation in the performance of orders under this agreement to those employees whose services are necessary for performing them.

 

e. Postal Service Remedy. If the Supplier breaches or violates any of the warranties, covenants, restrictions, disclosures or nondisclosures set forth under this clause, the Postal Service may terminate this agreement, in addition to any other remedy it may have for damages or injunctive relief.

 

Clause 1-11: Prohibition Against Contracting with Former Officers or PCES Executives (March 2006)

 

During the performance of this contract, former Postal officers or Postal Career Executive Service (PCES) executives are prohibited from employment by the contractor as key personnel, experts or consultants, if such individuals, within 1 year after their retirement from the Postal Service, would be performing substantially the same duties as they performed during their career with the Postal Service.

 

Clause 1-12: Use of Former Postal Service Employees (March 2006)

 

During the term of this contract, the Supplier must identify any former Postal Service employees it proposes to be engaged, directly or indirectly, in contract performance. Such individuals may not commence performance without the Contracting Officer's prior approval. If the Contracting Officer does not provide such approval, the Supplier must replace the proposed individual former employee with another individual equally qualified to provide the services called for in the contract.

 

Page 37 of 60

 

 

Clause 2-19: Option to Extend (Services Contract) (March 2006)

 

The Postal Service may require the Supplier to continue to perform any or all items of services under this contract up to sixty (60) days after contract end date. The Contracting Officer may exercise this option, at any time within the sixty (60) days prior to contract end date, by giving written notice to the Supplier. The rates set forth in the Schedule will apply to any extension made under this option clause.

 

For purposes of continuity of service, the Contracting Officer may unilaterally extend the contract up to a period of sixty (60) days at any time prior to the end of the contract’s current period of performance in order to allow for the support of any wave-in/wave-out transition activities.

 

Clause 2-22: Value Engineering Incentive (March 2006)

 

  a.  General. The Supplier is encouraged to develop and submit Value Engineering Change Proposals (VECPs) voluntarily. The Supplier will share in savings realized from an accepted VECP as provided in paragraph (h) below.
     
  b. Definitions

 

  1. Value Engineering Change Proposal (VECP). A proposal that:

 

  a. Requires a change to the instant contract;
  b. Results in savings to the instant contract; and
  c. Does not involve a change in:

 

  i.  Deliverable end items only;
  ii. Test quantities due solely to results of previous testing under the instant contract; or
  iii. Contract type only.

 

  2. Instant Contract. The contract under which a VECP is submitted. It does not include additional contract quantities.
  3. Additional Contract Quantity. An increase in quantity after acceptance of a VECP due to contract modification, exercise of an option, or additional orders (except orders under indefinite-delivery contracts within the original maximum quantity limitations).
  4. Postal Service Costs. Costs to the Postal Service resulting from developing and implementing a VECP, such as net increases in the cost of testing, operations, maintenance, logistics support, or property furnished. Normal administrative costs of processing the VECP are excluded.
  5. Instant Contract Savings. The estimated cost of performing the instant contract without implementing a VECP minus the sum of (a) the estimated cost of performance after implementing the VECP and (b) Postal Service costs.
  6. Additional Contract Savings. The estimated cost of performance or delivering additional quantities without the implementation of a VECP minus the sum of (a) the estimated cost of performance after the VECP is implemented and (b) Postal Service cost.
  7. Supplier’s Development and Implementation Costs. Supplier’s cost in developing, testing, preparing, and submitting a VECP. Also included are the Supplier’s cost to make the contractual changes resulting from the Postal Service acceptance of the VECP.

 

c. Content. A VECP must include the following:

 

  1. A description of the difference between the existing contract requirement and that proposed, the comparative advantages and disadvantages of each, a justification when an item’s function or characteristics are being altered, the effect of the change on the end item’s performance, and any pertinent objective test data.
  2. A list and analysis of the contract requirements that must be changed if the VECP is accepted, including any suggested specification revisions.
  3. A separate, detailed cost estimate for (a) the affected portions of the existing contract requirement and (b) the VECP. The cost reduction associated with the VECP must take into account the Supplier’s allowable development and implementation costs.
  4. A description and estimate of costs the Postal Service may incur in implementing the VECP, such as test and evaluation and operating and support costs.
  5. A prediction of any effects the proposed change would have on Postal Service costs.
  6. A statement of the time by which a contract modification accepting the VECP must be issued in order to achieve the maximum cost reduction, noting any effect on the contract completion time or delivery schedule.
  7. Identification of any previous submissions of the VECP to the Postal Service, including the dates submitted, purchasing offices, contract numbers, and actions taken.

 

Page 38 of 60

 

 

  d. Submission. The Supplier must submit VECPs to the Contracting Officer.

 

  e.  Postal Service Action

 

  1.  The Contracting Officer will give the Supplier written notification of action taken on a VECP within 60 days after receipt. If additional time is needed, the Contracting Officer will notify the Supplier, within the 60-day period, of the expected date of a decision. The Postal Service will process VECPs expeditiously but will not be liable for any delay in acting upon a VECP.
  2.  If a VECP is not accepted, the Contracting Officer will so notify the Supplier, explaining the reasons for rejection.

 

  f. Withdrawal. The Supplier may withdraw a VECP, in whole or in part, at any time before its acceptance.

 

  g. Acceptance

 

  1. Acceptance of a VECP, in whole or in part, will be by execution of a supplemental agreement modifying this contract and citing this clause. If agreement on price (see paragraph h below) is reserved for a later supplemental agreement, and if such agreement cannot be reached, the disagreement is subject to the Claims and Disputes clause of this contract.
  2. Until a VECP is accepted by contract modification, the Supplier must perform in accordance with the existing contract.
  3. The Contracting Officer’s decision to accept or reject all or any part of a VECP is final and not subject to the Claims and Disputes clause or otherwise subject to litigation under the Contract Disputes Act of 1978 (41 U.S.C. 601-613).

 

  h.  Sharing. If a VECP is accepted, the Supplier’s share is ___ percent of the contract savings. If options are included in the contract, the Supplier’s share for the additional quantity is ___ percent of the contract savings. The contract savings are calculated by subtracting the estimated cost of the performing the contract with the VECP, Postal Service costs, and the allowable development and implementation costs from the estimated cost of performing the contract without the VECP. Profit is excluded when calculating contract savings. (Contracting Officer inserts the negotiated percentage of shared savings. See the Shared Lessons Learned topic of the Manage Delivery and Contract Performance task of Process Step 5: Measure and Manage Supply, from the Postal Service Supplying Practices .)

 

  i. Data

 

  1. The Supplier may restrict the Postal Service’s right to use any part of a VECP or the supporting data by marking the following legend on the affected parts:
     
    “These data, furnished under the Value Engineering Incentive clause of contract, may not be disclosed outside the Postal Service or duplicated, used, or disclosed, in whole or in part, for any purpose other than to evaluate a value engineering change proposal submitted under the clause. This restriction does not limit the Postal Service’s right to use information contained in these data if it has been obtained or is otherwise available from the Supplier or from another source without limitation.”
     
  2. If a VECP is accepted, the Supplier hereby grants the Postal Service unlimited rights in the VECP and supporting data, except that, with respect to data qualifying and submitted as limited rights technical data, the Postal Service will have the rights specified in the contract modification implementing the VECP and will appropriately mark the data. (The terms “unlimited rights” and “limited rights” are defined in the Clarify Data Rights and Intellectual Property Issues topic of the Develop Sourcing Strategy task of Process Step 2: Evaluate Sources of the Supplying Practices .)
   
    Additional Paragraph j (see the Clarify Data Rights and Intellectual Property Issues topic of the Develop Sourcing Strategy task of Process Step 2:
     
  j. Subcontracts. The Supplier must include an appropriate value engineering incentive clause in any firm-fixed-price subcontract of $100,000 or more. In calculating any price adjustment for savings under this contract, the Supplier’s allowable VECP development and implementation costs include any subcontractor’s allowable development and implementation costs. Subcontract savings are subject to the sharing arrangements in paragraph h of this clause, and will be taken into account in determining the savings under this contract.

 

Page 39 of 60

 

 

Clause 2-39: Ordering (March 2006) (MOdified)

 

Services to be furnished under this contract will be ordered by the issuance of weekly manifests, during the period and by the activities specified in the schedule.

 

All orders are subject to the terms and conditions of this contract. If there is any conflict between an order and this contract, the contract is controlling.

 

Clause 2-42: Indefinite Quantity (March 2006) (Modified)

 

a. This is an indefinite-quantity contract; the quantities of supplies or services specified in the Schedule are not purchased until ordered through issuance of the manifest.

 

b. Orders will be defined by the weekly Manifest schedule changes that suppliers receive. The weekly Manifest will be generated by the Transportation Management System (TMS) and issued by Surface Transportation Operations. The frequency of these changes may be every week. As the mileage and routes are optimized, supplier’s schedules will be updated to reflect this change.

 

c. Performance must be as directed in the Manifest in accordance with the contract Schedule. The Supplier must furnish to the Postal Service, when provided the Manifest, the services specified in the Manifest up to the quantity designated in the Attachment A: Service Point Details and Specifications as the maximum. The Postal Service will also detail the least quantity of services designated in the Attachment A: Service Point Details and Specifications, as the monthly minimum.

 

d. Any order issued during the effective period of this contract and not completed within that period must be completed by the Supplier within the time specified in the Manifest, and the rights and obligations of the Supplier and the Postal Service with respect to the order will be the same as if the order were completed during the effective period of the contract.

 

Clause 3-1: Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Business Subcontracting Requirements (March 2006)

 

a. All Suppliers except small businesses must submit a subcontracting plan that is specific to this contract, and that separately addresses subcontracting with small, minority, and woman-owned businesses. A plan approved by the Postal Service must be included in and made a part of the contract. Lack of an approved plan may make the Supplier ineligible for award. A subcontract is defined as any agreement (other than one involving an employer-employee relationship) entered into by a Postal Service Supplier or subcontractor calling for supplies or services required for performance of the contract or subcontract.

 

b. The Supplier's subcontracting plan must include the following:

 

(1) Goals, in terms of percentages of the total amount of this contract that the Supplier will endeavor to subcontract to small, minority, and woman-owned businesses. The Supplier must include all subcontracts that contribute to contract performance, and may include a proportionate share of supplies and services that are normally allocated as indirect costs.

 

(2) A statement of the:

 

(a) Total dollars planned to be subcontracted under this contract; and

 

(b) Total of that amount planned to be subcontracted to small, minority, and woman-owned businesses.

 

Page 40 of 60

 

 

(3) A description of the principal types of supplies and services to be subcontracted under this contract, identifying the types planned for subcontracting to small, minority, and woman-owned businesses.

 

(4) A description of the method used to develop the subcontracting goals for this contract.

 

(5) A description of the method used to identify potential sources for solicitation purposes and a description of efforts the Supplier will make to ensure that small, minority, and woman-owned businesses have an equitable opportunity to compete for subcontracts.

 

(6) A statement as to whether the offer included indirect costs in establishing subcontracting goals for this contract and a description of the method used to determine the proportionate share of indirect costs to be incurred with small, minority, and woman-owned businesses.

 

(7) The name of the individual employed by the Supplier who will administer the subcontracting program and a description of the individual's duties.

 

(8) Assurances that the Supplier will require all subcontractors receiving subcontracts in excess of $1,000,000 to adopt a plan similar to the plan agreed to by the Supplier.

 

(9) A description of the types of records the Supplier will maintain to demonstrate compliance with the requirements and goals in the plan for this contract. The records must include at least the following:

 

(a) Source lists, guides, and other data identifying small, minority, and woman-owned businesses;

 

(b) Organizations contacted in an attempt to locate sources that are small, minority, and woman owned businesses;

 

(c) Records on each subcontract solicitation resulting in an award of more than $100,000 indicating whether small, minority, or woman-owned businesses were solicited and if not, why not; and

 

(d) Records to support subcontract award data, including the name, address, and business size of each subcontractor.

 

c. Reports. The Supplier must provide reports on subcontracting activity under this contract on a calendar-quarter basis. The report must be one of the types described in Clause 3-2, Participation of Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Businesses.

 

Clause 3-2: Participation of Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Businesses (March 2006)

 

a. The policy of the Postal Service is to encourage the participation of small, minority, and woman-owned business in its purchases of supplies and services to the maximum extent practicable consistent with efficient contract performance. The Supplier agrees to follow the same policy in performing this contract.

 

b. Subject to the agreement of the Supplier and the Postal Service, the Supplier will report subcontracting activity on one of the following bases:

 

(1) Showing the amount of money paid to subcontractors during the reporting period;

 

Page 41 of 60

 

 

(2) Showing subcontracting activity that is allocable to this contract using generally accepted accounting practices; or

 

(3) A combination of the methods listed above.

 

c. The Supplier will submit a report to the Contracting Officer within 15 calendar days after the end of each calendar-year quarter, describing all subcontract awards to small, minority, or woman-owned businesses. The Contracting Officer may require more frequent reports.

 

Clause 4-1: General Terms and Conditions (July 2007) (Modified)

 

a. Inspection and Acceptance. The Supplier will only tender for acceptance those items that conform to the requirements of this contract. The Postal Service reserves the right to inspect or test supplies or services that have been tendered for acceptance. The Postal Service may require repair or replacement of nonconforming supplies or re-performance of nonconforming services at no increase in contract price. The Postal Service must exercise its post acceptance rights (1) within a reasonable period of time after the defect was discovered or should have been discovered and (2) before any substantial change occurs in the condition of the items, unless the change is due to the defect in the item.

 

b. Assignment. If this contract provides for payments aggregating $10,000 or more, claims for monies due or to become due from the Postal Service under it may be assigned to a bank, trust company, or other financing institution, including any federal lending agency, and may thereafter be further assigned and reassigned to any such institution. Any assignment or reassignment must cover all amounts payable and must not be made to more than one party, except that assignment or reassignment may be made to one party as agent or trustee for two or more parties participating in financing this contract. No assignment or reassignment will be recognized as valid and binding upon the Postal Service unless a written notice of the assignment or reassignment, together with a true copy of the instrument of assignment, is filed with:

 

(1) The Contracting Officer;

 

(2) The surety or sureties upon any bond; and

 

(3) The office, if any, designated to make payment, and the Contracting Officer has acknowledged the assignment in writing.

 

(4) Assignment of this contract or any interest in this contract other than in accordance with the provisions of this clause will be grounds for termination of the contract for default at the option of the Postal Service.

c. Changes.

 

1. The Contracting Officer may, in writing, without notice to any sureties, order changes within the general scope of this contract in the following:

 

a. Drawings, designs, or specifications when supplies to be furnished are to be specially manufactured for the Postal Service in accordance with them;

 

b. Statement of work or description of services;

 

c. Method of shipment or packing;

 

d. Places of delivery of supplies or performance of services;

 

e. Delivery or performance schedule;

 

f. Postal Service furnished property or facilities.

 

Page 42 of 60

 

 

2. Any other written or oral order (including direction, instruction, interpretation, or determination) from the Contracting Officer that causes a change will be treated as a change order under this paragraph, provided that the Supplier gives the Contracting Officer written notice stating (a) the date, circumstances, and source of the order and (b) that the Supplier regards the order as a change order.

 

3. If any such change affects the cost of performance or the delivery schedule, the contract will be modified to effect an equitable adjustment.

 

4. The Supplier’s claim for equitable adjustment must be asserted within 30 days of receiving a written change order. A later claim may be acted upon — but not after final payment under this contract — if the Contracting Officer decides that the facts justify such action.

 

5. Failure to agree to any adjustment is a dispute under Clause B-9, Claims and Disputes, which is incorporated into this contract by reference (see paragraph s). Nothing in that clause excuses the Supplier from proceeding with the contract as changed.

 

d. Reserved

 

e. Reserved

 

f. Reserved

 

g. Invoices: See section L. Payment and Schedule Changes of the SOW

 

i. Payment : See Part 1: Section L, Payment and Schedule Changes in SOW

 

j. Risk of Loss. Unless the contract specifically provides otherwise, risk of loss or damage to the supplies provided under this contract will remain with the Supplier until, and will pass to the Postal Service upon:

 

(1) Delivery of the supplies to a carrier, if transportation is f.o.b. origin, or;

 

(2) Delivery of the supplies to the Postal Service at the destination specified in the contract, if transportation is f.o.b. destination.

 

k. Taxes. The contract price includes all applicable federal, state, and local taxes and duties.

 

l. Termination with Notice. The Contracting Officer or the Supplier, on 60 days written notice, may terminate this contract or the right to perform under it, in whole or in part, without cost to either party.

 

m. Termination for Default. The Postal Service may terminate this contract, or any part hereof, for default by the Supplier, or if the Supplier fails to provide the Postal Service, upon request, with adequate assurances of future performance. In the event of termination for default, the Postal Service will not be liable to the Supplier for any amount for supplies or services not accepted, and the Supplier will be liable to the Postal Service for any and all rights and remedies provided by law. The debarment, suspension, or ineligibility of the Supplier, its partners, officers, or principal owners under the Postal Service's procedures may constitute an act of default under this contract, and such act will not be subject to notice and cure pursuant to any termination of default provision of this contract. If it is determined that the Postal Service improperly terminated this contract for default, such termination will be deemed a Termination with Notice; the calculation of damages will be based on the contract’s applicable monthly minimums.

 

Page 43 of 60

 

 

n. Title. Unless specified elsewhere in this contract, title to items furnished under this contract will pass to the Postal Service upon acceptance, regardless of when or where the Postal Service takes physical possession.

 

p. Limitation of Liability. Except as otherwise provided by an express or implied warranty, the Supplier will not be liable to the Postal Service for consequential damages resulting from any defect or deficiencies in accepted items.

 

q. Other Compliance Requirements. The Supplier will comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws, executive orders, rules and regulations applicable to its performance under this contract. If there are any changes to a federal, state or local law, statute or regulation, executive order or other rule applicable to contract performance during the term of this contract that result in additional contract costs, these costs will be borne by the Supplier.

 

r. Order of Precedence. Any inconsistencies in the provisions of a solicitation, a contract awarded under a solicitation, or a contract awarded without the issuance of a written solicitation will be resolved by giving precedence in the following order:

 

(1) The Statement of Work

(2) The Provisions

(3) The Clauses

(4) Attachments to this document

(5) Documents incorporated by reference.

 

Clause 4-2: Contract Terms and Conditions Required to Implement Policies, Statutes, or Executive Orders (July 2014) (Modified)

 

a. Incorporation by Reference:

 

1. Wherever in this solicitation or contract a standard provision or clause is incorporated by reference, the incorporated term is identified by its title, the provision or clause number assigned to it, in the Postal Service Supplying Practices, and its date. The text of incorporated terms may be found at http://about.usps.com/manuals/spp/spp.pdf. The following clauses are incorporated in this contract by reference:

 

(2) Clause B-25, Advertising of Contract Awards

(3) Clause 1-5, Gratuities or Gifts

(4) Clause 7-10, Sustainability

(5) Clause 9-1, Convict Labor

(6) Clause 9-5, Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act - Safety Standards

 

2. If checked, the following additional clauses are also incorporated in this contract by reference:

(Contracting Officer will check as appropriate.)

 

(1) Clause 1-1, Privacy Protection

(2) Clause 1-6, Contingent Fees

(3) Clause 1-9, Preference for Domestic Supplies

(4) Clause 1-10, Preference for Domestic Construction Materials

(5) Clause 3-1, Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Business Subcontracting Requirements

 

Page 44 of 60

 

 

(6) Clause 3-2, Participation of Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Businesses

(7) Clause 9-2, Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act - Overtime Compensation

☐ (8) Clause 9-3, Davis-Bacon Act

(9) Clause 9-6, Walsh-Healey Public Contracts Act

(10) Clause 9-7, Equal Opportunity

(11) Clause 9-10, Service Contract Act

(12) Clause 9-11, Service Contract Act - Short Form

(13) Clause 9-12, Fair Labor Standards Acts and Services Contract Act - Price Adjustments

(14) Clause 9-13, Affirmative Action for Handicapped Workers

(15) Clause 9-14, Affirmative Action for Disabled Veterans and Veterans of the Vietnam Era

 

b. Examination of Records:

 

1. Records - "Records" includes books, documents, accounting procedures and practices, and other data, regardless of type and regardless of whether such items are in written form, in the form of computer data, or in any other form.

 

2. Examination of Costs - If this is a cost-type contract, the Supplier must maintain, and the Postal Service will have the right to examine and audit all records and other evidence sufficient to reflect properly all costs claimed to have been incurred or anticipated to be incurred directly or indirectly in performance of this contract. This right of examination includes inspection at all reasonable times of the Supplier's plants, or parts of them, engaged in the performance of this contract.

 

3. Cost or Pricing Data - If the Supplier is required to submit cost or pricing data in connection with any pricing action relating to this contract, the Postal Service, in order to evaluate the accuracy, completeness, and currency of the cost or pricing data, will have the right to examine and audit all of the Supplier's records, including computations and projections, related to:

 

a. The proposal for the contract, subcontract, or modification;

 

b. The discussions conducted on the proposal(s), including those related to negotiating;

 

c. Pricing of the contract, subcontract, or modification; or

 

d. Performance of the contract, subcontract or modification.

 

4. Reports - If the Supplier is required to furnish cost, funding or performance reports, the Contracting Officer or any authorized representative of the Postal Service will have the right to examine and audit the supporting records and materials, for the purposes of evaluating:

 

a. The effectiveness of the Supplier's policies and procedures to produce data compatible with the objectives of these reports; and

 

b. The data reported.

 

Page 45 of 60

 

 

5. Availability - The Supplier must maintain and make available at its office at all reasonable times the records, materials, and other evidence described in (b)(1)-(4) of this clause, for examination, audit, or reproduction, until three years after final payment under this contract or any longer period required by statute or other clauses in this contract. In addition:

 

a. If this contract is completely or partially terminated, the Supplier must make available the records related to the work terminated until three years after any resulting final termination settlement; and

 

b. The Supplier must make available records relating to appeals under the claims and disputes clause or to litigation or the settlement of claims arising under or related to this contract. Such records must be made available until such appeals, litigation or claims are finally resolved.

 

c. Payment Offsets:

 

As required by 31 U.S.C. 3716, the Postal Service participates in the Treasury Offset Program of the Department of Treasury's Financial Management Service. Payments under this contract are subject to offset in whole or in part to for the Supplier's delinquent tax and non-tax debts owed to the United States and the states and for delinquent child support payments. Suppliers with questions concerning a payment offset should contact the Treasury Offset Program call center at: 1(800) 304-3107.

 

Clause 7-4: Insurance (March 2006) (Modified)

 

a. During the term of this contract and any extension, the Supplier must maintain at its own expense the insurance required by this clause. Insurance companies must be acceptable to the Postal Service. Policies must include all terms and provisions required by the Postal Service.

 

b. The Supplier must maintain and furnish evidence of workers’ compensation, employers’ liability insurance, and the following general public liability and automobile liability insurance per the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Association (FMSCA), 49CFR 387.9, Financial Responsibility Minimum Levels:

 

General Freight Carrier Trucks over 10,000 pounds are required to have $750,000 insurance.
Carrier trucks under 10,001 pounds are required to have $300,000 liability insurance.

 

c. Each policy must include substantially the following provision: “It is a condition of this policy that the company furnish written notice to the U.S. Postal Service 30 days in advance of the effective date of any reduction in or cancellation of this policy.”

 

d. The Supplier must furnish a certificate of insurance or, if required by the Contracting Officer, true copies of liability policies and manually countersigned endorsements of any changes. Insurance must be effective, and evidence of acceptable insurance furnished, before beginning performance under this contract. Evidence of renewal must be furnished not later than 5 days before a policy expires.

 

e. The maintenance of insurance coverage as required by this clause is a continuing obligation, and the lapse or termination of insurance coverage without replacement coverage being obtained will be ground for termination for default.

 

Clause 7-5: Errors and Omissions (March 2006)

 

i. The Supplier warrants that it is insured for $200,000 (unless a greater amount is set forth in the Schedule) for errors and omissions per claim in the performance of this contract.

 

ii. Unless the Supplier’s policy is prepaid, non-cancelable, and issued for a period at least equal to the term of this contract on an occurrence basis, the Supplier must have the policy amended to include substantially the following provision:

“It is a condition of this policy that the company furnish written notice to the U.S. Postal Service 30 days in advance of the effective date of any reduction in or cancellation of this policy.”

 

iii. The Supplier must furnish a certificate of insurance or, if required by the Contracting Officer, true copies of liability policies and manually countersigned endorsements of any changes. Insurance must be effective, and evidence of acceptable insurance furnished, before beginning performance under this contract. Evidence of renewal must be furnished not later than 5 days

 

Page 46 of 60

 

 

Clause 7-10: Sustainability (July 2014) (Modified)

 

The Postal Service embraces sustainable practices and environmental responsibility, and encourages Suppliers to improve their environmental sustainability practices in the performance of this contract. As appropriate, the Postal Service will collaborate with the Supplier to identify opportunities that may improve the environmental and sustainability performance of the goods and services being provided by the Supplier. Some of these environmental sustainable practices may include alternative fuel sources such as electricity, methanol, natural gas and propane. The Postal Services encourages the Supplier to develop and propose innovative sustainability business practices and offer goods and services that assist the Postal Service to operate in a more environmentally sustainable manner. Innovative sustainability business practices can take the form of improved and more sustainable business processes, replacement of materials used in performance with more sustainable materials, combination of sustainable materials with other materials that lead to reductions in the total cost of ownership, or by some other means. If the proposed innovation results in enhanced sustainability or otherwise furthers the Postal Service’s goals, then the Postal Service may share any savings resulting from the innovation with the Supplier.

 

Clause 8-8: Additional Data Requirements (March 2006)

 

a. In addition to the data specified elsewhere in this contract to be delivered, the Contracting Officer may, at any time during contract performance or within a period of 3 years after acceptance of all items to be delivered under this contract, order any first generated or produced in the performance of this contract.

 

b. The Rights in Technical Data and the Rights in Computer Software clauses, or other equivalent data clauses if included in this contact, apply to all data ordered under this Additional Data Requirements clause. Nothing in this clause requires the supplier to deliver any data specifically identified in this contract as not subject to this clause.

 

c. When data are to be delivered under this clause, the supplier will be compensated for converting the data into the prescribed form for reproduction and delivery. The Contracting Officer may release the supplier from the requirements of this clause for specifically identified data items at any time during the three-year period set forth in paragraph a above.

 

Clause 8-10: Rights in Data — Special Works (March 2006)

 

a. Definition — Works means literary works, including technical reports, studies, and similar documents; musical and dramatic works; and recorded information, regardless of the form or the medium on which it may be recorded. It does not include information incidental to contract administration, such as financial, administrative, cost or pricing, or management information.

 

b. Rights:

 

(1) All works first produced in the performance of this contract are the sole property of the Postal Service. The supplier agrees not to assert or authorize others to assert any rights or establish any claim of copyright in these works.

 

Page 47 of 60

 

 

(2) The supplier assigns all right, title, and interest to the Postal Service in all works first produced in performance of this contract that are not otherwise “works for hire” for the Postal Service under Section 201(b) of Title 17, U.S.C. The supplier, unless directed otherwise by the Contracting Officer, must place on all such works delivered under this contract the following notice:

“Copyright (year of delivery) United States Postal Service”

(3) The supplier grants to the Postal Service a royalty-free, nonexclusive, irrevocable license throughout the world to publish, translate, deliver, perform, use, and dispose of in any manner any portion of a work that is not first produced in the performance of this contract but in which copyright is owned by the supplier and that is incorporated in the work finished under this contract, and to authorize others to do so for Postal Service purposes.
(4) Unless the Contracting Officer’s written approval is obtained, the supplier may not include in any works prepared for or delivered to the Postal Service under this contract any works of authorship in which copyright is not owned by the supplier or the Postal Service without acquiring for the Postal Service any right necessary to perfect a license of the scope set forth in subparagraph b ( 3 ) above.
(5) Except as otherwise specifically provided for in this contract, the supplier may not use for purposes other than the performance of this contact, or release, reproduce, distribute, or publish, any work first produced in the performance of this contract, or authorize others to do so.

 

c. Indemnity — The supplier indemnifies the Postal Service (and its officers, agents, and employees acting for the Postal Service) against any liability, including costs and expenses:

 

(1) For violation of proprietary rights, copyrights, or rights of privacy or publicity, arising out of the creation, delivery, or use of any works furnished under this contract, or
(2) Based upon any libelous or other unlawful matter contained in these works. These provision do not apply to material furnished by the Postal Service and incorporated in the works to which this clause applies.

 

Clause 8-13: Intellectual Property Rights (March 2006)

 

All intellectual property rights evolving from studies, reports, or other data delivered under this contract are the sole property of the Postal Service. The supplier agrees to make, execute, and deliver to the Postal Service any papers or other instruments in such terms and contents as may be required for the filing of any required instrument necessary for preserving an intellectual property right and does hereby assign and transfer to the Postal Service the entire right, title, and interest in and to the intellectual property rights. Before final settlement of this contract, a final report must be submitted on Form 7398, Report of Inventions and Subcontracts, or other format acceptable to the Contracting Officer.

 

Clause 8-16: Postal Service Title in Technical Data and Computer Software (March 2006)

 

a. Definitions:

 

(1) Data — Data means technical data including drawings, technical reports, studies, and similar documents; computer software and computer software documentation, including but not limited to source code, object code, algorithms, formulas, and, other data that describe design, function, operation, or capabilities, and other recorded information, regardless of the form or the medium on which it may be recorded. It does not include information incidental to contract administration, such as financial, administrative, cost or pricing, or management information.

 

Page 48 of 60

 

 

(2) Form, Fit, and Function Data — Data relating to an item or process that are sufficient to enable physical and functional interchangeability, as well as data identifying source, size, configuration, mating and attachment characteristics, functional characteristics, and performance requirements; except that for computer software, it means data identifying origin, functional characteristics, and performance requirements but specifically excludes the source code, algorithm, process, formulas, and machine-level flowcharts of the computer software.
(3) Limited Rights Data — Data other than computer software developed at private expense, including minor modifications of these data.
(4) Technical Data — Data other than computer software, of a scientific or technical nature.
(5) Restricted Computer Software — Computer software developed at private expense that is a trade secret, is commercial or financial and confidential or privileged, or is published copyrighted computer software, including minor modifications of this computer software.
(6) Restricted Rights — The rights of the Postal Service in restricted computer software, as set forth in a Restricted Rights Notice as provided in paragraph h . below, or as otherwise may be provided in a collateral agreement incorporated in and made part of this contract.
(7) Unlimited Rights — The rights of the Postal Service in technical data and computer software to use, disclose, reproduce, prepare derivative works, distribute copies to the public, and perform and display publicly, in any manner and for any purpose, and to have or permit others to do so.

 

b. Rights:

 

(1) The Postal Service has title to all data first produced in the performance of this contract. Accordingly, the supplier assigns all rights, title, and interest to the Postal Service in all data first produced in performance of this contract. The supplier, unless directed otherwise by the Contracting Officer, must place on all such data delivered under this contract the following notice:

“This data is the confidential property of the U.S. Postal Service and may not be used, released, reproduced, distributed or published without the express written permission of the U.S. Postal Service.”

(2) The supplier grants to the Postal Service a royalty-free, nonexclusive, irrevocable license throughout the world to publish, translate, deliver, perform, use, and dispose of in any manner any portion of data that is not first produced in the performance of this contract but in which copyright is owned by the supplier and that is incorporated in the data furnished under this contract, and to authorize others to do so for Postal Service purposes.
(3) Unless the Contracting Officer’s written approval is obtained, the supplier may not include in any data prepared for or delivered to the Postal Service under this contract any data which is not owned by the supplier or the Postal Service without acquiring for the Postal Service any right necessary to perfect a license of the scope set forth in subparagraph b ( 2 ).

 

c. Indemnity — The supplier indemnifies the Postal Service (and its officers, agents, and employees acting for the Postal Service) against any liability, including costs and expenses:

 

(1) For violation of proprietary rights, copyrights, or rights of privacy or publicity, arising out of the creation, delivery, or use of any works furnished under this contract, or
(2) Based upon any libelous or other unlawful matter contained in these works. This provision does not apply to material furnished by the Postal Service and incorporated in the works to which this clause applies.

 

d. Additional Rights in Technical Data:

 

(1) Except as provided in paragraph b ., the Postal Service has unlimited rights in:

 

(a) Form fit, and function data, including such data developed at private expense, delivered under this contract, and
(b) Technical data delivered under this contract that constitute manuals or instructional and training material for installation, operation, or routine maintenance and repair of items, components, or processes delivered or furnished for use under this contract.

 

Page 49 of 60

 

 

(2) Copyright:

 

(a) The Contracting Officer may direct the supplier to establish, or authorize the establishment of, claim to copyright in the technical data and to assign, or obtain the written assignment of, the copyright to the Postal Service or its designated assignee.
(b) The supplier may not, without prior written permission of the Contracting Officer, incorporate in technical data delivered under this contract any data not first produced in the performance of this contract containing the copyright notice of 176 U.S.C. 401 or 402, unless the supplier identifies the data and grants to the Postal Service, or acquires on its behalf at no cost to the Postal Service, a paid-up, nonexclusive, irrevocable worldwide license in such copyright data to reproduce, prepare derivative works, distribute copies to the public, and perform and display the data publicly.
(c) The Postal Service agrees not to remove any copyright notices placed on data pursuant to this section d, and to include such notices on all reproductions of the data.

 

e. Release, Publication, and Use of Technical Data and Computer Software:

 

(1) Unless prior written permission is obtained from the Contracting Officer or to the extent expressly set forth in this contract, the supplier will not use, release to others, reproduce, distribute, or publish any technical data or computer software first produced by the supplier in the performance of the contract.
(2) The supplier agrees that if it receives or is given access to data or software necessary for the performance of this contract that contain restrictive markings, the supplier will treat the data or software in accordance with the markings unless otherwise specifically authorized in writing by the Contracting Officer.

 

f. Unauthorized Marking of Data or Computer Software:

 

(1) If any technical data or computer software delivered under this contract are marked with the notice specified in paragraph h . and the use of such a notice is not authorized by this clause, or if the data or computer software bear any other unauthorized restrictive markings, the Contracting Officer may at any time either return the data or software or cancel the markings. The Contracting Officer must afford the supplier at least 30 days to provide a written justification to substantiate the propriety of the markings. Failure of the supplier to timely respond, or to provide written justification, may result in the cancellation of the markings. The Contracting Officer must consider any written justification by the supplier and notify the supplier if the markings are determined to be authorized.
(2) The foregoing procedures may be modified in accordance with Postal Service regulations implementing the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552) if necessary to respond to a request thereunder. In addition, the supplier is not precluded from bringing a claim in connection with any dispute that may arise as the result of the Postal Service’s action to remove any markings on data or computer software, unless this action occurs as the result of a final disposition of the matter by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

Page 50 of 60

 

 

g. Omitted or Incorrect Markings:

 

(1) Technical data or computer software delivered to the Postal Service without the limited rights notice or restricted notice authorized by paragraph h ., or the data rights notice required by paragraph b ., will be deemed to have been furnished with unlimited rights, and the Postal Service assumes no liability for the disclosure, use, or reproduction of such data or computer software. However, to the extent the data or software have not been disclosed outside the Postal Service, the supplier may request, within 6 months (or a longer time approved by the Contracting Officer) after delivery of the data or software, permission to have notices placed on qualifying technical data or computer software at the supplier’s expense, and the Contracting Officer may agree to do so if the supplier:

 

(a) Identifies the technical data or computer software to which the omitted notice is to be applied;
(b) Demonstrates that the omission of the notice was inadvertent;
(c) Establishes that the use of the proposed notice is authorized; and
(d) Acknowledges that the Postal Service has no liability with respect to the disclosure, use, or reproduction of any such data or software made before the addition of the notice or resulting from the omission of the notice.

 

(2) The Contracting Officer may also:

 

(a) Permit correction of incorrect notices, at the supplier’s expense, if the supplier identifies the technical data or computer software on which correction of the notice is to be made and demonstrates that the correct notice is authorized, or
(b) Correct any incorrect notices.

 

h. Protection of Rights:

 

(1) Protection of Limited Rights Data — When technical data other than data listed in paragraph d ., above, are specified to be delivered under this contract and qualify as limited rights data, if the supplier desires to continue protection of such data, the supplier must affix the following “Limited Rights Notice” to the data, and the Postal Service will thereafter treat the data, subject to paragraphs f. and g . above, in accordance with the Notice:

 

“LIMITED RIGHTS NOTICE

These technical data are submitted with limited rights under Postal Service Contract No. __________ (and subcontract_____________, if appropriate). These data may be reproduced and used by the Postal Service with the express limitation that they will not, without written permission of the supplier, be used for purposes of manufacture or disclosed outside the Postal Service; except that the Postal Service may disclose these data outside the Postal Service for the following purposes, provided that the Postal Service makes such disclosure subject to prohibition against further use and disclosure:

 

(1) Use (except for manufacture) by support service suppliers.
(2) Evaluation by Postal Service evaluators.
(3) Use (except for manufacture) by other suppliers participating in the Postal Service’s program of which the specific contract is a part, for information and in connection with the work performed under each contract.
(4) Emergency repair or overhaul work.

 

This Notice must be marked on any reproduction of these data, in whole or in part.”

 

(2) Protection of Restricted Computer Software:

 

(a) When computer software is specified to be delivered under this contract and qualifies as restricted computer software, if the supplier desires to continue protection of such computer software, the supplier must affix the following “Restricted Rights Notice” to the computer software, and the Postal Service will thereafter treat the computer software, subject to paragraphs f. and g . above, in accordance with the Notice:

 

“RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE

 

(a) This computer software is submitted with restricted rights under Postal Service Contract No.___________(and subcontract___________, if appropriate). It may not be used, reproduced, or disclosed by the Postal Service except as provided below or as otherwise stated in the contract.

 

Page 51 of 60

 

 

(b) This computer software may be:

 

1. Used or copied for use in or with the computer or computers for which it was acquired, including use at any Postal Service installation to which the computer or computers may be transferred;
2. Used or copied for use in a backup computer if any computer for which it was acquired is inoperative;
3. Reproduced for safekeeping (archives) or backup purposes;
4. Modified, adapted, or combined with other computer software, provided that the modified, adapted, or combined portions of any derivative software incorporating restricted computer software are made subject to the same restricted rights;
5. Disclosed to and reproduced for use by support service suppliers in accordance with 1. through 4. above, provided the Postal Service makes such disclosure or reproduction subject to these restricted rights; and
6. Used or copied for use in or transferred to a replacement computer.

 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this computer software is published copyrighted computer software, it is licensed to the Postal Service, without disclosure prohibitions, with the minimum rights set forth in the preceding paragraph.
(d) Any other rights or limitations regarding the use, duplication, or disclosure of this computer software are to be expressly stated in, or incorporated in, the contract.
(e) This Notice must be marked on any reproduction of this computer software, in whole or in part.”

 

(b) When it is impracticable to include the above Notice on restricted computer software, the following short-form Notice may be used instead, on condition that the Postal Service’s rights with respect to such computer software will be as specified in the above Notice unless otherwise expressly stated in the contract.

 

“RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE (SHORT FORM)

 

Use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No. __________________________ (and subcontract ____________________________ , if appropriate) with________________(name of supplier and subcontractor).”

 

i. Subcontracting The supplier has the responsibility to obtain from its subcontractors all computer software and technical data and the rights therein necessary to fulfill the supplier’s obligations under this contract. If a subcontractor refuses to accept terms affording the Postal Service such rights, the supplier must promptly bring such refusal to the attention of the Contracting Officer and may not proceed with subcontract award without further authorization.

 

j. Standard Commercial License or Lease Agreements The supplier unconditionally accepts the terms and conditions of this clause unless expressly provided otherwise in this contract or in a collateral agreement incorporated in and made part of this contract. Thus the supplier agrees that, notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in the supplier’s standard commercial license or lease agreement pertaining to any restricted computer software delivered under this contract, and irrespective of whether any such agreement has been proposed before or after issuance of this contract or of the fact that such agreement may be affixed to or accompany the restricted computer software upon delivery, the Postal Service has the rights set forth in this clause to use, duplicate, or disclose any restricted computer software delivered under this contract.

 

k. Relationship to Patents Nothing contained in this clause implies a license to the Postal Service under any patent or may be construed as affecting the scope of any license or other right otherwise granted to the Postal Service. Clause 9-9: Equal Opportunity Pre-award Compliance of Subcontracts (March 2006)

 

Page 52 of 60

 

 

Clause 9-10: Service Contract Act (March 2006)

 

a. This contract is subject to the Service Contract Act of 1965, as amended (41 U.S.C. 6701 et seq.), and to the following provisions and all other applicable provisions of the Act and regulations of the Secretary of Labor issued under the Act (29 CFR Part 4).

 

(1) Each service employee employed in the performance of this contract by the supplier or any subcontractor must be:

 

(a) Paid not less than the minimum monetary wages, and
(b) Furnished fringe benefits in accordance with the wages and fringe benefits determined by the Secretary of Labor or an authorized representative, as specified in any wage determination attached to this contract.

(2)

 

(a) If a wage determination is attached to this contract, the Contracting Officer must require that any class of service employees not listed in it and to be employed under the contract (that is, the work to be performed is not performed by any classification listed in the wage determination) be classified by the supplier so as to provide a reasonable relationship (that is, appropriate level of skill comparison) between the unlisted classifications and the classifications in the wage determination. The conformed class of employees must be paid the monetary wages and furnished the fringe benefits determined under this clause. (The information collection requirements contained in this paragraph b . have been approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0150.)

 

(b) The conforming procedure must be initiated by the supplier before the performance of contract work by the unlisted class of employees. A written report of the proposed conforming action, including information regarding the agreement or disagreement of the authorized representative of the employees involved or, if there is no authorized representative, the employees themselves, must be submitted by the supplier to the Contracting Officer no later than 30 days after the unlisted class of employees performs any contract work. The Contracting Officer must review the proposed action and promptly submit a report of it, together with the agency’s recommendation and all pertinent information, including the position of the supplier and the employees, to the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, for review. Within 30 days of receipt, the Wage and Hour Division will approve, modify, or disapprove the action, render a final determination in the event of disagreement, or notify the Contracting Officer that additional time is necessary.

 

Page 53 of 60

 

 

(c) The final determination of the conformance action by the Wage and Hour Division will be transmitted to the Contracting Officer, who must promptly notify the supplier of the action taken. The supplier must give each affected employee a written copy of this determination, or it must be posted as a part of the wage determination.

 

(i) The process of establishing wage and fringe benefit rates bearing a reasonable relationship to those listed in a wage determination cannot be reduced to any single formula. The approach used may vary from determination to determination, depending on the circumstances. Standard wage and salary administration practices ranking various job classifications by pay grade pursuant to point schemes or other job factors may, for example, be relied upon. Guidance may also be obtained from the way various jobs are rated under federal pay systems (Federal Wage Board Pay System and the General Schedule) or from other wage determinations issued in the same locality. Basic to the establishment of conformable wage rates is the concept that a pay relationship should be maintained between job classifications on the basis of the skill required and the duties performed.
(ii) If a contract is modified or extended or an option is exercised, or if a contract succeeds a contract under which the classification in question was previously conformed pursuant to this clause, a new conformed wage rate and fringe benefits may be assigned to the conformed classification by indexing (that is, adjusting) the previous conformed rate and fringe benefits by an amount equal to the average (mean) percentage increase change in the wages and fringe benefits specified for all classifications to be used on the contract that are listed in the current wage determination, and those specified for the corresponding classifications in the previously applicable wage determination. If these conforming actions are accomplished before the performance of contract work by the unlisted class of employees, the supplier must advise the Contracting Officer of the action taken, but the other procedures in (1) ( b), ( 2 )( c ) above need not be followed.

 

(iii) No employee engaged in performing work on this contract may be paid less than the currently applicable minimum wage specified under section 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended.

 

(d) The wage rate and fringe benefits finally determined pursuant to b ( 2 )( a ) and ( b ) above must be paid to all employees performing in the classification from the first day on which contract work is performed by them in the classification. Failure to pay unlisted employees the compensation agreed upon by the interested parties and/or finally determined by the Wage and Hour Division retroactive to the date the class of employees began contract work is a violation of the Service Contract Act and this contract.

 

(e) Upon discovery of failure to comply with b ( 2 )( a ) through ( e ) above, the Wage and Hour Division will make a final determination of conformed classification, wage rate, and/ or fringe benefits that will be retroactive to the date the class of employees commenced contract work.

 

(3) If, as authorized pursuant to section 4(d) of the Service Contract Act, the term of this contract is more than 1 year, the minimum monetary wages and fringe benefits required to be paid or furnished to service employees will be subject to adjustment after 1 year and not less often than once every 2 years, pursuant to wage determinations to be issued by the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration of the Department of Labor.

 

(a) The supplier or subcontractor may discharge the obligation to furnish fringe benefits specified in the attachment or determined conformably to it by furnishing any equivalent combinations of bona fide fringe benefits, or by making equivalent or differential payments in cash in accordance with the applicable rules set forth in Subpart D of 29 CFR Part 4, and not otherwise.

 

Page 54 of 60

 

 

6. In the absence of a minimum-wage attachment for this contract, neither the supplier nor any subcontractor under this contract may pay any person performing work under the contract (regardless of whether they are service employees) less than the minimum wage specified by section 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938. Nothing in this provision relieves the supplier or any subcontractor of any other obligation under law or contract for the payment of a higher wage to any employee.

(2)

(a)       If this contract succeeds a contract subject to the Service Contract Act, under which substantially the same services were furnished in the same locality, and service employees were paid wages and fringe benefits provided for in a collective bargaining agreement, in the absence of a minimum wage attachment for this contract setting forth collectively bargained wage rates and fringe benefits, neither the supplier nor any subcontractor under this contract may pay any service employee performing any of the contract work (regardless of whether or not the employee was employed under the predecessor contract), less than the wages and fringe benefits provided for in the agreement, to which the employee would have been entitled if employed under the predecessor contract, including accrued wages and fringe benefits and any prospective increases in wages and fringe benefits provided for under the agreement.

 

(b)       No supplier or subcontractor under this contract may be relieved of the foregoing obligation unless the limitations of section 4.1(b) of 29 CFR Part 4 apply or unless the Secretary of Labor or an authorized representative finds, after a hearing as provided in section 4.10 of 29 CFR Part 4, that the wages and/or fringe benefits provided for in the agreement vary substantially from those prevailing for services of a similar character in the locality, or determines, as provided in section 4.11 of 29 CFR Part 4, that the agreement applicable to service employees under the predecessor contract was not entered into as a result of arm’s-length negotiations.

 

(c)       If it is found in accordance with the review procedures in 29 CFR 4.10 and/or 4.11 and Parts 6 and 8 that wages and/ or fringe benefits in a predecessor supplier’s collective bargaining agreement vary substantially from those prevailing for services of a similar character in the locality, and/or that the agreement applicable to service employees under the predecessor contract was not entered into as a result of arm’s-length negotiations, the Department will issue a new or revised wage determination setting forth the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits. This determination will be made part of the contract or subcontract, in accordance with the decision of the Administrator, the Administrative Law Judge, or the Board of Service Contract Appeals, as the case may be, irrespective of whether its issuance occurs before or after award (53 Comp. Gen. 401 (1973)). In the case of a wage determination issued solely as a result of a finding of substantial variance, it will be effective as of the date of the final administrative decision.

 

e. The supplier and any subcontractor under this contract must notify each service employee starting work on the contract of the minimum monetary wage and any fringe benefits required to be paid pursuant to the contract, or must post the wage determination attached to this contract. The poster provided by the Department of Labor (Publication WH 1313) must be posted in a prominent and accessible place at the worksite. Failure to comply with this requirement is a violation of section 2(a)(4) of the Act and of this contract. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0150.)

 

f. The supplier or subcontractor may not permit services called for by this contract to be performed in buildings or surroundings or under working conditions provided by or under the control or supervision of the supplier or subcontractor that are unsanitary or hazardous or dangerous to the health or safety of service employees engaged to furnish these services, and the supplier or subcontractor must comply with the safety and health standards applied under 29 CFR Part 1925.

g.

(1) The supplier and each subcontractor performing work subject to the Act must maintain for 3 years from the completion of the work records containing the information specified in (a) through (f) following for each employee subject to the Service Contract Act and must make them available for inspection and transcription by authorized representatives of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration of the U.S. Department of Labor (approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control numbers 1215-0017 and 1215-0150):

 

(a) Name, address, and social security number of each employee.
(b) The correct work classification, rate or rates of monetary wages paid and fringe benefits provided, rate or rates of fringe benefit payments in lieu thereof, and total daily and weekly compensation of each employee.
(c) The number of daily and weekly hours so worked by each employee.
(d) Any deductions, rebates, or refunds from the total daily or weekly compensation of each employee.
(e) A list of monetary wages and fringe benefits for those classes of service employees not included in the wage determination attached to this contract but for whom wage rates or fringe benefits have been determined by the interested parties or by the Administrator or authorized representative pursuant to paragraph b . above. A copy of the report required by b ( 2 )( b ) above is such a list.
(f) Any list of the predecessor supplier’s employees furnished to the supplier pursuant to section 4.6(1)(2) of 29 CFR Part 4.

 

(2) The supplier must also make available a copy of this contract for inspection or transcription by authorized representatives of the Wage and Hour Division.
(3) Failure to make and maintain or to make available the records specified in this paragraph g . for inspection and transcription is a violation of the regulations and this contract, and in the case of failure to produce these records, the Contracting Officer, upon direction of the Department of Labor and notification of the supplier, must take action to suspend any further payment or advance of funds until the violation ceases.

 

Page 55 of 60

 

 

(4) The supplier must permit authorized representatives of the Wage and Hour Division to conduct interviews with employees at the worksite during normal working hours.

 

h. The supplier must unconditionally pay to each employee subject to the Service Contract Act all wages due free and clear and without subsequent deduction (except as otherwise provided by law or regulations, 29 CFR Part 4), rebate, or kickback on any account. Payments must be made no later than one pay period following the end of the regular pay period in which the wages were earned or accrued. A pay period under the Act may not be of any duration longer than semimonthly.
i. The Contracting Officer must withhold or cause to be withheld from the Postal Service supplier under this or any other contract with the supplier such sums as an appropriate official of the Department of Labor requests or the Contracting Officer decides may be necessary to pay underpaid employees employed by the supplier or subcontractor. In the event of failure to pay employees subject to the Act wages or fringe benefits due under the Act, the Postal Service may, after authorization or by direction of the Department of Labor and written notification to the supplier, suspend any further payment or advance of funds until the violations cease. Additionally, any failure to comply with the requirements of this clause may be grounds for termination of the right to proceed with the contract work. In this event, the Postal Service may enter into other contracts or arrangements for completion of the work, charging the supplier in default with any additional cost.
j. The supplier agrees to insert this clause in all subcontracts subject to the Act. The term “supplier,” as used in this clause in any subcontract, is deemed to refer to the subcontractor, except in the term “supplier.”
k. Service employee means any person engaged in the performance of this contract other than any person employed in a bona fide executive, administrative, or professional capacity, as those terms are defined in 29 CFR Part 541, as of July 30, 1976, and any subsequent revision of those regulations. The term includes all such persons regardless of any contractual relationship that may be alleged to exist between a supplier or subcontractor and them.

l.

(1) If wages to be paid or fringe benefits to be furnished service employees employed by the supplier or a subcontractor under the contract are provided for in a collective bargaining agreement that is or will be effective during any period in which the contract is being performed, the supplier must report this fact to the Contracting Officer, together with full information as to the application and accrual of these wages and fringe benefits, including any prospective increases, to service employees engaged in work on the contract, and furnish a copy of the agreement. The report must be made upon starting performance of the contract, in the case of collective bargaining agreements effective at the time. In the case of agreements or provisions or amendments thereof effective at a later time during the period of contract performance, they must be reported promptly after their negotiation. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0150.)

 

Page 56 of 60

 

 

(2) Not less than 10 days before completion of any contract being performed at a Postal facility where service employees may be retained in the performance of a succeeding contract and subject to a wage determination containing vacation or other benefit provisions based upon length of service with a supplier (predecessor) or successor (section 4.173 of Regulations, 29 CFR Part 4), the incumbent supplier must furnish to the Contracting Officer a certified list of the names of all service employees on the supplier’s or subcontractor’s payroll during the last month of contract performance. The list must also contain anniversary dates of employment on the contract, either with the current or predecessor suppliers of each such service employee. The Contracting Officer must turn over this list to the successor supplier at the commencement of the succeeding contract. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0150.)

 

m. Rulings and interpretations of the Service Contract Act of 1965, as amended, are contained in Regulations, 29 CFR Part 4.

 

n.

(1) By entering into this contract, the supplier and its officials certify that neither they nor any person or firm with a substantial interest in the supplier’s firm are ineligible to be awarded government contracts by virtue of the sanctions imposed pursuant to section 5 of the Act.
(2) No part of this contract may be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a government contract pursuant to section 5 of the Act.
(3) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001.

 

o. Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of this clause, the following employees may be employed in accordance with the following variations, tolerances, and exemptions, which the Secretary of Labor, pursuant to section 4(b) of the Act before its amendment by P.L. 92-473, found to be necessary and proper in the public interest or to avoid serious impairment of the conduct of government business:

 

(1) Apprentices, student-learners, and workers whose earning capacity is impaired by age, or physical or mental deficiency or injury may be employed at wages lower than the minimum wages otherwise required by section 2(a)(1) or 2(b)(1) of the Service Contract Act without diminishing any fringe benefits or cash payments in lieu thereof required under section 2(a)(2) of the Act, in accordance with the conditions and procedures prescribed for the employment of apprentices, student-learners, handicapped persons, and handicapped clients of sheltered workshops under section 14 of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, in the regulations issued by the Administrator (29 CFR Parts 520, 521, 524, and 525).
(2) The Administrator will issue certificates under the Service Contract Act for the employment of apprentices, student- learners, handicapped persons, or handicapped clients of sheltered workshops not subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, or subject to different minimum rates of pay under the two Acts, authorizing appropriate rates of minimum wages (but without changing requirements concerning fringe benefits or supplementary cash payments in lieu thereof), applying procedures prescribed by the applicable regulations issued under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (29 CFR Parts 520, 521, 524, and 525).
(3) The Administrator will also withdraw, annul, or cancel such certificates in accordance with the regulations in 29 CFR Parts 525 and 528.

 

Page 57 of 60

 

 

p. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they perform when they are employed and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the U.S. Department of Labor, or if no such recognized agency exists in a state, under a program registered with the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, Employment and Training Administration, U.S. Department of Labor. Any employee not registered as an apprentice in an approved program must be paid the wage rate and fringe benefits contained in the applicable wage determination for the journeyman classification of work actually performed. The wage rates paid apprentices may not be less than the wage rate for their level of progress set forth in the registered program, expressed as the appropriate percentage of the journeyman’s rate contained in the applicable wage determination. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen employed on the contract work in any craft classification may not be greater than the ratio permitted to the supplier for its entire workforce under the registered program.

 

q. An employee engaged in an occupation in which he or she customarily and regularly receives more than $30 a month tips may have the amount of tips credited by the employer against the minimum wage required by section 2(a)(1) or section 2(b)(1) of the Act in accordance with section 3(m) of the Fair Labor Standards Act and Regulations, 29 CFR Part 531. However, the amount of this credit may not exceed $1.24 per hour beginning January 1, 1980, and $1.34 per hour after December 31, 1980. To utilize this provison:

 

(1) The employer must inform tipped employees about this tip credit allowance before the credit is utilized;
(2) The employees must be allowed to retain all tips (individually or through a pooling arrangement and regardless of whether the employer elects to take a credit for tips received);
(3) The employer must be able to show by records that the employee receives at least the applicable Service Contract Act minimum wage through the combination of direct wages and tip credit (approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1214-0017); and
(4) The use of tip credit must have been permitted under any predecessor collective bargaining agreement applicable by virtue of section 4(c) of the Act.

 

a. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract are not subject to Clause B-9: Claims and Disputes but must be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR Parts 4, 6, and 8. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the supplier (or any of its subcontractors) and the Postal Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives.

 

Clause 9-12: Fair Labor Standards Act and Service Contract Act – Price Adjustment (February 2010)

 

a. The Supplier warrants that the contract prices do not include allowance for any contingency to cover increased costs for which adjustment is provided under this clause.

 

b. The minimum prevailing wage determination, including fringe benefits, issued under the Service Contract Act of 1965 by the Department of Labor (DOL), current at least every two years after the original award date, current at the beginning of any option period, or in the case of a significant change in labor requirements, applies to this contract and any exercise of an option of this contract. When no such determination has been made as applied to this contract, the minimum wage established in accordance with the Fair Labor Standards Act applies to any exercise of an option of this contract.

 

Page 58 of 60

 

 

c. When, as a result of the determination of minimum prevailing wages and fringe benefits applicable (1) every two years after original award date, (2) at the beginning of any option period, or (3) in the case of a significant change in labor requirements, an increased or decreased wage determination is applied to this contract, or when as a result of any amendment to the Fair Labor Standards Act enacted after award that affects minimum wage, and whenever such a determination becomes applicable to this contract under law, the Supplier increases or decreases wages or fringe benefits of employees working on the contract to comply, the Supplier and the Contracting Officer will negotiate whether and to what extent either party will absorb the costs of the wage change. Any resulting change in contract price is limited to increases or decreases in wages or fringe benefits, and the concomitant increases or decreases in Social Security, unemployment taxes, and workers' compensation insurance, but may not otherwise include any amount for general and administrative costs, overhead, or profit. ( See Attachment E)

 

d. The Supplier or Contracting Officer may request a contract price adjustment within 30 days of the effective date of a wage change. If a request for contract price adjustment has been made, and the parties have not reached an agreement within thirty days of that request, the Contracting Officer should issue a unilateral change order in the amount considered to be a fair and equitable adjustment. The Supplier may then either accept the amount, or the Supplier may file a claim under Clause B-9: Claims and Disputes unless the Contracting Officer and Supplier extend this period in writing. Upon agreement of the parties, the contract price or unit price labor rates will be modified in writing. Pending agreement on or determination of any such adjustment and its effective date, the Supplier must continue performance.

 

e. The Contracting Officer or the Contracting Officer's authorized representative must, for 3 years after final payment under the contract, be given access to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books, papers, and records of the Supplier.

 

Clause 9-14: Affirmative Action for Special Disabled Veterans, Veterans of the Vietnam Era, and other Eligible Veterans (February 2010)

 

a. The Supplier must comply with the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor issued under the Vietnam Era Veterans’ Readjustment Assistance Act of 1972 (the Act), as amended (38 U.S.C. 4211 and 4212).

 

b. The Supplier may not discriminate against any employee or applicant because that employee or applicant is a special disabled veteran, a veteran of the Vietnam era, or other eligible veteran, in regard to any position for which the employee or applicant is qualified. The Supplier agrees to take affirmative action to employ, advance in employment, and otherwise treat qualified special disabled veterans, veterans of the Vietnam era, and other eligible veterans without discrimination in all employment practices, such as employment, upgrading, demotion, transfer, recruitment, advertising, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for training (including apprenticeship).

 

c. The Supplier agrees to list all employment openings which exist at the time of the execution of this contract and those which occur during the performance of this contract, including those not generated by this contract and including those occurring at an establishment of the Supplier other than the one where the contract is being performed, but excluding those of independently operated corporate affiliates, at an appropriate local office of the state employment service where the opening occurs. State and local government agencies holding Postal Service contracts of $100,000 or more will also list their openings with the appropriate office of the state employment service.

 

d. Listing of employment openings with the employment service system will be made at least concurrently with the use of any recruitment source or effort and will involve the normal obligations attaching to the placing of a bona fide job order, including the acceptance of referrals of veterans and nonveterans. The listing of employment openings does not require the hiring of any particular applicant or hiring from any particular group of applicants, and nothing herein is intended to relieve the Supplier from any other requirements regarding nondiscrimination in employment.

 

e. Whenever the Supplier becomes contractually bound to the listing provisions of this clause, it must advise the employment service system in each state where it has establishments of the name and location of each hiring location in the state. The Supplier may advise the state system when it is no longer bound by this clause.

 

f. Paragraphs c, d, and e above do not apply to openings the Supplier proposes to fill from within its own organization or under a customary and traditional employer union hiring arrangement. But this exclusion does not apply to a particular opening once the Supplier decides to consider applicants outside its own organization or employer union arrangements for that opening.

 

Page 59 of 60

 

 

Part 4 – List of Attachments

 

 

Attachment A – Service Point Details and Specifications

Attachment B – Vehicle Specifications

Attachment C – Representations and Certifications

Attachment D – Pricing Sheet (for information only)

Attachment E – Wage Determination Examples – National

Attachment F – Subcontracting Plan Requirements

Attachment G – PS3881-X Supplier and Payee EFT Enrollment

Attachment H – Transportation Services Proposal & Contract (PS 7405)

Attachment I – Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) Vehicle Inspections by Law Enforcement Officials

Attachment J – Manifests

Attachment K – Dock Safety Guidance

Attachment L – Highway Contractor Safety

Attachment M – DRO Mileage & Departure Time Variation

Attachment N – Frequently Asked Questions

Attachment O – Federal Contractor Veterans Employment Report (VETS-4212)

Attachment P – Manifest Review Slides

 

Page 60 of 60

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

TRANSPORTATION SERVICES PROPOSAL & CONTRACT

FOR REGULAR SERVICE

1. PROPOSAL SUBMITTED PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-79-18 06/22/2018 913A7 07/29/2018 06/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
  SANTA CLARITA P&DC, CA VARIOUS DESTINATIONS, CA
2. RATE OF COMPENSATION
WRITTEN DOLLAR AMOUNT (Proposal must be submitted on a single annual rate basis unless the solicitation specifically calls for proposals at a per mile, per piece, per trip, or other unit rate.) AMOUNT (Figures)
 

Region B

Bid RPM

                    Non Peak Peak

Upper         $2.75          $3.66

Expected    $2.75          $3.67

Lower         $2.76          $3.68

3. OFFEROR
a. NAME (Print or Type) b. ADDRESS (Street, City, State, Zip+4)
THUNDER RIDGE TRANS INC PO BOX 2446, SPRINGFIELD, MO 65801-2446
c. TELEPHONE NO. d. DOT NO. e. SOCIAL SECURITY NO. OR EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.
417-833-8456 872693 75-3010383

f. LEGAL RESIDENCE OF

 

(Complete if Offeror is an individual.)

 

g. ENGAGED IN BUSINESS IN

 

(Complete if Offeror is a partnership or corporation.)

 

COUNTY STATE COUNTY STATE
GREENE MO    

h. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF AMENDMENTS

 

THE OFFEROR ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF AMENDMENTS TO THE SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS NUMBERED AND DATED AS FOLLOWS:

AMENDMENT NO. DATE AMENDMENT NO. DATE
       
       
4. CONTRACT

 

In compliance with the solicitation of the U.S. Postal Service described above, the above named offeror proposes to provide the service called for in said solicitation and, in the case of a negotiated contract, in the description of service attached hereto and made a part hereof, at the rate of compensation set out above.

 

The offeror submitting the offer or proposal agrees with the U.S. Postal Service that if this offer or proposal is accepted, the offeror will give personal or representative supervision to the performance of the service. The offeror certifies that this proposal is made in the offeror’s own interest and not by the offeror as the representative of another person or company and with full knowledge of the required conditions of service.

 

The solicitation and all attachments are incorporated by reference as a part of this proposal.

 

If the offeror is a partnership or corporation, the Contracting Officer may request such offeror to furnish evidence of the authority of the party executing the proposal.

 

When a partnership offers, the signature of one partner is sufficient.

  

5. OFFEROR 6. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
This proposal is made in good faith and with the intention to enter into a contract to perform service in case the proposal is accepted. The U.S. Postal Service has caused this contract to be executed.
/s/ Billy Peck Jr. 7/27/2018 /s/ USPS Contracting Officer 8/16/2018
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO    

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

 
                               

     

 

 

 

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM

 

The offeror, by checking the applicable block or blocks represents that it (1)  has developed and has on file,  has not developed and does not have on file, at each establishment, affirmative action programs as required by the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor (41 CFR 60-1 and 60-2) and  has,  has not filed the required reports with the Joint Reporting Committee; or (2)  has not previously had contracts subject to the written affirmative action program requirement of the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor.

 

CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES

 

a. By submitting this proposal, the offeror certifies that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The offeror agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause of this contract.

 

b. As used in this certification, segregated facilities means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms or wash rooms, restaurants or other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms or other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, or housing facilities provided for employees that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise.

 

c. The offeror further agrees that (unless it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) it will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors before awarding subcontracts exceeding $10,000 that are not exempt from the provisions of the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause; that it will retain these certifications in its files; and that it will forward the following notice to these proposed subcontractors (except when they have submitted identical certifications for specific time period(s):

 

NOTICE

 

A certification of no segregated facilities must be submitted before the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 that is not exempt from the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause. The certification may be submitted whether for each subcontract or for all subcontracts during a period (quarterly, semiannually, or annually).

 

 

 

PARENT COMPANY TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

 

a. A parent company is one that owns or controls the basic business policies of an offeror. To own means to own more than 50 percent of the voting rights in the offeror. To control means to be able to formulate, determine, or veto basic business policy decisions of the offeror. A parent company need not own the offeror to control it; it may exercise control through the use of dominant minority voting rights, proxy voting, contractual arrangements, or otherwise.

 

b. Enter the offeror’s Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) in the space provided. The TIN is the offeror’s Social Security Number or other Employer Identification Number used on the offeror’s quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Form 941.

 

 
Offeror’s TIN 75-3010383

 

c. Check this block if the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company:

 

d. If the block above is checked, provide the following information about the parent company:

 

EVO Transportation and Energy Services
Parent Company’s Name
Parent Company’s Main Office Address
8285 W. Lake Pleasant Parkway
No. and Street
Peoria AZ 85382
City State ZIP+4
Parent Company’s TIN 37-1615850

 

e. If the offeror is a member of an affiliated group that files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis (whether or not the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company, as provided above) provide the name and TIN of the common parent of the affiliated group:

Name of Common Parent  
Common Parent’s TIN  
   

 

 

                   

     

 

 

TRANSPORTATION SERVICES PROPOSAL & CONTRACT

FOR REGULAR SERVICE

1. PROPOSAL SUBMITTED PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-79-18 03/12/2018     06/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
  Santa Clarita, CA  Region B  
2. RATE OF COMPENSATION
WRITTEN DOLLAR AMOUNT (Proposal must be submitted on a single annual rate basis unless the solicitation specifically calls for proposals at a per mile, per piece, per trip, or other unit rate.) AMOUNT (Figures)
 

$2.75/Mile- Non-Peak

$3.67/Mile- Peak

 

3. OFFEROR
a. NAME (Print or Type) b. ADDRESS (Street, City, State, Zip
Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

c. TELEPHONE NO. d. DOT NO. e. SOCIAL SECURITY NO. OR EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.
417-833-8456 872693 75-3010383

f. LEGAL RESIDENCE OF

 

(Complete if Offeror is an individual.)

 

g. ENGAGED IN BUSINESS IN

 

(Complete if Offeror is a partnership or corporation.)

 

COUNTY STATE COUNTY STATE
    Greene MO

h. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF AMENDMENTS

 

THE OFFEROR ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF AMENDMENTS TO THE SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS NUMBERED AND DATED AS FOLLOWS:

AMENDMENT NO. DATE AMENDMENT NO. DATE
       
       
4. CONTRACT

 

In compliance with the solicitation of the U.S. Postal Service described above, the above named offeror proposes to provide the service called for in said solicitation and, in the case of a negotiated contract, in the description of service attached hereto and made a part hereof, at the rate of compensation set out above.

 

The offeror submitting the offer or proposal agrees with the U.S. Postal Service that if this offer or proposal is accepted, the offeror will give personal or representative supervision to the performance of the service. The offeror certifies that this proposal is made in the offeror’s own interest and not by the offeror as the representative of another person or company and with full knowledge of the required conditions of service.

 

The solicitation and all attachments are incorporated by reference as a part of this proposal.

 

If the offeror is a partnership or corporation, the Contracting Officer may request such offeror to furnish evidence of the authority of the party executing the proposal.

 

When a partnership offers, the signature of one partner is sufficient.

 

5. OFFEROR 6. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
This proposal is made in good faith and with the intention to enter into a contract to perform service in case the proposal is accepted. The U.S. Postal Service has caused this contract to be executed.
/s/ Billy Peck Jr. 4/17/2018    
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS CONTRACTING OFFICER  

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

 
                               

     

 

 

 

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM

 

The offeror, by checking the applicable block or blocks represents that it (1)  has developed and has on file,  has not developed and does not have on file, at each establishment, affirmative action programs as required by the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor (41 CFR 60-1 and 60-2) and  has,  has not filed the required reports with the Joint Reporting Committee; or (2)  has not previously had contracts subject to the written affirmative action program requirement of the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor.

 

CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES

 

a. By submitting this proposal, the offeror certifies that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The offeror agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause of this contract.

 

b. As used in this certification, segregated facilities means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms or wash rooms, restaurants or other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms or other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, or housing facilities provided for employees that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise.

 

c. The offeror further agrees that (unless it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) it will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors before awarding subcontracts exceeding $10,000 that are not exempt from the provisions of the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause; that it will retain these certifications in its files; and that it will forward the following notice to these proposed subcontractors (except when they have submitted identical certifications for specific time period(s):

 

NOTICE

 

A certification of no segregated facilities must be submitted before the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 that is not exempt from the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause. The certification may be submitted whether for each subcontract or for all subcontracts during a period (quarterly, semiannually, or annually).

 

 

 

PARENT COMPANY TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

 

a. A parent company is one that owns or controls the basic business policies of an offeror. To own means to own more than 50 percent of the voting rights in the offeror. To control means to be able to formulate, determine, or veto basic business policy decisions of the offeror. A parent company need not own the offeror to control it; it may exercise control through the use of dominant minority voting rights, proxy voting, contractual arrangements, or otherwise.

 

b. Enter the offeror’s Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) in the space provided. The TIN is the offeror’s Social Security Number or other Employer Identification Number used on the offeror’s quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Form 941.

 

 
Offeror’s TIN 75-3010383

 

c. Check this block if the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company:

 

d. If the block above is checked, provide the following information about the parent company:

 
Parent Company’s Name
Parent Company’s Main Office Address
 
No. and Street
     
City State ZIP+4
Parent Company’s TIN  

 

e. If the offeror is a member of an affiliated group that files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis (whether or not the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company, as provided above) provide the name and TIN of the common parent of the affiliated group:

Name of Common Parent  
Common Parent’s TIN  
   

 

 

                   

     

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
1
PAGE OF
1 1
1. SOLICITATION AMENDMENT PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-79-18 03/12/2018     06/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
  Wave 7 DRO-Multiple Sites  
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO MD 20774-5389

 

4. DATE ISSUED
03/29/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO Solicitation #150-79-18 Wave 7 updated changes as follows:

 

1. Statement of Work (SOW) attachment change to state Shreveport, LA (3-Regions).

2. Terms and Conditions (T&C’s) attachment include Baton Rouge, LA historic Non-peak and Peak Region RPM’s Weighted for Region A & B.

3. Baton Rouge, LA - Attachment A’s for Regions A & B based on mileage tiers changes.

4. Baton Rouge, LA - Attachment Manifest for Region A changes in service points. No change in the manifest attachment for Region B.

The mileage stated on the manifest for Region B indicated remove miles are not part of the DRO contract.

5. Baton Rouge, LA - Mileage Tiers and RPM’s changed for Upper, Expected, and Lower for Non-peak and Peak in Emptoris solicitation.

6. Baton Rouge, LA - Pricing Sheet - Attachment D for Region A & Region B changes for mileage tiers and RPM’s.

7. DRO Wave 7 solicitation closing date will be extended until Friday, April 13, 2018 at 4:00 a. m., Eastern Standard Time.

8. Shreveport, LA - Attachment for Manifest Region A service point correction.

9. Please include a signed copy of this amendment with your completed proposal.

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

The date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is (or has been extended to): 04/13/2018 04:00 A.M.
     (Date)                    (Time)
7. OFFEROR 8. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
/s/ Billy Peck Jr. 4/17/2018 /s/ USPS Contracting Officer 3/29/2018
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

                       

     

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
3
PAGE OF
1 1
1. SOLICITATION AMENDMENT PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-79-18 03/12/2018     06/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
  DRO Wave 7-Multiple Sites  
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO MD 20774-5389

 

4. DATE ISSUED
04/09/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION – Amendment #3

DRO Solicitation #150-79-18 – Wave 7 incorporate the following updates:

 

1. Updated Attachment A- Greenville Region A - Hub point service points added, but will not be removed from Region C.
As indicated on the Attachment A -Transportation from the P&DC to hub is in Region A from the hub down is in Region B and C.
Anderson service point added, but does not change the mileage.

2. Updated Attachment A’s for Johnstown Regions A thru C with changes in mileage tiers.

3. Updated Manifests for Johnstown Regions A thru C.

4. Updated Terms and Conditions to include RPM’s changes for Johnstown Region A thru C.

5. Updated Attachment D - Pricing Sheet to include Mileage Tier/RPM’S for Johnstown Regions A thru C.

6. Wave 7 solicitation closing date will be extended until Wednesday, 4/18/2018 at 05:00 a.m., Eastern Standard Time.

7. Please include a signed copy of this amendment with your completed proposal.

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

The date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is (or has been extended to): 04/18/2018 05:00 A.M.
     (Date)                    (Time)
7. OFFEROR 8. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
/s/ Billy Peck Jr. 4/17/2018 /s/ USPS Contracting Officer 4/9/2018
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

                       

     

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
2
PAGE OF
1 1
1. SOLICITATION AMENDMENT PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-79-18 03/12/2018     06/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
  DRO Wave 7 Multiple Sites  
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO MD 20774-5389

 

4. DATE ISSUED
04/02/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION – Amendment #2

DRO Solicitation #150-79-18 – Wave 7 incorporate the following updates:

 

1. Attachment N - Frequent Asked Questions (FAQ’s) updated for Wave 7.

2. There is no longer Not-to-Exceed RPM’s for DRO solicitations.

3. Late slips are incorporated in DRO solicitations.

4. Attachment R - GPS added to the solicitation.

5. Statement of Work (SOW) – Attachment R added to the attachment list on page 16.

6. Please include a signed copy of this amendment with your completed proposal.

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

The date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is (or has been extended to): 04/13/2018 04:00 A.M.
     (Date)                    (Time)
7. OFFEROR 8. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
/s/ Billy Peck Jr. 4/17/2018 /s/ USPS Contracting Officer 4/2/2018
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

                       

     

 

 

Attachment C

Representations and Certifications

 

ATTACHMENT C

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS

 

a. Type of Business Organization. The offeror, by checking the applicable blocks, represents that it:

 

1.) Operates as:

 

☒ a corporation incorporated under the laws of the state of Missouri ;

☐ an individual;

☐ a partnership;

☐ a joint venture;

☐ a limited liability company

☐ a nonprofit organization, ____ or;

☐ an educational institution; and

 

2.) Is (check all that apply)

 

☒ a small business concern;

☐ a minority business

☐ Black American

☐ Hispanic American

☐ Native American

☐ Asian American

☐ a woman-owned business;

☐ an educational or other nonprofit organization, or

☐ none of the above entities.

 

3.) Small Business Concern . A small business concern for the purposes of Postal Service purchasing means a business, including an affiliate, that is independently owned and operated, is not dominant in producing or performing the supplies or services being purchased, and has no more than 500 employees, unless a different size standard has been established by the Small Business Administration (see 13 CFR 121, particularly for different size standards for airline, railroad, and construction companies). For subcontracts of $50,000 or less, a subcontractor having no more than 500 employees qualifies as a small business without regard to other factors.

 

4.) Minority Business . A minority business is a concern that is at least 51 percent owned by, and whose management and daily business operations are controlled by, one or more members of a socially and economically disadvantaged minority group, namely U.S. citizens who are Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, or Asian Americans. (Native Americans are American Indians, Eskimos, Aleuts, and Native Hawaiians. Asian Americans are U.S. citizens whose origins are Japanese, Chinese, Filipino, Vietnamese, Korean, Samoan, Laotian, Kampuchea (Cambodian), Taiwanese, in the U.S. Trust Territories of the Pacific Islands or in the Indian subcontinent.)

 

5.) Woman-owned Business . A woman-owned business is a concern at least 51 percent of which is owned by a woman (or women) who is a U.S. citizen, controls the firm by exercising the power to make policy decisions, and operates the business by being actively involved in day-to-day management.

 

6.) Educational or Other Nonprofit Organization . Any corporation, foundation, trust, or other institution operated for scientific or educational purposes, not organized for profit, no part of the net earnings of which inures to the profits of any private shareholder or individual.

 

b. Parent Company and Taxpayer Identification Number.

 

1.) A parent company is one that owns or controls the basic business policies of an offeror. To own means to own more than 50 percent of the voting rights in the offeror. To control means to be able to formulate, determine, or veto basic business policy decisions of the offeror. A parent company need not own the offeror to control it; it may exercise control through the use of dominant minority voting rights, proxy voting, contractual arrangements, or otherwise.

     

 

 

Attachment C

Representations and Certifications

 

2.) Enter the offeror’s Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) in the space provided. The TIN is the offeror’s Social Security number or other Employee Identification Number used on the offeror’s Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Form 941.

 

Offeror’s TIN 75-3010383                                                    

 

3.)       Check this block if the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company: ☐

 

4.)       If the block above is checked, provide the following information about the parent company:

 

Parent Company’s Name:                                                         

Parent Company’s Main Office:                                              

Address:                                                                                      

No. and Street:                                                                           

City: __________________ State: _____ Zip Code:        

Parent Company’s TIN:                                                            

 

5.) If the offeror is a member of an affiliated group that files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis (whether or not the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company, as provided above) provide the name and TIN of the common parent of the affiliated group:

 

Name of Common Parent                                                         

Common Parent’s TIN                                                             

 

c. Certificate of Independent Price Determination.

 

1.) By submitting this proposal, the offeror certifies, and in the case of a joint proposal each party to it certifies as to its own organization, that in connection with this solicitation:

 

a) The prices proposed have been arrived at independently, without consultation, communication, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to the prices with any other offeror or with any competitor;
b) Unless otherwise required by law, the prices proposed have not been and will not be knowingly disclosed by the offeror before award of a contract, directly or indirectly to any other offeror or to any competitor; and
c) No attempt has been made or will be made by the offeror to induce any other person or firm to submit or not submit a proposal for the purpose of restricting competition.

 

2.) Each person signing this proposal certifies that:

 

a) He or she is the person in the offeror’s organization responsible for the decision as to the prices being offered herein and that he or she has not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above; or
b) He or she is not the person in the offeror’s organization responsible for the decision as to the prices being offered but that he or she has been authorized in writing to act as agent for the persons responsible in certifying that they have not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above, and as their agent does hereby so certify; and he or she has not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above.

 

3.) Modification or deletion of any provision in this certificate may result in the disregarding of the proposal as unacceptable. Any modification or deletion should be accompanied by a signed statement explaining the reasons and describing in detail any disclosure or communication.

 

d. Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities.

 

1.) By submitting this proposal, the offeror certifies that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The offeror agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract.

 

2.) As used in this certification, segregated facilities means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms or wash rooms, restaurants or other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms or other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment area, transportation, or housing facilities provided for employees that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise.

 

     

 

 

Attachment C

Representations and Certifications

 

3.) The offeror further agrees that (unless it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) it will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors before awarding subcontracts exceeding $10,000 that are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause; that it will retain these certifications in its files; and that it will forward the following notice to these proposed subcontractors (except when they have submitted identical certifications for specific time periods):

 

Notice: A certification of nonsegregated facilities must be submitted before the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 that is not exempt from the Equal Opportunity clause. The certification may be submitted either for each subcontract or for all subcontracts during a period (quarterly, semiannually, or annually).

 

e. Certification Regarding Debarment, Proposed Debarment, and Other Matters (This certification must be completed with respect to any offer with a value of $100,000 or more.)

 

1.) The offeror certifies, to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it or any of its principals

 

a) Are ☐ are not ☒ presently debarred or proposed for debarment, or declared ineligible for the award of contracts by any Federal, state, or local agency;

 

b) Have ☐ have not ☒, within the three-year period preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for: commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, state, or local) contract or subcontract; violation of Federal or state antitrust statutes relating to the submission of offers; or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, tax evasion, or receiving stolen property;

 

c) Are ☐ are not ☒ presently indicted for, or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity with, commission of any of the offenses enumerated in subparagraph (b) above;

 

d) Have ☐ have not ☒ within a three-year period preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for: commission of fraud or a criminal offense in conjunction with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, state or local) contract or subcontract; violation of Federal or state antitrust statutes relating to the submission of offers; or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, tax evasion or receiving stolen property; and

 

e) Are ☐ are not ☒ presently indicted for, or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity with, commission of any of the offenses enumerated in subparagraph (d) above.

 

2.) The offeror has ☐ has not ☒, within a three-year period preceding this offer, had one or more contracts terminated for default by any Federal, state, or local agency.

 

3.) “Principals,” for the purposes of this certification, means officers, directors, owners, partners, and other persons having primary management or supervisory responsibilities within a business entity (e.g., general manager, plant manager, head of a subsidiary, division, or business segment, and similar positions).

 

4.) The offeror must provide immediate written notice to the Contracting Officer if, at any time prior to contract award, the offeror learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.

 

5.) A certification that any of the items in paragraph (a) of this provision exists will not necessarily result in withholding of an award under this solicitation. However, the certification will be considered as part of the evaluation of the offeror’s capability (see PM 2.1.9.c.3). The offeror’s failure to furnish a certification or provide additional information requested by the contracting officer will affect the capability evaluation.

 

6.) Nothing contained in the foregoing may be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by paragraph (a) of this provision. The knowledge and information of an offeror is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.

 

     

 

 

Attachment C

Representations and Certifications

 

7.) This certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States and the making of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under section 1001, Title 18, United States Code.

 

8.) The certification in paragraph (a) of this provision is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making the award. If it is later determined that the offeror knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Postal Service, the Contracting Officer may terminate the contract resulting from this solicitation for default.

 

a. Incorporation by Reference. Wherever in this solicitation or contract a standard provision or clause is incorporated by reference, the incorporated term is identified by its title, its provision or clause number assigned to it, and its date. The text of incorporated terms may be found at http://www.usps.com/cpim/ftp/manuals/spp/spp.pdf . If checked, the following provision(s) is incorporated in this solicitation by reference: (contracting officer will check as appropriate)

 

1.       Provision 1-2: Domestic Source Certificate - Supplies

2.       Provision 1-3: Domestic Source Certificate - Construction Materials

3.       Provision 9-1: Equal Opportunity Affirmative Action Program

4.       Provision 9-2: Preaward Equal Opportunity Compliance Review

5.       Provision 9-3: Notice of Requirements for Equal Opportunity Affirmative Action

 

 

 

 

Highway Contract Route (HCR)

Dynamic Routing Optimization (DRO) Service

 

 

 

Date of Issue: 03-12-2018

  

 

 

 

Contents

  

PART 1 – STATEMENT OF WORK 1
   
  A. Overview 1
     
  B. Requirements 1
     
  C. Period of Performance 7
     
  D. Place of Performance 7
     
  E. Technology 7
     
  F. Administrative Official 9
     
  G. Electronic Communication and Interactivity 9
     
  H. Safety Rating (Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration) 9
     
  I. Subcontracting 10
     
  J. Usage of Postal Facilities 10
     
  K. Payment and Schedule Changes 10
     
  L. Performance 12
     
  M. Irregularities 13
     
  N. Fuel Adjustment 14
     
PART 2 – LIST OF ATTACHMENTS 15

  

i

 

 

Part 1 – Statement of Work

 

A. OVERVIEW

 

The Postal Service is seeking to award surface transportation service that is responsive to daily mail volumes. Through the use of a Transportation Management System (TMS), forecasted mail volumes will be used to optimize local distribution networks at the Processing and Distribution Centers (P&DC) solicited.

 

The Supplier will provide surface transportation based on volume availability and a Transportation Management System (TMS) dynamic route optimization manifest. The Supplier will plan its operations based on the manifest and transportation information provided in support of, and in conjunction with, the needs of the Host P&DC, delivery units, and offices. The hours of service and address locations for the Host P&DC delivery units and city offices serviced by this contract are detailed in Attachment A, Service Point Details and Specifications .

 

This solicitation will include requirements for dynamic surface transportation service for the following P&DC’s.

 

Wave 7

 

Site 1 - Greenville, SC (3 Regions)

Site 2 - Flint, MI (2 Regions)

Site 3 - Cedar Rapids, IA (2 Regions

Site 4 - Cape Girardeau, MO (1 Region)

Site 5 - Baton Rouge, LA (2 Regions)

Site 6 - Johnstown, PA (3 Regions)

Site 7 - Quad Cities, IA (2 Regions)

Site 8 - Rocky Mount, NC (2 Regions)

Site 9 - Santa Clarita, CA (2 Regions)

Site 10 - Shreveport, LA (3 Regions)

 

The USPS anticipates awarding multiple contracts at ten (10) non Postal Vehicle Service (PVS) sites in the DRO Wave 7. Wave 7 consists of ten (10) sites with an approximate four (4) year base period of performance. Due to the alignment with current HCR contract expiration dates, the four-year period of performance for Wave 7 will be slightly longer or slightly shorter than four-years, as outlined below.

 

B. REQUIREMENTS

 

Suppliers will be required to provide a variety of vehicles to include vans, straight trucks, and tractor trailers. Additionally suppliers will be required to provide an on-site Supplier Representative during the initial start-up wave and annually during the Peak Season Period. The Supplier Representative will work with Postal Service employees at the location to coordinate all activities for the service. Global Positioning Systems will also be required on all trailers and straight trucks.

  

1

 

 

Operations will provide the Supplier with a manifest for their specific region(s) the Wednesday prior to the start of the upcoming Postal Service week. The manifest will further provide detailed mail tender information for the points of origin and the required arrival times at destinations. The Supplier will be required to arrive in sufficient time to load and dispatch vehicles to meet the required delivery windows as indicated on the manifest. The supplier is required to follow the manifest unless otherwise directed by Postal Official. The supplier is required to meet the scheduled departure/arrival times as indicated on the manifest. The supplier will be required to report in sufficient time to load vehicle to meet the scheduled departure time on the manifest.

 

1. Supplier Responsibilities

 

a. The Supplier will handle all mail tendered by the Postal Service in an efficient and expedient manner to meet the departure requirements specified in this contract.

 

b. The Supplier will provide all labor to support the service described in this statement of work and its attachments. The Supplier personnel operating vehicles are required to have a valid Commercial Driver’s License.(Please see Attachment I, Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) Vehicle Inspections by Law Enforcement Officials)

 

c. The Supplier will provide at least one (1) onsite Supplier Representative for approximately 8 hours (0030 – 0830) at the Host P&DC during peak windows of service (ex. 0230 – 0630).The Supplier will be required to provide a Supplier Representative at the dock during the initial three (3) month contract start-up period. The Supplier will also be required to provide a Supplier Representative annually for one (1) month during Peak Season. Peak Season period will begin around the Thanksgiving holiday of each year and end approximately January 1st, of the following year. The Supplier Representative will be required to coordinate with Postal Service employees on activities like but not limited to, organizing the retrieval of the mail from the prescribed mail tender points, arranging the loading of vehicles based on manifest routes provided by the Postal Service and communicating and requesting approval for any deviation from the manifest.

 

d. The Supplier will notify the Postal Service through the Host P&DC, via the Administrative Official, of any contingency events/changes or anticipated events/changes impacting the services provided by the Supplier. This notification must be via email, the receipt of email must be acknowledged, and must be given at least 72 hours in advance.

 

e. The Supplier will aid and assist with the loading and unloading of containers/pallets/other USPS products from surface transportation. The Supplier will be required to ensure the proper loading of mail in the sequence defined by the order of delivery, specified by the manifest. The manifest is organized in a “first in – last out” sequence by service point. (For Dock Safety Guidance, see Attachment K)

  

2

 

 

f. The Supplier will maintain a level of flexibility to accommodate out-of-schedule events and ensure that they are handled with the same level of efficiency and accuracy as the regularly scheduled trips. Out of schedule events can be defined as (but not limited to) extra service (scheduled or unscheduled) or ad hoc transportation to in scope delivery units. In addition to transportation events specified by the manifest, expanded operations, such as additional operating days or hours per day may be required.

 

g. The supplier is required to follow the manifest unless otherwise directed by Postal Official. The supplier is required to meet the scheduled departure/arrival times as indicated on the manifest. The supplier will be required to report in sufficient time to load vehicle to meet the scheduled departure time on the manifest. The supplier will be required to load, transport, and unload all classes of mail at the Originating, en route, and destinating offices.

 

Within the service area, or otherwise specified contract site(s), USPS may request additional trips that were not published in the original manifest, and the supplier will be required to execute the trips, up to the contracted mileage maximum thresholds; however, the supplier is not required to provide additional trips.

 

2. Postal Service Responsibilities

 

The Postal Service will oversee operations at the Host P&DC and provide instructions to the Supplier Representative. USPS will provide a dispatch manifest on the Wednesday prior to the Postal Service week. The manifest will provide detailed mail tender information for the point of origin and the required arrival times at the destinations (for further detail see, Attachment J – Manifests).

 

The Postal Service will be responsible for determining any extra transportation needs (transportation not listed on the initial weekly manifest) and for coordinating the extra service with the HCR supplier(s) at the site. If USPS determines that extra service is needed, suppliers will receive a notification by phone or email and will have approximately thirty (30) minutes to respond to the request. If the Supplier does not agree to fulfill the additional service within thirty (30) minutes, the extra transportation needed by USPS will be requested from an alternate supplier.

 

The Postal Service will provide standard empty Mail Transport Equipment (MTE), scanners, rolling equipment, and cardboard containers for the performance of these requirements.

 

3. Dispatch and Delivery Manifest

 

a. The Supplier will be provided a manifest, including anticipated mail volumes and mileage, on the Wednesday prior to each Postal Service week, which begins on Sunday. The manifest will provide detailed mail tender information for the point of origin and the required arrival times at destinations. The Supplier is responsible for allowing sufficient time to unload, load and dispatch all vehicles in order to meet the required delivery windows listed in the manifest.(See Attachment J, National Manifests)

  

3

 

 

b. The Postal Service reserves the right to cancel trips without penalty (via email or other communication methods), provided that the Supplier is given at least four (4) hours of notice, prior to the scheduled departure time. In the event that less than four (4) hours of notice is given, the Postal Service reserves the right to reroute transportation within the contracted service area(s) or site(s).

 

c. Some Delivery Units serviced by the supplier under this contract may require long haul trips to remote sites. It is the Supplier’s responsibility to plan driver schedules which adhere to all Department of Transportation Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration Hours of Service regulations.

 

d. Metro Collection Boxes
i. The Supplier may be asked to provide service to Metro Collection boxes at select locations. The driver will be required to open the Metro Collection box, scan the Metro Collection box, remove the mail, and transport the mail to the P&DC. The Supplier may also be required to participate in the Box Density and Maintenance messages which will populate on the drivers’ scanners. The Supplier will report any issues encountered with the provided scanner or in retrieving mail from the Metro Collection Box to the Postal Service immediately.
ii. Trips to Metro Collection boxes will be included on the transportation manifest along with instructions to access to the Metro Collection box.
iii. Please refer to the Metro Collection box table in Attachment A Service Point Details and Specifications.

 

e. Registered Mail
a. Drivers are required to sign for all registered mail. The driver will be required to isolate register mail on the tail of the vehicle and will present the Registered Mail to registered room or clerk upon arrival to the plant.
b. Driver is required to contact plant immediately if registered mail is not present at time of pickup. If driver fails to notify plant and arrives without register mail, supplier is responsible to retrieve register mail and bring to the plant.
c. If registered mail is lost prior to arrival at plant, driver will be held until register mail is found.

 

4. Daily Operations

 

a. The Supplier will stay abreast of changing conditions, including but not limited to late arriving or departing trucks, mechanical breakdowns, and make adjustments to transportation accordingly.

 

b. The Supplier will incur the costs of repairs and/or replacement of damaged Postal equipment or facilities if the damages are the fault of the Supplier.

  

4

 

 

c. The Supplier will coordinate movement of vehicles at the Host P&DC.

 

d. Wherever possible, or in agreement with local Postal Service Host P&DC staff, the Supplier will pre-load outbound vehicles.

 

e. Throughout the daily operation, the Supplier will inspect all containers in their possession to ensure that no mail has been left in any container. If any mail is found, the Supplier will immediately notify the Postal Service manager and a Postal employee will remove the mail from the container.

 

f. General
i. The Supplier is required to observe and adhere to specific delivery windows.
ii. The Supplier will not deliver to the facilities outside of these specified windows unless explicitly instructed to do so.
iii. It is expected that the Supplier will have the ability to obtain sufficient human resources (drivers, vehicles, etc.) within 72 hours to utilize the full fleet during these windows of possible delivery. Sunday delivery may not occur every week, but could be required on an ad hoc basis.

 

5. Procedures for Receipt and Dispatch of Vehicles
a. For dropping off a trailer, only local USPS designated personnel can open and close platform overhead doors.

 

b. Upon arrival, the Supplier driver will:
i. Set brakes
ii. Shut off engine
iii. Remove ignition key
iv. Affix chock block (if necessary)
v. Report to expeditor/USPS designee for bay assignment (if expeditor/USPS designee is available)

 

c. Expeditor or USPS designee provides driver with bay assignment.

 

d. Driver returns to parked tractor/trailer:
i. Removes chock block
ii. Starts tractor engine
iii. Releases brakes
iv. Proceeds to assigned bay
v. As driver is positioning to back up, sound horn
vi. Backs trailer into assigned bay
vii. Sets brakes
viii. Shuts off engine
ix. Removes ignition key
x. Affixes chock block to trailer
xi. Jacks up trailer for disconnect
xii. Disengages brake lines
xiii. Returns to tractor

  

5

 

 

xiv. Starts engine
xv. Disengages from trailer with no gap left between tractor and trailer

 

e. For picking up a trailer (where applicable), the driver returns to tractor:
i. Removes chock block
ii. Starts engine
iii. Proceeds to designating bay verifying assignment
iv. As driver is positioning to back up, sound horn
v. Ensures green light is on, where applicable
vi. Backs trailers into assigned bay
vii. Engages with assigned trailer
viii. Shuts off engine
ix. Removes ignition key
x. Affixes chock block to tractor
xi. Connects brake lines
xii. Lowers trailer into fifth wheel mechanism
xiii. Visually inspects fifth wheel locking mechanism
xiv. Removes trailer chock block
xv. Removes tractor chock block
xvi. Starts engine
xvii. Releases brake
xviii. Departs facility

 

f. Expeditor or USPS designee will:
i. Affix security seal to trailer door locking mechanism, where applicable
ii. Close bay door
iii. Retrieve secured ignition keys
iv. Verify load and trailer are secured to driver
v. Confirm bay assignment with driver
vi. Return ignition keys to driver
vii. Verify bay door is closed

 

g. Driver will:
i. Return to tractor
ii. Verify green light is on (where applicable) and door number/assignment
iii. Remove chock block
iv. Start engine, release brake, and depart facility

 

6. Yard Control
a. The Supplier will maintain yard control to ensure timely and accurate data is kept pertaining to vehicle movements and disposition on the facility property.

 

7. Reporting
a. At a minimum, the following report will be required and will be provided by the Supplier:

Accident reports, including personnel and equipment involved (per occurrence). This will be provided by the Supplier.

  

6

 

 

b. The Supplier will attend and participate in operation meetings and service talks at the Host P&DC at the discretion of the Postal Service.

 

8. Training
a. The Postal Service will provide the initial training for Postal Service systems and the Transportation Management Systems.

 

b. The Supplier will provide training to all of its personnel. The training will include but is not limited to the following items:
i. Emergency plan or procedures such as facility evacuation, hazardous chemical spills, threats, severe weather, etc.
ii. Security training that addresses the proper wearing of identification badges and the challenging of all persons not displaying a proper ID.
iii. Proper and safe loading and use of containers and postal equipment.
iv. Dock operations to include the postal-approved procedures for opening and sealing of trucks.
v. Applicable laws and regulations.
vi. Safety and health training that address overall work safety, (e.g., drug/alcohol abuse).
vii. Identification of various mail classes/types and an overview of Postal regulations as it pertains to mail security.

 

C. PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE

 

The anticipated period of performance for Santa Clarita, CA, Shreveport, LA, Cedar Rapids, IA, Rocky Mount, NC and Johnstown, PA is Sunday, July 8, 2018 to Thursday, June 30, 2022.

 

The anticipated period of performance for the remaining sites to include Greenville, SC, Flint, MI, Cape Girardeau, MO, Baton Rouge, LA and Quad Cities, IA is Sunday, July 22, 2018 to Thursday, June 30, 2022.

 

Following the contract award, suppliers will be allowed approximately 30 days to ramp up and prepare to start operations, unless otherwise agreed upon by the Supplier and the Postal Service.

 

D. PLACE OF PERFORMANCE

 

The work will begin at specified USPS P&DC facilities within specified geographic areas. (See Attachment A, Service Point Details and Specifications, for specific information)

 

E. TECHNOLOGY

 

1. Transportation Management System

 

The Postal Service is currently upgrading its TMS to advance technology and further automate processes. If there are impacts on the Supplier from these changes, the Postal Service will discuss and/or negotiate any necessary changes with the Supplier, as applicable.

  

7

 

 

2. GPS Requirements

 

The Supplier will be required to purchase a GPS unit from a source provided by the Postal Service. The Supplier will be provided instructions regarding the purchase and implementation of the GPS unit prior to the contract being awarded. The unit costs and monthly recurring data plan charges are detailed below. Suppliers should factor these costs into their proposed fixed RPM(s).

 

GPS Hardware Cost: $311.00 per unit

Data Plan Monthly Recurring Charge: $4.52 per unit

 

The Supplier is required to provide GPS technology and data transfer in accordance with the below requirements.

 

a. The Supplier shall maintain a functioning Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) system on all vehicles over 600 cubic feet and above to include but not limited to straight trucks and trailers. The GPS device must report the location of the vehicle to the Postal Service no less than every 15 minutes while the mail is in transit. It must also report the location of the vehicle upon arrival and departure at each location. Compliance to the requirement must reach a minimum of 98% success rate (accurate data transmitted to and received by the Postal Service). The following information is required for each data transmission:
i. GPS ID
ii. Trailer number
iii. Event: Arrival, Departure, En-Route, and Low Battery.
iv. Date/Time for each Event
v. Location by Address or Latitude/Longitude of the vehicle

 

b. The Supplier is required to have GPS units on all straight trucks and/or trailers and provide GPS status updates on demand or as requested. The GPS units should be attached to the straight truck and/or trailer. Mobile GPS units are not acceptable.

 

c. Supplier personnel driving vehicles shall have onboard communication systems to maintain contact with the on-site representative.

 

d. Supplier must transmit GPS data upon departure (via geo-fencing), upon arrival (via geo-fencing), and every 15 minutes in transit.

 

e. GPS data must be sent as events occur.

 

f. In the event a GPS unit is out of communication coverage, it must have the capability to log events that were not transmitted. These events should be transmitted as soon as the GPS unit is back in coverage with the lag being no more than four (4) hours.

  

8

 

 

F. ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICIAL

 

The Administrative Official is a Postal Service Official designated by the Manager, Distribution Networks to supervise and administer the performance of mail transportation and related services by suppliers.

 

Administrative Officials are NOT authorized to award, agree to, amend, terminate, or otherwise change the provisions and/or terms and conditions of the contract. Administrative Officials are responsible for ensuring supplier compliance with the operational requirements of highway contract routes and administering functions related to performance of that service. Specifically, Administrative Officials are responsible for the following:

 

1. Supervising the Supplier’s operations daily to ensure contract compliance, including necessary recordkeeping.

 

2. Obtaining screening information from highway transportation suppliers or contractor personnel.

 

3. Investigating irregularities and complaints regarding service on the route and taking corrective action.

 

4. Recommending establishment, discontinuance, or modifications to the manifest.

 

G. ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION AND INTERACTIVITY

 

The Postal Service will utilize web-based systems that will require supplier interactivity. Suppliers will be required to maintain and check their electronic mail (email) accounts regularly and to respond to email messages from the Postal Service. Suppliers must notify the Postal Service of any changes to email addresses.

 

H. SAFETY RATING (FEDERAL MOTOR CARRIER SAFETY ADMINISTRATION)

 

If the Supplier is notified by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) that there is a proposed safety rating or determination of a rating of “unsatisfactory” of the Supplier (as described in 49 CFR § 385.11), the Supplier must notify the Contracting Officer within five (5) business days of receipt of its receipt of notice from the FMCSA. Should the Supplier fail to do so, the Contracting Officer may terminate any and all of the Supplier’s contracts for default. In addition, the Contracting Officer may terminate any and all of the Supplier’s contracts for default based upon a proposed safety rating or determination of a rating of “unsatisfactory” of the Supplier (as described in 49 CFR § 385.11) by the FMCSA.

 

The Supplier is expected to provide a fleet which can meet the federal and state transportation vehicle requirements. These requirements include, but are not limited to, bed height restrictions, emission rates, maintenance standards and driving classifications.

  

9

 

 

I. SUBCONTRACTING

 

The offeror must include a detailed planned description of all related/support services (e.g. maintenance, custodial services) and specific line haul services. The supplier must detail which routes the subcontract services will address and what allocation of the operation will be covered by the subcontracted services. The plan must be reviewed and approved by the Contracting Officer.

 

J. USAGE OF POSTAL FACILITIES

 

Parking for contract vehicles and trailers at Postal facilities and other uses of Postal facilities (unless otherwise specified within this contract) may or may not be allowed at the discretion of each facility manager. The Supplier is responsible for all associated costs and to have the vehicle properly secured at all times. The Supplier must have adequate contingency plans in place should the use of postal facilities be terminated or limited. In no event shall the Postal Service be held liable for, or incur any additional cost associated with, such use or the termination of such use during the contract term.

 

K. PAYMENT AND SCHEDULE CHANGES

 

Payment for services rendered under this contract will be made as follows:

 

Suppliers will receive a monthly payment processed by the 2nd Friday of the next calendar month of the period for which the service was performed. If the Supplier operates mileage in either the Expected or Lower Mileage Ranges, the payment will be calculated by multiplying the manifest miles by the Supplier’s RPM in the applicable mileage range (Expected or Lower). If the Supplier operates mileage in the Upper Mileage Range, the Supplier will be paid for all manifest miles operated within the Expected Mileage Range at the Expected Mileage Range RPM. Any additional miles over the maximum mileage of the Expected Range will be paid using the Supplier’s Upper Mileage Range RPM. All extra trips will be captured in the TMS system and included in the monthly manifest mileage calculation for the same period in which they were ordered. An example of the monthly payment calculation has been provided below.

 

Monthly Payment Calculation Example Site X

 

Site X- December
Peak   Minimum Mileage     Maximum Mileage     Supplier RPM  
Upper Mileage Range     17,912       19,427     $ 1.65  
Expected Mileage Range     14,305       17,911     $ 1.55  
Lower Mileage Range     11,856       14,304     $ 1.60  

  

10

 

 

Note: For the purposes of the example, payments have been rounded to the nearest dollar.

If the Supplier ran 15,000 miles (inclusive of manifest miles and extra trips), then all 15,000 would be paid at the Expected Mileage Range price. (15,000 x $1.55) = $23,250

 

If the Supplier ran 12,000 miles (inclusive of manifest miles and extra trips), then all 12,000 miles would be paid at the Lower Mileage Range price. (12,000 x $1.60) = $19,200

 

If the Supplier ran 19,000 miles (inclusive of manifest miles and extra trips), then 17,911 miles would be paid at the Expected Mileage Range price and 1,089 miles would be paid at the Upper Mileage Range price. (17,911 x $1.55) + (1,089 x $1.65) = $29,559

 

If the Supplier is requested and agrees to operate the mileage in excess of the maximum (inclusive of manifest miles & extra trips), the additional mileage will be paid at the Upper Mileage Range rate for the total additional mileage run above the Expected Range. The Supplier has a right to refuse miles above the maximum mileage in the Upper Mileage Range Tier.

 

Using the example above, if the Supplier agreed to run 20,000 miles, 17,911 would be paid at the Expected Mileage Range price, and 2,089 would be paid at the Upper Mileage Range Price. (17,911 x $1.55) + (2,089 x $1.65) = $31,209

 

If monthly mileage falls below the minimum mileage (inclusive of manifest miles & extra trips) identified in the Lower Mileage Range, the Supplier will be paid for the minimum mileage in the lower mileage range, or (11,856 x $1.60) = $18,970 in the example month above.

 

No supplier invoices are required. Supplier payments will be processed through the electronic 5429 (e5429) process at the conclusion of each Postal Accounting Period for which payment is due. The payment for service will be made no later than the 2nd Friday of the next calendar month of the period for which service was performed. All mileage will be captured in the TMS system and included in the monthly manifest mileage calculation for the same period in which they were ordered.

 

When Dynamic Routing Optimization (DRO) does not start on the first day of the calendar month, the mileage the supplier operates will be pro-rated within the appropriate mileage tier for payment. The pro-rated mileage adjustment is calculated by dividing the mileage operated by the supplier for that period by the days executed to determine a daily mileage amount. The average daily mileage is then multiplied by total days in the calendar month to arrive at a monthly prorated mileage amount. This monthly pro-rated mileage amount will be paid based upon the rate and tier the monthly mileage amount falls within.

  

11

 

 

Site X- December
Peak   Minimum Mileage     Maximum Mileage     Supplier RPM  
Upper Mileage Range     17,912       19,427     $ 1.65  
Expected Mileage Range     14,305       17,911     $ 1.55  
Lower Mileage Range     11,856       14,304     $ 1.60  

 

Pro-rate Calculation
Supplier Operated Mileage for December         5,000  
Number of Days of Service         12  
Calendar Days in the Month         31  
Daily mileage amount   5,000 / 12     417  
The result is then divided by total days in the calendar month   417 * 31     12,917  
Monthly pro-rated mileage amount will be paid based upon the rate and tier the monthly mileage amount falls within.   12,917 * $1.60   $ 20,667  

 

SUPPLIERS WILL BE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE THE NUMBER OF GALLONS USED IN THEIR ESTIMATED ANNUAL FUEL COSTS. THIS INFORMATION WILL BE USED IN THE CALCULATION OF ANY FUEL ADJUSTMENT AND IN THE DETERMINATION OF THE REASONABLENESS OF SUPPLIER PRICING.

 

L. PERFORMANCE

 

1. The Supplier is required to dispatch 98% of the tendered mail to permit arrival to all locations by the required delivery time (RDT), or scheduled delivery time identified in the manifest. The Supplier will be held accountable for all performance failures other than for delays imposed by the Postal Service (Per Clause B-79, Forfeiture of Compensation).

 

2. The Supplier will be required to maintain 98% accuracy for Quality of Dispatch. “Quality of Dispatch” is defined as no containers or loose pieces placed on incorrect departing transportation. If a “Quality of Dispatch” error occurs, the Supplier will immediately correct the source of the error to ensure the error does not reoccur.

 

3. The Supplier is responsible for having a quality assurance program established in-house to perform daily monitoring of, at minimum, actual mileage performed by driver weekly, performance failures, container location accuracy, and pick-up and delivery times. This program is to be established based on the discretion of the Supplier.

 

4. Monthly performance meetings between the Supplier and Postal Service will be performed as arranged by the Host P&DC Transportation Manager or designee (ex. local Administrating Official).

  

12

 

 

5. The Supplier must achieve 98% on-time dispatch performance of timely mail, outside of delays caused by the Postal Service, and 98% distribution accuracy for all mail tendered to and processed by the Supplier.

 

M. IRREGULARITIES

 

When an irregularity in performance occurs the Postal Service may take subsequent action as defined below:

 

1. Other Irregularities

 

a. The Postal Service will issue a PS Form 5500, Contract Route Irregularity Report. The Supplier must sign and return the Contract Route Irregularity Report within ten (10) days of receipt.

 

b. Suppliers are responsible for providing documentation to support requests for exceptions for unforeseen circumstances to include but not limited to weather, traffic accidents (not caused by the supplier), and detours.

 

c. Repeated irregularities as defined above, with no or ineffectual attempts at correction, may result in contract termination and the Supplier may be held liable for any re-procurement costs associated with the default.

 

d. The supplier may be assigned lobby/vestibule keys and/or a scanning device be used in the delivery and collection of mail along the contract route. These are accountable items that must be signed out prior to the start of the designated trip(s) and turned in at the end of the trip(s). Loss, negligent damage, or failure to turn in accountable item(s) as scheduled may result in assessment of damages or termination of the contract.

 

2. Late Delivery Irregularities

 

a. Supplier induced irregularities resulting in late delivery (explained under Performance Framework) could result in a reduction in total pay in conjunction with PS Form 5500 (contracted RPM’s will apply), Contract Route Irregularity Report, or termination for default.

 

b. Upon receipt of a PS Form 5500, the Supplier shall promptly take all necessary corrective action to bring performance into compliance.

 

c. The Supplier will complete all appropriate areas of the PS 5500 and document the corrective action taken to ensure the error does not occur in the future. The PS 5500 must be signed and sent back to the Administrative Official within ten (10) days of receipt.

  

13

 

 

d. The Supplier and the Postal Service Administrative Official will discuss each completed PS 5500. The PS 5500 will be discussed monthly during the performance discussion between the Supplier and Administrative Official.

 

e. When the Postal Service delays the HCR supplier beyond their scheduled departure time, the origin facility must issue a PS Form 5466 to the driver. To receive compensation for such Postal Service caused delays, the supplier consolidates the PS Form 5466s for each route and lists them on a supplier claim form, such as the one shown in in the attached PS Form 5466 found in this solicitation. The supplier must summarize the total delay time in minutes and shall ensure that the supporting data is accurate and complete. The supplier submits the PS Form 5466s and the completed supplier claim form to the USPS administrative official (AO) responsible for the supplier’s route. The supplier should submit claims monthly, completing one claim form per route. Payment for the Postal Service caused delays described above will be paid at the established Service Contract Act (SCA) Wage Rate for the contracted region.

 

N. FUEL ADJUSTMENT

 

1. Fuel Rate Establishment

 

This contract will be administered under the automated fuel index program. At the time of award, the fuel price per gallon in the contract will be set to the Department of Energy (DOE) Petroleum Acquisition Defense District (PADD) Price for the region in which the contract originates, using the price for the month immediately preceding the month of award. If there is a difference between the price per gallon in place when the award or renewal contract is signed and the DOE price on the first day of the new term, the contract price will be adjusted reflecting the difference in price of fuel.

 

2. Fuel Rate Adjustment

 

At the end of each calendar month, the difference between (1) the previous monthly DOE regional fuel index for the applicable fuel type and (2) the current monthly DOE regional fuel index for the applicable fuel type will be adjusted automatically. This will become the new contract baseline fuel ppg. The new contract baseline fuel ppg will remain in effect until the next automatic monthly adjustment.

  

14

 

 

PART 2 – LIST OF ATTACHMENTS

 

Attachment A – Service Point Details and Specifications

Attachment B – Vehicle Specifications

Attachment C – Representations and Certifications

Attachment D – Pricing Sheet (for information only)

Attachment E – Wage Determination Examples – National

Attachment F – Subcontracting Plan Requirements

Attachment G – PS3881-X Supplier and Payee EFT Enrollment

Attachment H – Transportation Services Proposal & Contract (PS 7405)

Attachment I – Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) Vehicle Inspections by Law Enforcement Officials

Attachment J – Manifests

Attachment K – Dock Safety Guidance

Attachment L – Highway Contractor Safety

Attachment M – DRO Mileage & Departure Time Variation

Attachment N – Frequently Asked Questions

Attachment O – Federal Contractor Veterans Employment Report (VETS-4212)

Attachment P – Manifest Review Slides

Attachment Q – PS5466, Late Slips

Attachment R – GPS

  

15

 

 

Dynamic Route Optimization

 

Terms and Conditions

 

 

 

Date of Issue: March 12, 2018

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

DATE OF ISSUE: MARCH 12, 20181

 

Part 1: Dynamic Route Optimization Provisions 1
Provision 1-1: Supplier Clearance Requirements (March 2006) 1
Provision 1-4: Prohibition Against Contracting with Former Postal Service Officers or PCES Executives (March 2006) 1
Provision 1-5: Proposed Use of Former Postal Service Employees (March 2006) 1
Provision 3-1: Notice of Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Business Subcontracting Requirements (March 2006) 1
Provision 4-1: Standard Solicitation Provisions (November 2007) (Modified) 2
Provision 4-2: Evaluation (March 2006) (Modified) 8
Postal Service E-Sourcing Registration 12
Provision 4-3: Representations and Certifications (November 2012) 13
Provision 9-2: Preaward Equal Opportunity Compliance Review 17
Part 2: Dynamic Route Optimization CLAUSES 18
Clause B-1 Definitions (March 2006) (Modified) 18
Clause B-3: Contract Type (March 2006) (Modified) 18
Clause B-9: Claims and Disputes (March 2006) 19
Clause B-15: Notice of Delay (March 2006) (Modified) 20
Clause B-16: Suspensions and Delays (March 2006) 20
Clause B-19: Excusable Delays (March 2006) 20
Clause B-22: Interest (March 2006) 21
Clause B-26: Protection of Postal Service Buildings, Equipment, and Vegetation (March 2006) 21
Clause B-30: Permits and Responsibilities (March 2006) 21
Clause B-39: Indemnification (March 2006) 21
Clause B-64: Accountability of the Supplier (Highway) (March 2006) 22
Clause B-65: Adjustments to Compensation (March 2006) (Modified) 22
Clause B-68: Changes in Corporate Ownership or Officers (March 2006) 23
Clause B-69: Events of Default (March 2006) (Modified) 23
Clause B-77: Protection of the Mail (March 2006) 24
Clause B-78 Renewal (March 2006) 24
Clause B-79: Forfeiture of Compensation (March 2006) 25
Clause B-80: Laws and Regulations Applicable (March 2006) 25
Clause B-81: Information or Access by Third Parties (May 2006) 25
Clause B-82: Access by Officials (March 2006) 25
Clause 1-1: Privacy Protection (October 2014) 25
Clause 1-7: Organizational Conflicts of Interest (March 2006) 27
Clause 1-11: Prohibition Against Contracting with Former Officers or PCES Executives (March 2006) 28
Clause 1-12: Use of Former Postal Service Employees (March 2006) 28
Clause 2-19: Option to Extend (Services Contract) (March 2006) 28
Clause 2-22: Value Engineering Incentive (March 2006) 29
Clause 2-39: Ordering (March 2006) (Modified) 31
Clause 2-42: Indefinite Quantity (March 2006) (Modified) 31
Clause 3-1: Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Business Subcontracting Requirements (March 2006) 32
Clause 3-2: Participation of Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Businesses (March 2006) 33
Clause 4-1: General Terms and Conditions (July 2007) (Modified) 34
Clause 4-2: Contract Terms and Conditions Required to Implement Policies, Statutes, or Executive Orders (July 2014) (Modified) 37
Clause 7-4: Insurance (March 2006) (Modified) 39
Clause 7-5: Errors and Omissions (March 2006) 39
Clause 7-10: Sustainability (July 2014) (Modified) 40
Clause 8-8: Additional Data Requirements (March 2006) 40
Clause 8-10: Rights in Data — Special Works (March 2006) 40
Clause 8-13: Intellectual Property Rights (March 2006)40 Clause 8-16: Postal Service Title in Technical Data and Computer Software (March 2006) 41
Clause 9-10: Service Contract Act (March 2006) 47
Clause 9-12: Fair Labor Standards Act and Service Contract Act – Price Adjustment (February 2010) 54
Clause 9-14: Affirmative Action for Special Disabled Veterans, Veterans of the Vietnam Era, and other Eligible Veterans (February 2010) 55

 

i

 

 

PART 1: DYNAMIC ROUTE OPTIMIZATION PROVISIONS

 

PROVISION 1-1: SUPPLIER CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS (MARCH 2006)

 

The contract resulting from this solicitation will require the contractor or its employees (including subcontractors and their employees) to have access to occupied Postal facilities, and/or to Postal information and resources, including postal computer systems. Clearance in accordance with Administrative Support Manual 272.3 will be required before that access will be permitted. It is the contractor’s obligation to obtain and supply to the Postal Service the forms and information required by that regulation.

 

Suppliers must familiarize themselves with the requirements of that section, taking into account in their offices the time and paperwork associated with the screening.

 

PROVISION 1-4: PROHIBITION AGAINST CONTRACTING WITH FORMER POSTAL SERVICE OFFICERS OR PCES EXECUTIVES (MARCH 2006)

 

The Supplier represents that former Postal Service officers or Postal Career Executive Service (PCES) executives will not be employed as key personnel, experts or consultants in the performance of the contract if such individuals, within 1 year of their retirement from the Postal Service, will be performing substantially the same duties as they performed during their career with the Postal Service. In addition, no contract resulting from this solicitation may be awarded to such individuals or entities in which they have a substantial interest, for 1 year after their retirement from the Postal Service, if the work called for in the solicitation requires such individuals to perform substantially the same duties as they performed during their career with the Postal Service.

 

PROVISION 1-5: PROPOSED USE OF FORMER POSTAL SERVICE EMPLOYEES (MARCH 2006)

 

In its proposal, the Supplier must identify any former Postal Service employee it proposes to engage, directly or indirectly, in the performance of the contract. The Postal Service reserves the right to require the Supplier to replace the proposed individual with an equally qualified individual.

 

PROVISION 3-1: NOTICE OF SMALL-, MINORITY-, AND WOMAN-OWNED BUSINESS SUBCONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS (FEBRUARY 2018)

 

When the contract value is estimated at $1 million or more, all offerors, except small businesses, must submit with their proposals the contract-specific subcontracting plan required by Clause 3-1: Small-, Minority-, and Woman-Owned Business Subcontracting Requirements. Generally, this plan must be agreed to by both the supplier and the Postal Service before award of the contract. Lack of submittal of a contract-specific subcontracting plan may make the offeror’s proposal unacceptable for award.

 

All offerors must be capable of reporting as required by Clause 3-2: Participation of Small-, Minority-, and Woman-Owned Businesses. Reporting is required when the contract value is estimated at $500,000 or more.

 

1

 

 

PROVISION 4-1: STANDARD SOLICITATION PROVISIONS (NOVEMBER 2007) (MODIFIED)

 

1. Submission of Offers. The Postal Service will provide a Postal Service (PS) Form 7405, Order / Solicitation / Offer / Award, to Suppliers for signature and inclusion with the proposal package.

 

The proposal(s) submitted by the Supplier will require, at a minimum:

 

1. Solicitation title.

 

2. The name, address, e-mail address, point of contact listed on 1st page of proposal and telephone number of the Supplier.

 

3. Price and any discount terms

 

4. “Remit to” address, if different than mailing address.

 

5. Federal Contractor Veterans Employment Report, Vet-4212: https://www.dol.gov/vets/programs/fcp/vets-4212rev2017.pdf

 

6. A completed copy of the representations and certifications (Provision 4-3).

 

7. Acknowledgment of Solicitation Amendments.

 

8. PS Form 7405, Order / Solicitation / Offer / Award.

 

9. In addition to the items listed in this provision, Suppliers must address the items shown in Provision 4-1: Addendum: Required Information.

 

2. Business Disagreements. Business disagreements may be lodged with the Supplier Disagreement Resolution Official (SDRO) if the Supplier and the Contracting Officer have failed to resolve the disagreement as described in 39 CFR Section 601 (available for review at www.gpoaccess.gov/ecfr). The SDRO will consider the disagreement only if it is lodged in accordance with the time limits and procedures described in 39 CFR Section 601. The SDRO’s decisions are available for review at www.usps.com .

 

3. Late Proposals. Proposals or modifications of proposals received at the address specified for the receipt of proposals after the exact time specified for receipt of proposals will not be considered unless determined to be in the best interest of the Postal Service.

 

4. Type of Contract. The Postal Service plans to award a Fixed Rate per Mile, Indefinite Delivery, Indefinite Quantity, with Economic Price Adjustment contract under this solicitation and all proposals must be submitted on this basis. Alternate proposals based on other contract types will not be considered. Adjustments will be made in accordance with Management Instruction PM-4.4.1-2005-1 which can be found at http://about.usps.com/management-instructions/p441051.pdf. (See Clause B-3: Contract Type, for additional info)

 

5. Contract Award. The Postal Service may evaluate proposals and award contracts without discussions with Suppliers. Therefore, the Supplier’s initial proposal should contain the Supplier’s best terms from a price and technical standpoint. Discussions may be conducted if the Postal Service determines they are necessary. The Postal Service may reject any or all proposals if such action is in the best interest of the Postal Service.

 

2

 

 

6. Multiple Awards. The Postal Service intends to award one or more contracts under this solicitation. The Postal Service may award a Supplier one or more site(s) and/or region(s) under this solicitation. The Postal Service reserves the right to not award an additional site and/or region to a successful Supplier should it deem that a non-award of the additional site(s) and/or region to the successful Supplier is in its best interest.

 

7. Incorporation by Reference. Wherever in this solicitation or contract a standard provision or clause is incorporated by reference, the incorporated term is identified by its title, the provision or clause number assigned to it in the Postal Service’s Supplying Principles and Practices, and its date. The text of incorporated terms may be found in the Supplying Principles and Practices, accessible online at http://about.usps.com/manuals/spp/spp.pdf.

 

Questions on the Solicitation. All Suppliers will receive as an attachment to the solicitation, Attachment N, Wave 4 Frequently Asked Questions.

 

Provision 4-1: Additional Requirement. In order for the Postal Service to evaluate proposals in accordance with the criteria stated in Provision 4-2, the following information must be provided. In general, the Supplier should be concerned with providing specific facts in lieu of broad generalizations and flowery descriptions. The Supplier must also complete and return the Representations and Certifications (Provision 4-3 below). Instructions for proposal submittal are contained in the table below.

 

Proposals are to be divided into volumes as shown in the table below. The Supplier must address the sections of each Tab within each Volume in the order detailed in the tables below. Page number limitations are also noted in the table below. Page limitation excludes coversheets, dividers, tables of contents, and attachments required by solicitation. Text in all volumes may be single-spaced and no smaller than Arial 10 point font. Graphics may include fonts no smaller than Arial 8 point as displayed. Margins may be no less than one (1) inch on any side, top, or bottom.

 

Proposals must comply with the instructions contained herein. Proposals not in conformance with these instructions may be rejected. Previously submitted data or prior performance presumed to be known to the USPS (e.g., any previous projects performed for the USPS) will not be considered as part of the technical proposal evaluation; Supplier must include in this proposal all information it wants to be considered by USPS. Any information that may have been submitted prior to the solicitation which is still relevant must be resubmitted in the formats requested.

 

Volume 1 – Technical Proposal

 

Tab   Criteria   Page Limit
1   Supplier Eligibility   Check Box
2   Past Performance   2
3   Supplier Capability   2
4   Management Plan   7
5   Contingency Plan   2
6   Sustainability Plan   3
7   Subcontracting Plan   2

 

3

 

 

Volume 2 – Price Proposal

 

Tab   Sections   Page Limit
1   Completed and Signed PS Form 7405 (Attachment H)   1
2   Pricing Sheet (for information only)   1
3   Representations and Certifications (Provision 4-3) (Attachment C)   5

 

Volume 3 – Financials

 

Tab   Sections   Page Limit
1   k recent credit report that includes certification of no bankruptcy Filings in the past three (3) years.   N/A
2   Three (3) years of audited financial statements to include Income Statements (e.g. Balance Sheet, Statement of Cash Flow, etc.), and the corresponding note pages to the financial statements   N/A
3   Funding documentation from a financial institution (when funding is required to obtain vehicles).   N/A
4   Names of Financial institution, contact names, phone numbers for lines of credit currently available as of proposal date for each line of credit including bank letter(s) of reference.   N/A
5   Most Recent Tax Returns for the past two (2) years.   N/A
6   Tax Identification Number (TIN) documentation – COPY of social security card for owner operators.   N/A

 

Volume 1 – Technical Proposal

 

The factors that will be used in the technical evaluation of proposals and their relative importance are as follows:

 

Supplier Eligibility is a pass or fail factor

 

Past Performance is the most important Technical Evaluation factor

 

Supplier Capability is less important than the Past Performance

 

Management Plan is less important than Supplier Capability

 

Contingency Plan is equal to Management Plan, Sustainability Plan & Subcontracting Plan

 

Supplier Eligibility

 

The Supplier must submit information that will allow the evaluation team to determine that the Supplier is eligible to perform all the services required for the full term of the resultant contract Information submitted must allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s eligibility relating to the factors set forth in “Supplier Eligibility” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation.

 

4

 

 

Past Performance

 

The Supplier must submit information that will allow the evaluation team to determine its performance level on contracts and other business arrangements of similar size and scope. Information submitted should allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s past performance relating to the factors set forth in “Past Performance,” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation.

 

Supplier Capability

 

The Supplier must submit information that will allow the evaluation team to determine that the Supplier is able to perform all the services required for the full term of the resultant contract. Information submitted must allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s capability relating to the factors set forth in “Supplier Capability” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation. This solicitation should be addressed as though this is the first time a Supplier is doing business with the Postal Service.

 

Management Plan

 

Suppliers must provide a Management Plan for dealing with normal daily operations, as well as unscheduled and unexpected events affecting the expeditious operation of the network. The Supplier must provide an implementation plan and its project methodology or proposed approach for ramping up and commencing the services required in the contract. The Supplier must include a description of the division of roles and responsibilities during this process between the Supplier and USPS.

 

Contingency Plan

 

The Supplier must submit information that will allow the evaluation team to determine that a Supplier has Contingency Plan for dealing with unexpected events, such as overflow mail, damaged containers, equipment breakdowns, etc. Information submitted must allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s Contingency Plan relating to the factors set forth in “Contingency Plan” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation.

 

Sustainability Plan

 

The Supplier must include a detailed sustainability plan in its proposal. The plan should describe the Supplier’s current sustainability initiatives and metrics, as well as suggested initiatives on which the Supplier will work collaboratively with the Postal Service. Information submitted must allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s capability relating to the factors set forth in “Sustainability Plan” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation.

 

Subcontracting Plan

 

All suppliers, including small businesses, must submit a subcontracting plan that is specific to this contract and that separately addresses subcontracting with small, minority, and woman-owned businesses. The offeror must include a detailed description of all related/support services (e.g. maintenance, custodial services) and specific line haul services. The supplier must detail which routes the subcontract services will address and what allocation of the operation will be covered by the subcontract services. Information submitted must allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s capability relating to the factors set forth in “Subcontracting Plan” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation.

 

Volume 2 – Price Proposal

 

1. PS Form 7405

 

The Supplier must provide a completed and signed PS Form 7405 (Attachment H, Transportation Services Proposal & Contract (PS 7405)).

 

5

 

 

The following instructions should be closely followed in completing this form:

 

Item 1. Fill in the solicitation number, date of the solicitation, and the terminal points of the route exactly as they appear on the solicitation.

 

Item 2. N/A. Pricing is entered in Emptoris.

 

Item 3. In blocks a, b, and c, enter the complete name, address and phone number of the Supplier. Enter the Supplier’s DOT number in block d. Enter the Employer Identification Number (Social Security Number if the Supplier is an individual)

 

Item 4. In block e, complete blocks f and g only if proposals are being submitted for box delivery routes.

 

Item 5. Supplier signature

 

Complete the remainder of the form, including the appropriate certificate, and other items on the reverse, and sign the form as Supplier.

 

2. Price/RPM

 

The Supplier must complete and submit pricing through the E-Sourcing System, Emptoris.

 

The Supplier must provide a Rate per Mile (RPM), for each mileage range for both Peak and Non-Peak periods. The Supplier’s proposed rates must be calculated based on the mileage automatically populated in Emptoris. Attachment D- Pricing Sheet is provided as information only and should not be included in the Supplier’s proposal submission.

 

The proposed RPM for peak and non-peak must be inclusive of all supplier costs associated with providing the required services for the proposed mileage range. These costs include but are not limited to equipment, labor, training, GPS, overhead, profit, and fuel. The rates may be carried out to a maximum of four decimal places.

 

NOTE: The Suppliers proposed RPM on the Expected Mileage will be the most important factor in evaluating the price. The Suppliers proposed RPM on the Upper Range and the Lower Range are of equal importance but significantly less impo rtant than the proposed RPM of the Expected Mileage Range.

 

Price Analysis

 

Suppliers will be asked to provide a price proposal for one or more regions for each site on which they bid. If suppliers provide a price proposal for all or multiple regions within a site as a bundle they must also provide a price proposal for each individual region within its multiple region proposal bundles. For each mileage range pricing offer, the supplier will also be required to detail the number of proposed fuel gallons and labor hours so that impact of future adjustments in fuel and labor can be evaluated in the pricing analysis. In addition, the supplier must provide labor categories (per the wage determination that applies to this contract) to include the number of labor hours for each category they are proposing.

 

6

 

 

  Historic Peak Ave Region
RPM Weighted
  Historic Non-Peak
Ave Region RPM
Weighted
  Historic Ave
Region RPM
Weighted
Baton Rouge Region A   $ 2.44     $ 2.44     $ 2.44  
Baton Rouge Region B   $ 3.14     $ 3.03     $ 3.04  
Cape Girardeau Region A   $ 1.94     $ 1.94     $ 1.94  
Cedar Rapids Region A   $ 2.42     $ 2.47     $ 2.47  
Cedar Rapids Region B   $ 2.55     $ 2.61     $ 2.61  
Flint Region A   $ 2.57     $ 2.56     $ 2.56  
Flint Region B   $ 1.63     $ 1.62     $ 1.62  
Greenville Region A   $ 2.80     $ 2.22     $ 2.28  
Greenville Region B   $ 2.14     $ 2.02     $ 2.03  
Greenville Region C   $ 2.21     $ 2.09     $ 2.10  
Johnstown Region A   $ 2.16     $ 1.99     $ 2.01  
Johnstown Region B   $ 1.97     $ 1.97     $ 1.97  
Johnstown Region C   $ 2.05     $ 2.05     $ 2.05  
Quad Cities Region A   $ 2.51     $ 2.51     $ 2.51  
Quad Cities Region B   $ 2.31     $ 2.31     $ 2.31  
Rocky Mount Region A   $ 2.20     $ 2.11     $ 2.12  
Rocky Mount Region B   $ 2.03     $ 1.89     $ 1.90  
Santa Clarita Region A   $ 2.76     $ 2.80     $ 2.80  
Santa Clarita Region B   $ 2.51     $ 2.50     $ 2.50  
Shreveport Region A   $ 2.43     $ 2.39     $ 2.39  
Shreveport Region B   $ 2.41     $ 2.39     $ 2.39  
Shreveport Region C   $ 2.32     $ 2.31     $ 2.31  

 

3. Representations and Certifications

 

The Representations and Certifications pursuant to Provision 4-3 must be executed and returned with the proposal.

 

Volume 3 – Financials

 

Supplier’s Financial Condition of company: The offeror must provide:

 

a. A recent credit report that includes certification of no bankruptcy filings in the past three (3) years.

 

b. Three (3) years of audited financial statements to include Income Statements (e.g. Balance Sheet, Statement of Cash Flow, etc.), and the corresponding note pages to the financial statements.

 

c. Funding documentation from a financial institution (when funding is required to obtain vehicles).

 

d. Names of Financial institution, contact names, phone numbers for lines of credit currently available as of proposal date for each line of credit including bank letter(s) of reference.

 

e. Most Recent Tax Returns for the past two (2) years.

 

f. Tax Identification Number (TIN) documentation – COPY of social security card for owner operators.

 

7

 

 

PROVISION 4-2: EVALUATION (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

Each Supplier will be required to submit a two-volume proposal. The Technical Evaluation will be based on the Volume 1 – Technical Proposal, whereas the Price Evaluation will be based on data provided in the Volume 2 - Price Proposal.

 

The factors that will be used in the technical evaluation of proposals and their relative importance are as follows:

 

1. Supplier Eligibility is a pass or fail factor

 

2. Past Performance is the most important Technical Evaluation factor

 

3. Supplier Capability is less important than the Past Performance

 

4. Management Plan is less important than Supplier Capability

 

5. Contingency Plan, Sustainability Plan, and Subcontracting Plan are all equal to Management Plan

 

Supplier Eligibility (Pass / Fail)

 

The Suppliers’ ability to meet all the required factors that are necessary to perform operations, to include the following:

 

a. Companies ineligible:

 

1. Business organizations substantially owned or controlled by Postal Service employees or their immediate families.

 

2. Offerors suspended, debarred, ineligible, or proposed for suspension, debarment, or ineligibility are also excluded from conducting business with the Postal Service as agents, subcontractors, or representatives of other offerors.

 

b. Suppliers will be asked to provide the financial condition of their company. The offeror must provide:

 

1. A recent credit report that includes certification of no bankruptcy filings in the past three (3) years.

 

2. Three (3) years of audited financial statements to include Income Statements (e.g. Balance Sheet, Statement of Cash Flow, etc.), and the corresponding note pages to the financial statements.

 

3. Funding documentation from a financial institution (when funding is required to obtain vehicles).

 

4. Names of Financial institution, contact names, phone numbers for lines of credit currently available as of proposal date for each line of credit including bank letters (s) of reference.

 

5. Most Recent Tax Returns for the past two (2) years.

 

6. Tax Identification Number (TIN) documentation – COPY of social security card for owner operator.

 

Past Performance

 

The offeror will be evaluated on its performance under existing and prior contracts for similar services. In evaluating past performance, the Postal Service will consider the offeror’s effectiveness in quality of products or services; timeliness of performance; cost control; business practices; customer satisfaction, and key personnel past performance. Additionally, consideration will be given to the offeror’s demonstrated commitment to continuous improvement, innovation, sustainability and knowledge transfer.

 

The offeror must submit a list of at least three (3) references that USPS may contact to assess the offer’s past performance during the past twelve (12) months. The list must include, at a minimum, the following information:

 

1. Name of reference (company name and location).

 

2. Point of contact (name and title).

 

3. Telephone number and email address.

 

4. Type of contract and size and services rendered for transportation contracts of similar scope.

 

5. Dates of service.

 

8

 

 

Supplier Capability

 

The extent to which the Supplier has the ability to obtain adequate resources (technical, equipment, etc.) to perform the work will be evaluated. The Suppliers will address the following in the Supplier capability section of the proposal (which are not sub factors):

 

1. The ability to meet the required delivery schedule (e.g., able to begin operations on the effective date of start-up of contract performance) considering all existing commitments, including pending awards.

 

2. Equipment to include the type, age, and average miles per gallon (MPG) along with the offeror’s plan to upgrade vehicles during the life of the contract;

 

3. A sound record of integrity and business ethics; and

 

4. The necessary organization, experience, accounting and operational controls, technical skills, and property controls.

 

Management Plan

 

The offeror must include a detailed management plan in its proposal. The Management Plan, at a minimum, must address the offeror’s plan and ability to perform at high level of on time performance, to include the following (which are not sub factors):

 

1. Monitoring of service performance to ensure quality on time performance.

 

2. Maintaining adequate staffing levels including drivers and supervisors considering the planned hours for portal time, layover, and pre/post inspections.

 

3. Compliance with Department of Labor (DOL) and Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations.

 

4. Completion of all loading in time to meet dispatch.

 

5. Implementation of global positioning systems (GPS) or other technology-driven solutions.

 

6. Implementation of a safety program and a driver training program.

 

7. Scanning Postal mail transport equipment (MTE).

 

8. Close-out, receive, and dispatch all surface vehicles.

 

9. Security of the mail.

 

10. Security screening of contractor personnel and verification of their eligibility.

 

11. Detail showing the offerors’ ability to obtain clearance in accordance with Administrative Support Manual 272.

 

12. Electronic Data Interchange to include Scanning and Data Transmission.

 

13. Subcontracting management and approach.

 

Contingency Plan

 

The offeror must include a detailed Contingency Plan in its proposal. The Contingency Plan, at a minimum, must address the offeror’s plan and ability to handle the contingency operations below (which are not sub factors):

 

1. Overflow mail

 

2. Less MTE than required

 

3. Damaged containers

 

4. Damaged or non-labeled mail

 

5. Schedule changes

 

6. Equipment breakdowns

 

7. Inclement weather during operations

 

8. Labor disruptions including, but not limited to, walkouts or strikes

 

9. Staffing shortages relating to medical or other emergencies

 

10. Delays caused by environmental issues such as fuel spills, chemical spills, or other HAZMAT.

 

9

 

 

Sustainability Plan

 

The offeror must include a detailed sustainability plan in its proposal. The Sustainability Plan, at a minimum, must address the items listed below (which are not sub factors):

 

1. A listing of the Make, Model, Age, and Class of Vehicle that it plans to use for the solicited service. The Vehicle Classification should be based on the details of the Attachment A, Vehicle Specifications. The offeror should provide a specific vehicle listing by Mileage Range (Upper, Expected, and Lower).

 

2. The offeror should list the average MPG for each class of vehicle listed for each Mileage Range (Upper, Expected, and Lower).

 

3. An explanation of the number of scheduled miles, portal miles, backhaul miles, maintenance miles, and any other miles that will be included in the contracted service for each Mileage Range (Upper, Expected, and Lower).

 

4. The amount of gallons of fuel that the offeror is proposing for this service for each Mileage Range (Upper, Expected, and Lower).

 

5. Whether the vehicles operate using alternative fuel. If so, please state the type (Compressed Natural Gas, Liquefied Natural Gas, etc.).

 

6. A plan to improve the fuel efficiency of the vehicles over the life of the contract. The plan should describe the offeror’s current sustainability initiatives and metrics, as well as suggested initiatives on which the offeror will work collaboratively with the Postal Service.

 

Subcontracting Plan

 

All suppliers, including small businesses, must submit a subcontracting plan that is specific to this contract, and that separately addresses subcontracting with small, minority, and woman-owned businesses. The offeror must include a detailed description of all related/support services (e.g. maintenance, custodial services) and specific line haul services. The supplier must detail which routes the subcontract services will address and what allocation of the operation will be covered by the subcontract services.

 

The team will evaluate the Subcontracting Plan based on the items listed below (which are not subfactors):

 

a. Goals, in terms of percentages of the total amount of this contract that the supplier will endeavor to subcontract to small, minority, and woman-owned businesses. The supplier must include all subcontracts that contribute to contract performance, and may include a proportionate share of supplies and services that are normally allocated as indirect costs.

 

b. A statement of the: Total dollars planned to be subcontracted under this contract; and Total of that amount planned to be subcontracted to small, minority, and woman-owned businesses.

 

c. A description of the principal types of supplies and services to be subcontracted under this contract, identifying the types planned for subcontracting to small, minority, and woman-owned businesses.

 

d. A description of the method used to develop the subcontracting goals for this contract.

 

e. A description of the method used to identify potential sources for solicitation purposes and a description of efforts the supplier will make to ensure that small, minority, and woman-owned businesses have an equitable opportunity to compete for subcontracts.

 

10

 

 

f. A statement as to whether the offer included indirect costs in establishing subcontracting goals for this contract and a description of the method used to determine the proportionate share of indirect costs to be incurred with small, minority, and woman-owned businesses.

 

g. The name of the individual employed by the supplier who will administer the subcontracting program and a description of the individual’s duties.

 

h. Assurances that the supplier will require all subcontractors receiving subcontracts in excess of $1,000,000 to adopt a plan similar to the plan agreed to by the supplier.

 

i. A description of the types of records the supplier will maintain to demonstrate compliance with the requirements and goals in the plan for this contract. The records must include at least the following: a. Source lists, guides, and other data identifying small, minority, and woman-owned businesses; Organizations contacted in an attempt to locate sources that are small, minority, and woman-owned businesses; Records on each subcontract solicitation resulting in an award of more than $100,000, indicating whether small, minority, or woman-owned businesses were solicited and if not, why not; and Records to support subcontract award data, including the name, address, and business size of each subcontractor.

 

j. Plan and details of all subcontractors proposed that are current Postal HCR suppliers.

 

For the price evaluation, the Postal Service will evaluate the prices from the single site proposed offers and the multi-site proposed offers by comparing the different combinations. Price is MORE important than technical proposal evaluation factors. The Postal Service is more concerned with making an award at the lowest overall price than with obtaining superior technical or management features. However, the Postal Service may not necessarily make an award at the lowest price in order to achieve a small price savings if better value can be achieved with superior technical or management features. The benefits of a higher priced proposal may merit a higher price.

 

As part of the price evaluation, the Postal Service will also consider the impact of the supplier proposed fuel gallons and proposed labor hours for each pricing tier.

 

The USPS may determine that an offer is unacceptable if any of the Mileage Range Pricing is significantly unbalanced in relation to other proposals received. The pricing must reflect a clear understanding of the requirements and must be consistent with the various elements of the supplier’s technical proposal.

 

The USPS anticipates awarding no more than one (1) supplier per site, with the exception of the four (4) sites that are split into two (2) regions. For the sites that are split into two (2) regions or more, USPS may choose to award both regions to a single supplier or award each region separately. Should a supplier be awarded multiple regions or multiple sites, the Purchase Team will ensure that risks associated with awarding to a single supplier are mitigated and contingencies are available for additional service coverage. If proposing more than one (1) site, suppliers will have the option of providing discounts for a multi-site award during negotiations. This discount will be applicable to each site(s) proposed. The evaluation of the supplier’s price will be inclusive of this discounted price; the determination of the optimal combination of site(s) to be awarded to a supplier will also include the proposed discount.

 

11

 

 

Best Value Decision

 

Award will be made to the Supplier who proposes the best combination of price and technical factors. Price is more important than the technical factors. In determining potential tradeoffs to arrive at the best value selection, the Postal Service will assess the strengths, weaknesses, and deficiencies between or among competing technical proposals from the standpoint of:

 

1) What the difference might mean in terms of technical factors; and

 

2) What the evaluated cost would be for the Postal Service to take advantage of that difference.

 

Award will not necessarily be made to the Supplier who provides the highest-rated technical proposal or to the Supplier who offers the lowest price. Price will become more important in selecting between or among closely ranked technical proposals. In making any price-technical tradeoff, the Postal Service also does not intend to pay a premium price unless there is a significant technical advantage justifying a higher price. The Postal Service may award a Supplier one or more sites under this solicitation. The Postal Service may choose to award each site to a different Supplier, depending on which Supplier provides the best value to USPS for each site being solicited.

 

Suppliers must receive an overall technical rating of “Fair” in order to be considered for award.

 

The Postal Service reserves the right to not award a contract based on this solicitation should it deem that a non-award is in its best interest. Awards will not be made to Suppliers whose proposals are not competitively priced or to Suppliers with poor technical proposals.

 

Postal Service E-Sourcing Registration

 

All prospective Suppliers must register at https://uspsprod.emptoris.com and enter the required information.

 

Technical and Price Proposals must be submitted in electronic form through Emptoris. All submissions MUST be received in Emptoris no later than 4:00 a.m. EST Friday, April 13, 2018 . Please see the “USPS DRO - Bidding Instructions” document provided to Suppliers in the solicitation invitation email message for details on the submission process.

 

Proposals should be submitted in three (3) separate attachments for each site and each region in the following manner:

 

Volume 1 - Technical Proposal

 

Volume 2 - Price Proposal

 

Volume 3 - Financial Documents

 

Please submit three (3) proposal attachments in Emptoris in the following format as stated below separately for each site and each region (see sample below):

 

Site Name - Region A, Technical

Site Name - Region A, Price

Site Name - Region A, Financial

Site Name – Region B, Technical

Site Name – Region B, Price

Site Name – Region C, Financial

 

Failure to submit the required information may result in a proposal being deemed non-responsive. Non-responsive proposals will not be considered for evaluation or award.

 

12

 

 

PROVISION 4-3: REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (NOVEMBER 2012) [NOTE: Use Attachment C, Representations and Certifications, for submission]

 

1. Type of Business Organization. The Supplier, by checking the applicable blocks, represents that it:

 

a. Operates as:

 

__ a corporation incorporated under the laws of the state of; or country of if incorporated in a country other than the United States of America.

 

__ an individual;

 

__ a partnership;

 

__ a joint venture;

 

__ a limited liability company;

 

__ a nonprofit organization; or

 

__ an educational institution; and

 

b. Is (check all that apply)

 

__ a small business concern;

 

__ a minority business (indicate minority below):

 

__ Black American

 

__ Hispanic American

 

__ Native American

 

__ Asian American:

 

__ a woman-owned business; or

 

__ none of the above entities.

 

i. A small business concern for the purposes of Postal Service purchasing means a business, including an affiliate, that is independently owned and operated, is not dominant in producing or performing the supplies or services being purchased, and has no more than 500 employees, unless a different size standard has been established by the Small Business Administration (see 13 CFR 121, particularly for different size standards for airline, railroad, and construction companies). For subcontracts of $50,000 or less, a subcontractor having no more than 500 employees qualifies as a small business without regard to other factors.

 

ii. Minority Business. A minority business is a concern that is at least 51 percent owned by, and whose management and daily business operations are controlled by, one or more members of a socially and economically disadvantaged minority group, namely U.S. citizens who are Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, or Asian Americans. (Native Americans are American Indians, Eskimos, Aleuts, and Native Hawaiians. Asian Americans are U.S. citizens whose origins are Japanese, Chinese, Filipino, Vietnamese, Korean, Samoan, Laotian, Kampuchean (Cambodian), Taiwanese, in the U.S. Trust Territories of the Pacific Islands or in the Indian subcontinent.)

 

13

 

 

iii. Woman-owned Business. A woman-owned business is a concern at least 51 percent of which is owned by a woman (or women) who is a U.S. citizen, controls the firm by exercising the power to make policy decisions, and operates the business by being actively involved in day-to-day management.

 

iv. Educational or Other Nonprofit Organization. Any corporation, foundation, trust, or other institution operated for scientific or educational purposes, not organized for profit, no part of the net earnings of which insures to the profits of any private shareholder or individual.

 

c. Is (check all that apply)

 

__ a Postal Service employee or a business organization substantially owned or controlled by such an individual

 

__ a spouse of a Postal Service employee or a business organization substantially owned or controlled by such an individual

 

__ another family member of a Postal Service employee or a business organization substantially owned or controlled by such an individual

 

__ an individual residing in the same household as a Postal Service employee or a business organization substantially owned or controlled by such an individual.

 

(Note: Offers from any of the sources listed in subparagraph A.3, may not be considered for an award pending review and recommendation by the Postal Service Ethics Office.)

 

2. Parent Company and Taxpayer Identification Number

 

a. A parent company is one that owns or controls the basic business polices of a Supplier. To own means to own more than 50 percent of the voting rights in the Supplier. To control means to be able to formulate, determine, or veto basic business policy decisions of the Supplier. A parent company need not own the Supplier to control it; it may exercise control through the use of dominant minority voting rights, proxy voting, contractual arrangements, or otherwise.

 

b. Enter the Supplier’s U.S. Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) in the space provided. The TIN is the Supplier’s Social Security number or other Employee Identification Number (EIN) used on the Supplier’s Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Form 941, or as required by Internal Revenue Service (IRS) regulations. Supplier’s TIN:

 

c. IRS Form W-9, Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification. You must complete a copy of IRS Form W-9 and attach it to this certification.

 

d. Check this block if the Supplier is owned or controlled by a parent company.

 

e. If the block above is checked, provide the following information about the parent company:

 

Parent Company’s Name__________________________________

Parent Company’s Main Office:_____________________________

Address:______________________________________________

No. and Street: __________________________________________

City: _________________ State: _______ ZIP Code:____________

Parent Company’s TIN: ___________________________________

 

14

 

 

f. If the Supplier is a member of an affiliated group that files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis (whether or not the Supplier is owned or controlled by a parent company, as provided above) provide the name and TIN of the common parent of the affiliated group

 

Name of Common Parent: _________________________________

Common Parent’s TIN:____________________________________

 

3. Certificate of Independent Price Determination

 

a. By submitting this proposal, the Supplier certifies, and in the case of a joint proposal each party to it certifies as to its own organization, that in connection with this solicitation:

 

i. The prices proposed have been arrived at independently, without consultation, communication, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to the prices with any other Supplier or with any competitor;

 

ii. Unless otherwise required by law, the prices proposed have not been and will not be knowingly disclosed by the Supplier before award of a contract, directly or indirectly to any other Supplier or to any competitor; and

 

iii. No attempt has been made or will be made by the Supplier to induce any other person or firm to submit or not submit a proposal for the purpose of restricting competition.

 

b. Each person signing this proposal certifies that:

 

i. He or she is the person in the Supplier’s organization responsible for the decision as to the prices being offered herein and that he or she has not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above; or
ii. He or she is not the person in the Supplier’s organization responsible for the decision as to the prices being offered but that he or she has been authorized in writing to act as agent for the persons responsible in certifying that they have not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above, and as their agent does hereby so certify; and he or she has not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above.

 

c. Modification or deletion of any provision in this certificate may result in the disregarding of the proposal as unacceptable. Any modification or deletion should be accompanied by a signed statement explaining the reasons and describing in detail any disclosure or communication.

 

4. Certification of Non segregated Facilities

 

a. By submitting this proposal, the Supplier certifies that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The Supplier agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract.

 

15

 

 

b. As used in this certification, segregated facilities means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms or wash rooms, restaurants or other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms or other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment area, transportation, or housing facilities provided for employees that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise.

 

c. The Supplier further agrees that (unless it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) it will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors before awarding subcontracts exceeding $10,000 that are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause; that it will retain these certifications in its files; and that it will forward the following notice to these proposed subcontractors (except when they have submitted identical certifications for specific time periods):

 

Notice: A certification of non-segregated facilities must be submitted before the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 that is not exempt from the Equal Opportunity clause. The certification may be submitted either for each subcontract or for all subcontracts during a period (quarterly, semiannually, or annually).

 

5. Certification Regarding Debarment, Proposed Debarment, and Other Matters (This certification must be completed with respect to any offer with a value of $100,000 or more.)

 

a. The Supplier certifies, to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it or any of its principals:

 

i. Are ___ are not ___ presently debarred or proposed for debarment, or declared ineligible for the award of contracts by any Federal, state, or local agency;

 

ii. Have ____ have not ___, within the three-year period preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, state, or local) contract or subcontract; violation of Federal or state antitrust statutes relating to the submission of offers; or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, tax evasion, or receiving stolen property;

 

iii. Are ___ are not ___ presently indicted for, or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity with, commission of any of the offenses enumerated in subparagraph (b) above;

 

iv. Have ___ have not ___ within a three-year period preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in conjunction with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, state or local) contract or subcontract; violation of Federal or state antitrust statutes relating to the submission of offers; or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, tax evasion or receiving stolen property; and

 

v. Are ___ are not ___ presently indicted for, or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity with, commission of any of the offenses enumerated in subparagraph (d) above.

 

16

 

 

b. The Supplier has ___ has not ___, within a three-year period preceding this offer, had one or more contracts terminated for default by any Federal, state, or local agency.

 

c. “Principals,” for the purposes of this certification, means officers, directors, owners, partners, and other persons having primary management or supervisory responsibilities within a business entity (e.g., general manager, plant manager, head of a subsidiary, division, or business segment, and similar positions).

 

d. The Supplier must provide immediate written notice to the Contracting Officer if, at any time prior to contract award, the Supplier learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.

 

e. A certification that any of the items in E.1 and E.2 of this provision exists will not necessarily result in withholding of an award under this solicitation. However, the certification will be considered as part of the evaluation of the Supplier’s capability (see the Conduct Supplier Capability Analysis topic of the Evaluate Proposals task of Process Step 2: Evaluate Sources, in the Postal Service’s Supplying Practices). The Supplier’s failure to furnish a certification or provide additional information requested by the Contracting Officer will affect the capability evaluation.

 

f. Nothing contained in the foregoing may be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by E.1 and E.2 of this provision. The knowledge and information of a Supplier is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.

 

g. This certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States and the making of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under section 1001, Title 18, United States Code.

 

h. The certification in E.1 and E.2 of this provision is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making the award. If it is later determined that the Supplier knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Postal Service, the Contracting Officer may terminate the contract resulting from this solicitation for default.

 

PROVISION 9-2: PREAWARD EQUAL OPPORTUNITY COMPLIANCE REVIEW

 

If the contract award will be $10 million or more, the prospective Supplier and its known first-tier subcontractors with subcontract of $10 million or more will be subject to a pre-award compliance review. In order to qualify for award, the prospective Supplier and first-tier subcontractors must be found in compliance pursuant to 41 CFR 60- 1.20.

 

17

 

 

PART 2: DYNAMIC ROUTE OPTIMIZATION CLAUSES

 

CLAUSE B-1 DEFINITIONS (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

As used in this contract, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

a. Contracting Officer. The person executing this contract on behalf of the Postal Service, and any other officer or employee who is a properly designated Contracting Officer; the term includes, except as otherwise provided in the contract, the authorized representative of a Contracting Officer acting within the limits of the authority conferred upon that person.

 

b. Administrative Official. Any Postal Service official designated by the Manager, Distribution Network to supervise and administer a Supplier’s performance of mail transportation and related services. Officials so designated do NOT have the authority to make contract changes.

 

c. Mail. Mailable matter that is accepted for mail processing and delivery by USPS.

 

d. Manifest. The list of service points and times as described in the Postal Service provided schedule, may be extended, curtailed, or otherwise altered in accordance with the terms of this contract.

 

e. Supplier. The person or persons, partnership or corporation that will be providing the service advertised in this solicitation.

 

f. PS Form 5500, Contract Route Irregularity Report. This form is to describe the irregularity in service that will include the Supplier’s reply and the USPS comments, Form 5500 can be used for failure to observe contract schedule; failure to have locks on doors; unsatisfactory vehicle; safety violations; omitted service or other irregularities as deemed appropriate.

 

g. PS Form 5397, Contract Route Extra Trip Authorization. This form is used for authorization of One-Way Trips or Round Trips in excess of miles/hours as identified on the Supplier manifest.

 

CLAUSE B-3: CONTRACT TYPE (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

This contract will be an indefinite quantity, indefinite delivery contract under which the Postal Service will order mileage at a Fixed Rate per Mile, subject to an economic adjustment. Minimum and maximum mileage quantities have been established for each P&DC area. The supplier is guaranteed a minimum of 10% of the lower range total annual miles of the base year, which is the overall contract minimum. After the base year, the minimum mileage guarantee will be applied monthly and based on the minimum miles listed in the Lower Range mileage tier for each month. The monthly minimum guarantees will not apply in the event performance ends as a result of a termination. Suppliers will also be expected to cover a maximum mileage amount equal to the top of the highest mileage range identified for each region for both Non-Peak and Peak schedules. The Supplier has the right to refuse mileage above the maximum monthly mileage identified.

 

18

 

 

CLAUSE B-9: CLAIMS AND DISPUTES (MARCH 2006)

 

a. This contract is subject to the Contract Disputes Act of 1978 (41 U.S.C. 7101-7109) (“the Act” or “CDA”).

 

b. Except as provided in the Act, all disputes arising under or relating to this contract must be resolved under this clause.

 

c. “Claim,” as used in this clause, means a written demand or written assertion by one of the contracting parties seeking, as a matter of right, the payment of money in a sum certain, the adjustment or interpretation of contract terms, or other relief arising under or relating to this contract. However, a written demand or written assertion by the Supplier seeking the payment of money exceeding $100,000 is not a claim under the Act until certified as required by subparagraph d.2 below. A voucher, invoice, or other routine request for payment that is not in dispute when submitted is not a claim under the Act. The submission may be converted to a claim under the Act by complying with the submission and certification requirements of this clause, if it is disputed either as to liability or amount is not acted upon in a reasonable time.

 

d. A claim by the Supplier must be made in writing and submitted to the Contracting Officer for a written decision. A claim by the Postal Service against the Supplier is subject to a written decision by the Contracting Officer. For Supplier claims exceeding $100,000, the Supplier must submit with the claim the following certification: “I certify that the claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data are accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief, that the amount requested accurately reflects the contract adjustment for which the Supplier believes the Postal Service is liable, and that I am duly authorized to certify the claim on behalf of the Supplier”. The certification may be executed by any person duly authorized to bind the Supplier with respect to the claim.

 

e. For Supplier claims of $100,000 or less, the Contracting Officer must, if requested in writing by the Supplier, render a decision within 60 days of the request. For Supplier-certified claims over $100,000, the Contracting Officer must, within 60 days, decide the claim or notify the Supplier of the date by which the decision will be made.

 

f. The Contracting Officer’s decision is final unless the Supplier appeals or files a suit as provided in the Act.

 

g. When a CDA claim is submitted by or against a Supplier, the parties by mutual consent may agree to use an alternative dispute resolution (ADR) process to assist in resolving the claim. A certification as described in d (2) of this clause must be provided for any claim, regardless of dollar amount, before ADR is used.

 

h. The Postal Service will pay interest in the amount found due and unpaid from:

 

(1) The date the Contracting Officer receives the claim (properly certified, if required); or

 

(2) The date payment otherwise would be due, if that date is later, until the date of payment.

 

i. Simple interest on claims will be paid at a rate determined in accordance with the Interest clause.

 

j. The Supplier must proceed diligently with performance of this contract, pending final resolution of any request for relief, claim, appeal, or action arising under the contract, and comply with any decision of the Contracting Officer.

 

19

 

 

CLAUSE B-15: NOTICE OF DELAY (FEBRUARY 2018) (MODIFIED)

 

Immediately upon becoming aware of any difficulties that might delay deliveries under this contract, the Supplier will notify the Administrative Official. The notification must identify the difficulties, the reasons for them, and the estimated period of delay anticipated. Failure to give notice may preclude later consideration of any request for an extension of contract time.

 

CLAUSE B-16: SUSPENSIONS AND DELAYS (MARCH 2006)

 

A. If the performance of all or any part of the work of this contract is suspended, delayed, or interrupted by:

 

(1) An order or act of the Contracting Officer in administering this contract; or

 

(2) By a failure of the Contracting Officer to act within the time specified in this contract - or within a reasonable time if not specified - an adjustment will be made for any increase in the cost of performance of this contract caused by the delay or interruption (including the costs incurred during any suspension or interruption). An adjustment will also be made in the delivery or performance dates and any other contractual term or condition affected by the suspension, delay, or interruption. However, no adjustment may be made under this clause for any delay or interruption to the extent that performance would have been delayed or interrupted by any other cause, including the fault or negligence of the Supplier, or for which an adjustment is provided or excluded under any other term or condition of this contract.

 

B. A claim under this clause will not be allowed:

 

(1) For any costs incurred more than 20 days before the Supplier has notified the Contracting Officer in writing of the act or failure to act involved; and

 

(2) Unless the claim, in an amount stated, is asserted in writing as soon as practicable after the termination of the delay or interruption, but not later than the day of final payment under the contract.

 

CLAUSE B-19: EXCUSABLE DELAYS (MARCH 2006)

 

a. Except with respect to defaults of subcontractors, the Supplier will not be in default by reason of any failure in performing this contract in accordance with its terms (including any failure by the Supplier to make progress in the prosecution of the work that endangers performance) if the failure arises out of causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Supplier. Such causes may include, but are not restricted to, acts of God or of the public enemy, acts of the government in its sovereign capacity or of the Postal Service in its contractual capacity, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and unusually severe weather, but in every case the failure to perform must be beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Supplier.

 

20

 

 

b. If failure to perform is caused by the failure of a subcontractor to perform or make progress and arises out of causes beyond the control of both the Supplier and subcontractor, and without the fault or negligence of either of them, the Supplier will not be deemed to be in default, unless:

 

(1) The supplies or services to be furnished by the subcontractor are obtainable from other sources;

 

(2) The Contracting Officer orders the Supplier in writing to procure the supplies or services from other sources; and

 

(3) The Supplier fails to comply reasonably with the order.

 

c. Upon request of the Supplier, the Contracting Officer shall ascertain the facts and extent of failure, and if the Contracting Officer determines that any failure to perform was occasioned by any of the said causes, the delivery schedule shall be revised accordingly, subject to the rights of the Postal Service under any termination clause included in this contract.

 

d. As used in this clause, the terms “subcontractor” and “subcontractors” mean subcontractor(s) at any tier.

 

CLAUSE B-22: INTEREST (MARCH 2006)

 

The Postal Service will pay interest on late payments and unearned prompt payment discounts in accordance with the Prompt Payment Act, 31 U.S.C. 3901 et seq., as amended by the Prompt Payment Act Amendments of 1988, P. L. 100-496.

 

CLAUSE B-26: PROTECTION OF POSTAL SERVICE BUILDINGS, EQUIPMENT, AND VEGETATION (MARCH 2006)

 

The Supplier must use reasonable care to avoid damaging buildings, equipment, and vegetation (such as trees, shrubs, and grass) on the Postal Service installation. If the Supplier fails to do so and damages any buildings, equipment, or vegetation, the Supplier must replace or repair the damage at no expense to the Postal Service, as directed by the Contracting Officer. If the Supplier fails or refuses to make repair or replacement, the Supplier will be liable for the cost of repair or replacement, which may be deducted from the contract price.

 

CLAUSE B-30: PERMITS AND RESPONSIBILITIES (MARCH 2006)

 

The Supplier is responsible, without additional expense to the Postal Service, for obtaining any necessary licenses and permits, and for complying with any applicable federal, state, and municipal laws, codes, and regulations in connection with the performance of the contract. The Supplier is responsible for all damage to persons or property, including environmental damage, which occurs as a result of its omission(s) or negligence. The Supplier must take proper safety and health precautions to protect the work, the workers, the public, the environment, and the property of others.

 

CLAUSE B-39: INDEMNIFICATION (MARCH 2006)

 

The Supplier must save harmless and indemnify the Postal Service and its officers, agents, representatives, and employees from all claims, losses, damage, actions, causes of action, expenses, and/or liability resulting from, brought for, or on account of any personal injury or property damage received or sustained by any person, persons or property growing out of, occurring, or attributable to any work performed under or related to this contract, resulting in whole or in part from negligent acts or omissions of the Supplier, any subcontractor, or any employee, agent, or representative of the Supplier or any subcontractor.

 

21

 

 

CLAUSE B-64: ACCOUNTABILITY OF THE SUPPLIER (HIGHWAY) (MARCH 2006)

 

a. The Supplier shall supervise its operations and the operations of its subcontractors which provide services under this contract personally or through representatives. The Supplier or its supervising representatives must be easily accessible in the event of emergencies or interruptions in service.

 

b. In all cases, the Supplier shall be strictly liable to the Postal Service for the Postal Service’s actual damages if mail is subject to loss, rifling, damage, wrong delivery, depredation, and other mistreatment while in the custody and control of the Supplier or its subcontractors. The Supplier shall also be accountable and answerable in damages for the faithful performance of all other obligations assumed under this contract, whether or not it has entrusted part or all of its performance to another, except

 

(1) The Supplier is not liable for its failure to perform if the failure arises out of circumstances beyond its control, and without its fault or negligence, and

 

(2) The Supplier is not liable for a failure of its subcontractors to perform if the subcontractor’s failure arises out of circumstances beyond the Supplier or the subcontractor’s control, and without the fault or negligence of either.

 

c. The Supplier shall faithfully account for and deliver to the Postal Service all

 

(1) Mail,

 

(2) Moneys, and

 

(3) Other property of any kind belonging to or entrusted to the care of the Postal Service, that come into its possession during the term of this contract.

 

d. The Supplier shall, promptly upon discovery, refund (i) any overpayment made by the Postal Service for service performed, or (ii) any payment for service not rendered.

 

CLAUSE B-65: ADJUSTMENTS TO COMPENSATION (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

Contract compensation may be adjusted, from time to time, by mutual agreement of the Supplier and the Contracting Officer.

 

a. Any such adjustments shall be made in accordance with the provisions of this clause and any U.S. Postal Service Management Instruction governing adjustments in effect on the date of adjustment.

 

b. In connection with an adjustment, the Contracting Officer may examine such records and books of account maintained by the Supplier as the Contracting Officer may deem necessary.

 

c. Adjustments in compensation pursuant to this clause shall be memorialized by formal amendment to the contract.

 

d. Should the Postal Service introduce procedures which affect the Supplier’s obligations with respect to the costs of taxes, the contract price will be adjusted with respect to those costs, pro rata, without entitlement to other compensation for those adjustments, subject to the resolution of any dispute about the adjustments under the Claims and Disputes clause.

 

22

 

 

CLAUSE B-68: CHANGES IN CORPORATE OWNERSHIP OR OFFICERS (MARCH 2006)

 

a. This clause applies only if the Supplier is a corporation and it holds no other regular highway transportation contracts or the aggregate annual rate dollar value of any regular highway transportation contracts it holds is less than $150,000.

 

b. A principal owner is any individual, partnership, corporation, or other entity which holds 25 percent or more of the Supplier’s stock. Corporate officers are the President, Vice President, and Secretary.

 

c. The Supplier shall furnish the Contracting Officer, in writing, the names of its principal owners and its corporate officers before contract award or novation.

 

d. Except in the case of death or incapacity of one or more of the principal owners or corporate officers, the Supplier must notify the Contracting Officer in writing not less than 30 days prior to any planned change in the principal owners or corporate officers.

 

e. In the event of death or incapacity of one or more of the principal owners or corporate officers, the Supplier must notify the Contracting Officer in writing within 30 days.

 

CLAUSE B-69: EVENTS OF DEFAULT (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

The Supplier’s right to perform this contract is subject to termination under the clause entitled Termination for Default. The following constitute events of default, and this contract may be terminated pursuant to that Clause.

 

a. The Supplier’s failure to perform service according to the terms of the contract;

 

b. If the Supplier has been administratively determined to have violated Postal laws and regulations and other laws related to the performance of the service;

 

c. Failure to follow the instructions of the Contracting Officer;

 

d. If the Supplier transfers or assigns his contract, except as authorized herein, or sublets the whole or a portion of this contract contrary to the applicable provisions of the U.S. Postal Service Supplying Principles and Practices or without any required approval of the Contracting Officer;

 

e. If the Supplier combines to prevent others from proposing for the performance of Postal Service contracts;

 

f. The Supplier’s failure properly to account, deliver and pay over moneys, mail and other property pursuant to this contract;

 

g. If the Supplier or a partner, if the Supplier is a partnership, or a principal owner or corporate officer, if the Supplier is a corporation,

 

(a) has been or is, during the term of the contract, convicted of a crime of moral turpitude affecting his or her reliability or trustworthiness as a mail transportation Supplier, such as any form of theft, fraud, embezzlement or assault, or

 

23

 

 

(b) associates with known criminals, or

 

(c) otherwise is not reliable, trustworthy or of good character.

 

h. Any breach by the Supplier or subcontractor of any warranty contained in PS Form 7465, Transportation Services Subcontract;

 

i. If the Supplier allows any employed individual to operate a vehicle in connection with this contract who has a record indicating that it would be hazardous for that individual to do so;

 

j. If the Supplier’s transportation equipment is insufficient, inadequate, or otherwise inappropriate for the service;

 

k. If the Supplier employs any individual in connection with the contract contrary to the instructions of the Contracting Officer;

 

l. If at any time the Supplier, its principal owners, corporate officers or personnel are disqualified by law or regulation from performing services under this contract, and upon notice thereof, the Supplier fails to remove any such disqualification;

 

m. If the Supplier fails to establish and maintain continuously in effect insurance as required by this contract, or fails to provide proof of insurance prior to commencement of service and thereafter as required by the Contracting Officer;

 

n. If the Supplier fails to provide any notification of a change in principal owners or corporate officers which this contract may require; or

 

o. If the Supplier materially breaches any other requirement or clause of this contract.

 

p. When a Supplier has multiple contracts with the Postal Service, a material breach under one contract may be grounds for termination of the Supplier’s remaining contracts, if the Contracting Officer determines that termination is in the best interests of the Postal Service.

 

CLAUSE B-77: PROTECTION OF THE MAIL (MARCH 2006)

 

The Supplier must protect and safeguard the mail from loss, theft, or damage while it is in the Supplier’s custody or control and prevent unauthorized persons from having access to the mail.

 

CLAUSE B-78 RENEWAL (MARCH 2006)

 

This contract may be renewed by mutual agreement of the parties.

 

24

 

 

CLAUSE B-79: FORFEITURE OF COMPENSATION (MARCH 2006)

 

If the Supplier fails to perform a trip for any reason, the offeror shall not be entitled to any compensation otherwise due for that trip. If the offeror fails to perform a trip, and such failure is due to the fault or negligence of the Supplier or of its subcontractors, the Supplier shall be liable for all damages actually suffered by the Postal Service by reason of such failure.

 

CLAUSE B-80: LAWS AND REGULATIONS APPLICABLE (MARCH 2006)

 

This contract and the services performed under it are subject to all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations. The Supplier shall faithfully discharge all duties and obligations imposed by such laws and regulations, and shall obtain and pay for all permits, licenses, and other authorities required to perform this contract.

 

CLAUSE B-81: INFORMATION OR ACCESS BY THIRD PARTIES (MAY 2006)

 

The Postal Service retains exclusive authority to release any or all information about mail matter in the custody of the Supplier and to permit access to that mail in the custody of the Supplier. All requests by non-postal individuals (including employees of the Supplier) for information about mail matter in the custody of the Supplier or for access to mail in the custody of the Supplier must be referred to the Contracting Officer or his or her designee.

 

CLAUSE B-82: ACCESS BY OFFICIALS (MARCH 2006)

 

The Supplier shall deny access to the cargo compartment of a vehicle containing mail therein to Federal, state or local officials except at a postal facility and in the presence of a postal employee, unless to prevent damage to the vehicle or its contents.

 

CLAUSE 1-1: PRIVACY PROTECTION (OCTOBER 2014)

 

In addition to other provisions of this contract, the Supplier agrees to the following:

 

a. Privacy Act — If the Supplier operates a system of records on behalf of the Postal Service, the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 522a), the Postal Service regulations at 39 CFR Parts 266–267, and Handbook AS-353, Guide to Privacy, the Freedom of Information Act, and Records Management and Appendix, apply to those records. The Supplier is considered to operate a system of records if it maintains records (including collecting, using, revising, deleting, or disseminating records) from which information is retrieved by the name of an individual or by some number, symbol, or other identifier assigned to the individual. The Supplier must comply with the Act and the Postal Service regulations and Handbook AS-353 in designing, developing, managing, and operating the system of records, including ensuring that records are current and accurate for their intended use, and incorporating adequate safeguards to prevent misuse or improper disclosure of personal information. Violations of the Act may subject the violator to criminal penalties.

 

b. Information Pertaining to Individuals (“Personal Information”) — If the Supplier has access to Postal Service information pertaining to individuals (e.g. customer or employee information), including address information, whether collected online or offline by the Postal Service or by a Supplier acting on its behalf, the Supplier must comply with the following:

 

1. General — With regard to the Postal Service customer information to which it has access pursuant to this contract, the Supplier has that access as an agent of the Postal Service and must adhere to its official Privacy Policy at http://usps.com/privacypolicy.

 

25

 

 

2. Use, Ownership, and Nondisclosure — The Supplier may use Postal Service Personal Information solely for the purposes of this contract, and may not collect or use such information for non-Postal Service marketing, promotion, or any other purpose without the prior written approval of the Contracting Officer. The Supplier may not maintain, access, or store (including archival back-ups) any Personal Information data outside the United States. The Supplier must restrict access to such information to those employees who need the information to perform work under this contract, and must ensure that each such employee (including subcontractors’ employees) sign a nondisclosure agreement, in a form suitable to the Contracting Officer, prior to being granted access to the information. The Postal Service retains sole ownership and rights to its Personal Information. Unless the contract states otherwise, upon completion of the contract the Supplier must turn over all Postal Service Personal Information and any copies of the information, in any form the Personal Information or copies may exist, in its possession to the Postal Service. In addition, the Supplier must certify that no Postal Service Personal Information and, if applicable, copies, have been retained unless otherwise authorized in writing by the Contracting Officer. If so required elsewhere in this contract, the information or copies must be destroyed by the Supplier and the Supplier must certify to the Contracting Officer that such destruction has taken place.

 

3. Security Plan — When applicable, and unless waived in writing by the Contracting Officer, the Supplier must work with the Postal Service to develop and implement a security plan that addresses the protection of Personal Information. The plan will be incorporated into the contract and followed by the Supplier, and must, at a minimum, address notification to the Postal Service of any security breach. If the contract does not include a security plan at the time of contract award, it must be added within 60 days after contract award.

 

4. Breach Notification — If there is any actual or suspected breach of any nature in the security of Postal Service data, including Personal Information, the Supplier must notify the Contracting Officer and the Postal Service’s Chief Privacy Officer as soon as practicable but no later than 24 hours following the detection of a suspected or confirmed breach. The Supplier will be required to follow Postal Service policies regarding breach notification to customers and/or employees.

 

5. Legal Demands for Information — If a legal demand is made for Postal Service Personal Information (such as by subpoena), the Supplier must immediately notify the Contracting Officer and follow the applicable requirements in 39 CFR, sections 265.11 and 265.12. After notification, the Postal Service will determine whether and to what extent to comply with the legal demand. Should the Postal Service agree to or unsuccessfully resist a legal demand, the Supplier may, with the written permission of the Contracting Officer, release the information specifically demanded.

 

c. Online Assistance — If the Supplier assists in the design, development, or operation of a Postal Service customer Web site, or if it designs or places an ad banner, button, or link on a Postal Service Web site or any Web site on the Postal Service’s behalf, the Supplier must comply with the limitations set forth in the Official Postal Service Privacy Policy (see b.1, above). Exceptions to these limitations require the prior written approval of the Contracting Officer and the Postal Service’s Chief Privacy Officer.

 

26

 

 

d. Marketing E-Mail — If the Supplier assists the Postal Service in conducting a marketing e-mail campaign, the Supplier does so as an agent of the Postal Service and must adhere to the Postal Service policies set out in Postal Service Management Instruction AS-350-2004-4, Marketing E-mail. Suppliers wishing to conduct marketing email campaigns to postal employees must first obtain the prior written approval of the Contracting Officer.

 

e. Audits — The Postal Service may audit the Supplier’s compliance with the requirements of this clause, including through the use of online compliance software.

 

f. Indemnification — The Supplier will indemnify the Postal Service against all liability (including costs and fees) for damages arising out of violations of this clause.

 

g. Flow-down — The Supplier will flow this clause down to any and all subcontractors.

 

CLAUSE 1-7: ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST (MARCH 2006)

 

a. Warranty Against Existing Conflicts of Interest. The Supplier warrants and represents that, to the best of its knowledge and belief, it does not presently have organizational conflicts of interest that would diminish its capacity to provide impartial, technically sound, objective research assistance or advice, or would result in a biased work product, or might result in an unfair competitive advantage, except for advantages flowing from the normal benefits of performing this agreement.

 

b. Restrictions on Contracting. The Supplier agrees that during the term of this agreement, any extensions thereto, and for a period of 2 years thereafter, neither the Supplier nor its affiliates will perform any of the following:

 

(1) Compete for any Postal Service contract for production of any product for which the Supplier prepared any work statement or specifications or conducted any studies or performed any task under this agreement.

 

(2) Contract (as the provider of a component or the provider of research or consulting services) with any Supplier competing for any Postal Service contract for production of any product for which the Supplier prepared any work statements or specifications or conducted any studies or performed any task under this agreement.

 

(3) Contract (as the provider of a component or the provider of research or consulting services) with the Supplier which wins award of a Postal Service contract for production of any product for which the Supplier prepared any work statement or specifications or conducted any studies or performed any task under this agreement.

 

c. Possible Future Conflicts of Interest. The Supplier agrees that, if after award of this agreement, it discovers any organizational conflict of interest that would diminish its capacity to provide impartial, technically sound, objective research assistance or advice, or would result in a biased work product, or might result in an unfair competitive advantage, except advantages flowing from the normal benefits of performing this agreement, the Supplier will make an immediate and full disclosure in writing to the Contracting Officer, including a description of the action the Supplier has taken or proposes to take to avoid, eliminate, or neutralize this conflict of interest.

 

27

 

 

d. Nondisclosure of Confidential Material

 

(1) The Supplier recognizes that, in performing this agreement, it may receive confidential information.

 

To the extent that and for as long as the information is confidential, the Supplier agrees to take the steps necessary to prevent its disclosure to any third party without the prior written consent of the Contracting Officer.

 

(2) The Supplier agrees to indoctrinate its personnel who will have access to confidential information as to the confidential nature of the information, and the relationship under which the Supplier has possession of this information.

 

(3) The Supplier agrees to limit access to the confidential information obtained, generated, or derived, and to limit participation in the performance of orders under this agreement to those employees whose services are necessary for performing them.

 

e. Postal Service Remedy. If the Supplier breaches or violates any of the warranties, covenants, restrictions, disclosures or nondisclosures set forth under this clause, the Postal Service may terminate this agreement, in addition to any other remedy it may have for damages or injunctive relief.

 

CLAUSE 1-11: PROHIBITION AGAINST CONTRACTING WITH FORMER OFFICERS OR PCES EXECUTIVES (MARCH 2006)

 

During the performance of this contract, former Postal officers or Postal Career Executive Service (PCES) executives are prohibited from employment by the contractor as key personnel, experts or consultants, if such individuals, within 1 year after their retirement from the Postal Service, would be performing substantially the same duties as they performed during their career with the Postal Service.

 

CLAUSE 1-12: USE OF FORMER POSTAL SERVICE EMPLOYEES (MARCH 2006)

 

During the term of this contract, the Supplier must identify any former Postal Service employees it proposes to be engaged, directly or indirectly, in contract performance. Such individuals may not commence performance without the Contracting Officer’s prior approval. If the Contracting Officer does not provide such approval, the Supplier must replace the proposed individual former employee with another individual equally qualified to provide the services called for in the contract.

 

CLAUSE 2-19: OPTION TO EXTEND (SERVICES CONTRACT) (MARCH 2006)

 

The Postal Service may require the Supplier to continue to perform any or all items of services under this contract up to sixty (60) days after contract end date. The Contracting Officer may exercise this option, at any time within the sixty (60) days prior to contract end date, by giving written notice to the Supplier. The rates set forth in the Schedule will apply to any extension made under this option clause.

 

For purposes of continuity of service, the Contracting Officer may unilaterally extend the contract up to a period of sixty (60) days at any time prior to the end of the contract’s current period of performance in order to allow for the support of any wave-in/wave-out transition activities.

 

28

 

 

CLAUSE 2-22: VALUE ENGINEERING INCENTIVE (MARCH 2006)

 

a. General. The Supplier is encouraged to develop and submit Value Engineering Change Proposals (VECPs) voluntarily. The Supplier will share in savings realized from an accepted VECP as provided in paragraph (h) below.

 

b. Definitions

 

1. Value Engineering Change Proposal (VECP). A proposal that:

 

a. Requires a change to the instant contract;

 

b. Results in savings to the instant contract; and

 

c. Does not involve a change in:

 

i. Deliverable end items only;

 

ii. Test quantities due solely to results of previous testing under the instant contract; or

 

iii. Contract type only.

 

2. Instant Contract. The contract under which a VECP is submitted. It does not include additional contract quantities.

 

3. Additional Contract Quantity. An increase in quantity after acceptance of a VECP due to contract modification, exercise of an option, or additional orders (except orders under indefinite-delivery contracts within the original maximum quantity limitations).

 

4. Postal Service Costs. Costs to the Postal Service resulting from developing and implementing a VECP, such as net increases in the cost of testing, operations, maintenance, logistics support, or property furnished. Normal administrative costs of processing the VECP are excluded.

 

5. Instant Contract Savings. The estimated cost of performing the instant contract without implementing a VECP minus the sum of (a) the estimated cost of performance after implementing the VECP and (b) Postal Service costs.

 

6. Additional Contract Savings. The estimated cost of performance or delivering additional quantities without the implementation of a VECP minus the sum of (a) the estimated cost of performance after the VECP is implemented and (b) Postal Service cost.

 

7. Supplier’s Development and Implementation Costs. Supplier’s cost in developing, testing, preparing, and submitting a VECP. Also included are the Supplier’s cost to make the contractual changes resulting from the Postal Service acceptance of the VECP.

 

c. Content. A VECP must include the following:

 

1. A description of the difference between the existing contract requirement and that proposed, the comparative advantages and disadvantages of each, a justification when an item’s function or characteristics are being altered, the effect of the change on the end item’s performance, and any pertinent objective test data.

 

2. A list and analysis of the contract requirements that must be changed if the VECP is accepted, including any suggested specification revisions.

 

29

 

 

3. A separate, detailed cost estimate for (a) the affected portions of the existing contract requirement and (b) the VECP. The cost reduction associated with the VECP must take into account the Supplier’s allowable development and implementation costs.

 

4. A description and estimate of costs the Postal Service may incur in implementing the VECP, such as test and evaluation and operating and support costs.

 

5. A prediction of any effects the proposed change would have on Postal Service costs.

 

6. A statement of the time by which a contract modification accepting the VECP must be issued in order to achieve the maximum cost reduction, noting any effect on the contract completion time or delivery schedule.

 

7. Identification of any previous submissions of the VECP to the Postal Service, including the dates submitted, purchasing offices, contract numbers, and actions taken.

 

d. Submission. The Supplier must submit VECPs to the Contracting Officer.

 

e. Postal Service Action

 

1. The Contracting Officer will give the Supplier written notification of action taken on a VECP within 60 days after receipt. If additional time is needed, the Contracting Officer will notify the Supplier, within the 60-day period, of the expected date of a decision. The Postal Service will process VECPs expeditiously but will not be liable for any delay in acting upon a VECP.

 

2. If a VECP is not accepted, the Contracting Officer will so notify the Supplier, explaining the reasons for rejection.

 

f. Withdrawal. The Supplier may withdraw a VECP, in whole or in part, at any time before its acceptance.

 

g. Acceptance

 

1. Acceptance of a VECP, in whole or in part, will be by execution of a supplemental agreement modifying this contract and citing this clause. If agreement on price (see paragraph h below) is reserved for a later supplemental agreement, and if such agreement cannot be reached, the disagreement is subject to the Claims and Disputes clause of this contract.

 

2. Until a VECP is accepted by contract modification, the Supplier must perform in accordance with the existing contract.

 

3. The Contracting Officer’s decision to accept or reject all or any part of a VECP is final and not subject to the Claims and Disputes clause or otherwise subject to litigation under the Contract Disputes Act of 1978 (41 U.S.C. 601-613).

 

h. Sharing. If a VECP is accepted, the Supplier’s share is ___ percent of the contract savings. If options are included in the contract, the Supplier’s share for the additional quantity is ___ percent of the contract savings. The contract savings are calculated by subtracting the estimated cost of the performing the contract with the VECP, Postal Service costs, and the allowable development and implementation costs from the estimated cost of performing the contract without the VECP. Profit is excluded when calculating contract savings. (Contracting Officer inserts the negotiated percentage of shared savings. See the Shared Lessons Learned topic of the Manage Delivery and Contract Performance task of Process Step 5: Measure and Manage Supply, from the Postal Service Supplying Practices.)

 

30

 

 

i. Data

 

1. The Supplier may restrict the Postal Service’s right to use any part of a VECP or the supporting data by marking the following legend on the affected parts:

 

“These data, furnished under the Value Engineering Incentive clause of contract, may not be disclosed outside the Postal Service or duplicated, used, or disclosed, in whole or in part, for any purpose other than to evaluate a value engineering change proposal submitted under the clause. This restriction does not limit the Postal Service’s right to use information contained in these data if it has been obtained or is otherwise available from the Supplier or from another source without limitation.”

 

2. If a VECP is accepted, the Supplier hereby grants the Postal Service unlimited rights in the VECP and supporting data, except that, with respect to data qualifying and submitted as limited rights technical data, the Postal Service will have the rights specified in the contract modification implementing the VECP and will appropriately mark the data. (The terms “unlimited rights” and “limited rights” are defined in the Clarify Data Rights and Intellectual Property Issues topic of the Develop Sourcing Strategy task of Process Step 2: Evaluate Sources of the Supplying Practices.)

 

Additional Paragraph j (see the Clarify Data Rights and Intellectual Property Issues topic of the Develop Sourcing Strategy task of Process Step 2:

 

j. Subcontracts. The Supplier must include an appropriate value engineering incentive clause in any firm-fixed-price subcontract of $100,000 or more. In calculating any price adjustment for savings under this contract, the Supplier’s allowable VECP development and implementation costs include any subcontractor’s allowable development and implementation costs. Subcontract savings are subject to the sharing arrangements in paragraph h of this clause, and will be taken into account in determining the savings under this contract.

 

CLAUSE 2-39: ORDERING (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

Services to be furnished under this contract will be ordered by the issuance of weekly manifests, during the period and by the activities specified in the schedule.

All orders are subject to the terms and conditions of this contract. If there is any conflict between an order and this contract, the contract is controlling.

 

CLAUSE 2-42: INDEFINITE QUANTITY (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

a. This is an indefinite-quantity contract; the quantities of supplies or services specified in the Schedule are not purchased until ordered through issuance of the manifest.

 

b. Orders will be defined by the weekly Manifest schedule changes that suppliers receive. The weekly Manifest will be generated by the Transportation Management System (TMS) and issued by Surface Transportation Operations. The frequency of these changes may be every week. As the mileage and routes are optimized, supplier’s schedules will be updated to reflect this change.

 

c. Performance must be as directed in the Manifest in accordance with the contract Schedule. The Supplier must furnish to the Postal Service, when provided the Manifest, the services specified in the Manifest up to the quantity designated in the Attachment A: Service Point Details and Specifications as the maximum. The Postal Service will also detail the least quantity of services designated in the Attachment A: Service Point Details and Specifications, as the monthly minimum.

 

31

 

 

d. Any order issued during the effective period of this contract and not completed within that period must be completed by the Supplier within the time specified in the Manifest, and the rights and obligations of the Supplier and the Postal Service with respect to the order will be the same as if the order were completed during the effective period of the contract.

 

CLAUSE 3-1: SMALL-, MINORITY-, AND WOMAN-OWNED BUSINESS SUBCONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS (FEBRUARY 2018)

 

a. All suppliers, except small businesses, must have an approved subcontracting plan for contracts estimated or valued at $1 million or more at time of award. A subcontracting plan is also required when contracts awarded at less than $1 million reach or exceed the $1 million threshold during contract performance. The plan must be specific to this contract, and separately address subcontracting with small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses. A plan approved by the Postal Service must be included in and made a part of the contract. A subcontract is defined as any agreement (other than one involving an employer-employee relationship) entered into by a Postal Service supplier or subcontractor calling for goods or services required for performance of the contract or subcontract.

 

b. The supplier’s subcontracting plan must include the following:

 

(1) Goals, in terms of percentages of the total amount of this contract that the supplier will endeavor to subcontract to small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses. The supplier must include all subcontracts that contribute to contract performance, and may include a proportionate share of goods and services that are normally allocated as indirect costs.

 

(2) A statement of the:

 

(a) Total dollars planned to be subcontracted under this contract. For indefinite-delivery contracts, this amount would be based upon the minimum and maximum and stated as a total dollar range; and

 

(b) Total of that amount planned to be subcontracted to small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses. For indefinite-delivery contracts, this amount would be based upon the minimum and maximum and stated as a total dollar range.

 

(3) A description of the principal types of goods and services to be subcontracted under this contract, identifying the types planned for subcontracting to small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses.

 

(4) A description of the method used to develop the subcontracting goals for this contract.

 

32

 

 

(5) A description of the method used to identify potential sources for solicitation purposes and a description of efforts the supplier will make to ensure that small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses have an equitable opportunity to compete for subcontracts.

 

(6) A statement as to whether the offer included indirect costs in establishing subcontracting goals for this contract and a description of the method used to determine the proportionate share of indirect costs to be incurred with small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses.

 

(7) The name of the individual employed by the supplier who will administer the subcontracting program and a description of the individual’s duties.

 

(8) Assurances that the supplier will require all subcontractors receiving subcontracts in excess of $1 million to adopt a plan similar to the plan agreed to by the supplier.

 

(9) A description of the types of records the supplier will maintain to demonstrate compliance with the requirements and goals in the plan for this contract. The records must include at least the following:

 

(a) Source lists, guides, and other data identifying small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses;

 

(b) Organizations contacted in an attempt to locate sources that are small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses;

 

(c) Records on each subcontract solicitation resulting in an award of more than $100,000, indicating whether small-, minority-, or woman-owned businesses were solicited and if not, why not; and

 

(d) Records to support subcontract award data, including the name, address, and business size of each subcontractor.

 

c. Reports. The supplier must provide reports on subcontracting activity under this contract on a semi-annual basis. Should a contract be awarded and completed within the semi-annual reporting period, a report of subcontracting activity is still required. The report must be one of the types described in Clause 3-2: Participation of Small-, Minority-, and Woman-Owned Businesses.

 

CLAUSE 3-2: PARTICIPATION OF SMALL-, MINORITY-, AND WOMAN-OWNED BUSINESSES (FEBRUARY 2018)

 

a. The policy of the Postal Service is to encourage the participation of small-, minority-, and woman-owned business in its purchases of goods and services to the maximum extent practicable consistent with efficient contract performance. The supplier agrees to follow the same policy in performing this contract, and also agrees that any awarded subcontract will follow the same policy by including this clause within contracts with subcontractors.

 

33

 

 

b. When a contract is estimated or valued at $500,000 or more, or when a contract reaches or exceeds the $500,000 threshold during contract performance, the supplier must submit semiannual reports on its subcontracting activity under this contract via a reporting method as specified by the Postal Service. Subject to the agreement of the supplier and the Postal Service, the supplier will report subcontracting activity on one of the following bases:

 

(1) Showing the amount of payments made to subcontractors during the reporting period;

 

(2) Showing subcontracting activity that is allocable to this contract using generally accepted accounting principles; or

 

(3) A combination of the methods listed above.

 

c. The supplier will submit a report in accordance with the Postal Service’s reporting method to the contracting officer within 15 calendar days after the end of each semi-annual period, describing all subcontract awards to small-, minority-, or woman-owned businesses. The report will include, but is not limited to, Postal Service contract number, subcontractor information (supplier name, address, contact name, contact email address), business classification, North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code, and contract specific payments (direct, allocated, and total direct and allocated dollars). The contracting officer may require more frequent reports.

 

CLAUSE 4-1: GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS (JULY 2007) (MODIFIED)

 

a. Inspection and Acceptance. The Supplier will only tender for acceptance those items that conform to the requirements of this contract. The Postal Service reserves the right to inspect or test supplies or services that have been tendered for acceptance. The Postal Service may require repair or replacement of nonconforming supplies or re-performance of nonconforming services at no increase in contract price. The Postal Service must exercise its post acceptance rights (1) within a reasonable period of time after the defect was discovered or should have been discovered and (2) before any substantial change occurs in the condition of the items, unless the change is due to the defect in the item.

 

b. Assignment. If this contract provides for payments aggregating $10,000 or more, claims for monies due or to become due from the Postal Service under it may be assigned to a bank, trust company, or other financing institution, including any federal lending agency, and may thereafter be further assigned and reassigned to any such institution. Any assignment or reassignment must cover all amounts payable and must not be made to more than one party, except that assignment or reassignment may be made to one party as agent or trustee for two or more parties participating in financing this contract. No assignment or reassignment will be recognized as valid and binding upon the Postal Service unless a written notice of the assignment or reassignment, together with a true copy of the instrument of assignment, is filed with:

 

(1) The Contracting Officer;

 

(2) The surety or sureties upon any bond; and

 

(3) The office, if any, designated to make payment, and the Contracting Officer has acknowledged the assignment in writing.

 

34

 

 

(4) Assignment of this contract or any interest in this contract other than in accordance with the provisions of this clause will be grounds for termination of the contract for default at the option of the Postal Service.

 

c. Changes.

 

1. The Contracting Officer may, in writing, without notice to any sureties, order changes within the general scope of this contract in the following:

 

a. Drawings, designs, or specifications when supplies to be furnished are to be specially manufactured for the Postal Service in accordance with them;

 

b. Statement of work or description of services;

 

c. Method of shipment or packing;

 

d. Places of delivery of supplies or performance of services;

 

e. Delivery or performance schedule;

 

f. Postal Service furnished property or facilities.

 

2. Any other written or oral order (including direction, instruction, interpretation, or determination) from the Contracting Officer that causes a change will be treated as a change order under this paragraph, provided that the Supplier gives the Contracting Officer written notice stating (a) the date, circumstances, and source of the order and (b) that the Supplier regards the order as a change order.

 

3. If any such change affects the cost of performance or the delivery schedule, the contract will be modified to effect an equitable adjustment.

 

4. The Supplier’s claim for equitable adjustment must be asserted within 30 days of receiving a written change order. A later claim may be acted upon — but not after final payment under this contract — if the Contracting Officer decides that the facts justify such action.

 

5. Failure to agree to any adjustment is a dispute under Clause B-9, Claims and Disputes, which is incorporated into this contract by reference (see paragraph s). Nothing in that clause excuses the Supplier from proceeding with the contract as changed.

 

d. Reserved

 

e. Reserved

 

f. Reserved

 

g. Invoices: See section L. Payment and Schedule Changes of the SOW

 

i. Payment: See Part 1: Section L, Payment and Schedule Changes in SOW

 

j. Risk of Loss. Unless the contract specifically provides otherwise, risk of loss or damage to the supplies provided under this contract will remain with the Supplier until, and will pass to the Postal Service upon:

 

(1) Delivery of the supplies to a carrier, if transportation is f.o.b. origin, or;

 

(2) Delivery of the supplies to the Postal Service at the destination specified in the contract, if transportation is f.o.b. destination.

 

35

 

 

k. Taxes. The contract price includes all applicable federal, state, and local taxes and duties.

 

l. Termination with Notice. The Contracting Officer or the Supplier, on 180 days written notice, may terminate this contract or the right to perform under it, in whole or in part, without cost to either party.

 

m. Termination for Default. The Postal Service may terminate this contract, or any part hereof, for default by the Supplier, or if the Supplier fails to provide the Postal Service, upon request, with adequate assurances of future performance. In the event of termination for default, the Postal Service will not be liable to the Supplier for any amount for supplies or services not accepted, and the Supplier will be liable to the Postal Service for any and all rights and remedies provided by law. The debarment, suspension, or ineligibility of the Supplier, its partners, officers, or principal owners under the Postal Service’s procedures may constitute an act of default under this contract, and such act will not be subject to notice and cure pursuant to any termination of default provision of this contract. If it is determined that the Postal Service improperly terminated this contract for default, such termination will be deemed a Termination with Notice; the calculation of damages will be based on the contract’s applicable monthly minimums.

 

n. Title. Unless specified elsewhere in this contract, title to items furnished under this contract will pass to the Postal Service upon acceptance, regardless of when or where the Postal Service takes physical possession.

 

p. Limitation of Liability. Except as otherwise provided by an express or implied warranty, the Supplier will not be liable to the Postal Service for consequential damages resulting from any defect or deficiencies in accepted items.

 

q. Other Compliance Requirements. The Supplier will comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws, executive orders, rules and regulations applicable to its performance under this contract. If there are any changes to a federal, state or local law, statute or regulation, executive order or other rule applicable to contract performance during the term of this contract that result in additional contract costs, these costs will be borne by the Supplier.

 

r. Order of Precedence. Any inconsistencies in the provisions of a solicitation, a contract awarded under a solicitation, or a contract awarded without the issuance of a written solicitation will be resolved by giving precedence in the following order:

 

(1) The Statement of Work

 

(2) The Provisions

 

(3) The Clauses

 

(4) Attachments to this document

 

(5) Documents incorporated by reference.

 

36

 

 

CLAUSE 4-2: CONTRACT TERMS AND CONDITIONS REQUIRED TO IMPLEMENT POLICIES, STATUTES, OR EXECUTIVE ORDERS (JULY 2014) (MODIFIED)

 

a. Incorporation by Reference:

 

1. Wherever in this solicitation or contract a standard provision or clause is incorporated by reference, the incorporated term is identified by its title, the provision or clause number assigned to it, in the Postal Service Supplying Practices, and its date. The text of incorporated terms may be found at http://about.usps.com/manuals/spp/spp.pdf. The following clauses are incorporated in this contract by reference:

 

(2) Clause B-25, Advertising of Contract Awards

 

(3) Clause 1-5, Gratuities or Gifts

 

(4) Clause 7-10, Sustainability

 

(5) Clause 9-1, Convict Labor

 

(6) Clause 9-5, Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act - Safety Standards

 

2. If checked, the following additional clauses are also incorporated in this contract by reference: (Contracting Officer will check as appropriate.)

 

(1) Clause 1-1, Privacy Protection

 

(2) Clause 1-6, Contingent Fees

 

(3) Clause 1-9, Preference for Domestic Supplies

 

(4) Clause 1-10, Preference for Domestic Construction Materials

 

(5) Clause 3-1, Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Business Subcontracting Requirements

 

(6) Clause 3-2, Participation of Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Businesses

 

(7) Clause 9-2, Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act - Overtime Compensation

 

(8) Clause 9-3, Davis-Bacon Act

 

(9) Clause 9-6, Walsh-Healey Public Contracts Act

 

(10) Clause 9-7, Equal Opportunity

 

(11) Clause 9-10, Service Contract Act

 

(12) Clause 9-11, Service Contract Act - Short Form

 

(13) Clause 9-12, Fair Labor Standards Acts and Services Contract Act - Price Adjustments

 

(14) Clause 9-13, Affirmative Action for Handicapped Workers

 

(15) Clause 9-14, Affirmative Action for Disabled Veterans and Veterans of the Vietnam Era

 

b. Examination of Records:

 

1. Records - “Records” includes books, documents, accounting procedures and practices, and other data, regardless of type and regardless of whether such items are in written form, in the form of computer data, or in any other form.

 

2. Examination of Costs - If this is a cost-type contract, the Supplier must maintain, and the Postal Service will have the right to examine and audit all records and other evidence sufficient to reflect properly all costs claimed to have been incurred or anticipated to be incurred directly or indirectly in performance of this contract. This right of examination includes inspection at all reasonable times of the Supplier’s plants, or parts of them, engaged in the performance of this contract.

 

37

 

 

3. Cost or Pricing Data - If the Supplier is required to submit cost or pricing data in connection with any pricing action relating to this contract, the Postal Service, in order to evaluate the accuracy, completeness, and currency of the cost or pricing data, will have the right to examine and audit all of the Supplier’s records, including computations and projections, related to:

 

a. The proposal for the contract, subcontract, or modification;

 

b. The discussions conducted on the proposal(s), including those related to negotiating;

 

c. Pricing of the contract, subcontract, or modification; or

 

d. Performance of the contract, subcontract or modification.

 

4. Reports - If the Supplier is required to furnish cost, funding or performance reports, the Contracting Officer or any authorized representative of the Postal Service will have the right to examine and audit the supporting records and materials, for the purposes of evaluating:

 

a. The effectiveness of the Supplier’s policies and procedures to produce data compatible with the objectives of these reports; and

 

b. The data reported.

 

5. Availability - The Supplier must maintain and make available at its office at all reasonable times the records, materials, and other evidence described in (b)(1)-(4) of this clause, for examination, audit, or reproduction, until three years after final payment under this contract or any longer period required by statute or other clauses in this contract. In addition:

 

a. If this contract is completely or partially terminated, the Supplier must make available the records related to the work terminated until three years after any resulting final termination settlement; and

 

b. The Supplier must make available records relating to appeals under the claims and disputes clause or to litigation or the settlement of claims arising under or related to this contract. Such records must be made available until such appeals, litigation or claims are finally resolved.

 

c. Payment Offsets:

 

As required by 31 U.S.C. 3716, the Postal Service participates in the Treasury Offset Program of the Department of Treasury’s Financial Management Service. Payments under this contract are subject to offset in whole or in part to for the Supplier’s delinquent tax and non-tax debts owed to the United States and the states and for delinquent child support payments. Suppliers with questions concerning a payment offset should contact the Treasury Offset Program call center at: 1(800) 304-3107.

 

38

 

 

CLAUSE 7-4: INSURANCE (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

a. During the term of this contract and any extension, the Supplier must maintain at its own expense the insurance required by this clause. Insurance companies must be acceptable to the Postal Service. Policies must include all terms and provisions required by the Postal Service.

 

b. The Supplier must maintain and furnish evidence of workers’ compensation, employers’ liability insurance, and the following general public liability and automobile liability insurance per the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Association (FMSCA), 49CFR 387.9, Financial Responsibility Minimum Levels:

 

General Freight Carrier Trucks over 10,000 pounds are required to have $750,000 insurance.

 

Carrier trucks under 10,001 pounds are required to have $300,000 liability insurance.

 

c. Each policy must include substantially the following provision: “It is a condition of this policy that the company furnish written notice to the U.S. Postal Service 30 days in advance of the effective date of any reduction in or cancellation of this policy.”

 

d. The Supplier must furnish a certificate of insurance or, if required by the Contracting Officer, true copies of liability policies and manually countersigned endorsements of any changes. Insurance must be effective, and evidence of acceptable insurance furnished, before beginning performance under this contract. Evidence of renewal must be furnished not later than 5 days before a policy expires.

 

e. The maintenance of insurance coverage as required by this clause is a continuing obligation, and the lapse or termination of insurance coverage without replacement coverage being obtained will be ground for termination for default.

 

CLAUSE 7-5: ERRORS AND OMISSIONS (MARCH 2006)

 

i. The Supplier warrants that it is insured for $200,000 (unless a greater amount is set forth in the Schedule) for errors and omissions per claim in the performance of this contract.

 

ii. Unless the Supplier’s policy is prepaid, non-cancelable, and issued for a period at least equal to the term of this contract on an occurrence basis, the Supplier must have the policy amended to include substantially the following provision:

“It is a condition of this policy that the company furnish written notice to the U.S. Postal Service 30 days in advance of the effective date of any reduction in or cancellation of this policy.”

 

iii. The Supplier must furnish a certificate of insurance or, if required by the Contracting Officer, true copies of liability policies and manually countersigned endorsements of any changes. Insurance must be effective, and evidence of acceptable insurance furnished, before beginning performance under this contract. Evidence of renewal must be furnished not later than 5 days

 

39

 

 

CLAUSE 7-10: SUSTAINABILITY (JULY 2014) (MODIFIED)

 

The Postal Service embraces sustainable practices and environmental responsibility, and encourages Suppliers to improve their environmental sustainability practices in the performance of this contract. As appropriate, the Postal Service will collaborate with the Supplier to identify opportunities that may improve the environmental and sustainability performance of the goods and services being provided by the Supplier. Some of these environmental sustainable practices may include alternative fuel sources such as electricity, methanol, natural gas and propane. The Postal Services encourages the Supplier to develop and propose innovative sustainability business practices and offer goods and services that assist the Postal Service to operate in a more environmentally sustainable manner. Innovative sustainability business practices can take the form of improved and more sustainable business processes, replacement of materials used in performance with more sustainable materials, combination of sustainable materials with other materials that lead to reductions in the total cost of ownership, or by some other means. If the proposed innovation results in enhanced sustainability or otherwise furthers the Postal Service’s goals, then the Postal Service may share any savings resulting from the innovation with the Supplier.

 

CLAUSE 8-8: ADDITIONAL DATA REQUIREMENTS (MARCH 2006)

 

a. In addition to the data specified elsewhere in this contract to be delivered, the Contracting Officer may, at any time during contract performance or within a period of 3 years after acceptance of all items to be delivered under this contract, order any first generated or produced in the performance of this contract.

 

b. The Rights in Technical Data and the Rights in Computer Software clauses, or other equivalent data clauses if included in this contact, apply to all data ordered under this Additional Data Requirements clause. Nothing in this clause requires the supplier to deliver any data specifically identified in this contract as not subject to this clause.

 

c. When data are to be delivered under this clause, the supplier will be compensated for converting the data into the prescribed form for reproduction and delivery. The Contracting Officer may release the supplier from the requirements of this clause for specifically identified data items at any time during the three-year period set forth in paragraph a above.

 

CLAUSE 8-10: RIGHTS IN DATA — SPECIAL WORKS (MARCH 2006)

 

a. Definition — Works means literary works, including technical reports, studies, and similar documents; musical and dramatic works; and recorded information, regardless of the form or the medium on which it may be recorded. It does not include information incidental to contract administration, such as financial, administrative, cost or pricing, or management information.

 

b. Rights:

 

(1) All works first produced in the performance of this contract are the sole property of the Postal Service. The supplier agrees not to assert or authorize others to assert any rights or establish any claim of copyright in these works.

 

(2) The supplier assigns all right, title, and interest to the Postal Service in all works first produced in performance of this contract that are not otherwise “works for hire” for the Postal Service under Section 201(b) of Title 17, U.S.C. The supplier, unless directed otherwise by the Contracting Officer, must place on all such works delivered under this contract the following notice:

 

“Copyright (year of delivery) United States Postal Service”

 

40

 

 

(3) The supplier grants to the Postal Service a royalty-free, nonexclusive, irrevocable license throughout the world to publish, translate, deliver, perform, use, and dispose of in any manner any portion of a work that is not first produced in the performance of this contract but in which copyright is owned by the supplier and that is incorporated in the work finished under this contract, and to authorize others to do so for Postal Service purposes.

 

(4) Unless the Contracting Officer’s written approval is obtained, the supplier may not include in any works prepared for or delivered to the Postal Service under this contract any works of authorship in which copyright is not owned by the supplier or the Postal Service without acquiring for the Postal Service any right necessary to perfect a license of the scope set forth in subparagraph b(3) above.

 

(5) Except as otherwise specifically provided for in this contract, the supplier may not use for purposes other than the performance of this contact, or release, reproduce, distribute, or publish, any work first produced in the performance of this contract, or authorize others to do so.

 

c. Indemnity — The supplier indemnifies the Postal Service (and its officers, agents, and employees acting for the Postal Service) against any liability, including costs and expenses:

 

(1) For violation of proprietary rights, copyrights, or rights of privacy or publicity, arising out of the creation, delivery, or use of any works furnished under this contract, or

 

(2) Based upon any libelous or other unlawful matter contained in these works. These provision do not apply to material furnished by the Postal Service and incorporated in the works to which this clause applies.

 

CLAUSE 8-13: INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (MARCH 2006)

 

All intellectual property rights evolving from studies, reports, or other data delivered under this contract are the sole property of the Postal Service. The supplier agrees to make, execute, and deliver to the Postal Service any papers or other instruments in such terms and contents as may be required for the filing of any required instrument necessary for preserving an intellectual property right and does hereby assign and transfer to the Postal Service the entire right, title, and interest in and to the intellectual property rights. Before final settlement of this contract, a final report must be submitted on Form 7398, Report of Inventions and Subcontracts, or other format acceptable to the Contracting Officer.

 

Clause 8-16: Postal Service Title in Technical Data and Computer Software (March 2006)

 

a. Definitions:

 

(1) Data — Data means technical data including drawings, technical reports, studies, and similar documents; computer software and computer software documentation, including but not limited to source code, object code, algorithms, formulas, and, other data that describe design, function, operation, or capabilities, and other recorded information, regardless of the form or the medium on which it may be recorded. It does not include information incidental to contract administration, such as financial, administrative, cost or pricing, or management information.

 

41

 

 

(2) Form, Fit, and Function Data — Data relating to an item or process that are sufficient to enable physical and functional interchangeability, as well as data identifying source, size, configuration, mating and attachment characteristics, functional characteristics, and performance requirements; except that for computer software, it means data identifying origin, functional characteristics, and performance requirements but specifically excludes the source code, algorithm, process, formulas, and machine-level flowcharts of the computer software.

 

(3) Limited Rights Data — Data other than computer software developed at private expense, including minor modifications of these data.

 

(4) Technical Data — Data other than computer software, of a scientific or technical nature. 40

 

(5) Restricted Computer Software — Computer software developed at private expense that is a trade secret, is commercial or financial and confidential or privileged, or is published copyrighted computer software, including minor modifications of this computer software.

 

(6) Restricted Rights — The rights of the Postal Service in restricted computer software, as set forth in a Restricted Rights Notice as provided in paragraph h. below, or as otherwise may be provided in a collateral agreement incorporated in and made part of this contract.

 

(7) Unlimited Rights — The rights of the Postal Service in technical data and computer software to use, disclose, reproduce, prepare derivative works, distribute copies to the public, and perform and display publicly, in any manner and for any purpose, and to have or permit others to do so.

 

b. Rights:

 

(1) The Postal Service has title to all data first produced in the performance of this contract. Accordingly, the supplier assigns all rights, title, and interest to the Postal Service in all data first produced in performance of this contract. The supplier, unless directed otherwise by the Contracting Officer, must place on all such data delivered under this contract the following notice:

 

“This data is the confidential property of the U.S. Postal Service and may not be used, released, reproduced, distributed or published without the express written permission of the U.S. Postal Service.”

 

(2) The supplier grants to the Postal Service a royalty-free, nonexclusive, irrevocable license throughout the world to publish, translate, deliver, perform, use, and dispose of in any manner any portion of data that is not first produced in the performance of this contract but in which copyright is owned by the supplier and that is incorporated in the data furnished under this contract, and to authorize others to do so for Postal Service purposes.

 

42

 

 

(3) Unless the Contracting Officer’s written approval is obtained, the supplier may not include in any data prepared for or delivered to the Postal Service under this contract any data which is not owned by the supplier or the Postal Service without acquiring for the Postal Service any right necessary to perfect a license of the scope set forth in subparagraph b(2).

 

c. Indemnity — The supplier indemnifies the Postal Service (and its officers, agents, and employees acting for the Postal Service) against any liability, including costs and expenses:

 

(1) For violation of proprietary rights, copyrights, or rights of privacy or publicity, arising out of the creation, delivery, or use of any works furnished under this contract, or

 

(2) Based upon any libelous or other unlawful matter contained in these works. This provision does not apply to material furnished by the Postal Service and incorporated in the works to which this clause applies.

 

d. Additional Rights in Technical Data:

 

(1) Except as provided in paragraph b., the Postal Service has unlimited rights in:

 

(a) Form fit, and function data, including such data developed at private expense, delivered under this contract, and

 

(b) Technical data delivered under this contract that constitute manuals or instructional and training material for installation, operation, or routine maintenance and repair of items, components, or processes delivered or furnished for use under this contract.

 

(2) Copyright:

 

(a) The Contracting Officer may direct the supplier to establish, or authorize the establishment of, claim to copyright in the technical data and to assign, or obtain the written assignment of, the copyright to the Postal Service or its designated assignee.

 

(b) The supplier may not, without prior written permission of the Contracting Officer, incorporate in technical data delivered under this contract any data not first produced in the performance of this contract containing the copyright notice of 176 U.S.C. 401 or 402, unless the supplier identifies the data and grants to the Postal Service, or acquires on its behalf at no cost to the Postal Service, a paid-up, nonexclusive, irrevocable worldwide license in such copyright data to reproduce, prepare derivative works, distribute copies to the public, and perform and display the data publicly.

 

(c) The Postal Service agrees not to remove any copyright notices placed on data pursuant to this section d, and to include such notices on all reproductions of the data.

 

43

 

 

e. Release, Publication, and Use of Technical Data and Computer Software:

 

(1) Unless prior written permission is obtained from the Contracting Officer or to the extent expressly set forth in this contract, the supplier will not use, release to others, reproduce, distribute, or publish any technical data or computer software first produced by the supplier in the performance of the contract.

 

(2) The supplier agrees that if it receives or is given access to data or software necessary for the performance of this contract that contain restrictive markings, the supplier will treat the data or software in accordance with the markings unless otherwise specifically authorized in writing by the Contracting Officer.

 

f. Unauthorized Marking of Data or Computer Software:

 

(1) If any technical data or computer software delivered under this contract are marked with the notice specified in paragraph h. and the use of such a notice is not authorized by this clause, or if the data or computer software bear any other unauthorized restrictive markings, the Contracting Officer may at any time either return the data or software or cancel the markings. The Contracting Officer must afford the supplier at least 30 days to provide a written justification to substantiate the propriety of the markings. Failure of the supplier to timely respond, or to provide written justification, may result in the cancellation of the markings. The Contracting Officer must consider any written justification by the supplier and notify the supplier if the markings are determined to be authorized.

 

(2) The foregoing procedures may be modified in accordance with Postal Service regulations implementing the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552) if necessary to respond to a request thereunder. In addition, the supplier is not precluded from bringing a claim in connection with any dispute that may arise as the result of the Postal Service’s action to remove any markings on data or computer software, unless this action occurs as the result of a final disposition of the matter by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

g. Omitted or Incorrect Markings:

 

(1) Technical data or computer software delivered to the Postal Service without the limited rights notice or restricted notice authorized by paragraph h., or the data rights notice required by paragraph b., will be deemed to have been furnished with unlimited rights, and the Postal Service assumes no liability for the disclosure, use, or reproduction of such data or computer software. However, to the extent the data or software have not been disclosed outside the Postal Service, the supplier may request, within 6 months (or a longer time approved by the Contracting Officer) after delivery of the data or software, permission to have notices placed on qualifying technical data or computer software at the supplier’s expense, and the Contracting Officer may agree to do so if the supplier:

 

(a) Identifies the technical data or computer software to which the omitted notice is to be applied;

 

(b) Demonstrates that the omission of the notice was inadvertent;

 

(c) Establishes that the use of the proposed notice is authorized; and

 

(d) Acknowledges that the Postal Service has no liability with respect to the disclosure, use, or reproduction of any such data or software made before the addition of the notice or resulting from the omission of the notice.

 

44

 

 

(2) The Contracting Officer may also:

 

(a) Permit correction of incorrect notices, at the supplier’s expense, if the supplier identifies the technical data or computer software on which correction of the notice is to be made and demonstrates that the correct notice is authorized, or

 

(b) Correct any incorrect notices.

 

h. Protection of Rights:

 

(1) Protection of Limited Rights Data — When technical data other than data listed in paragraph d., above, are specified to be delivered under this contract and qualify as limited rights data, if the supplier desires to continue protection of such data, the supplier must affix the following “Limited Rights Notice” to the data, and the Postal Service will thereafter treat the data, subject to paragraphs f. and g. above, in accordance with the Notice:

 

“LIMITED RIGHTS NOTICE

 

These technical data are submitted with limited rights under Postal Service Contract No. ______________________ (and subcontract __________________, if appropriate). These data may be reproduced and used by the Postal Service with the express limitation that they will not, without written permission of the supplier, be used for purposes of manufacture or disclosed outside the Postal Service; except that the Postal Service may disclose these data outside the Postal Service for the following purposes, provided that the Postal Service makes such disclosure subject to prohibition against further use and disclosure:

 

(1) Use (except for manufacture) by support service suppliers.

 

(2) Evaluation by Postal Service evaluators.

 

(3) Use (except for manufacture) by other suppliers participating in the Postal Service’s program of which the specific contract is a part, for information and in connection with the work performed under each contract.

 

(4) Emergency repair or overhaul work.

 

This Notice must be marked on any reproduction of these data, in whole or in part.”

 

(2) Protection of Restricted Computer Software:

 

(a) When computer software is specified to be delivered under this contract and qualifies as restricted computer software, if the supplier desires to continue protection of such computer software, the supplier must affix the following “Restricted Rights Notice” to the computer software, and the Postal Service will thereafter treat the computer software, subject to paragraphs f. and g. above, in accordance with the Notice:

 

“RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE

 

(a) This computer software is submitted with restricted rights under Postal Service Contract No.(and subcontract, if appropriate). It may not be used, reproduced, or disclosed by the Postal Service except as provided below or as otherwise stated in the contract.

 

45

 

 

(b) This computer software may be:

 

1. Used or copied for use in or with the computer or computers for which it was acquired, including use at any Postal Service installation to which the computer or computers may be transferred;

 

2. Used or copied for use in a backup computer if any computer for which it was acquired is inoperative;

 

3. Reproduced for safekeeping (archives) or backup purposes;

 

4. Modified, adapted, or combined with other computer software, provided that the modified, adapted, or combined portions of any derivative software incorporating restricted computer software are made subject to the same restricted rights;

 

5. Disclosed to and reproduced for use by support service suppliers in accordance with 1. through 4. above, provided the Postal Service makes such disclosure or reproduction subject to these restricted rights; and

 

6. Used or copied for use in or transferred to a replacement computer.

 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this computer software is published copyrighted computer software, it is licensed to the Postal Service, without disclosure prohibitions, with the minimum rights set forth in the preceding paragraph.

 

(d) Any other rights or limitations regarding the use, duplication, or disclosure of this computer software are to be expressly stated in, or incorporated in, the contract.

 

(e) This Notice must be marked on any reproduction of this computer software, in whole or in part.”

 

(b) When it is impracticable to include the above Notice on restricted computer software, the following short-form Notice may be used instead, on condition that the Postal Service’s rights with respect to such computer software will be as specified in the above Notice unless otherwise expressly stated in the contract.

 

“RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE (SHORT FORM)

 

Use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No.___________________ (and subcontract ____________, if appropriate) with ______________________ (name of supplier and subcontractor).”

 

46

 

 

i. Subcontracting — The supplier has the responsibility to obtain from its subcontractors all computer software and technical data and the rights therein necessary to fulfill the supplier’s obligations under this contract. If a subcontractor refuses to accept terms affording the Postal Service such rights, the supplier must promptly bring such refusal to the attention of the Contracting Officer and may not proceed with subcontract award without further authorization.

 

j. Standard Commercial License or Lease Agreements — The supplier unconditionally accepts the terms and conditions of this clause unless expressly provided otherwise in this contract or in a collateral agreement incorporated in and made part of this contract. Thus the supplier agrees that, notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in the supplier’s standard commercial license or lease agreement pertaining to any restricted computer software delivered under this contract, and irrespective of whether any such agreement has been proposed before or after issuance of this contract or of the fact that such agreement may be affixed to or accompany the restricted computer software upon delivery, the Postal Service has the rights set forth in this clause to use, duplicate, or disclose any restricted computer software delivered under this contract.

 

k. Relationship to Patents — Nothing contained in this clause implies a license to the Postal Service under any patent or may be construed as affecting the scope of any license or other right otherwise granted to the Postal Service. Clause 9-9: Equal Opportunity Pre-award Compliance of Subcontracts (March 2006)

 

CLAUSE 9-10: SERVICE CONTRACT ACT (MARCH 2006)

 

a. This contract is subject to the Service Contract Act of 1965, as amended (41 U.S.C. 6701 et seq.), and to the following provisions and all other applicable provisions of the Act and regulations of the Secretary of Labor issued under the Act (29 CFR Part 4).

 

(1) Each service employee employed in the performance of this contract by the supplier or any subcontractor must be:

 

(a) Paid not less than the minimum monetary wages, and

 

(b) Furnished fringe benefits in accordance with the wages and fringe benefits determined by the Secretary of Labor or an authorized representative, as specified in any wage determination attached to this contract.

 

(2)

 

(a) If a wage determination is attached to this contract, the Contracting Officer must require that any class of service employees not listed in it and to be employed under the contract (that is, the work to be performed is not performed by any classification listed in the wage determination) be classified by the supplier so as to provide a reasonable relationship (that is, appropriate level of skill comparison) between the unlisted classifications and the classifications in the wage determination. The conformed class of employees must be paid the monetary wages and furnished the fringe benefits determined under this clause. (The information collection requirements contained in this paragraph b. have been approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0150.)

 

47

 

 

(b) The conforming procedure must be initiated by the supplier before the performance of contract work by the unlisted class of employees. A written report of the proposed conforming action, including information regarding the agreement or disagreement of the authorized representative of the employees involved or, if there is no authorized representative, the employees themselves, must be submitted by the supplier to the Contracting Officer no later than 30 days after the unlisted class of employees performs any contract work. The Contracting Officer must review the proposed action and promptly submit a report of it, together with the agency’s recommendation and all pertinent information, including the position of the supplier and the employees, to the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, for review. Within 30 days of receipt, the Wage and Hour Division will approve, modify, or disapprove the action, render a final determination in the event of disagreement, or notify the Contracting Officer that additional time is necessary.

 

(c) The final determination of the conformance action by the Wage and Hour Division will be transmitted to the Contracting Officer, who must promptly notify the supplier of the action taken. The supplier must give each affected employee a written copy of this determination, or it must be posted as a part of the wage determination.

 

(i) The process of establishing wage and fringe benefit rates bearing a reasonable relationship to those listed in a wage determination cannot be reduced to any single formula. The approach used may vary from determination to determination, depending on the circumstances. Standard wage and salary administration practices ranking various job classifications by pay grade pursuant to point schemes or other job factors may, for example, be relied upon. Guidance may also be obtained from the way various jobs are rated under federal pay systems (Federal Wage Board Pay System and the General Schedule) or from other wage determinations issued in the same locality. Basic to the establishment of conformable wage rates is the concept that a pay relationship should be maintained between job classifications on the basis of the skill required and the duties performed.

 

(ii) If a contract is modified or extended or an option is exercised, or if a contract succeeds a contract under which the classification in question was previously conformed pursuant to this clause, a new conformed wage rate and fringe benefits may be assigned to the conformed classification by indexing (that is, adjusting) the previous conformed rate and fringe benefits by an amount equal to the average (mean) percentage increase change in the wages and fringe benefits specified for all classifications to be used on the contract that are listed in the current wage determination, and those specified for the corresponding classifications in the previously applicable wage determination. If these conforming actions are accomplished before the performance of contract work by the unlisted class of employees, the supplier must advise the Contracting Officer of the action taken, but the other procedures in (1) (b), (2)(c) above need not be followed.

 

(iii) No employee engaged in performing work on this contract may be paid less than the currently applicable minimum wage specified under section 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended.

 

48

 

 

(d) The wage rate and fringe benefits finally determined pursuant to b(2)(a) and (b) above must be paid to all employees performing in the classification from the first day on which contract work is performed by them in the classification. Failure to pay unlisted employees the compensation agreed upon by the interested parties and/or finally determined by the Wage and Hour Division retroactive to the date the class of employees began contract work is a violation of the Service Contract Act and this contract.

 

(e) Upon discovery of failure to comply with b(2)(a) through (e) above, the Wage and Hour Division will make a final determination of conformed classification, wage rate, and/ or fringe benefits that will be retroactive to the date the class of employees commenced contract work.

 

(3) If, as authorized pursuant to section 4(d) of the Service Contract Act, the term of this contract is more than 1 year, the minimum monetary wages and fringe benefits required to be paid or furnished to service employees will be subject to adjustment after 1 year and not less often than once every 2 years, pursuant to wage determinations to be issued by the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration of the Department of Labor.

 

(a) The supplier or subcontractor may discharge the obligation to furnish fringe benefits specified in the attachment or determined conformably to it by furnishing any equivalent combinations of bona fide fringe benefits, or by making equivalent or differential payments in cash in accordance with the applicable rules set forth in Subpart D of 29 CFR Part 4, and not otherwise.

 

6. In the absence of a minimum-wage attachment for this contract, neither the supplier nor any subcontractor under this contract may pay any person performing work under the contract (regardless of whether they are service employees) less than the minimum wage specified by section 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938. Nothing in this provision relieves the supplier or any subcontractor of any other obligation under law or contract for the payment of a higher wage to any employee.

 

(2)

 

(a) If this contract succeeds a contract subject to the Service Contract Act, under which substantially the same services were furnished in the same locality, and service employees were paid wages and fringe benefits provided for in a collective bargaining agreement, in the absence of a minimum wage attachment for this contract setting forth collectively bargained wage rates and fringe benefits, neither the supplier nor any subcontractor under this contract may pay any service employee performing any of the contract work (regardless of whether or not the employee was employed under the predecessor contract), less than the wages and fringe benefits provided for in the agreement, to which the employee would have been entitled if employed under the predecessor contract, including accrued wages and fringe benefits and any prospective increases in wages and fringe benefits provided for under the agreement.

 

(b) No supplier or subcontractor under this contract may be relieved of the foregoing obligation unless the limitations of section 4.1(b) of 29 CFR Part 4 apply or unless the Secretary of Labor or an authorized representative finds, after a hearing as provided in section 4.10 of 29 CFR Part 4, that the wages and/or fringe benefits provided for in the agreement vary substantially from those prevailing for services of a similar character in the locality, or determines, as provided in section 4.11 of 29 CFR Part 4, that the agreement applicable to service employees under the predecessor contract was not entered into as a result of arm’s-length negotiations.

 

49

 

 

(c) If it is found in accordance with the review procedures in 29 CFR 4.10 and/or 4.11 and Parts 6 and 8 that wages and/ or fringe benefits in a predecessor supplier’s collective bargaining agreement vary substantially from those prevailing for services of a similar character in the locality, and/or that the agreement applicable to service employees under the predecessor contract was not entered into as a result of arm’s-length negotiations, the Department will issue a new or revised wage determination setting forth the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits. This determination will be made part of the contract or subcontract, in accordance with the decision of the Administrator, the Administrative Law Judge, or the Board of Service Contract Appeals, as the case may be, irrespective of whether its issuance occurs before or after award (53 Comp. Gen. 401 (1973)). In the case of a wage determination issued solely as a result of a finding of substantial variance, it will be effective as of the date of the final administrative decision.

 

e. The supplier and any subcontractor under this contract must notify each service employee starting work on the contract of the minimum monetary wage and any fringe benefits required to be paid pursuant to the contract, or must post the wage determination attached to this contract. The poster provided by the Department of Labor (Publication WH 1313) must be posted in a prominent and accessible place at the worksite. Failure to comply with this requirement is a violation of section 2(a)(4) of the Act and of this contract. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0150.)

 

f. The supplier or subcontractor may not permit services called for by this contract to be performed in buildings or surroundings or under working conditions provided by or under the control or supervision of the supplier or subcontractor that are unsanitary or hazardous or dangerous to the health or safety of service employees engaged to furnish these services, and the supplier or subcontractor must comply with the safety and health standards applied under 29 CFR Part 1925.

 

g.

 

(1) The supplier and each subcontractor performing work subject to the Act must maintain for 3 years from the completion of the work records containing the information specified in (a) through (f) following for each employee subject to the Service Contract Act and must make them available for inspection and transcription by authorized representatives of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration of the U.S. Department of Labor (approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control numbers 1215-0017 and 12150150):

 

(a) Name, address, and social security number of each employee.

 

(b) The correct work classification, rate or rates of monetary wages paid and fringe benefits provided, rate or rates of fringe benefit payments in lieu thereof, and total daily and weekly compensation of each employee.

 

50

 

 

(c) The number of daily and weekly hours so worked by each employee.

 

(d) Any deductions, rebates, or refunds from the total daily or weekly compensation of each employee.

 

(e) A list of monetary wages and fringe benefits for those classes of service employees not included in the wage determination attached to this contract but for whom wage rates or fringe benefits have been determined by the interested parties or by the Administrator or authorized representative pursuant to paragraph b. above. A copy of the report required by b(2)(b) above is such a list.

 

(f) Any list of the predecessor supplier’s employees furnished to the supplier pursuant to section 4.6(1)(2) of 29 CFR Part 4.

 

(2) The supplier must also make available a copy of this contract for inspection or transcription by authorized representatives of the Wage and Hour Division.

 

(3) Failure to make and maintain or to make available the records specified in this paragraph g. for inspection and transcription is a violation of the regulations and this contract, and in the case of failure to produce these records, the Contracting Officer, upon direction of the Department of Labor and notification of the supplier, must take action to suspend any further payment or advance of funds until the violation ceases.

 

(4) The supplier must permit authorized representatives of the Wage and Hour Division to conduct interviews with employees at the worksite during normal working hours.

 

h. The supplier must unconditionally pay to each employee subject to the Service Contract Act all wages due free and clear and without subsequent deduction (except as otherwise provided by law or regulations, 29 CFR Part 4), rebate, or kickback on any account. Payments must be made no later than one pay period following the end of the regular pay period in which the wages were earned or accrued. A pay period under the Act may not be of any duration longer than semimonthly.

 

i. The Contracting Officer must withhold or cause to be withheld from the Postal Service supplier under this or any other contract with the supplier such sums as an appropriate official of the Department of Labor requests or the Contracting Officer decides may be necessary to pay underpaid employees employed by the supplier or subcontractor. In the event of failure to pay employees subject to the Act wages or fringe benefits due under the Act, the Postal Service may, after authorization or by direction of the Department of Labor and written notification to the supplier, suspend any further payment or advance of funds until the violations cease. Additionally, any failure to comply with the requirements of this clause may be grounds for termination of the right to proceed with the contract work. In this event, the Postal Service may enter into other contracts or arrangements for completion of the work, charging the supplier in default with any additional cost.

 

51

 

 

j. The supplier agrees to insert this clause in all subcontracts subject to the Act. The term “supplier,” as used in this clause in any subcontract, is deemed to refer to the subcontractor, except in the term “supplier.”

 

k. Service employee means any person engaged in the performance of this contract other than any person employed in a bona fide executive, administrative, or professional capacity, as those terms are defined in 29 CFR Part 541, as of July 30, 1976, and any subsequent revision of those regulations. The term includes all such persons regardless of any contractual relationship that may be alleged to exist between a supplier or subcontractor and them.

 

l.

 

(1) If wages to be paid or fringe benefits to be furnished service employees employed by the supplier or a subcontractor under the contract are provided for in a collective bargaining agreement that is or will be effective during any period in which the contract is being performed, the supplier must report this fact to the Contracting Officer, together with full information as to the application and accrual of these wages and fringe benefits, including any prospective increases, to service employees engaged in work on the contract, and furnish a copy of the agreement. The report must be made upon starting performance of the contract, in the case of collective bargaining agreements effective at the time. In the case of agreements or provisions or amendments thereof effective at a later time during the period of contract performance, they must be reported promptly after their negotiation. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0150.)

 

(2) Not less than 10 days before completion of any contract being performed at a Postal facility where service employees may be retained in the performance of a succeeding contract and subject to a wage determination containing vacation or other benefit provisions based upon length of service with a supplier (predecessor) or successor (section 4.173 of Regulations, 29 CFR Part 4), the incumbent supplier must furnish to the Contracting Officer a certified list of the names of all service employees on the supplier’s or subcontractor’s payroll during the last month of contract performance. The list must also contain anniversary dates of employment on the contract, either with the current or predecessor suppliers of each such service employee. The Contracting Officer must turn over this list to the successor supplier at the commencement of the succeeding contract. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0150.)

 

m. Rulings and interpretations of the Service Contract Act of 1965, as amended, are contained in Regulations, 29 CFR Part 4.

 

n.

 

(1) By entering into this contract, the supplier and its officials certify that neither they nor any person or firm with a substantial interest in the supplier’s firm are ineligible to be awarded government contracts by virtue of the sanctions imposed pursuant to section 5 of the Act.

 

52

 

 

(2) No part of this contract may be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a government contract pursuant to section 5 of the Act.

 

(3) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001.

 

o. Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of this clause, the following employees may be employed in accordance with the following variations, tolerances, and exemptions, which the Secretary of Labor, pursuant to section 4(b) of the Act before its amendment by P. L. 92-473, found to be necessary and proper in the public interest or to avoid serious impairment of the conduct of government business:

 

(1) Apprentices, student-learners, and workers whose earning capacity is impaired by age, or physical or mental deficiency or injury may be employed at wages lower than the minimum wages otherwise required by section 2(a)(1) or 2(b)(1) of the Service Contract Act without diminishing any fringe benefits or cash payments in lieu thereof required under section 2(a)(2) of the Act, in accordance with the conditions and procedures prescribed for the employment of apprentices, student-learners, handicapped persons, and handicapped clients of sheltered workshops under section 14 of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, in the regulations issued by the Administrator (29 CFR Parts 520, 521, 524, and 525).

 

(2) The Administrator will issue certificates under the Service Contract Act for the employment of apprentices, student- learners, handicapped persons, or handicapped clients of sheltered workshops not subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, or subject to different minimum rates of pay under the two Acts, authorizing appropriate rates of minimum wages (but without changing requirements concerning fringe benefits or supplementary cash payments in lieu thereof), applying procedures prescribed by the applicable regulations issued under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (29 CFR Parts 520, 521, 524, and 525).

 

(3) The Administrator will also withdraw, annul, or cancel such certificates in accordance with the regulations in 29 CFR Parts 525 and 528.

 

p. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they perform when they are employed and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the U.S. Department of Labor, or if no such recognized agency exists in a state, under a program registered with the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, Employment and Training Administration, U.S. Department of Labor. Any employee not registered as an apprentice in an approved program must be paid the wage rate and fringe benefits contained in the applicable wage determination for the journeyman classification of work actually performed. The wage rates paid apprentices may not be less than the wage rate for their level of progress set forth in the registered program, expressed as the appropriate percentage of the journeyman’s rate contained in the applicable wage determination. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen employed on the contract work in any craft classification may not be greater than the ratio permitted to the supplier for its entire workforce under the registered program.

 

53

 

 

q. An employee engaged in an occupation in which he or she customarily and regularly receives more than $30 a month tips may have the amount of tips credited by the employer against the minimum wage required by section 2(a)(1) or section 2(b)(1) of the Act in accordance with section 3(m) of the Fair Labor Standards Act and Regulations, 29 CFR Part 531. However, the amount of this credit may not exceed $1.24 per hour beginning January 1, 1980, and $1.34 per hour after December 31, 1980. To utilize this proviso:

 

(1) The employer must inform tipped employees about this tip credit allowance before the credit is utilized;

 

(2) The employees must be allowed to retain all tips (individually or through a pooling arrangement and regardless of whether the employer elects to take a credit for tips received);

 

(3) The employer must be able to show by records that the employee receives at least the applicable Service Contract Act minimum wage through the combination of direct wages and tip credit (approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1214-0017); and

 

(4) The use of tip credit must have been permitted under any predecessor collective bargaining agreement applicable by virtue of section 4(c) of the Act.

 

a. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract are not subject to Clause B-9: Claims and Disputes but must be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR Parts 4, 6, and 8. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the supplier (or any of its subcontractors) and the Postal Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives.

 

CLAUSE 9-12: FAIR LABOR STANDARDS ACT AND SERVICE CONTRACT ACT – PRICE ADJUSTMENT (FEBRUARY 2010)

 

a. The Supplier warrants that the contract prices do not include allowance for any contingency to cover increased costs for which adjustment is provided under this clause.

 

b. The minimum prevailing wage determination, including fringe benefits, issued under the Service Contract Act of 1965 by the Department of Labor (DOL), current at least every two years after the original award date, current at the beginning of any option period, or in the case of a significant change in labor requirements, applies to this contract and any exercise of an option of this contract. When no such determination has been made as applied to this contract, the minimum wage established in accordance with the Fair Labor Standards Act applies to any exercise of an option of this contract.

 

c. When, as a result of the determination of minimum prevailing wages and fringe benefits applicable (1) every two years after original award date, (2) at the beginning of any option period, or (3) in the case of a significant change in labor requirements, an increased or decreased wage determination is applied to this contract, or when as a result of any amendment to the Fair Labor Standards Act enacted after award that affects minimum wage, and whenever such a determination becomes applicable to this contract under law, the Supplier increases or decreases wages or fringe benefits of employees working on the contract to comply, the Supplier and the Contracting Officer will negotiate whether and to what extent either party will absorb the costs of the wage change. Any resulting change in contract price is limited to increases or decreases in wages or fringe benefits, and the concomitant increases or decreases in Social Security, unemployment taxes, and workers’ compensation insurance, but may not otherwise include any amount for general and administrative costs, overhead, or profit. ( See Attachment E)

 

54

 

 

d. The Supplier or Contracting Officer may request a contract price adjustment within 30 days of the effective date of a wage change. If a request for contract price adjustment has been made, and the parties have not reached an agreement within thirty days of that request, the Contracting Officer should issue a unilateral change order in the amount considered to be a fair and equitable adjustment. The Supplier may then either accept the amount, or the Supplier may file a claim under Clause B-9: Claims and Disputes unless the Contracting Officer and Supplier extend this period in writing. Upon agreement of the parties, the contract price or unit price labor rates will be modified in writing. Pending agreement on or determination of any such adjustment and its effective date, the Supplier must continue performance.

 

e. The Contracting Officer or the Contracting Officer’s authorized representative must, for 3 years after final payment under the contract, be given access to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books, papers, and records of the Supplier.

 

CLAUSE 9-14: AFFIRMATIVE ACTION FOR SPECIAL DISABLED VETERANS, VETERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA, AND OTHER ELIGIBLE VETERANS (FEBRUARY 2010)

 

a. The Supplier must comply with the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor issued under the Vietnam Era Veterans’ Readjustment Assistance Act of 1972 (the Act), as amended (38 U.S.C. 4211 and 4212).

 

b. The Supplier may not discriminate against any employee or applicant because that employee or applicant is a special disabled veteran, a veteran of the Vietnam era, or other eligible veteran, in regard to any position for which the employee or applicant is qualified. The Supplier agrees to take affirmative action to employ, advance in employment, and otherwise treat qualified special disabled veterans, veterans of the Vietnam era, and other eligible veterans without discrimination in all employment practices, such as employment, upgrading, demotion, transfer, recruitment, advertising, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for training (including apprenticeship).

 

c. The Supplier agrees to list all employment openings which exist at the time of the execution of this contract and those which occur during the performance of this contract, including those not generated by this contract and including those occurring at an establishment of the Supplier other than the one where the contract is being performed, but excluding those of independently operated corporate affiliates, at an appropriate local office of the state employment service where the opening occurs. State and local government agencies holding Postal Service contracts of $100,000 or more will also list their openings with the appropriate office of the state employment service.

 

55

 

 

d. Listing of employment openings with the employment service system will be made at least concurrently with the use of any recruitment source or effort and will involve the normal obligations attaching to the placing of a bona fide job order, including the acceptance of referrals of veterans and nonveterans. The listing of employment openings does not require the hiring of any particular applicant or hiring from any particular group of applicants, and nothing herein is intended to relieve the Supplier from any other requirements regarding nondiscrimination in employment.

 

e. Whenever the Supplier becomes contractually bound to the listing provisions of this clause, it must advise the employment service system in each state where it has establishments of the name and location of each hiring location in the state. The Supplier may advise the state system when it is no longer bound by this clause.

 

Paragraphs c, d, and e above do not apply to openings the Supplier proposes to fill from within its own organization or under a customary and traditional employer union hiring arrangement. But this exclusion does not apply to a particular opening once the Supplier decides to consider applicants outside its own organization or employer union arrangements for that opening.

 

56

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

TRANSPORTATION SERVICES PROPOSAL & CONTRACT

FOR REGULAR SERVICE 

1. PROPOSAL SUBMITTED PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-80-18 03/28/2018 995L2 09/30/2018 09/29/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
  AUSTIN P&DC, TX VARIOUS POSTAL FACILITIES, TX
2. RATE OF COMPENSATION
WRITTEN DOLLAR AMOUNT (Proposal must be submitted on a single annual rate basis unless the solicitation specifically calls for proposals at a per mile, per piece, per trip, or other unit rate.) AMOUNT (Figures)
 

            Bid RPM

                    Non Peak     Peak

Upper         $2.42          $3.11

Expected    $2.43          $3.13

Lower         $2.46          $3.15

3. OFFEROR
a. NAME (Print or Type) b. ADDRESS (Street, City, State, Zip+4)
Thunder Ridge Trans Inc. PO Box 2446, Springfield, MO  65801
c. TELEPHONE NO. d. DOT NO. e. SOCIAL SECURITY NO. OR EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.
417-833-8456 872693 ██-███████

f. LEGAL RESIDENCE OF

 

(Complete if Offeror is an individual.)

 

g. ENGAGED IN BUSINESS IN

 

(Complete if Offeror is a partnership or corporation.)

 

COUNTY STATE COUNTY STATE
Greene MO    

h. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF AMENDMENTS

 

THE OFFEROR ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF AMENDMENTS TO THE SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS NUMBERED AND DATED AS FOLLOWS:

AMENDMENT NO. DATE AMENDMENT NO. DATE
       
       
4. CONTRACT

 

In compliance with the solicitation of the U.S. Postal Service described above, the above named offeror proposes to provide the service called for in said solicitation and, in the case of a negotiated contract, in the description of service attached hereto and made a part hereof, at the rate of compensation set out above.

 

The offeror submitting the offer or proposal agrees with the U.S. Postal Service that if this offer or proposal is accepted, the offeror will give personal or representative supervision to the performance of the service. The offeror certifies that this proposal is made in the offeror’s own interest and not by the offeror as the representative of another person or company and with full knowledge of the required conditions of service.

 

The solicitation and all attachments are incorporated by reference as a part of this proposal.

 

If the offeror is a partnership or corporation, the Contracting Officer may request such offeror to furnish evidence of the authority of the party executing the proposal.

 

When a partnership offers, the signature of one partner is sufficient.

 

 

 

 

5. OFFEROR 6. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
This proposal is made in good faith and with the intention to enter into a contract to perform service in case the proposal is accepted. The U.S. Postal Service has caused this contract to be executed.
/s/ Billy Peck Jr. 9/18/2018 /s/ Raphette Alston 9/27/18
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS CONTRACTING OFFICER  

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

 
                               

 

 

 

 

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM

 

The offeror, by checking the applicable block or blocks represents that it (1)  has developed and has on file,  has not developed and does not have on file, at each establishment, affirmative action programs as required by the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor (41 CFR 60-1 and 60-2) and  has,  has not filed the required reports with the Joint Reporting Committee; or (2)  has not previously had contracts subject to the written affirmative action program requirement of the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor.

 

CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES

 

a. By submitting this proposal, the offeror certifies that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The offeror agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause of this contract.

 

b. As used in this certification, segregated facilities means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms or wash rooms, restaurants or other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms or other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, or housing facilities provided for employees that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise.

 

c. The offeror further agrees that (unless it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) it will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors before awarding subcontracts exceeding $10,000 that are not exempt from the provisions of the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause; that it will retain these certifications in its files; and that it will forward the following notice to these proposed subcontractors (except when they have submitted identical certifications for specific time period(s):

 

 

 

 

 

PARENT COMPANY TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

 

a. A parent company is one that owns or controls the basic business policies of an offeror. To own means to own more than 50 percent of the voting rights in the offeror. To control means to be able to formulate, determine, or veto basic business policy decisions of the offeror. A parent company need not own the offeror to control it; it may exercise control through the use of dominant minority voting rights, proxy voting, contractual arrangements, or otherwise.

 

b. Enter the offeror’s Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) in the space provided. The TIN is the offeror’s Social Security Number or other Employer Identification Number used on the offeror’s quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Form 941.

 

 
Offeror’s TIN 75-3010383

 

c. Check this block if the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company:

 

d. If the block above is checked, provide the following information about the parent company:

 

EVO Transportation and Energy Services
Parent Company’s Name
Parent Company’s Main Office Address
8285 W. Lake Pleasant Parkway
No. and Street
Peoria AZ 85382
City State ZIP+4
Parent Company’s TIN 37-1615850

 

e. If the offeror is a member of an affiliated group that files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis (whether or not the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company, as provided above) provide the name and TIN of the common parent of the affiliated group:

Name of Common Parent  
Common Parent’s TIN  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                   

 

 

 

TRANSPORTATION SERVICES PROPOSAL & CONTRACT

FOR REGULAR SERVICE

1. PROPOSAL SUBMITTED PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-80-18 03/01/2018   08/05/2018 06/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
  Austin, TX Region B  
2. RATE OF COMPENSATION
WRITTEN DOLLAR AMOUNT (Proposal must be submitted on a single annual rate basis unless the solicitation specifically calls for proposals at a per mile, per piece, per trip, or other unit rate.) AMOUNT (Figures)
 

$2.58/ Mile- Non-Peak

$3.37/Mile- PEAK

 

3. OFFEROR
a. NAME (Print or Type) b. ADDRESS (Street, City, State, Zip
Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

c. TELEPHONE NO. d. DOT NO. e. SOCIAL SECURITY NO. OR EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.
417-833-8456 872693 75-3010383

f. LEGAL RESIDENCE OF

 

(Complete if Offeror is an individual.)

 

g. ENGAGED IN BUSINESS IN

 

(Complete if Offeror is a partnership or corporation.)

 

COUNTY STATE COUNTY STATE
       

h. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF AMENDMENTS

 

THE OFFEROR ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF AMENDMENTS TO THE SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS NUMBERED AND DATED AS FOLLOWS:

AMENDMENT NO. DATE AMENDMENT NO. DATE
       
       
4. CONTRACT

 

In compliance with the solicitation of the U.S. Postal Service described above, the above named offeror proposes to provide the service called for in said solicitation and, in the case of a negotiated contract, in the description of service attached hereto and made a part hereof, at the rate of compensation set out above.

 

The offeror submitting the offer or proposal agrees with the U.S. Postal Service that if this offer or proposal is accepted, the offeror will give personal or representative supervision to the performance of the service. The offeror certifies that this proposal is made in the offeror’s own interest and not by the offeror as the representative of another person or company and with full knowledge of the required conditions of service.

 

The solicitation and all attachments are incorporated by reference as a part of this proposal.

 

If the offeror is a partnership or corporation, the Contracting Officer may request such offeror to furnish evidence of the authority of the party executing the proposal.

 

When a partnership offers, the signature of one partner is sufficient.

 

 

 

 

5. OFFEROR 6. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
This proposal is made in good faith and with the intention to enter into a contract to perform service in case the proposal is accepted. The U.S. Postal Service has caused this contract to be executed.
/s/ Billy Peck Jr. 4/25/2018    
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS CONTRACTING OFFICER  

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

 
                               

 

 

 

 

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM

 

The offeror, by checking the applicable block or blocks represents that it (1)  has developed and has on file,  has not developed and does not have on file, at each establishment, affirmative action programs as required by the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor (41 CFR 60-1 and 60-2) and  has,  has not filed the required reports with the Joint Reporting Committee; or (2)  has not previously had contracts subject to the written affirmative action program requirement of the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor.

 

CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES

 

a. By submitting this proposal, the offeror certifies that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The offeror agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause of this contract.

 

b. As used in this certification, segregated facilities means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms or wash rooms, restaurants or other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms or other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, or housing facilities provided for employees that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise.

 

c. The offeror further agrees that (unless it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) it will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors before awarding subcontracts exceeding $10,000 that are not exempt from the provisions of the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause; that it will retain these certifications in its files; and that it will forward the following notice to these proposed subcontractors (except when they have submitted identical certifications for specific time period(s):

 

NOTICE

 

A certification of no segregated facilities must be submitted before the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 that is not exempt from the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause. The certification may be submitted whether for each subcontract or for all subcontracts during a period (quarterly, semiannually, or annually).

 

 

 

PARENT COMPANY TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

 

a. A parent company is one that owns or controls the basic business policies of an offeror. To own means to own more than 50 percent of the voting rights in the offeror. To control means to be able to formulate, determine, or veto basic business policy decisions of the offeror. A parent company need not own the offeror to control it; it may exercise control through the use of dominant minority voting rights, proxy voting, contractual arrangements, or otherwise.

 

b. Enter the offeror’s Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) in the space provided. The TIN is the offeror’s Social Security Number or other Employer Identification Number used on the offeror’s quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Form 941.

 

 
Offeror’s TIN 75-3010383

 

c. Check this block if the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company:

 

d. If the block above is checked, provide the following information about the parent company:

 
Parent Company’s Name
Parent Company’s Main Office Address
 
No. and Street
     
City State ZIP+4
Parent Company’s TIN  

 

e. If the offeror is a member of an affiliated group that files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis (whether or not the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company, as provided above) provide the name and TIN of the common parent of the affiliated group:

Name of Common Parent  
Common Parent’s TIN  
   

 

 

                   

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
1
PAGE OF
1 1
1. Solicitation Amendment Pursuant To
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-80-18 3/28/2018     6/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
     
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO, MD 20774-5389

 

4. DATE ISSUED
04/05/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO SOLICITATION #150-80-18 – WAVE 8 UPDATED CHANGES AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Updated Manifest for Anchorage Region B that removes Trips 1GE07 and 2GF07.

 

2. Updated Attachment N FAQ’s.

 

3. Please include a signed copy of this amendment with your completed proposal. 

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

o   If this box is checked, the date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is extended to:  
  (Date)                    (Time)
7. Bidder/Offeror 8. U.S. Postal Service
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
/s/ Billy Peck Jr. 4/25/2018 /s/ Raphette Alston 4/5/18
(Signature of Bidder/Offeror) (Date) (Name and Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS. CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Bidder/Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

                       

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
2
PAGE OF
1 1
1. Solicitation Amendment Pursuant To
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-80-18 3/28/2018     6/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
     
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO, MD 20774-5389

 

4. DATE ISSUED
4/5/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO SOLICITATION #150-80-18 – WAVE 8 UPDATED CHANGES AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Update the Terms and Conditions to reflect the correct closing date of April 26, 2018.

 

2. Updated Wave 8 Specific Questions to Attachment N FAQ’s.

 

3. Included Attachment for the Pre-Proposal Conference recording.

 

4. Updated Anchorage Region B Manifest.

 

5. Please include a signed copy of this amendment with your completed proposal. 

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

o   If this box is checked, the date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is extended to:  
  (Date)                    (Time)
7. Bidder/Offeror 8. U.S. Postal Service
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
/s/ Billy Peck Jr. 4/25/2018 /s/ Raphette Alston 4/12/18
(Signature of Bidder/Offeror) (Date) (Name and Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS. CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Bidder/Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

                       

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
3
PAGE OF
1 1
1. Solicitation Amendment Pursuant To
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-80-18 3/28/2018     6/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
     
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO, MD 20774-5389

 

4. DATE ISSUED
4/5/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO SOLICITATION #150-80-18 – WAVE 8 UPDATED CHANGES AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Update the Terms and Conditions to reflect the change to Clause 2.19 on page

29 Option to Extend Service Contract from sixty (60) days to one hundred twenty (120) days.

 

2. Updated Wave 8 Specific Questions to Attachment N FAQ’s 180 day termination clause.

 

3. Please include a signed copy of this amendment with your completed proposal. 

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

o   If this box is checked, the date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is extended to:  
  (Date)                    (Time)
7. Bidder/Offeror 8. U.S. Postal Service
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
/s/ Billy Peck Jr. 4/25/2018 /s/ Raphette Alston 4/17/18
(Signature of Bidder/Offeror) (Date) (Name and Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS. CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Bidder/Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

                       

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
4
PAGE OF
1 1
1. Solicitation Amendment Pursuant To
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-80-18 3/28/2018     6/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
     
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO, MD 20774-5389

 

4. DATE ISSUED
4/5/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO SOLICITATION #150-80-18 – WAVE 8 UPDATED CHANGES AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Updating the manifest for Saginaw Regions A & B.

2. Updating attachment N for FAQs Wave 8.

3. Submit assigned copy of PS Form 7330 with all proposals. 

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

o   If this box is checked, the date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is extended to:  
  (Date)                    (Time)
7. Bidder/Offeror 8. U.S. Postal Service
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
/s/ Billy Peck Jr. 4/25/2018 /s/ Raphette Alston 4/20/18
(Signature of Bidder/Offeror) (Date) (Name and Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS. CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Bidder/Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

                       

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
5
PAGE OF
1 1
1. Solicitation Amendment Pursuant To
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-80-18 3/28/2018     6/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
     
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO, MD 20774-5389

 

4. DATE ISSUED
4/20/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO SOLICITATION #150-80-18 – WAVE 8 UPDATED CHANGES AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Updated Wave 8 attachment N for FAQs.

 

2. Please include a signed copy of this amendment with your completed proposal. 

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

o   If this box is checked, the date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is extended to:  
  (Date)                    (Time)
7. Bidder/Offeror 8. U.S. Postal Service
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
/s/ Billy Peck Jr. 4/25/2018 /s/ Raphette Alston 4/20/18
(Signature of Bidder/Offeror) (Date) (Name and Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS. CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Bidder/Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

                       

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
6
PAGE OF
1 1
1. Solicitation Amendment Pursuant To
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-80-18 3/28/2018     6/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
     
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO, MD 20774-5389

 

4. DATE ISSUED
4/23/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO SOLICITATION #150-80-18 – WAVE 8 UPDATED CHANGES AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Updated Wave 8 attachment N for FAQs.

 

2. Update Manifest for Saginaw Region A and B.

 

3. Update Manifest for Austin Region C.

 

4. Please include a signed copy of this amendment with your completed proposal.

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

o   If this box is checked, the date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is extended to:  
  (Date)                    (Time)
7. Bidder/Offeror 8. U.S. Postal Service
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
/s/ Billy Peck Jr. 4/25/2018 /s/ Raphette Alston 4/23/18
(Signature of Bidder/Offeror) (Date) (Name and Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS. CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Bidder/Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

                       

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
7
PAGE OF
1 1
1. Solicitation Amendment Pursuant To
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-80-18 3/28/2018     6/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
     
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO, MD 20774-5389

 

4. DATE ISSUED
4/25/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO SOLICITATION #150-80-18 – WAVE 8 UPDATED CHANGES AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Extending the closing date for DRO Wave 8 to Monday, April 30, 2018.

 

2. Update Manifest for Lubbock Region A

 

3. Update Schedule A’s for Lubbock Region A.

 

4. Please include a signed copy of this amendment with your completed proposal.

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

o   If this box is checked, the date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is extended to:  
  (Date)                    (Time)
7. Bidder/Offeror 8. U.S. Postal Service
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
/s/ Billy Peck Jr. 4/30/2018 /s/ Raphette Alston 4/25/18
(Signature of Bidder/Offeror) (Date) (Name and Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS. CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Bidder/Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

                       

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
8
PAGE OF
1 1
1. Solicitation Amendment Pursuant To
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-80-18 3/28/2018     6/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
     
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO, MD 20774-5389

 

4. DATE ISSUED
4/27/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO SOLICITATION #150-80-18 – WAVE 8 UPDATED CHANGES AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. We failed to update the pricing sheet when we modified Lubbock Region A and

to refer to the event creation and the schedule A for the correct mileage. The

solicitation will close on Monday, April 30, 2018 as scheduled.

 

2. Please include a signed copy of this amendment with your completed proposal. 

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

o   If this box is checked, the date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is extended to:  
  (Date)                    (Time)
7. Bidder/Offeror 8. U.S. Postal Service
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
/s/ Billy Peck Jr. 4/30/2018 /s/ Raphette Alston 4/27/18
(Signature of Bidder/Offeror) (Date) (Name and Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS. CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Bidder/Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

                       

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
9
PAGE OF
1 1
1. Solicitation Amendment Pursuant To
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-80-18 3/28/2018     6/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
     
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO, MD 20774-5389

 

4. DATE ISSUED
4/27/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO SOLICITATION #150-80-18 – WAVE 8 UPDATED CHANGES AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Updated the Attachment A’s for Lubbock Region A.

 

2. Updated the Attachment J Manifest for Lubbock Region A.

 

3. Changed the closing date to May 1, 2018 Est. (Tuesday).

 

4. Please include a signed copy of this amendment with your completed proposal. 

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

o  If this box is checked, the date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is extended to:  
  (Date)                    (Time)
7. Bidder/Offeror 8. U.S. Postal Service
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
/s/ Billy Peck Jr. 4/30/2018 /s/ Raphette Alston 4/27/18
(Signature of Bidder/Offeror) (Date) (Name and Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS. CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Bidder/Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

                       

 

 

 

Attachment C

Representations and Certifications

 

ATTACHMENT C

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS

 

a. Type of Business Organization. The offeror, by checking the applicable blocks, represents that it:

 

1.) Operates as:

 

☒ a corporation incorporated under the laws of the state of Missouri ;

☐ an individual;

☐ a partnership;

☐ a joint venture;

☐ a limited liability company

☐ a nonprofit organization, ____ or;

☐ an educational institution; and

 

2.) Is (check all that apply)

 

☒ a small business concern;

☐ a minority business

☐ Black American

☐ Hispanic American

☐ Native American

☐ Asian American

☐ a woman-owned business;

☐ an educational or other nonprofit organization, or

☐ none of the above entities.

 

3.) Small Business Concern . A small business concern for the purposes of Postal Service purchasing means a business, including an affiliate, that is independently owned and operated, is not dominant in producing or performing the supplies or services being purchased, and has no more than 500 employees, unless a different size standard has been established by the Small Business Administration (see 13 CFR 121, particularly for different size standards for airline, railroad, and construction companies). For subcontracts of $50,000 or less, a subcontractor having no more than 500 employees qualifies as a small business without regard to other factors.

 

4.) Minority Business . A minority business is a concern that is at least 51 percent owned by, and whose management and daily business operations are controlled by, one or more members of a socially and economically disadvantaged minority group, namely U.S. citizens who are Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, or Asian Americans. (Native Americans are American Indians, Eskimos, Aleuts, and Native Hawaiians. Asian Americans are U.S. citizens whose origins are Japanese, Chinese, Filipino, Vietnamese, Korean, Samoan, Laotian, Kampuchea (Cambodian), Taiwanese, in the U.S. Trust Territories of the Pacific Islands or in the Indian subcontinent.)

 

5.) Woman-owned Business . A woman-owned business is a concern at least 51 percent of which is owned by a woman (or women) who is a U.S. citizen, controls the firm by exercising the power to make policy decisions, and operates the business by being actively involved in day-to-day management.

 

6.) Educational or Other Nonprofit Organization . Any corporation, foundation, trust, or other institution operated for scientific or educational purposes, not organized for profit, no part of the net earnings of which inures to the profits of any private shareholder or individual.

 

b. Parent Company and Taxpayer Identification Number.

 

1.) A parent company is one that owns or controls the basic business policies of an offeror. To own means to own more than 50 percent of the voting rights in the offeror. To control means to be able to formulate, determine, or veto basic business policy decisions of the offeror. A parent company need not own the offeror to control it; it may exercise control through the use of dominant minority voting rights, proxy voting, contractual arrangements, or otherwise.

 

 

 

 

Attachment C

Representations and Certifications

 

2.) Enter the offeror’s Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) in the space provided. The TIN is the offeror’s Social Security number or other Employee Identification Number used on the offeror’s Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Form 941.

 

Offeror’s TIN 75-3010383                               

 

3.) Check this block if the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company: ☐

 

4.) If the block above is checked, provide the following information about the parent company:

 

Parent Company’s Name:                                                         

Parent Company’s Main Office:                                              

Address:                                                                                      

No. and Street:                                                                           

City: __________________ State: _____ Zip Code:        

Parent Company’s TIN:                                                            

 

5.) If the offeror is a member of an affiliated group that files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis (whether or not the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company, as provided above) provide the name and TIN of the common parent of the affiliated group:

 

Name of Common Parent                                                         

Common Parent’s TIN                                                             

 

c. Certificate of Independent Price Determination.

 

1.) By submitting this proposal, the offeror certifies, and in the case of a joint proposal each party to it certifies as to its own organization, that in connection with this solicitation:

 

a) The prices proposed have been arrived at independently, without consultation, communication, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to the prices with any other offeror or with any competitor;
b) Unless otherwise required by law, the prices proposed have not been and will not be knowingly disclosed by the offeror before award of a contract, directly or indirectly to any other offeror or to any competitor; and
c) No attempt has been made or will be made by the offeror to induce any other person or firm to submit or not submit a proposal for the purpose of restricting competition.

 

2.) Each person signing this proposal certifies that:

 

a) He or she is the person in the offeror’s organization responsible for the decision as to the prices being offered herein and that he or she has not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above; or
b) He or she is not the person in the offeror’s organization responsible for the decision as to the prices being offered but that he or she has been authorized in writing to act as agent for the persons responsible in certifying that they have not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above, and as their agent does hereby so certify; and he or she has not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above.

 

3.) Modification or deletion of any provision in this certificate may result in the disregarding of the proposal as unacceptable. Any modification or deletion should be accompanied by a signed statement explaining the reasons and describing in detail any disclosure or communication.

 

d. Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities.

 

1.) By submitting this proposal, the offeror certifies that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The offeror agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract.

 

 

 

 

Attachment C

Representations and Certifications

 

2.) As used in this certification, segregated facilities means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms or wash rooms, restaurants or other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms or other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment area, transportation, or housing facilities provided for employees that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise.

 

3.) The offeror further agrees that (unless it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) it will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors before awarding subcontracts exceeding $10,000 that are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause; that it will retain these certifications in its files; and that it will forward the following notice to these proposed subcontractors (except when they have submitted identical certifications for specific time periods):

 

Notice: A certification of nonsegregated facilities must be submitted before the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 that is not exempt from the Equal Opportunity clause. The certification may be submitted either for each subcontract or for all subcontracts during a period (quarterly, semiannually, or annually).

 

e. Certification Regarding Debarment, Proposed Debarment, and Other Matters (This certification must be completed with respect to any offer with a value of $100,000 or more.)

 

1.) The offeror certifies, to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it or any of its principals

 

a) Are ☐ are not ☒ presently debarred or proposed for debarment, or declared ineligible for the award of contracts by any Federal, state, or local agency;

 

b) Have ☐ have not ☒, within the three-year period preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for: commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, state, or local) contract or subcontract; violation of Federal or state antitrust statutes relating to the submission of offers; or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, tax evasion, or receiving stolen property;

 

c) Are ☐ are not ☒ presently indicted for, or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity with, commission of any of the offenses enumerated in subparagraph (b) above;

 

d) Have ☐ have not ☒ within a three-year period preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for: commission of fraud or a criminal offense in conjunction with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, state or local) contract or subcontract; violation of Federal or state antitrust statutes relating to the submission of offers; or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, tax evasion or receiving stolen property; and

 

e) Are ☐ are not ☒ presently indicted for, or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity with, commission of any of the offenses enumerated in subparagraph (d) above.

 

2.) The offeror has ☐ has not ☒, within a three-year period preceding this offer, had one or more contracts terminated for default by any Federal, state, or local agency.

 

3.) “Principals,” for the purposes of this certification, means officers, directors, owners, partners, and other persons having primary management or supervisory responsibilities within a business entity (e.g., general manager, plant manager, head of a subsidiary, division, or business segment, and similar positions).

 

4.) The offeror must provide immediate written notice to the Contracting Officer if, at any time prior to contract award, the offeror learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.

 

5.) A certification that any of the items in paragraph (a) of this provision exists will not necessarily result in withholding of an award under this solicitation. However, the certification will be considered as part of the evaluation of the offeror’s capability (see PM 2.1.9.c.3). The offeror’s failure to furnish a certification or provide additional information requested by the contracting officer will affect the capability evaluation.

 

6.) Nothing contained in the foregoing may be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by paragraph (a) of this provision. The knowledge and information of an offeror is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.

 

 

 

 

Attachment C

Representations and Certifications

 

7.) This certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States and the making of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under section 1001, Title 18, United States Code.

 

8.) The certification in paragraph (a) of this provision is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making the award. If it is later determined that the offeror knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Postal Service, the Contracting Officer may terminate the contract resulting from this solicitation for default.

 

a. Incorporation by Reference. Wherever in this solicitation or contract a standard provision or clause is incorporated by reference, the incorporated term is identified by its title, its provision or clause number assigned to it, and its date. The text of incorporated terms may be found at http://www.usps.com/cpim/ftp/manuals/spp/spp.pdf . If checked, the following provision(s) is incorporated in this solicitation by reference: (contracting officer will check as appropriate)

 

1. Provision 1-2: Domestic Source Certificate - Supplies
2. Provision 1-3: Domestic Source Certificate - Construction Materials
3. Provision 9-1: Equal Opportunity Affirmative Action Program
4. Provision 9-2: Preaward Equal Opportunity Compliance Review
5. Provision 9-3: Notice of Requirements for Equal Opportunity Affirmative Action

 

 

 

 

 

 

Highway Contract Route (HCR)

Wave 8 Dynamic Routing Optimization (DRO) Service

Statement of Work

 

Date of Issue: 03-28-2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contents

 

PART 1 – STATEMENT OF WORK 1
   
A. Overview 1
   
B. Requirements 1
   
C. Period of Performance 7
   
D. Place of Performance 7
   
E. Technology 7
   
F. Administrative Official 9
   
G. Electronic Communication and Interactivity 9
   
H. Safety Rating (Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration) 9
   
I. Subcontracting 10
   
J. Usage of Postal Facilities 10
   
K. Payment and Schedule Changes 10
   
L. Performance 12
   
M. Irregularities 13
   
N. Fuel Adjustment 14
   
PART 2 – LIST OF ATTACHMENTS 15

 

i

 

 

Part 1 – Statement of Work

 

A. OVERVIEW

 

The Postal Service is seeking to award surface transportation service that is responsive to daily mail volumes. Through the use of a Transportation Management System (TMS), forecasted mail volumes will be used to optimize local distribution networks at the Processing and Distribution Centers (P&DC) solicited.

 

The Supplier will provide surface transportation based on volume availability and a Transportation Management System (TMS) dynamic route optimization manifest. The Supplier will plan its operations based on the manifest and transportation information provided in support of, and in conjunction with, the needs of the Host P&DC, delivery units, and offices. The hours of service and address locations for the Host P&DC delivery units and city offices serviced by this contract are detailed in Attachment A, Service Point Details and Specifications .

 

This solicitation will include requirements for dynamic surface transportation service for the following P&DC’s.

 

Wave 8

 

Site 1 - Austin, TX (3 Regions)

Site 2 - Erie, PA (2 Regions)

Site 3 - Eureka, CA (1 Regions)

Site 4 - Lubbock, TX (2 Region)

Site 5 - Mid-Hudson, NY (3 Regions)

Site 6 - Saginaw (2 Regions)

Site 7 - Traverse City, MI (3 Regions)

Site 8 - Altoona, PA (2 Regions)

Site 9 - Anchorage, AK (2 Regions)

Site 10 - Springfield, MO (2 Regions)

 

The USPS anticipates awarding multiple contracts at ten (10) non Postal Vehicle Service (PVS) sites in the DRO Wave 8. Wave 8 consists of ten (10) sites with an approximate four (4) year base period of performance. Due to the alignment with current HCR contract expiration dates, the four-year period of performance for Wave 8 will be slightly longer or slightly shorter than four-years, as outlined below.

 

B. REQUIREMENTS

 

Suppliers will be required to provide a variety of vehicles to include vans, straight trucks, and tractor trailers. Additionally suppliers will be required to provide an on-site Supplier Representative during the initial start-up wave and annually during the Peak Season Period. The Supplier Representative will work with Postal Service employees at the location to coordinate all activities for the service. Global Positioning Systems will also be required on all trailers and straight trucks.

 

1

 

 

Operations will provide the Supplier with a manifest for their specific region(s) the Wednesday prior to the start of the upcoming Postal Service week. The manifest will further provide detailed mail tender information for the points of origin and the required arrival times at destinations. The Supplier will be required to arrive in sufficient time to load and dispatch vehicles to meet the required delivery windows as indicated on the manifest. The supplier is required to follow the manifest unless otherwise directed by Postal Official. The supplier is required to meet the scheduled departure/arrival times as indicated on the manifest. The supplier will be required to report in sufficient time to load vehicle to meet the scheduled departure time on the manifest.

 

1. Supplier Responsibilities

 

a. The Supplier will handle all mail tendered by the Postal Service in an efficient and expedient manner to meet the departure requirements specified in this contract.

 

b. The Supplier will provide all labor to support the service described in this statement of work and its attachments. The Supplier personnel operating vehicles are required to have a valid Commercial Driver’s License.(Please see Attachment I, Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) Vehicle Inspections by Law Enforcement Officials)

 

c. The Supplier will provide at least one (1) onsite Supplier Representative for approximately 8 hours (0030 – 0830) at the Host P&DC during peak windows of service (ex. 0230 – 0630).The Supplier will be required to provide a Supplier Representative at the dock during the initial three (3) month contract start-up period. The Supplier will also be required to provide a Supplier Representative annually for one (1) month during Peak Season. Peak Season period will begin around the Thanksgiving holiday of each year and end approximately January 1st, of the following year. The Supplier Representative will be required to coordinate with Postal Service employees on activities like but not limited to, organizing the retrieval of the mail from the prescribed mail tender points, arranging the loading of vehicles based on manifest routes provided by the Postal Service and communicating and requesting approval for any deviation from the manifest.

 

d. The Supplier will notify the Postal Service through the Host P&DC, via the Administrative Official, of any contingency events/changes or anticipated events/changes impacting the services provided by the Supplier. This notification must be via email, the receipt of email must be acknowledged, and must be given at least 72 hours in advance.

 

e. The Supplier will aid and assist with the loading and unloading of containers/pallets/other USPS products from surface transportation. The Supplier will be required to ensure the proper loading of mail in the sequence defined by the order of delivery, specified by the manifest. The manifest is organized in a “first in – last out” sequence by service point. (For Dock Safety Guidance, see Attachment K)

 

2

 

 

f. The Supplier will maintain a level of flexibility to accommodate out-of-schedule events and ensure that they are handled with the same level of efficiency and accuracy as the regularly scheduled trips. Out of schedule events can be defined as (but not limited to) extra service (scheduled or unscheduled) or ad hoc transportation to in scope delivery units. In addition to transportation events specified by the manifest, expanded operations, such as additional operating days or hours per day may be required.

 

g. The supplier is required to follow the manifest unless otherwise directed by Postal Official. The supplier is required to meet the scheduled departure/arrival times as indicated on the manifest. The supplier will be required to report in sufficient time to load vehicle to meet the scheduled departure time on the manifest. The supplier will be required to load, transport, and unload all classes of mail at the Originating, en route, and destinating offices.

 

Within the service area, or otherwise specified contract site(s), USPS may request additional trips that were not published in the original manifest, and the supplier will be required to execute the trips, up to the contracted mileage maximum thresholds; however, the supplier is not required to provide additional trips.

 

2. Postal Service Responsibilities

 

The Postal Service will oversee operations at the Host P&DC and provide instructions to the Supplier Representative. USPS will provide a dispatch manifest on the Wednesday prior to the Postal Service week. The manifest will provide detailed mail tender information for the point of origin and the required arrival times at the destinations (for further detail see, Attachment J – Manifests).

 

The Postal Service will be responsible for determining any extra transportation needs (transportation not listed on the initial weekly manifest) and for coordinating the extra service with the HCR supplier(s) at the site. If USPS determines that extra service is needed, suppliers will receive a notification by phone or email and will have approximately thirty (30) minutes to respond to the request. If the Supplier does not agree to fulfill the additional service within thirty (30) minutes, the extra transportation needed by USPS will be requested from an alternate supplier.

 

The Postal Service will provide standard empty Mail Transport Equipment (MTE), scanners, rolling equipment, and cardboard containers for the performance of these requirements.

 

3. Dispatch and Delivery Manifest

 

a. The Supplier will be provided a manifest, including anticipated mail volumes and mileage, on the Wednesday prior to each Postal Service week, which begins on Sunday. The manifest will provide detailed mail tender information for the point of origin and the required arrival times at destinations. The Supplier is responsible for allowing sufficient time to unload, load and dispatch all vehicles in order to meet the required delivery windows listed in the manifest.(See Attachment J, National Manifests)

 

3

 

 

b. The Postal Service reserves the right to cancel trips without penalty (via email or other communication methods), provided that the Supplier is given at least four (4) hours of notice, prior to the scheduled departure time. In the event that less than four (4) hours of notice is given, the Postal Service reserves the right to reroute transportation within the contracted service area(s) or site(s).

 

c. Some Delivery Units serviced by the supplier under this contract may require long haul trips to remote sites. It is the Supplier’s responsibility to plan driver schedules which adhere to all Department of Transportation Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration Hours of Service regulations.

 

d. Metro Collection Boxes

 

i. The Supplier may be asked to provide service to Metro Collection boxes at select locations. The driver will be required to open the Metro Collection box, scan the Metro Collection box, remove the mail, and transport the mail to the P&DC. The Supplier may also be required to participate in the Box Density and Maintenance messages which will populate on the drivers’ scanners. The Supplier will report any issues encountered with the provided scanner or in retrieving mail from the Metro Collection Box to the Postal Service immediately.

 

ii. Trips to Metro Collection boxes will be included on the transportation manifest along with instructions to access to the Metro Collection box.

 

iii. Please refer to the Metro Collection box table in Attachment A Service Point Details and Specifications.

 

e. Registered Mail

 

a. Drivers are required to sign for all registered mail. The driver will be required to isolate register mail on the tail of the vehicle and will present the Registered Mail to registered room or clerk upon arrival to the plant.

 

b. Driver is required to contact plant immediately if registered mail is not present at time of pickup. If driver fails to notify plant and arrives without register mail, supplier is responsible to retrieve register mail and bring to the plant.

 

c. If registered mail is lost prior to arrival at plant, driver will be held until register mail is found.

 

4. Daily Operations

 

a. The Supplier will stay abreast of changing conditions, including but not limited to late arriving or departing trucks, mechanical breakdowns, and make adjustments to transportation accordingly.

 

b. The Supplier will incur the costs of repairs and/or replacement of damaged Postal equipment or facilities if the damages are the fault of the Supplier.

 

4

 

 

c. The Supplier will coordinate movement of vehicles at the Host P&DC.

 

d. Wherever possible, or in agreement with local Postal Service Host P&DC staff, the Supplier will pre-load outbound vehicles.

 

e. Throughout the daily operation, the Supplier will inspect all containers in their possession to ensure that no mail has been left in any container. If any mail is found, the Supplier will immediately notify the Postal Service manager and a Postal employee will remove the mail from the container.

 

f. General

 

i. The Supplier is required to observe and adhere to specific delivery windows.

 

ii. The Supplier will not deliver to the facilities outside of these specified windows unless explicitly instructed to do so.

 

iii. It is expected that the Supplier will have the ability to obtain sufficient human resources (drivers, vehicles, etc.) within 72 hours to utilize the full fleet during these windows of possible delivery. Sunday delivery may not occur every week, but could be required on an ad hoc basis.

 

5. Procedures for Receipt and Dispatch of Vehicles

 

a. For dropping off a trailer, only local USPS designated personnel can open and close platform overhead doors.

 

b. Upon arrival, the Supplier driver will:

 

i. Set brakes

 

ii. Shut off engine

 

iii. Remove ignition key

 

iv. Affix chock block (if necessary)

 

v. Report to expeditor/USPS designee for bay assignment (if expeditor/USPS designee is available)

 

c. Expeditor or USPS designee provides driver with bay assignment.

 

d. Driver returns to parked tractor/trailer:

 

i. Removes chock block

 

ii. Starts tractor engine

 

iii. Releases brakes

 

iv. Proceeds to assigned bay

 

v. As driver is positioning to back up, sound horn

 

vi. Backs trailer into assigned bay

 

vii. Sets brakes

 

viii. Shuts off engine

 

ix. Removes ignition key

 

x. Affixes chock block to trailer

 

xi. Jacks up trailer for disconnect

 

xii. Disengages brake lines

 

xiii. Returns to tractor

 

xiv. Starts engine

 

xv. Disengages from trailer with no gap left between tractor and trailer

 

5

 

 

e. For picking up a trailer (where applicable), the driver returns to tractor:

 

i. Removes chock block

 

ii. Starts engine

 

iii. Proceeds to designating bay verifying assignment

 

iv. As driver is positioning to back up, sound horn

 

v. Ensures green light is on, where applicable

 

vi. Backs trailers into assigned bay

 

vii. Engages with assigned trailer

 

viii. Shuts off engine

 

ix. Removes ignition key

 

x. Affixes chock block to tractor

 

xi. Connects brake lines

 

xii. Lowers trailer into fifth wheel mechanism

 

xiii. Visually inspects fifth wheel locking mechanism

 

xiv. Removes trailer chock block

 

xv. Removes tractor chock block

 

xvi. Starts engine

 

xvii. Releases brake

 

xviii. Departs facility

 

f. Expeditor or USPS designee will:

 

i. Affix security seal to trailer door locking mechanism, where applicable

 

ii. Close bay door

 

iii. Retrieve secured ignition keys

 

iv. Verify load and trailer are secured to driver

 

v. Confirm bay assignment with driver

 

vi. Return ignition keys to driver

 

vii. Verify bay door is closed

 

g. Driver will:

 

i. Return to tractor

 

ii. Verify green light is on (where applicable) and door number/assignment

 

iii. Remove chock block

 

iv. Start engine, release brake, and depart facility

 

6

 

 

6. Yard Control

 

a. The Supplier will maintain yard control to ensure timely and accurate data is kept pertaining to vehicle movements and disposition on the facility property.

 

7. Reporting

 

a. At a minimum, the following report will be required and will be provided by the Supplier:

 

Accident reports, including personnel and equipment involved (per occurrence). This will be provided by the Supplier.

 

b. The Supplier will attend and participate in operation meetings and service talks at the Host P&DC at the discretion of the Postal Service.

 

8. Training

 

a. The Postal Service will provide the initial training for Postal Service systems and the Transportation Management Systems.

 

b. The Supplier will provide training to all of its personnel. The training will include but is not limited to the following items:

 

i. Emergency plan or procedures such as facility evacuation, hazardous chemical spills, threats, severe weather, etc.

 

ii. Security training that addresses the proper wearing of identification badges and the challenging of all persons not displaying a proper ID.

 

iii. Proper and safe loading and use of containers and postal equipment.

 

iv. Dock operations to include the postal-approved procedures for opening and sealing of trucks.

 

v. Applicable laws and regulations.

 

vi. Safety and health training that address overall work safety, (e.g., drug/alcohol abuse).

 

vii. Identification of various mail classes/types and an overview of Postal regulations as it pertains to mail security.

 

C. PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE

 

The anticipated period of performance for Austin, TX, Eureka, CA, Anchorage, AK, Traverse, MI, Erie, PA is Sunday, July 29, 2018 to Thursday, June 30, 2022.

 

The anticipated period of performance for the remaining sites to include Springfield, MO, Mid-Hudson, NY, Lubbock, TX, Altoona, PA, Saginaw is Sunday, August 05, 2018 to Thursday, June 30, 2022.

 

Following the contract award, suppliers will be allowed approximately 30 days to ramp up and prepare to start operations, unless otherwise agreed upon by the Supplier and the Postal Service.

 

D. PLACE OF PERFORMANCE

 

The work will begin at specified USPS P&DC facilities within specified geographic areas. (See Attachment A, Service Point Details and Specifications, for specific information)

 

E. TECHNOLOGY

 

1. Transportation Management System

 

The Postal Service is currently upgrading its TMS to advance technology and further automate processes. If there are impacts on the Supplier from these changes, the Postal Service will discuss and/or negotiate any necessary changes with the Supplier, as applicable.

 

7

 

 

2. GPS Requirements

 

The Supplier will be required to purchase a GPS unit from a source provided by the Postal Service. The Supplier will be provided instructions regarding the purchase and implementation of the GPS unit prior to the contract being awarded. The unit costs and monthly recurring data plan charges are detailed below. Suppliers should factor these costs into their proposed fixed RPM(s).

 

GPS Hardware Cost: $311.00 per unit

Data Plan Monthly Recurring Charge: $4.52 per unit

 

The Supplier is required to provide GPS technology and data transfer in accordance with the below requirements.

 

a. The Supplier shall maintain a functioning Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) system on all vehicles over 600 cubic feet and above to include but not limited to straight trucks and trailers. The GPS device must report the location of the vehicle to the Postal Service no less than every 15 minutes while the mail is in transit. It must also report the location of the vehicle upon arrival and departure at each location. Compliance to the requirement must reach a minimum of 98% success rate (accurate data transmitted to and received by the Postal Service). The following information is required for each data transmission:

 

i. GPS ID

 

ii. Trailer number

 

iii. Event: Arrival, Departure, En-Route, and Low Battery.

 

iv. Date/Time for each Event

 

v. Location by Address or Latitude/Longitude of the vehicle

 

b. The Supplier is required to have GPS units on all straight trucks and/or trailers and provide GPS status updates on demand or as requested. The GPS units should be attached to the straight truck and/or trailer. Mobile GPS units are not acceptable.

 

c. Supplier personnel driving vehicles shall have onboard communication systems to maintain contact with the on-site representative.

 

d. Supplier must transmit GPS data upon departure (via geo-fencing), upon arrival (via geo-fencing), and every 15 minutes in transit.

 

e. GPS data must be sent as events occur.

 

f. In the event a GPS unit is out of communication coverage, it must have the capability to log events that were not transmitted. These events should be transmitted as soon as the GPS unit is back in coverage with the lag being no more than four (4) hours.

 

8

 

 

F. ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICIAL

 

The Administrative Official is a Postal Service Official designated by the Manager, Distribution Networks to supervise and administer the performance of mail transportation and related services by suppliers.

 

Administrative Officials are NOT authorized to award, agree to, amend, terminate, or otherwise change the provisions and/or terms and conditions of the contract. Administrative Officials are responsible for ensuring supplier compliance with the operational requirements of highway contract routes and administering functions related to performance of that service. Specifically, Administrative Officials are responsible for the following:

 

1. Supervising the Supplier’s operations daily to ensure contract compliance, including necessary recordkeeping.

 

2. Obtaining screening information from highway transportation suppliers or contractor personnel.

 

3. Investigating irregularities and complaints regarding service on the route and taking corrective action.

 

4. Recommending establishment, discontinuance, or modifications to the manifest.

 

G. ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION AND INTERACTIVITY

 

The Postal Service will utilize web-based systems that will require supplier interactivity. Suppliers will be required to maintain and check their electronic mail (email) accounts regularly and to respond to email messages from the Postal Service. Suppliers must notify the Postal Service of any changes to email addresses.

 

H. SAFETY RATING (FEDERAL MOTOR CARRIER SAFETY ADMINISTRATION)

 

If the Supplier is notified by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) that there is a proposed safety rating or determination of a rating of “unsatisfactory” of the Supplier (as described in 49 CFR § 385.11), the Supplier must notify the Contracting Officer within five (5) business days of receipt of its receipt of notice from the FMCSA. Should the Supplier fail to do so, the Contracting Officer may terminate any and all of the Supplier’s contracts for default. In addition, the Contracting Officer may terminate any and all of the Supplier’s contracts for default based upon a proposed safety rating or determination of a rating of “unsatisfactory” of the Supplier (as described in 49 CFR § 385.11) by the FMCSA.

 

The Supplier is expected to provide a fleet which can meet the federal and state transportation vehicle requirements. These requirements include, but are not limited to, bed height restrictions, emission rates, maintenance standards and driving classifications.

 

9

 

 

I. SUBCONTRACTING

 

The offeror must include a detailed planned description of all related/support services (e.g. maintenance, custodial services) and specific line haul services. The supplier must detail which routes the subcontract services will address and what allocation of the operation will be covered by the subcontracted services. The plan must be reviewed and approved by the Contracting Officer.

 

J. USAGE OF POSTAL FACILITIES

 

Parking for contract vehicles and trailers at Postal facilities and other uses of Postal facilities (unless otherwise specified within this contract) may or may not be allowed at the discretion of each facility manager. The Supplier is responsible for all associated costs and to have the vehicle properly secured at all times. The Supplier must have adequate contingency plans in place should the use of postal facilities be terminated or limited. In no event shall the Postal Service be held liable for, or incur any additional cost associated with, such use or the termination of such use during the contract term.

 

K. PAYMENT AND SCHEDULE CHANGES

 

Payment for services rendered under this contract will be made as follows:

 

Suppliers will receive a monthly payment processed by the 2nd Friday of the next calendar month of the period for which the service was performed. If the Supplier operates mileage in either the Expected or Lower Mileage Ranges, the payment will be calculated by multiplying the manifest miles by the Supplier’s RPM in the applicable mileage range (Expected or Lower). If the Supplier operates mileage in the Upper Mileage Range, the Supplier will be paid for all manifest miles operated within the Expected Mileage Range at the Expected Mileage Range RPM. Any additional miles over the maximum mileage of the Expected Range will be paid using the Supplier’s Upper Mileage Range RPM. All extra trips will be captured in the TMS system and included in the monthly manifest mileage calculation for the same period in which they were ordered. An example of the monthly payment calculation has been provided below.

 

Monthly Payment Calculation Example Site X

 

Site X- December

 

Peak   Minimum Mileage     Maximum Mileage     Supplier RPM  
Upper Mileage Range     17,912       19,427     $ 1.65  
Expected Mileage Range     14,305       17,911     $ 1.55  
Lower Mileage Range     11,856       14,304     $ 1.60  

 

Note: For the purposes of the example, payments have been rounded to the nearest dollar.

 

10

 

 

If the Supplier ran 15,000 miles (inclusive of manifest miles and extra trips), then all 15,000 would be paid at the Expected Mileage Range price. (15,000 x $1.55) = $23,250

 

If the Supplier ran 12,000 miles (inclusive of manifest miles and extra trips), then all 12,000 miles would be paid at the Lower Mileage Range price. (12,000 x $1.60) = $19,200

 

If the Supplier ran 19,000 miles (inclusive of manifest miles and extra trips), then 17,911 miles would be paid at the Expected Mileage Range price and 1,089 miles would be paid at the Upper Mileage Range price. (17,911 x $1.55) + (1,089 x $1.65) = $29,559

 

If the Supplier is requested and agrees to operate the mileage in excess of the maximum (inclusive of manifest miles & extra trips), the additional mileage will be paid at the Upper Mileage Range rate for the total additional mileage run above the Expected Range. The Supplier has a right to refuse miles above the maximum mileage in the Upper Mileage Range Tier.

 

Using the example above, if the Supplier agreed to run 20,000 miles, 17,911 would be paid at the Expected Mileage Range price, and 2,089 would be paid at the Upper Mileage Range Price. (17,911 x $1.55) + (2,089 x $1.65) = $31,209

 

If monthly mileage falls below the minimum mileage (inclusive of manifest miles & extra trips) identified in the Lower Mileage Range, the Supplier will be paid for the minimum mileage in the lower mileage range, or (11,856 x $1.60) = $18,970 in the example month above.

 

No supplier invoices are required. Supplier payments will be processed through the electronic 5429 (e5429) process at the conclusion of each Postal Accounting Period for which payment is due. The payment for service will be made no later than the 2nd Friday of the next calendar month of the period for which service was performed. All mileage will be captured in the TMS system and included in the monthly manifest mileage calculation for the same period in which they were ordered.

 

When Dynamic Routing Optimization (DRO) does not start on the first day of the calendar month, the mileage the supplier operates will be pro-rated within the appropriate mileage tier for payment. The pro-rated mileage adjustment is calculated by dividing the mileage operated by the supplier for that period by the days executed to determine a daily mileage amount. The average daily mileage is then multiplied by total days in the calendar month to arrive at a monthly prorated mileage amount. This monthly pro-rated mileage amount will be paid based upon the rate and tier the monthly mileage amount falls within.

 

11

 

 

Site X- December

 

Peak   Minimum Mileage     Maximum Mileage     Supplier RPM  
Upper Mileage Range     17,912       19,427     $ 1.65  
Expected Mileage Range     14,305       17,911     $ 1.55  
Lower Mileage Range     11,856       14,304     $ 1.60  

 

Pro-rate Calculation

 

Supplier Operated Mileage for December         5,000  
Number of Days of Service         12  
Calendar Days in the Month         31  
Daily mileage amount   5,000 / 12     417  
The result is then divided by total days in the calendar month   417 * 31     12,917  
Monthly pro-rated mileage amount will be paid based upon the rate and tier the monthly mileage amount falls within.   12,917 * $1.60   $ 20,667  

 

SUPPLIERS WILL BE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE THE NUMBER OF GALLONS USED IN THEIR ESTIMATED ANNUAL FUEL COSTS. THIS INFORMATION WILL BE USED IN THE CALCULATION OF ANY FUEL ADJUSTMENT AND IN THE DETERMINATION OF THE REASONABLENESS OF SUPPLIER PRICING.

 

L. PERFORMANCE

 

1. The Supplier is required to dispatch 98% of the tendered mail to permit arrival to all locations by the required delivery time (RDT), or scheduled delivery time identified in the manifest. The Supplier will be held accountable for all performance failures other than for delays imposed by the Postal Service (Per Clause B-79, Forfeiture of Compensation).

 

2. The Supplier will be required to maintain 98% accuracy for Quality of Dispatch. “Quality of Dispatch” is defined as no containers or loose pieces placed on incorrect departing transportation. If a “Quality of Dispatch” error occurs, the Supplier will immediately correct the source of the error to ensure the error does not reoccur.

 

3. The Supplier is responsible for having a quality assurance program established in-house to perform daily monitoring of, at minimum, actual mileage performed by driver weekly, performance failures, container location accuracy, and pick-up and delivery times. This program is to be established based on the discretion of the Supplier.

 

4. Monthly performance meetings between the Supplier and Postal Service will be performed as arranged by the Host P&DC Transportation Manager or designee (ex. local Administrating Official).

 

5. The Supplier must achieve 98% on-time dispatch performance of timely mail, outside of delays caused by the Postal Service, and 98% distribution accuracy for all mail tendered to and processed by the Supplier.

 

12

 

 

M. IRREGULARITIES

 

When an irregularity in performance occurs the Postal Service may take subsequent action as defined below:

 

1. Other Irregularities

 

a. The Postal Service will issue a PS Form 5500, Contract Route Irregularity Report. The Supplier must sign and return the Contract Route Irregularity Report within ten (10) days of receipt.

 

b. Suppliers are responsible for providing documentation to support requests for exceptions for unforeseen circumstances to include but not limited to weather, traffic accidents (not caused by the supplier), and detours.

 

c. Repeated irregularities as defined above, with no or ineffectual attempts at correction, may result in contract termination and the Supplier may be held liable for any re-procurement costs associated with the default.

 

d. The supplier may be assigned lobby/vestibule keys and/or a scanning device be used in the delivery and collection of mail along the contract route. These are accountable items that must be signed out prior to the start of the designated trip(s) and turned in at the end of the trip(s). Loss, negligent damage, or failure to turn in accountable item(s) as scheduled may result in assessment of damages or termination of the contract.

 

2. Late Delivery Irregularities

 

a. Supplier induced irregularities resulting in late delivery (explained under Performance Framework) could result in a reduction in total pay in conjunction with PS Form 5500 (contracted RPM’s will apply), Contract Route Irregularity Report, or termination for default.

 

b. Upon receipt of a PS Form 5500, the Supplier shall promptly take all necessary corrective action to bring performance into compliance.

 

c. The Supplier will complete all appropriate areas of the PS 5500 and document the corrective action taken to ensure the error does not occur in the future. The PS 5500 must be signed and sent back to the Administrative Official within ten (10) days of receipt.

 

13

 

 

d. The Supplier and the Postal Service Administrative Official will discuss each completed PS 5500. The PS 5500 will be discussed monthly during the performance discussion between the Supplier and Administrative Official.

 

e. When the Postal Service delays the HCR supplier beyond their scheduled departure time, the origin facility must issue a PS Form 5466 to the driver. To receive compensation for such Postal Service caused delays, the supplier consolidates the PS Form 5466s for each route and lists them on a supplier claim form, such as the one shown in in the attached PS Form 5466 found in this solicitation. The supplier must summarize the total delay time in minutes and shall ensure that the supporting data is accurate and complete. The supplier submits the PS Form 5466s and the completed supplier claim form to the USPS administrative official (AO) responsible for the supplier’s route. The supplier should submit claims monthly, completing one claim form per route. Payment for the Postal Service caused delays described above will be paid at the established Service Contract Act (SCA) Wage Rate for the contracted region.

 

N. FUEL ADJUSTMENT

 

1. Fuel Rate Establishment

 

This contract will be administered under the automated fuel index program. At the time of award, the fuel price per gallon in the contract will be set to the Department of Energy (DOE) Petroleum Acquisition Defense District (PADD) Price for the region in which the contract originates, using the price for the month immediately preceding the month of award. If there is a difference between the price per gallon in place when the award or renewal contract is signed and the DOE price on the first day of the new term, the contract price will be adjusted reflecting the difference in price of fuel.

 

2. Fuel Rate Adjustment

 

At the end of each calendar month, the difference between (1) the previous monthly DOE regional fuel index for the applicable fuel type and (2) the current monthly DOE regional fuel index for the applicable fuel type will be adjusted automatically. This will become the new contract baseline fuel ppg. The new contract baseline fuel ppg will remain in effect until the next automatic monthly adjustment.

 

14

 

 

PART 2 – LIST OF ATTACHMENTS

 

Attachment A – Service Point Details and Specifications

Attachment B – Vehicle Specifications

Attachment C – Representations and Certifications

Attachment D – Pricing Sheet (for information only)

Attachment E – Wage Determination Examples – National

Attachment F – Subcontracting Plan Requirements

Attachment G – PS3881-X Supplier and Payee EFT Enrollment

Attachment H – Transportation Services Proposal & Contract (PS 7405)

Attachment I – Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) Vehicle Inspections by Law Enforcement Officials

Attachment J – Manifests

Attachment K – Dock Safety Guidance

Attachment L – Highway Contractor Safety

Attachment M – DRO Mileage & Departure Time Variation

Attachment N – Frequently Asked Questions

Attachment O – Federal Contractor Veterans Employment Report (VETS-4212)

Attachment P – Manifest Review Slides

Attachment Q – PS5466, Late Slips

Attachment R – GPS

 

15

 

 

 

Dynamic Route Optimization

 

Wave 8 Terms and Conditions

 

 

 

Date of Issue: March 28, 2018

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

DATE OF ISSUE: MARCH 12, 20181

 

Part 1: Dynamic Route Optimization Provisions 1
Provision 1-1: Supplier Clearance Requirements (March 2006) 1
Provision 1-4: Prohibition Against Contracting with Former Postal Service Officers or PCES Executives (March 2006) 1
Provision 1-5: Proposed Use of Former Postal Service Employees (March 2006) 1
Provision 3-1: Notice of Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Business Subcontracting Requirements (March 2006) 1
Provision 4-1: Standard Solicitation Provisions (November 2007) (Modified) 2
Provision 4-2: Evaluation (March 2006) (Modified) 8
Postal Service E-Sourcing Registration 12
Provision 4-3: Representations and Certifications (November 2012) 13
Provision 9-2: Preaward Equal Opportunity Compliance Review 17
Part 2: Dynamic Route Optimization CLAUSES 18
Clause B-1 Definitions (March 2006) (Modified) 18
Clause B-3: Contract Type (March 2006) (Modified) 18
Clause B-9: Claims and Disputes (March 2006) 19
Clause B-15: Notice of Delay (March 2006) (Modified) 20
Clause B-16: Suspensions and Delays (March 2006) 20
Clause B-19: Excusable Delays (March 2006) 20
Clause B-22: Interest (March 2006) 21
Clause B-26: Protection of Postal Service Buildings, Equipment, and Vegetation (March 2006) 21
Clause B-30: Permits and Responsibilities (March 2006) 21
Clause B-39: Indemnification (March 2006) 21
Clause B-64: Accountability of the Supplier (Highway) (March 2006) 22
Clause B-65: Adjustments to Compensation (March 2006) (Modified) 22
Clause B-68: Changes in Corporate Ownership or Officers (March 2006) 23
Clause B-69: Events of Default (March 2006) (Modified) 23
Clause B-77: Protection of the Mail (March 2006) 24
Clause B-78 Renewal (March 2006) 24
Clause B-79: Forfeiture of Compensation (March 2006) 25
Clause B-80: Laws and Regulations Applicable (March 2006) 25
Clause B-81: Information or Access by Third Parties (May 2006) 25
Clause B-82: Access by Officials (March 2006) 25
Clause 1-1: Privacy Protection (October 2014) 25
Clause 1-7: Organizational Conflicts of Interest (March 2006) 27
Clause 1-11: Prohibition Against Contracting with Former Officers or PCES Executives (March 2006) 28
Clause 1-12: Use of Former Postal Service Employees (March 2006) 28
Clause 2-19: Option to Extend (Services Contract) (March 2006) 28
Clause 2-22: Value Engineering Incentive (March 2006) 29
Clause 2-39: Ordering (March 2006) (Modified) 31
Clause 2-42: Indefinite Quantity (March 2006) (Modified) 31
Clause 3-1: Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Business Subcontracting Requirements (March 2006) 32
Clause 3-2: Participation of Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Businesses (March 2006) 33
Clause 4-1: General Terms and Conditions (July 2007) (Modified) 34
Clause 4-2: Contract Terms and Conditions Required to Implement Policies, Statutes, or Executive Orders (July 2014) (Modified) 37
Clause 7-4: Insurance (March 2006) (Modified) 39
Clause 7-5: Errors and Omissions (March 2006) 39
Clause 7-10: Sustainability (July 2014) (Modified) 40
Clause 8-8: Additional Data Requirements (March 2006) 40
Clause 8-10: Rights in Data — Special Works (March 2006) 40
Clause 8-13: Intellectual Property Rights (March 2006)40 Clause 8-16: Postal Service Title in Technical Data and Computer Software (March 2006) 41
Clause 9-10: Service Contract Act (March 2006) 47
Clause 9-12: Fair Labor Standards Act and Service Contract Act – Price Adjustment (February 2010) 54
Clause 9-14: Affirmative Action for Special Disabled Veterans, Veterans of the Vietnam Era, and other Eligible Veterans (February 2010) 55
Fuel Rate Establishment 56
Fuel Rate Adjustment 56

 

i

 

 

PART 1: DYNAMIC ROUTE OPTIMIZATION PROVISIONS

 

PROVISION 1-1: SUPPLIER CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS (MARCH 2006)

 

The contract resulting from this solicitation will require the contractor or its employees (including subcontractors and their employees) to have access to occupied Postal facilities, and/or to Postal information and resources, including postal computer systems. Clearance in accordance with Administrative Support Manual 272.3 will be required before that access will be permitted. It is the contractor’s obligation to obtain and supply to the Postal Service the forms and information required by that regulation.

 

Suppliers must familiarize themselves with the requirements of that section, taking into account in their offices the time and paperwork associated with the screening.

 

PROVISION 1-4: PROHIBITION AGAINST CONTRACTING WITH FORMER POSTAL SERVICE OFFICERS OR PCES EXECUTIVES (MARCH 2006)

 

The Supplier represents that former Postal Service officers or Postal Career Executive Service (PCES) executives will not be employed as key personnel, experts or consultants in the performance of the contract if such individuals, within 1 year of their retirement from the Postal Service, will be performing substantially the same duties as they performed during their career with the Postal Service. In addition, no contract resulting from this solicitation may be awarded to such individuals or entities in which they have a substantial interest, for 1 year after their retirement from the Postal Service, if the work called for in the solicitation requires such individuals to perform substantially the same duties as they performed during their career with the Postal Service.

 

PROVISION 1-5: PROPOSED USE OF FORMER POSTAL SERVICE EMPLOYEES (MARCH 2006)

 

In its proposal, the Supplier must identify any former Postal Service employee it proposes to engage, directly or indirectly, in the performance of the contract. The Postal Service reserves the right to require the Supplier to replace the proposed individual with an equally qualified individual.

 

PROVISION 3-1: NOTICE OF SMALL-, MINORITY-, AND WOMAN-OWNED BUSINESS SUBCONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS (FEBRUARY 2018)

 

When the contract value is estimated at $1 million or more, all offerors, except small businesses, must submit with their proposals the contract-specific subcontracting plan required by Clause 3-1: Small-, Minority-, and Woman-Owned Business Subcontracting Requirements. Generally, this plan must be agreed to by both the supplier and the Postal Service before award of the contract. Lack of submittal of a contract-specific subcontracting plan may make the offeror’s proposal unacceptable for award.

 

All offerors must be capable of reporting as required by Clause 3-2: Participation of Small-, Minority-, and Woman-Owned Businesses. Reporting is required when the contract value is estimated at $500,000 or more.

 

1

 

 

PROVISION 4-1: STANDARD SOLICITATION PROVISIONS (NOVEMBER 2007) (MODIFIED)

 

1. Submission of Offers. The Postal Service will provide a Postal Service (PS) Form 7405, Order / Solicitation / Offer / Award, to Suppliers for signature and inclusion with the proposal package.

 

The proposal(s) submitted by the Supplier will require, at a minimum:

 

1. Solicitation title.

 

2. The name, address, e-mail address, point of contact listed on 1st page of proposal and telephone number of the Supplier.

 

3. Price and any discount terms

 

4. “Remit to” address, if different than mailing address.

 

5. Federal Contractor Veterans Employment Report, Vet-4212: https://www.dol.gov/vets/programs/fcp/vets-4212rev2017.pdf

 

6. A completed copy of the representations and certifications (Provision 4-3).

 

7. Acknowledgment of Solicitation Amendments.

 

8. PS Form 7405, Order / Solicitation / Offer / Award.

 

9. In addition to the items listed in this provision, Suppliers must address the items shown in Provision 4-1: Addendum: Required Information.

 

2. Business Disagreements. Business disagreements may be lodged with the Supplier Disagreement Resolution Official (SDRO) if the Supplier and the Contracting Officer have failed to resolve the disagreement as described in 39 CFR Section 601 (available for review at www.gpoaccess.gov/ecfr). The SDRO will consider the disagreement only if it is lodged in accordance with the time limits and procedures described in 39 CFR Section 601. The SDRO’s decisions are available for review at www.usps.com .

 

3. Late Proposals. Proposals or modifications of proposals received at the address specified for the receipt of proposals after the exact time specified for receipt of proposals will not be considered unless determined to be in the best interest of the Postal Service.

 

4. Type of Contract. The Postal Service plans to award a Fixed Rate per Mile, Indefinite Delivery, Indefinite Quantity, with Economic Price Adjustment contract under this solicitation and all proposals must be submitted on this basis. Alternate proposals based on other contract types will not be considered. Adjustments will be made in accordance with Management Instruction PM-4.4.1-2005-1 which can be found at http://about.usps.com/management-instructions/p441051.pdf. (See Clause B-3: Contract Type, for additional info)

 

5. Contract Award. The Postal Service may evaluate proposals and award contracts without discussions with Suppliers. Therefore, the Supplier’s initial proposal should contain the Supplier’s best terms from a price and technical standpoint. Discussions may be conducted if the Postal Service determines they are necessary. The Postal Service may reject any or all proposals if such action is in the best interest of the Postal Service.

 

2

 

 

6. Multiple Awards. The Postal Service intends to award one or more contracts under this solicitation. The Postal Service may award a Supplier one or more site(s) and/or region(s) under this solicitation. The Postal Service reserves the right to not award an additional site and/or region to a successful Supplier should it deem that a non-award of the additional site(s) and/or region to the successful Supplier is in its best interest.

 

7. Incorporation by Reference. Wherever in this solicitation or contract a standard provision or clause is incorporated by reference, the incorporated term is identified by its title, the provision or clause number assigned to it in the Postal Service’s Supplying Principles and Practices, and its date. The text of incorporated terms may be found in the Supplying Principles and Practices, accessible online at http://about.usps.com/manuals/spp/spp.pdf.

 

Questions on the Solicitation. All Suppliers will receive as an attachment to the solicitation, Attachment N, Wave 4 Frequently Asked Questions.

 

Provision 4-1: Additional Requirement. In order for the Postal Service to evaluate proposals in accordance with the criteria stated in Provision 4-2, the following information must be provided. In general, the Supplier should be concerned with providing specific facts in lieu of broad generalizations and flowery descriptions. The Supplier must also complete and return the Representations and Certifications (Provision 4-3 below). Instructions for proposal submittal are contained in the table below.

 

Proposals are to be divided into volumes as shown in the table below. The Supplier must address the sections of each Tab within each Volume in the order detailed in the tables below. Page number limitations are also noted in the table below. Page limitation excludes coversheets, dividers, tables of contents, and attachments required by solicitation. Text in all volumes may be single-spaced and no smaller than Arial 10 point font. Graphics may include fonts no smaller than Arial 8 point as displayed. Margins may be no less than one (1) inch on any side, top, or bottom.

 

Proposals must comply with the instructions contained herein. Proposals not in conformance with these instructions may be rejected. Previously submitted data or prior performance presumed to be known to the USPS (e.g., any previous projects performed for the USPS) will not be considered as part of the technical proposal evaluation; Supplier must include in this proposal all information it wants to be considered by USPS. Any information that may have been submitted prior to the solicitation which is still relevant must be resubmitted in the formats requested.

 

Volume 1 – Technical Proposal

 

Tab   Criteria   Page Limit
1   Supplier Eligibility   Check Box
2   Past Performance   2
3   Supplier Capability   2
4   Management Plan   7
5   Contingency Plan   2
6   Sustainability Plan   3
7   Subcontracting Plan   2

 

3

 

 

Volume 2 – Price Proposal

 

Tab   Sections   Page Limit
1   Completed and Signed PS Form 7405 (Attachment H)   1
2   Pricing Sheet (for information only)   1
3   Representations and Certifications (Provision 4-3) (Attachment C)   5

 

Volume 3 – Financials

 

Tab   Sections   Page Limit
1   k recent credit report that includes certification of no bankruptcy Filings in the past three (3) years.   N/A
2   Three (3) years of audited financial statements to include Income Statements (e.g. Balance Sheet, Statement of Cash Flow, etc.), and the corresponding note pages to the financial statements   N/A
3   Funding documentation from a financial institution (when funding is required to obtain vehicles).   N/A
4   Names of Financial institution, contact names, phone numbers for lines of credit currently available as of proposal date for each line of credit including bank letter(s) of reference.   N/A
5   Most Recent Tax Returns for the past two (2) years.   N/A
6   Tax Identification Number (TIN) documentation – COPY of social security card for owner operators.   N/A

 

Volume 1 – Technical Proposal

 

The factors that will be used in the technical evaluation of proposals and their relative importance are as follows:

 

Supplier Eligibility is a pass or fail factor

 

Past Performance is the most important Technical Evaluation factor

 

Supplier Capability is less important than the Past Performance

 

Management Plan is less important than Supplier Capability

 

Contingency Plan is equal to Management Plan, Sustainability Plan & Subcontracting Plan

 

Supplier Eligibility

 

The Supplier must submit information that will allow the evaluation team to determine that the Supplier is eligible to perform all the services required for the full term of the resultant contract Information submitted must allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s eligibility relating to the factors set forth in “Supplier Eligibility” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation.

 

4

 

 

Past Performance

 

The Supplier must submit information that will allow the evaluation team to determine its performance level on contracts and other business arrangements of similar size and scope. Information submitted should allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s past performance relating to the factors set forth in “Past Performance,” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation.

 

Supplier Capability

 

The Supplier must submit information that will allow the evaluation team to determine that the Supplier is able to perform all the services required for the full term of the resultant contract. Information submitted must allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s capability relating to the factors set forth in “Supplier Capability” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation. This solicitation should be addressed as though this is the first time a Supplier is doing business with the Postal Service.

 

Management Plan

 

Suppliers must provide a Management Plan for dealing with normal daily operations, as well as unscheduled and unexpected events affecting the expeditious operation of the network. The Supplier must provide an implementation plan and its project methodology or proposed approach for ramping up and commencing the services required in the contract. The Supplier must include a description of the division of roles and responsibilities during this process between the Supplier and USPS.

 

Contingency Plan

 

The Supplier must submit information that will allow the evaluation team to determine that a Supplier has Contingency Plan for dealing with unexpected events, such as overflow mail, damaged containers, equipment breakdowns, etc. Information submitted must allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s Contingency Plan relating to the factors set forth in “Contingency Plan” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation.

 

Sustainability Plan

 

The Supplier must include a detailed sustainability plan in its proposal. The plan should describe the Supplier’s current sustainability initiatives and metrics, as well as suggested initiatives on which the Supplier will work collaboratively with the Postal Service. Information submitted must allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s capability relating to the factors set forth in “Sustainability Plan” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation.

 

Subcontracting Plan

 

All suppliers, including small businesses, must submit a subcontracting plan that is specific to this contract and that separately addresses subcontracting with small, minority, and woman-owned businesses. The offeror must include a detailed description of all related/support services (e.g. maintenance, custodial services) and specific line haul services. The supplier must detail which routes the subcontract services will address and what allocation of the operation will be covered by the subcontract services. Information submitted must allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s capability relating to the factors set forth in “Subcontracting Plan” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation.

 

Volume 2 – Price Proposal

 

1. PS Form 7405

 

The Supplier must provide a completed and signed PS Form 7405 (Attachment H, Transportation Services Proposal & Contract (PS 7405)).

 

5

 

 

The following instructions should be closely followed in completing this form:

 

Item 1. Fill in the solicitation number, date of the solicitation, and the terminal points of the route exactly as they appear on the solicitation.

 

Item 2. N/A. Pricing is entered in Emptoris.

 

Item 3. In blocks a, b, and c, enter the complete name, address and phone number of the Supplier. Enter the Supplier’s DOT number in block d. Enter the Employer Identification Number (Social Security Number if the Supplier is an individual)

 

Item 4. In block e, complete blocks f and g only if proposals are being submitted for box delivery routes.

 

Item 5. Supplier signature

 

Complete the remainder of the form, including the appropriate certificate, and other items on the reverse, and sign the form as Supplier.

 

2. Price/RPM

 

The Supplier must complete and submit pricing through the E-Sourcing System, Emptoris.

 

The Supplier must provide a Rate per Mile (RPM), for each mileage range for both Peak and Non-Peak periods. The Supplier’s proposed rates must be calculated based on the mileage automatically populated in Emptoris. Attachment D- Pricing Sheet is provided as information only and should not be included in the Supplier’s proposal submission.

 

The proposed RPM for peak and non-peak must be inclusive of all supplier costs associated with providing the required services for the proposed mileage range. These costs include but are not limited to equipment, labor, training, GPS, overhead, profit, and fuel. The rates may be carried out to a maximum of four decimal places.

 

NOTE: The Suppliers proposed RPM on the Expected Mileage will be the most important factor in evaluating the price. The Suppliers proposed RPM on the Upper Range and the Lower Range are of equal importance but significantly less impo rtant than the proposed RPM of the Expected Mileage Range.

 

Price Analysis

 

Suppliers will be asked to provide a price proposal for one or more regions for each site on which they bid. If suppliers provide a price proposal for all or multiple regions within a site as a bundle they must also provide a price proposal for each individual region within its multiple region proposal bundles. For each mileage range pricing offer, the supplier will also be required to detail the number of proposed fuel gallons and labor hours so that impact of future adjustments in fuel and labor can be evaluated in the pricing analysis. In addition, the supplier must provide labor categories (per the wage determination that applies to this contract) to include the number of labor hours for each category they are proposing.

 

6

 

 

    Historic Peak Ave Region
RPM Weighted
    Historic Non-Peak
Ave Region RPM
Weighted
    Historic Ave Region RPM Weighted  
Austin Region A   $ 2.43     $ 2.27     $ 2.29  
Austin Region B   $ 2.87     $ 2.36     $ 2.41  
Austin Region C   $ 7.14     $ 5.14     $ 5.36  
Erie Region A   $ 1.81     $ 1.81     $ 1.81  
Erie Region B   $ 1.78     $ 1.78     $ 1.78  
Eureka Region A   $ 2.44     $ 2.44     $ 2.44  
Lubbock Region A   $ 2.17     $ 2.17     $ 2.17  
Lubbock Region B   $ 2.12     $ 1.96     $ 1.98  
Mid-Hudson Region A   $ 2.12     $ 2.12     $ 2.12  
Mid-Hudson Region B   $ 2.16     $ 2.16     $ 2.16  
Mid-Hudson Region C   $ 2.32     $ 2.32     $ 2.32  
Saginaw Region A   $ 2.41     $ 2.47     $ 2.46  
Saginaw Region B   $ 2.14     $ 2.08     $ 2.09  
Traverse City Region A   $ 1.90     $ 1.86     $ 1.87  
Traverse City Region B   $ 1.91     $ 1.86     $ 1.87  
Traverse City Region C   $ 1.80     $ 1.81     $ 1.80  
Altoona Region A   $ 1.95     $ 1.95     $ 1.95  
Altoona Region B   $ 1.92     $ 1.82     $ 1.83  
Anchorage Region A   $ 3.42     $ 3.21     $ 3.23  
Anchorage Region B   $ 4.28     $ 3.47     $ 3.56  
Springfield Region A   $ 2.00     $ 1.85     $ 1.87  
Springfield Region B   $ 2.12     $ 2.08     $ 2.08  

 

3. Representations and Certifications

 

The Representations and Certifications pursuant to Provision 4-3 must be executed and returned with the proposal.

 

Volume 3 – Financials

 

Supplier’s Financial Condition of company: The offeror must provide:

 

a. A recent credit report that includes certification of no bankruptcy filings in the past three (3) years.

 

b. Three (3) years of audited financial statements to include Income Statements (e.g. Balance Sheet, Statement of Cash Flow, etc.), and the corresponding note pages to the financial statements.

 

c. Funding documentation from a financial institution (when funding is required to obtain vehicles).

 

d. Names of Financial institution, contact names, phone numbers for lines of credit currently available as of proposal date for each line of credit including bank letter(s) of reference.

 

e. Most Recent Tax Returns for the past two (2) years.

 

f. Tax Identification Number (TIN) documentation – COPY of social security card for owner operators.

 

7

 

 

PROVISION 4-2: EVALUATION (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

Each Supplier will be required to submit a two-volume proposal. The Technical Evaluation will be based on the Volume 1 – Technical Proposal, whereas the Price Evaluation will be based on data provided in the Volume 2 - Price Proposal.

 

The factors that will be used in the technical evaluation of proposals and their relative importance are as follows:

 

1. Supplier Eligibility is a pass or fail factor

 

2. Past Performance is the most important Technical Evaluation factor

 

3. Supplier Capability is less important than the Past Performance

 

4. Management Plan is less important than Supplier Capability

 

5. Contingency Plan, Sustainability Plan, and Subcontracting Plan are all equal to Management Plan

 

Supplier Eligibility (Pass / Fail)

 

The Suppliers’ ability to meet all the required factors that are necessary to perform operations, to include the following:

 

Companies ineligible:

 

1. Business organizations substantially owned or controlled by Postal Service employees or their immediate families.

 

2. Offerors suspended, debarred, ineligible, or proposed for suspension, debarment, or ineligibility are also excluded from conducting business with the Postal Service as agents, subcontractors, or representatives of other offerors.

 

Past Performance

 

The offeror will be evaluated on its performance under existing and prior contracts for similar services. In evaluating past performance, the Postal Service will consider the offeror’s effectiveness in quality of products or services; timeliness of performance; cost control; business practices; customer satisfaction, and key personnel past performance. Additionally, consideration will be given to the offeror’s demonstrated commitment to continuous improvement, innovation, sustainability and knowledge transfer.

 

The offeror must submit a list of at least three (3) references that USPS may contact to assess the offer’s past performance during the past twelve (12) months. The list must include, at a minimum, the following information:

 

1. Name of reference (company name and location).

 

2. Point of contact (name and title).

 

3. Telephone number and email address.

 

4. Type of contract and size and services rendered for transportation contracts of similar scope.

 

5. Dates of service.

 

8

 

 

Supplier Capability

 

The extent to which the Supplier has the ability to obtain adequate resources (technical, equipment, etc.) to perform the work will be evaluated. The Suppliers will address the following in the Supplier capability section of the proposal (which are not sub factors):

 

1. The ability to meet the required delivery schedule (e.g., able to begin operations on the effective date of start-up of contract performance) considering all existing commitments, including pending awards.

 

2. Equipment to include the type, age, and average miles per gallon (MPG) along with the offeror’s plan to upgrade vehicles during the life of the contract;

 

3. A sound record of integrity and business ethics; and

 

4. The necessary organization, experience, accounting and operational controls, technical skills, and property controls.

 

Management Plan

 

The offeror must include a detailed management plan in its proposal. The Management Plan, at a minimum, must address the offeror’s plan and ability to perform at high level of on time performance, to include the following (which are not sub factors):

 

1. Monitoring of service performance to ensure quality on time performance.

 

2. Maintaining adequate staffing levels including drivers and supervisors considering the planned hours for portal time, layover, and pre/post inspections.

 

3. Compliance with Department of Labor (DOL) and Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations.

 

4. Completion of all loading in time to meet dispatch.

 

5. Implementation of global positioning systems (GPS) or other technology-driven solutions.

 

6. Implementation of a safety program and a driver training program.

 

7. Scanning Postal mail transport equipment (MTE).

 

8. Close-out, receive, and dispatch all surface vehicles.

 

9. Security of the mail.

 

10. Security screening of contractor personnel and verification of their eligibility.

 

11. Detail showing the offerors’ ability to obtain clearance in accordance with Administrative Support Manual 272.

 

12. Electronic Data Interchange to include Scanning and Data Transmission.

 

13. Subcontracting management and approach.

 

Contingency Plan

 

The offeror must include a detailed Contingency Plan in its proposal. The Contingency Plan, at a minimum, must address the offeror’s plan and ability to handle the contingency operations below (which are not sub factors):

 

1. Overflow mail

 

2. Less MTE than required

 

3. Damaged containers

 

4. Damaged or non-labeled mail

 

5. Schedule changes

 

6. Equipment breakdowns

 

7. Inclement weather during operations

 

8. Labor disruptions including, but not limited to, walkouts or strikes

 

9. Staffing shortages relating to medical or other emergencies

 

10. Delays caused by environmental issues such as fuel spills, chemical spills, or other HAZMAT.

 

9

 

 

Sustainability Plan

 

The offeror must include a detailed sustainability plan in its proposal. The Sustainability Plan, at a minimum, must address the items listed below (which are not sub factors):

 

1. A listing of the Make, Model, Age, and Class of Vehicle that it plans to use for the solicited service. The Vehicle Classification should be based on the details of the Attachment A, Vehicle Specifications. The offeror should provide a specific vehicle listing by Mileage Range (Upper, Expected, and Lower).

 

2. The offeror should list the average MPG for each class of vehicle listed for each Mileage Range (Upper, Expected, and Lower).

 

3. An explanation of the number of scheduled miles, portal miles, backhaul miles, maintenance miles, and any other miles that will be included in the contracted service for each Mileage Range (Upper, Expected, and Lower).

 

4. The amount of gallons of fuel that the offeror is proposing for this service for each Mileage Range (Upper, Expected, and Lower).

 

5. Whether the vehicles operate using alternative fuel. If so, please state the type (Compressed Natural Gas, Liquefied Natural Gas, etc.).

 

6. A plan to improve the fuel efficiency of the vehicles over the life of the contract. The plan should describe the offeror’s current sustainability initiatives and metrics, as well as suggested initiatives on which the offeror will work collaboratively with the Postal Service.

 

Subcontracting Plan

 

All suppliers, including small businesses, must submit a subcontracting plan that is specific to this contract, and that separately addresses subcontracting with small, minority, and woman-owned businesses. The offeror must include a detailed description of all related/support services (e.g. maintenance, custodial services) and specific line haul services. The supplier must detail which routes the subcontract services will address and what allocation of the operation will be covered by the subcontract services.

 

The team will evaluate the Subcontracting Plan based on the items listed below (which are not subfactors):

 

a. Goals, in terms of percentages of the total amount of this contract that the supplier will endeavor to subcontract to small, minority, and woman-owned businesses. The supplier must include all subcontracts that contribute to contract performance, and may include a proportionate share of supplies and services that are normally allocated as indirect costs.

 

b. A statement of the: Total dollars planned to be subcontracted under this contract; and Total of that amount planned to be subcontracted to small, minority, and woman-owned businesses.

 

c. A description of the principal types of supplies and services to be subcontracted under this contract, identifying the types planned for subcontracting to small, minority, and woman-owned businesses.

 

d. A description of the method used to develop the subcontracting goals for this contract.

 

e. A description of the method used to identify potential sources for solicitation purposes and a description of efforts the supplier will make to ensure that small, minority, and woman-owned businesses have an equitable opportunity to compete for subcontracts.

 

10

 

 

f. A statement as to whether the offer included indirect costs in establishing subcontracting goals for this contract and a description of the method used to determine the proportionate share of indirect costs to be incurred with small, minority, and woman-owned businesses.

 

g. The name of the individual employed by the supplier who will administer the subcontracting program and a description of the individual’s duties.

 

h. Assurances that the supplier will require all subcontractors receiving subcontracts in excess of $1,000,000 to adopt a plan similar to the plan agreed to by the supplier.

 

i. A description of the types of records the supplier will maintain to demonstrate compliance with the requirements and goals in the plan for this contract. The records must include at least the following: a. Source lists, guides, and other data identifying small, minority, and woman-owned businesses; Organizations contacted in an attempt to locate sources that are small, minority, and woman-owned businesses; Records on each subcontract solicitation resulting in an award of more than $100,000, indicating whether small, minority, or woman-owned businesses were solicited and if not, why not; and Records to support subcontract award data, including the name, address, and business size of each subcontractor.

 

j. Plan and details of all subcontractors proposed that are current Postal HCR suppliers.

 

For the price evaluation, the Postal Service will evaluate the prices from the single site proposed offers and the multi-site proposed offers by comparing the different combinations. Price is MORE important than technical proposal evaluation factors. The Postal Service is more concerned with making an award at the lowest overall price than with obtaining superior technical or management features. However, the Postal Service may not necessarily make an award at the lowest price in order to achieve a small price savings if better value can be achieved with superior technical or management features. The benefits of a higher priced proposal may merit a higher price.

 

As part of the price evaluation, the Postal Service will also consider the impact of the supplier proposed fuel gallons and proposed labor hours for each pricing tier.

 

The USPS may determine that an offer is unacceptable if any of the Mileage Range Pricing is significantly unbalanced in relation to other proposals received. The pricing must reflect a clear understanding of the requirements and must be consistent with the various elements of the supplier’s technical proposal.

 

The USPS anticipates awarding no more than one (1) supplier per site, with the exception of the four (4) sites that are split into two (2) regions. For the sites that are split into two (2) regions or more, USPS may choose to award both regions to a single supplier or award each region separately. Should a supplier be awarded multiple regions or multiple sites, the Purchase Team will ensure that risks associated with awarding to a single supplier are mitigated and contingencies are available for additional service coverage. If proposing more than one (1) site, suppliers will have the option of providing discounts for a multi-site award during negotiations. This discount will be applicable to each site(s) proposed. The evaluation of the supplier’s price will be inclusive of this discounted price; the determination of the optimal combination of site(s) to be awarded to a supplier will also include the proposed discount.

 

11

 

 

Best Value Decision

 

Award will be made to the Supplier who proposes the best combination of price and technical factors. Price is more important than the technical factors. In determining potential tradeoffs to arrive at the best value selection, the Postal Service will assess the strengths, weaknesses, risks, and deficiencies between or among competing technical proposals from the standpoint of:

 

1) What the difference might mean in terms of technical factors; and

 

2) What the evaluated cost would be for the Postal Service to take advantage of that difference.

 

Award will not necessarily be made to the Supplier who provides the highest-rated technical proposal or to the Supplier who offers the lowest price. Price will become more important in selecting between or among closely ranked technical proposals. In making any price-technical tradeoff, the Postal Service also does not intend to pay a premium price unless there is a significant technical advantage justifying a higher price. The Postal Service may award a Supplier one or more sites under this solicitation. The Postal Service may choose to award each site to a different Supplier, depending on which Supplier provides the best value to USPS for each site being solicited.

 

Suppliers must receive an overall technical rating of “Fair” in order to be considered for award.

 

The Postal Service reserves the right to not award a contract based on this solicitation should it deem that a non-award is in its best interest. Awards will not be made to Suppliers whose proposals are not competitively priced or to Suppliers with poor technical proposals.

 

Postal Service E-Sourcing Registration

 

All prospective Suppliers must register at https://uspsprod.emptoris.com and enter the required information.

 

Technical and Price Proposals must be submitted in electronic form through Emptoris. All submissions MUST be received in Emptoris no later than 8:00 a.m. EST Tuesday, April 26, 2018 . Please see the “USPS DRO – Bidding” Instruction document provided to Suppliers in the solicitation invitation email message for detailed submission process.

 

Proposals should be submitted in three (3) separate attachments for each site and each region in the following manner:

 

Volume 1 - Technical Proposal

 

Volume 2 - Price Proposal

 

Volume 3 - Financial Documents

 

Please submit three (3) proposal attachments in Emptoris in the following format as stated below separately for each site and each region (see sample below):

 

Site Name - Region A, Technical

Site Name - Region A, Price

Site Name - Region A, Financial

Site Name – Region B, Technical

Site Name – Region B, Price

Site Name – Region C, Financial

 

Failure to submit the required information may result in a proposal being deemed non-responsive. Non-responsive proposals will not be considered for evaluation or award.

 

12

 

 

PROVISION 4-3: REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (NOVEMBER 2012) [NOTE: Use Attachment C, Representations and Certifications, for submission]

 

1. Type of Business Organization. The Supplier, by checking the applicable blocks, represents that it:

 

a. Operates as:

 

__ a corporation incorporated under the laws of the state of; or country of if incorporated in a country other than the United States of America.

 

__ an individual;

 

__ a partnership;

 

__ a joint venture;

 

__ a limited liability company;

 

__ a nonprofit organization; or

 

__ an educational institution; and

 

b. Is (check all that apply)

 

__ a small business concern;

 

__ a minority business (indicate minority below):

 

__ Black American

 

__ Hispanic American

 

__ Native American

 

__ Asian American:

 

__ a woman-owned business; or

 

__ none of the above entities.

 

i. A small business concern for the purposes of Postal Service purchasing means a business, including an affiliate, that is independently owned and operated, is not dominant in producing or performing the supplies or services being purchased, and has no more than 500 employees, unless a different size standard has been established by the Small Business Administration (see 13 CFR 121, particularly for different size standards for airline, railroad, and construction companies). For subcontracts of $50,000 or less, a subcontractor having no more than 500 employees qualifies as a small business without regard to other factors.

 

ii. Minority Business. A minority business is a concern that is at least 51 percent owned by, and whose management and daily business operations are controlled by, one or more members of a socially and economically disadvantaged minority group, namely U.S. citizens who are Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, or Asian Americans. (Native Americans are American Indians, Eskimos, Aleuts, and Native Hawaiians. Asian Americans are U.S. citizens whose origins are Japanese, Chinese, Filipino, Vietnamese, Korean, Samoan, Laotian, Kampuchean (Cambodian), Taiwanese, in the U.S. Trust Territories of the Pacific Islands or in the Indian subcontinent.)

 

13

 

 

iii. Woman-owned Business. A woman-owned business is a concern at least 51 percent of which is owned by a woman (or women) who is a U.S. citizen, controls the firm by exercising the power to make policy decisions, and operates the business by being actively involved in day-to-day management.

 

iv. Educational or Other Nonprofit Organization. Any corporation, foundation, trust, or other institution operated for scientific or educational purposes, not organized for profit, no part of the net earnings of which insures to the profits of any private shareholder or individual.

 

c. Is (check all that apply)

 

__ a Postal Service employee or a business organization substantially owned or controlled by such an individual

 

__ a spouse of a Postal Service employee or a business organization substantially owned or controlled by such an individual

 

__ another family member of a Postal Service employee or a business organization substantially owned or controlled by such an individual

 

__ an individual residing in the same household as a Postal Service employee or a business organization substantially owned or controlled by such an individual.

 

(Note: Offers from any of the sources listed in subparagraph A.3, may not be considered for an award pending review and recommendation by the Postal Service Ethics Office.)

 

2. Parent Company and Taxpayer Identification Number

 

a. A parent company is one that owns or controls the basic business polices of a Supplier. To own means to own more than 50 percent of the voting rights in the Supplier. To control means to be able to formulate, determine, or veto basic business policy decisions of the Supplier. A parent company need not own the Supplier to control it; it may exercise control through the use of dominant minority voting rights, proxy voting, contractual arrangements, or otherwise.

 

b. Enter the Supplier’s U.S. Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) in the space provided. The TIN is the Supplier’s Social Security number or other Employee Identification Number (EIN) used on the Supplier’s Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Form 941, or as required by Internal Revenue Service (IRS) regulations. Supplier’s TIN:

 

c. IRS Form W-9, Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification. You must complete a copy of IRS Form W-9 and attach it to this certification.

 

d. Check this block if the Supplier is owned or controlled by a parent company.

 

e. If the block above is checked, provide the following information about the parent company:

 

Parent Company’s Name__________________________________

Parent Company’s Main Office:_____________________________

Address:______________________________________________

No. and Street: __________________________________________

City: _________________ State: _______ ZIP Code:____________

Parent Company’s TIN: ___________________________________

 

14

 

 

f. If the Supplier is a member of an affiliated group that files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis (whether or not the Supplier is owned or controlled by a parent company, as provided above) provide the name and TIN of the common parent of the affiliated group

 

Name of Common Parent: _________________________________

Common Parent’s TIN:____________________________________

 

3. Certificate of Independent Price Determination

 

a. By submitting this proposal, the Supplier certifies, and in the case of a joint proposal each party to it certifies as to its own organization, that in connection with this solicitation:

 

i. The prices proposed have been arrived at independently, without consultation, communication, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to the prices with any other Supplier or with any competitor;

 

ii. Unless otherwise required by law, the prices proposed have not been and will not be knowingly disclosed by the Supplier before award of a contract, directly or indirectly to any other Supplier or to any competitor; and

 

iii. No attempt has been made or will be made by the Supplier to induce any other person or firm to submit or not submit a proposal for the purpose of restricting competition.

 

b. Each person signing this proposal certifies that:

 

i. He or she is the person in the Supplier’s organization responsible for the decision as to the prices being offered herein and that he or she has not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above; or
ii. He or she is not the person in the Supplier’s organization responsible for the decision as to the prices being offered but that he or she has been authorized in writing to act as agent for the persons responsible in certifying that they have not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above, and as their agent does hereby so certify; and he or she has not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above.

 

c. Modification or deletion of any provision in this certificate may result in the disregarding of the proposal as unacceptable. Any modification or deletion should be accompanied by a signed statement explaining the reasons and describing in detail any disclosure or communication.

 

4. Certification of Non segregated Facilities

 

a. By submitting this proposal, the Supplier certifies that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The Supplier agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract.

 

15

 

 

b. As used in this certification, segregated facilities means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms or wash rooms, restaurants or other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms or other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment area, transportation, or housing facilities provided for employees that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise.

 

c. The Supplier further agrees that (unless it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) it will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors before awarding subcontracts exceeding $10,000 that are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause; that it will retain these certifications in its files; and that it will forward the following notice to these proposed subcontractors (except when they have submitted identical certifications for specific time periods):

 

Notice: A certification of non-segregated facilities must be submitted before the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 that is not exempt from the Equal Opportunity clause. The certification may be submitted either for each subcontract or for all subcontracts during a period (quarterly, semiannually, or annually).

 

5. Certification Regarding Debarment, Proposed Debarment, and Other Matters (This certification must be completed with respect to any offer with a value of $100,000 or more.)

 

a. The Supplier certifies, to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it or any of its principals:

 

i. Are ___ are not ___ presently debarred or proposed for debarment, or declared ineligible for the award of contracts by any Federal, state, or local agency;

 

ii. Have ____ have not ___, within the three-year period preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, state, or local) contract or subcontract; violation of Federal or state antitrust statutes relating to the submission of offers; or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, tax evasion, or receiving stolen property;

 

iii. Are ___ are not ___ presently indicted for, or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity with, commission of any of the offenses enumerated in subparagraph (b) above;

 

iv. Have ___ have not ___ within a three-year period preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in conjunction with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, state or local) contract or subcontract; violation of Federal or state antitrust statutes relating to the submission of offers; or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, tax evasion or receiving stolen property; and

 

v. Are ___ are not ___ presently indicted for, or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity with, commission of any of the offenses enumerated in subparagraph (d) above.

 

16

 

 

b. The Supplier has ___ has not ___, within a three-year period preceding this offer, had one or more contracts terminated for default by any Federal, state, or local agency.

 

c. “Principals,” for the purposes of this certification, means officers, directors, owners, partners, and other persons having primary management or supervisory responsibilities within a business entity (e.g., general manager, plant manager, head of a subsidiary, division, or business segment, and similar positions).

 

d. The Supplier must provide immediate written notice to the Contracting Officer if, at any time prior to contract award, the Supplier learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.

 

e. A certification that any of the items in E.1 and E.2 of this provision exists will not necessarily result in withholding of an award under this solicitation. However, the certification will be considered as part of the evaluation of the Supplier’s capability (see the Conduct Supplier Capability Analysis topic of the Evaluate Proposals task of Process Step 2: Evaluate Sources, in the Postal Service’s Supplying Practices). The Supplier’s failure to furnish a certification or provide additional information requested by the Contracting Officer will affect the capability evaluation.

 

f. Nothing contained in the foregoing may be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by E.1 and E.2 of this provision. The knowledge and information of a Supplier is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.

 

g. This certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States and the making of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under section 1001, Title 18, United States Code.

 

h. The certification in E.1 and E.2 of this provision is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making the award. If it is later determined that the Supplier knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Postal Service, the Contracting Officer may terminate the contract resulting from this solicitation for default.

 

PROVISION 9-2: PREAWARD EQUAL OPPORTUNITY COMPLIANCE REVIEW

 

If the contract award will be $10 million or more, the prospective Supplier and its known first-tier subcontractors with subcontract of $10 million or more will be subject to a pre-award compliance review. In order to qualify for award, the prospective Supplier and first-tier subcontractors must be found in compliance pursuant to 41 CFR 60- 1.20.

 

17

 

 

PART 2: DYNAMIC ROUTE OPTIMIZATION CLAUSES

 

CLAUSE B-1 DEFINITIONS (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

As used in this contract, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

a. Contracting Officer. The person executing this contract on behalf of the Postal Service, and any other officer or employee who is a properly designated Contracting Officer; the term includes, except as otherwise provided in the contract, the authorized representative of a Contracting Officer acting within the limits of the authority conferred upon that person.

 

b. Administrative Official. Any Postal Service official designated by the Manager, Distribution Network to supervise and administer a Supplier’s performance of mail transportation and related services. Officials so designated do NOT have the authority to make contract changes.

 

c. Mail. Mailable matter that is accepted for mail processing and delivery by USPS.

 

d. Manifest. The list of service points and times as described in the Postal Service provided schedule, may be extended, curtailed, or otherwise altered in accordance with the terms of this contract.

 

e. Supplier. The person or persons, partnership or corporation that will be providing the service advertised in this solicitation.

 

f. PS Form 5500, Contract Route Irregularity Report. This form is to describe the irregularity in service that will include the Supplier’s reply and the USPS comments, Form 5500 can be used for failure to observe contract schedule; failure to have locks on doors; unsatisfactory vehicle; safety violations; omitted service or other irregularities as deemed appropriate.

 

g. PS Form 5397, Contract Route Extra Trip Authorization. This form is used for authorization of One-Way Trips or Round Trips in excess of miles/hours as identified on the Supplier manifest.

 

CLAUSE B-3: CONTRACT TYPE (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

This contract will be an indefinite quantity, indefinite delivery contract under which the Postal Service will order mileage at a Fixed Rate per Mile, subject to an economic adjustment. Minimum and maximum mileage quantities have been established for each P&DC area. The supplier is guaranteed a minimum of 10% of the lower range total annual miles of the base year, which is the overall contract minimum. After the base year, the minimum mileage guarantee will be applied monthly and based on the minimum miles listed in the Lower Range mileage tier for each month. The monthly minimum guarantees will not apply in the event performance ends as a result of a termination. Suppliers will also be expected to cover a maximum mileage amount equal to the top of the highest mileage range identified for each region for both Non-Peak and Peak schedules. The Supplier has the right to refuse mileage above the maximum monthly mileage identified.

 

18

 

 

CLAUSE B-9: CLAIMS AND DISPUTES (MARCH 2006)

 

a. This contract is subject to the Contract Disputes Act of 1978 (41 U.S.C. 7101-7109) (“the Act” or “CDA”).

 

b. Except as provided in the Act, all disputes arising under or relating to this contract must be resolved under this clause.

 

c. “Claim,” as used in this clause, means a written demand or written assertion by one of the contracting parties seeking, as a matter of right, the payment of money in a sum certain, the adjustment or interpretation of contract terms, or other relief arising under or relating to this contract. However, a written demand or written assertion by the Supplier seeking the payment of money exceeding $100,000 is not a claim under the Act until certified as required by subparagraph d.2 below. A voucher, invoice, or other routine request for payment that is not in dispute when submitted is not a claim under the Act. The submission may be converted to a claim under the Act by complying with the submission and certification requirements of this clause, if it is disputed either as to liability or amount is not acted upon in a reasonable time.

 

d. A claim by the Supplier must be made in writing and submitted to the Contracting Officer for a written decision. A claim by the Postal Service against the Supplier is subject to a written decision by the Contracting Officer. For Supplier claims exceeding $100,000, the Supplier must submit with the claim the following certification: “I certify that the claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data are accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief, that the amount requested accurately reflects the contract adjustment for which the Supplier believes the Postal Service is liable, and that I am duly authorized to certify the claim on behalf of the Supplier”. The certification may be executed by any person duly authorized to bind the Supplier with respect to the claim.

 

e. For Supplier claims of $100,000 or less, the Contracting Officer must, if requested in writing by the Supplier, render a decision within 60 days of the request. For Supplier-certified claims over $100,000, the Contracting Officer must, within 60 days, decide the claim or notify the Supplier of the date by which the decision will be made.

 

f. The Contracting Officer’s decision is final unless the Supplier appeals or files a suit as provided in the Act.

 

g. When a CDA claim is submitted by or against a Supplier, the parties by mutual consent may agree to use an alternative dispute resolution (ADR) process to assist in resolving the claim. A certification as described in d (2) of this clause must be provided for any claim, regardless of dollar amount, before ADR is used.

 

h. The Postal Service will pay interest in the amount found due and unpaid from:

 

(1) The date the Contracting Officer receives the claim (properly certified, if required); or

 

(2) The date payment otherwise would be due, if that date is later, until the date of payment.

 

i. Simple interest on claims will be paid at a rate determined in accordance with the Interest clause.

 

j. The Supplier must proceed diligently with performance of this contract, pending final resolution of any request for relief, claim, appeal, or action arising under the contract, and comply with any decision of the Contracting Officer.

 

19

 

 

CLAUSE B-15: NOTICE OF DELAY (FEBRUARY 2018) (MODIFIED)

 

Immediately upon becoming aware of any difficulties that might delay deliveries under this contract, the Supplier will notify the Administrative Official. The notification must identify the difficulties, the reasons for them, and the estimated period of delay anticipated. Failure to give notice may preclude later consideration of any request for an extension of contract time.

 

CLAUSE B-16: SUSPENSIONS AND DELAYS (MARCH 2006)

 

A. If the performance of all or any part of the work of this contract is suspended, delayed, or interrupted by:

 

(1) An order or act of the Contracting Officer in administering this contract; or

 

(2) By a failure of the Contracting Officer to act within the time specified in this contract - or within a reasonable time if not specified - an adjustment will be made for any increase in the cost of performance of this contract caused by the delay or interruption (including the costs incurred during any suspension or interruption). An adjustment will also be made in the delivery or performance dates and any other contractual term or condition affected by the suspension, delay, or interruption. However, no adjustment may be made under this clause for any delay or interruption to the extent that performance would have been delayed or interrupted by any other cause, including the fault or negligence of the Supplier, or for which an adjustment is provided or excluded under any other term or condition of this contract.

 

B. A claim under this clause will not be allowed:

 

(1) For any costs incurred more than 20 days before the Supplier has notified the Contracting Officer in writing of the act or failure to act involved; and

 

(2) Unless the claim, in an amount stated, is asserted in writing as soon as practicable after the termination of the delay or interruption, but not later than the day of final payment under the contract.

 

CLAUSE B-19: EXCUSABLE DELAYS (MARCH 2006)

 

a. Except with respect to defaults of subcontractors, the Supplier will not be in default by reason of any failure in performing this contract in accordance with its terms (including any failure by the Supplier to make progress in the prosecution of the work that endangers performance) if the failure arises out of causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Supplier. Such causes may include, but are not restricted to, acts of God or of the public enemy, acts of the government in its sovereign capacity or of the Postal Service in its contractual capacity, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and unusually severe weather, but in every case the failure to perform must be beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Supplier.

 

20

 

 

b. If failure to perform is caused by the failure of a subcontractor to perform or make progress and arises out of causes beyond the control of both the Supplier and subcontractor, and without the fault or negligence of either of them, the Supplier will not be deemed to be in default, unless:

 

(1) The supplies or services to be furnished by the subcontractor are obtainable from other sources;

 

(2) The Contracting Officer orders the Supplier in writing to procure the supplies or services from other sources; and

 

(3) The Supplier fails to comply reasonably with the order.

 

c. Upon request of the Supplier, the Contracting Officer shall ascertain the facts and extent of failure, and if the Contracting Officer determines that any failure to perform was occasioned by any of the said causes, the delivery schedule shall be revised accordingly, subject to the rights of the Postal Service under any termination clause included in this contract.

 

d. As used in this clause, the terms “subcontractor” and “subcontractors” mean subcontractor(s) at any tier.

 

CLAUSE B-22: INTEREST (MARCH 2006)

 

The Postal Service will pay interest on late payments and unearned prompt payment discounts in accordance with the Prompt Payment Act, 31 U.S.C. 3901 et seq., as amended by the Prompt Payment Act Amendments of 1988, P. L. 100-496.

 

CLAUSE B-26: PROTECTION OF POSTAL SERVICE BUILDINGS, EQUIPMENT, AND VEGETATION (MARCH 2006)

 

The Supplier must use reasonable care to avoid damaging buildings, equipment, and vegetation (such as trees, shrubs, and grass) on the Postal Service installation. If the Supplier fails to do so and damages any buildings, equipment, or vegetation, the Supplier must replace or repair the damage at no expense to the Postal Service, as directed by the Contracting Officer. If the Supplier fails or refuses to make repair or replacement, the Supplier will be liable for the cost of repair or replacement, which may be deducted from the contract price.

 

CLAUSE B-30: PERMITS AND RESPONSIBILITIES (MARCH 2006)

 

The Supplier is responsible, without additional expense to the Postal Service, for obtaining any necessary licenses and permits, and for complying with any applicable federal, state, and municipal laws, codes, and regulations in connection with the performance of the contract. The Supplier is responsible for all damage to persons or property, including environmental damage, which occurs as a result of its omission(s) or negligence. The Supplier must take proper safety and health precautions to protect the work, the workers, the public, the environment, and the property of others.

 

CLAUSE B-39: INDEMNIFICATION (MARCH 2006)

 

The Supplier must save harmless and indemnify the Postal Service and its officers, agents, representatives, and employees from all claims, losses, damage, actions, causes of action, expenses, and/or liability resulting from, brought for, or on account of any personal injury or property damage received or sustained by any person, persons or property growing out of, occurring, or attributable to any work performed under or related to this contract, resulting in whole or in part from negligent acts or omissions of the Supplier, any subcontractor, or any employee, agent, or representative of the Supplier or any subcontractor.

 

21

 

 

CLAUSE B-64: ACCOUNTABILITY OF THE SUPPLIER (HIGHWAY) (MARCH 2006)

 

a. The Supplier shall supervise its operations and the operations of its subcontractors which provide services under this contract personally or through representatives. The Supplier or its supervising representatives must be easily accessible in the event of emergencies or interruptions in service.

 

b. In all cases, the Supplier shall be strictly liable to the Postal Service for the Postal Service’s actual damages if mail is subject to loss, rifling, damage, wrong delivery, depredation, and other mistreatment while in the custody and control of the Supplier or its subcontractors. The Supplier shall also be accountable and answerable in damages for the faithful performance of all other obligations assumed under this contract, whether or not it has entrusted part or all of its performance to another, except

 

(1) The Supplier is not liable for its failure to perform if the failure arises out of circumstances beyond its control, and without its fault or negligence, and

 

(2) The Supplier is not liable for a failure of its subcontractors to perform if the subcontractor’s failure arises out of circumstances beyond the Supplier or the subcontractor’s control, and without the fault or negligence of either.

 

c. The Supplier shall faithfully account for and deliver to the Postal Service all

 

(1) Mail,

 

(2) Moneys, and

 

(3) Other property of any kind belonging to or entrusted to the care of the Postal Service, that come into its possession during the term of this contract.

 

d. The Supplier shall, promptly upon discovery, refund (i) any overpayment made by the Postal Service for service performed, or (ii) any payment for service not rendered.

 

CLAUSE B-65: ADJUSTMENTS TO COMPENSATION (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

Contract compensation may be adjusted, from time to time, by mutual agreement of the Supplier and the Contracting Officer.

 

a. Any such adjustments shall be made in accordance with the provisions of this clause and any U.S. Postal Service Management Instruction governing adjustments in effect on the date of adjustment.

 

b. In connection with an adjustment, the Contracting Officer may examine such records and books of account maintained by the Supplier as the Contracting Officer may deem necessary.

 

c. Adjustments in compensation pursuant to this clause shall be memorialized by formal amendment to the contract.

 

d. Should the Postal Service introduce procedures which affect the Supplier’s obligations with respect to the costs of taxes, the contract price will be adjusted with respect to those costs, pro rata, without entitlement to other compensation for those adjustments, subject to the resolution of any dispute about the adjustments under the Claims and Disputes clause.

 

22

 

 

CLAUSE B-68: CHANGES IN CORPORATE OWNERSHIP OR OFFICERS (MARCH 2006)

 

a. This clause applies only if the Supplier is a corporation and it holds no other regular highway transportation contracts or the aggregate annual rate dollar value of any regular highway transportation contracts it holds is less than $150,000.

 

b. A principal owner is any individual, partnership, corporation, or other entity which holds 25 percent or more of the Supplier’s stock. Corporate officers are the President, Vice President, and Secretary.

 

c. The Supplier shall furnish the Contracting Officer, in writing, the names of its principal owners and its corporate officers before contract award or novation.

 

d. Except in the case of death or incapacity of one or more of the principal owners or corporate officers, the Supplier must notify the Contracting Officer in writing not less than 30 days prior to any planned change in the principal owners or corporate officers.

 

e. In the event of death or incapacity of one or more of the principal owners or corporate officers, the Supplier must notify the Contracting Officer in writing within 30 days.

 

CLAUSE B-69: EVENTS OF DEFAULT (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

The Supplier’s right to perform this contract is subject to termination under the clause entitled Termination for Default. The following constitute events of default, and this contract may be terminated pursuant to that Clause.

 

a. The Supplier’s failure to perform service according to the terms of the contract;

 

b. If the Supplier has been administratively determined to have violated Postal laws and regulations and other laws related to the performance of the service;

 

c. Failure to follow the instructions of the Contracting Officer;

 

d. If the Supplier transfers or assigns his contract, except as authorized herein, or sublets the whole or a portion of this contract contrary to the applicable provisions of the U.S. Postal Service Supplying Principles and Practices or without any required approval of the Contracting Officer;

 

e. If the Supplier combines to prevent others from proposing for the performance of Postal Service contracts;

 

f. The Supplier’s failure properly to account, deliver and pay over moneys, mail and other property pursuant to this contract;

 

g. If the Supplier or a partner, if the Supplier is a partnership, or a principal owner or corporate officer, if the Supplier is a corporation,

 

(a) has been or is, during the term of the contract, convicted of a crime of moral turpitude affecting his or her reliability or trustworthiness as a mail transportation Supplier, such as any form of theft, fraud, embezzlement or assault, or

 

23

 

 

(b) associates with known criminals, or

 

(c) otherwise is not reliable, trustworthy or of good character.

 

h. Any breach by the Supplier or subcontractor of any warranty contained in PS Form 7465, Transportation Services Subcontract;

 

i. If the Supplier allows any employed individual to operate a vehicle in connection with this contract who has a record indicating that it would be hazardous for that individual to do so;

 

j. If the Supplier’s transportation equipment is insufficient, inadequate, or otherwise inappropriate for the service;

 

k. If the Supplier employs any individual in connection with the contract contrary to the instructions of the Contracting Officer;

 

l. If at any time the Supplier, its principal owners, corporate officers or personnel are disqualified by law or regulation from performing services under this contract, and upon notice thereof, the Supplier fails to remove any such disqualification;

 

m. If the Supplier fails to establish and maintain continuously in effect insurance as required by this contract, or fails to provide proof of insurance prior to commencement of service and thereafter as required by the Contracting Officer;

 

n. If the Supplier fails to provide any notification of a change in principal owners or corporate officers which this contract may require; or

 

o. If the Supplier materially breaches any other requirement or clause of this contract.

 

p. When a Supplier has multiple contracts with the Postal Service, a material breach under one contract may be grounds for termination of the Supplier’s remaining contracts, if the Contracting Officer determines that termination is in the best interests of the Postal Service.

 

CLAUSE B-77: PROTECTION OF THE MAIL (MARCH 2006)

 

The Supplier must protect and safeguard the mail from loss, theft, or damage while it is in the Supplier’s custody or control and prevent unauthorized persons from having access to the mail.

 

CLAUSE B-78 RENEWAL (MARCH 2006)

 

This contract may be renewed by mutual agreement of the parties.

 

24

 

 

CLAUSE B-79: FORFEITURE OF COMPENSATION (MARCH 2006)

 

If the Supplier fails to perform a trip for any reason, the offeror shall not be entitled to any compensation otherwise due for that trip. If the offeror fails to perform a trip, and such failure is due to the fault or negligence of the Supplier or of its subcontractors, the Supplier shall be liable for all damages actually suffered by the Postal Service by reason of such failure.

 

CLAUSE B-80: LAWS AND REGULATIONS APPLICABLE (MARCH 2006)

 

This contract and the services performed under it are subject to all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations. The Supplier shall faithfully discharge all duties and obligations imposed by such laws and regulations, and shall obtain and pay for all permits, licenses, and other authorities required to perform this contract.

 

CLAUSE B-81: INFORMATION OR ACCESS BY THIRD PARTIES (MAY 2006)

 

The Postal Service retains exclusive authority to release any or all information about mail matter in the custody of the Supplier and to permit access to that mail in the custody of the Supplier. All requests by non-postal individuals (including employees of the Supplier) for information about mail matter in the custody of the Supplier or for access to mail in the custody of the Supplier must be referred to the Contracting Officer or his or her designee.

 

CLAUSE B-82: ACCESS BY OFFICIALS (MARCH 2006)

 

The Supplier shall deny access to the cargo compartment of a vehicle containing mail therein to Federal, state or local officials except at a postal facility and in the presence of a postal employee, unless to prevent damage to the vehicle or its contents.

 

CLAUSE 1-1: PRIVACY PROTECTION (OCTOBER 2014)

 

In addition to other provisions of this contract, the Supplier agrees to the following:

 

a. Privacy Act — If the Supplier operates a system of records on behalf of the Postal Service, the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 522a), the Postal Service regulations at 39 CFR Parts 266–267, and Handbook AS-353, Guide to Privacy, the Freedom of Information Act, and Records Management and Appendix, apply to those records. The Supplier is considered to operate a system of records if it maintains records (including collecting, using, revising, deleting, or disseminating records) from which information is retrieved by the name of an individual or by some number, symbol, or other identifier assigned to the individual. The Supplier must comply with the Act and the Postal Service regulations and Handbook AS-353 in designing, developing, managing, and operating the system of records, including ensuring that records are current and accurate for their intended use, and incorporating adequate safeguards to prevent misuse or improper disclosure of personal information. Violations of the Act may subject the violator to criminal penalties.

 

b. Information Pertaining to Individuals (“Personal Information”) — If the Supplier has access to Postal Service information pertaining to individuals (e.g. customer or employee information), including address information, whether collected online or offline by the Postal Service or by a Supplier acting on its behalf, the Supplier must comply with the following:

 

1. General — With regard to the Postal Service customer information to which it has access pursuant to this contract, the Supplier has that access as an agent of the Postal Service and must adhere to its official Privacy Policy at http://usps.com/privacypolicy.

 

25

 

 

2. Use, Ownership, and Nondisclosure — The Supplier may use Postal Service Personal Information solely for the purposes of this contract, and may not collect or use such information for non-Postal Service marketing, promotion, or any other purpose without the prior written approval of the Contracting Officer. The Supplier may not maintain, access, or store (including archival back-ups) any Personal Information data outside the United States. The Supplier must restrict access to such information to those employees who need the information to perform work under this contract, and must ensure that each such employee (including subcontractors’ employees) sign a nondisclosure agreement, in a form suitable to the Contracting Officer, prior to being granted access to the information. The Postal Service retains sole ownership and rights to its Personal Information. Unless the contract states otherwise, upon completion of the contract the Supplier must turn over all Postal Service Personal Information and any copies of the information, in any form the Personal Information or copies may exist, in its possession to the Postal Service. In addition, the Supplier must certify that no Postal Service Personal Information and, if applicable, copies, have been retained unless otherwise authorized in writing by the Contracting Officer. If so required elsewhere in this contract, the information or copies must be destroyed by the Supplier and the Supplier must certify to the Contracting Officer that such destruction has taken place.

 

3. Security Plan — When applicable, and unless waived in writing by the Contracting Officer, the Supplier must work with the Postal Service to develop and implement a security plan that addresses the protection of Personal Information. The plan will be incorporated into the contract and followed by the Supplier, and must, at a minimum, address notification to the Postal Service of any security breach. If the contract does not include a security plan at the time of contract award, it must be added within 60 days after contract award.

 

4. Breach Notification — If there is any actual or suspected breach of any nature in the security of Postal Service data, including Personal Information, the Supplier must notify the Contracting Officer and the Postal Service’s Chief Privacy Officer as soon as practicable but no later than 24 hours following the detection of a suspected or confirmed breach. The Supplier will be required to follow Postal Service policies regarding breach notification to customers and/or employees.

 

5. Legal Demands for Information — If a legal demand is made for Postal Service Personal Information (such as by subpoena), the Supplier must immediately notify the Contracting Officer and follow the applicable requirements in 39 CFR, sections 265.11 and 265.12. After notification, the Postal Service will determine whether and to what extent to comply with the legal demand. Should the Postal Service agree to or unsuccessfully resist a legal demand, the Supplier may, with the written permission of the Contracting Officer, release the information specifically demanded.

 

c. Online Assistance — If the Supplier assists in the design, development, or operation of a Postal Service customer Web site, or if it designs or places an ad banner, button, or link on a Postal Service Web site or any Web site on the Postal Service’s behalf, the Supplier must comply with the limitations set forth in the Official Postal Service Privacy Policy (see b.1, above). Exceptions to these limitations require the prior written approval of the Contracting Officer and the Postal Service’s Chief Privacy Officer.

 

26

 

 

d. Marketing E-Mail — If the Supplier assists the Postal Service in conducting a marketing e-mail campaign, the Supplier does so as an agent of the Postal Service and must adhere to the Postal Service policies set out in Postal Service Management Instruction AS-350-2004-4, Marketing E-mail. Suppliers wishing to conduct marketing email campaigns to postal employees must first obtain the prior written approval of the Contracting Officer.

 

e. Audits — The Postal Service may audit the Supplier’s compliance with the requirements of this clause, including through the use of online compliance software.

 

f. Indemnification — The Supplier will indemnify the Postal Service against all liability (including costs and fees) for damages arising out of violations of this clause.

 

g. Flow-down — The Supplier will flow this clause down to any and all subcontractors.

 

CLAUSE 1-7: ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST (MARCH 2006)

 

a. Warranty Against Existing Conflicts of Interest. The Supplier warrants and represents that, to the best of its knowledge and belief, it does not presently have organizational conflicts of interest that would diminish its capacity to provide impartial, technically sound, objective research assistance or advice, or would result in a biased work product, or might result in an unfair competitive advantage, except for advantages flowing from the normal benefits of performing this agreement.

 

b. Restrictions on Contracting. The Supplier agrees that during the term of this agreement, any extensions thereto, and for a period of 2 years thereafter, neither the Supplier nor its affiliates will perform any of the following:

 

(1) Compete for any Postal Service contract for production of any product for which the Supplier prepared any work statement or specifications or conducted any studies or performed any task under this agreement.

 

(2) Contract (as the provider of a component or the provider of research or consulting services) with any Supplier competing for any Postal Service contract for production of any product for which the Supplier prepared any work statements or specifications or conducted any studies or performed any task under this agreement.

 

(3) Contract (as the provider of a component or the provider of research or consulting services) with the Supplier which wins award of a Postal Service contract for production of any product for which the Supplier prepared any work statement or specifications or conducted any studies or performed any task under this agreement.

 

c. Possible Future Conflicts of Interest. The Supplier agrees that, if after award of this agreement, it discovers any organizational conflict of interest that would diminish its capacity to provide impartial, technically sound, objective research assistance or advice, or would result in a biased work product, or might result in an unfair competitive advantage, except advantages flowing from the normal benefits of performing this agreement, the Supplier will make an immediate and full disclosure in writing to the Contracting Officer, including a description of the action the Supplier has taken or proposes to take to avoid, eliminate, or neutralize this conflict of interest.

 

27

 

 

d. Nondisclosure of Confidential Material

 

(1) The Supplier recognizes that, in performing this agreement, it may receive confidential information.

 

To the extent that and for as long as the information is confidential, the Supplier agrees to take the steps necessary to prevent its disclosure to any third party without the prior written consent of the Contracting Officer.

 

(2) The Supplier agrees to indoctrinate its personnel who will have access to confidential information as to the confidential nature of the information, and the relationship under which the Supplier has possession of this information.

 

(3) The Supplier agrees to limit access to the confidential information obtained, generated, or derived, and to limit participation in the performance of orders under this agreement to those employees whose services are necessary for performing them.

 

e. Postal Service Remedy. If the Supplier breaches or violates any of the warranties, covenants, restrictions, disclosures or nondisclosures set forth under this clause, the Postal Service may terminate this agreement, in addition to any other remedy it may have for damages or injunctive relief.

 

CLAUSE 1-11: PROHIBITION AGAINST CONTRACTING WITH FORMER OFFICERS OR PCES EXECUTIVES (MARCH 2006)

 

During the performance of this contract, former Postal officers or Postal Career Executive Service (PCES) executives are prohibited from employment by the contractor as key personnel, experts or consultants, if such individuals, within 1 year after their retirement from the Postal Service, would be performing substantially the same duties as they performed during their career with the Postal Service.

 

CLAUSE 1-12: USE OF FORMER POSTAL SERVICE EMPLOYEES (MARCH 2006)

 

During the term of this contract, the Supplier must identify any former Postal Service employees it proposes to be engaged, directly or indirectly, in contract performance. Such individuals may not commence performance without the Contracting Officer’s prior approval. If the Contracting Officer does not provide such approval, the Supplier must replace the proposed individual former employee with another individual equally qualified to provide the services called for in the contract.

 

CLAUSE 2-19: OPTION TO EXTEND (SERVICES CONTRACT) (MARCH 2006)

 

The Postal Service may require the Supplier to continue to perform any or all items of services under this contract up to one hundred twenty (120) days after contract end date. The Contracting Officer may exercise this option, at any time within the one hundred twenty (120) days prior to contract end date, by giving written notice to the Supplier. The rates set forth in the Schedule will apply to any extension made under this option clause.

 

For purposes of continuity of service, the Contracting Officer may unilaterally extend the contract up to a period of one hundred twenty (120) days at any time prior to the end of the contract’s current period of performance in order to allow for the support of any wave-in/wave-out transition activities.

 

28

 

 

CLAUSE 2-22: VALUE ENGINEERING INCENTIVE (MARCH 2006)

 

a. General. The Supplier is encouraged to develop and submit Value Engineering Change Proposals (VECPs) voluntarily. The Supplier will share in savings realized from an accepted VECP as provided in paragraph (h) below.

 

b. Definitions

 

1. Value Engineering Change Proposal (VECP). A proposal that:

 

a. Requires a change to the instant contract;

 

b. Results in savings to the instant contract; and

 

c. Does not involve a change in:

 

i. Deliverable end items only;

 

ii. Test quantities due solely to results of previous testing under the instant contract; or

 

iii. Contract type only.

 

2. Instant Contract. The contract under which a VECP is submitted. It does not include additional contract quantities.

 

3. Additional Contract Quantity. An increase in quantity after acceptance of a VECP due to contract modification, exercise of an option, or additional orders (except orders under indefinite-delivery contracts within the original maximum quantity limitations).

 

4. Postal Service Costs. Costs to the Postal Service resulting from developing and implementing a VECP, such as net increases in the cost of testing, operations, maintenance, logistics support, or property furnished. Normal administrative costs of processing the VECP are excluded.

 

5. Instant Contract Savings. The estimated cost of performing the instant contract without implementing a VECP minus the sum of (a) the estimated cost of performance after implementing the VECP and (b) Postal Service costs.

 

6. Additional Contract Savings. The estimated cost of performance or delivering additional quantities without the implementation of a VECP minus the sum of (a) the estimated cost of performance after the VECP is implemented and (b) Postal Service cost.

 

7. Supplier’s Development and Implementation Costs. Supplier’s cost in developing, testing, preparing, and submitting a VECP. Also included are the Supplier’s cost to make the contractual changes resulting from the Postal Service acceptance of the VECP.

 

c. Content. A VECP must include the following:

 

1. A description of the difference between the existing contract requirement and that proposed, the comparative advantages and disadvantages of each, a justification when an item’s function or characteristics are being altered, the effect of the change on the end item’s performance, and any pertinent objective test data.

 

2. A list and analysis of the contract requirements that must be changed if the VECP is accepted, including any suggested specification revisions.

 

29

 

 

3. A separate, detailed cost estimate for (a) the affected portions of the existing contract requirement and (b) the VECP. The cost reduction associated with the VECP must take into account the Supplier’s allowable development and implementation costs.

 

4. A description and estimate of costs the Postal Service may incur in implementing the VECP, such as test and evaluation and operating and support costs.

 

5. A prediction of any effects the proposed change would have on Postal Service costs.

 

6. A statement of the time by which a contract modification accepting the VECP must be issued in order to achieve the maximum cost reduction, noting any effect on the contract completion time or delivery schedule.

 

7. Identification of any previous submissions of the VECP to the Postal Service, including the dates submitted, purchasing offices, contract numbers, and actions taken.

 

d. Submission. The Supplier must submit VECPs to the Contracting Officer.

 

e. Postal Service Action

 

1. The Contracting Officer will give the Supplier written notification of action taken on a VECP within 60 days after receipt. If additional time is needed, the Contracting Officer will notify the Supplier, within the 60-day period, of the expected date of a decision. The Postal Service will process VECPs expeditiously but will not be liable for any delay in acting upon a VECP.

 

2. If a VECP is not accepted, the Contracting Officer will so notify the Supplier, explaining the reasons for rejection.

 

f. Withdrawal. The Supplier may withdraw a VECP, in whole or in part, at any time before its acceptance.

 

g. Acceptance

 

1. Acceptance of a VECP, in whole or in part, will be by execution of a supplemental agreement modifying this contract and citing this clause. If agreement on price (see paragraph h below) is reserved for a later supplemental agreement, and if such agreement cannot be reached, the disagreement is subject to the Claims and Disputes clause of this contract.

 

2. Until a VECP is accepted by contract modification, the Supplier must perform in accordance with the existing contract.

 

3. The Contracting Officer’s decision to accept or reject all or any part of a VECP is final and not subject to the Claims and Disputes clause or otherwise subject to litigation under the Contract Disputes Act of 1978 (41 U.S.C. 601-613).

 

h. Sharing. If a VECP is accepted, the Supplier’s share is ___ percent of the contract savings. If options are included in the contract, the Supplier’s share for the additional quantity is ___ percent of the contract savings. The contract savings are calculated by subtracting the estimated cost of the performing the contract with the VECP, Postal Service costs, and the allowable development and implementation costs from the estimated cost of performing the contract without the VECP. Profit is excluded when calculating contract savings. (Contracting Officer inserts the negotiated percentage of shared savings. See the Shared Lessons Learned topic of the Manage Delivery and Contract Performance task of Process Step 5: Measure and Manage Supply, from the Postal Service Supplying Practices.)

 

30

 

 

i. Data

 

1. The Supplier may restrict the Postal Service’s right to use any part of a VECP or the supporting data by marking the following legend on the affected parts:

 

“These data, furnished under the Value Engineering Incentive clause of contract, may not be disclosed outside the Postal Service or duplicated, used, or disclosed, in whole or in part, for any purpose other than to evaluate a value engineering change proposal submitted under the clause. This restriction does not limit the Postal Service’s right to use information contained in these data if it has been obtained or is otherwise available from the Supplier or from another source without limitation.”

 

2. If a VECP is accepted, the Supplier hereby grants the Postal Service unlimited rights in the VECP and supporting data, except that, with respect to data qualifying and submitted as limited rights technical data, the Postal Service will have the rights specified in the contract modification implementing the VECP and will appropriately mark the data. (The terms “unlimited rights” and “limited rights” are defined in the Clarify Data Rights and Intellectual Property Issues topic of the Develop Sourcing Strategy task of Process Step 2: Evaluate Sources of the Supplying Practices.)

 

Additional Paragraph j (see the Clarify Data Rights and Intellectual Property Issues topic of the Develop Sourcing Strategy task of Process Step 2:

 

j. Subcontracts. The Supplier must include an appropriate value engineering incentive clause in any firm-fixed-price subcontract of $100,000 or more. In calculating any price adjustment for savings under this contract, the Supplier’s allowable VECP development and implementation costs include any subcontractor’s allowable development and implementation costs. Subcontract savings are subject to the sharing arrangements in paragraph h of this clause, and will be taken into account in determining the savings under this contract.

 

CLAUSE 2-39: ORDERING (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

Services to be furnished under this contract will be ordered by the issuance of weekly manifests, during the period and by the activities specified in the schedule.

All orders are subject to the terms and conditions of this contract. If there is any conflict between an order and this contract, the contract is controlling.

 

CLAUSE 2-42: INDEFINITE QUANTITY (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

a. This is an indefinite-quantity contract; the quantities of supplies or services specified in the Schedule are not purchased until ordered through issuance of the manifest.

 

b. Orders will be defined by the weekly Manifest schedule changes that suppliers receive. The weekly Manifest will be generated by the Transportation Management System (TMS) and issued by Surface Transportation Operations. The frequency of these changes may be every week. As the mileage and routes are optimized, supplier’s schedules will be updated to reflect this change.

 

c. Performance must be as directed in the Manifest in accordance with the contract Schedule. The Supplier must furnish to the Postal Service, when provided the Manifest, the services specified in the Manifest up to the quantity designated in the Attachment A: Service Point Details and Specifications as the maximum. The Postal Service will also detail the least quantity of services designated in the Attachment A: Service Point Details and Specifications, as the monthly minimum.

 

31

 

 

d. Any order issued during the effective period of this contract and not completed within that period must be completed by the Supplier within the time specified in the Manifest, and the rights and obligations of the Supplier and the Postal Service with respect to the order will be the same as if the order were completed during the effective period of the contract.

 

CLAUSE 3-1: SMALL-, MINORITY-, AND WOMAN-OWNED BUSINESS SUBCONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS (FEBRUARY 2018)

 

a. All suppliers, except small businesses, must have an approved subcontracting plan for contracts estimated or valued at $1 million or more at time of award. A subcontracting plan is also required when contracts awarded at less than $1 million reach or exceed the $1 million threshold during contract performance. The plan must be specific to this contract, and separately address subcontracting with small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses. A plan approved by the Postal Service must be included in and made a part of the contract. A subcontract is defined as any agreement (other than one involving an employer-employee relationship) entered into by a Postal Service supplier or subcontractor calling for goods or services required for performance of the contract or subcontract.

 

b. The supplier’s subcontracting plan must include the following:

 

(1) Goals, in terms of percentages of the total amount of this contract that the supplier will endeavor to subcontract to small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses. The supplier must include all subcontracts that contribute to contract performance, and may include a proportionate share of goods and services that are normally allocated as indirect costs.

 

(2) A statement of the:

 

(a) Total dollars planned to be subcontracted under this contract. For indefinite-delivery contracts, this amount would be based upon the minimum and maximum and stated as a total dollar range; and

 

(b) Total of that amount planned to be subcontracted to small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses. For indefinite-delivery contracts, this amount would be based upon the minimum and maximum and stated as a total dollar range.

 

(3) A description of the principal types of goods and services to be subcontracted under this contract, identifying the types planned for subcontracting to small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses.

 

(4) A description of the method used to develop the subcontracting goals for this contract.

 

32

 

 

(5) A description of the method used to identify potential sources for solicitation purposes and a description of efforts the supplier will make to ensure that small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses have an equitable opportunity to compete for subcontracts.

 

(6) A statement as to whether the offer included indirect costs in establishing subcontracting goals for this contract and a description of the method used to determine the proportionate share of indirect costs to be incurred with small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses.

 

(7) The name of the individual employed by the supplier who will administer the subcontracting program and a description of the individual’s duties.

 

(8) Assurances that the supplier will require all subcontractors receiving subcontracts in excess of $1 million to adopt a plan similar to the plan agreed to by the supplier.

 

(9) A description of the types of records the supplier will maintain to demonstrate compliance with the requirements and goals in the plan for this contract. The records must include at least the following:

 

(a) Source lists, guides, and other data identifying small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses;

 

(b) Organizations contacted in an attempt to locate sources that are small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses;

 

(c) Records on each subcontract solicitation resulting in an award of more than $100,000, indicating whether small-, minority-, or woman-owned businesses were solicited and if not, why not; and

 

(d) Records to support subcontract award data, including the name, address, and business size of each subcontractor.

 

c. Reports. The supplier must provide reports on subcontracting activity under this contract on a semi-annual basis. Should a contract be awarded and completed within the semi-annual reporting period, a report of subcontracting activity is still required. The report must be one of the types described in Clause 3-2: Participation of Small-, Minority-, and Woman-Owned Businesses.

 

CLAUSE 3-2: PARTICIPATION OF SMALL-, MINORITY-, AND WOMAN-OWNED BUSINESSES (FEBRUARY 2018)

 

a. The policy of the Postal Service is to encourage the participation of small-, minority-, and woman-owned business in its purchases of goods and services to the maximum extent practicable consistent with efficient contract performance. The supplier agrees to follow the same policy in performing this contract, and also agrees that any awarded subcontract will follow the same policy by including this clause within contracts with subcontractors.

 

33

 

 

b. When a contract is estimated or valued at $500,000 or more, or when a contract reaches or exceeds the $500,000 threshold during contract performance, the supplier must submit semiannual reports on its subcontracting activity under this contract via a reporting method as specified by the Postal Service. Subject to the agreement of the supplier and the Postal Service, the supplier will report subcontracting activity on one of the following bases:

 

(1) Showing the amount of payments made to subcontractors during the reporting period;

 

(2) Showing subcontracting activity that is allocable to this contract using generally accepted accounting principles; or

 

(3) A combination of the methods listed above.

 

c. The supplier will submit a report in accordance with the Postal Service’s reporting method to the contracting officer within 15 calendar days after the end of each semi-annual period, describing all subcontract awards to small-, minority-, or woman-owned businesses. The report will include, but is not limited to, Postal Service contract number, subcontractor information (supplier name, address, contact name, contact email address), business classification, North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code, and contract specific payments (direct, allocated, and total direct and allocated dollars). The contracting officer may require more frequent reports.

 

CLAUSE 4-1: GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS (JULY 2007) (MODIFIED)

 

a. Inspection and Acceptance. The Supplier will only tender for acceptance those items that conform to the requirements of this contract. The Postal Service reserves the right to inspect or test supplies or services that have been tendered for acceptance. The Postal Service may require repair or replacement of nonconforming supplies or re-performance of nonconforming services at no increase in contract price. The Postal Service must exercise its post acceptance rights (1) within a reasonable period of time after the defect was discovered or should have been discovered and (2) before any substantial change occurs in the condition of the items, unless the change is due to the defect in the item.

 

b. Assignment. If this contract provides for payments aggregating $10,000 or more, claims for monies due or to become due from the Postal Service under it may be assigned to a bank, trust company, or other financing institution, including any federal lending agency, and may thereafter be further assigned and reassigned to any such institution. Any assignment or reassignment must cover all amounts payable and must not be made to more than one party, except that assignment or reassignment may be made to one party as agent or trustee for two or more parties participating in financing this contract. No assignment or reassignment will be recognized as valid and binding upon the Postal Service unless a written notice of the assignment or reassignment, together with a true copy of the instrument of assignment, is filed with:

 

(1) The Contracting Officer;

 

(2) The surety or sureties upon any bond; and

 

(3) The office, if any, designated to make payment, and the Contracting Officer has acknowledged the assignment in writing.

 

34

 

 

(4) Assignment of this contract or any interest in this contract other than in accordance with the provisions of this clause will be grounds for termination of the contract for default at the option of the Postal Service.

 

c. Changes.

 

1. The Contracting Officer may, in writing, without notice to any sureties, order changes within the general scope of this contract in the following:

 

a. Drawings, designs, or specifications when supplies to be furnished are to be specially manufactured for the Postal Service in accordance with them;

 

b. Statement of work or description of services;

 

c. Method of shipment or packing;

 

d. Places of delivery of supplies or performance of services;

 

e. Delivery or performance schedule;

 

f. Postal Service furnished property or facilities.

 

2. Any other written or oral order (including direction, instruction, interpretation, or determination) from the Contracting Officer that causes a change will be treated as a change order under this paragraph, provided that the Supplier gives the Contracting Officer written notice stating (a) the date, circumstances, and source of the order and (b) that the Supplier regards the order as a change order.

 

3. If any such change affects the cost of performance or the delivery schedule, the contract will be modified to effect an equitable adjustment.

 

4. The Supplier’s claim for equitable adjustment must be asserted within 30 days of receiving a written change order. A later claim may be acted upon — but not after final payment under this contract — if the Contracting Officer decides that the facts justify such action.

 

5. Failure to agree to any adjustment is a dispute under Clause B-9, Claims and Disputes, which is incorporated into this contract by reference (see paragraph s). Nothing in that clause excuses the Supplier from proceeding with the contract as changed.

 

d. Reserved

 

e. Reserved

 

f. Reserved

 

g. Invoices: See section L. Payment and Schedule Changes of the SOW

 

i. Payment: See Part 1: Section L, Payment and Schedule Changes in SOW

 

j. Risk of Loss. Unless the contract specifically provides otherwise, risk of loss or damage to the supplies provided under this contract will remain with the Supplier until, and will pass to the Postal Service upon:

 

(1) Delivery of the supplies to a carrier, if transportation is f.o.b. origin, or;

 

(2) Delivery of the supplies to the Postal Service at the destination specified in the contract, if transportation is f.o.b. destination.

 

35

 

 

k. Taxes. The contract price includes all applicable federal, state, and local taxes and duties.

 

l. Termination with Notice. The Contracting Officer or the Supplier, on 180 days written notice, may terminate this contract or the right to perform under it, in whole or in part, without cost to either party.

 

m. Termination for Default. The Postal Service may terminate this contract, or any part hereof, for default by the Supplier, or if the Supplier fails to provide the Postal Service, upon request, with adequate assurances of future performance. In the event of termination for default, the Postal Service will not be liable to the Supplier for any amount for supplies or services not accepted, and the Supplier will be liable to the Postal Service for any and all rights and remedies provided by law. The debarment, suspension, or ineligibility of the Supplier, its partners, officers, or principal owners under the Postal Service’s procedures may constitute an act of default under this contract, and such act will not be subject to notice and cure pursuant to any termination of default provision of this contract. If it is determined that the Postal Service improperly terminated this contract for default, such termination will be deemed a Termination with Notice; the calculation of damages will be based on the contract’s applicable monthly minimums.

 

n. Title. Unless specified elsewhere in this contract, title to items furnished under this contract will pass to the Postal Service upon acceptance, regardless of when or where the Postal Service takes physical possession.

 

p. Limitation of Liability. Except as otherwise provided by an express or implied warranty, the Supplier will not be liable to the Postal Service for consequential damages resulting from any defect or deficiencies in accepted items.

 

q. Other Compliance Requirements. The Supplier will comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws, executive orders, rules and regulations applicable to its performance under this contract. If there are any changes to a federal, state or local law, statute or regulation, executive order or other rule applicable to contract performance during the term of this contract that result in additional contract costs, these costs will be borne by the Supplier.

 

r. Order of Precedence. Any inconsistencies in the provisions of a solicitation, a contract awarded under a solicitation, or a contract awarded without the issuance of a written solicitation will be resolved by giving precedence in the following order:

 

(1) The Statement of Work

 

(2) The Provisions

 

(3) The Clauses

 

(4) Attachments to this document

 

(5) Documents incorporated by reference.

 

36

 

 

CLAUSE 4-2: CONTRACT TERMS AND CONDITIONS REQUIRED TO IMPLEMENT POLICIES, STATUTES, OR EXECUTIVE ORDERS (JULY 2014) (MODIFIED)

 

a. Incorporation by Reference:

 

1. Wherever in this solicitation or contract a standard provision or clause is incorporated by reference, the incorporated term is identified by its title, the provision or clause number assigned to it, in the Postal Service Supplying Practices, and its date. The text of incorporated terms may be found at http://about.usps.com/manuals/spp/spp.pdf. The following clauses are incorporated in this contract by reference:

 

(2) Clause B-25, Advertising of Contract Awards

 

(3) Clause 1-5, Gratuities or Gifts

 

(4) Clause 7-10, Sustainability

 

(5) Clause 9-1, Convict Labor

 

(6) Clause 9-5, Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act - Safety Standards

 

2. If checked, the following additional clauses are also incorporated in this contract by reference: (Contracting Officer will check as appropriate.)

 

(1) Clause 1-1, Privacy Protection

 

(2) Clause 1-6, Contingent Fees

 

(3) Clause 1-9, Preference for Domestic Supplies

 

(4) Clause 1-10, Preference for Domestic Construction Materials

 

(5) Clause 3-1, Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Business Subcontracting Requirements

 

(6) Clause 3-2, Participation of Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Businesses

 

(7) Clause 9-2, Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act - Overtime Compensation

 

(8) Clause 9-3, Davis-Bacon Act

 

(9) Clause 9-6, Walsh-Healey Public Contracts Act

 

(10) Clause 9-7, Equal Opportunity

 

(11) Clause 9-10, Service Contract Act

 

(12) Clause 9-11, Service Contract Act - Short Form

 

(13) Clause 9-12, Fair Labor Standards Acts and Services Contract Act - Price Adjustments

 

(14) Clause 9-13, Affirmative Action for Handicapped Workers

 

(15) Clause 9-14, Affirmative Action for Disabled Veterans and Veterans of the Vietnam Era

 

b. Examination of Records:

 

1. Records - “Records” includes books, documents, accounting procedures and practices, and other data, regardless of type and regardless of whether such items are in written form, in the form of computer data, or in any other form.

 

2. Examination of Costs - If this is a cost-type contract, the Supplier must maintain, and the Postal Service will have the right to examine and audit all records and other evidence sufficient to reflect properly all costs claimed to have been incurred or anticipated to be incurred directly or indirectly in performance of this contract. This right of examination includes inspection at all reasonable times of the Supplier’s plants, or parts of them, engaged in the performance of this contract.

 

37

 

 

3. Cost or Pricing Data - If the Supplier is required to submit cost or pricing data in connection with any pricing action relating to this contract, the Postal Service, in order to evaluate the accuracy, completeness, and currency of the cost or pricing data, will have the right to examine and audit all of the Supplier’s records, including computations and projections, related to:

 

a. The proposal for the contract, subcontract, or modification;

 

b. The discussions conducted on the proposal(s), including those related to negotiating;

 

c. Pricing of the contract, subcontract, or modification; or

 

d. Performance of the contract, subcontract or modification.

 

4. Reports - If the Supplier is required to furnish cost, funding or performance reports, the Contracting Officer or any authorized representative of the Postal Service will have the right to examine and audit the supporting records and materials, for the purposes of evaluating:

 

a. The effectiveness of the Supplier’s policies and procedures to produce data compatible with the objectives of these reports; and

 

b. The data reported.

 

5. Availability - The Supplier must maintain and make available at its office at all reasonable times the records, materials, and other evidence described in (b)(1)-(4) of this clause, for examination, audit, or reproduction, until three years after final payment under this contract or any longer period required by statute or other clauses in this contract. In addition:

 

a. If this contract is completely or partially terminated, the Supplier must make available the records related to the work terminated until three years after any resulting final termination settlement; and

 

b. The Supplier must make available records relating to appeals under the claims and disputes clause or to litigation or the settlement of claims arising under or related to this contract. Such records must be made available until such appeals, litigation or claims are finally resolved.

 

c. Payment Offsets:

 

As required by 31 U.S.C. 3716, the Postal Service participates in the Treasury Offset Program of the Department of Treasury’s Financial Management Service. Payments under this contract are subject to offset in whole or in part to for the Supplier’s delinquent tax and non-tax debts owed to the United States and the states and for delinquent child support payments. Suppliers with questions concerning a payment offset should contact the Treasury Offset Program call center at: 1(800) 304-3107.

 

38

 

 

CLAUSE 7-4: INSURANCE (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

a. During the term of this contract and any extension, the Supplier must maintain at its own expense the insurance required by this clause. Insurance companies must be acceptable to the Postal Service. Policies must include all terms and provisions required by the Postal Service.

 

b. The Supplier must maintain and furnish evidence of workers’ compensation, employers’ liability insurance, and the following general public liability and automobile liability insurance per the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Association (FMSCA), 49CFR 387.9, Financial Responsibility Minimum Levels:

 

General Freight Carrier Trucks over 10,000 pounds are required to have $750,000 insurance.

 

Carrier trucks under 10,001 pounds are required to have $300,000 liability insurance.

 

c. Each policy must include substantially the following provision: “It is a condition of this policy that the company furnish written notice to the U.S. Postal Service 30 days in advance of the effective date of any reduction in or cancellation of this policy.”

 

d. The Supplier must furnish a certificate of insurance or, if required by the Contracting Officer, true copies of liability policies and manually countersigned endorsements of any changes. Insurance must be effective, and evidence of acceptable insurance furnished, before beginning performance under this contract. Evidence of renewal must be furnished not later than 5 days before a policy expires.

 

e. The maintenance of insurance coverage as required by this clause is a continuing obligation, and the lapse or termination of insurance coverage without replacement coverage being obtained will be ground for termination for default.

 

CLAUSE 7-5: ERRORS AND OMISSIONS (MARCH 2006)

 

i. The Supplier warrants that it is insured for $200,000 (unless a greater amount is set forth in the Schedule) for errors and omissions per claim in the performance of this contract.

 

ii. Unless the Supplier’s policy is prepaid, non-cancelable, and issued for a period at least equal to the term of this contract on an occurrence basis, the Supplier must have the policy amended to include substantially the following provision:

“It is a condition of this policy that the company furnish written notice to the U.S. Postal Service 30 days in advance of the effective date of any reduction in or cancellation of this policy.”

 

iii. The Supplier must furnish a certificate of insurance or, if required by the Contracting Officer, true copies of liability policies and manually countersigned endorsements of any changes. Insurance must be effective, and evidence of acceptable insurance furnished, before beginning performance under this contract. Evidence of renewal must be furnished not later than 5 days

 

39

 

 

CLAUSE 7-10: SUSTAINABILITY (JULY 2014) (MODIFIED)

 

The Postal Service embraces sustainable practices and environmental responsibility, and encourages Suppliers to improve their environmental sustainability practices in the performance of this contract. As appropriate, the Postal Service will collaborate with the Supplier to identify opportunities that may improve the environmental and sustainability performance of the goods and services being provided by the Supplier. Some of these environmental sustainable practices may include alternative fuel sources such as electricity, methanol, natural gas and propane. The Postal Services encourages the Supplier to develop and propose innovative sustainability business practices and offer goods and services that assist the Postal Service to operate in a more environmentally sustainable manner. Innovative sustainability business practices can take the form of improved and more sustainable business processes, replacement of materials used in performance with more sustainable materials, combination of sustainable materials with other materials that lead to reductions in the total cost of ownership, or by some other means. If the proposed innovation results in enhanced sustainability or otherwise furthers the Postal Service’s goals, then the Postal Service may share any savings resulting from the innovation with the Supplier.

 

CLAUSE 8-8: ADDITIONAL DATA REQUIREMENTS (MARCH 2006)

 

a. In addition to the data specified elsewhere in this contract to be delivered, the Contracting Officer may, at any time during contract performance or within a period of 3 years after acceptance of all items to be delivered under this contract, order any first generated or produced in the performance of this contract.

 

b. The Rights in Technical Data and the Rights in Computer Software clauses, or other equivalent data clauses if included in this contact, apply to all data ordered under this Additional Data Requirements clause. Nothing in this clause requires the supplier to deliver any data specifically identified in this contract as not subject to this clause.

 

c. When data are to be delivered under this clause, the supplier will be compensated for converting the data into the prescribed form for reproduction and delivery. The Contracting Officer may release the supplier from the requirements of this clause for specifically identified data items at any time during the three-year period set forth in paragraph a above.

 

CLAUSE 8-10: RIGHTS IN DATA — SPECIAL WORKS (MARCH 2006)

 

a. Definition — Works means literary works, including technical reports, studies, and similar documents; musical and dramatic works; and recorded information, regardless of the form or the medium on which it may be recorded. It does not include information incidental to contract administration, such as financial, administrative, cost or pricing, or management information.

 

b. Rights:

 

(1) All works first produced in the performance of this contract are the sole property of the Postal Service. The supplier agrees not to assert or authorize others to assert any rights or establish any claim of copyright in these works.

 

(2) The supplier assigns all right, title, and interest to the Postal Service in all works first produced in performance of this contract that are not otherwise “works for hire” for the Postal Service under Section 201(b) of Title 17, U.S.C. The supplier, unless directed otherwise by the Contracting Officer, must place on all such works delivered under this contract the following notice:

 

“Copyright (year of delivery) United States Postal Service”

 

40

 

 

(3) The supplier grants to the Postal Service a royalty-free, nonexclusive, irrevocable license throughout the world to publish, translate, deliver, perform, use, and dispose of in any manner any portion of a work that is not first produced in the performance of this contract but in which copyright is owned by the supplier and that is incorporated in the work finished under this contract, and to authorize others to do so for Postal Service purposes.

 

(4) Unless the Contracting Officer’s written approval is obtained, the supplier may not include in any works prepared for or delivered to the Postal Service under this contract any works of authorship in which copyright is not owned by the supplier or the Postal Service without acquiring for the Postal Service any right necessary to perfect a license of the scope set forth in subparagraph b(3) above.

 

(5) Except as otherwise specifically provided for in this contract, the supplier may not use for purposes other than the performance of this contact, or release, reproduce, distribute, or publish, any work first produced in the performance of this contract, or authorize others to do so.

 

c. Indemnity — The supplier indemnifies the Postal Service (and its officers, agents, and employees acting for the Postal Service) against any liability, including costs and expenses:

 

(1) For violation of proprietary rights, copyrights, or rights of privacy or publicity, arising out of the creation, delivery, or use of any works furnished under this contract, or

 

(2) Based upon any libelous or other unlawful matter contained in these works. These provision do not apply to material furnished by the Postal Service and incorporated in the works to which this clause applies.

 

CLAUSE 8-13: INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (MARCH 2006)

 

All intellectual property rights evolving from studies, reports, or other data delivered under this contract are the sole property of the Postal Service. The supplier agrees to make, execute, and deliver to the Postal Service any papers or other instruments in such terms and contents as may be required for the filing of any required instrument necessary for preserving an intellectual property right and does hereby assign and transfer to the Postal Service the entire right, title, and interest in and to the intellectual property rights. Before final settlement of this contract, a final report must be submitted on Form 7398, Report of Inventions and Subcontracts, or other format acceptable to the Contracting Officer.

 

Clause 8-16: Postal Service Title in Technical Data and Computer Software (March 2006)

 

a. Definitions:

 

(1) Data — Data means technical data including drawings, technical reports, studies, and similar documents; computer software and computer software documentation, including but not limited to source code, object code, algorithms, formulas, and, other data that describe design, function, operation, or capabilities, and other recorded information, regardless of the form or the medium on which it may be recorded. It does not include information incidental to contract administration, such as financial, administrative, cost or pricing, or management information.

 

41

 

 

(2) Form, Fit, and Function Data — Data relating to an item or process that are sufficient to enable physical and functional interchangeability, as well as data identifying source, size, configuration, mating and attachment characteristics, functional characteristics, and performance requirements; except that for computer software, it means data identifying origin, functional characteristics, and performance requirements but specifically excludes the source code, algorithm, process, formulas, and machine-level flowcharts of the computer software.

 

(3) Limited Rights Data — Data other than computer software developed at private expense, including minor modifications of these data.

 

(4) Technical Data — Data other than computer software, of a scientific or technical nature. 40

 

(5) Restricted Computer Software — Computer software developed at private expense that is a trade secret, is commercial or financial and confidential or privileged, or is published copyrighted computer software, including minor modifications of this computer software.

 

(6) Restricted Rights — The rights of the Postal Service in restricted computer software, as set forth in a Restricted Rights Notice as provided in paragraph h. below, or as otherwise may be provided in a collateral agreement incorporated in and made part of this contract.

 

(7) Unlimited Rights — The rights of the Postal Service in technical data and computer software to use, disclose, reproduce, prepare derivative works, distribute copies to the public, and perform and display publicly, in any manner and for any purpose, and to have or permit others to do so.

 

b. Rights:

 

(1) The Postal Service has title to all data first produced in the performance of this contract. Accordingly, the supplier assigns all rights, title, and interest to the Postal Service in all data first produced in performance of this contract. The supplier, unless directed otherwise by the Contracting Officer, must place on all such data delivered under this contract the following notice:

 

“This data is the confidential property of the U.S. Postal Service and may not be used, released, reproduced, distributed or published without the express written permission of the U.S. Postal Service.”

 

(2) The supplier grants to the Postal Service a royalty-free, nonexclusive, irrevocable license throughout the world to publish, translate, deliver, perform, use, and dispose of in any manner any portion of data that is not first produced in the performance of this contract but in which copyright is owned by the supplier and that is incorporated in the data furnished under this contract, and to authorize others to do so for Postal Service purposes.

 

42

 

 

(3) Unless the Contracting Officer’s written approval is obtained, the supplier may not include in any data prepared for or delivered to the Postal Service under this contract any data which is not owned by the supplier or the Postal Service without acquiring for the Postal Service any right necessary to perfect a license of the scope set forth in subparagraph b(2).

 

c. Indemnity — The supplier indemnifies the Postal Service (and its officers, agents, and employees acting for the Postal Service) against any liability, including costs and expenses:

 

(1) For violation of proprietary rights, copyrights, or rights of privacy or publicity, arising out of the creation, delivery, or use of any works furnished under this contract, or

 

(2) Based upon any libelous or other unlawful matter contained in these works. This provision does not apply to material furnished by the Postal Service and incorporated in the works to which this clause applies.

 

d. Additional Rights in Technical Data:

 

(1) Except as provided in paragraph b., the Postal Service has unlimited rights in:

 

(a) Form fit, and function data, including such data developed at private expense, delivered under this contract, and

 

(b) Technical data delivered under this contract that constitute manuals or instructional and training material for installation, operation, or routine maintenance and repair of items, components, or processes delivered or furnished for use under this contract.

 

(2) Copyright:

 

(a) The Contracting Officer may direct the supplier to establish, or authorize the establishment of, claim to copyright in the technical data and to assign, or obtain the written assignment of, the copyright to the Postal Service or its designated assignee.

 

(b) The supplier may not, without prior written permission of the Contracting Officer, incorporate in technical data delivered under this contract any data not first produced in the performance of this contract containing the copyright notice of 176 U.S.C. 401 or 402, unless the supplier identifies the data and grants to the Postal Service, or acquires on its behalf at no cost to the Postal Service, a paid-up, nonexclusive, irrevocable worldwide license in such copyright data to reproduce, prepare derivative works, distribute copies to the public, and perform and display the data publicly.

 

(c) The Postal Service agrees not to remove any copyright notices placed on data pursuant to this section d, and to include such notices on all reproductions of the data.

 

43

 

 

e. Release, Publication, and Use of Technical Data and Computer Software:

 

(1) Unless prior written permission is obtained from the Contracting Officer or to the extent expressly set forth in this contract, the supplier will not use, release to others, reproduce, distribute, or publish any technical data or computer software first produced by the supplier in the performance of the contract.

 

(2) The supplier agrees that if it receives or is given access to data or software necessary for the performance of this contract that contain restrictive markings, the supplier will treat the data or software in accordance with the markings unless otherwise specifically authorized in writing by the Contracting Officer.

 

f. Unauthorized Marking of Data or Computer Software:

 

(1) If any technical data or computer software delivered under this contract are marked with the notice specified in paragraph h. and the use of such a notice is not authorized by this clause, or if the data or computer software bear any other unauthorized restrictive markings, the Contracting Officer may at any time either return the data or software or cancel the markings. The Contracting Officer must afford the supplier at least 30 days to provide a written justification to substantiate the propriety of the markings. Failure of the supplier to timely respond, or to provide written justification, may result in the cancellation of the markings. The Contracting Officer must consider any written justification by the supplier and notify the supplier if the markings are determined to be authorized.

 

(2) The foregoing procedures may be modified in accordance with Postal Service regulations implementing the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552) if necessary to respond to a request thereunder. In addition, the supplier is not precluded from bringing a claim in connection with any dispute that may arise as the result of the Postal Service’s action to remove any markings on data or computer software, unless this action occurs as the result of a final disposition of the matter by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

g. Omitted or Incorrect Markings:

 

(1) Technical data or computer software delivered to the Postal Service without the limited rights notice or restricted notice authorized by paragraph h., or the data rights notice required by paragraph b., will be deemed to have been furnished with unlimited rights, and the Postal Service assumes no liability for the disclosure, use, or reproduction of such data or computer software. However, to the extent the data or software have not been disclosed outside the Postal Service, the supplier may request, within 6 months (or a longer time approved by the Contracting Officer) after delivery of the data or software, permission to have notices placed on qualifying technical data or computer software at the supplier’s expense, and the Contracting Officer may agree to do so if the supplier:

 

(a) Identifies the technical data or computer software to which the omitted notice is to be applied;

 

(b) Demonstrates that the omission of the notice was inadvertent;

 

(c) Establishes that the use of the proposed notice is authorized; and

 

(d) Acknowledges that the Postal Service has no liability with respect to the disclosure, use, or reproduction of any such data or software made before the addition of the notice or resulting from the omission of the notice.

 

44

 

 

(2) The Contracting Officer may also:

 

(a) Permit correction of incorrect notices, at the supplier’s expense, if the supplier identifies the technical data or computer software on which correction of the notice is to be made and demonstrates that the correct notice is authorized, or

 

(b) Correct any incorrect notices.

 

h. Protection of Rights:

 

(1) Protection of Limited Rights Data — When technical data other than data listed in paragraph d., above, are specified to be delivered under this contract and qualify as limited rights data, if the supplier desires to continue protection of such data, the supplier must affix the following “Limited Rights Notice” to the data, and the Postal Service will thereafter treat the data, subject to paragraphs f. and g. above, in accordance with the Notice:

 

“LIMITED RIGHTS NOTICE

 

These technical data are submitted with limited rights under Postal Service Contract No. ______________________ (and subcontract __________________, if appropriate). These data may be reproduced and used by the Postal Service with the express limitation that they will not, without written permission of the supplier, be used for purposes of manufacture or disclosed outside the Postal Service; except that the Postal Service may disclose these data outside the Postal Service for the following purposes, provided that the Postal Service makes such disclosure subject to prohibition against further use and disclosure:

 

(1) Use (except for manufacture) by support service suppliers.

 

(2) Evaluation by Postal Service evaluators.

 

(3) Use (except for manufacture) by other suppliers participating in the Postal Service’s program of which the specific contract is a part, for information and in connection with the work performed under each contract.

 

(4) Emergency repair or overhaul work.

 

This Notice must be marked on any reproduction of these data, in whole or in part.”

 

(2) Protection of Restricted Computer Software:

 

(a) When computer software is specified to be delivered under this contract and qualifies as restricted computer software, if the supplier desires to continue protection of such computer software, the supplier must affix the following “Restricted Rights Notice” to the computer software, and the Postal Service will thereafter treat the computer software, subject to paragraphs f. and g. above, in accordance with the Notice:

 

“RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE

 

(a) This computer software is submitted with restricted rights under Postal Service Contract No.(and subcontract, if appropriate). It may not be used, reproduced, or disclosed by the Postal Service except as provided below or as otherwise stated in the contract.

 

45

 

 

(b) This computer software may be:

 

1. Used or copied for use in or with the computer or computers for which it was acquired, including use at any Postal Service installation to which the computer or computers may be transferred;

 

2. Used or copied for use in a backup computer if any computer for which it was acquired is inoperative;

 

3. Reproduced for safekeeping (archives) or backup purposes;

 

4. Modified, adapted, or combined with other computer software, provided that the modified, adapted, or combined portions of any derivative software incorporating restricted computer software are made subject to the same restricted rights;

 

5. Disclosed to and reproduced for use by support service suppliers in accordance with 1. through 4. above, provided the Postal Service makes such disclosure or reproduction subject to these restricted rights; and

 

6. Used or copied for use in or transferred to a replacement computer.

 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this computer software is published copyrighted computer software, it is licensed to the Postal Service, without disclosure prohibitions, with the minimum rights set forth in the preceding paragraph.

 

(d) Any other rights or limitations regarding the use, duplication, or disclosure of this computer software are to be expressly stated in, or incorporated in, the contract.

 

(e) This Notice must be marked on any reproduction of this computer software, in whole or in part.”

 

(b) When it is impracticable to include the above Notice on restricted computer software, the following short-form Notice may be used instead, on condition that the Postal Service’s rights with respect to such computer software will be as specified in the above Notice unless otherwise expressly stated in the contract.

 

“RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE (SHORT FORM)

 

Use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No.___________________ (and subcontract ____________, if appropriate) with ______________________ (name of supplier and subcontractor).”

 

46

 

 

i. Subcontracting — The supplier has the responsibility to obtain from its subcontractors all computer software and technical data and the rights therein necessary to fulfill the supplier’s obligations under this contract. If a subcontractor refuses to accept terms affording the Postal Service such rights, the supplier must promptly bring such refusal to the attention of the Contracting Officer and may not proceed with subcontract award without further authorization.

 

j. Standard Commercial License or Lease Agreements — The supplier unconditionally accepts the terms and conditions of this clause unless expressly provided otherwise in this contract or in a collateral agreement incorporated in and made part of this contract. Thus the supplier agrees that, notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in the supplier’s standard commercial license or lease agreement pertaining to any restricted computer software delivered under this contract, and irrespective of whether any such agreement has been proposed before or after issuance of this contract or of the fact that such agreement may be affixed to or accompany the restricted computer software upon delivery, the Postal Service has the rights set forth in this clause to use, duplicate, or disclose any restricted computer software delivered under this contract.

 

k. Relationship to Patents — Nothing contained in this clause implies a license to the Postal Service under any patent or may be construed as affecting the scope of any license or other right otherwise granted to the Postal Service. Clause 9-9: Equal Opportunity Pre-award Compliance of Subcontracts (March 2006)

 

CLAUSE 9-10: SERVICE CONTRACT ACT (MARCH 2006)

 

a. This contract is subject to the Service Contract Act of 1965, as amended (41 U.S.C. 6701 et seq.), and to the following provisions and all other applicable provisions of the Act and regulations of the Secretary of Labor issued under the Act (29 CFR Part 4).

 

(1) Each service employee employed in the performance of this contract by the supplier or any subcontractor must be:

 

(a) Paid not less than the minimum monetary wages, and

 

(b) Furnished fringe benefits in accordance with the wages and fringe benefits determined by the Secretary of Labor or an authorized representative, as specified in any wage determination attached to this contract.

 

(2)

 

(a) If a wage determination is attached to this contract, the Contracting Officer must require that any class of service employees not listed in it and to be employed under the contract (that is, the work to be performed is not performed by any classification listed in the wage determination) be classified by the supplier so as to provide a reasonable relationship (that is, appropriate level of skill comparison) between the unlisted classifications and the classifications in the wage determination. The conformed class of employees must be paid the monetary wages and furnished the fringe benefits determined under this clause. (The information collection requirements contained in this paragraph b. have been approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0150.)

 

47

 

 

(b) The conforming procedure must be initiated by the supplier before the performance of contract work by the unlisted class of employees. A written report of the proposed conforming action, including information regarding the agreement or disagreement of the authorized representative of the employees involved or, if there is no authorized representative, the employees themselves, must be submitted by the supplier to the Contracting Officer no later than 30 days after the unlisted class of employees performs any contract work. The Contracting Officer must review the proposed action and promptly submit a report of it, together with the agency’s recommendation and all pertinent information, including the position of the supplier and the employees, to the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, for review. Within 30 days of receipt, the Wage and Hour Division will approve, modify, or disapprove the action, render a final determination in the event of disagreement, or notify the Contracting Officer that additional time is necessary.

 

(c) The final determination of the conformance action by the Wage and Hour Division will be transmitted to the Contracting Officer, who must promptly notify the supplier of the action taken. The supplier must give each affected employee a written copy of this determination, or it must be posted as a part of the wage determination.

 

(i) The process of establishing wage and fringe benefit rates bearing a reasonable relationship to those listed in a wage determination cannot be reduced to any single formula. The approach used may vary from determination to determination, depending on the circumstances. Standard wage and salary administration practices ranking various job classifications by pay grade pursuant to point schemes or other job factors may, for example, be relied upon. Guidance may also be obtained from the way various jobs are rated under federal pay systems (Federal Wage Board Pay System and the General Schedule) or from other wage determinations issued in the same locality. Basic to the establishment of conformable wage rates is the concept that a pay relationship should be maintained between job classifications on the basis of the skill required and the duties performed.

 

(ii) If a contract is modified or extended or an option is exercised, or if a contract succeeds a contract under which the classification in question was previously conformed pursuant to this clause, a new conformed wage rate and fringe benefits may be assigned to the conformed classification by indexing (that is, adjusting) the previous conformed rate and fringe benefits by an amount equal to the average (mean) percentage increase change in the wages and fringe benefits specified for all classifications to be used on the contract that are listed in the current wage determination, and those specified for the corresponding classifications in the previously applicable wage determination. If these conforming actions are accomplished before the performance of contract work by the unlisted class of employees, the supplier must advise the Contracting Officer of the action taken, but the other procedures in (1) (b), (2)(c) above need not be followed.

 

(iii) No employee engaged in performing work on this contract may be paid less than the currently applicable minimum wage specified under section 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended.

 

48

 

 

(d) The wage rate and fringe benefits finally determined pursuant to b(2)(a) and (b) above must be paid to all employees performing in the classification from the first day on which contract work is performed by them in the classification. Failure to pay unlisted employees the compensation agreed upon by the interested parties and/or finally determined by the Wage and Hour Division retroactive to the date the class of employees began contract work is a violation of the Service Contract Act and this contract.

 

(e) Upon discovery of failure to comply with b(2)(a) through (e) above, the Wage and Hour Division will make a final determination of conformed classification, wage rate, and/ or fringe benefits that will be retroactive to the date the class of employees commenced contract work.

 

(3) If, as authorized pursuant to section 4(d) of the Service Contract Act, the term of this contract is more than 1 year, the minimum monetary wages and fringe benefits required to be paid or furnished to service employees will be subject to adjustment after 1 year and not less often than once every 2 years, pursuant to wage determinations to be issued by the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration of the Department of Labor.

 

(a) The supplier or subcontractor may discharge the obligation to furnish fringe benefits specified in the attachment or determined conformably to it by furnishing any equivalent combinations of bona fide fringe benefits, or by making equivalent or differential payments in cash in accordance with the applicable rules set forth in Subpart D of 29 CFR Part 4, and not otherwise.

 

6. In the absence of a minimum-wage attachment for this contract, neither the supplier nor any subcontractor under this contract may pay any person performing work under the contract (regardless of whether they are service employees) less than the minimum wage specified by section 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938. Nothing in this provision relieves the supplier or any subcontractor of any other obligation under law or contract for the payment of a higher wage to any employee.

 

(2)

 

(a) If this contract succeeds a contract subject to the Service Contract Act, under which substantially the same services were furnished in the same locality, and service employees were paid wages and fringe benefits provided for in a collective bargaining agreement, in the absence of a minimum wage attachment for this contract setting forth collectively bargained wage rates and fringe benefits, neither the supplier nor any subcontractor under this contract may pay any service employee performing any of the contract work (regardless of whether or not the employee was employed under the predecessor contract), less than the wages and fringe benefits provided for in the agreement, to which the employee would have been entitled if employed under the predecessor contract, including accrued wages and fringe benefits and any prospective increases in wages and fringe benefits provided for under the agreement.

 

(b) No supplier or subcontractor under this contract may be relieved of the foregoing obligation unless the limitations of section 4.1(b) of 29 CFR Part 4 apply or unless the Secretary of Labor or an authorized representative finds, after a hearing as provided in section 4.10 of 29 CFR Part 4, that the wages and/or fringe benefits provided for in the agreement vary substantially from those prevailing for services of a similar character in the locality, or determines, as provided in section 4.11 of 29 CFR Part 4, that the agreement applicable to service employees under the predecessor contract was not entered into as a result of arm’s-length negotiations.

 

49

 

 

(c) If it is found in accordance with the review procedures in 29 CFR 4.10 and/or 4.11 and Parts 6 and 8 that wages and/ or fringe benefits in a predecessor supplier’s collective bargaining agreement vary substantially from those prevailing for services of a similar character in the locality, and/or that the agreement applicable to service employees under the predecessor contract was not entered into as a result of arm’s-length negotiations, the Department will issue a new or revised wage determination setting forth the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits. This determination will be made part of the contract or subcontract, in accordance with the decision of the Administrator, the Administrative Law Judge, or the Board of Service Contract Appeals, as the case may be, irrespective of whether its issuance occurs before or after award (53 Comp. Gen. 401 (1973)). In the case of a wage determination issued solely as a result of a finding of substantial variance, it will be effective as of the date of the final administrative decision.

 

e. The supplier and any subcontractor under this contract must notify each service employee starting work on the contract of the minimum monetary wage and any fringe benefits required to be paid pursuant to the contract, or must post the wage determination attached to this contract. The poster provided by the Department of Labor (Publication WH 1313) must be posted in a prominent and accessible place at the worksite. Failure to comply with this requirement is a violation of section 2(a)(4) of the Act and of this contract. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0150.)

 

f. The supplier or subcontractor may not permit services called for by this contract to be performed in buildings or surroundings or under working conditions provided by or under the control or supervision of the supplier or subcontractor that are unsanitary or hazardous or dangerous to the health or safety of service employees engaged to furnish these services, and the supplier or subcontractor must comply with the safety and health standards applied under 29 CFR Part 1925.

 

g.

 

(1) The supplier and each subcontractor performing work subject to the Act must maintain for 3 years from the completion of the work records containing the information specified in (a) through (f) following for each employee subject to the Service Contract Act and must make them available for inspection and transcription by authorized representatives of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration of the U.S. Department of Labor (approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control numbers 1215-0017 and 12150150):

 

(a) Name, address, and social security number of each employee.

 

(b) The correct work classification, rate or rates of monetary wages paid and fringe benefits provided, rate or rates of fringe benefit payments in lieu thereof, and total daily and weekly compensation of each employee.

 

50

 

 

(c) The number of daily and weekly hours so worked by each employee.

 

(d) Any deductions, rebates, or refunds from the total daily or weekly compensation of each employee.

 

(e) A list of monetary wages and fringe benefits for those classes of service employees not included in the wage determination attached to this contract but for whom wage rates or fringe benefits have been determined by the interested parties or by the Administrator or authorized representative pursuant to paragraph b. above. A copy of the report required by b(2)(b) above is such a list.

 

(f) Any list of the predecessor supplier’s employees furnished to the supplier pursuant to section 4.6(1)(2) of 29 CFR Part 4.

 

(2) The supplier must also make available a copy of this contract for inspection or transcription by authorized representatives of the Wage and Hour Division.

 

(3) Failure to make and maintain or to make available the records specified in this paragraph g. for inspection and transcription is a violation of the regulations and this contract, and in the case of failure to produce these records, the Contracting Officer, upon direction of the Department of Labor and notification of the supplier, must take action to suspend any further payment or advance of funds until the violation ceases.

 

(4) The supplier must permit authorized representatives of the Wage and Hour Division to conduct interviews with employees at the worksite during normal working hours.

 

h. The supplier must unconditionally pay to each employee subject to the Service Contract Act all wages due free and clear and without subsequent deduction (except as otherwise provided by law or regulations, 29 CFR Part 4), rebate, or kickback on any account. Payments must be made no later than one pay period following the end of the regular pay period in which the wages were earned or accrued. A pay period under the Act may not be of any duration longer than semimonthly.

 

i. The Contracting Officer must withhold or cause to be withheld from the Postal Service supplier under this or any other contract with the supplier such sums as an appropriate official of the Department of Labor requests or the Contracting Officer decides may be necessary to pay underpaid employees employed by the supplier or subcontractor. In the event of failure to pay employees subject to the Act wages or fringe benefits due under the Act, the Postal Service may, after authorization or by direction of the Department of Labor and written notification to the supplier, suspend any further payment or advance of funds until the violations cease. Additionally, any failure to comply with the requirements of this clause may be grounds for termination of the right to proceed with the contract work. In this event, the Postal Service may enter into other contracts or arrangements for completion of the work, charging the supplier in default with any additional cost.

 

51

 

 

j. The supplier agrees to insert this clause in all subcontracts subject to the Act. The term “supplier,” as used in this clause in any subcontract, is deemed to refer to the subcontractor, except in the term “supplier.”

 

k. Service employee means any person engaged in the performance of this contract other than any person employed in a bona fide executive, administrative, or professional capacity, as those terms are defined in 29 CFR Part 541, as of July 30, 1976, and any subsequent revision of those regulations. The term includes all such persons regardless of any contractual relationship that may be alleged to exist between a supplier or subcontractor and them.

 

l.

 

(1) If wages to be paid or fringe benefits to be furnished service employees employed by the supplier or a subcontractor under the contract are provided for in a collective bargaining agreement that is or will be effective during any period in which the contract is being performed, the supplier must report this fact to the Contracting Officer, together with full information as to the application and accrual of these wages and fringe benefits, including any prospective increases, to service employees engaged in work on the contract, and furnish a copy of the agreement. The report must be made upon starting performance of the contract, in the case of collective bargaining agreements effective at the time. In the case of agreements or provisions or amendments thereof effective at a later time during the period of contract performance, they must be reported promptly after their negotiation. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0150.)

 

(2) Not less than 10 days before completion of any contract being performed at a Postal facility where service employees may be retained in the performance of a succeeding contract and subject to a wage determination containing vacation or other benefit provisions based upon length of service with a supplier (predecessor) or successor (section 4.173 of Regulations, 29 CFR Part 4), the incumbent supplier must furnish to the Contracting Officer a certified list of the names of all service employees on the supplier’s or subcontractor’s payroll during the last month of contract performance. The list must also contain anniversary dates of employment on the contract, either with the current or predecessor suppliers of each such service employee. The Contracting Officer must turn over this list to the successor supplier at the commencement of the succeeding contract. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0150.)

 

m. Rulings and interpretations of the Service Contract Act of 1965, as amended, are contained in Regulations, 29 CFR Part 4.

 

n.

 

(1) By entering into this contract, the supplier and its officials certify that neither they nor any person or firm with a substantial interest in the supplier’s firm are ineligible to be awarded government contracts by virtue of the sanctions imposed pursuant to section 5 of the Act.

 

52

 

 

(2) No part of this contract may be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a government contract pursuant to section 5 of the Act.

 

(3) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001.

 

o. Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of this clause, the following employees may be employed in accordance with the following variations, tolerances, and exemptions, which the Secretary of Labor, pursuant to section 4(b) of the Act before its amendment by P. L. 92-473, found to be necessary and proper in the public interest or to avoid serious impairment of the conduct of government business:

 

(1) Apprentices, student-learners, and workers whose earning capacity is impaired by age, or physical or mental deficiency or injury may be employed at wages lower than the minimum wages otherwise required by section 2(a)(1) or 2(b)(1) of the Service Contract Act without diminishing any fringe benefits or cash payments in lieu thereof required under section 2(a)(2) of the Act, in accordance with the conditions and procedures prescribed for the employment of apprentices, student-learners, handicapped persons, and handicapped clients of sheltered workshops under section 14 of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, in the regulations issued by the Administrator (29 CFR Parts 520, 521, 524, and 525).

 

(2) The Administrator will issue certificates under the Service Contract Act for the employment of apprentices, student- learners, handicapped persons, or handicapped clients of sheltered workshops not subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, or subject to different minimum rates of pay under the two Acts, authorizing appropriate rates of minimum wages (but without changing requirements concerning fringe benefits or supplementary cash payments in lieu thereof), applying procedures prescribed by the applicable regulations issued under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (29 CFR Parts 520, 521, 524, and 525).

 

(3) The Administrator will also withdraw, annul, or cancel such certificates in accordance with the regulations in 29 CFR Parts 525 and 528.

 

p. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they perform when they are employed and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the U.S. Department of Labor, or if no such recognized agency exists in a state, under a program registered with the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, Employment and Training Administration, U.S. Department of Labor. Any employee not registered as an apprentice in an approved program must be paid the wage rate and fringe benefits contained in the applicable wage determination for the journeyman classification of work actually performed. The wage rates paid apprentices may not be less than the wage rate for their level of progress set forth in the registered program, expressed as the appropriate percentage of the journeyman’s rate contained in the applicable wage determination. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen employed on the contract work in any craft classification may not be greater than the ratio permitted to the supplier for its entire workforce under the registered program.

 

53

 

 

q. An employee engaged in an occupation in which he or she customarily and regularly receives more than $30 a month tips may have the amount of tips credited by the employer against the minimum wage required by section 2(a)(1) or section 2(b)(1) of the Act in accordance with section 3(m) of the Fair Labor Standards Act and Regulations, 29 CFR Part 531. However, the amount of this credit may not exceed $1.24 per hour beginning January 1, 1980, and $1.34 per hour after December 31, 1980. To utilize this proviso:

 

(1) The employer must inform tipped employees about this tip credit allowance before the credit is utilized;

 

(2) The employees must be allowed to retain all tips (individually or through a pooling arrangement and regardless of whether the employer elects to take a credit for tips received);

 

(3) The employer must be able to show by records that the employee receives at least the applicable Service Contract Act minimum wage through the combination of direct wages and tip credit (approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1214-0017); and

 

(4) The use of tip credit must have been permitted under any predecessor collective bargaining agreement applicable by virtue of section 4(c) of the Act.

 

a. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract are not subject to Clause B-9: Claims and Disputes but must be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR Parts 4, 6, and 8. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the supplier (or any of its subcontractors) and the Postal Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives.

 

CLAUSE 9-12: FAIR LABOR STANDARDS ACT AND SERVICE CONTRACT ACT – PRICE ADJUSTMENT (FEBRUARY 2010)

 

a. The Supplier warrants that the contract prices do not include allowance for any contingency to cover increased costs for which adjustment is provided under this clause.

 

b. The minimum prevailing wage determination, including fringe benefits, issued under the Service Contract Act of 1965 by the Department of Labor (DOL), current at least every two years after the original award date, current at the beginning of any option period, or in the case of a significant change in labor requirements, applies to this contract and any exercise of an option of this contract. When no such determination has been made as applied to this contract, the minimum wage established in accordance with the Fair Labor Standards Act applies to any exercise of an option of this contract.

 

c. When, as a result of the determination of minimum prevailing wages and fringe benefits applicable (1) every two years after original award date, (2) at the beginning of any option period, or (3) in the case of a significant change in labor requirements, an increased or decreased wage determination is applied to this contract, or when as a result of any amendment to the Fair Labor Standards Act enacted after award that affects minimum wage, and whenever such a determination becomes applicable to this contract under law, the Supplier increases or decreases wages or fringe benefits of employees working on the contract to comply, the Supplier and the Contracting Officer will negotiate whether and to what extent either party will absorb the costs of the wage change. Any resulting change in contract price is limited to increases or decreases in wages or fringe benefits, and the concomitant increases or decreases in Social Security, unemployment taxes, and workers’ compensation insurance, but may not otherwise include any amount for general and administrative costs, overhead, or profit. ( See Attachment E)

 

54

 

 

d. The Supplier or Contracting Officer may request a contract price adjustment within 30 days of the effective date of a wage change. If a request for contract price adjustment has been made, and the parties have not reached an agreement within thirty days of that request, the Contracting Officer should issue a unilateral change order in the amount considered to be a fair and equitable adjustment. The Supplier may then either accept the amount, or the Supplier may file a claim under Clause B-9: Claims and Disputes unless the Contracting Officer and Supplier extend this period in writing. Upon agreement of the parties, the contract price or unit price labor rates will be modified in writing. Pending agreement on or determination of any such adjustment and its effective date, the Supplier must continue performance.

 

e. The Contracting Officer or the Contracting Officer’s authorized representative must, for 3 years after final payment under the contract, be given access to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books, papers, and records of the Supplier.

 

CLAUSE 9-14: AFFIRMATIVE ACTION FOR SPECIAL DISABLED VETERANS, VETERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA, AND OTHER ELIGIBLE VETERANS (FEBRUARY 2010)

 

a. The Supplier must comply with the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor issued under the Vietnam Era Veterans’ Readjustment Assistance Act of 1972 (the Act), as amended (38 U.S.C. 4211 and 4212).

 

b. The Supplier may not discriminate against any employee or applicant because that employee or applicant is a special disabled veteran, a veteran of the Vietnam era, or other eligible veteran, in regard to any position for which the employee or applicant is qualified. The Supplier agrees to take affirmative action to employ, advance in employment, and otherwise treat qualified special disabled veterans, veterans of the Vietnam era, and other eligible veterans without discrimination in all employment practices, such as employment, upgrading, demotion, transfer, recruitment, advertising, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for training (including apprenticeship).

 

c. The Supplier agrees to list all employment openings which exist at the time of the execution of this contract and those which occur during the performance of this contract, including those not generated by this contract and including those occurring at an establishment of the Supplier other than the one where the contract is being performed, but excluding those of independently operated corporate affiliates, at an appropriate local office of the state employment service where the opening occurs. State and local government agencies holding Postal Service contracts of $100,000 or more will also list their openings with the appropriate office of the state employment service.

 

55

 

 

d. Listing of employment openings with the employment service system will be made at least concurrently with the use of any recruitment source or effort and will involve the normal obligations attaching to the placing of a bona fide job order, including the acceptance of referrals of veterans and nonveterans. The listing of employment openings does not require the hiring of any particular applicant or hiring from any particular group of applicants, and nothing herein is intended to relieve the Supplier from any other requirements regarding nondiscrimination in employment.

 

e. Whenever the Supplier becomes contractually bound to the listing provisions of this clause, it must advise the employment service system in each state where it has establishments of the name and location of each hiring location in the state. The Supplier may advise the state system when it is no longer bound by this clause.

 

Paragraphs c, d, and e above do not apply to openings the Supplier proposes to fill from within its own organization or under a customary and traditional employer union hiring arrangement. But this exclusion does not apply to a particular opening once the Supplier decides to consider applicants outside its own organization or employer union arrangements for that opening.

 

Fuel Rate Establishment

 

This contract will be administered under the automated fuel index program. At the time of award, the fuel price per gallon in the contract will be set to the Department of Energy (DOE) Petroleum Acquisition Defense District (PADD) Price for the region in which the contract originates, using the price for the month immediately preceding the month of award. If there is a difference between the price per gallon in place when the award or renewal contract is signed and the DOE price on the first day of the new term, the contract price will be adjusted reflecting the difference in price of fuel.

 

Fuel Rate Adjustment

 

At the end of each calendar month, the difference between (1) the previous monthly DOE regional fuel index for the applicable fuel type and (2) the current monthly DOE regional fuel index for the applicable fuel type will be adjusted automatically. This will become the new contract baseline fuel PPG. The new contract baseline fuel PPG will remain in effect until the next automatic monthly adjustment. Suppliers will be required to provide the number of gallons used in their estimated annual fuel costs. This information will be used in the calculation of any fuel adjustment and in the determination of the reasonableness of supplier pricing.

 

56

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

TRANSPORTATION SERVICES PROPOSAL & CONTRACT

FOR REGULAR SERVICE

1. PROPOSAL SUBMITTED PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-80-18 03/28/2018 995L3 09/30/2018 09/29/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
  AUSTIN P&DC, TX VARIOUS POSTAL FACILITIES, TX
2. RATE OF COMPENSATION
WRITTEN DOLLAR AMOUNT (Proposal must be submitted on a single annual rate basis unless the solicitation specifically calls for proposals at a per mile, per piece, per trip, or other unit rate.) AMOUNT (Figures)
 

                   Non  Peak        Peak

Upper        $3.79               $4.21

Expected   $3.84               $4.40

Lower        $4.14               $4.71

3. OFFEROR
a. NAME (Print or Type) b. ADDRESS (Street, City, State, Zip+4)
Thunder Ridge Trans Inc.

PO Box 2446 Springfield, MO  65801

 

c. TELEPHONE NO. d. DOT NO. e. SOCIAL SECURITY NO. OR EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.
417-833-8456 872693 ██-███████

f. LEGAL RESIDENCE OF

(Complete if Offeror is an individual.)

g. ENGAGED IN BUSINESS IN

(Complete if Offeror is a partnership or corporation.)

COUNTY STATE COUNTY STATE
Greene MO    

h. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF AMENDMENTS

THE OFFEROR ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF AMENDMENTS TO THE SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS NUMBERED AND DATED AS FOLLOWS:

AMENDMENT NO. DATE AMENDMENT NO. DATE
       
       
4. CONTRACT

In compliance with the solicitation of the U.S. Postal Service described above, the above named offeror proposes to provide the service called for in said solicitation and, in the case of a negotiated contract, in the description of service attached hereto and made a part hereof, at the rate of compensation set out above.

 

The offeror submitting the offer or proposal agrees with the U.S. Postal Service that if this offer or proposal is accepted, the offeror will give personal or representative supervision to the performance of the service. The offeror certifies that this proposal is made in the offeror’s own interest and not by the offeror as the representative of another person or company and with full knowledge of the required conditions of service.

 

The solicitation and all attachments are incorporated by reference as a part of this proposal.

 

If the offeror is a partnership or corporation, the Contracting Officer may request such offeror to furnish evidence of the authority of the party executing the proposal.

 

When a partnership offers, the signature of one partner is sufficient.

  

5. OFFEROR 6. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
This proposal is made in good faith and with the intention to enter into a contract to perform service in case the proposal is accepted. The U.S. Postal Service has caused this contract to be executed.
/s/ Billy Peck Jr.  9/18/2018 /s/ Raphette Alston   9/27/2018  
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
       
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS CONTRACTING OFFICER  

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

 
 

PS Form 7405 September 2001

                             

 

 

 

 

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM

 

The offeror, by checking the applicable block or blocks represents that it (1) ☒ has developed and has on file, ☐ has not developed and does not have on file, at each establishment, affirmative action programs as required by the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor (41 CFR 60-1 and 60-2) and ☒ has, ☐ has not filed the required reports with the Joint Reporting Committee; or (2) ☐ has not previously had contracts subject to the written affirmative action program requirement of the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor.

 

CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES

 

a. By submitting this proposal, the offeror certifies that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The offeror agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause of this contract.

 

b. As used in this certification, segregated facilities means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms or wash rooms, restaurants or other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms or other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, or housing facilities provided for employees that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise.

 

c. The offeror further agrees that (unless it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) it will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors before awarding subcontracts exceeding $10,000 that are not exempt from the provisions of the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause; that it will retain these certifications in its files; and that it will forward the following notice to these proposed subcontractors (except when they have submitted identical certifications for specific time period(s):

 

 

PARENT COMPANY TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

 

a. A parent company is one that owns or controls the basic business policies of an offeror. To own means to own more than 50 percent of the voting rights in the offeror. To control means to be able to formulate, determine, or veto basic business policy decisions of the offeror. A parent company need not own the offeror to control it; it may exercise control through the use of dominant minority voting rights, proxy voting, contractual arrangements, or otherwise.

 

b. Enter the offeror’s Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) in the space provided. The TIN is the offeror’s Social Security Number or other Employer Identification Number used on the offeror’s quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Form 941.

 

 
Offeror’s TIN 75-3010383

 

c. Check this block if the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company: ☐

 

d. If the block above is checked, provide the following information about the parent company:

 

EVO Transportation and Energy Services

Parent Company’s Name

 

Parent Company’s Main Office Address
8285 W. Lake Pleasant Parkway
 
No. and Street
Peoria AZ 85382
City State ZIP+4
     
Parent Company’s TIN 37-1615850

 

e. If the offeror is a member of an affiliated group that files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis (whether or not the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company, as provided above) provide the name and TIN of the common parent of the affiliated group:

 

Name of Common Parent

 

Common Parent’s TIN

                                        
 

 

PS Form 7405 (Reverse) September 2001

                 

 

 

 

TRANSPORTATION SERVICES PROPOSAL & CONTRACT

FOR REGULAR SERVICE

1. PROPOSAL SUBMITTED PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-80-18 03/01/2018   08/05/2018 06/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
  Austin, TX Region C  
2. RATE OF COMPENSATION
WRITTEN DOLLAR AMOUNT (Proposal must be submitted on a single annual rate basis unless the solicitation specifically calls for proposals at a per mile, per piece, per trip, or other unit rate.) AMOUNT (Figures)
 

$3.02/ Mile- Non-Peak

$3.78/Mile- PEAK

 

3. OFFEROR
a. NAME (Print or Type) b. ADDRESS (Street, City, State, Zip)
Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

c. TELEPHONE NO. d. DOT NO. e. SOCIAL SECURITY NO. OR EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.
417-833-8456 872693 75-3010383

f. LEGAL RESIDENCE OF

(Complete if Offeror is an individual.)

g. ENGAGED IN BUSINESS IN

(Complete if Offeror is a partnership or corporation.)

COUNTY STATE COUNTY STATE
       

h. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF AMENDMENTS

THE OFFEROR ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF AMENDMENTS TO THE SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS NUMBERED AND DATED AS FOLLOWS:

AMENDMENT NO. DATE AMENDMENT NO. DATE
       
       
4. CONTRACT

In compliance with the solicitation of the U.S. Postal Service described above, the above named offeror proposes to provide the service called for in said solicitation and, in the case of a negotiated contract, in the description of service attached hereto and made a part hereof, at the rate of compensation set out above.

 

The offeror submitting the offer or proposal agrees with the U.S. Postal Service that if this offer or proposal is accepted, the offeror will give personal or representative supervision to the performance of the service. The offeror certifies that this proposal is made in the offeror’s own interest and not by the offeror as the representative of another person or company and with full knowledge of the required conditions of service.

 

The solicitation and all attachments are incorporated by reference as a part of this proposal.

 

If the offeror is a partnership or corporation, the Contracting Officer may request such offeror to furnish evidence of the authority of the party executing the proposal.

 

When a partnership offers, the signature of one partner is sufficient.

  

5. OFFEROR 6. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
This proposal is made in good faith and with the intention to enter into a contract to perform service in case the proposal is accepted. The U.S. Postal Service has caused this contract to be executed.
  4/25/2018    
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
       
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS CONTRACTING OFFICER  

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

 
 

PS Form 7405 September 2001

                             

 

 

 

 

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM

 

The offeror, by checking the applicable block or blocks represents that it (1) ☒ has developed and has on file, ☐ has not developed and does not have on file, at each establishment, affirmative action programs as required by the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor (41 CFR 60-1 and 60-2) and ☒ has, ☐ has not filed the required reports with the Joint Reporting Committee; or (2) ☐ has not previously had contracts subject to the written affirmative action program requirement of the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor.

 

CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES

 

a. By submitting this proposal, the offeror certifies that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The offeror agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause of this contract.

 

b. As used in this certification, segregated facilities means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms or wash rooms, restaurants or other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms or other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, or housing facilities provided for employees that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise.

 

c. The offeror further agrees that (unless it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) it will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors before awarding subcontracts exceeding $10,000 that are not exempt from the provisions of the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause; that it will retain these certifications in its files; and that it will forward the following notice to these proposed subcontractors (except when they have submitted identical certifications for specific time period(s):

 

NOTICE

 

A certification of no segregated facilities must be submitted before the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 that is not exempt from the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause. The certification may be submitted whether for each subcontract or for all subcontracts during a period (quarterly, semiannually, or annually).

 

 

PARENT COMPANY TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

 

a. A parent company is one that owns or controls the basic business policies of an offeror. To own means to own more than 50 percent of the voting rights in the offeror. To control means to be able to formulate, determine, or veto basic business policy decisions of the offeror. A parent company need not own the offeror to control it; it may exercise control through the use of dominant minority voting rights, proxy voting, contractual arrangements, or otherwise.

 

b. Enter the offeror’s Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) in the space provided. The TIN is the offeror’s Social Security Number or other Employer Identification Number used on the offeror’s quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Form 941.

 

 
Offeror’s TIN 75-3010383

 

c. Check this block if the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company: ☐

 

d. If the block above is checked, provide the following information about the parent company:

 

 
Parent Company’s Name
 
Parent Company’s Main Office Address
 
No. and Street
     
City State ZIP+4
     
Parent Company’s TIN  

 

e. If the offeror is a member of an affiliated group that files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis (whether or not the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company, as provided above) provide the name and TIN of the common parent of the affiliated group:

 

Name of Common Parent

 

Common Parent’s TIN

                                           

 

                                           

   

 

PS Form 7405 (Reverse) September 2001

                 

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
1
PAGE OF
1 1
1. Solicitation Amendment Pursuant To
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-80-18 03/28/2018     06/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
     
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO, MD 20774-5389

4. DATE ISSUED
04/05/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO SOLICITATION #150-80-18 – WAVE 8 UPDATED CHANGES AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Updated Manifest for Anchorage Region B that removes Trips 1GE07 and 2GF07.

 

2. Updated Attachment N FAQ’s.

 

3. Please include a signed copy of this amendment with your completed proposal.

  

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

☐  If this box is checked, the date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is extended to:  
  (Date)                        (Time)
7. Bidder/Offeror 8. U.S. Postal Service
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
  04/25/2018   4/5/18
(Signature of Bidder/Offeror) (Date) (Name and Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS. CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Bidder/Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

 

PS Form 7330, September 1991

                     

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
2
PAGE OF
1 1
1. Solicitation Amendment Pursuant To
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-80-18 03/28/2018     06/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
     
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO, MD 20774-5389

4. DATE ISSUED
4/5/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO SOLICITATION #150-80-18 – WAVE 8 UPDATED CHANGES AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Update the Terms and Conditions to reflect the correct closing date of April 26, 2018.

 

2. Updated Wave 8 Specific Questions to Attachment N FAQ’s.

 

3. Included Attachment for the Pre-Proposal Conference recording.

 

4. Updated Anchorage Region B Manifest.

 

5. Please include a signed copy of this amendment with your completed proposal.

  

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

☐  If this box is checked, the date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is extended to:  
  (Date)                    (Time)
7. Bidder/Offeror 8. U.S. Postal Service
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
  04/25/2018   4/12/18
(Signature of Bidder/Offeror) (Date) (Name and Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
       
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS. CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Bidder/Offeror)

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

 

PS Form 7330, September 1991

                     

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
3
PAGE OF
1 1
1. Solicitation Amendment Pursuant To
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-80-18 03/28/2018     06/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
     
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO, MD 20774-5389

4. DATE ISSUED
4/5/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION
 

DRO SOLICITATION #150-80-18 – WAVE 8 UPDATED CHANGES AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Update the Terms and Conditions to reflect the change to Clause 2.19 on page 29 Option to Extend Service Contract from sixty (60) days to one hundred twenty (120) days.

 

2. Updated Wave 8 Specific Questions to Attachment N FAQ’s 180 day termination clause.

 

3. Please include a signed copy of this amendment with your completed proposal.

   

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

☐  If this box is checked, the date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is extended to:  
  (Date)            (Time)
7. Bidder/Offeror 8. U.S. Postal Service
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
  04/25/2018   4/17/18
(Signature of Bidder/Offeror) (Date) (Name and Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
       
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS. CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Bidder/Offeror)

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

 

PS Form 7330 September 1991

                     

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
4
PAGE OF
1 1
1. Solicitation Amendment Pursuant To
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-80-18 03/28/2018     06/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
     
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO, MD 20774-5389

4. DATE ISSUED
4/5/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO SOLICITATION #150-80-18 – WAVE 8 UPDATED CHANGES AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Updating the manifest for Saginaw Regions A & B.

2. Updating attachment N for FAQs Wave 8.

3. Submit assigned copy of PS Form 7330 with all proposals.  

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

☐  If this box is checked, the date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is extended to:  
  (Date)           (Time)
7. Bidder/Offeror 8. U.S. Postal Service
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
  04/25/2018   4/12/18
(Signature of Bidder/Offeror) (Date) (Name and Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
       
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS. CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Bidder/Offeror)

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

 

PS Form 7330, September 1991

                     

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
5
PAGE OF
1 1
1. Solicitation Amendment Pursuant To
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-80-18 03/28/2018     06/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
     
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO, MD 20774-5389

4. DATE ISSUED
4/20/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO SOLICITATION #150-80-18 – WAVE 8 UPDATED CHANGES AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Updated Wave 8 attachment N for FAQs.

 

2. Please include a signed copy of this amendment with your completed proposal.

  

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

  If this box is checked, the date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is extended to:  
  (Date)                (Time)
7. Bidder/Offeror 8. U.S. Postal Service
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
  04/25/2018   4/20/18
(Signature of Bidder/Offeror) (Date) (Name and Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
       
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS. CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Bidder/Offeror)

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

 

PS Form 7330, September 1991

                     

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
6
PAGE OF
1 1
1. Solicitation Amendment Pursuant To
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-80-18 03/28/2018     06/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
     
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO, MD 20774-5389

4. DATE ISSUED
4/23/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO SOLICITATION #150-80-18 – WAVE 8 UPDATED CHANGES AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Updated Wave 8 attachment N for FAQs.

 

2. Update Manifest for Saginaw Region A and B.

 

3. Update Manifest for Austin Region C.

 

4. Please include a signed copy of this amendment with your completed proposal.

  

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

  If this box is checked, the date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is extended to:  
  (Date)              (Time)
7. Bidder/Offeror 8. U.S. Postal Service
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
  04/25/2018   4/23/18
(Signature of Bidder/Offeror) (Date) (Name and Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
       
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS. CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Bidder/Offeror)

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

 

PS Form 7330, September 1991

                     

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
7
PAGE OF
1 1
1. Solicitation Amendment Pursuant To
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-80-18 03/28/2018     06/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
     
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO, MD 20774-5389

4. DATE ISSUED
4/25/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO SOLICITATION #150-80-18 – WAVE 8 UPDATED CHANGES AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Extending the closing date for DRO Wave 8 to Monday, April 30, 2018.

 

2. Update Manifest for Lubbock Region A

 

3. Update Schedule A’s for Lubbock Region A.

 

4. Please include a signed copy of this amendment with your completed proposal.  

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

☐  If this box is checked, the date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is extended to:  
  (Date)              (Time)
7. Bidder/Offeror 8. U.S. Postal Service
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
  04/30/2018   4/25/18
(Signature of Bidder/Offeror) (Date) (Name and Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
       
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS. CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Bidder/Offeror)

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

 

PS Form 7330, September 1991

                     

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
8
PAGE OF
1 1
1. Solicitation Amendment Pursuant To
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-80-18 03/28/2018     06/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
     
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO, MD 20774-5389

4. DATE ISSUED
4/27/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO SOLICITATION #150-80-18 – WAVE 8 UPDATED CHANGES AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. We failed to update the pricing sheet when we modified Lubbock Region A and to refer to the event creation and the schedule A for the correct mileage. The solicitation will close on Monday, April 30, 2018 as scheduled.

 

2. Please include a signed copy of this amendment with your completed proposal.  

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

☐  If this box is checked, the date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is extended to:  
  (Date)                (Time)
7. Bidder/Offeror 8. U.S. Postal Service
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
  04/30/2018   4/27/18
(Signature of Bidder/Offeror) (Date) (Name and Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
       
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS. CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Bidder/Offeror)

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

 

PS Form 7330, September 1991

                     

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
9
PAGE OF
1 1
1. Solicitation Amendment Pursuant To
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-80-18 03/28/2018     06/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
     
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO, MD 20774-5389

4. DATE ISSUED
4/27/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO SOLICITATION #150-80-18 – WAVE 8 UPDATED CHANGES AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Updated the Attachment A’s for Lubbock Region A.

 

2. Updated the Attachment J Manifest for Lubbock Region A.

 

3. Changed the closing date to May 1, 2018 Est. (Tuesday).

 

4. Please include a signed copy of this amendment with your completed proposal. 

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

☐  If this box is checked, the date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is extended to:  
  (Date)              (Time)
7. Bidder/Offeror 8. U.S. Postal Service
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
  04/30/2018   4/27/18
(Signature of Bidder/Offeror) (Date) (Name and Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
       
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS. CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Bidder/Offeror)

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

PS Form 7330, September 1991

                     

 

 

 

ATTACHMENT C

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS

 

a. Type of Business Organization. The offeror, by checking the applicable blocks, represents that it:

 

1.) Operates as:

 

a corporation incorporated under the laws of the state of Missouri ;

an individual;

a partnership;

a joint venture;

a limited liability company

a nonprofit organization, ____ or;

an educational institution; and

 

2.) Is (check all that apply)

 

a small business concern;

☐ a minority business

Black American

Hispanic American

Native American

Asian American

a woman-owned business;

an educational or other nonprofit organization, or

none of the above entities.

 

3.) Small Business Concern . A small business concern for the purposes of Postal Service purchasing means a business, including an affiliate, that is independently owned and operated, is not dominant in producing or performing the supplies or services being purchased, and has no more than 500 employees, unless a different size standard has been established by the Small Business Administration (see 13 CFR 121, particularly for different size standards for airline, railroad, and construction companies). For subcontracts of $50,000 or less, a subcontractor having no more than 500 employees qualifies as a small business without regard to other factors.

 

4.) Minority Business . A minority business is a concern that is at least 51 percent owned by, and whose management and daily business operations are controlled by, one or more members of a socially and economically disadvantaged minority group, namely U.S. citizens who are Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, or Asian Americans. (Native Americans are American Indians, Eskimos, Aleuts, and Native Hawaiians. Asian Americans are U.S. citizens whose origins are Japanese, Chinese, Filipino, Vietnamese, Korean, Samoan, Laotian, Kampuchea (Cambodian), Taiwanese, in the U.S. Trust Territories of the Pacific Islands or in the Indian subcontinent.)

 

5.) Woman-owned Business . A woman-owned business is a concern at least 51 percent of which is owned by a woman (or women) who is a U.S. citizen, controls the firm by exercising the power to make policy decisions, and operates the business by being actively involved in day-to-day management.

 

6.) Educational or Other Nonprofit Organization . Any corporation, foundation, trust, or other institution operated for scientific or educational purposes, not organized for profit, no part of the net earnings of which inures to the profits of any private shareholder or individual.

 

 

Attachment C

Representations and Certifications

 

b. Parent Company and Taxpayer Identification Number.

 

1.) A parent company is one that owns or controls the basic business policies of an offeror. To own means to own more than 50 percent of the voting rights in the offeror. To control means to be able to formulate, determine, or veto basic business policy decisions of the offeror. A parent company need not own the offeror to control it; it may exercise control through the use of dominant minority voting rights, proxy voting, contractual arrangements, or otherwise.

 

2.) Enter the offeror’s Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) in the space provided. The TIN is the offeror’s Social Security number or other Employee Identification Number used on the offeror’s Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Form 941.

 

Offeror’s TIN 75-3010383                                         

 

3.) Check this block if the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company: ☐

 

4.) If the block above is checked, provide the following information about the parent company:

 

Parent Company’s Name:                                                           

Parent Company’s Main Office:                                                     

Address:                                                                                         

No. and Street:                                                                               

City: __________________ State: _____ Zip Code:           

Parent Company’s TIN:                                                              

 

5.) If the offeror is a member of an affiliated group that files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis (whether or not the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company, as provided above) provide the name and TIN of the common parent of the affiliated group:

 

Name of Common Parent                                                           

Common Parent’s TIN                                                             

 

c. Certificate of Independent Price Determination.

 

1.) By submitting this proposal, the offeror certifies, and in the case of a joint proposal each party to it certifies as to its own organization, that in connection with this solicitation:

 

a) The prices proposed have been arrived at independently, without consultation, communication, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to the prices with any other offeror or with any competitor;
b) Unless otherwise required by law, the prices proposed have not been and will not be knowingly disclosed by the offeror before award of a contract, directly or indirectly to any other offeror or to any competitor; and
c) No attempt has been made or will be made by the offeror to induce any other person or firm to submit or not submit a proposal for the purpose of restricting competition.

 

2.) Each person signing this proposal certifies that:

 

a) He or she is the person in the offeror’s organization responsible for the decision as to the prices being offered herein and that he or she has not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above; or
b) He or she is not the person in the offeror’s organization responsible for the decision as to the prices being offered but that he or she has been authorized in writing to act as agent for the persons responsible in certifying that they have not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above, and as their agent does hereby so certify; and he or she has not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above.

 

3.) Modification or deletion of any provision in this certificate may result in the disregarding of the proposal as unacceptable. Any modification or deletion should be accompanied by a signed statement explaining the reasons and describing in detail any disclosure or communication.

 

d. Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities.

 

1.) By submitting this proposal, the offeror certifies that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The offeror agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract.

 

2.) As used in this certification, segregated facilities means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms or wash rooms, restaurants or other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms or other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment area, transportation, or housing facilities provided for employees that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise.

 

 

Attachment C

Representations and Certifications

 

3.) The offeror further agrees that (unless it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) it will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors before awarding subcontracts exceeding $10,000 that are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause; that it will retain these certifications in its files; and that it will forward the following notice to these proposed subcontractors (except when they have submitted identical certifications for specific time periods):

 

Notice: A certification of nonsegregated facilities must be submitted before the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 that is not exempt from the Equal Opportunity clause. The certification may be submitted either for each subcontract or for all subcontracts during a period (quarterly, semiannually, or annually).

 

e. Certification Regarding Debarment, Proposed Debarment, and Other Matters (This certification must be completed with respect to any offer with a value of $100,000 or more.)

 

1.) The offeror certifies, to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it or any of its principals

 

a) Are ☐ are not ☒ presently debarred or proposed for debarment, or declared ineligible for the award of contracts by any Federal, state, or local agency;

 

b) Have ☐ have not ☒, within the three-year period preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for: commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, state, or local) contract or subcontract; violation of Federal or state antitrust statutes relating to the submission of offers; or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, tax evasion, or receiving stolen property;

 

c) Are ☐ are not ☒ presently indicted for, or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity with, commission of any of the offenses enumerated in subparagraph (b) above;

 

d) Have ☐ have not ☒ within a three-year period preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for: commission of fraud or a criminal offense in conjunction with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, state or local) contract or subcontract; violation of Federal or state antitrust statutes relating to the submission of offers; or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, tax evasion or receiving stolen property; and

 

e) Are ☐ are not ☒ presently indicted for, or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity with, commission of any of the offenses enumerated in subparagraph (d) above.

 

2.) The offeror has☐ has not ☒, within a three-year period preceding this offer, had one or more contracts terminated for default by any Federal, state, or local agency.

 

3.) “Principals,” for the purposes of this certification, means officers, directors, owners, partners, and other persons having primary management or supervisory responsibilities within a business entity (e.g., general manager, plant manager, head of a subsidiary, division, or business segment, and similar positions).

 

4.) The offeror must provide immediate written notice to the Contracting Officer if, at any time prior to contract award, the offeror learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.

 

5.) A certification that any of the items in paragraph (a) of this provision exists will not necessarily result in withholding of an award under this solicitation. However, the certification will be considered as part of the evaluation of the offeror’s capability (see PM 2.1.9.c.3). The offeror’s failure to furnish a certification or provide additional information requested by the contracting officer will affect the capability evaluation.

 

6.) Nothing contained in the foregoing may be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by paragraph (a) of this provision. The knowledge and information of an offeror is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.

 

 

Attachment C

Representations and Certifications

 

7.) This certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States and the making of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under section 1001, Title 18, United States Code.

 

8.) The certification in paragraph (a) of this provision is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making the award. If it is later determined that the offeror knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Postal Service, the Contracting Officer may terminate the contract resulting from this solicitation for default.

 

a. Incorporation by Reference. Wherever in this solicitation or contract a standard provision or clause is incorporated by reference, the incorporated term is identified by its title, its provision or clause number assigned to it, and its date. The text of incorporated terms may be found at http://www.usps.com/cpim/ftp/manuals/spp/spp.pdf . If checked, the following provision(s) is incorporated in this solicitation by reference: (contracting officer will check as appropriate)

 

1.       Provision 1-2: Domestic Source Certificate - Supplies

2.       Provision 1-3: Domestic Source Certificate - Construction Materials

3.       Provision 9-1: Equal Opportunity Affirmative Action Program

4.       Provision 9-2: Preaward Equal Opportunity Compliance Review

5.       Provision 9-3: Notice of Requirements for Equal Opportunity Affirmative Action

 

 

 

 

Highway Contract Route (HCR)

Wave 8 Dynamic Routing Optimization (DRO) Service

Statement of Work

 

Date of Issue: 03-28-2018

 

 

 

 

Contents

 

PART 1 – STATEMENT OF WORK 1
A. Overview 1
B. Requirements 1
C. Period of Performance 7
D. Place of Performance 7
E. Technology 7
F. Administrative Official 9
G. Electronic Communication and Interactivity 9
H. Safety Rating (Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration) 9
I. Subcontracting 10
J. Usage of Postal Facilities 10
K. Payment and Schedule Changes 10
L. Performance 12
M. Irregularities 13
N. Fuel Adjustment 14
PART 2 – LIST OF ATTACHMENTS 15

 

i

 

 

Part 1 – Statement of Work

 

A. OVERVIEW

 

The Postal Service is seeking to award surface transportation service that is responsive to daily mail volumes. Through the use of a Transportation Management System (TMS), forecasted mail volumes will be used to optimize local distribution networks at the Processing and Distribution Centers (P&DC) solicited.

 

The Supplier will provide surface transportation based on volume availability and a Transportation Management System (TMS) dynamic route optimization manifest. The Supplier will plan its operations based on the manifest and transportation information provided in support of, and in conjunction with, the needs of the Host P&DC, delivery units, and offices. The hours of service and address locations for the Host P&DC delivery units and city offices serviced by this contract are detailed in Attachment A, Service Point Details and Specifications .

 

This solicitation will include requirements for dynamic surface transportation service for the following P&DC’s.

 

Wave 8

 

Site 1 - Austin, TX (3 Regions)

Site 2 - Erie, PA (2 Regions)

Site 3 - Eureka, CA (1 Regions)

Site 4 - Lubbock, TX (2 Region)

Site 5 - Mid-Hudson, NY (3 Regions)

Site 6 - Saginaw (2 Regions)

Site 7 - Traverse City, MI (3 Regions)

Site 8 - Altoona, PA (2 Regions)

Site 9 - Anchorage, AK (2 Regions)

Site 10 - Springfield, MO (2 Regions)

 

The USPS anticipates awarding multiple contracts at ten (10) non Postal Vehicle Service (PVS) sites in the DRO Wave 8. Wave 8 consists of ten (10) sites with an approximate four (4) year base period of performance. Due to the alignment with current HCR contract expiration dates, the four-year period of performance for Wave 8 will be slightly longer or slightly shorter than four-years, as outlined below.

 

B. REQUIREMENTS

 

Suppliers will be required to provide a variety of vehicles to include vans, straight trucks, and tractor trailers. Additionally suppliers will be required to provide an on-site Supplier Representative during the initial start-up wave and annually during the Peak Season Period. The Supplier Representative will work with Postal Service employees at the location to coordinate all activities for the service. Global Positioning Systems will also be required on all trailers and straight trucks.

 

1

 

 

Operations will provide the Supplier with a manifest for their specific region(s) the Wednesday prior to the start of the upcoming Postal Service week. The manifest will further provide detailed mail tender information for the points of origin and the required arrival times at destinations. The Supplier will be required to arrive in sufficient time to load and dispatch vehicles to meet the required delivery windows as indicated on the manifest. The supplier is required to follow the manifest unless otherwise directed by Postal Official. The supplier is required to meet the scheduled departure/arrival times as indicated on the manifest. The supplier will be required to report in sufficient time to load vehicle to meet the scheduled departure time on the manifest.

 

1. Supplier Responsibilities

 

a. The Supplier will handle all mail tendered by the Postal Service in an efficient and expedient manner to meet the departure requirements specified in this contract.

 

b. The Supplier will provide all labor to support the service described in this statement of work and its attachments. The Supplier personnel operating vehicles are required to have a valid Commercial Driver’s License.(Please see Attachment I, Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) Vehicle Inspections by Law Enforcement Officials)

 

c. The Supplier will provide at least one (1) onsite Supplier Representative for approximately 8 hours (0030 – 0830) at the Host P&DC during peak windows of service (ex. 0230 – 0630).The Supplier will be required to provide a Supplier Representative at the dock during the initial three (3) month contract start-up period. The Supplier will also be required to provide a Supplier Representative annually for one (1) month during Peak Season. Peak Season period will begin around the Thanksgiving holiday of each year and end approximately January 1st, of the following year. The Supplier Representative will be required to coordinate with Postal Service employees on activities like but not limited to, organizing the retrieval of the mail from the prescribed mail tender points, arranging the loading of vehicles based on manifest routes provided by the Postal Service and communicating and requesting approval for any deviation from the manifest.

 

d. The Supplier will notify the Postal Service through the Host P&DC, via the Administrative Official, of any contingency events/changes or anticipated events/changes impacting the services provided by the Supplier. This notification must be via email, the receipt of email must be acknowledged, and must be given at least 72 hours in advance.

 

e. The Supplier will aid and assist with the loading and unloading of containers/pallets/other USPS products from surface transportation. The Supplier will be required to ensure the proper loading of mail in the sequence defined by the order of delivery, specified by the manifest. The manifest is organized in a “first in – last out” sequence by service point. (For Dock Safety Guidance, see Attachment K)

 

2

 

 

f. The Supplier will maintain a level of flexibility to accommodate out-of-schedule events and ensure that they are handled with the same level of efficiency and accuracy as the regularly scheduled trips. Out of schedule events can be defined as (but not limited to) extra service (scheduled or unscheduled) or ad hoc transportation to in scope delivery units. In addition to transportation events specified by the manifest, expanded operations, such as additional operating days or hours per day may be required.

 

g. The supplier is required to follow the manifest unless otherwise directed by Postal Official. The supplier is required to meet the scheduled departure/arrival times as indicated on the manifest. The supplier will be required to report in sufficient time to load vehicle to meet the scheduled departure time on the manifest. The supplier will be required to load, transport, and unload all classes of mail at the Originating, en route, and destinating offices.

 

Within the service area, or otherwise specified contract site(s), USPS may request additional trips that were not published in the original manifest, and the supplier will be required to execute the trips, up to the contracted mileage maximum thresholds; however, the supplier is not required to provide additional trips.

 

2. Postal Service Responsibilities

 

The Postal Service will oversee operations at the Host P&DC and provide instructions to the Supplier Representative. USPS will provide a dispatch manifest on the Wednesday prior to the Postal Service week. The manifest will provide detailed mail tender information for the point of origin and the required arrival times at the destinations (for further detail see, Attachment J – Manifests).

 

The Postal Service will be responsible for determining any extra transportation needs (transportation not listed on the initial weekly manifest) and for coordinating the extra service with the HCR supplier(s) at the site. If USPS determines that extra service is needed, suppliers will receive a notification by phone or email and will have approximately thirty (30) minutes to respond to the request. If the Supplier does not agree to fulfill the additional service within thirty (30) minutes, the extra transportation needed by USPS will be requested from an alternate supplier.

 

The Postal Service will provide standard empty Mail Transport Equipment (MTE), scanners, rolling equipment, and cardboard containers for the performance of these requirements.

 

3. Dispatch and Delivery Manifest

 

a. The Supplier will be provided a manifest, including anticipated mail volumes and mileage, on the Wednesday prior to each Postal Service week, which begins on Sunday. The manifest will provide detailed mail tender information for the point of origin and the required arrival times at destinations. The Supplier is responsible for allowing sufficient time to unload, load and dispatch all vehicles in order to meet the required delivery windows listed in the manifest.(See Attachment J, National Manifests)

 

3

 

 

b. The Postal Service reserves the right to cancel trips without penalty (via email or other communication methods), provided that the Supplier is given at least four (4) hours of notice, prior to the scheduled departure time. In the event that less than four (4) hours of notice is given, the Postal Service reserves the right to reroute transportation within the contracted service area(s) or site(s).

 

c. Some Delivery Units serviced by the supplier under this contract may require long haul trips to remote sites. It is the Supplier’s responsibility to plan driver schedules which adhere to all Department of Transportation Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration Hours of Service regulations.

 

d. Metro Collection Boxes

 

i. The Supplier may be asked to provide service to Metro Collection boxes at select locations. The driver will be required to open the Metro Collection box, scan the Metro Collection box, remove the mail, and transport the mail to the P&DC. The Supplier may also be required to participate in the Box Density and Maintenance messages which will populate on the drivers’ scanners. The Supplier will report any issues encountered with the provided scanner or in retrieving mail from the Metro Collection Box to the Postal Service immediately.

 

ii. Trips to Metro Collection boxes will be included on the transportation manifest along with instructions to access to the Metro Collection box.

 

iii. Please refer to the Metro Collection box table in Attachment A Service Point Details and Specifications.

 

e. Registered Mail

 

a. Drivers are required to sign for all registered mail. The driver will be required to isolate register mail on the tail of the vehicle and will present the Registered Mail to registered room or clerk upon arrival to the plant.

 

b. Driver is required to contact plant immediately if registered mail is not present at time of pickup. If driver fails to notify plant and arrives without register mail, supplier is responsible to retrieve register mail and bring to the plant.

 

c. If registered mail is lost prior to arrival at plant, driver will be held until register mail is found.

 

4. Daily Operations

 

a. The Supplier will stay abreast of changing conditions, including but not limited to late arriving or departing trucks, mechanical breakdowns, and make adjustments to transportation accordingly.

 

b. The Supplier will incur the costs of repairs and/or replacement of damaged Postal equipment or facilities if the damages are the fault of the Supplier.

 

4

 

 

c. The Supplier will coordinate movement of vehicles at the Host P&DC.

 

d. Wherever possible, or in agreement with local Postal Service Host P&DC staff, the Supplier will pre-load outbound vehicles.

 

e. Throughout the daily operation, the Supplier will inspect all containers in their possession to ensure that no mail has been left in any container. If any mail is found, the Supplier will immediately notify the Postal Service manager and a Postal employee will remove the mail from the container.

 

f. General

 

i. The Supplier is required to observe and adhere to specific delivery windows.

 

ii. The Supplier will not deliver to the facilities outside of these specified windows unless explicitly instructed to do so.

 

iii. It is expected that the Supplier will have the ability to obtain sufficient human resources (drivers, vehicles, etc.) within 72 hours to utilize the full fleet during these windows of possible delivery. Sunday delivery may not occur every week, but could be required on an ad hoc basis.

 

5. Procedures for Receipt and Dispatch of Vehicles

 

a. For dropping off a trailer, only local USPS designated personnel can open and close platform overhead doors.

 

b. Upon arrival, the Supplier driver will:

 

i. Set brakes

 

ii. Shut off engine

 

iii. Remove ignition key

 

iv. Affix chock block (if necessary)

 

v. Report to expeditor/USPS designee for bay assignment (if expeditor/USPS designee is available)

 

c. Expeditor or USPS designee provides driver with bay assignment.

 

d. Driver returns to parked tractor/trailer:

 

i. Removes chock block

 

ii. Starts tractor engine

 

iii. Releases brakes

 

iv. Proceeds to assigned bay

 

v. As driver is positioning to back up, sound horn

 

vi. Backs trailer into assigned bay

 

vii. Sets brakes

 

viii. Shuts off engine

 

ix. Removes ignition key

 

x. Affixes chock block to trailer

 

xi. Jacks up trailer for disconnect

 

xii. Disengages brake lines

 

xiii. Returns to tractor

 

xiv. Starts engine

 

xv. Disengages from trailer with no gap left between tractor and trailer

 

5

 

 

e. For picking up a trailer (where applicable), the driver returns to tractor:

 

i. Removes chock block

 

ii. Starts engine

 

iii. Proceeds to designating bay verifying assignment

 

iv. As driver is positioning to back up, sound horn

 

v. Ensures green light is on, where applicable

 

vi. Backs trailers into assigned bay

 

vii. Engages with assigned trailer

 

viii. Shuts off engine

 

ix. Removes ignition key

 

x. Affixes chock block to tractor

 

xi. Connects brake lines

 

xii. Lowers trailer into fifth wheel mechanism

 

xiii. Visually inspects fifth wheel locking mechanism

 

xiv. Removes trailer chock block

 

xv. Removes tractor chock block

 

xvi. Starts engine

 

xvii. Releases brake

 

xviii. Departs facility

 

f. Expeditor or USPS designee will:

 

i. Affix security seal to trailer door locking mechanism, where applicable

 

ii. Close bay door

 

iii. Retrieve secured ignition keys

 

iv. Verify load and trailer are secured to driver

 

v. Confirm bay assignment with driver

 

vi. Return ignition keys to driver

 

vii. Verify bay door is closed

 

g. Driver will:

 

i. Return to tractor

 

ii. Verify green light is on (where applicable) and door number/assignment

 

iii. Remove chock block

 

iv. Start engine, release brake, and depart facility

 

6. Yard Control

 

a. The Supplier will maintain yard control to ensure timely and accurate data is kept pertaining to vehicle movements and disposition on the facility property.

 

6

 

 

7. Reporting

 

a. At a minimum, the following report will be required and will be provided by the Supplier:

 

Accident reports, including personnel and equipment involved (per occurrence). This will be provided by the Supplier.

 

b. The Supplier will attend and participate in operation meetings and service talks at the Host P&DC at the discretion of the Postal Service.

 

8. Training

 

a. The Postal Service will provide the initial training for Postal Service systems and the Transportation Management Systems.

 

b. The Supplier will provide training to all of its personnel. The training will include but is not limited to the following items:

 

i. Emergency plan or procedures such as facility evacuation, hazardous chemical spills, threats, severe weather, etc.

 

ii. Security training that addresses the proper wearing of identification badges and the challenging of all persons not displaying a proper ID.

 

iii. Proper and safe loading and use of containers and postal equipment.

 

iv. Dock operations to include the postal-approved procedures for opening and sealing of trucks.

 

v. Applicable laws and regulations.

 

vi. Safety and health training that address overall work safety, (e.g., drug/alcohol abuse).

 

vii. Identification of various mail classes/types and an overview of Postal regulations as it pertains to mail security.

 

C. PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE

 

The anticipated period of performance for Austin, TX, Eureka, CA, Anchorage, AK, Traverse, MI, Erie, PA is Sunday, July 29, 2018 to Thursday, June 30, 2022.

 

The anticipated period of performance for the remaining sites to include Springfield, MO, Mid-Hudson, NY, Lubbock, TX, Altoona, PA, Saginaw is Sunday, August 05, 2018 to Thursday, June 30, 2022.

 

Following the contract award, suppliers will be allowed approximately 30 days to ramp up and prepare to start operations, unless otherwise agreed upon by the Supplier and the Postal Service.

 

D. PLACE OF PERFORMANCE

 

The work will begin at specified USPS P&DC facilities within specified geographic areas. (See Attachment A, Service Point Details and Specifications, for specific information)

 

E. TECHNOLOGY

 

1. Transportation Management System

 

The Postal Service is currently upgrading its TMS to advance technology and further automate processes. If there are impacts on the Supplier from these changes, the Postal Service will discuss and/or negotiate any necessary changes with the Supplier, as applicable.

 

7

 

 

2. GPS Requirements

 

The Supplier will be required to purchase a GPS unit from a source provided by the Postal Service. The Supplier will be provided instructions regarding the purchase and implementation of the GPS unit prior to the contract being awarded. The unit costs and monthly recurring data plan charges are detailed below. Suppliers should factor these costs into their proposed fixed RPM(s).

 

GPS Hardware Cost: $311.00 per unit

Data Plan Monthly Recurring Charge: $4.52 per unit

 

The Supplier is required to provide GPS technology and data transfer in accordance with the below requirements.

 

a. The Supplier shall maintain a functioning Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) system on all vehicles over 600 cubic feet and above to include but not limited to straight trucks and trailers. The GPS device must report the location of the vehicle to the Postal Service no less than every 15 minutes while the mail is in transit. It must also report the location of the vehicle upon arrival and departure at each location. Compliance to the requirement must reach a minimum of 98% success rate (accurate data transmitted to and received by the Postal Service). The following information is required for each data transmission:

 

i. GPS ID

 

ii. Trailer number

 

iii. Event: Arrival, Departure, En-Route, and Low Battery.

 

iv. Date/Time for each Event

 

v. Location by Address or Latitude/Longitude of the vehicle

 

b. The Supplier is required to have GPS units on all straight trucks and/or trailers and provide GPS status updates on demand or as requested. The GPS units should be attached to the straight truck and/or trailer. Mobile GPS units are not acceptable.

 

c. Supplier personnel driving vehicles shall have onboard communication systems to maintain contact with the on-site representative.

 

d. Supplier must transmit GPS data upon departure (via geo-fencing), upon arrival (via geo-fencing), and every 15 minutes in transit.

 

e. GPS data must be sent as events occur.

 

f. In the event a GPS unit is out of communication coverage, it must have the capability to log events that were not transmitted. These events should be transmitted as soon as the GPS unit is back in coverage with the lag being no more than four (4) hours.

 

8

 

 

F. ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICIAL

 

The Administrative Official is a Postal Service Official designated by the Manager, Distribution Networks to supervise and administer the performance of mail transportation and related services by suppliers.

 

Administrative Officials are NOT authorized to award, agree to, amend, terminate, or otherwise change the provisions and/or terms and conditions of the contract. Administrative Officials are responsible for ensuring supplier compliance with the operational requirements of highway contract routes and administering functions related to performance of that service. Specifically, Administrative Officials are responsible for the following:

 

1. Supervising the Supplier’s operations daily to ensure contract compliance, including necessary recordkeeping.

 

2. Obtaining screening information from highway transportation suppliers or contractor personnel.

 

3. Investigating irregularities and complaints regarding service on the route and taking corrective action.

 

4. Recommending establishment, discontinuance, or modifications to the manifest.

 

G. ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION AND INTERACTIVITY

 

The Postal Service will utilize web-based systems that will require supplier interactivity. Suppliers will be required to maintain and check their electronic mail (email) accounts regularly and to respond to email messages from the Postal Service. Suppliers must notify the Postal Service of any changes to email addresses.

 

H. SAFETY RATING (FEDERAL MOTOR CARRIER SAFETY ADMINISTRATION)

 

If the Supplier is notified by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) that there is a proposed safety rating or determination of a rating of “unsatisfactory” of the Supplier (as described in 49 CFR § 385.11), the Supplier must notify the Contracting Officer within five (5) business days of receipt of its receipt of notice from the FMCSA. Should the Supplier fail to do so, the Contracting Officer may terminate any and all of the Supplier’s contracts for default. In addition, the Contracting Officer may terminate any and all of the Supplier’s contracts for default based upon a proposed safety rating or determination of a rating of “unsatisfactory” of the Supplier (as described in 49 CFR § 385.11) by the FMCSA.

 

The Supplier is expected to provide a fleet which can meet the federal and state transportation vehicle requirements. These requirements include, but are not limited to, bed height restrictions, emission rates, maintenance standards and driving classifications.

 

9

 

 

I. SUBCONTRACTING

 

The offeror must include a detailed planned description of all related/support services (e.g. maintenance, custodial services) and specific line haul services. The supplier must detail which routes the subcontract services will address and what allocation of the operation will be covered by the subcontracted services. The plan must be reviewed and approved by the Contracting Officer.

 

J. USAGE OF POSTAL FACILITIES

 

Parking for contract vehicles and trailers at Postal facilities and other uses of Postal facilities (unless otherwise specified within this contract) may or may not be allowed at the discretion of each facility manager. The Supplier is responsible for all associated costs and to have the vehicle properly secured at all times. The Supplier must have adequate contingency plans in place should the use of postal facilities be terminated or limited. In no event shall the Postal Service be held liable for, or incur any additional cost associated with, such use or the termination of such use during the contract term.

 

K. PAYMENT AND SCHEDULE CHANGES

 

Payment for services rendered under this contract will be made as follows:

 

Suppliers will receive a monthly payment processed by the 2nd Friday of the next calendar month of the period for which the service was performed. If the Supplier operates mileage in either the Expected or Lower Mileage Ranges, the payment will be calculated by multiplying the manifest miles by the Supplier’s RPM in the applicable mileage range (Expected or Lower). If the Supplier operates mileage in the Upper Mileage Range, the Supplier will be paid for all manifest miles operated within the Expected Mileage Range at the Expected Mileage Range RPM. Any additional miles over the maximum mileage of the Expected Range will be paid using the Supplier’s Upper Mileage Range RPM. All extra trips will be captured in the TMS system and included in the monthly manifest mileage calculation for the same period in which they were ordered. An example of the monthly payment calculation has been provided below.

 

Monthly Payment Calculation Example Site X

 

Site X- December

 

Peak   Minimum Mileage     Maximum Mileage     Supplier RPM  
Upper Mileage Range     17,912       19,427     $ 1.65  
Expected Mileage Range     14,305       17,911     $ 1.55  
Lower Mileage Range     11,856       14,304     $ 1.60  

 

Note: For the purposes of the example, payments have been rounded to the nearest dollar.

 

10

 

 

If the Supplier ran 15,000 miles (inclusive of manifest miles and extra trips), then all 15,000 would be paid at the Expected Mileage Range price. (15,000 x $1.55) = $23,250

 

If the Supplier ran 12,000 miles (inclusive of manifest miles and extra trips), then all 12,000 miles would be paid at the Lower Mileage Range price. (12,000 x $1.60) = $19,200

 

If the Supplier ran 19,000 miles (inclusive of manifest miles and extra trips), then 17,911 miles would be paid at the Expected Mileage Range price and 1,089 miles would be paid at the Upper Mileage Range price. (17,911 x $1.55) + (1,089 x $1.65) = $29,559

 

If the Supplier is requested and agrees to operate the mileage in excess of the maximum (inclusive of manifest miles & extra trips), the additional mileage will be paid at the Upper Mileage Range rate for the total additional mileage run above the Expected Range. The Supplier has a right to refuse miles above the maximum mileage in the Upper Mileage Range Tier.

 

Using the example above, if the Supplier agreed to run 20,000 miles, 17,911 would be paid at the Expected Mileage Range price, and 2,089 would be paid at the Upper Mileage Range Price. (17,911 x $1.55) + (2,089 x $1.65) = $31,209

 

If monthly mileage falls below the minimum mileage (inclusive of manifest miles & extra trips) identified in the Lower Mileage Range, the Supplier will be paid for the minimum mileage in the lower mileage range, or (11,856 x $1.60) = $18,970 in the example month above.

 

No supplier invoices are required. Supplier payments will be processed through the electronic 5429 (e5429) process at the conclusion of each Postal Accounting Period for which payment is due. The payment for service will be made no later than the 2nd Friday of the next calendar month of the period for which service was performed. All mileage will be captured in the TMS system and included in the monthly manifest mileage calculation for the same period in which they were ordered.

 

When Dynamic Routing Optimization (DRO) does not start on the first day of the calendar month, the mileage the supplier operates will be pro-rated within the appropriate mileage tier for payment. The pro-rated mileage adjustment is calculated by dividing the mileage operated by the supplier for that period by the days executed to determine a daily mileage amount. The average daily mileage is then multiplied by total days in the calendar month to arrive at a monthly prorated mileage amount. This monthly pro-rated mileage amount will be paid based upon the rate and tier the monthly mileage amount falls within.

 

11

 

 

Site X- December

 

Peak   Minimum Mileage     Maximum Mileage     Supplier RPM  
Upper Mileage Range     17,912       19,427     $ 1.65  
Expected Mileage Range     14,305       17,911     $ 1.55  
Lower Mileage Range     11,856       14,304     $ 1.60  

 

Pro-rate Calculation

 

Supplier Operated Mileage for December         5,000  
Number of Days of Service         12  
Calendar Days in the Month         31  
Daily mileage amount   5,000 / 12     417  
The result is then divided by total days in the calendar month   417 * 31     12,917  
Monthly pro-rated mileage amount will be paid based upon the rate and tier the monthly mileage amount falls within.   12,917 * $1.60   $ 20,667  

 

SUPPLIERS WILL BE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE THE NUMBER OF GALLONS USED IN THEIR ESTIMATED ANNUAL FUEL COSTS. THIS INFORMATION WILL BE USED IN THE CALCULATION OF ANY FUEL ADJUSTMENT AND IN THE DETERMINATION OF THE REASONABLENESS OF SUPPLIER PRICING.

 

L. PERFORMANCE

 

1. The Supplier is required to dispatch 98% of the tendered mail to permit arrival to all locations by the required delivery time (RDT), or scheduled delivery time identified in the manifest. The Supplier will be held accountable for all performance failures other than for delays imposed by the Postal Service (Per Clause B-79, Forfeiture of Compensation).

 

2. The Supplier will be required to maintain 98% accuracy for Quality of Dispatch. “Quality of Dispatch” is defined as no containers or loose pieces placed on incorrect departing transportation. If a “Quality of Dispatch” error occurs, the Supplier will immediately correct the source of the error to ensure the error does not reoccur.

 

3. The Supplier is responsible for having a quality assurance program established in-house to perform daily monitoring of, at minimum, actual mileage performed by driver weekly, performance failures, container location accuracy, and pick-up and delivery times. This program is to be established based on the discretion of the Supplier.

 

4. Monthly performance meetings between the Supplier and Postal Service will be performed as arranged by the Host P&DC Transportation Manager or designee (ex. local Administrating Official).

 

5. The Supplier must achieve 98% on-time dispatch performance of timely mail, outside of delays caused by the Postal Service, and 98% distribution accuracy for all mail tendered to and processed by the Supplier.

 

12

 

 

M. IRREGULARITIES

 

When an irregularity in performance occurs the Postal Service may take subsequent action as defined below:

 

1. Other Irregularities

 

a. The Postal Service will issue a PS Form 5500, Contract Route Irregularity Report. The Supplier must sign and return the Contract Route Irregularity Report within ten (10) days of receipt.

 

b. Suppliers are responsible for providing documentation to support requests for exceptions for unforeseen circumstances to include but not limited to weather, traffic accidents (not caused by the supplier), and detours.

 

c. Repeated irregularities as defined above, with no or ineffectual attempts at correction, may result in contract termination and the Supplier may be held liable for any re-procurement costs associated with the default.

 

d. The supplier may be assigned lobby/vestibule keys and/or a scanning device be used in the delivery and collection of mail along the contract route. These are accountable items that must be signed out prior to the start of the designated trip(s) and turned in at the end of the trip(s). Loss, negligent damage, or failure to turn in accountable item(s) as scheduled may result in assessment of damages or termination of the contract.

 

2. Late Delivery Irregularities

 

a. Supplier induced irregularities resulting in late delivery (explained under Performance Framework) could result in a reduction in total pay in conjunction with PS Form 5500 (contracted RPM’s will apply), Contract Route Irregularity Report, or termination for default.

 

b. Upon receipt of a PS Form 5500, the Supplier shall promptly take all necessary corrective action to bring performance into compliance.

 

c. The Supplier will complete all appropriate areas of the PS 5500 and document the corrective action taken to ensure the error does not occur in the future. The PS 5500 must be signed and sent back to the Administrative Official within ten (10) days of receipt.

 

13

 

 

d. The Supplier and the Postal Service Administrative Official will discuss each completed PS 5500. The PS 5500 will be discussed monthly during the performance discussion between the Supplier and Administrative Official.

 

e. When the Postal Service delays the HCR supplier beyond their scheduled departure time, the origin facility must issue a PS Form 5466 to the driver. To receive compensation for such Postal Service caused delays, the supplier consolidates the PS Form 5466s for each route and lists them on a supplier claim form, such as the one shown in in the attached PS Form 5466 found in this solicitation. The supplier must summarize the total delay time in minutes and shall ensure that the supporting data is accurate and complete. The supplier submits the PS Form 5466s and the completed supplier claim form to the USPS administrative official (AO) responsible for the supplier’s route. The supplier should submit claims monthly, completing one claim form per route. Payment for the Postal Service caused delays described above will be paid at the established Service Contract Act (SCA) Wage Rate for the contracted region.

 

N. FUEL ADJUSTMENT

 

1. Fuel Rate Establishment

 

This contract will be administered under the automated fuel index program. At the time of award, the fuel price per gallon in the contract will be set to the Department of Energy (DOE) Petroleum Acquisition Defense District (PADD) Price for the region in which the contract originates, using the price for the month immediately preceding the month of award. If there is a difference between the price per gallon in place when the award or renewal contract is signed and the DOE price on the first day of the new term, the contract price will be adjusted reflecting the difference in price of fuel.

 

2. Fuel Rate Adjustment

 

At the end of each calendar month, the difference between (1) the previous monthly DOE regional fuel index for the applicable fuel type and (2) the current monthly DOE regional fuel index for the applicable fuel type will be adjusted automatically. This will become the new contract baseline fuel ppg. The new contract baseline fuel ppg will remain in effect until the next automatic monthly adjustment.

 

14

 

 

PART 2 – LIST OF ATTACHMENTS

 

Attachment A – Service Point Details and Specifications

Attachment B – Vehicle Specifications

Attachment C – Representations and Certifications

Attachment D – Pricing Sheet (for information only)

Attachment E – Wage Determination Examples – National

Attachment F – Subcontracting Plan Requirements

Attachment G – PS3881-X Supplier and Payee EFT Enrollment

Attachment H – Transportation Services Proposal & Contract (PS 7405)

Attachment I – Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) Vehicle Inspections by Law Enforcement Officials

Attachment J – Manifests

Attachment K – Dock Safety Guidance

Attachment L – Highway Contractor Safety

Attachment M – DRO Mileage & Departure Time Variation

Attachment N – Frequently Asked Questions

Attachment O – Federal Contractor Veterans Employment Report (VETS-4212)

Attachment P – Manifest Review Slides

Attachment Q – PS5466, Late Slips

Attachment R – GPS

 

15

 

 

 

Dynamic Route Optimization

 

Wave 8 Terms and Conditions

 

 

 

Date of Issue: March 28, 2018

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

DATE OF ISSUE: MARCH 12, 20181

 

Part 1: Dynamic Route Optimization Provisions 1
Provision 1-1: Supplier Clearance Requirements (March 2006) 1
Provision 1-4: Prohibition Against Contracting with Former Postal Service Officers or PCES Executives (March 2006) 1
Provision 1-5: Proposed Use of Former Postal Service Employees (March 2006) 1
Provision 3-1: Notice of Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Business Subcontracting Requirements (March 2006) 1
Provision 4-1: Standard Solicitation Provisions (November 2007) (Modified) 2
Provision 4-2: Evaluation (March 2006) (Modified) 8
Postal Service E-Sourcing Registration 12
Provision 4-3: Representations and Certifications (November 2012) 13
Provision 9-2: Preaward Equal Opportunity Compliance Review 17
Part 2: Dynamic Route Optimization CLAUSES 18
Clause B-1 Definitions (March 2006) (Modified) 18
Clause B-3: Contract Type (March 2006) (Modified) 18
Clause B-9: Claims and Disputes (March 2006) 19
Clause B-15: Notice of Delay (March 2006) (Modified) 20
Clause B-16: Suspensions and Delays (March 2006) 20
Clause B-19: Excusable Delays (March 2006) 20
Clause B-22: Interest (March 2006) 21
Clause B-26: Protection of Postal Service Buildings, Equipment, and Vegetation (March 2006) 21
Clause B-30: Permits and Responsibilities (March 2006) 21
Clause B-39: Indemnification (March 2006) 21
Clause B-64: Accountability of the Supplier (Highway) (March 2006) 22
Clause B-65: Adjustments to Compensation (March 2006) (Modified) 22
Clause B-68: Changes in Corporate Ownership or Officers (March 2006) 23
Clause B-69: Events of Default (March 2006) (Modified) 23
Clause B-77: Protection of the Mail (March 2006) 24
Clause B-78 Renewal (March 2006) 24
Clause B-79: Forfeiture of Compensation (March 2006) 25
Clause B-80: Laws and Regulations Applicable (March 2006) 25
Clause B-81: Information or Access by Third Parties (May 2006) 25
Clause B-82: Access by Officials (March 2006) 25
Clause 1-1: Privacy Protection (October 2014) 25
Clause 1-7: Organizational Conflicts of Interest (March 2006) 27
Clause 1-11: Prohibition Against Contracting with Former Officers or PCES Executives (March 2006) 28
Clause 1-12: Use of Former Postal Service Employees (March 2006) 28
Clause 2-19: Option to Extend (Services Contract) (March 2006) 28
Clause 2-22: Value Engineering Incentive (March 2006) 29
Clause 2-39: Ordering (March 2006) (Modified) 31
Clause 2-42: Indefinite Quantity (March 2006) (Modified) 31
Clause 3-1: Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Business Subcontracting Requirements (March 2006) 32
Clause 3-2: Participation of Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Businesses (March 2006) 33
Clause 4-1: General Terms and Conditions (July 2007) (Modified) 34
Clause 4-2: Contract Terms and Conditions Required to Implement Policies, Statutes, or Executive Orders (July 2014) (Modified) 37
Clause 7-4: Insurance (March 2006) (Modified) 39
Clause 7-5: Errors and Omissions (March 2006) 39
Clause 7-10: Sustainability (July 2014) (Modified) 40
Clause 8-8: Additional Data Requirements (March 2006) 40
Clause 8-10: Rights in Data — Special Works (March 2006) 40
Clause 8-13: Intellectual Property Rights (March 2006)40 Clause 8-16: Postal Service Title in Technical Data and Computer Software (March 2006) 41
Clause 9-10: Service Contract Act (March 2006) 47
Clause 9-12: Fair Labor Standards Act and Service Contract Act – Price Adjustment (February 2010) 54
Clause 9-14: Affirmative Action for Special Disabled Veterans, Veterans of the Vietnam Era, and other Eligible Veterans (February 2010) 55
Fuel Rate Establishment 56
Fuel Rate Adjustment 56

 

i

 

 

PART 1: DYNAMIC ROUTE OPTIMIZATION PROVISIONS

 

PROVISION 1-1: SUPPLIER CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS (MARCH 2006)

 

The contract resulting from this solicitation will require the contractor or its employees (including subcontractors and their employees) to have access to occupied Postal facilities, and/or to Postal information and resources, including postal computer systems. Clearance in accordance with Administrative Support Manual 272.3 will be required before that access will be permitted. It is the contractor’s obligation to obtain and supply to the Postal Service the forms and information required by that regulation.

 

Suppliers must familiarize themselves with the requirements of that section, taking into account in their offices the time and paperwork associated with the screening.

 

PROVISION 1-4: PROHIBITION AGAINST CONTRACTING WITH FORMER POSTAL SERVICE OFFICERS OR PCES EXECUTIVES (MARCH 2006)

 

The Supplier represents that former Postal Service officers or Postal Career Executive Service (PCES) executives will not be employed as key personnel, experts or consultants in the performance of the contract if such individuals, within 1 year of their retirement from the Postal Service, will be performing substantially the same duties as they performed during their career with the Postal Service. In addition, no contract resulting from this solicitation may be awarded to such individuals or entities in which they have a substantial interest, for 1 year after their retirement from the Postal Service, if the work called for in the solicitation requires such individuals to perform substantially the same duties as they performed during their career with the Postal Service.

 

PROVISION 1-5: PROPOSED USE OF FORMER POSTAL SERVICE EMPLOYEES (MARCH 2006)

 

In its proposal, the Supplier must identify any former Postal Service employee it proposes to engage, directly or indirectly, in the performance of the contract. The Postal Service reserves the right to require the Supplier to replace the proposed individual with an equally qualified individual.

 

PROVISION 3-1: NOTICE OF SMALL-, MINORITY-, AND WOMAN-OWNED BUSINESS SUBCONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS (FEBRUARY 2018)

 

When the contract value is estimated at $1 million or more, all offerors, except small businesses, must submit with their proposals the contract-specific subcontracting plan required by Clause 3-1: Small-, Minority-, and Woman-Owned Business Subcontracting Requirements. Generally, this plan must be agreed to by both the supplier and the Postal Service before award of the contract. Lack of submittal of a contract-specific subcontracting plan may make the offeror’s proposal unacceptable for award.

 

All offerors must be capable of reporting as required by Clause 3-2: Participation of Small-, Minority-, and Woman-Owned Businesses. Reporting is required when the contract value is estimated at $500,000 or more.

 

1

 

 

PROVISION 4-1: STANDARD SOLICITATION PROVISIONS (NOVEMBER 2007) (MODIFIED)

 

1. Submission of Offers. The Postal Service will provide a Postal Service (PS) Form 7405, Order / Solicitation / Offer / Award, to Suppliers for signature and inclusion with the proposal package.

 

The proposal(s) submitted by the Supplier will require, at a minimum:

 

1. Solicitation title.

 

2. The name, address, e-mail address, point of contact listed on 1st page of proposal and telephone number of the Supplier.

 

3. Price and any discount terms

 

4. “Remit to” address, if different than mailing address.

 

5. Federal Contractor Veterans Employment Report, Vet-4212: https://www.dol.gov/vets/programs/fcp/vets-4212rev2017.pdf

 

6. A completed copy of the representations and certifications (Provision 4-3).

 

7. Acknowledgment of Solicitation Amendments.

 

8. PS Form 7405, Order / Solicitation / Offer / Award.

 

9. In addition to the items listed in this provision, Suppliers must address the items shown in Provision 4-1: Addendum: Required Information.

 

2. Business Disagreements. Business disagreements may be lodged with the Supplier Disagreement Resolution Official (SDRO) if the Supplier and the Contracting Officer have failed to resolve the disagreement as described in 39 CFR Section 601 (available for review at www.gpoaccess.gov/ecfr). The SDRO will consider the disagreement only if it is lodged in accordance with the time limits and procedures described in 39 CFR Section 601. The SDRO’s decisions are available for review at www.usps.com .

 

3. Late Proposals. Proposals or modifications of proposals received at the address specified for the receipt of proposals after the exact time specified for receipt of proposals will not be considered unless determined to be in the best interest of the Postal Service.

 

4. Type of Contract. The Postal Service plans to award a Fixed Rate per Mile, Indefinite Delivery, Indefinite Quantity, with Economic Price Adjustment contract under this solicitation and all proposals must be submitted on this basis. Alternate proposals based on other contract types will not be considered. Adjustments will be made in accordance with Management Instruction PM-4.4.1-2005-1 which can be found at http://about.usps.com/management-instructions/p441051.pdf. (See Clause B-3: Contract Type, for additional info)

 

5. Contract Award. The Postal Service may evaluate proposals and award contracts without discussions with Suppliers. Therefore, the Supplier’s initial proposal should contain the Supplier’s best terms from a price and technical standpoint. Discussions may be conducted if the Postal Service determines they are necessary. The Postal Service may reject any or all proposals if such action is in the best interest of the Postal Service.

 

2

 

 

6. Multiple Awards. The Postal Service intends to award one or more contracts under this solicitation. The Postal Service may award a Supplier one or more site(s) and/or region(s) under this solicitation. The Postal Service reserves the right to not award an additional site and/or region to a successful Supplier should it deem that a non-award of the additional site(s) and/or region to the successful Supplier is in its best interest.

 

7. Incorporation by Reference. Wherever in this solicitation or contract a standard provision or clause is incorporated by reference, the incorporated term is identified by its title, the provision or clause number assigned to it in the Postal Service’s Supplying Principles and Practices, and its date. The text of incorporated terms may be found in the Supplying Principles and Practices, accessible online at http://about.usps.com/manuals/spp/spp.pdf.

 

Questions on the Solicitation. All Suppliers will receive as an attachment to the solicitation, Attachment N, Wave 4 Frequently Asked Questions.

 

Provision 4-1: Additional Requirement. In order for the Postal Service to evaluate proposals in accordance with the criteria stated in Provision 4-2, the following information must be provided. In general, the Supplier should be concerned with providing specific facts in lieu of broad generalizations and flowery descriptions. The Supplier must also complete and return the Representations and Certifications (Provision 4-3 below). Instructions for proposal submittal are contained in the table below.

 

Proposals are to be divided into volumes as shown in the table below. The Supplier must address the sections of each Tab within each Volume in the order detailed in the tables below. Page number limitations are also noted in the table below. Page limitation excludes coversheets, dividers, tables of contents, and attachments required by solicitation. Text in all volumes may be single-spaced and no smaller than Arial 10 point font. Graphics may include fonts no smaller than Arial 8 point as displayed. Margins may be no less than one (1) inch on any side, top, or bottom.

 

Proposals must comply with the instructions contained herein. Proposals not in conformance with these instructions may be rejected. Previously submitted data or prior performance presumed to be known to the USPS (e.g., any previous projects performed for the USPS) will not be considered as part of the technical proposal evaluation; Supplier must include in this proposal all information it wants to be considered by USPS. Any information that may have been submitted prior to the solicitation which is still relevant must be resubmitted in the formats requested.

 

Volume 1 – Technical Proposal

 

Tab   Criteria   Page Limit
1   Supplier Eligibility   Check Box
2   Past Performance   2
3   Supplier Capability   2
4   Management Plan   7
5   Contingency Plan   2
6   Sustainability Plan   3
7   Subcontracting Plan   2

 

3

 

 

Volume 2 – Price Proposal

 

Tab   Sections   Page Limit
1   Completed and Signed PS Form 7405 (Attachment H)   1
2   Pricing Sheet (for information only)   1
3   Representations and Certifications (Provision 4-3) (Attachment C)   5

 

Volume 3 – Financials

 

Tab   Sections   Page Limit
1   k recent credit report that includes certification of no bankruptcy Filings in the past three (3) years.   N/A
2   Three (3) years of audited financial statements to include Income Statements (e.g. Balance Sheet, Statement of Cash Flow, etc.), and the corresponding note pages to the financial statements   N/A
3   Funding documentation from a financial institution (when funding is required to obtain vehicles).   N/A
4   Names of Financial institution, contact names, phone numbers for lines of credit currently available as of proposal date for each line of credit including bank letter(s) of reference.   N/A
5   Most Recent Tax Returns for the past two (2) years.   N/A
6   Tax Identification Number (TIN) documentation – COPY of social security card for owner operators.   N/A

 

Volume 1 – Technical Proposal

 

The factors that will be used in the technical evaluation of proposals and their relative importance are as follows:

 

Supplier Eligibility is a pass or fail factor

 

Past Performance is the most important Technical Evaluation factor

 

Supplier Capability is less important than the Past Performance

 

Management Plan is less important than Supplier Capability

 

Contingency Plan is equal to Management Plan, Sustainability Plan & Subcontracting Plan

 

Supplier Eligibility

 

The Supplier must submit information that will allow the evaluation team to determine that the Supplier is eligible to perform all the services required for the full term of the resultant contract Information submitted must allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s eligibility relating to the factors set forth in “Supplier Eligibility” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation.

 

4

 

 

Past Performance

 

The Supplier must submit information that will allow the evaluation team to determine its performance level on contracts and other business arrangements of similar size and scope. Information submitted should allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s past performance relating to the factors set forth in “Past Performance,” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation.

 

Supplier Capability

 

The Supplier must submit information that will allow the evaluation team to determine that the Supplier is able to perform all the services required for the full term of the resultant contract. Information submitted must allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s capability relating to the factors set forth in “Supplier Capability” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation. This solicitation should be addressed as though this is the first time a Supplier is doing business with the Postal Service.

 

Management Plan

 

Suppliers must provide a Management Plan for dealing with normal daily operations, as well as unscheduled and unexpected events affecting the expeditious operation of the network. The Supplier must provide an implementation plan and its project methodology or proposed approach for ramping up and commencing the services required in the contract. The Supplier must include a description of the division of roles and responsibilities during this process between the Supplier and USPS.

 

Contingency Plan

 

The Supplier must submit information that will allow the evaluation team to determine that a Supplier has Contingency Plan for dealing with unexpected events, such as overflow mail, damaged containers, equipment breakdowns, etc. Information submitted must allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s Contingency Plan relating to the factors set forth in “Contingency Plan” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation.

 

Sustainability Plan

 

The Supplier must include a detailed sustainability plan in its proposal. The plan should describe the Supplier’s current sustainability initiatives and metrics, as well as suggested initiatives on which the Supplier will work collaboratively with the Postal Service. Information submitted must allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s capability relating to the factors set forth in “Sustainability Plan” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation.

 

Subcontracting Plan

 

All suppliers, including small businesses, must submit a subcontracting plan that is specific to this contract and that separately addresses subcontracting with small, minority, and woman-owned businesses. The offeror must include a detailed description of all related/support services (e.g. maintenance, custodial services) and specific line haul services. The supplier must detail which routes the subcontract services will address and what allocation of the operation will be covered by the subcontract services. Information submitted must allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s capability relating to the factors set forth in “Subcontracting Plan” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation.

 

Volume 2 – Price Proposal

 

1. PS Form 7405

 

The Supplier must provide a completed and signed PS Form 7405 (Attachment H, Transportation Services Proposal & Contract (PS 7405)).

 

5

 

 

The following instructions should be closely followed in completing this form:

 

Item 1. Fill in the solicitation number, date of the solicitation, and the terminal points of the route exactly as they appear on the solicitation.

 

Item 2. N/A. Pricing is entered in Emptoris.

 

Item 3. In blocks a, b, and c, enter the complete name, address and phone number of the Supplier. Enter the Supplier’s DOT number in block d. Enter the Employer Identification Number (Social Security Number if the Supplier is an individual)

 

Item 4. In block e, complete blocks f and g only if proposals are being submitted for box delivery routes.

 

Item 5. Supplier signature

 

Complete the remainder of the form, including the appropriate certificate, and other items on the reverse, and sign the form as Supplier.

 

2. Price/RPM

 

The Supplier must complete and submit pricing through the E-Sourcing System, Emptoris.

 

The Supplier must provide a Rate per Mile (RPM), for each mileage range for both Peak and Non-Peak periods. The Supplier’s proposed rates must be calculated based on the mileage automatically populated in Emptoris. Attachment D- Pricing Sheet is provided as information only and should not be included in the Supplier’s proposal submission.

 

The proposed RPM for peak and non-peak must be inclusive of all supplier costs associated with providing the required services for the proposed mileage range. These costs include but are not limited to equipment, labor, training, GPS, overhead, profit, and fuel. The rates may be carried out to a maximum of four decimal places.

 

NOTE: The Suppliers proposed RPM on the Expected Mileage will be the most important factor in evaluating the price. The Suppliers proposed RPM on the Upper Range and the Lower Range are of equal importance but significantly less impo rtant than the proposed RPM of the Expected Mileage Range.

 

Price Analysis

 

Suppliers will be asked to provide a price proposal for one or more regions for each site on which they bid. If suppliers provide a price proposal for all or multiple regions within a site as a bundle they must also provide a price proposal for each individual region within its multiple region proposal bundles. For each mileage range pricing offer, the supplier will also be required to detail the number of proposed fuel gallons and labor hours so that impact of future adjustments in fuel and labor can be evaluated in the pricing analysis. In addition, the supplier must provide labor categories (per the wage determination that applies to this contract) to include the number of labor hours for each category they are proposing.

 

6

 

 

    Historic Peak Ave Region
RPM Weighted
    Historic Non-Peak
Ave Region RPM
Weighted
    Historic Ave Region RPM Weighted  
Austin Region A   $ 2.43     $ 2.27     $ 2.29  
Austin Region B   $ 2.87     $ 2.36     $ 2.41  
Austin Region C   $ 7.14     $ 5.14     $ 5.36  
Erie Region A   $ 1.81     $ 1.81     $ 1.81  
Erie Region B   $ 1.78     $ 1.78     $ 1.78  
Eureka Region A   $ 2.44     $ 2.44     $ 2.44  
Lubbock Region A   $ 2.17     $ 2.17     $ 2.17  
Lubbock Region B   $ 2.12     $ 1.96     $ 1.98  
Mid-Hudson Region A   $ 2.12     $ 2.12     $ 2.12  
Mid-Hudson Region B   $ 2.16     $ 2.16     $ 2.16  
Mid-Hudson Region C   $ 2.32     $ 2.32     $ 2.32  
Saginaw Region A   $ 2.41     $ 2.47     $ 2.46  
Saginaw Region B   $ 2.14     $ 2.08     $ 2.09  
Traverse City Region A   $ 1.90     $ 1.86     $ 1.87  
Traverse City Region B   $ 1.91     $ 1.86     $ 1.87  
Traverse City Region C   $ 1.80     $ 1.81     $ 1.80  
Altoona Region A   $ 1.95     $ 1.95     $ 1.95  
Altoona Region B   $ 1.92     $ 1.82     $ 1.83  
Anchorage Region A   $ 3.42     $ 3.21     $ 3.23  
Anchorage Region B   $ 4.28     $ 3.47     $ 3.56  
Springfield Region A   $ 2.00     $ 1.85     $ 1.87  
Springfield Region B   $ 2.12     $ 2.08     $ 2.08  

 

3. Representations and Certifications

 

The Representations and Certifications pursuant to Provision 4-3 must be executed and returned with the proposal.

 

Volume 3 – Financials

 

Supplier’s Financial Condition of company: The offeror must provide:

 

a. A recent credit report that includes certification of no bankruptcy filings in the past three (3) years.

 

b. Three (3) years of audited financial statements to include Income Statements (e.g. Balance Sheet, Statement of Cash Flow, etc.), and the corresponding note pages to the financial statements.

 

c. Funding documentation from a financial institution (when funding is required to obtain vehicles).

 

d. Names of Financial institution, contact names, phone numbers for lines of credit currently available as of proposal date for each line of credit including bank letter(s) of reference.

 

e. Most Recent Tax Returns for the past two (2) years.

 

f. Tax Identification Number (TIN) documentation – COPY of social security card for owner operators.

 

7

 

 

PROVISION 4-2: EVALUATION (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

Each Supplier will be required to submit a two-volume proposal. The Technical Evaluation will be based on the Volume 1 – Technical Proposal, whereas the Price Evaluation will be based on data provided in the Volume 2 - Price Proposal.

 

The factors that will be used in the technical evaluation of proposals and their relative importance are as follows:

 

1. Supplier Eligibility is a pass or fail factor

 

2. Past Performance is the most important Technical Evaluation factor

 

3. Supplier Capability is less important than the Past Performance

 

4. Management Plan is less important than Supplier Capability

 

5. Contingency Plan, Sustainability Plan, and Subcontracting Plan are all equal to Management Plan

 

Supplier Eligibility (Pass / Fail)

 

The Suppliers’ ability to meet all the required factors that are necessary to perform operations, to include the following:

 

Companies ineligible:

 

1. Business organizations substantially owned or controlled by Postal Service employees or their immediate families.

 

2. Offerors suspended, debarred, ineligible, or proposed for suspension, debarment, or ineligibility are also excluded from conducting business with the Postal Service as agents, subcontractors, or representatives of other offerors.

 

Past Performance

 

The offeror will be evaluated on its performance under existing and prior contracts for similar services. In evaluating past performance, the Postal Service will consider the offeror’s effectiveness in quality of products or services; timeliness of performance; cost control; business practices; customer satisfaction, and key personnel past performance. Additionally, consideration will be given to the offeror’s demonstrated commitment to continuous improvement, innovation, sustainability and knowledge transfer.

 

The offeror must submit a list of at least three (3) references that USPS may contact to assess the offer’s past performance during the past twelve (12) months. The list must include, at a minimum, the following information:

 

1. Name of reference (company name and location).

 

2. Point of contact (name and title).

 

3. Telephone number and email address.

 

4. Type of contract and size and services rendered for transportation contracts of similar scope.

 

5. Dates of service.

 

8

 

 

Supplier Capability

 

The extent to which the Supplier has the ability to obtain adequate resources (technical, equipment, etc.) to perform the work will be evaluated. The Suppliers will address the following in the Supplier capability section of the proposal (which are not sub factors):

 

1. The ability to meet the required delivery schedule (e.g., able to begin operations on the effective date of start-up of contract performance) considering all existing commitments, including pending awards.

 

2. Equipment to include the type, age, and average miles per gallon (MPG) along with the offeror’s plan to upgrade vehicles during the life of the contract;

 

3. A sound record of integrity and business ethics; and

 

4. The necessary organization, experience, accounting and operational controls, technical skills, and property controls.

 

Management Plan

 

The offeror must include a detailed management plan in its proposal. The Management Plan, at a minimum, must address the offeror’s plan and ability to perform at high level of on time performance, to include the following (which are not sub factors):

 

1. Monitoring of service performance to ensure quality on time performance.

 

2. Maintaining adequate staffing levels including drivers and supervisors considering the planned hours for portal time, layover, and pre/post inspections.

 

3. Compliance with Department of Labor (DOL) and Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations.

 

4. Completion of all loading in time to meet dispatch.

 

5. Implementation of global positioning systems (GPS) or other technology-driven solutions.

 

6. Implementation of a safety program and a driver training program.

 

7. Scanning Postal mail transport equipment (MTE).

 

8. Close-out, receive, and dispatch all surface vehicles.

 

9. Security of the mail.

 

10. Security screening of contractor personnel and verification of their eligibility.

 

11. Detail showing the offerors’ ability to obtain clearance in accordance with Administrative Support Manual 272.

 

12. Electronic Data Interchange to include Scanning and Data Transmission.

 

13. Subcontracting management and approach.

 

Contingency Plan

 

The offeror must include a detailed Contingency Plan in its proposal. The Contingency Plan, at a minimum, must address the offeror’s plan and ability to handle the contingency operations below (which are not sub factors):

 

1. Overflow mail

 

2. Less MTE than required

 

3. Damaged containers

 

4. Damaged or non-labeled mail

 

5. Schedule changes

 

6. Equipment breakdowns

 

7. Inclement weather during operations

 

8. Labor disruptions including, but not limited to, walkouts or strikes

 

9. Staffing shortages relating to medical or other emergencies

 

10. Delays caused by environmental issues such as fuel spills, chemical spills, or other HAZMAT.

 

9

 

 

Sustainability Plan

 

The offeror must include a detailed sustainability plan in its proposal. The Sustainability Plan, at a minimum, must address the items listed below (which are not sub factors):

 

1. A listing of the Make, Model, Age, and Class of Vehicle that it plans to use for the solicited service. The Vehicle Classification should be based on the details of the Attachment A, Vehicle Specifications. The offeror should provide a specific vehicle listing by Mileage Range (Upper, Expected, and Lower).

 

2. The offeror should list the average MPG for each class of vehicle listed for each Mileage Range (Upper, Expected, and Lower).

 

3. An explanation of the number of scheduled miles, portal miles, backhaul miles, maintenance miles, and any other miles that will be included in the contracted service for each Mileage Range (Upper, Expected, and Lower).

 

4. The amount of gallons of fuel that the offeror is proposing for this service for each Mileage Range (Upper, Expected, and Lower).

 

5. Whether the vehicles operate using alternative fuel. If so, please state the type (Compressed Natural Gas, Liquefied Natural Gas, etc.).

 

6. A plan to improve the fuel efficiency of the vehicles over the life of the contract. The plan should describe the offeror’s current sustainability initiatives and metrics, as well as suggested initiatives on which the offeror will work collaboratively with the Postal Service.

 

Subcontracting Plan

 

All suppliers, including small businesses, must submit a subcontracting plan that is specific to this contract, and that separately addresses subcontracting with small, minority, and woman-owned businesses. The offeror must include a detailed description of all related/support services (e.g. maintenance, custodial services) and specific line haul services. The supplier must detail which routes the subcontract services will address and what allocation of the operation will be covered by the subcontract services.

 

The team will evaluate the Subcontracting Plan based on the items listed below (which are not subfactors):

 

a. Goals, in terms of percentages of the total amount of this contract that the supplier will endeavor to subcontract to small, minority, and woman-owned businesses. The supplier must include all subcontracts that contribute to contract performance, and may include a proportionate share of supplies and services that are normally allocated as indirect costs.

 

b. A statement of the: Total dollars planned to be subcontracted under this contract; and Total of that amount planned to be subcontracted to small, minority, and woman-owned businesses.

 

c. A description of the principal types of supplies and services to be subcontracted under this contract, identifying the types planned for subcontracting to small, minority, and woman-owned businesses.

 

d. A description of the method used to develop the subcontracting goals for this contract.

 

e. A description of the method used to identify potential sources for solicitation purposes and a description of efforts the supplier will make to ensure that small, minority, and woman-owned businesses have an equitable opportunity to compete for subcontracts.

 

10

 

 

f. A statement as to whether the offer included indirect costs in establishing subcontracting goals for this contract and a description of the method used to determine the proportionate share of indirect costs to be incurred with small, minority, and woman-owned businesses.

 

g. The name of the individual employed by the supplier who will administer the subcontracting program and a description of the individual’s duties.

 

h. Assurances that the supplier will require all subcontractors receiving subcontracts in excess of $1,000,000 to adopt a plan similar to the plan agreed to by the supplier.

 

i. A description of the types of records the supplier will maintain to demonstrate compliance with the requirements and goals in the plan for this contract. The records must include at least the following: a. Source lists, guides, and other data identifying small, minority, and woman-owned businesses; Organizations contacted in an attempt to locate sources that are small, minority, and woman-owned businesses; Records on each subcontract solicitation resulting in an award of more than $100,000, indicating whether small, minority, or woman-owned businesses were solicited and if not, why not; and Records to support subcontract award data, including the name, address, and business size of each subcontractor.

 

j. Plan and details of all subcontractors proposed that are current Postal HCR suppliers.

 

For the price evaluation, the Postal Service will evaluate the prices from the single site proposed offers and the multi-site proposed offers by comparing the different combinations. Price is MORE important than technical proposal evaluation factors. The Postal Service is more concerned with making an award at the lowest overall price than with obtaining superior technical or management features. However, the Postal Service may not necessarily make an award at the lowest price in order to achieve a small price savings if better value can be achieved with superior technical or management features. The benefits of a higher priced proposal may merit a higher price.

 

As part of the price evaluation, the Postal Service will also consider the impact of the supplier proposed fuel gallons and proposed labor hours for each pricing tier.

 

The USPS may determine that an offer is unacceptable if any of the Mileage Range Pricing is significantly unbalanced in relation to other proposals received. The pricing must reflect a clear understanding of the requirements and must be consistent with the various elements of the supplier’s technical proposal.

 

The USPS anticipates awarding no more than one (1) supplier per site, with the exception of the four (4) sites that are split into two (2) regions. For the sites that are split into two (2) regions or more, USPS may choose to award both regions to a single supplier or award each region separately. Should a supplier be awarded multiple regions or multiple sites, the Purchase Team will ensure that risks associated with awarding to a single supplier are mitigated and contingencies are available for additional service coverage. If proposing more than one (1) site, suppliers will have the option of providing discounts for a multi-site award during negotiations. This discount will be applicable to each site(s) proposed. The evaluation of the supplier’s price will be inclusive of this discounted price; the determination of the optimal combination of site(s) to be awarded to a supplier will also include the proposed discount.

 

11

 

 

Best Value Decision

 

Award will be made to the Supplier who proposes the best combination of price and technical factors. Price is more important than the technical factors. In determining potential tradeoffs to arrive at the best value selection, the Postal Service will assess the strengths, weaknesses, risks, and deficiencies between or among competing technical proposals from the standpoint of:

 

1) What the difference might mean in terms of technical factors; and

 

2) What the evaluated cost would be for the Postal Service to take advantage of that difference.

 

Award will not necessarily be made to the Supplier who provides the highest-rated technical proposal or to the Supplier who offers the lowest price. Price will become more important in selecting between or among closely ranked technical proposals. In making any price-technical tradeoff, the Postal Service also does not intend to pay a premium price unless there is a significant technical advantage justifying a higher price. The Postal Service may award a Supplier one or more sites under this solicitation. The Postal Service may choose to award each site to a different Supplier, depending on which Supplier provides the best value to USPS for each site being solicited.

 

Suppliers must receive an overall technical rating of “Fair” in order to be considered for award.

 

The Postal Service reserves the right to not award a contract based on this solicitation should it deem that a non-award is in its best interest. Awards will not be made to Suppliers whose proposals are not competitively priced or to Suppliers with poor technical proposals.

 

Postal Service E-Sourcing Registration

 

All prospective Suppliers must register at https://uspsprod.emptoris.com and enter the required information.

 

Technical and Price Proposals must be submitted in electronic form through Emptoris. All submissions MUST be received in Emptoris no later than 8:00 a.m. EST Tuesday, April 26, 2018 . Please see the “USPS DRO – Bidding” Instruction document provided to Suppliers in the solicitation invitation email message for detailed submission process.

 

Proposals should be submitted in three (3) separate attachments for each site and each region in the following manner:

 

Volume 1 - Technical Proposal

 

Volume 2 - Price Proposal

 

Volume 3 - Financial Documents

 

Please submit three (3) proposal attachments in Emptoris in the following format as stated below separately for each site and each region (see sample below):

 

Site Name - Region A, Technical

Site Name - Region A, Price

Site Name - Region A, Financial

Site Name – Region B, Technical

Site Name – Region B, Price

Site Name – Region C, Financial

 

Failure to submit the required information may result in a proposal being deemed non-responsive. Non-responsive proposals will not be considered for evaluation or award.

 

12

 

 

PROVISION 4-3: REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (NOVEMBER 2012) [NOTE: Use Attachment C, Representations and Certifications, for submission]

 

1. Type of Business Organization. The Supplier, by checking the applicable blocks, represents that it:

 

a. Operates as:

 

__ a corporation incorporated under the laws of the state of; or country of if incorporated in a country other than the United States of America.

 

__ an individual;

 

__ a partnership;

 

__ a joint venture;

 

__ a limited liability company;

 

__ a nonprofit organization; or

 

__ an educational institution; and

 

b. Is (check all that apply)

 

__ a small business concern;

 

__ a minority business (indicate minority below):

 

__ Black American

 

__ Hispanic American

 

__ Native American

 

__ Asian American:

 

__ a woman-owned business; or

 

__ none of the above entities.

 

i. A small business concern for the purposes of Postal Service purchasing means a business, including an affiliate, that is independently owned and operated, is not dominant in producing or performing the supplies or services being purchased, and has no more than 500 employees, unless a different size standard has been established by the Small Business Administration (see 13 CFR 121, particularly for different size standards for airline, railroad, and construction companies). For subcontracts of $50,000 or less, a subcontractor having no more than 500 employees qualifies as a small business without regard to other factors.

 

ii. Minority Business. A minority business is a concern that is at least 51 percent owned by, and whose management and daily business operations are controlled by, one or more members of a socially and economically disadvantaged minority group, namely U.S. citizens who are Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, or Asian Americans. (Native Americans are American Indians, Eskimos, Aleuts, and Native Hawaiians. Asian Americans are U.S. citizens whose origins are Japanese, Chinese, Filipino, Vietnamese, Korean, Samoan, Laotian, Kampuchean (Cambodian), Taiwanese, in the U.S. Trust Territories of the Pacific Islands or in the Indian subcontinent.)

 

13

 

 

iii. Woman-owned Business. A woman-owned business is a concern at least 51 percent of which is owned by a woman (or women) who is a U.S. citizen, controls the firm by exercising the power to make policy decisions, and operates the business by being actively involved in day-to-day management.

 

iv. Educational or Other Nonprofit Organization. Any corporation, foundation, trust, or other institution operated for scientific or educational purposes, not organized for profit, no part of the net earnings of which insures to the profits of any private shareholder or individual.

 

c. Is (check all that apply)

 

__ a Postal Service employee or a business organization substantially owned or controlled by such an individual

 

__ a spouse of a Postal Service employee or a business organization substantially owned or controlled by such an individual

 

__ another family member of a Postal Service employee or a business organization substantially owned or controlled by such an individual

 

__ an individual residing in the same household as a Postal Service employee or a business organization substantially owned or controlled by such an individual.

 

(Note: Offers from any of the sources listed in subparagraph A.3, may not be considered for an award pending review and recommendation by the Postal Service Ethics Office.)

 

2. Parent Company and Taxpayer Identification Number

 

a. A parent company is one that owns or controls the basic business polices of a Supplier. To own means to own more than 50 percent of the voting rights in the Supplier. To control means to be able to formulate, determine, or veto basic business policy decisions of the Supplier. A parent company need not own the Supplier to control it; it may exercise control through the use of dominant minority voting rights, proxy voting, contractual arrangements, or otherwise.

 

b. Enter the Supplier’s U.S. Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) in the space provided. The TIN is the Supplier’s Social Security number or other Employee Identification Number (EIN) used on the Supplier’s Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Form 941, or as required by Internal Revenue Service (IRS) regulations. Supplier’s TIN:

 

c. IRS Form W-9, Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification. You must complete a copy of IRS Form W-9 and attach it to this certification.

 

d. Check this block if the Supplier is owned or controlled by a parent company.

 

e. If the block above is checked, provide the following information about the parent company:

 

Parent Company’s Name__________________________________

Parent Company’s Main Office:_____________________________

Address:______________________________________________

No. and Street: __________________________________________

City: _________________ State: _______ ZIP Code:____________

Parent Company’s TIN: ___________________________________

 

14

 

 

f. If the Supplier is a member of an affiliated group that files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis (whether or not the Supplier is owned or controlled by a parent company, as provided above) provide the name and TIN of the common parent of the affiliated group

 

Name of Common Parent: _________________________________

Common Parent’s TIN:____________________________________

 

3. Certificate of Independent Price Determination

 

a. By submitting this proposal, the Supplier certifies, and in the case of a joint proposal each party to it certifies as to its own organization, that in connection with this solicitation:

 

i. The prices proposed have been arrived at independently, without consultation, communication, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to the prices with any other Supplier or with any competitor;

 

ii. Unless otherwise required by law, the prices proposed have not been and will not be knowingly disclosed by the Supplier before award of a contract, directly or indirectly to any other Supplier or to any competitor; and

 

iii. No attempt has been made or will be made by the Supplier to induce any other person or firm to submit or not submit a proposal for the purpose of restricting competition.

 

b. Each person signing this proposal certifies that:

 

i. He or she is the person in the Supplier’s organization responsible for the decision as to the prices being offered herein and that he or she has not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above; or
ii. He or she is not the person in the Supplier’s organization responsible for the decision as to the prices being offered but that he or she has been authorized in writing to act as agent for the persons responsible in certifying that they have not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above, and as their agent does hereby so certify; and he or she has not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above.

 

c. Modification or deletion of any provision in this certificate may result in the disregarding of the proposal as unacceptable. Any modification or deletion should be accompanied by a signed statement explaining the reasons and describing in detail any disclosure or communication.

 

4. Certification of Non segregated Facilities

 

a. By submitting this proposal, the Supplier certifies that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The Supplier agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract.

 

15

 

 

b. As used in this certification, segregated facilities means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms or wash rooms, restaurants or other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms or other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment area, transportation, or housing facilities provided for employees that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise.

 

c. The Supplier further agrees that (unless it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) it will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors before awarding subcontracts exceeding $10,000 that are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause; that it will retain these certifications in its files; and that it will forward the following notice to these proposed subcontractors (except when they have submitted identical certifications for specific time periods):

 

Notice: A certification of non-segregated facilities must be submitted before the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 that is not exempt from the Equal Opportunity clause. The certification may be submitted either for each subcontract or for all subcontracts during a period (quarterly, semiannually, or annually).

 

5. Certification Regarding Debarment, Proposed Debarment, and Other Matters (This certification must be completed with respect to any offer with a value of $100,000 or more.)

 

a. The Supplier certifies, to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it or any of its principals:

 

i. Are ___ are not ___ presently debarred or proposed for debarment, or declared ineligible for the award of contracts by any Federal, state, or local agency;

 

ii. Have ____ have not ___, within the three-year period preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, state, or local) contract or subcontract; violation of Federal or state antitrust statutes relating to the submission of offers; or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, tax evasion, or receiving stolen property;

 

iii. Are ___ are not ___ presently indicted for, or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity with, commission of any of the offenses enumerated in subparagraph (b) above;

 

iv. Have ___ have not ___ within a three-year period preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in conjunction with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, state or local) contract or subcontract; violation of Federal or state antitrust statutes relating to the submission of offers; or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, tax evasion or receiving stolen property; and

 

v. Are ___ are not ___ presently indicted for, or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity with, commission of any of the offenses enumerated in subparagraph (d) above.

 

16

 

 

b. The Supplier has ___ has not ___, within a three-year period preceding this offer, had one or more contracts terminated for default by any Federal, state, or local agency.

 

c. “Principals,” for the purposes of this certification, means officers, directors, owners, partners, and other persons having primary management or supervisory responsibilities within a business entity (e.g., general manager, plant manager, head of a subsidiary, division, or business segment, and similar positions).

 

d. The Supplier must provide immediate written notice to the Contracting Officer if, at any time prior to contract award, the Supplier learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.

 

e. A certification that any of the items in E.1 and E.2 of this provision exists will not necessarily result in withholding of an award under this solicitation. However, the certification will be considered as part of the evaluation of the Supplier’s capability (see the Conduct Supplier Capability Analysis topic of the Evaluate Proposals task of Process Step 2: Evaluate Sources, in the Postal Service’s Supplying Practices). The Supplier’s failure to furnish a certification or provide additional information requested by the Contracting Officer will affect the capability evaluation.

 

f. Nothing contained in the foregoing may be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by E.1 and E.2 of this provision. The knowledge and information of a Supplier is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.

 

g. This certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States and the making of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under section 1001, Title 18, United States Code.

 

h. The certification in E.1 and E.2 of this provision is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making the award. If it is later determined that the Supplier knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Postal Service, the Contracting Officer may terminate the contract resulting from this solicitation for default.

 

PROVISION 9-2: PREAWARD EQUAL OPPORTUNITY COMPLIANCE REVIEW

 

If the contract award will be $10 million or more, the prospective Supplier and its known first-tier subcontractors with subcontract of $10 million or more will be subject to a pre-award compliance review. In order to qualify for award, the prospective Supplier and first-tier subcontractors must be found in compliance pursuant to 41 CFR 60- 1.20.

 

17

 

 

PART 2: DYNAMIC ROUTE OPTIMIZATION CLAUSES

 

CLAUSE B-1 DEFINITIONS (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

As used in this contract, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

a. Contracting Officer. The person executing this contract on behalf of the Postal Service, and any other officer or employee who is a properly designated Contracting Officer; the term includes, except as otherwise provided in the contract, the authorized representative of a Contracting Officer acting within the limits of the authority conferred upon that person.

 

b. Administrative Official. Any Postal Service official designated by the Manager, Distribution Network to supervise and administer a Supplier’s performance of mail transportation and related services. Officials so designated do NOT have the authority to make contract changes.

 

c. Mail. Mailable matter that is accepted for mail processing and delivery by USPS.

 

d. Manifest. The list of service points and times as described in the Postal Service provided schedule, may be extended, curtailed, or otherwise altered in accordance with the terms of this contract.

 

e. Supplier. The person or persons, partnership or corporation that will be providing the service advertised in this solicitation.

 

f. PS Form 5500, Contract Route Irregularity Report. This form is to describe the irregularity in service that will include the Supplier’s reply and the USPS comments, Form 5500 can be used for failure to observe contract schedule; failure to have locks on doors; unsatisfactory vehicle; safety violations; omitted service or other irregularities as deemed appropriate.

 

g. PS Form 5397, Contract Route Extra Trip Authorization. This form is used for authorization of One-Way Trips or Round Trips in excess of miles/hours as identified on the Supplier manifest.

 

CLAUSE B-3: CONTRACT TYPE (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

This contract will be an indefinite quantity, indefinite delivery contract under which the Postal Service will order mileage at a Fixed Rate per Mile, subject to an economic adjustment. Minimum and maximum mileage quantities have been established for each P&DC area. The supplier is guaranteed a minimum of 10% of the lower range total annual miles of the base year, which is the overall contract minimum. After the base year, the minimum mileage guarantee will be applied monthly and based on the minimum miles listed in the Lower Range mileage tier for each month. The monthly minimum guarantees will not apply in the event performance ends as a result of a termination. Suppliers will also be expected to cover a maximum mileage amount equal to the top of the highest mileage range identified for each region for both Non-Peak and Peak schedules. The Supplier has the right to refuse mileage above the maximum monthly mileage identified.

 

18

 

 

CLAUSE B-9: CLAIMS AND DISPUTES (MARCH 2006)

 

a. This contract is subject to the Contract Disputes Act of 1978 (41 U.S.C. 7101-7109) (“the Act” or “CDA”).

 

b. Except as provided in the Act, all disputes arising under or relating to this contract must be resolved under this clause.

 

c. “Claim,” as used in this clause, means a written demand or written assertion by one of the contracting parties seeking, as a matter of right, the payment of money in a sum certain, the adjustment or interpretation of contract terms, or other relief arising under or relating to this contract. However, a written demand or written assertion by the Supplier seeking the payment of money exceeding $100,000 is not a claim under the Act until certified as required by subparagraph d.2 below. A voucher, invoice, or other routine request for payment that is not in dispute when submitted is not a claim under the Act. The submission may be converted to a claim under the Act by complying with the submission and certification requirements of this clause, if it is disputed either as to liability or amount is not acted upon in a reasonable time.

 

d. A claim by the Supplier must be made in writing and submitted to the Contracting Officer for a written decision. A claim by the Postal Service against the Supplier is subject to a written decision by the Contracting Officer. For Supplier claims exceeding $100,000, the Supplier must submit with the claim the following certification: “I certify that the claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data are accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief, that the amount requested accurately reflects the contract adjustment for which the Supplier believes the Postal Service is liable, and that I am duly authorized to certify the claim on behalf of the Supplier”. The certification may be executed by any person duly authorized to bind the Supplier with respect to the claim.

 

e. For Supplier claims of $100,000 or less, the Contracting Officer must, if requested in writing by the Supplier, render a decision within 60 days of the request. For Supplier-certified claims over $100,000, the Contracting Officer must, within 60 days, decide the claim or notify the Supplier of the date by which the decision will be made.

 

f. The Contracting Officer’s decision is final unless the Supplier appeals or files a suit as provided in the Act.

 

g. When a CDA claim is submitted by or against a Supplier, the parties by mutual consent may agree to use an alternative dispute resolution (ADR) process to assist in resolving the claim. A certification as described in d (2) of this clause must be provided for any claim, regardless of dollar amount, before ADR is used.

 

h. The Postal Service will pay interest in the amount found due and unpaid from:

 

(1) The date the Contracting Officer receives the claim (properly certified, if required); or

 

(2) The date payment otherwise would be due, if that date is later, until the date of payment.

 

i. Simple interest on claims will be paid at a rate determined in accordance with the Interest clause.

 

j. The Supplier must proceed diligently with performance of this contract, pending final resolution of any request for relief, claim, appeal, or action arising under the contract, and comply with any decision of the Contracting Officer.

 

19

 

 

CLAUSE B-15: NOTICE OF DELAY (FEBRUARY 2018) (MODIFIED)

 

Immediately upon becoming aware of any difficulties that might delay deliveries under this contract, the Supplier will notify the Administrative Official. The notification must identify the difficulties, the reasons for them, and the estimated period of delay anticipated. Failure to give notice may preclude later consideration of any request for an extension of contract time.

 

CLAUSE B-16: SUSPENSIONS AND DELAYS (MARCH 2006)

 

A. If the performance of all or any part of the work of this contract is suspended, delayed, or interrupted by:

 

(1) An order or act of the Contracting Officer in administering this contract; or

 

(2) By a failure of the Contracting Officer to act within the time specified in this contract - or within a reasonable time if not specified - an adjustment will be made for any increase in the cost of performance of this contract caused by the delay or interruption (including the costs incurred during any suspension or interruption). An adjustment will also be made in the delivery or performance dates and any other contractual term or condition affected by the suspension, delay, or interruption. However, no adjustment may be made under this clause for any delay or interruption to the extent that performance would have been delayed or interrupted by any other cause, including the fault or negligence of the Supplier, or for which an adjustment is provided or excluded under any other term or condition of this contract.

 

B. A claim under this clause will not be allowed:

 

(1) For any costs incurred more than 20 days before the Supplier has notified the Contracting Officer in writing of the act or failure to act involved; and

 

(2) Unless the claim, in an amount stated, is asserted in writing as soon as practicable after the termination of the delay or interruption, but not later than the day of final payment under the contract.

 

CLAUSE B-19: EXCUSABLE DELAYS (MARCH 2006)

 

a. Except with respect to defaults of subcontractors, the Supplier will not be in default by reason of any failure in performing this contract in accordance with its terms (including any failure by the Supplier to make progress in the prosecution of the work that endangers performance) if the failure arises out of causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Supplier. Such causes may include, but are not restricted to, acts of God or of the public enemy, acts of the government in its sovereign capacity or of the Postal Service in its contractual capacity, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and unusually severe weather, but in every case the failure to perform must be beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Supplier.

 

20

 

 

b. If failure to perform is caused by the failure of a subcontractor to perform or make progress and arises out of causes beyond the control of both the Supplier and subcontractor, and without the fault or negligence of either of them, the Supplier will not be deemed to be in default, unless:

 

(1) The supplies or services to be furnished by the subcontractor are obtainable from other sources;

 

(2) The Contracting Officer orders the Supplier in writing to procure the supplies or services from other sources; and

 

(3) The Supplier fails to comply reasonably with the order.

 

c. Upon request of the Supplier, the Contracting Officer shall ascertain the facts and extent of failure, and if the Contracting Officer determines that any failure to perform was occasioned by any of the said causes, the delivery schedule shall be revised accordingly, subject to the rights of the Postal Service under any termination clause included in this contract.

 

d. As used in this clause, the terms “subcontractor” and “subcontractors” mean subcontractor(s) at any tier.

 

CLAUSE B-22: INTEREST (MARCH 2006)

 

The Postal Service will pay interest on late payments and unearned prompt payment discounts in accordance with the Prompt Payment Act, 31 U.S.C. 3901 et seq., as amended by the Prompt Payment Act Amendments of 1988, P. L. 100-496.

 

CLAUSE B-26: PROTECTION OF POSTAL SERVICE BUILDINGS, EQUIPMENT, AND VEGETATION (MARCH 2006)

 

The Supplier must use reasonable care to avoid damaging buildings, equipment, and vegetation (such as trees, shrubs, and grass) on the Postal Service installation. If the Supplier fails to do so and damages any buildings, equipment, or vegetation, the Supplier must replace or repair the damage at no expense to the Postal Service, as directed by the Contracting Officer. If the Supplier fails or refuses to make repair or replacement, the Supplier will be liable for the cost of repair or replacement, which may be deducted from the contract price.

 

CLAUSE B-30: PERMITS AND RESPONSIBILITIES (MARCH 2006)

 

The Supplier is responsible, without additional expense to the Postal Service, for obtaining any necessary licenses and permits, and for complying with any applicable federal, state, and municipal laws, codes, and regulations in connection with the performance of the contract. The Supplier is responsible for all damage to persons or property, including environmental damage, which occurs as a result of its omission(s) or negligence. The Supplier must take proper safety and health precautions to protect the work, the workers, the public, the environment, and the property of others.

 

CLAUSE B-39: INDEMNIFICATION (MARCH 2006)

 

The Supplier must save harmless and indemnify the Postal Service and its officers, agents, representatives, and employees from all claims, losses, damage, actions, causes of action, expenses, and/or liability resulting from, brought for, or on account of any personal injury or property damage received or sustained by any person, persons or property growing out of, occurring, or attributable to any work performed under or related to this contract, resulting in whole or in part from negligent acts or omissions of the Supplier, any subcontractor, or any employee, agent, or representative of the Supplier or any subcontractor.

 

21

 

 

CLAUSE B-64: ACCOUNTABILITY OF THE SUPPLIER (HIGHWAY) (MARCH 2006)

 

a. The Supplier shall supervise its operations and the operations of its subcontractors which provide services under this contract personally or through representatives. The Supplier or its supervising representatives must be easily accessible in the event of emergencies or interruptions in service.

 

b. In all cases, the Supplier shall be strictly liable to the Postal Service for the Postal Service’s actual damages if mail is subject to loss, rifling, damage, wrong delivery, depredation, and other mistreatment while in the custody and control of the Supplier or its subcontractors. The Supplier shall also be accountable and answerable in damages for the faithful performance of all other obligations assumed under this contract, whether or not it has entrusted part or all of its performance to another, except

 

(1) The Supplier is not liable for its failure to perform if the failure arises out of circumstances beyond its control, and without its fault or negligence, and

 

(2) The Supplier is not liable for a failure of its subcontractors to perform if the subcontractor’s failure arises out of circumstances beyond the Supplier or the subcontractor’s control, and without the fault or negligence of either.

 

c. The Supplier shall faithfully account for and deliver to the Postal Service all

 

(1) Mail,

 

(2) Moneys, and

 

(3) Other property of any kind belonging to or entrusted to the care of the Postal Service, that come into its possession during the term of this contract.

 

d. The Supplier shall, promptly upon discovery, refund (i) any overpayment made by the Postal Service for service performed, or (ii) any payment for service not rendered.

 

CLAUSE B-65: ADJUSTMENTS TO COMPENSATION (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

Contract compensation may be adjusted, from time to time, by mutual agreement of the Supplier and the Contracting Officer.

 

a. Any such adjustments shall be made in accordance with the provisions of this clause and any U.S. Postal Service Management Instruction governing adjustments in effect on the date of adjustment.

 

b. In connection with an adjustment, the Contracting Officer may examine such records and books of account maintained by the Supplier as the Contracting Officer may deem necessary.

 

c. Adjustments in compensation pursuant to this clause shall be memorialized by formal amendment to the contract.

 

d. Should the Postal Service introduce procedures which affect the Supplier’s obligations with respect to the costs of taxes, the contract price will be adjusted with respect to those costs, pro rata, without entitlement to other compensation for those adjustments, subject to the resolution of any dispute about the adjustments under the Claims and Disputes clause.

 

22

 

 

CLAUSE B-68: CHANGES IN CORPORATE OWNERSHIP OR OFFICERS (MARCH 2006)

 

a. This clause applies only if the Supplier is a corporation and it holds no other regular highway transportation contracts or the aggregate annual rate dollar value of any regular highway transportation contracts it holds is less than $150,000.

 

b. A principal owner is any individual, partnership, corporation, or other entity which holds 25 percent or more of the Supplier’s stock. Corporate officers are the President, Vice President, and Secretary.

 

c. The Supplier shall furnish the Contracting Officer, in writing, the names of its principal owners and its corporate officers before contract award or novation.

 

d. Except in the case of death or incapacity of one or more of the principal owners or corporate officers, the Supplier must notify the Contracting Officer in writing not less than 30 days prior to any planned change in the principal owners or corporate officers.

 

e. In the event of death or incapacity of one or more of the principal owners or corporate officers, the Supplier must notify the Contracting Officer in writing within 30 days.

 

CLAUSE B-69: EVENTS OF DEFAULT (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

The Supplier’s right to perform this contract is subject to termination under the clause entitled Termination for Default. The following constitute events of default, and this contract may be terminated pursuant to that Clause.

 

a. The Supplier’s failure to perform service according to the terms of the contract;

 

b. If the Supplier has been administratively determined to have violated Postal laws and regulations and other laws related to the performance of the service;

 

c. Failure to follow the instructions of the Contracting Officer;

 

d. If the Supplier transfers or assigns his contract, except as authorized herein, or sublets the whole or a portion of this contract contrary to the applicable provisions of the U.S. Postal Service Supplying Principles and Practices or without any required approval of the Contracting Officer;

 

e. If the Supplier combines to prevent others from proposing for the performance of Postal Service contracts;

 

f. The Supplier’s failure properly to account, deliver and pay over moneys, mail and other property pursuant to this contract;

 

g. If the Supplier or a partner, if the Supplier is a partnership, or a principal owner or corporate officer, if the Supplier is a corporation,

 

(a) has been or is, during the term of the contract, convicted of a crime of moral turpitude affecting his or her reliability or trustworthiness as a mail transportation Supplier, such as any form of theft, fraud, embezzlement or assault, or

 

23

 

 

(b) associates with known criminals, or

 

(c) otherwise is not reliable, trustworthy or of good character.

 

h. Any breach by the Supplier or subcontractor of any warranty contained in PS Form 7465, Transportation Services Subcontract;

 

i. If the Supplier allows any employed individual to operate a vehicle in connection with this contract who has a record indicating that it would be hazardous for that individual to do so;

 

j. If the Supplier’s transportation equipment is insufficient, inadequate, or otherwise inappropriate for the service;

 

k. If the Supplier employs any individual in connection with the contract contrary to the instructions of the Contracting Officer;

 

l. If at any time the Supplier, its principal owners, corporate officers or personnel are disqualified by law or regulation from performing services under this contract, and upon notice thereof, the Supplier fails to remove any such disqualification;

 

m. If the Supplier fails to establish and maintain continuously in effect insurance as required by this contract, or fails to provide proof of insurance prior to commencement of service and thereafter as required by the Contracting Officer;

 

n. If the Supplier fails to provide any notification of a change in principal owners or corporate officers which this contract may require; or

 

o. If the Supplier materially breaches any other requirement or clause of this contract.

 

p. When a Supplier has multiple contracts with the Postal Service, a material breach under one contract may be grounds for termination of the Supplier’s remaining contracts, if the Contracting Officer determines that termination is in the best interests of the Postal Service.

 

CLAUSE B-77: PROTECTION OF THE MAIL (MARCH 2006)

 

The Supplier must protect and safeguard the mail from loss, theft, or damage while it is in the Supplier’s custody or control and prevent unauthorized persons from having access to the mail.

 

CLAUSE B-78 RENEWAL (MARCH 2006)

 

This contract may be renewed by mutual agreement of the parties.

 

24

 

 

CLAUSE B-79: FORFEITURE OF COMPENSATION (MARCH 2006)

 

If the Supplier fails to perform a trip for any reason, the offeror shall not be entitled to any compensation otherwise due for that trip. If the offeror fails to perform a trip, and such failure is due to the fault or negligence of the Supplier or of its subcontractors, the Supplier shall be liable for all damages actually suffered by the Postal Service by reason of such failure.

 

CLAUSE B-80: LAWS AND REGULATIONS APPLICABLE (MARCH 2006)

 

This contract and the services performed under it are subject to all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations. The Supplier shall faithfully discharge all duties and obligations imposed by such laws and regulations, and shall obtain and pay for all permits, licenses, and other authorities required to perform this contract.

 

CLAUSE B-81: INFORMATION OR ACCESS BY THIRD PARTIES (MAY 2006)

 

The Postal Service retains exclusive authority to release any or all information about mail matter in the custody of the Supplier and to permit access to that mail in the custody of the Supplier. All requests by non-postal individuals (including employees of the Supplier) for information about mail matter in the custody of the Supplier or for access to mail in the custody of the Supplier must be referred to the Contracting Officer or his or her designee.

 

CLAUSE B-82: ACCESS BY OFFICIALS (MARCH 2006)

 

The Supplier shall deny access to the cargo compartment of a vehicle containing mail therein to Federal, state or local officials except at a postal facility and in the presence of a postal employee, unless to prevent damage to the vehicle or its contents.

 

CLAUSE 1-1: PRIVACY PROTECTION (OCTOBER 2014)

 

In addition to other provisions of this contract, the Supplier agrees to the following:

 

a. Privacy Act — If the Supplier operates a system of records on behalf of the Postal Service, the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 522a), the Postal Service regulations at 39 CFR Parts 266–267, and Handbook AS-353, Guide to Privacy, the Freedom of Information Act, and Records Management and Appendix, apply to those records. The Supplier is considered to operate a system of records if it maintains records (including collecting, using, revising, deleting, or disseminating records) from which information is retrieved by the name of an individual or by some number, symbol, or other identifier assigned to the individual. The Supplier must comply with the Act and the Postal Service regulations and Handbook AS-353 in designing, developing, managing, and operating the system of records, including ensuring that records are current and accurate for their intended use, and incorporating adequate safeguards to prevent misuse or improper disclosure of personal information. Violations of the Act may subject the violator to criminal penalties.

 

b. Information Pertaining to Individuals (“Personal Information”) — If the Supplier has access to Postal Service information pertaining to individuals (e.g. customer or employee information), including address information, whether collected online or offline by the Postal Service or by a Supplier acting on its behalf, the Supplier must comply with the following:

 

1. General — With regard to the Postal Service customer information to which it has access pursuant to this contract, the Supplier has that access as an agent of the Postal Service and must adhere to its official Privacy Policy at http://usps.com/privacypolicy.

 

25

 

 

2. Use, Ownership, and Nondisclosure — The Supplier may use Postal Service Personal Information solely for the purposes of this contract, and may not collect or use such information for non-Postal Service marketing, promotion, or any other purpose without the prior written approval of the Contracting Officer. The Supplier may not maintain, access, or store (including archival back-ups) any Personal Information data outside the United States. The Supplier must restrict access to such information to those employees who need the information to perform work under this contract, and must ensure that each such employee (including subcontractors’ employees) sign a nondisclosure agreement, in a form suitable to the Contracting Officer, prior to being granted access to the information. The Postal Service retains sole ownership and rights to its Personal Information. Unless the contract states otherwise, upon completion of the contract the Supplier must turn over all Postal Service Personal Information and any copies of the information, in any form the Personal Information or copies may exist, in its possession to the Postal Service. In addition, the Supplier must certify that no Postal Service Personal Information and, if applicable, copies, have been retained unless otherwise authorized in writing by the Contracting Officer. If so required elsewhere in this contract, the information or copies must be destroyed by the Supplier and the Supplier must certify to the Contracting Officer that such destruction has taken place.

 

3. Security Plan — When applicable, and unless waived in writing by the Contracting Officer, the Supplier must work with the Postal Service to develop and implement a security plan that addresses the protection of Personal Information. The plan will be incorporated into the contract and followed by the Supplier, and must, at a minimum, address notification to the Postal Service of any security breach. If the contract does not include a security plan at the time of contract award, it must be added within 60 days after contract award.

 

4. Breach Notification — If there is any actual or suspected breach of any nature in the security of Postal Service data, including Personal Information, the Supplier must notify the Contracting Officer and the Postal Service’s Chief Privacy Officer as soon as practicable but no later than 24 hours following the detection of a suspected or confirmed breach. The Supplier will be required to follow Postal Service policies regarding breach notification to customers and/or employees.

 

5. Legal Demands for Information — If a legal demand is made for Postal Service Personal Information (such as by subpoena), the Supplier must immediately notify the Contracting Officer and follow the applicable requirements in 39 CFR, sections 265.11 and 265.12. After notification, the Postal Service will determine whether and to what extent to comply with the legal demand. Should the Postal Service agree to or unsuccessfully resist a legal demand, the Supplier may, with the written permission of the Contracting Officer, release the information specifically demanded.

 

c. Online Assistance — If the Supplier assists in the design, development, or operation of a Postal Service customer Web site, or if it designs or places an ad banner, button, or link on a Postal Service Web site or any Web site on the Postal Service’s behalf, the Supplier must comply with the limitations set forth in the Official Postal Service Privacy Policy (see b.1, above). Exceptions to these limitations require the prior written approval of the Contracting Officer and the Postal Service’s Chief Privacy Officer.

 

26

 

 

d. Marketing E-Mail — If the Supplier assists the Postal Service in conducting a marketing e-mail campaign, the Supplier does so as an agent of the Postal Service and must adhere to the Postal Service policies set out in Postal Service Management Instruction AS-350-2004-4, Marketing E-mail. Suppliers wishing to conduct marketing email campaigns to postal employees must first obtain the prior written approval of the Contracting Officer.

 

e. Audits — The Postal Service may audit the Supplier’s compliance with the requirements of this clause, including through the use of online compliance software.

 

f. Indemnification — The Supplier will indemnify the Postal Service against all liability (including costs and fees) for damages arising out of violations of this clause.

 

g. Flow-down — The Supplier will flow this clause down to any and all subcontractors.

 

CLAUSE 1-7: ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST (MARCH 2006)

 

a. Warranty Against Existing Conflicts of Interest. The Supplier warrants and represents that, to the best of its knowledge and belief, it does not presently have organizational conflicts of interest that would diminish its capacity to provide impartial, technically sound, objective research assistance or advice, or would result in a biased work product, or might result in an unfair competitive advantage, except for advantages flowing from the normal benefits of performing this agreement.

 

b. Restrictions on Contracting. The Supplier agrees that during the term of this agreement, any extensions thereto, and for a period of 2 years thereafter, neither the Supplier nor its affiliates will perform any of the following:

 

(1) Compete for any Postal Service contract for production of any product for which the Supplier prepared any work statement or specifications or conducted any studies or performed any task under this agreement.

 

(2) Contract (as the provider of a component or the provider of research or consulting services) with any Supplier competing for any Postal Service contract for production of any product for which the Supplier prepared any work statements or specifications or conducted any studies or performed any task under this agreement.

 

(3) Contract (as the provider of a component or the provider of research or consulting services) with the Supplier which wins award of a Postal Service contract for production of any product for which the Supplier prepared any work statement or specifications or conducted any studies or performed any task under this agreement.

 

c. Possible Future Conflicts of Interest. The Supplier agrees that, if after award of this agreement, it discovers any organizational conflict of interest that would diminish its capacity to provide impartial, technically sound, objective research assistance or advice, or would result in a biased work product, or might result in an unfair competitive advantage, except advantages flowing from the normal benefits of performing this agreement, the Supplier will make an immediate and full disclosure in writing to the Contracting Officer, including a description of the action the Supplier has taken or proposes to take to avoid, eliminate, or neutralize this conflict of interest.

 

27

 

 

d. Nondisclosure of Confidential Material

 

(1) The Supplier recognizes that, in performing this agreement, it may receive confidential information.

 

To the extent that and for as long as the information is confidential, the Supplier agrees to take the steps necessary to prevent its disclosure to any third party without the prior written consent of the Contracting Officer.

 

(2) The Supplier agrees to indoctrinate its personnel who will have access to confidential information as to the confidential nature of the information, and the relationship under which the Supplier has possession of this information.

 

(3) The Supplier agrees to limit access to the confidential information obtained, generated, or derived, and to limit participation in the performance of orders under this agreement to those employees whose services are necessary for performing them.

 

e. Postal Service Remedy. If the Supplier breaches or violates any of the warranties, covenants, restrictions, disclosures or nondisclosures set forth under this clause, the Postal Service may terminate this agreement, in addition to any other remedy it may have for damages or injunctive relief.

 

CLAUSE 1-11: PROHIBITION AGAINST CONTRACTING WITH FORMER OFFICERS OR PCES EXECUTIVES (MARCH 2006)

 

During the performance of this contract, former Postal officers or Postal Career Executive Service (PCES) executives are prohibited from employment by the contractor as key personnel, experts or consultants, if such individuals, within 1 year after their retirement from the Postal Service, would be performing substantially the same duties as they performed during their career with the Postal Service.

 

CLAUSE 1-12: USE OF FORMER POSTAL SERVICE EMPLOYEES (MARCH 2006)

 

During the term of this contract, the Supplier must identify any former Postal Service employees it proposes to be engaged, directly or indirectly, in contract performance. Such individuals may not commence performance without the Contracting Officer’s prior approval. If the Contracting Officer does not provide such approval, the Supplier must replace the proposed individual former employee with another individual equally qualified to provide the services called for in the contract.

 

CLAUSE 2-19: OPTION TO EXTEND (SERVICES CONTRACT) (MARCH 2006)

 

The Postal Service may require the Supplier to continue to perform any or all items of services under this contract up to one hundred twenty (120) days after contract end date. The Contracting Officer may exercise this option, at any time within the one hundred twenty (120) days prior to contract end date, by giving written notice to the Supplier. The rates set forth in the Schedule will apply to any extension made under this option clause.

 

For purposes of continuity of service, the Contracting Officer may unilaterally extend the contract up to a period of one hundred twenty (120) days at any time prior to the end of the contract’s current period of performance in order to allow for the support of any wave-in/wave-out transition activities.

 

28

 

 

CLAUSE 2-22: VALUE ENGINEERING INCENTIVE (MARCH 2006)

 

a. General. The Supplier is encouraged to develop and submit Value Engineering Change Proposals (VECPs) voluntarily. The Supplier will share in savings realized from an accepted VECP as provided in paragraph (h) below.

 

b. Definitions

 

1. Value Engineering Change Proposal (VECP). A proposal that:

 

a. Requires a change to the instant contract;

 

b. Results in savings to the instant contract; and

 

c. Does not involve a change in:

 

i. Deliverable end items only;

 

ii. Test quantities due solely to results of previous testing under the instant contract; or

 

iii. Contract type only.

 

2. Instant Contract. The contract under which a VECP is submitted. It does not include additional contract quantities.

 

3. Additional Contract Quantity. An increase in quantity after acceptance of a VECP due to contract modification, exercise of an option, or additional orders (except orders under indefinite-delivery contracts within the original maximum quantity limitations).

 

4. Postal Service Costs. Costs to the Postal Service resulting from developing and implementing a VECP, such as net increases in the cost of testing, operations, maintenance, logistics support, or property furnished. Normal administrative costs of processing the VECP are excluded.

 

5. Instant Contract Savings. The estimated cost of performing the instant contract without implementing a VECP minus the sum of (a) the estimated cost of performance after implementing the VECP and (b) Postal Service costs.

 

6. Additional Contract Savings. The estimated cost of performance or delivering additional quantities without the implementation of a VECP minus the sum of (a) the estimated cost of performance after the VECP is implemented and (b) Postal Service cost.

 

7. Supplier’s Development and Implementation Costs. Supplier’s cost in developing, testing, preparing, and submitting a VECP. Also included are the Supplier’s cost to make the contractual changes resulting from the Postal Service acceptance of the VECP.

 

c. Content. A VECP must include the following:

 

1. A description of the difference between the existing contract requirement and that proposed, the comparative advantages and disadvantages of each, a justification when an item’s function or characteristics are being altered, the effect of the change on the end item’s performance, and any pertinent objective test data.

 

2. A list and analysis of the contract requirements that must be changed if the VECP is accepted, including any suggested specification revisions.

 

29

 

 

3. A separate, detailed cost estimate for (a) the affected portions of the existing contract requirement and (b) the VECP. The cost reduction associated with the VECP must take into account the Supplier’s allowable development and implementation costs.

 

4. A description and estimate of costs the Postal Service may incur in implementing the VECP, such as test and evaluation and operating and support costs.

 

5. A prediction of any effects the proposed change would have on Postal Service costs.

 

6. A statement of the time by which a contract modification accepting the VECP must be issued in order to achieve the maximum cost reduction, noting any effect on the contract completion time or delivery schedule.

 

7. Identification of any previous submissions of the VECP to the Postal Service, including the dates submitted, purchasing offices, contract numbers, and actions taken.

 

d. Submission. The Supplier must submit VECPs to the Contracting Officer.

 

e. Postal Service Action

 

1. The Contracting Officer will give the Supplier written notification of action taken on a VECP within 60 days after receipt. If additional time is needed, the Contracting Officer will notify the Supplier, within the 60-day period, of the expected date of a decision. The Postal Service will process VECPs expeditiously but will not be liable for any delay in acting upon a VECP.

 

2. If a VECP is not accepted, the Contracting Officer will so notify the Supplier, explaining the reasons for rejection.

 

f. Withdrawal. The Supplier may withdraw a VECP, in whole or in part, at any time before its acceptance.

 

g. Acceptance

 

1. Acceptance of a VECP, in whole or in part, will be by execution of a supplemental agreement modifying this contract and citing this clause. If agreement on price (see paragraph h below) is reserved for a later supplemental agreement, and if such agreement cannot be reached, the disagreement is subject to the Claims and Disputes clause of this contract.

 

2. Until a VECP is accepted by contract modification, the Supplier must perform in accordance with the existing contract.

 

3. The Contracting Officer’s decision to accept or reject all or any part of a VECP is final and not subject to the Claims and Disputes clause or otherwise subject to litigation under the Contract Disputes Act of 1978 (41 U.S.C. 601-613).

 

h. Sharing. If a VECP is accepted, the Supplier’s share is ___ percent of the contract savings. If options are included in the contract, the Supplier’s share for the additional quantity is ___ percent of the contract savings. The contract savings are calculated by subtracting the estimated cost of the performing the contract with the VECP, Postal Service costs, and the allowable development and implementation costs from the estimated cost of performing the contract without the VECP. Profit is excluded when calculating contract savings. (Contracting Officer inserts the negotiated percentage of shared savings. See the Shared Lessons Learned topic of the Manage Delivery and Contract Performance task of Process Step 5: Measure and Manage Supply, from the Postal Service Supplying Practices.)

 

30

 

 

i. Data

 

1. The Supplier may restrict the Postal Service’s right to use any part of a VECP or the supporting data by marking the following legend on the affected parts:

 

“These data, furnished under the Value Engineering Incentive clause of contract, may not be disclosed outside the Postal Service or duplicated, used, or disclosed, in whole or in part, for any purpose other than to evaluate a value engineering change proposal submitted under the clause. This restriction does not limit the Postal Service’s right to use information contained in these data if it has been obtained or is otherwise available from the Supplier or from another source without limitation.”

 

2. If a VECP is accepted, the Supplier hereby grants the Postal Service unlimited rights in the VECP and supporting data, except that, with respect to data qualifying and submitted as limited rights technical data, the Postal Service will have the rights specified in the contract modification implementing the VECP and will appropriately mark the data. (The terms “unlimited rights” and “limited rights” are defined in the Clarify Data Rights and Intellectual Property Issues topic of the Develop Sourcing Strategy task of Process Step 2: Evaluate Sources of the Supplying Practices.)

 

Additional Paragraph j (see the Clarify Data Rights and Intellectual Property Issues topic of the Develop Sourcing Strategy task of Process Step 2:

 

j. Subcontracts. The Supplier must include an appropriate value engineering incentive clause in any firm-fixed-price subcontract of $100,000 or more. In calculating any price adjustment for savings under this contract, the Supplier’s allowable VECP development and implementation costs include any subcontractor’s allowable development and implementation costs. Subcontract savings are subject to the sharing arrangements in paragraph h of this clause, and will be taken into account in determining the savings under this contract.

 

CLAUSE 2-39: ORDERING (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

Services to be furnished under this contract will be ordered by the issuance of weekly manifests, during the period and by the activities specified in the schedule.

All orders are subject to the terms and conditions of this contract. If there is any conflict between an order and this contract, the contract is controlling.

 

CLAUSE 2-42: INDEFINITE QUANTITY (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

a. This is an indefinite-quantity contract; the quantities of supplies or services specified in the Schedule are not purchased until ordered through issuance of the manifest.

 

b. Orders will be defined by the weekly Manifest schedule changes that suppliers receive. The weekly Manifest will be generated by the Transportation Management System (TMS) and issued by Surface Transportation Operations. The frequency of these changes may be every week. As the mileage and routes are optimized, supplier’s schedules will be updated to reflect this change.

 

c. Performance must be as directed in the Manifest in accordance with the contract Schedule. The Supplier must furnish to the Postal Service, when provided the Manifest, the services specified in the Manifest up to the quantity designated in the Attachment A: Service Point Details and Specifications as the maximum. The Postal Service will also detail the least quantity of services designated in the Attachment A: Service Point Details and Specifications, as the monthly minimum.

 

31

 

 

d. Any order issued during the effective period of this contract and not completed within that period must be completed by the Supplier within the time specified in the Manifest, and the rights and obligations of the Supplier and the Postal Service with respect to the order will be the same as if the order were completed during the effective period of the contract.

 

CLAUSE 3-1: SMALL-, MINORITY-, AND WOMAN-OWNED BUSINESS SUBCONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS (FEBRUARY 2018)

 

a. All suppliers, except small businesses, must have an approved subcontracting plan for contracts estimated or valued at $1 million or more at time of award. A subcontracting plan is also required when contracts awarded at less than $1 million reach or exceed the $1 million threshold during contract performance. The plan must be specific to this contract, and separately address subcontracting with small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses. A plan approved by the Postal Service must be included in and made a part of the contract. A subcontract is defined as any agreement (other than one involving an employer-employee relationship) entered into by a Postal Service supplier or subcontractor calling for goods or services required for performance of the contract or subcontract.

 

b. The supplier’s subcontracting plan must include the following:

 

(1) Goals, in terms of percentages of the total amount of this contract that the supplier will endeavor to subcontract to small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses. The supplier must include all subcontracts that contribute to contract performance, and may include a proportionate share of goods and services that are normally allocated as indirect costs.

 

(2) A statement of the:

 

(a) Total dollars planned to be subcontracted under this contract. For indefinite-delivery contracts, this amount would be based upon the minimum and maximum and stated as a total dollar range; and

 

(b) Total of that amount planned to be subcontracted to small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses. For indefinite-delivery contracts, this amount would be based upon the minimum and maximum and stated as a total dollar range.

 

(3) A description of the principal types of goods and services to be subcontracted under this contract, identifying the types planned for subcontracting to small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses.

 

(4) A description of the method used to develop the subcontracting goals for this contract.

 

32

 

 

(5) A description of the method used to identify potential sources for solicitation purposes and a description of efforts the supplier will make to ensure that small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses have an equitable opportunity to compete for subcontracts.

 

(6) A statement as to whether the offer included indirect costs in establishing subcontracting goals for this contract and a description of the method used to determine the proportionate share of indirect costs to be incurred with small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses.

 

(7) The name of the individual employed by the supplier who will administer the subcontracting program and a description of the individual’s duties.

 

(8) Assurances that the supplier will require all subcontractors receiving subcontracts in excess of $1 million to adopt a plan similar to the plan agreed to by the supplier.

 

(9) A description of the types of records the supplier will maintain to demonstrate compliance with the requirements and goals in the plan for this contract. The records must include at least the following:

 

(a) Source lists, guides, and other data identifying small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses;

 

(b) Organizations contacted in an attempt to locate sources that are small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses;

 

(c) Records on each subcontract solicitation resulting in an award of more than $100,000, indicating whether small-, minority-, or woman-owned businesses were solicited and if not, why not; and

 

(d) Records to support subcontract award data, including the name, address, and business size of each subcontractor.

 

c. Reports. The supplier must provide reports on subcontracting activity under this contract on a semi-annual basis. Should a contract be awarded and completed within the semi-annual reporting period, a report of subcontracting activity is still required. The report must be one of the types described in Clause 3-2: Participation of Small-, Minority-, and Woman-Owned Businesses.

 

CLAUSE 3-2: PARTICIPATION OF SMALL-, MINORITY-, AND WOMAN-OWNED BUSINESSES (FEBRUARY 2018)

 

a. The policy of the Postal Service is to encourage the participation of small-, minority-, and woman-owned business in its purchases of goods and services to the maximum extent practicable consistent with efficient contract performance. The supplier agrees to follow the same policy in performing this contract, and also agrees that any awarded subcontract will follow the same policy by including this clause within contracts with subcontractors.

 

33

 

 

b. When a contract is estimated or valued at $500,000 or more, or when a contract reaches or exceeds the $500,000 threshold during contract performance, the supplier must submit semiannual reports on its subcontracting activity under this contract via a reporting method as specified by the Postal Service. Subject to the agreement of the supplier and the Postal Service, the supplier will report subcontracting activity on one of the following bases:

 

(1) Showing the amount of payments made to subcontractors during the reporting period;

 

(2) Showing subcontracting activity that is allocable to this contract using generally accepted accounting principles; or

 

(3) A combination of the methods listed above.

 

c. The supplier will submit a report in accordance with the Postal Service’s reporting method to the contracting officer within 15 calendar days after the end of each semi-annual period, describing all subcontract awards to small-, minority-, or woman-owned businesses. The report will include, but is not limited to, Postal Service contract number, subcontractor information (supplier name, address, contact name, contact email address), business classification, North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code, and contract specific payments (direct, allocated, and total direct and allocated dollars). The contracting officer may require more frequent reports.

 

CLAUSE 4-1: GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS (JULY 2007) (MODIFIED)

 

a. Inspection and Acceptance. The Supplier will only tender for acceptance those items that conform to the requirements of this contract. The Postal Service reserves the right to inspect or test supplies or services that have been tendered for acceptance. The Postal Service may require repair or replacement of nonconforming supplies or re-performance of nonconforming services at no increase in contract price. The Postal Service must exercise its post acceptance rights (1) within a reasonable period of time after the defect was discovered or should have been discovered and (2) before any substantial change occurs in the condition of the items, unless the change is due to the defect in the item.

 

b. Assignment. If this contract provides for payments aggregating $10,000 or more, claims for monies due or to become due from the Postal Service under it may be assigned to a bank, trust company, or other financing institution, including any federal lending agency, and may thereafter be further assigned and reassigned to any such institution. Any assignment or reassignment must cover all amounts payable and must not be made to more than one party, except that assignment or reassignment may be made to one party as agent or trustee for two or more parties participating in financing this contract. No assignment or reassignment will be recognized as valid and binding upon the Postal Service unless a written notice of the assignment or reassignment, together with a true copy of the instrument of assignment, is filed with:

 

(1) The Contracting Officer;

 

(2) The surety or sureties upon any bond; and

 

(3) The office, if any, designated to make payment, and the Contracting Officer has acknowledged the assignment in writing.

 

34

 

 

(4) Assignment of this contract or any interest in this contract other than in accordance with the provisions of this clause will be grounds for termination of the contract for default at the option of the Postal Service.

 

c. Changes.

 

1. The Contracting Officer may, in writing, without notice to any sureties, order changes within the general scope of this contract in the following:

 

a. Drawings, designs, or specifications when supplies to be furnished are to be specially manufactured for the Postal Service in accordance with them;

 

b. Statement of work or description of services;

 

c. Method of shipment or packing;

 

d. Places of delivery of supplies or performance of services;

 

e. Delivery or performance schedule;

 

f. Postal Service furnished property or facilities.

 

2. Any other written or oral order (including direction, instruction, interpretation, or determination) from the Contracting Officer that causes a change will be treated as a change order under this paragraph, provided that the Supplier gives the Contracting Officer written notice stating (a) the date, circumstances, and source of the order and (b) that the Supplier regards the order as a change order.

 

3. If any such change affects the cost of performance or the delivery schedule, the contract will be modified to effect an equitable adjustment.

 

4. The Supplier’s claim for equitable adjustment must be asserted within 30 days of receiving a written change order. A later claim may be acted upon — but not after final payment under this contract — if the Contracting Officer decides that the facts justify such action.

 

5. Failure to agree to any adjustment is a dispute under Clause B-9, Claims and Disputes, which is incorporated into this contract by reference (see paragraph s). Nothing in that clause excuses the Supplier from proceeding with the contract as changed.

 

d. Reserved

 

e. Reserved

 

f. Reserved

 

g. Invoices: See section L. Payment and Schedule Changes of the SOW

 

i. Payment: See Part 1: Section L, Payment and Schedule Changes in SOW

 

j. Risk of Loss. Unless the contract specifically provides otherwise, risk of loss or damage to the supplies provided under this contract will remain with the Supplier until, and will pass to the Postal Service upon:

 

(1) Delivery of the supplies to a carrier, if transportation is f.o.b. origin, or;

 

(2) Delivery of the supplies to the Postal Service at the destination specified in the contract, if transportation is f.o.b. destination.

 

35

 

 

k. Taxes. The contract price includes all applicable federal, state, and local taxes and duties.

 

l. Termination with Notice. The Contracting Officer or the Supplier, on 180 days written notice, may terminate this contract or the right to perform under it, in whole or in part, without cost to either party.

 

m. Termination for Default. The Postal Service may terminate this contract, or any part hereof, for default by the Supplier, or if the Supplier fails to provide the Postal Service, upon request, with adequate assurances of future performance. In the event of termination for default, the Postal Service will not be liable to the Supplier for any amount for supplies or services not accepted, and the Supplier will be liable to the Postal Service for any and all rights and remedies provided by law. The debarment, suspension, or ineligibility of the Supplier, its partners, officers, or principal owners under the Postal Service’s procedures may constitute an act of default under this contract, and such act will not be subject to notice and cure pursuant to any termination of default provision of this contract. If it is determined that the Postal Service improperly terminated this contract for default, such termination will be deemed a Termination with Notice; the calculation of damages will be based on the contract’s applicable monthly minimums.

 

n. Title. Unless specified elsewhere in this contract, title to items furnished under this contract will pass to the Postal Service upon acceptance, regardless of when or where the Postal Service takes physical possession.

 

p. Limitation of Liability. Except as otherwise provided by an express or implied warranty, the Supplier will not be liable to the Postal Service for consequential damages resulting from any defect or deficiencies in accepted items.

 

q. Other Compliance Requirements. The Supplier will comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws, executive orders, rules and regulations applicable to its performance under this contract. If there are any changes to a federal, state or local law, statute or regulation, executive order or other rule applicable to contract performance during the term of this contract that result in additional contract costs, these costs will be borne by the Supplier.

 

r. Order of Precedence. Any inconsistencies in the provisions of a solicitation, a contract awarded under a solicitation, or a contract awarded without the issuance of a written solicitation will be resolved by giving precedence in the following order:

 

(1) The Statement of Work

 

(2) The Provisions

 

(3) The Clauses

 

(4) Attachments to this document

 

(5) Documents incorporated by reference.

 

36

 

 

CLAUSE 4-2: CONTRACT TERMS AND CONDITIONS REQUIRED TO IMPLEMENT POLICIES, STATUTES, OR EXECUTIVE ORDERS (JULY 2014) (MODIFIED)

 

a. Incorporation by Reference:

 

1. Wherever in this solicitation or contract a standard provision or clause is incorporated by reference, the incorporated term is identified by its title, the provision or clause number assigned to it, in the Postal Service Supplying Practices, and its date. The text of incorporated terms may be found at http://about.usps.com/manuals/spp/spp.pdf. The following clauses are incorporated in this contract by reference:

 

(2) Clause B-25, Advertising of Contract Awards

 

(3) Clause 1-5, Gratuities or Gifts

 

(4) Clause 7-10, Sustainability

 

(5) Clause 9-1, Convict Labor

 

(6) Clause 9-5, Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act - Safety Standards

 

2. If checked, the following additional clauses are also incorporated in this contract by reference: (Contracting Officer will check as appropriate.)

 

(1) Clause 1-1, Privacy Protection

 

(2) Clause 1-6, Contingent Fees

 

(3) Clause 1-9, Preference for Domestic Supplies

 

(4) Clause 1-10, Preference for Domestic Construction Materials

 

(5) Clause 3-1, Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Business Subcontracting Requirements

 

(6) Clause 3-2, Participation of Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Businesses

 

(7) Clause 9-2, Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act - Overtime Compensation

 

(8) Clause 9-3, Davis-Bacon Act

 

(9) Clause 9-6, Walsh-Healey Public Contracts Act

 

(10) Clause 9-7, Equal Opportunity

 

(11) Clause 9-10, Service Contract Act

 

(12) Clause 9-11, Service Contract Act - Short Form

 

(13) Clause 9-12, Fair Labor Standards Acts and Services Contract Act - Price Adjustments

 

(14) Clause 9-13, Affirmative Action for Handicapped Workers

 

(15) Clause 9-14, Affirmative Action for Disabled Veterans and Veterans of the Vietnam Era

 

b. Examination of Records:

 

1. Records - “Records” includes books, documents, accounting procedures and practices, and other data, regardless of type and regardless of whether such items are in written form, in the form of computer data, or in any other form.

 

2. Examination of Costs - If this is a cost-type contract, the Supplier must maintain, and the Postal Service will have the right to examine and audit all records and other evidence sufficient to reflect properly all costs claimed to have been incurred or anticipated to be incurred directly or indirectly in performance of this contract. This right of examination includes inspection at all reasonable times of the Supplier’s plants, or parts of them, engaged in the performance of this contract.

 

37

 

 

3. Cost or Pricing Data - If the Supplier is required to submit cost or pricing data in connection with any pricing action relating to this contract, the Postal Service, in order to evaluate the accuracy, completeness, and currency of the cost or pricing data, will have the right to examine and audit all of the Supplier’s records, including computations and projections, related to:

 

a. The proposal for the contract, subcontract, or modification;

 

b. The discussions conducted on the proposal(s), including those related to negotiating;

 

c. Pricing of the contract, subcontract, or modification; or

 

d. Performance of the contract, subcontract or modification.

 

4. Reports - If the Supplier is required to furnish cost, funding or performance reports, the Contracting Officer or any authorized representative of the Postal Service will have the right to examine and audit the supporting records and materials, for the purposes of evaluating:

 

a. The effectiveness of the Supplier’s policies and procedures to produce data compatible with the objectives of these reports; and

 

b. The data reported.

 

5. Availability - The Supplier must maintain and make available at its office at all reasonable times the records, materials, and other evidence described in (b)(1)-(4) of this clause, for examination, audit, or reproduction, until three years after final payment under this contract or any longer period required by statute or other clauses in this contract. In addition:

 

a. If this contract is completely or partially terminated, the Supplier must make available the records related to the work terminated until three years after any resulting final termination settlement; and

 

b. The Supplier must make available records relating to appeals under the claims and disputes clause or to litigation or the settlement of claims arising under or related to this contract. Such records must be made available until such appeals, litigation or claims are finally resolved.

 

c. Payment Offsets:

 

As required by 31 U.S.C. 3716, the Postal Service participates in the Treasury Offset Program of the Department of Treasury’s Financial Management Service. Payments under this contract are subject to offset in whole or in part to for the Supplier’s delinquent tax and non-tax debts owed to the United States and the states and for delinquent child support payments. Suppliers with questions concerning a payment offset should contact the Treasury Offset Program call center at: 1(800) 304-3107.

 

38

 

 

CLAUSE 7-4: INSURANCE (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

a. During the term of this contract and any extension, the Supplier must maintain at its own expense the insurance required by this clause. Insurance companies must be acceptable to the Postal Service. Policies must include all terms and provisions required by the Postal Service.

 

b. The Supplier must maintain and furnish evidence of workers’ compensation, employers’ liability insurance, and the following general public liability and automobile liability insurance per the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Association (FMSCA), 49CFR 387.9, Financial Responsibility Minimum Levels:

 

General Freight Carrier Trucks over 10,000 pounds are required to have $750,000 insurance.

 

Carrier trucks under 10,001 pounds are required to have $300,000 liability insurance.

 

c. Each policy must include substantially the following provision: “It is a condition of this policy that the company furnish written notice to the U.S. Postal Service 30 days in advance of the effective date of any reduction in or cancellation of this policy.”

 

d. The Supplier must furnish a certificate of insurance or, if required by the Contracting Officer, true copies of liability policies and manually countersigned endorsements of any changes. Insurance must be effective, and evidence of acceptable insurance furnished, before beginning performance under this contract. Evidence of renewal must be furnished not later than 5 days before a policy expires.

 

e. The maintenance of insurance coverage as required by this clause is a continuing obligation, and the lapse or termination of insurance coverage without replacement coverage being obtained will be ground for termination for default.

 

CLAUSE 7-5: ERRORS AND OMISSIONS (MARCH 2006)

 

i. The Supplier warrants that it is insured for $200,000 (unless a greater amount is set forth in the Schedule) for errors and omissions per claim in the performance of this contract.

 

ii. Unless the Supplier’s policy is prepaid, non-cancelable, and issued for a period at least equal to the term of this contract on an occurrence basis, the Supplier must have the policy amended to include substantially the following provision:

“It is a condition of this policy that the company furnish written notice to the U.S. Postal Service 30 days in advance of the effective date of any reduction in or cancellation of this policy.”

 

iii. The Supplier must furnish a certificate of insurance or, if required by the Contracting Officer, true copies of liability policies and manually countersigned endorsements of any changes. Insurance must be effective, and evidence of acceptable insurance furnished, before beginning performance under this contract. Evidence of renewal must be furnished not later than 5 days

 

39

 

 

CLAUSE 7-10: SUSTAINABILITY (JULY 2014) (MODIFIED)

 

The Postal Service embraces sustainable practices and environmental responsibility, and encourages Suppliers to improve their environmental sustainability practices in the performance of this contract. As appropriate, the Postal Service will collaborate with the Supplier to identify opportunities that may improve the environmental and sustainability performance of the goods and services being provided by the Supplier. Some of these environmental sustainable practices may include alternative fuel sources such as electricity, methanol, natural gas and propane. The Postal Services encourages the Supplier to develop and propose innovative sustainability business practices and offer goods and services that assist the Postal Service to operate in a more environmentally sustainable manner. Innovative sustainability business practices can take the form of improved and more sustainable business processes, replacement of materials used in performance with more sustainable materials, combination of sustainable materials with other materials that lead to reductions in the total cost of ownership, or by some other means. If the proposed innovation results in enhanced sustainability or otherwise furthers the Postal Service’s goals, then the Postal Service may share any savings resulting from the innovation with the Supplier.

 

CLAUSE 8-8: ADDITIONAL DATA REQUIREMENTS (MARCH 2006)

 

a. In addition to the data specified elsewhere in this contract to be delivered, the Contracting Officer may, at any time during contract performance or within a period of 3 years after acceptance of all items to be delivered under this contract, order any first generated or produced in the performance of this contract.

 

b. The Rights in Technical Data and the Rights in Computer Software clauses, or other equivalent data clauses if included in this contact, apply to all data ordered under this Additional Data Requirements clause. Nothing in this clause requires the supplier to deliver any data specifically identified in this contract as not subject to this clause.

 

c. When data are to be delivered under this clause, the supplier will be compensated for converting the data into the prescribed form for reproduction and delivery. The Contracting Officer may release the supplier from the requirements of this clause for specifically identified data items at any time during the three-year period set forth in paragraph a above.

 

CLAUSE 8-10: RIGHTS IN DATA — SPECIAL WORKS (MARCH 2006)

 

a. Definition — Works means literary works, including technical reports, studies, and similar documents; musical and dramatic works; and recorded information, regardless of the form or the medium on which it may be recorded. It does not include information incidental to contract administration, such as financial, administrative, cost or pricing, or management information.

 

b. Rights:

 

(1) All works first produced in the performance of this contract are the sole property of the Postal Service. The supplier agrees not to assert or authorize others to assert any rights or establish any claim of copyright in these works.

 

(2) The supplier assigns all right, title, and interest to the Postal Service in all works first produced in performance of this contract that are not otherwise “works for hire” for the Postal Service under Section 201(b) of Title 17, U.S.C. The supplier, unless directed otherwise by the Contracting Officer, must place on all such works delivered under this contract the following notice:

 

“Copyright (year of delivery) United States Postal Service”

 

40

 

 

(3) The supplier grants to the Postal Service a royalty-free, nonexclusive, irrevocable license throughout the world to publish, translate, deliver, perform, use, and dispose of in any manner any portion of a work that is not first produced in the performance of this contract but in which copyright is owned by the supplier and that is incorporated in the work finished under this contract, and to authorize others to do so for Postal Service purposes.

 

(4) Unless the Contracting Officer’s written approval is obtained, the supplier may not include in any works prepared for or delivered to the Postal Service under this contract any works of authorship in which copyright is not owned by the supplier or the Postal Service without acquiring for the Postal Service any right necessary to perfect a license of the scope set forth in subparagraph b(3) above.

 

(5) Except as otherwise specifically provided for in this contract, the supplier may not use for purposes other than the performance of this contact, or release, reproduce, distribute, or publish, any work first produced in the performance of this contract, or authorize others to do so.

 

c. Indemnity — The supplier indemnifies the Postal Service (and its officers, agents, and employees acting for the Postal Service) against any liability, including costs and expenses:

 

(1) For violation of proprietary rights, copyrights, or rights of privacy or publicity, arising out of the creation, delivery, or use of any works furnished under this contract, or

 

(2) Based upon any libelous or other unlawful matter contained in these works. These provision do not apply to material furnished by the Postal Service and incorporated in the works to which this clause applies.

 

CLAUSE 8-13: INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (MARCH 2006)

 

All intellectual property rights evolving from studies, reports, or other data delivered under this contract are the sole property of the Postal Service. The supplier agrees to make, execute, and deliver to the Postal Service any papers or other instruments in such terms and contents as may be required for the filing of any required instrument necessary for preserving an intellectual property right and does hereby assign and transfer to the Postal Service the entire right, title, and interest in and to the intellectual property rights. Before final settlement of this contract, a final report must be submitted on Form 7398, Report of Inventions and Subcontracts, or other format acceptable to the Contracting Officer.

 

Clause 8-16: Postal Service Title in Technical Data and Computer Software (March 2006)

 

a. Definitions:

 

(1) Data — Data means technical data including drawings, technical reports, studies, and similar documents; computer software and computer software documentation, including but not limited to source code, object code, algorithms, formulas, and, other data that describe design, function, operation, or capabilities, and other recorded information, regardless of the form or the medium on which it may be recorded. It does not include information incidental to contract administration, such as financial, administrative, cost or pricing, or management information.

 

41

 

 

(2) Form, Fit, and Function Data — Data relating to an item or process that are sufficient to enable physical and functional interchangeability, as well as data identifying source, size, configuration, mating and attachment characteristics, functional characteristics, and performance requirements; except that for computer software, it means data identifying origin, functional characteristics, and performance requirements but specifically excludes the source code, algorithm, process, formulas, and machine-level flowcharts of the computer software.

 

(3) Limited Rights Data — Data other than computer software developed at private expense, including minor modifications of these data.

 

(4) Technical Data — Data other than computer software, of a scientific or technical nature. 40

 

(5) Restricted Computer Software — Computer software developed at private expense that is a trade secret, is commercial or financial and confidential or privileged, or is published copyrighted computer software, including minor modifications of this computer software.

 

(6) Restricted Rights — The rights of the Postal Service in restricted computer software, as set forth in a Restricted Rights Notice as provided in paragraph h. below, or as otherwise may be provided in a collateral agreement incorporated in and made part of this contract.

 

(7) Unlimited Rights — The rights of the Postal Service in technical data and computer software to use, disclose, reproduce, prepare derivative works, distribute copies to the public, and perform and display publicly, in any manner and for any purpose, and to have or permit others to do so.

 

b. Rights:

 

(1) The Postal Service has title to all data first produced in the performance of this contract. Accordingly, the supplier assigns all rights, title, and interest to the Postal Service in all data first produced in performance of this contract. The supplier, unless directed otherwise by the Contracting Officer, must place on all such data delivered under this contract the following notice:

 

“This data is the confidential property of the U.S. Postal Service and may not be used, released, reproduced, distributed or published without the express written permission of the U.S. Postal Service.”

 

(2) The supplier grants to the Postal Service a royalty-free, nonexclusive, irrevocable license throughout the world to publish, translate, deliver, perform, use, and dispose of in any manner any portion of data that is not first produced in the performance of this contract but in which copyright is owned by the supplier and that is incorporated in the data furnished under this contract, and to authorize others to do so for Postal Service purposes.

 

42

 

 

(3) Unless the Contracting Officer’s written approval is obtained, the supplier may not include in any data prepared for or delivered to the Postal Service under this contract any data which is not owned by the supplier or the Postal Service without acquiring for the Postal Service any right necessary to perfect a license of the scope set forth in subparagraph b(2).

 

c. Indemnity — The supplier indemnifies the Postal Service (and its officers, agents, and employees acting for the Postal Service) against any liability, including costs and expenses:

 

(1) For violation of proprietary rights, copyrights, or rights of privacy or publicity, arising out of the creation, delivery, or use of any works furnished under this contract, or

 

(2) Based upon any libelous or other unlawful matter contained in these works. This provision does not apply to material furnished by the Postal Service and incorporated in the works to which this clause applies.

 

d. Additional Rights in Technical Data:

 

(1) Except as provided in paragraph b., the Postal Service has unlimited rights in:

 

(a) Form fit, and function data, including such data developed at private expense, delivered under this contract, and

 

(b) Technical data delivered under this contract that constitute manuals or instructional and training material for installation, operation, or routine maintenance and repair of items, components, or processes delivered or furnished for use under this contract.

 

(2) Copyright:

 

(a) The Contracting Officer may direct the supplier to establish, or authorize the establishment of, claim to copyright in the technical data and to assign, or obtain the written assignment of, the copyright to the Postal Service or its designated assignee.

 

(b) The supplier may not, without prior written permission of the Contracting Officer, incorporate in technical data delivered under this contract any data not first produced in the performance of this contract containing the copyright notice of 176 U.S.C. 401 or 402, unless the supplier identifies the data and grants to the Postal Service, or acquires on its behalf at no cost to the Postal Service, a paid-up, nonexclusive, irrevocable worldwide license in such copyright data to reproduce, prepare derivative works, distribute copies to the public, and perform and display the data publicly.

 

(c) The Postal Service agrees not to remove any copyright notices placed on data pursuant to this section d, and to include such notices on all reproductions of the data.

 

43

 

 

e. Release, Publication, and Use of Technical Data and Computer Software:

 

(1) Unless prior written permission is obtained from the Contracting Officer or to the extent expressly set forth in this contract, the supplier will not use, release to others, reproduce, distribute, or publish any technical data or computer software first produced by the supplier in the performance of the contract.

 

(2) The supplier agrees that if it receives or is given access to data or software necessary for the performance of this contract that contain restrictive markings, the supplier will treat the data or software in accordance with the markings unless otherwise specifically authorized in writing by the Contracting Officer.

 

f. Unauthorized Marking of Data or Computer Software:

 

(1) If any technical data or computer software delivered under this contract are marked with the notice specified in paragraph h. and the use of such a notice is not authorized by this clause, or if the data or computer software bear any other unauthorized restrictive markings, the Contracting Officer may at any time either return the data or software or cancel the markings. The Contracting Officer must afford the supplier at least 30 days to provide a written justification to substantiate the propriety of the markings. Failure of the supplier to timely respond, or to provide written justification, may result in the cancellation of the markings. The Contracting Officer must consider any written justification by the supplier and notify the supplier if the markings are determined to be authorized.

 

(2) The foregoing procedures may be modified in accordance with Postal Service regulations implementing the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552) if necessary to respond to a request thereunder. In addition, the supplier is not precluded from bringing a claim in connection with any dispute that may arise as the result of the Postal Service’s action to remove any markings on data or computer software, unless this action occurs as the result of a final disposition of the matter by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

g. Omitted or Incorrect Markings:

 

(1) Technical data or computer software delivered to the Postal Service without the limited rights notice or restricted notice authorized by paragraph h., or the data rights notice required by paragraph b., will be deemed to have been furnished with unlimited rights, and the Postal Service assumes no liability for the disclosure, use, or reproduction of such data or computer software. However, to the extent the data or software have not been disclosed outside the Postal Service, the supplier may request, within 6 months (or a longer time approved by the Contracting Officer) after delivery of the data or software, permission to have notices placed on qualifying technical data or computer software at the supplier’s expense, and the Contracting Officer may agree to do so if the supplier:

 

(a) Identifies the technical data or computer software to which the omitted notice is to be applied;

 

(b) Demonstrates that the omission of the notice was inadvertent;

 

(c) Establishes that the use of the proposed notice is authorized; and

 

(d) Acknowledges that the Postal Service has no liability with respect to the disclosure, use, or reproduction of any such data or software made before the addition of the notice or resulting from the omission of the notice.

 

44

 

 

(2) The Contracting Officer may also:

 

(a) Permit correction of incorrect notices, at the supplier’s expense, if the supplier identifies the technical data or computer software on which correction of the notice is to be made and demonstrates that the correct notice is authorized, or

 

(b) Correct any incorrect notices.

 

h. Protection of Rights:

 

(1) Protection of Limited Rights Data — When technical data other than data listed in paragraph d., above, are specified to be delivered under this contract and qualify as limited rights data, if the supplier desires to continue protection of such data, the supplier must affix the following “Limited Rights Notice” to the data, and the Postal Service will thereafter treat the data, subject to paragraphs f. and g. above, in accordance with the Notice:

 

“LIMITED RIGHTS NOTICE

 

These technical data are submitted with limited rights under Postal Service Contract No. ______________________ (and subcontract __________________, if appropriate). These data may be reproduced and used by the Postal Service with the express limitation that they will not, without written permission of the supplier, be used for purposes of manufacture or disclosed outside the Postal Service; except that the Postal Service may disclose these data outside the Postal Service for the following purposes, provided that the Postal Service makes such disclosure subject to prohibition against further use and disclosure:

 

(1) Use (except for manufacture) by support service suppliers.

 

(2) Evaluation by Postal Service evaluators.

 

(3) Use (except for manufacture) by other suppliers participating in the Postal Service’s program of which the specific contract is a part, for information and in connection with the work performed under each contract.

 

(4) Emergency repair or overhaul work.

 

This Notice must be marked on any reproduction of these data, in whole or in part.”

 

(2) Protection of Restricted Computer Software:

 

(a) When computer software is specified to be delivered under this contract and qualifies as restricted computer software, if the supplier desires to continue protection of such computer software, the supplier must affix the following “Restricted Rights Notice” to the computer software, and the Postal Service will thereafter treat the computer software, subject to paragraphs f. and g. above, in accordance with the Notice:

 

“RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE

 

(a) This computer software is submitted with restricted rights under Postal Service Contract No.(and subcontract, if appropriate). It may not be used, reproduced, or disclosed by the Postal Service except as provided below or as otherwise stated in the contract.

 

45

 

 

(b) This computer software may be:

 

1. Used or copied for use in or with the computer or computers for which it was acquired, including use at any Postal Service installation to which the computer or computers may be transferred;

 

2. Used or copied for use in a backup computer if any computer for which it was acquired is inoperative;

 

3. Reproduced for safekeeping (archives) or backup purposes;

 

4. Modified, adapted, or combined with other computer software, provided that the modified, adapted, or combined portions of any derivative software incorporating restricted computer software are made subject to the same restricted rights;

 

5. Disclosed to and reproduced for use by support service suppliers in accordance with 1. through 4. above, provided the Postal Service makes such disclosure or reproduction subject to these restricted rights; and

 

6. Used or copied for use in or transferred to a replacement computer.

 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this computer software is published copyrighted computer software, it is licensed to the Postal Service, without disclosure prohibitions, with the minimum rights set forth in the preceding paragraph.

 

(d) Any other rights or limitations regarding the use, duplication, or disclosure of this computer software are to be expressly stated in, or incorporated in, the contract.

 

(e) This Notice must be marked on any reproduction of this computer software, in whole or in part.”

 

(b) When it is impracticable to include the above Notice on restricted computer software, the following short-form Notice may be used instead, on condition that the Postal Service’s rights with respect to such computer software will be as specified in the above Notice unless otherwise expressly stated in the contract.

 

“RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE (SHORT FORM)

 

Use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No.___________________ (and subcontract ____________, if appropriate) with ______________________ (name of supplier and subcontractor).”

 

46

 

 

i. Subcontracting — The supplier has the responsibility to obtain from its subcontractors all computer software and technical data and the rights therein necessary to fulfill the supplier’s obligations under this contract. If a subcontractor refuses to accept terms affording the Postal Service such rights, the supplier must promptly bring such refusal to the attention of the Contracting Officer and may not proceed with subcontract award without further authorization.

 

j. Standard Commercial License or Lease Agreements — The supplier unconditionally accepts the terms and conditions of this clause unless expressly provided otherwise in this contract or in a collateral agreement incorporated in and made part of this contract. Thus the supplier agrees that, notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in the supplier’s standard commercial license or lease agreement pertaining to any restricted computer software delivered under this contract, and irrespective of whether any such agreement has been proposed before or after issuance of this contract or of the fact that such agreement may be affixed to or accompany the restricted computer software upon delivery, the Postal Service has the rights set forth in this clause to use, duplicate, or disclose any restricted computer software delivered under this contract.

 

k. Relationship to Patents — Nothing contained in this clause implies a license to the Postal Service under any patent or may be construed as affecting the scope of any license or other right otherwise granted to the Postal Service. Clause 9-9: Equal Opportunity Pre-award Compliance of Subcontracts (March 2006)

 

CLAUSE 9-10: SERVICE CONTRACT ACT (MARCH 2006)

 

a. This contract is subject to the Service Contract Act of 1965, as amended (41 U.S.C. 6701 et seq.), and to the following provisions and all other applicable provisions of the Act and regulations of the Secretary of Labor issued under the Act (29 CFR Part 4).

 

(1) Each service employee employed in the performance of this contract by the supplier or any subcontractor must be:

 

(a) Paid not less than the minimum monetary wages, and

 

(b) Furnished fringe benefits in accordance with the wages and fringe benefits determined by the Secretary of Labor or an authorized representative, as specified in any wage determination attached to this contract.

 

(2)

 

(a) If a wage determination is attached to this contract, the Contracting Officer must require that any class of service employees not listed in it and to be employed under the contract (that is, the work to be performed is not performed by any classification listed in the wage determination) be classified by the supplier so as to provide a reasonable relationship (that is, appropriate level of skill comparison) between the unlisted classifications and the classifications in the wage determination. The conformed class of employees must be paid the monetary wages and furnished the fringe benefits determined under this clause. (The information collection requirements contained in this paragraph b. have been approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0150.)

 

47

 

 

(b) The conforming procedure must be initiated by the supplier before the performance of contract work by the unlisted class of employees. A written report of the proposed conforming action, including information regarding the agreement or disagreement of the authorized representative of the employees involved or, if there is no authorized representative, the employees themselves, must be submitted by the supplier to the Contracting Officer no later than 30 days after the unlisted class of employees performs any contract work. The Contracting Officer must review the proposed action and promptly submit a report of it, together with the agency’s recommendation and all pertinent information, including the position of the supplier and the employees, to the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, for review. Within 30 days of receipt, the Wage and Hour Division will approve, modify, or disapprove the action, render a final determination in the event of disagreement, or notify the Contracting Officer that additional time is necessary.

 

(c) The final determination of the conformance action by the Wage and Hour Division will be transmitted to the Contracting Officer, who must promptly notify the supplier of the action taken. The supplier must give each affected employee a written copy of this determination, or it must be posted as a part of the wage determination.

 

(i) The process of establishing wage and fringe benefit rates bearing a reasonable relationship to those listed in a wage determination cannot be reduced to any single formula. The approach used may vary from determination to determination, depending on the circumstances. Standard wage and salary administration practices ranking various job classifications by pay grade pursuant to point schemes or other job factors may, for example, be relied upon. Guidance may also be obtained from the way various jobs are rated under federal pay systems (Federal Wage Board Pay System and the General Schedule) or from other wage determinations issued in the same locality. Basic to the establishment of conformable wage rates is the concept that a pay relationship should be maintained between job classifications on the basis of the skill required and the duties performed.

 

(ii) If a contract is modified or extended or an option is exercised, or if a contract succeeds a contract under which the classification in question was previously conformed pursuant to this clause, a new conformed wage rate and fringe benefits may be assigned to the conformed classification by indexing (that is, adjusting) the previous conformed rate and fringe benefits by an amount equal to the average (mean) percentage increase change in the wages and fringe benefits specified for all classifications to be used on the contract that are listed in the current wage determination, and those specified for the corresponding classifications in the previously applicable wage determination. If these conforming actions are accomplished before the performance of contract work by the unlisted class of employees, the supplier must advise the Contracting Officer of the action taken, but the other procedures in (1) (b), (2)(c) above need not be followed.

 

(iii) No employee engaged in performing work on this contract may be paid less than the currently applicable minimum wage specified under section 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended.

 

48

 

 

(d) The wage rate and fringe benefits finally determined pursuant to b(2)(a) and (b) above must be paid to all employees performing in the classification from the first day on which contract work is performed by them in the classification. Failure to pay unlisted employees the compensation agreed upon by the interested parties and/or finally determined by the Wage and Hour Division retroactive to the date the class of employees began contract work is a violation of the Service Contract Act and this contract.

 

(e) Upon discovery of failure to comply with b(2)(a) through (e) above, the Wage and Hour Division will make a final determination of conformed classification, wage rate, and/ or fringe benefits that will be retroactive to the date the class of employees commenced contract work.

 

(3) If, as authorized pursuant to section 4(d) of the Service Contract Act, the term of this contract is more than 1 year, the minimum monetary wages and fringe benefits required to be paid or furnished to service employees will be subject to adjustment after 1 year and not less often than once every 2 years, pursuant to wage determinations to be issued by the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration of the Department of Labor.

 

(a) The supplier or subcontractor may discharge the obligation to furnish fringe benefits specified in the attachment or determined conformably to it by furnishing any equivalent combinations of bona fide fringe benefits, or by making equivalent or differential payments in cash in accordance with the applicable rules set forth in Subpart D of 29 CFR Part 4, and not otherwise.

 

6. In the absence of a minimum-wage attachment for this contract, neither the supplier nor any subcontractor under this contract may pay any person performing work under the contract (regardless of whether they are service employees) less than the minimum wage specified by section 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938. Nothing in this provision relieves the supplier or any subcontractor of any other obligation under law or contract for the payment of a higher wage to any employee.

 

(2)

 

(a) If this contract succeeds a contract subject to the Service Contract Act, under which substantially the same services were furnished in the same locality, and service employees were paid wages and fringe benefits provided for in a collective bargaining agreement, in the absence of a minimum wage attachment for this contract setting forth collectively bargained wage rates and fringe benefits, neither the supplier nor any subcontractor under this contract may pay any service employee performing any of the contract work (regardless of whether or not the employee was employed under the predecessor contract), less than the wages and fringe benefits provided for in the agreement, to which the employee would have been entitled if employed under the predecessor contract, including accrued wages and fringe benefits and any prospective increases in wages and fringe benefits provided for under the agreement.

 

(b) No supplier or subcontractor under this contract may be relieved of the foregoing obligation unless the limitations of section 4.1(b) of 29 CFR Part 4 apply or unless the Secretary of Labor or an authorized representative finds, after a hearing as provided in section 4.10 of 29 CFR Part 4, that the wages and/or fringe benefits provided for in the agreement vary substantially from those prevailing for services of a similar character in the locality, or determines, as provided in section 4.11 of 29 CFR Part 4, that the agreement applicable to service employees under the predecessor contract was not entered into as a result of arm’s-length negotiations.

 

49

 

 

(c) If it is found in accordance with the review procedures in 29 CFR 4.10 and/or 4.11 and Parts 6 and 8 that wages and/ or fringe benefits in a predecessor supplier’s collective bargaining agreement vary substantially from those prevailing for services of a similar character in the locality, and/or that the agreement applicable to service employees under the predecessor contract was not entered into as a result of arm’s-length negotiations, the Department will issue a new or revised wage determination setting forth the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits. This determination will be made part of the contract or subcontract, in accordance with the decision of the Administrator, the Administrative Law Judge, or the Board of Service Contract Appeals, as the case may be, irrespective of whether its issuance occurs before or after award (53 Comp. Gen. 401 (1973)). In the case of a wage determination issued solely as a result of a finding of substantial variance, it will be effective as of the date of the final administrative decision.

 

e. The supplier and any subcontractor under this contract must notify each service employee starting work on the contract of the minimum monetary wage and any fringe benefits required to be paid pursuant to the contract, or must post the wage determination attached to this contract. The poster provided by the Department of Labor (Publication WH 1313) must be posted in a prominent and accessible place at the worksite. Failure to comply with this requirement is a violation of section 2(a)(4) of the Act and of this contract. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0150.)

 

f. The supplier or subcontractor may not permit services called for by this contract to be performed in buildings or surroundings or under working conditions provided by or under the control or supervision of the supplier or subcontractor that are unsanitary or hazardous or dangerous to the health or safety of service employees engaged to furnish these services, and the supplier or subcontractor must comply with the safety and health standards applied under 29 CFR Part 1925.

 

g.

 

(1) The supplier and each subcontractor performing work subject to the Act must maintain for 3 years from the completion of the work records containing the information specified in (a) through (f) following for each employee subject to the Service Contract Act and must make them available for inspection and transcription by authorized representatives of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration of the U.S. Department of Labor (approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control numbers 1215-0017 and 12150150):

 

(a) Name, address, and social security number of each employee.

 

(b) The correct work classification, rate or rates of monetary wages paid and fringe benefits provided, rate or rates of fringe benefit payments in lieu thereof, and total daily and weekly compensation of each employee.

 

50

 

 

(c) The number of daily and weekly hours so worked by each employee.

 

(d) Any deductions, rebates, or refunds from the total daily or weekly compensation of each employee.

 

(e) A list of monetary wages and fringe benefits for those classes of service employees not included in the wage determination attached to this contract but for whom wage rates or fringe benefits have been determined by the interested parties or by the Administrator or authorized representative pursuant to paragraph b. above. A copy of the report required by b(2)(b) above is such a list.

 

(f) Any list of the predecessor supplier’s employees furnished to the supplier pursuant to section 4.6(1)(2) of 29 CFR Part 4.

 

(2) The supplier must also make available a copy of this contract for inspection or transcription by authorized representatives of the Wage and Hour Division.

 

(3) Failure to make and maintain or to make available the records specified in this paragraph g. for inspection and transcription is a violation of the regulations and this contract, and in the case of failure to produce these records, the Contracting Officer, upon direction of the Department of Labor and notification of the supplier, must take action to suspend any further payment or advance of funds until the violation ceases.

 

(4) The supplier must permit authorized representatives of the Wage and Hour Division to conduct interviews with employees at the worksite during normal working hours.

 

h. The supplier must unconditionally pay to each employee subject to the Service Contract Act all wages due free and clear and without subsequent deduction (except as otherwise provided by law or regulations, 29 CFR Part 4), rebate, or kickback on any account. Payments must be made no later than one pay period following the end of the regular pay period in which the wages were earned or accrued. A pay period under the Act may not be of any duration longer than semimonthly.

 

i. The Contracting Officer must withhold or cause to be withheld from the Postal Service supplier under this or any other contract with the supplier such sums as an appropriate official of the Department of Labor requests or the Contracting Officer decides may be necessary to pay underpaid employees employed by the supplier or subcontractor. In the event of failure to pay employees subject to the Act wages or fringe benefits due under the Act, the Postal Service may, after authorization or by direction of the Department of Labor and written notification to the supplier, suspend any further payment or advance of funds until the violations cease. Additionally, any failure to comply with the requirements of this clause may be grounds for termination of the right to proceed with the contract work. In this event, the Postal Service may enter into other contracts or arrangements for completion of the work, charging the supplier in default with any additional cost.

 

51

 

 

j. The supplier agrees to insert this clause in all subcontracts subject to the Act. The term “supplier,” as used in this clause in any subcontract, is deemed to refer to the subcontractor, except in the term “supplier.”

 

k. Service employee means any person engaged in the performance of this contract other than any person employed in a bona fide executive, administrative, or professional capacity, as those terms are defined in 29 CFR Part 541, as of July 30, 1976, and any subsequent revision of those regulations. The term includes all such persons regardless of any contractual relationship that may be alleged to exist between a supplier or subcontractor and them.

 

l.

 

(1) If wages to be paid or fringe benefits to be furnished service employees employed by the supplier or a subcontractor under the contract are provided for in a collective bargaining agreement that is or will be effective during any period in which the contract is being performed, the supplier must report this fact to the Contracting Officer, together with full information as to the application and accrual of these wages and fringe benefits, including any prospective increases, to service employees engaged in work on the contract, and furnish a copy of the agreement. The report must be made upon starting performance of the contract, in the case of collective bargaining agreements effective at the time. In the case of agreements or provisions or amendments thereof effective at a later time during the period of contract performance, they must be reported promptly after their negotiation. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0150.)

 

(2) Not less than 10 days before completion of any contract being performed at a Postal facility where service employees may be retained in the performance of a succeeding contract and subject to a wage determination containing vacation or other benefit provisions based upon length of service with a supplier (predecessor) or successor (section 4.173 of Regulations, 29 CFR Part 4), the incumbent supplier must furnish to the Contracting Officer a certified list of the names of all service employees on the supplier’s or subcontractor’s payroll during the last month of contract performance. The list must also contain anniversary dates of employment on the contract, either with the current or predecessor suppliers of each such service employee. The Contracting Officer must turn over this list to the successor supplier at the commencement of the succeeding contract. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0150.)

 

m. Rulings and interpretations of the Service Contract Act of 1965, as amended, are contained in Regulations, 29 CFR Part 4.

 

n.

 

(1) By entering into this contract, the supplier and its officials certify that neither they nor any person or firm with a substantial interest in the supplier’s firm are ineligible to be awarded government contracts by virtue of the sanctions imposed pursuant to section 5 of the Act.

 

52

 

 

(2) No part of this contract may be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a government contract pursuant to section 5 of the Act.

 

(3) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001.

 

o. Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of this clause, the following employees may be employed in accordance with the following variations, tolerances, and exemptions, which the Secretary of Labor, pursuant to section 4(b) of the Act before its amendment by P. L. 92-473, found to be necessary and proper in the public interest or to avoid serious impairment of the conduct of government business:

 

(1) Apprentices, student-learners, and workers whose earning capacity is impaired by age, or physical or mental deficiency or injury may be employed at wages lower than the minimum wages otherwise required by section 2(a)(1) or 2(b)(1) of the Service Contract Act without diminishing any fringe benefits or cash payments in lieu thereof required under section 2(a)(2) of the Act, in accordance with the conditions and procedures prescribed for the employment of apprentices, student-learners, handicapped persons, and handicapped clients of sheltered workshops under section 14 of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, in the regulations issued by the Administrator (29 CFR Parts 520, 521, 524, and 525).

 

(2) The Administrator will issue certificates under the Service Contract Act for the employment of apprentices, student- learners, handicapped persons, or handicapped clients of sheltered workshops not subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, or subject to different minimum rates of pay under the two Acts, authorizing appropriate rates of minimum wages (but without changing requirements concerning fringe benefits or supplementary cash payments in lieu thereof), applying procedures prescribed by the applicable regulations issued under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (29 CFR Parts 520, 521, 524, and 525).

 

(3) The Administrator will also withdraw, annul, or cancel such certificates in accordance with the regulations in 29 CFR Parts 525 and 528.

 

p. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they perform when they are employed and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the U.S. Department of Labor, or if no such recognized agency exists in a state, under a program registered with the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, Employment and Training Administration, U.S. Department of Labor. Any employee not registered as an apprentice in an approved program must be paid the wage rate and fringe benefits contained in the applicable wage determination for the journeyman classification of work actually performed. The wage rates paid apprentices may not be less than the wage rate for their level of progress set forth in the registered program, expressed as the appropriate percentage of the journeyman’s rate contained in the applicable wage determination. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen employed on the contract work in any craft classification may not be greater than the ratio permitted to the supplier for its entire workforce under the registered program.

 

53

 

 

q. An employee engaged in an occupation in which he or she customarily and regularly receives more than $30 a month tips may have the amount of tips credited by the employer against the minimum wage required by section 2(a)(1) or section 2(b)(1) of the Act in accordance with section 3(m) of the Fair Labor Standards Act and Regulations, 29 CFR Part 531. However, the amount of this credit may not exceed $1.24 per hour beginning January 1, 1980, and $1.34 per hour after December 31, 1980. To utilize this proviso:

 

(1) The employer must inform tipped employees about this tip credit allowance before the credit is utilized;

 

(2) The employees must be allowed to retain all tips (individually or through a pooling arrangement and regardless of whether the employer elects to take a credit for tips received);

 

(3) The employer must be able to show by records that the employee receives at least the applicable Service Contract Act minimum wage through the combination of direct wages and tip credit (approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1214-0017); and

 

(4) The use of tip credit must have been permitted under any predecessor collective bargaining agreement applicable by virtue of section 4(c) of the Act.

 

a. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract are not subject to Clause B-9: Claims and Disputes but must be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR Parts 4, 6, and 8. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the supplier (or any of its subcontractors) and the Postal Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives.

 

CLAUSE 9-12: FAIR LABOR STANDARDS ACT AND SERVICE CONTRACT ACT – PRICE ADJUSTMENT (FEBRUARY 2010)

 

a. The Supplier warrants that the contract prices do not include allowance for any contingency to cover increased costs for which adjustment is provided under this clause.

 

b. The minimum prevailing wage determination, including fringe benefits, issued under the Service Contract Act of 1965 by the Department of Labor (DOL), current at least every two years after the original award date, current at the beginning of any option period, or in the case of a significant change in labor requirements, applies to this contract and any exercise of an option of this contract. When no such determination has been made as applied to this contract, the minimum wage established in accordance with the Fair Labor Standards Act applies to any exercise of an option of this contract.

 

c. When, as a result of the determination of minimum prevailing wages and fringe benefits applicable (1) every two years after original award date, (2) at the beginning of any option period, or (3) in the case of a significant change in labor requirements, an increased or decreased wage determination is applied to this contract, or when as a result of any amendment to the Fair Labor Standards Act enacted after award that affects minimum wage, and whenever such a determination becomes applicable to this contract under law, the Supplier increases or decreases wages or fringe benefits of employees working on the contract to comply, the Supplier and the Contracting Officer will negotiate whether and to what extent either party will absorb the costs of the wage change. Any resulting change in contract price is limited to increases or decreases in wages or fringe benefits, and the concomitant increases or decreases in Social Security, unemployment taxes, and workers’ compensation insurance, but may not otherwise include any amount for general and administrative costs, overhead, or profit. ( See Attachment E)

 

54

 

 

d. The Supplier or Contracting Officer may request a contract price adjustment within 30 days of the effective date of a wage change. If a request for contract price adjustment has been made, and the parties have not reached an agreement within thirty days of that request, the Contracting Officer should issue a unilateral change order in the amount considered to be a fair and equitable adjustment. The Supplier may then either accept the amount, or the Supplier may file a claim under Clause B-9: Claims and Disputes unless the Contracting Officer and Supplier extend this period in writing. Upon agreement of the parties, the contract price or unit price labor rates will be modified in writing. Pending agreement on or determination of any such adjustment and its effective date, the Supplier must continue performance.

 

e. The Contracting Officer or the Contracting Officer’s authorized representative must, for 3 years after final payment under the contract, be given access to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books, papers, and records of the Supplier.

 

CLAUSE 9-14: AFFIRMATIVE ACTION FOR SPECIAL DISABLED VETERANS, VETERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA, AND OTHER ELIGIBLE VETERANS (FEBRUARY 2010)

 

a. The Supplier must comply with the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor issued under the Vietnam Era Veterans’ Readjustment Assistance Act of 1972 (the Act), as amended (38 U.S.C. 4211 and 4212).

 

b. The Supplier may not discriminate against any employee or applicant because that employee or applicant is a special disabled veteran, a veteran of the Vietnam era, or other eligible veteran, in regard to any position for which the employee or applicant is qualified. The Supplier agrees to take affirmative action to employ, advance in employment, and otherwise treat qualified special disabled veterans, veterans of the Vietnam era, and other eligible veterans without discrimination in all employment practices, such as employment, upgrading, demotion, transfer, recruitment, advertising, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for training (including apprenticeship).

 

c. The Supplier agrees to list all employment openings which exist at the time of the execution of this contract and those which occur during the performance of this contract, including those not generated by this contract and including those occurring at an establishment of the Supplier other than the one where the contract is being performed, but excluding those of independently operated corporate affiliates, at an appropriate local office of the state employment service where the opening occurs. State and local government agencies holding Postal Service contracts of $100,000 or more will also list their openings with the appropriate office of the state employment service.

 

55

 

 

d. Listing of employment openings with the employment service system will be made at least concurrently with the use of any recruitment source or effort and will involve the normal obligations attaching to the placing of a bona fide job order, including the acceptance of referrals of veterans and nonveterans. The listing of employment openings does not require the hiring of any particular applicant or hiring from any particular group of applicants, and nothing herein is intended to relieve the Supplier from any other requirements regarding nondiscrimination in employment.

 

e. Whenever the Supplier becomes contractually bound to the listing provisions of this clause, it must advise the employment service system in each state where it has establishments of the name and location of each hiring location in the state. The Supplier may advise the state system when it is no longer bound by this clause.

 

Paragraphs c, d, and e above do not apply to openings the Supplier proposes to fill from within its own organization or under a customary and traditional employer union hiring arrangement. But this exclusion does not apply to a particular opening once the Supplier decides to consider applicants outside its own organization or employer union arrangements for that opening.

 

Fuel Rate Establishment

 

This contract will be administered under the automated fuel index program. At the time of award, the fuel price per gallon in the contract will be set to the Department of Energy (DOE) Petroleum Acquisition Defense District (PADD) Price for the region in which the contract originates, using the price for the month immediately preceding the month of award. If there is a difference between the price per gallon in place when the award or renewal contract is signed and the DOE price on the first day of the new term, the contract price will be adjusted reflecting the difference in price of fuel.

 

Fuel Rate Adjustment

 

At the end of each calendar month, the difference between (1) the previous monthly DOE regional fuel index for the applicable fuel type and (2) the current monthly DOE regional fuel index for the applicable fuel type will be adjusted automatically. This will become the new contract baseline fuel PPG. The new contract baseline fuel PPG will remain in effect until the next automatic monthly adjustment. Suppliers will be required to provide the number of gallons used in their estimated annual fuel costs. This information will be used in the calculation of any fuel adjustment and in the determination of the reasonableness of supplier pricing.

 

56

 

Exhibit 10.10

  

TRANSPORTATION SERVICES PROPOSAL & CONTRACT

FOR REGULAR SERVICE

1. PROPOSAL SUBMITTED PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-114-18 04/20/2018 945L3 11/04/2018 11/03/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
  NORTH BAY P&DC, CA VARIOUS DESTINATIONS, CA
2. RATE OF COMPENSATION
WRITTEN DOLLAR AMOUNT (Proposal must be submitted on a single annual rate basis unless the solicitation specifically calls for proposals at a per mile, per piece, per trip, or other unit rate.) AMOUNT (Figures)
 

                    Non Peak Peak

Upper         $2.8500          $3.5300

Expected    $2.8500          $3.5300

Lower         $2.8700          $3.5500

3. OFFEROR
a. NAME (Print or Type) b. ADDRESS (Street, City, State, Zip+4)
Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

c. TELEPHONE NO. d. DOT NO. e. SOCIAL SECURITY NO. OR EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.
417-833-8456 872693 75-3010383

f. LEGAL RESIDENCE OF

 

(Complete if Offeror is an individual.)

 

g. ENGAGED IN BUSINESS IN

 

(Complete if Offeror is a partnership or corporation.)

 

COUNTY STATE COUNTY STATE
    Greene MO

h. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF AMENDMENTS

 

THE OFFEROR ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF AMENDMENTS TO THE SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS NUMBERED AND DATED AS FOLLOWS:

AMENDMENT NO. DATE AMENDMENT NO. DATE
       
       
4. CONTRACT

 

In compliance with the solicitation of the U.S. Postal Service described above, the above named offeror proposes to provide the service called for in said solicitation and, in the case of a negotiated contract, in the description of service attached hereto and made a part hereof, at the rate of compensation set out above.

 

The offeror submitting the offer or proposal agrees with the U.S. Postal Service that if this offer or proposal is accepted, the offeror will give personal or representative supervision to the performance of the service. The offeror certifies that this proposal is made in the offeror's own interest and not by the offeror as the representative of another person or company and with full knowledge of the required conditions of service.

 

The solicitation and all attachments are incorporated by reference as a part of this proposal.

 

If the offeror is a partnership or corporation, the Contracting Officer may request such offeror to furnish evidence of the authority of the party executing the proposal.

 

When a partnership offers, the signature of one partner is sufficient.

 

5. OFFEROR 6. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
This proposal is made in good faith and with the intention to enter into a contract to perform service in case the proposal is accepted. The U.S. Postal Service has caused this contract to be executed.
/s/ Billy Peck Jr. 10/19/2018    
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS CONTRACTING OFFICER  

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

 
                               

 

 

 

 

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM

 

The offeror, by checking the applicable block or blocks represents that it (1)  has developed and has on file,  has not developed and does not have on file, at each establishment, affirmative action programs as required by the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor (41 CFR 60-1 and 60-2) and  has,  has not filed the required reports with the Joint Reporting Committee; or (2)  has not previously had contracts subject to the written affirmative action program requirement of the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor.

 

CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES

 

a. By submitting this proposal, the offeror certifies that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The offeror agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause of this contract.

 

b. As used in this certification, segregated facilities means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms or wash rooms, restaurants or other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms or other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, or housing facilities provided for employees that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise.

 

c. The offeror further agrees that (unless it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) it will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors before awarding subcontracts exceeding $10,000 that are not exempt from the provisions of the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause; that it will retain these certifications in its files; and that it will forward the following notice to these proposed subcontractors (except when they have submitted identical certifications for specific time period(s):

 

 

 

 

PARENT COMPANY TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

 

a. A parent company is one that owns or controls the basic business policies of an offeror. To own means to own more than 50 percent of the voting rights in the offeror. To control means to be able to formulate, determine, or veto basic business policy decisions of the offeror. A parent company need not own the offeror to control it; it may exercise control through the use of dominant minority voting rights, proxy voting, contractual arrangements, or otherwise.

 

b. Enter the offeror’s Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) in the space provided. The TIN is the offeror’s Social Security Number or other Employer Identification Number used on the offeror’s quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Form 941.

 

 
Offeror’s TIN 75-3010383

 

c. Check this block if the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company:

 

d. If the block above is checked, provide the following information about the parent company:

 

EVO Transportation and Energy Services
Parent Company’s Name
Parent Company’s Main Office Address
8285 W. Lake Pleasant Parkway
No. and Street
Peoria AZ 85382
City State ZIP+4
Parent Company’s TIN 37-1615850

 

e. If the offeror is a member of an affiliated group that files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis (whether or not the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company, as provided above) provide the name and TIN of the common parent of the affiliated group:

Name of Common Parent  
Common Parent’s TIN  
   

 

 

 

                   

 

 

 

TRANSPORTATION SERVICES PROPOSAL & CONTRACT

FOR REGULAR SERVICE

1. PROPOSAL SUBMITTED PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-80-18 03/01/2018   08/05/2018 06/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
  North Bay, CA DRO Region C  
2. RATE OF COMPENSATION
WRITTEN DOLLAR AMOUNT (Proposal must be submitted on a single annual rate basis unless the solicitation specifically calls for proposals at a per mile, per piece, per trip, or other unit rate.) AMOUNT (Figures)
 

$2.85/Mile Non-Peak

$3.53/Mile PEAK

 

3. OFFEROR
a. NAME (Print or Type) b. ADDRESS (Street, City, State, Zip
Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

c. TELEPHONE NO. d. DOT NO. e. SOCIAL SECURITY NO. OR EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.
417-833-8456 872693 75-3010383

f. LEGAL RESIDENCE OF

 

(Complete if Offeror is an individual.)

 

g. ENGAGED IN BUSINESS IN

 

(Complete if Offeror is a partnership or corporation.)

 

COUNTY STATE COUNTY STATE
    Greene MO

h. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF AMENDMENTS

 

THE OFFEROR ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF AMENDMENTS TO THE SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS NUMBERED AND DATED AS FOLLOWS:

AMENDMENT NO. DATE AMENDMENT NO. DATE
       
       
4. CONTRACT

 

In compliance with the solicitation of the U.S. Postal Service described above, the above named offeror proposes to provide the service called for in said solicitation and, in the case of a negotiated contract, in the description of service attached hereto and made a part hereof, at the rate of compensation set out above.

 

The offeror submitting the offer or proposal agrees with the U.S. Postal Service that if this offer or proposal is accepted, the offeror will give personal or representative supervision to the performance of the service. The offeror certifies that this proposal is made in the offeror's own interest and not by the offeror as the representative of another person or company and with full knowledge of the required conditions of service.

 

The solicitation and all attachments are incorporated by reference as a part of this proposal.

 

If the offeror is a partnership or corporation, the Contracting Officer may request such offeror to furnish evidence of the authority of the party executing the proposal.

 

When a partnership offers, the signature of one partner is sufficient.

 

 

 

 

5. OFFEROR 6. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
This proposal is made in good faith and with the intention to enter into a contract to perform service in case the proposal is accepted. The U.S. Postal Service has caused this contract to be executed.
/s/ Billy Peck Jr. 5/24/2018    
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS CONTRACTING OFFICER  

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

 
                               

 

 

 

 

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM

 

The offeror, by checking the applicable block or blocks represents that it (1)  has developed and has on file,  has not developed and does not have on file, at each establishment, affirmative action programs as required by the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor (41 CFR 60-1 and 60-2) and  has,  has not filed the required reports with the Joint Reporting Committee; or (2)  has not previously had contracts subject to the written affirmative action program requirement of the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor.

 

CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES

 

a. By submitting this proposal, the offeror certifies that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The offeror agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause of this contract.

 

b. As used in this certification, segregated facilities means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms or wash rooms, restaurants or other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms or other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, or housing facilities provided for employees that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise.

 

c. The offeror further agrees that (unless it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) it will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors before awarding subcontracts exceeding $10,000 that are not exempt from the provisions of the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause; that it will retain these certifications in its files; and that it will forward the following notice to these proposed subcontractors (except when they have submitted identical certifications for specific time period(s):

 

NOTICE

 

A certification of no segregated facilities must be submitted before the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 that is not exempt from the EQUAL OPPORTUNITY clause. The certification may be submitted whether for each subcontract or for all subcontracts during a period (quarterly, semiannually, or annually).

 

 

 

PARENT COMPANY TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

 

a. A parent company is one that owns or controls the basic business policies of an offeror. To own means to own more than 50 percent of the voting rights in the offeror. To control means to be able to formulate, determine, or veto basic business policy decisions of the offeror. A parent company need not own the offeror to control it; it may exercise control through the use of dominant minority voting rights, proxy voting, contractual arrangements, or otherwise.

 

b. Enter the offeror’s Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) in the space provided. The TIN is the offeror’s Social Security Number or other Employer Identification Number used on the offeror’s quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Form 941.

 

 
Offeror’s TIN 75-3010383

 

c. Check this block if the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company:

 

d. If the block above is checked, provide the following information about the parent company:

 

 
Parent Company’s Name
Parent Company’s Main Office Address
 
No. and Street
     
City State ZIP+4
Parent Company’s TIN  

 

e. If the offeror is a member of an affiliated group that files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis (whether or not the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company, as provided above) provide the name and TIN of the common parent of the affiliated group:

Name of Common Parent  
Common Parent’s TIN  
   

 

 

                   

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
1
PAGE OF
1 1
1. SOLICITATION AMENDMENT PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-114-18 04/20/2018     06/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
     
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO MD 20774-5389

 

4. DATE ISSUED
05/08/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO Solicitation #150-114-18 – Wave 9 updated changes as follows:

 

1. Statement of Work (SOW), corrected wave name and Wave 9 sites

2. Pre-proposal link recording

3. Please include a signed copy of this amendment with your completed proposal.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

The date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is (or has been extended to): 05/21 08:00 A.M.
     (Date)                    (Time)
7. OFFEROR 8. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
/s/ Billy Peck Jr. 5/24/2018    
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

                       

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
2
PAGE OF
1 1
1. SOLICITATION AMENDMENT PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-114-18 04/20/2018     06/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
     
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO MD 20774-5389

 

4. DATE ISSUED
05/14/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO Solicitation #150-114-18 – Wave 9 updated changes as follows:

 

1. Revised Attachment As, Linthicum, Baltimore, Regions A, B and C

2. Revised Attachment A for Florence, Region B

3. Revised Attachment D, Pricing Sheet

4. Closing date extended to 8:00am EDT, May 25, 2018

5. Please include a signed copy of this amendment with your completed proposal.

 

 

 

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

The date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is (or has been extended to): 05/25 08:00 A.M.
     (Date)                    (Time)
7. OFFEROR 8. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
/s/ Billy Peck Jr. 5/24/2018    
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

                       

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
3
PAGE OF
1 1
1. SOLICITATION AMENDMENT PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-114-18 04/20/2018     06/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
     
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO MD 20774-5389

 

4. DATE ISSUED
05/17/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO Solicitation #150-114-18 – Wave 9 updated changes as follows:

 

1. Revised Attachment D, Pricing Sheet

2. Revised Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) deleting reference to NTE;
clarifying supplier submission regarding sites

3. Revised Wareham and Gainesville Manifests

4. Revised Terms and Conditions, Management Plan, incorporating language for
Supplier Ramp Up process.

5. Please include a signed copy of this amendment with your completed proposal.

 

 

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

The date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is (or has been extended to): 05/25 08:00 A.M.
     (Date)                    (Time)
7. OFFEROR 8. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
/s/ Billy Peck Jr. 5/24/2018    
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

                       

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
4
PAGE OF
1 1
1. SOLICITATION AMENDMENT PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-114-18 04/20/2018     06/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
     
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO MD 20774-5389

 

4. DATE ISSUED
05/18/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO Solicitation #150-114-18 – Wave 9 updated changes as follows:

 

1. Revised Kokomo Attachment A, Vehicle Change only.

2. Revised Attachment N, DRO Wave 9 Frequently Asked Questions.

 

Please include a signed copy of this amendment with your completed proposal.

 

 

 

 

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

The date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is (or has been extended to): 05/25 08:00 A.M.
     (Date)                    (Time)
7. OFFEROR 8. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
/s/ Billy Peck Jr. 5/24/2018    
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

                       

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SOLICITATION AMENDMENT NO.
5
PAGE OF
1 1
1. SOLICITATION AMENDMENT PURSUANT TO
a. SOLICITATION NO. b. DATE OF SOLICITATION c. CONTRACT NO. d. BEGIN CONTRACT TERM e. END CONTRACT TERM
150-114-18 04/20/2018     06/30/2022

f. FOR MAIL SERVICE

IN OR BETWEEN

CITY & STATE CITY & STATE
     
2. OFFEROR NAME AND ADDRESS (Print or Type) 3. ISSUED BY

Thunder Ridge Transport Inc.

PO Box 2446

Springfield, MO 65801

 

LDT@USPS.GOV

1200 MERCANTILE LANE

SUITE 109

LARGO MD 20774-5389

 

4. DATE ISSUED
05/23/2018
5. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION

DRO Solicitation #150-114-18 – Wave 9 updated changes as follows:

 

1. Revised Attachment D, Pricing Sheet, incorporating correct mileage tiers for Baltimore, Regions A, B, and C. Corrected Peak mileage tiers for Florence, Regions A&B.

2. Revised Attachment A, Florence, Regions A&B.

 

Please include a signed copy of this amendment with your completed proposal

 

 

 

 

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Block 1 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

6. The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Block 5.

NOTE: Offerors must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the date and time specified in the solicitation by one of the following methods:

 

a. Signing and returning one copy of the amendment;

b. Acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the proposal submitted; or

c. Submitting a separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers.

 

FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE SPECIFIED IN THE SOLICITATION PRIOR TO THE DATE AND TIME SPECIFIED FOR RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR PROPOSAL.

 

If, by virtue of this amendment, you desire to change a proposal already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter provided such telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers, and is received prior to the date and time specified.

 

The date and time specified for receipt of the proposals is (or has been extended to): 05/25 08:00 A.M.
     (Date)                    (Time)
7. OFFEROR 8. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE
The receipt of this Amendment to Solicitation is hereby acknowledged. The U.S. Postal Service has hereby issued this Amendment to Solicitation.
/s/ Billy Peck Jr. 5/24/2018    
(Signature of Offeror) (Date) (Signature of Contracting Officer) (Date)
Billy Peck Jr. President/CEO TRANS CONTRACTING OFFICER, LDT@USPS.GOV

(Name and Title of Offeror)

 

 

(Title of Contracting Officer)

 

                       

 

 

 

Attachment C
Representations and Certifications

  

ATTACHMENT C

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS

 

a. Type of Business Organization. The offeror, by checking the applicable blocks, represents that it:

 

1.) Operates as:

 

☒ a corporation incorporated under the laws of the state of Missouri ;

☐ an individual;

☐ a partnership;

☐ a joint venture;

☐ a limited liability company

☐ a nonprofit organization, ____ or;

☐ an educational institution; and

 

2.) Is (check all that apply)

 

☒ a small business concern;

☐ a minority business

☐ Black American

☐ Hispanic American

☐ Native American

☐ Asian American

☐ a woman-owned business;

☐ an educational or other nonprofit organization, or

☐ none of the above entities.

 

3.) Small Business Concern . A small business concern for the purposes of Postal Service purchasing means a business, including an affiliate, that is independently owned and operated, is not dominant in producing or performing the supplies or services being purchased, and has no more than 500 employees, unless a different size standard has been established by the Small Business Administration (see 13 CFR 121, particularly for different size standards for airline, railroad, and construction companies). For subcontracts of $50,000 or less, a subcontractor having no more than 500 employees qualifies as a small business without regard to other factors.

 

4.) Minority Business . A minority business is a concern that is at least 51 percent owned by, and whose management and daily business operations are controlled by, one or more members of a socially and economically disadvantaged minority group, namely U.S. citizens who are Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, or Asian Americans. (Native Americans are American Indians, Eskimos, Aleuts, and Native Hawaiians. Asian Americans are U.S. citizens whose origins are Japanese, Chinese, Filipino, Vietnamese, Korean, Samoan, Laotian, Kampuchea (Cambodian), Taiwanese, in the U.S. Trust Territories of the Pacific Islands or in the Indian subcontinent.)

 

5.) Woman-owned Business . A woman-owned business is a concern at least 51 percent of which is owned by a woman (or women) who is a U.S. citizen, controls the firm by exercising the power to make policy decisions, and operates the business by being actively involved in day-to-day management.

 

6.) Educational or Other Nonprofit Organization . Any corporation, foundation, trust, or other institution operated for scientific or educational purposes, not organized for profit, no part of the net earnings of which inures to the profits of any private shareholder or individual.

 

b. Parent Company and Taxpayer Identification Number.

 

1.) A parent company is one that owns or controls the basic business policies of an offeror. To own means to own more than 50 percent of the voting rights in the offeror. To control means to be able to formulate, determine, or veto basic business policy decisions of the offeror. A parent company need not own the offeror to control it; it may exercise control through the use of dominant minority voting rights, proxy voting, contractual arrangements, or otherwise.

 

 

 

 

Attachment C
Representations and Certifications

 

2.) Enter the offeror’s Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) in the space provided. The TIN is the offeror’s Social Security number or other Employee Identification Number used on the offeror’s Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Form 941.

 

Offeror’s TIN 75-3010383                                                    

 

3.)       Check this block if the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company: ☐

 

4.)       If the block above is checked, provide the following information about the parent company:

 

Parent Company’s Name:                                                         

Parent Company’s Main Office:                                              

Address:                                                                                      

No. and Street:                                                                           

City: __________________ State: _____ Zip Code:        

Parent Company’s TIN:                                                            

 

5.) If the offeror is a member of an affiliated group that files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis (whether or not the offeror is owned or controlled by a parent company, as provided above) provide the name and TIN of the common parent of the affiliated group:

 

Name of Common Parent                                                         

Common Parent’s TIN                                                             

 

c. Certificate of Independent Price Determination.

 

1.) By submitting this proposal, the offeror certifies, and in the case of a joint proposal each party to it certifies as to its own organization, that in connection with this solicitation:

 

a) The prices proposed have been arrived at independently, without consultation, communication, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to the prices with any other offeror or with any competitor;
b) Unless otherwise required by law, the prices proposed have not been and will not be knowingly disclosed by the offeror before award of a contract, directly or indirectly to any other offeror or to any competitor; and
c) No attempt has been made or will be made by the offeror to induce any other person or firm to submit or not submit a proposal for the purpose of restricting competition.

 

2.) Each person signing this proposal certifies that:

 

a) He or she is the person in the offeror’s organization responsible for the decision as to the prices being offered herein and that he or she has not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above; or
b) He or she is not the person in the offeror’s organization responsible for the decision as to the prices being offered but that he or she has been authorized in writing to act as agent for the persons responsible in certifying that they have not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above, and as their agent does hereby so certify; and he or she has not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above.

 

3.) Modification or deletion of any provision in this certificate may result in the disregarding of the proposal as unacceptable. Any modification or deletion should be accompanied by a signed statement explaining the reasons and describing in detail any disclosure or communication.

 

d. Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities.

 

1.) By submitting this proposal, the offeror certifies that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The offeror agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract.

 

2.) As used in this certification, segregated facilities means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms or wash rooms, restaurants or other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms or other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment area, transportation, or housing facilities provided for employees that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise.

 

 

 

 

Attachment C
Representations and Certifications

 

3.) The offeror further agrees that (unless it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) it will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors before awarding subcontracts exceeding $10,000 that are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause; that it will retain these certifications in its files; and that it will forward the following notice to these proposed subcontractors (except when they have submitted identical certifications for specific time periods):

 

Notice: A certification of nonsegregated facilities must be submitted before the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 that is not exempt from the Equal Opportunity clause. The certification may be submitted either for each subcontract or for all subcontracts during a period (quarterly, semiannually, or annually).

 

e. Certification Regarding Debarment, Proposed Debarment, and Other Matters (This certification must be completed with respect to any offer with a value of $100,000 or more.)

 

1.) The offeror certifies, to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it or any of its principals

 

a) Are ☐ are not ☒ presently debarred or proposed for debarment, or declared ineligible for the award of contracts by any Federal, state, or local agency;

 

b) Have ☐ have not ☒, within the three-year period preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for: commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, state, or local) contract or subcontract; violation of Federal or state antitrust statutes relating to the submission of offers; or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, tax evasion, or receiving stolen property;

 

c) Are ☐ are not ☒ presently indicted for, or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity with, commission of any of the offenses enumerated in subparagraph (b) above;

 

d) Have ☐ have not ☒ within a three-year period preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for: commission of fraud or a criminal offense in conjunction with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, state or local) contract or subcontract; violation of Federal or state antitrust statutes relating to the submission of offers; or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, tax evasion or receiving stolen property; and

 

e) Are ☐ are not ☒ presently indicted for, or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity with, commission of any of the offenses enumerated in subparagraph (d) above.

 

2.) The offeror has ☐ has not ☒, within a three-year period preceding this offer, had one or more contracts terminated for default by any Federal, state, or local agency.

 

3.) “Principals,” for the purposes of this certification, means officers, directors, owners, partners, and other persons having primary management or supervisory responsibilities within a business entity (e.g., general manager, plant manager, head of a subsidiary, division, or business segment, and similar positions).

 

4.) The offeror must provide immediate written notice to the Contracting Officer if, at any time prior to contract award, the offeror learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.

 

5.) A certification that any of the items in paragraph (a) of this provision exists will not necessarily result in withholding of an award under this solicitation. However, the certification will be considered as part of the evaluation of the offeror’s capability (see PM 2.1.9.c.3). The offeror’s failure to furnish a certification or provide additional information requested by the contracting officer will affect the capability evaluation.

 

6.) Nothing contained in the foregoing may be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by paragraph (a) of this provision. The knowledge and information of an offeror is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.

 

 

 

 

Attachment C
Representations and Certifications

 

7.) This certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States and the making of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under section 1001, Title 18, United States Code.

 

8.) The certification in paragraph (a) of this provision is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making the award. If it is later determined that the offeror knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Postal Service, the Contracting Officer may terminate the contract resulting from this solicitation for default.

 

a. Incorporation by Reference. Wherever in this solicitation or contract a standard provision or clause is incorporated by reference, the incorporated term is identified by its title, its provision or clause number assigned to it, and its date. The text of incorporated terms may be found at http://www.usps.com/cpim/ftp/manuals/spp/spp.pdf . If checked, the following provision(s) is incorporated in this solicitation by reference: (contracting officer will check as appropriate)

 

1.       Provision 1-2: Domestic Source Certificate - Supplies

2.       Provision 1-3: Domestic Source Certificate - Construction Materials

3.       Provision 9-1: Equal Opportunity Affirmative Action Program

4.       Provision 9-2: Preaward Equal Opportunity Compliance Review

5.       Provision 9-3: Notice of Requirements for Equal Opportunity Affirmative Action

 

 

 

 

Highway Contract Route (HCR) Wave 9

 

Dynamic Routing Optimization (DRO) Service Statement of Work

 

 

 

Date of Issue: 03-28-2018

 

 

 

 

Contents

 

PART 1 – STATEMENT OF WORK 1
   
A. Overview 1
   
B. Requirements 1
   
C. Period of Performance 7
   
D. Place of Performance 8
   
E. Technology 8
   
F. Administrative Official 9
   
G. Electronic Communication and Interactivity 9
   
H. Safety Rating (Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration) 10
   
I. Subcontracting 10
   
J. Usage of Postal Facilities 10
   
K. Payment and Schedule Changes 11
   
L. Performance 12
   
M. Irregularities 13
   
N. Fuel Adjustment 14
   
PART 2 – LIST OF ATTACHMENTS 15

 

i

 

 

 

Part 1 – Statement of Work

A. OVERVIEW

 

The Postal Service is seeking to award surface transportation service that is responsive to daily mail volumes. Through the use of a Transportation Management System (TMS), forecasted mail volumes will be used to optimize local distribution networks at the Processing and Distribution Centers (P&DC) solicited.

 

The Supplier will provide surface transportation based on volume availability and a

 

Transportation Management System (TMS) dynamic route optimization manifest. The Supplier will plan its operations based on the manifest and transportation information provided in support of, and in conjunction with, the needs of the Host P&DC, delivery units, and offices. The hours of service and address locations for the Host P&DC delivery units and city offices serviced by this contract are detailed in Attachment A, Service Point Details and Specifications .

 

This solicitation will include requirements for dynamic surface transportation service for the following P&DC’s.

 

  Wave 9  
     
  Site 1 - Wareham, MA (2 Regions)  
  Site 2 - North Bay, CA (3 Regions)*  
  Site 3 - Gainesville, FL (1 Region)  
  Site 4 - Bismarck, ND (2 Regions)  
  Site 5 - Minot, ND (1 Region)  
  Site 6 - Florence, SC (2 Regions)  
  Site 7 - Pensacola, FL (2 Regions)  
  Site 8 - Fargo, ND (2 Regions)  
  Site 9 - Baltimore, MD (3 Regions)*  
  Site 10 - Kokomo, IN (1 Region)  
  Site 11 - Plattsburgh, NY (1 Region)  

 

The USPS anticipates awarding multiple contracts at eleven (11) non Postal Vehicle Service

 

(PVS) sites in the DRO Wave 9. Wave 9 consists of elven (11) sites with an approximate four (4) year base period of performance. Due to the alignment with current HCR contract expiration dates, the four-year period of performance for Wave 9 will be slightly longer or slightly shorter than four-years, as outlined below.

 

B. REQUIREMENTS

 

Suppliers will be required to provide a variety of vehicles to include vans, straight trucks, and tractor trailers. Additionally suppliers will be required to provide an on-site Supplier Representative during the initial start-up wave and annually during the Peak Season Period. The Supplier Representative will work with Postal Service employees at the location to coordinate all activities for the service. Global Positioning Systems will also be required on all trailers and straight trucks.

 

1

 

 

Operations will provide the Supplier with a manifest for their specific region(s) the Wednesday prior to the start of the upcoming Postal Service week. The manifest will further provide detailed mail tender information for the points of origin and the required arrival times at destinations. The Supplier will be required to arrive in sufficient time to load and dispatch vehicles to meet the required delivery windows as indicated on the manifest. The supplier is required to follow the manifest unless otherwise directed by Postal Official. The supplier is required to meet the scheduled departure/arrival times as indicated on the manifest. The supplier will be required to report in sufficient time to load vehicle to meet the scheduled departure time on the manifest.

 

1. Supplier Responsibilities

 

a. The Supplier will handle all mail tendered by the Postal Service in an efficient and expedient manner to meet the departure requirements specified in this contract.

 

b. The Supplier will provide all labor to support the service described in this statement of work and its attachments. The Supplier personnel operating vehicles are required to have a valid Commercial Driver’s License. (Please see Attachment I, Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) Vehicle Inspections by Law Enforcement Officials)

 

c. The Supplier will provide at least one (1) onsite Supplier Representative for approximately 8 hours (0030 – 0830) at the Host P&DC during peak windows of service (ex. 0230 – 0630).The Supplier will be required to provide a Supplier Representative at the dock during the initial three (3) month contract start-up period. The Supplier will also be required to provide a Supplier Representative annually for one (1) month during Peak Season. Peak Season period will begin around the Thanksgiving holiday of each year and end approximately January 1st, of the following year. The Supplier Representative will be required to coordinate with Postal Service employees on activities like but not limited to, organizing the retrieval of the mail from the prescribed mail tender points, arranging the loading of vehicles based on manifest routes provided by the Postal Service and communicating and requesting approval for any deviation from the manifest.

 

d. The Supplier will notify the Postal Service through the Host P&DC, via the Administrative Official, of any contingency events/changes or anticipated events/changes impacting the services provided by the Supplier. This notification must be via email, the receipt of email must be acknowledged, and must be given at least 72 hours in advance.

 

2

 

 

e. The Supplier will aid and assist with the loading and unloading of containers/pallets/other USPS products from surface transportation. The Supplier will be required to ensure the proper loading of mail in the sequence defined by the order of delivery, specified by the manifest. The manifest is organized in a “first in – last out” sequence by service point. (For Dock Safety Guidance, see Attachment K)

 

f. The Supplier will maintain a level of flexibility to accommodate out-of-schedule events and ensure that they are handled with the same level of efficiency and accuracy as the regularly scheduled trips. Out of schedule events can be defined as (but not limited to) extra service (scheduled or unscheduled) or ad hoc transportation to in scope delivery units. In addition to transportation events specified by the manifest, expanded operations, such as additional operating days or hours per day may be required.

 

g. The supplier is required to follow the manifest unless otherwise directed by Postal Official. The supplier is required to meet the scheduled departure/arrival times as indicated on the manifest. The supplier will be required to report in sufficient time to load vehicle to meet the scheduled departure time on the manifest. The supplier will be required to load, transport, and unload all classes of mail at the Originating, en route, and destinating offices.

 

Within the service area, or otherwise specified contract site(s), USPS may request additional trips that were not published in the original manifest, and the supplier will be required to execute the trips, up to the contracted mileage maximum thresholds; however, the supplier is not required to provide additional trips.

 

2. Postal Service Responsibilities

 

The Postal Service will oversee operations at the Host P&DC and provide instructions to the Supplier Representative. USPS will provide a dispatch manifest on the Wednesday prior to the Postal Service week. The manifest will provide detailed mail tender information for the point of origin and the required arrival times at the destinations (for further detail see, Attachment J – Manifests).

 

The Postal Service will be responsible for determining any extra transportation needs (transportation not listed on the initial weekly manifest) and for coordinating the extra service with the HCR supplier(s) at the site. If USPS determines that extra service is needed, suppliers will receive a notification by phone or email and will have approximately thirty (30) minutes to respond to the request. If the Supplier does not agree to fulfill the additional service within thirty (30) minutes, the extra transportation needed by USPS will be requested from an alternate supplier.

 

The Postal Service will provide standard empty Mail Transport Equipment (MTE), scanners, rolling equipment, and cardboard containers for the performance of these requirements.

 

3

 

 

3. Dispatch and Delivery Manifest

 

a. The Supplier will be provided a manifest, including anticipated mail volumes and mileage, on the Wednesday prior to each Postal Service week, which begins on Sunday. The manifest will provide detailed mail tender information for the point of origin and the required arrival times at destinations. The Supplier is responsible for allowing sufficient time to unload, load and dispatch all vehicles in order to meet the required delivery windows listed in the manifest .(See Attachment J, National Manifests)

 

b. The Postal Service reserves the right to cancel trips without penalty (via email or other communication methods), provided that the Supplier is given at least four (4) hours of notice, prior to the scheduled departure time. In the event that less than four

 

(4) hours of notice is given, the Postal Service reserves the right to reroute transportation within the contracted service area(s) or site(s).

 

c. Some Delivery Units serviced by the supplier under this contract may require long haul trips to remote sites. It is the Supplier’s responsibility to plan driver schedules which adhere to all Department of Transportation Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration Hours of Service regulations.

 

d. Metro Collection Boxes

 

i. The Supplier may be asked to provide service to Metro Collection boxes at select locations. The driver will be required to open the Metro Collection box, scan the Metro Collection box, remove the mail, and transport the mail to the P&DC. The Supplier may also be required to participate in the Box Density and Maintenance messages which will populate on the drivers’ scanners. The Supplier will report any issues encountered with the provided scanner or in retrieving mail from the Metro Collection Box to the Postal Service immediately.
ii. Trips to Metro Collection boxes will be included on the transportation manifest along with instructions to access to the Metro Collection box.
iii. Please refer to the Metro Collection box table in Attachment A Service Point Details and Specifications.

 

e. Registered Mail

 

a. Drivers are required to sign for all registered mail. The driver will be required to isolate register mail on the tail of the vehicle and will present the Registered Mail to registered room or clerk upon arrival to the plant.

 

b. Driver is required to contact plant immediately if registered mail is not present at time of pickup. If driver fails to notify plant and arrives without register mail, supplier is responsible to retrieve register mail and bring to the plant.

 

c. If registered mail is lost prior to arrival at plant, driver will be held until register mail is found.

 

4

 

 

4. Daily Operations

 

a. The Supplier will stay abreast of changing conditions, including but not limited to late arriving or departing trucks, mechanical breakdowns, and make adjustments to transportation accordingly.

 

b. The Supplier will incur the costs of repairs and/or replacement of damaged Postal equipment or facilities if the damages are the fault of the Supplier.

 

c. The Supplier will coordinate movement of vehicles at the Host P&DC.

 

d. Wherever possible, or in agreement with local Postal Service Host P&DC staff, the Supplier will pre-load outbound vehicles.

 

e. Throughout the daily operation, the Supplier will inspect all containers in their possession to ensure that no mail has been left in any container. If any mail is found, the Supplier will immediately notify the Postal Service manager and a Postal employee will remove the mail from the container.

 

f. General

 

i. The Supplier is required to observe and adhere to specific delivery windows. ii. The Supplier will not deliver to the facilities outside of these specified windows unless explicitly instructed to do so.
iii. It is expected that the Supplier will have the ability to obtain sufficient human resources (drivers, vehicles, etc.) within 72 hours to utilize the full fleet during these windows of possible delivery. Sunday delivery may not occur every week, but could be required on an ad hoc basis.

 

5. Procedures for Receipt and Dispatch of Vehicles

 

a. For dropping off a trailer, only local USPS designated personnel can open and close platform overhead doors.

 

b. Upon arrival, the Supplier driver will:

 

i. Set brakes
ii. Shut off engine
iii. Remove ignition key
iv. Affix chock block (if necessary)
v. Report to expeditor/USPS designee for bay assignment (if expeditor/USPS designee is available)

 

c. Expeditor or USPS designee provides driver with bay assignment.

 

d. Driver returns to parked tractor/trailer:

 

i. Removes chock block
ii. Starts tractor engine
iii. Releases brakes
iv. Proceeds to assigned bay

 

5

 

 

v. As driver is positioning to back up, sound horn
vi. Backs trailer into assigned bay
vii. Sets brakes
viii. Shuts off engine
ix. Removes ignition key
x. Affixes chock block to trailer
xi. Jacks up trailer for disconnect
xii. Disengages brake lines
xiii. Returns to tractor
xiv. Starts engine xv. Disengages from trailer with no gap left between tractor and trailer

 

e. For picking up a trailer (where applicable), the driver returns to tractor:

 

i. Removes chock block
ii. Starts engine
iii. Proceeds to designating bay verifying assignment
iv. As driver is positioning to back up, sound horn
v. Ensures green light is on, where applicable vi. Backs trailers into assigned bay
vii. Engages with assigned trailer
viii. Shuts off engine
ix. Removes ignition key
x. Affixes chock block to tractor
xi. Connects brake lines
xii. Lowers trailer into fifth wheel mechanism
xiii. Visually inspects fifth wheel locking mechanism
xiv. Removes trailer chock block
xv. Removes tractor chock block
xvi. Starts engine
xvii. Releases brake
xviii. Departs facility

 

f. Expeditor or USPS designee will:

 

i. Affix security seal to trailer door locking mechanism, where applicable
ii. Close bay door
iii. Retrieve secured ignition keys
iv. Verify load and trailer are secured to driver
v. Confirm bay assignment with driver
vi. Return ignition keys to driver
vii. Verify bay door is closed

 

g. Driver will:

 

i. Return to tractor
ii. Verify green light is on (where applicable) and door number/assignment
iii. Remove chock block
iv. Start engine, release brake, and depart facility

 

6

 

 

6. Yard Control

 

a. The Supplier will maintain yard control to ensure timely and accurate data is kept pertaining to vehicle movements and disposition on the facility property.

 

7. Reporting

 

a. At a minimum, the following report will be required and will be provided by the Supplier:

 

Accident reports, including personnel and equipment involved (per occurrence). This will be provided by the Supplier.

 

b. The Supplier will attend and participate in operation meetings and service talks at the Host P&DC at the discretion of the Postal Service.

 

8. Training

 

a. The Postal Service will provide the initial training for Postal Service systems and the Transportation Management Systems.

 

b. The Supplier will provide training to all of its personnel. The training will include but is not limited to the following items:

 

i. Emergency plan or procedures such as facility evacuation, hazardous chemical spills, threats, severe weather, etc.
ii. Security training that addresses the proper wearing of identification badges and the challenging of all persons not displaying a proper ID.
iii. Proper and safe loading and use of containers and postal equipment.
iv. Dock operations to include the postal-approved procedures for opening and sealing of trucks.
v. Applicable laws and regulations.
vi. Safety and health training that address overall work safety, (e.g., drug/alcohol abuse).
vii. Identification of various mail classes/types and an overview of Postal regulations as it pertains to mail security.

 

C. PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE

 

The anticipated period of performance for the following sites start on Sunday, August 19, 2018 to Thursday, June 30, 2022 : Wareham, MA; North Bay, CA; Gainesville, FL; Bismarck, ND; Minot, ND; and Florence, SC.

 

The anticipated period of performance for the remaining sites to include Pensacola, FL; Fargo, ND; Baltimore, MD; Kokomo, IN; and Plattsburgh, NY is Sunday, August 26, 2018 to Thursday, June 30, 2022.

 

7

 

 

Following the contract award, suppliers will be allowed approximately 30 days to ramp up and prepare to start operations, unless otherwise agreed upon by the Supplier and the Postal Service.

 

D. PLACE OF PERFORMANCE

 

The work will begin at specified USPS P&DC facilities within specified geographic areas.

 

(See Attachment A, Service Point Details and Specifications, for specific information)

 

E. TECHNOLOGY

 

1. Transportation Management System

 

The Postal Service is currently upgrading its TMS to advance technology and further automate processes. If there are impacts on the Supplier from these changes, the Postal Service will discuss and/or negotiate any necessary changes with the Supplier, as applicable.

 

2. GPS Requirements

 

The Supplier will be required to purchase a GPS unit from a source provided by the Postal Service. The Supplier will be provided instructions regarding the purchase and implementation of the GPS unit prior to the contract being awarded. The unit costs and monthly recurring data plan charges are detailed below. Suppliers should factor these costs into their proposed fixed RPM(s).

 

GPS Hardware Cost: $311.00 per unit

 

Data Plan Monthly Recurring Charge: $4.52 per unit

 

The Supplier is required to provide GPS technology and data transfer in accordance with the below requirements.

 

a. The Supplier shall maintain a functioning Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) system on all vehicles over 600 cubic feet and above to include but not limited to straight trucks and trailers. The GPS device must report the location of the vehicle to the Postal Service no less than every 15 minutes while the mail is in transit. It must also report the location of the vehicle upon arrival and departure at each location. Compliance to the requirement must reach a minimum of 98% success rate (accurate data transmitted to and received by the Postal Service). The following information is required for each data transmission:

 

i. GPS ID
ii. Trailer number
iii. Event: Arrival, Departure, En-Route, and Low Battery. iv. Date/Time for each Event
v. Location by Address or Latitude/Longitude of the vehicle

 

8

 

 

b. The Supplier is required to have GPS units on all straight trucks and/or trailers and provide GPS status updates on demand or as requested. The GPS units should be attached to the straight truck and/or trailer. Mobile GPS units are not acceptable .

 

c. Supplier personnel driving vehicles shall have onboard communication systems to maintain contact with the on-site representative.

 

d. Supplier must transmit GPS data upon departure (via geo-fencing), upon arrival (viageo-fencing), and every 15 minutes in transit.

 

e. GPS data must be sent as events occur.

 

f. In the event a GPS unit is out of communication coverage, it must have the capability to log events that were not transmitted. These events should be transmitted as soon as the GPS unit is back in coverage with the lag being no more than four (4) hours.

 

F. ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICIAL

 

The Administrative Official is a Postal Service Official designated by the Manager, Distribution Networks to supervise and administer the performance of mail transportation and related services by suppliers.

 

Administrative Officials are NOT authorized to award, agree to, amend, terminate, or otherwise change the provisions and/or terms and conditions of the contract. Administrative Officials are responsible for ensuring supplier compliance with the operational requirements of highway contract routes and administering functions related to performance of that service. Specifically, Administrative Officials are responsible for the following:

 

1. Supervising the Supplier’s operations daily to ensure contract compliance, including necessary recordkeeping.

 

2. Obtaining screening information from highway transportation suppliers or contractor personnel.

 

3. Investigating irregularities and complaints regarding service on the route and taking corrective action.

 

4. Recommending establishment, discontinuance, or modifications to the manifest.

 

G. ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION AND INTERACTIVITY

 

The Postal Service will utilize web-based systems that will require supplier interactivity. Suppliers will be required to maintain and check their electronic mail (email) accounts regularly and to respond to email messages from the Postal Service. Suppliers must notify the Postal Service of any changes to email addresses.

 

9

 

 

H. SAFETY RATING (FEDERAL MOTOR CARRIER SAFETY ADMINISTRATION)

 

If the Supplier is notified by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) that there is a proposed safety rating or determination of a rating of “unsatisfactory” of the Supplier (as described in 49 CFR § 385.11), the Supplier must notify the Contracting Officer within five (5) business days of receipt of its receipt of notice from the FMCSA.

 

Should the Supplier fail to do so, the Contracting Officer may terminate any and all of the Supplier’s contracts for default. In addition, the Contracting Officer may terminate any and all of the Supplier’s contracts for default based upon a proposed safety rating or determination of a rating of “unsatisfactory” of the Supplier (as described in 49 CFR § 385.11) by the FMCSA.

 

The Supplier is expected to provide a fleet which can meet the federal and state transportation vehicle requirements. These requirements include, but are not limited to, bed height restrictions, emission rates, maintenance standards and driving classifications.

 

I. SUBCONTRACTING

 

The offeror must include a detailed planned description of all related/support services (e.g. maintenance, custodial services) and specific line haul services. The supplier must detail which routes the subcontract services will address and what allocation of the operation will be covered by the subcontracted services. The plan must be reviewed and approved by the Contracting Officer.

 

J. USAGE OF POSTAL FACILITIES

 

Parking for contract vehicles and trailers at Postal facilities and other uses of Postal facilities (unless otherwise specified within this contract) may or may not be allowed at the discretion of each facility manager. The Supplier is responsible for all associated costs and to have the vehicle properly secured at all times. The Supplier must have adequate contingency plans in place should the use of postal facilities be terminated or limited. In no event shall the Postal Service be held liable for, or incur any additional cost associated with, such use or the termination of such use during the contract term.

 

10

 

 

K. PAYMENT AND SCHEDULE CHANGES

 

Payment for services rendered under this contract will be made as follows:

 

Suppliers will receive a monthly payment processed by the 2nd Friday of the next calendar month of the period for which the service was performed. If the Supplier operates mileage in either the Expected or Lower Mileage Ranges, the payment will be calculated by multiplying the manifest miles by the Supplier’s RPM in the applicable mileage range (Expected or Lower). If the Supplier operates mileage in the Upper Mileage Range, the Supplier will be paid for all manifest miles operated within the Expected Mileage Range at the Expected Mileage Range RPM. Any additional miles over the maximum mileage of the Expected Range will be paid using the Supplier’s Upper Mileage Range RPM. All extra trips will be captured in the TMS system and included in the monthly manifest mileage calculation for the same period in which they were ordered. An example of the monthly payment calculation has been provided below.

 

Monthly Payment Calculation Example Site X

 

    Site X- December        
Peak   Minimum Mileage     Maximum Mileage     Supplier RPM  
Upper Mileage Range     17,912       19,427     $ 1.65  
Expected Mileage Range     14,305       17,911     $ 1.55  
Lower Mileage Range     11,856       14,304     $ 1.60  

 

Note: For the purposes of the example, payments have been rounded to the nearest dollar.

 

If the Supplier ran 15,000 miles (inclusive of manifest miles and extra trips), then all 15,000 would be paid at the Expected Mileage Range price. (15,000 x $1.55) = $23,250

 

If the Supplier ran 12,000 miles (inclusive of manifest miles and extra trips), then all 12,000 miles would be paid at the Lower Mileage Range price. (12,000 x $1.60) = $19,200

 

If the Supplier ran 19,000 miles (inclusive of manifest miles and extra trips), then 17,911 miles would be paid at the Expected Mileage Range price and 1,089 miles would be paid at the Upper Mileage Range price. (17,911 x $1.55) + (1,089 x $1.65) = $29,559

 

If the Supplier is requested and agrees to operate the mileage in excess of the maximum (inclusive of manifest miles & extra trips), the additional mileage will be paid at the Upper Mileage Range rate for the total additional mileage run above the Expected Range. The Supplier has a right to refuse miles above the maximum mileage in the Upper Mileage Range Tier. o Using the example above, if the Supplier agreed to run 20,000 miles, 17,911 would be paid at the Expected Mileage Range price, and 2,089 would be paid at the Upper Mileage Range Price. (17,911 x $1.55) + (2,089 x $1.65) = $31,209

 

If monthly mileage falls below the minimum mileage (inclusive of manifest miles & extra trips) identified in the Lower Mileage Range, the Supplier will be paid for the minimum mileage in the lower mileage range, or (11,856 x $1.60) = $18,970 in the example month above.

 

No supplier invoices are required. Supplier payments will be processed through the electronic 5429 (e5429) process at the conclusion of each Postal Accounting Period for which payment is due. The payment for service will be made no later than the 2nd Friday of the next calendar month of the period for which service was performed. All mileage will be captured in the TMS system and included in the monthly manifest mileage calculation for the same period in which they were ordered.

 

11

 

 

When Dynamic Routing Optimization (DRO) does not start on the first day of the calendar month, the mileage the supplier operates will be pro-rated within the appropriate mileage tier for payment. The pro-rated mileage adjustment is calculated by dividing the mileage operated by the supplier for that period by the days executed to determine a daily mileage amount. The average daily mileage is then multiplied by total days in the calendar month to arrive at a monthly prorated mileage amount. This monthly pro-rated mileage amount will be paid based upon the rate and tier the monthly mileage amount falls within.

 

Site X- December

 

Peak   Minimum Mileage     Maximum Mileage    

Supplier

RPM

 
Upper Mileage Range     17,912       19,427     $ 1.65  
Expected Mileage Range     14,305       17,911     $ 1.55  
Lower Mileage Range     11,856       14,304     $ 1.60  

 

Pro-rate Calculation

 

Supplier Operated Mileage for December           5,000  
Number of Days of Service             12  
Calendar Days in the Month             31  
Daily mileage amount     5,000 / 12       417  
The result is then divided by total days in the calendar month     417 * 31       12,917  
Monthly pro-rated mileage amount will be paid based upon the rate and tier the monthly mileage amount falls within.     12,917 * $1.60     $ 20,667  

 

SUPPLIERS WILL BE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE THE NUMBER OF GALLONS USED IN THEIR ESTIMATED ANNUAL FUEL COSTS. THIS INFORMATION WILL BE USED IN THE CALCULATION OF ANY FUEL ADJUSTMENT AND IN THE DETERMINATION OF THE REASONABLENESS OF SUPPLIER PRICING.

 

L. PERFORMANCE

 

1. The Supplier is required to dispatch 98% of the tendered mail to permit arrival to allocations by the required delivery time (RDT), or scheduled delivery time identified in the manifest. The Supplier will be held accountable for all performance failures other than for delays imposed by the Postal Service (Per Clause B-79, Forfeiture of Compensation).

 

2. The Supplier will be required to maintain 98% accuracy for Quality of Dispatch. “Quality of Dispatch” is defined as no containers or loose pieces placed on incorrect departing transportation. If a “Quality of Dispatch” error occurs, the Supplier will immediately correct the source of the error to ensure the error does not reoccur.

 

12

 

 

3. The Supplier is responsible for having a quality assurance program established in-house to perform daily monitoring of, at minimum, actual mileage performed by driver weekly, performance failures, container location accuracy, and pick-up and delivery times. This program is to be established based on the discretion of the Supplier.

 

4. Monthly performance meetings between the Supplier and Postal Service will be performed as arranged by the Host P&DC Transportation Manager or designee (ex. local Administrating Official).

 

5. The Supplier must achieve 98% on-time dispatch performance of timely mail, outside of delays caused by the Postal Service, and 98% distribution accuracy for all mail tendered to and processed by the Supplier.

 

M. IRREGULARITIES

 

When an irregularity in performance occurs the Postal Service may take subsequent action as defined below:

 

1. Other Irregularities

 

a. The Postal Service will issue a PS Form 5500, Contract Route Irregularity Report. The Supplier must sign and return the Contract Route Irregularity Report within ten (10) days of receipt.

 

b. Suppliers are responsible for providing documentation to support requests for exceptions for unforeseen circumstances to include but not limited to weather, traffic accidents (not caused by the supplier), and detours.

 

c. Repeated irregularities as defined above, with no or ineffectual attempts at correction, may result in contract termination and the Supplier may be held liable for any re-procurement costs associated with the default.

 

d. The supplier may be assigned lobby/vestibule keys and/or a scanning device be used in the delivery and collection of mail along the contract route. These are accountable items that must be signed out prior to the start of the designated trip(s) and turned in at the end of the trip(s). Loss, negligent damage, or failure to turn in accountable item(s) as scheduled may result in assessment of damages or termination of the contract.

 

2. Late Delivery Irregularities

 

a. Supplier induced irregularities resulting in late delivery (explained under Performance Framework) could result in a reduction in total pay in conjunction with PS Form 5500 (contracted RPM’s will apply), Contract Route Irregularity Report, or termination for default.

 

13

 

 

b. Upon receipt of a PS Form 5500, the Supplier shall promptly take all necessary corrective action to bring performance into compliance.

 

c. The Supplier will complete all appropriate areas of the PS 5500 and document the corrective action taken to ensure the error does not occur in the future. The PS 5500 must be signed and sent back to the Administrative Official within ten (10) days of receipt.

 

d. The Supplier and the Postal Service Administrative Official will discuss each completed PS 5500. The PS 5500 will be discussed monthly during the performance discussion between the Supplier and Administrative Official.

 

e. When the Postal Service delays the HCR supplier beyond their scheduled departure time, the origin facility must issue a PS Form 5466 to the driver. To receive compensation for such Postal Service caused delays, the supplier consolidates the PS Form 5466s for each route and lists them on a supplier claim form, such as the one shown in in the attached PS Form 5466 found in this solicitation. The supplier must summarize the total delay time in minutes and shall ensure that the supporting data is accurate and complete. The supplier submits the PS Form 5466s and the completed supplier claim form to the USPS administrative official (AO) responsible for the supplier’s route. The supplier should submit claims monthly, completing one claim form per route. Payment for the Postal Service caused delays described above will be paid at the established Service Contract Act (SCA) Wage Rate for the contracted region.

 

N. FUEL ADJUSTMENT

 

1. Fuel Rate Establishment

 

This contract will be administered under the automated fuel index program. At the time of award, the fuel price per gallon in the contract will be set to the Department of Energy (DOE) Petroleum Acquisition Defense District (PADD) Price for the region in which the contract originates, using the price for the month immediately preceding the month of award. If there is a difference between the price per gallon in place when the award or renewal contract is signed and the DOE price on the first day of the new term, the contract price will be adjusted reflecting the difference in price of fuel.

 

2. Fuel Rate Adjustment

 

At the end of each calendar month, the difference between (1) the previous monthly DOE regional fuel index for the applicable fuel type and (2) the current monthly DOE regional fuel index for the applicable fuel type will be adjusted automatically. This will become the new contract baseline fuel ppg. The new contract baseline fuel ppg will remain in effect until the next automatic monthly adjustment.

 

14

 

 

PART 2 – LIST OF ATTACHMENTS

 

Attachment A – Service Point Details and Specifications

 

Attachment B – Vehicle Specifications

 

Attachment C – Representations and Certifications

 

Attachment D – Pricing Sheet (for information only)

 

Attachment E – Wage Determination Examples – National Attachment F – Subcontracting Plan Requirements

 

Attachment G – PS3881-X Supplier and Payee EFT Enrollment

 

Attachment H – Transportation Services Proposal & Contract (PS 7405)

 

Attachment I – Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) Vehicle Inspections by Law Enforcement Officials

 

Attachment J – Manifests

 

Attachment K – Dock Safety Guidance

 

Attachment L – Highway Contractor Safety

 

Attachment M – DRO Mileage & Departure Time Variation

 

Attachment N – Frequently Asked Questions

 

Attachment O – Federal Contractor Veterans Employment Report (VETS-4212)

 

Attachment P – Manifest Review Slides Attachment Q – PS5466, Late Slips

 

Attachment R - GPS Faqs

 

15

 

 

Dynamic Route Optimization

 

Wave 9 Terms and Conditions

 

 

 

Date of Issue: March 28, 2018

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

DATE OF ISSUE: MARCH 12, 20181

 

Part 1: Dynamic Route Optimization Provisions 1
Provision 1-1: Supplier Clearance Requirements (March 2006) 1
Provision 1-4: Prohibition Against Contracting with Former Postal Service Officers or PCES Executives (March 2006) 1
Provision 1-5: Proposed Use of Former Postal Service Employees (March 2006) 1
Provision 3-1: Notice of Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Business Subcontracting Requirements (March 2006) 1
Provision 4-1: Standard Solicitation Provisions (November 2007) (Modified) 2
Provision 4-2: Evaluation (March 2006) (Modified) 8
Postal Service E-Sourcing Registration 12
Provision 4-3: Representations and Certifications (November 2012) 13
Provision 9-2: Preaward Equal Opportunity Compliance Review 17
Part 2: Dynamic Route Optimization CLAUSES 18
Clause B-1 Definitions (March 2006) (Modified) 18
Clause B-3: Contract Type (March 2006) (Modified) 18
Clause B-9: Claims and Disputes (March 2006) 19
Clause B-15: Notice of Delay (March 2006) (Modified) 20
Clause B-16: Suspensions and Delays (March 2006) 20
Clause B-19: Excusable Delays (March 2006) 20
Clause B-22: Interest (March 2006) 21
Clause B-26: Protection of Postal Service Buildings, Equipment, and Vegetation (March 2006) 21
Clause B-30: Permits and Responsibilities (March 2006) 21
Clause B-39: Indemnification (March 2006) 21
Clause B-64: Accountability of the Supplier (Highway) (March 2006) 22
Clause B-65: Adjustments to Compensation (March 2006) (Modified) 22
Clause B-68: Changes in Corporate Ownership or Officers (March 2006) 23
Clause B-69: Events of Default (March 2006) (Modified) 23
Clause B-77: Protection of the Mail (March 2006) 24
Clause B-78 Renewal (March 2006) 24
Clause B-79: Forfeiture of Compensation (March 2006) 25
Clause B-80: Laws and Regulations Applicable (March 2006) 25
Clause B-81: Information or Access by Third Parties (May 2006) 25
Clause B-82: Access by Officials (March 2006) 25
Clause 1-1: Privacy Protection (October 2014) 25
Clause 1-7: Organizational Conflicts of Interest (March 2006) 27
Clause 1-11: Prohibition Against Contracting with Former Officers or PCES Executives (March 2006) 28
Clause 1-12: Use of Former Postal Service Employees (March 2006) 28
Clause 2-19: Option to Extend (Services Contract) (March 2006) 28
Clause 2-22: Value Engineering Incentive (March 2006) 29
Clause 2-39: Ordering (March 2006) (Modified) 31
Clause 2-42: Indefinite Quantity (March 2006) (Modified) 31
Clause 3-1: Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Business Subcontracting Requirements (March 2006) 32
Clause 3-2: Participation of Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Businesses (March 2006) 33
Clause 4-1: General Terms and Conditions (July 2007) (Modified) 34
Clause 4-2: Contract Terms and Conditions Required to Implement Policies, Statutes, or Executive Orders (July 2014) (Modified) 37
Clause 7-4: Insurance (March 2006) (Modified) 39
Clause 7-5: Errors and Omissions (March 2006) 39
Clause 7-10: Sustainability (July 2014) (Modified) 40
Clause 8-8: Additional Data Requirements (March 2006) 40
Clause 8-10: Rights in Data — Special Works (March 2006) 40
Clause 8-13: Intellectual Property Rights (March 2006)40 Clause 8-16: Postal Service Title in Technical Data and Computer Software (March 2006) 41
Clause 9-10: Service Contract Act (March 2006) 47
Clause 9-12: Fair Labor Standards Act and Service Contract Act – Price Adjustment (February 2010) 54
Clause 9-14: Affirmative Action for Special Disabled Veterans, Veterans of the Vietnam Era, and other Eligible Veterans (February 2010) 55
Fuel Rate Establishment 56
Fuel Rate Adjustment 56

 

i

 

 

PART 1: DYNAMIC ROUTE OPTIMIZATION PROVISIONS

 

PROVISION 1-1: SUPPLIER CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS (MARCH 2006)

 

The contract resulting from this solicitation will require the contractor or its employees (including subcontractors and their employees) to have access to occupied Postal facilities, and/or to Postal information and resources, including postal computer systems. Clearance in accordance with Administrative Support Manual 272.3 will be required before that access will be permitted. It is the contractor’s obligation to obtain and supply to the Postal Service the forms and information required by that regulation.

 

Suppliers must familiarize themselves with the requirements of that section, taking into account in their offices the time and paperwork associated with the screening.

 

PROVISION 1-4: PROHIBITION AGAINST CONTRACTING WITH FORMER POSTAL SERVICE OFFICERS OR PCES EXECUTIVES (MARCH 2006)

 

The Supplier represents that former Postal Service officers or Postal Career Executive Service (PCES) executives will not be employed as key personnel, experts or consultants in the performance of the contract if such individuals, within 1 year of their retirement from the Postal Service, will be performing substantially the same duties as they performed during their career with the Postal Service. In addition, no contract resulting from this solicitation may be awarded to such individuals or entities in which they have a substantial interest, for 1 year after their retirement from the Postal Service, if the work called for in the solicitation requires such individuals to perform substantially the same duties as they performed during their career with the Postal Service.

 

PROVISION 1-5: PROPOSED USE OF FORMER POSTAL SERVICE EMPLOYEES (MARCH 2006)

 

In its proposal, the Supplier must identify any former Postal Service employee it proposes to engage, directly or indirectly, in the performance of the contract. The Postal Service reserves the right to require the Supplier to replace the proposed individual with an equally qualified individual.

 

PROVISION 3-1: NOTICE OF SMALL-, MINORITY-, AND WOMAN-OWNED BUSINESS SUBCONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS (FEBRUARY 2018)

 

When the contract value is estimated at $1 million or more, all offerors, except small businesses, must submit with their proposals the contract-specific subcontracting plan required by Clause 3-1: Small-, Minority-, and Woman-Owned Business Subcontracting Requirements. Generally, this plan must be agreed to by both the supplier and the Postal Service before award of the contract. Lack of submittal of a contract-specific subcontracting plan may make the offeror’s proposal unacceptable for award.

 

All offerors must be capable of reporting as required by Clause 3-2: Participation of Small-, Minority-, and Woman-Owned Businesses. Reporting is required when the contract value is estimated at $500,000 or more.

 

1

 

 

PROVISION 4-1: STANDARD SOLICITATION PROVISIONS (NOVEMBER 2007) (MODIFIED)

 

1. Submission of Offers. The Postal Service will provide a Postal Service (PS) Form 7405, Order / Solicitation / Offer / Award, to Suppliers for signature and inclusion with the proposal package.

 

The proposal(s) submitted by the Supplier will require, at a minimum:

 

1. Solicitation title.

 

2. The name, address, e-mail address, point of contact listed on 1st page of proposal and telephone number of the Supplier.

 

3. Price and any discount terms

 

4. “Remit to” address, if different than mailing address.

 

5. Federal Contractor Veterans Employment Report, Vet-4212: https://www.dol.gov/vets/programs/fcp/vets-4212rev2017.pdf

 

6. A completed copy of the representations and certifications (Provision 4-3).

 

7. Acknowledgment of Solicitation Amendments.

 

8. PS Form 7405, Order / Solicitation / Offer / Award.

 

9. In addition to the items listed in this provision, Suppliers must address the items shown in Provision 4-1: Addendum: Required Information.

 

2. Business Disagreements. Business disagreements may be lodged with the Supplier Disagreement Resolution Official (SDRO) if the Supplier and the Contracting Officer have failed to resolve the disagreement as described in 39 CFR Section 601 (available for review at www.gpoaccess.gov/ecfr). The SDRO will consider the disagreement only if it is lodged in accordance with the time limits and procedures described in 39 CFR Section 601. The SDRO’s decisions are available for review at www.usps.com .

 

3. Late Proposals. Proposals or modifications of proposals received at the address specified for the receipt of proposals after the exact time specified for receipt of proposals will not be considered unless determined to be in the best interest of the Postal Service.

 

4. Type of Contract. The Postal Service plans to award a Fixed Rate per Mile, Indefinite Delivery, Indefinite Quantity, with Economic Price Adjustment contract under this solicitation and all proposals must be submitted on this basis. Alternate proposals based on other contract types will not be considered. Adjustments will be made in accordance with Management Instruction PM-4.4.1-2005-1 which can be found at http://about.usps.com/management-instructions/p441051.pdf. (See Clause B-3: Contract Type, for additional info)

 

5. Contract Award. The Postal Service may evaluate proposals and award contracts without discussions with Suppliers. Therefore, the Supplier’s initial proposal should contain the Supplier’s best terms from a price and technical standpoint. Discussions may be conducted if the Postal Service determines they are necessary. The Postal Service may reject any or all proposals if such action is in the best interest of the Postal Service.

 

2

 

 

6. Multiple Awards. The Postal Service intends to award one or more contracts under this solicitation. The Postal Service may award a Supplier one or more site(s) and/or region(s) under this solicitation. The Postal Service reserves the right to not award an additional site and/or region to a successful Supplier should it deem that a non-award of the additional site(s) and/or region to the successful Supplier is in its best interest.

 

7. Incorporation by Reference. Wherever in this solicitation or contract a standard provision or clause is incorporated by reference, the incorporated term is identified by its title, the provision or clause number assigned to it in the Postal Service’s Supplying Principles and Practices, and its date. The text of incorporated terms may be found in the Supplying Principles and Practices, accessible online at http://about.usps.com/manuals/spp/spp.pdf.

 

Questions on the Solicitation. All Suppliers will receive as an attachment to the solicitation, Attachment N, Wave 4 Frequently Asked Questions.

 

Provision 4-1: Additional Requirement. In order for the Postal Service to evaluate proposals in accordance with the criteria stated in Provision 4-2, the following information must be provided. In general, the Supplier should be concerned with providing specific facts in lieu of broad generalizations and flowery descriptions. The Supplier must also complete and return the Representations and Certifications (Provision 4-3 below). Instructions for proposal submittal are contained in the table below.

 

Proposals are to be divided into volumes as shown in the table below. The Supplier must address the sections of each Tab within each Volume in the order detailed in the tables below. Page number limitations are also noted in the table below. Page limitation excludes coversheets, dividers, tables of contents, and attachments required by solicitation. Text in all volumes may be single-spaced and no smaller than Arial 10 point font. Graphics may include fonts no smaller than Arial 8 point as displayed. Margins may be no less than one (1) inch on any side, top, or bottom.

 

Proposals must comply with the instructions contained herein. Proposals not in conformance with these instructions may be rejected. Previously submitted data or prior performance presumed to be known to the USPS (e.g., any previous projects performed for the USPS) will not be considered as part of the technical proposal evaluation; Supplier must include in this proposal all information it wants to be considered by USPS. Any information that may have been submitted prior to the solicitation which is still relevant must be resubmitted in the formats requested.

 

Volume 1 – Technical Proposal

 

Tab   Criteria   Page Limit
1   Supplier Eligibility   Check Box
2   Past Performance   2
3   Supplier Capability   2
4   Management Plan   7
5   Contingency Plan   2
6   Sustainability Plan   3
7   Subcontracting Plan   2

 

3

 

 

Volume 2 – Price Proposal

 

Tab   Sections   Page Limit
1   Completed and Signed PS Form 7405 (Attachment H)   1
2   Pricing Sheet (for information only)   1
3   Representations and Certifications (Provision 4-3) (Attachment C)   5

 

Volume 3 – Financials

 

Tab   Sections   Page Limit
1   k recent credit report that includes certification of no bankruptcy Filings in the past three (3) years.   N/A
2   Three (3) years of audited financial statements to include Income Statements (e.g. Balance Sheet, Statement of Cash Flow, etc.), and the corresponding note pages to the financial statements   N/A
3   Funding documentation from a financial institution (when funding is required to obtain vehicles).   N/A
4   Names of Financial institution, contact names, phone numbers for lines of credit currently available as of proposal date for each line of credit including bank letter(s) of reference.   N/A
5   Most Recent Tax Returns for the past two (2) years.   N/A
6   Tax Identification Number (TIN) documentation – COPY of social security card for owner operators.   N/A

 

Volume 1 – Technical Proposal

 

The factors that will be used in the technical evaluation of proposals and their relative importance are as follows:

 

Supplier Eligibility is a pass or fail factor

 

Past Performance is the most important Technical Evaluation factor

 

Supplier Capability is less important than the Past Performance

 

Management Plan is less important than Supplier Capability

 

Contingency Plan is equal to Management Plan, Sustainability Plan & Subcontracting Plan

 

Supplier Eligibility

 

The Supplier must submit information that will allow the evaluation team to determine that the Supplier is eligible to perform all the services required for the full term of the resultant contract Information submitted must allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s eligibility relating to the factors set forth in “Supplier Eligibility” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation.

 

4

 

 

Past Performance

 

The Supplier must submit information that will allow the evaluation team to determine its performance level on contracts and other business arrangements of similar size and scope. Information submitted should allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s past performance relating to the factors set forth in “Past Performance,” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation.

 

Supplier Capability

 

The Supplier must submit information that will allow the evaluation team to determine that the Supplier is able to perform all the services required for the full term of the resultant contract. Information submitted must allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s capability relating to the factors set forth in “Supplier Capability” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation. This solicitation should be addressed as though this is the first time a Supplier is doing business with the Postal Service.

 

Management Plan

 

Suppliers must provide a Management Plan for dealing with normal daily operations, as well as unscheduled and unexpected events affecting the expeditious operation of the network. The Supplier must provide an implementation plan and its project methodology or proposed approach for ramping up and commencing the services required in the contract. The Supplier must include a description of the division of roles and responsibilities during this process between the Supplier and USPS.

 

Contingency Plan

 

The Supplier must submit information that will allow the evaluation team to determine that a Supplier has Contingency Plan for dealing with unexpected events, such as overflow mail, damaged containers, equipment breakdowns, etc. Information submitted must allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s Contingency Plan relating to the factors set forth in “Contingency Plan” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation.

 

Sustainability Plan

 

The Supplier must include a detailed sustainability plan in its proposal. The plan should describe the Supplier’s current sustainability initiatives and metrics, as well as suggested initiatives on which the Supplier will work collaboratively with the Postal Service. Information submitted must allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s capability relating to the factors set forth in “Sustainability Plan” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation.

 

Subcontracting Plan

 

All suppliers, including small businesses, must submit a subcontracting plan that is specific to this contract and that separately addresses subcontracting with small, minority, and woman-owned businesses. The offeror must include a detailed description of all related/support services (e.g. maintenance, custodial services) and specific line haul services. The supplier must detail which routes the subcontract services will address and what allocation of the operation will be covered by the subcontract services. Information submitted must allow the evaluators to determine the Supplier’s capability relating to the factors set forth in “Subcontracting Plan” in Provision 4-2, Evaluation.

 

Volume 2 – Price Proposal

 

1. PS Form 7405

 

The Supplier must provide a completed and signed PS Form 7405 (Attachment H, Transportation Services Proposal & Contract (PS 7405)).

 

5

 

 

The following instructions should be closely followed in completing this form:

 

Item 1. Fill in the solicitation number, date of the solicitation, and the terminal points of the route exactly as they appear on the solicitation.

 

Item 2. N/A. Pricing is entered in Emptoris.

 

Item 3. In blocks a, b, and c, enter the complete name, address and phone number of the Supplier. Enter the Supplier’s DOT number in block d. Enter the Employer Identification Number (Social Security Number if the Supplier is an individual)

 

Item 4. In block e, complete blocks f and g only if proposals are being submitted for box delivery routes.

 

Item 5. Supplier signature

 

Complete the remainder of the form, including the appropriate certificate, and other items on the reverse, and sign the form as Supplier.

 

2. Price/RPM

 

The Supplier must complete and submit pricing through the E-Sourcing System, Emptoris.

 

The Supplier must provide a Rate per Mile (RPM), for each mileage range for both Peak and Non-Peak periods. The Supplier’s proposed rates must be calculated based on the mileage automatically populated in Emptoris. Attachment D- Pricing Sheet is provided as information only and should not be included in the Supplier’s proposal submission.

 

The proposed RPM for peak and non-peak must be inclusive of all supplier costs associated with providing the required services for the proposed mileage range. These costs include but are not limited to equipment, labor, training, GPS, overhead, profit, and fuel. The rates may be carried out to a maximum of four decimal places.

 

NOTE: The Suppliers proposed RPM on the Expected Mileage will be the most important factor in evaluating the price. The Suppliers proposed RPM on the Upper Range and the Lower Range are of equal importance but significantly less impo rtant than the proposed RPM of the Expected Mileage Range.

 

Price Analysis

 

Suppliers will be asked to provide a price proposal for one or more regions for each site on which they bid. If suppliers provide a price proposal for all or multiple regions within a site as a bundle they must also provide a price proposal for each individual region within its multiple region proposal bundles. For each mileage range pricing offer, the supplier will also be required to detail the number of proposed fuel gallons and labor hours so that impact of future adjustments in fuel and labor can be evaluated in the pricing analysis. In addition, the supplier must provide labor categories (per the wage determination that applies to this contract) to include the number of labor hours for each category they are proposing.

 

6

 

 

DRO Region Name   Historic Peak Ave
Region RPM
Weighted
    Historic Non-
Peak Ave Region
RPM Weighted
    Historic Ave
Region RPM
Weighted
 
Baltimore Region A   $ 2.55     $ 2.55     $ 2.55  
Baltimore Region B   $ 2.71     $ 2.71     $ 2.71  
Baltimore Region C   $ 2.98     $ 2.98     $ 2.98  
Bismarck Region A   $ 1.91     $ 1.91     $ 1.91  
Bismarck Region B   $ 2.06     $ 2.06     $ 2.06  
Fargo Region A   $ 2.68     $ 2.10     $ 2.15  
Fargo Region B   $ 1.58     $ 1.56     $ 1.56  
Florence Region A   $ 1.90     $ 1.90     $ 1.90  
Florence Region B   $ 1.79     $ 1.79     $ 1.79  
Gainesville Region A   $ 2.28     $ 2.18     $ 2.19  
Kokomo Region A   $ 2.59     $ 2.27     $ 2.31  
Minot Region A   $ 1.79     $ 1.78     $ 1.78  
North Bay Region A   $ 2.96     $ 2.78     $ 2.79  
North Bay Region B   $ 1.97     $ 1.86     $ 1.87  
North Bay Region C   $ 3.35     $ 3.24     $ 3.25  
PENSACOLA Region A   $ 3.13     $ 3.13     $ 3.13  
PENSACOLA Region B   $ 1.96     $ 1.95     $ 1.95  
Plattsburgh Region A   $ 1.96     $ 1.96     $ 1.96  
Wareham Region A   $ 2.16     $ 2.16     $ 2.16  
Wareham Region B   $ 2.49     $ 2.49     $ 2.49  

 

3. Representations and Certifications

 

The Representations and Certifications pursuant to Provision 4-3 must be executed and returned with the proposal.

 

Volume 3 – Financials

 

Supplier’s Financial Condition of company: The offeror must provide:

 

a. A recent credit report that includes certification of no bankruptcy filings in the past three (3) years.

 

b. Three (3) years of audited financial statements to include Income Statements (e.g. Balance Sheet, Statement of Cash Flow, etc.), and the corresponding note pages to the financial statements.

 

c. Funding documentation from a financial institution (when funding is required to obtain vehicles).

 

d. Names of Financial institution, contact names, phone numbers for lines of credit currently available as of proposal date for each line of credit including bank letter(s) of reference.

 

e. Most Recent Tax Returns for the past two (2) years.

 

f. Tax Identification Number (TIN) documentation – COPY of social security card for owner operators.

 

7

 

 

PROVISION 4-2: EVALUATION (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

Each Supplier will be required to submit a two-volume proposal. The Technical Evaluation will be based on the Volume 1 – Technical Proposal, whereas the Price Evaluation will be based on data provided in the Volume 2 - Price Proposal.

 

The factors that will be used in the technical evaluation of proposals and their relative importance are as follows:

 

1. Supplier Eligibility is a pass or fail factor

 

2. Past Performance is the most important Technical Evaluation factor

 

3. Supplier Capability is less important than the Past Performance

 

4. Management Plan is less important than Supplier Capability

 

5. Contingency Plan, Sustainability Plan, and Subcontracting Plan are all equal to Management Plan

 

Supplier Eligibility (Pass / Fail)

 

The Suppliers’ ability to meet all the required factors that are necessary to perform operations, to include the following:

 

Companies ineligible:

 

1. Business organizations substantially owned or controlled by Postal Service employees or their immediate families.

 

2. Offerors suspended, debarred, ineligible, or proposed for suspension, debarment, or ineligibility are also excluded from conducting business with the Postal Service as agents, subcontractors, or representatives of other offerors.

 

Past Performance

 

The offeror will be evaluated on its performance under existing and prior contracts for similar services. In evaluating past performance, the Postal Service will consider the offeror’s effectiveness in quality of products or services; timeliness of performance; cost control; business practices; customer satisfaction, and key personnel past performance. Additionally, consideration will be given to the offeror’s demonstrated commitment to continuous improvement, innovation, sustainability and knowledge transfer.

 

The offeror must submit a list of at least three (3) references that USPS may contact to assess the offer’s past performance during the past twelve (12) months. The list must include, at a minimum, the following information:

 

1. Name of reference (company name and location).

 

2. Point of contact (name and title).

 

3. Telephone number and email address.

 

4. Type of contract and size and services rendered for transportation contracts of similar scope.

 

5. Dates of service.

 

Supplier Capability

 

The extent to which the Supplier has the ability to obtain adequate resources (technical, equipment, etc.) to perform the work will be evaluated. The Suppliers will address the following in the Supplier capability section of the proposal (which are not sub factors):

 

1. The ability to meet the required delivery schedule (e.g., able to begin operations on the effective date of start-up of contract performance) considering all existing commitments, including pending awards.

 

2. Equipment to include the type, age, and average miles per gallon (MPG) along with the offeror’s plan to upgrade vehicles during the life of the contract;s

 

3. A sound record of integrity and business ethics; and

 

4. The necessary organization, experience, accounting and operational controls, technical skills, and property controls.

 

8

 

 

Management Plan

 

The offeror must include a detailed management plan in its proposal. The Management Plan, at a minimum, must address the offeror’s plan and ability to perform at high level of on time performance, to include the following (which are not sub factors):

 

1. Monitoring of service performance to ensure quality on time performance.

 

2. Maintaining adequate staffing levels including drivers and supervisors considering the planned hours for portal time, layover, and pre/post inspections.

 

3. Compliance with Department of Labor (DOL) and Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations.

 

4. Completion of all loading in time to meet dispatch.

 

5. Implementation of global positioning systems (GPS) or other technology-driven solutions.

 

6. Implementation of a safety program and a driver training program.

 

7. Scanning Postal mail transport equipment (MTE).

 

8. Close-out, receive, and dispatch all surface vehicles.

 

9. Security of the mail.

 

10. Security screening of contractor personnel and verification of their eligibility.

 

11. Detail showing the offerors’ ability to obtain clearance in accordance with Administrative Support Manual 272.

 

12. Electronic Data Interchange to include Scanning and Data Transmission.

 

13. Subcontracting management and approach.

 

14. Suppliers must provide a ramp up plan detailing their timeline on securing the proposed vehicle fleet, drivers and other factors necessary in executing successful service within the first thirty days following contract award. The ramp up plan must validate that the supplier will be capable of successfully beginning service based on the period of performance start date detailed in the solicitation.

 

· The ramp up plan timeline must include the number of days following award when the supplier will have the proposed vehicles available for USPS inspection.
· The ramp up plan must detail the number of days following award when the proposed operational equipment and drivers will be available for service.
· The ramp up plan must include detail on the specific year make model and quantity of vehicles to be provided.
· The supplier must specifically detail the number of drivers to be provided.

 

Contingency Plan

 

The offeror must include a detailed Contingency Plan in its proposal. The Contingency Plan, at a minimum, must address the offeror’s plan and ability to handle the contingency operations below (which are not sub factors):

 

1. Overflow mail

 

2. Less MTE than required

 

3. Damaged containers

 

4. Damaged or non-labeled mail

 

5. Schedule changes

 

6. Equipment breakdowns

 

7. Inclement weather during operations

 

8. Labor disruptions including, but not limited to, walkouts or strikes

 

9. Staffing shortages relating to medical or other emergencies

 

10. Delays caused by environmental issues such as fuel spills, chemical spills, or other HAZMAT.

 

9

 

 

Sustainability Plan

 

The offeror must include a detailed sustainability plan in its proposal. The Sustainability Plan, at a minimum, must address the items listed below (which are not sub factors):

 

1. A listing of the Make, Model, Age, and Class of Vehicle that it plans to use for the solicited service. The Vehicle Classification should be based on the details of the Attachment A, Vehicle Specifications. The offeror should provide a specific vehicle listing by Mileage Range (Upper, Expected, and Lower).

 

2. The offeror should list the average MPG for each class of vehicle listed for each Mileage Range (Upper, Expected, and Lower).

 

3. An explanation of the number of scheduled miles, portal miles, backhaul miles, maintenance miles, and any other miles that will be included in the contracted service for each Mileage Range (Upper, Expected, and Lower).

 

4. The amount of gallons of fuel that the offeror is proposing for this service for each Mileage Range (Upper, Expected, and Lower).

 

5. Whether the vehicles operate using alternative fuel. If so, please state the type (Compressed Natural Gas, Liquefied Natural Gas, etc.).

 

6. A plan to improve the fuel efficiency of the vehicles over the life of the contract. The plan should describe the offeror’s current sustainability initiatives and metrics, as well as suggested initiatives on which the offeror will work collaboratively with the Postal Service.

 

Subcontracting Plan

 

All suppliers, including small businesses, must submit a subcontracting plan that is specific to this contract, and that separately addresses subcontracting with small, minority, and woman-owned businesses. The offeror must include a detailed description of all related/support services (e.g. maintenance, custodial services) and specific line haul services. The supplier must detail which routes the subcontract services will address and what allocation of the operation will be covered by the subcontract services.

 

The team will evaluate the Subcontracting Plan based on the items listed below (which are not subfactors):

 

a. Goals, in terms of percentages of the total amount of this contract that the supplier will endeavor to subcontract to small, minority, and woman-owned businesses. The supplier must include all subcontracts that contribute to contract performance, and may include a proportionate share of supplies and services that are normally allocated as indirect costs.

 

b. A statement of the: Total dollars planned to be subcontracted under this contract; and Total of that amount planned to be subcontracted to small, minority, and woman-owned businesses.

 

c. A description of the principal types of supplies and services to be subcontracted under this contract, identifying the types planned for subcontracting to small, minority, and woman-owned businesses.

 

d. A description of the method used to develop the subcontracting goals for this contract.

 

e. A description of the method used to identify potential sources for solicitation purposes and a description of efforts the supplier will make to ensure that small, minority, and woman-owned businesses have an equitable opportunity to compete for subcontracts.

 

10

 

 

f. A statement as to whether the offer included indirect costs in establishing subcontracting goals for this contract and a description of the method used to determine the proportionate share of indirect costs to be incurred with small, minority, and woman-owned businesses.

 

g. The name of the individual employed by the supplier who will administer the subcontracting program and a description of the individual’s duties.

 

h. Assurances that the supplier will require all subcontractors receiving subcontracts in excess of $1,000,000 to adopt a plan similar to the plan agreed to by the supplier.

 

i. A description of the types of records the supplier will maintain to demonstrate compliance with the requirements and goals in the plan for this contract. The records must include at least the following: a. Source lists, guides, and other data identifying small, minority, and woman-owned businesses; Organizations contacted in an attempt to locate sources that are small, minority, and woman-owned businesses; Records on each subcontract solicitation resulting in an award of more than $100,000, indicating whether small, minority, or woman-owned businesses were solicited and if not, why not; and Records to support subcontract award data, including the name, address, and business size of each subcontractor.

 

j. Plan and details of all subcontractors proposed that are current Postal HCR suppliers.

 

For the price evaluation, the Postal Service will evaluate the prices from the single site proposed offers and the multi-site proposed offers by comparing the different combinations. Price is MORE important than technical proposal evaluation factors. The Postal Service is more concerned with making an award at the lowest overall price than with obtaining superior technical or management features. However, the Postal Service may not necessarily make an award at the lowest price in order to achieve a small price savings if better value can be achieved with superior technical or management features. The benefits of a higher priced proposal may merit a higher price.

 

As part of the price evaluation, the Postal Service will also consider the impact of the supplier proposed fuel gallons and proposed labor hours for each pricing tier.

 

The USPS may determine that an offer is unacceptable if any of the Mileage Range Pricing is significantly unbalanced in relation to other proposals received. The pricing must reflect a clear understanding of the requirements and must be consistent with the various elements of the supplier’s technical proposal.

 

The USPS anticipates awarding no more than one (1) supplier per site, with the exception of the four (4) sites that are split into two (2) regions. For the sites that are split into two (2) regions or more, USPS may choose to award both regions to a single supplier or award each region separately. Should a supplier be awarded multiple regions or multiple sites, the Purchase Team will ensure that risks associated with awarding to a single supplier are mitigated and contingencies are available for additional service coverage. If proposing more than one (1) site, suppliers will have the option of providing discounts for a multi-site award during negotiations. This discount will be applicable to each site(s) proposed. The evaluation of the supplier’s price will be inclusive of this discounted price; the determination of the optimal combination of site(s) to be awarded to a supplier will also include the proposed discount.

 

11

 

 

Best Value Decision

 

Award will be made to the Supplier who proposes the best combination of price and technical factors. Price is more important than the technical factors. In determining potential tradeoffs to arrive at the best value selection, the Postal Service will assess the strengths, weaknesses, risks, and deficiencies between or among competing technical proposals from the standpoint of:

 

1) What the difference might mean in terms of technical factors; and

 

2) What the evaluated cost would be for the Postal Service to take advantage of that difference.

 

Award will not necessarily be made to the Supplier who provides the highest-rated technical proposal or to the Supplier who offers the lowest price. Price will become more important in selecting between or among closely ranked technical proposals. In making any price-technical tradeoff, the Postal Service also does not intend to pay a premium price unless there is a significant technical advantage justifying a higher price. The Postal Service may award a Supplier one or more sites under this solicitation. The Postal Service may choose to award each site to a different Supplier, depending on which Supplier provides the best value to USPS for each site being solicited.

 

Suppliers must receive an overall technical rating of “Fair” in order to be considered for award.

 

The Postal Service reserves the right to not award a contract based on this solicitation should it deem that a non-award is in its best interest. Awards will not be made to Suppliers whose proposals are not competitively priced or to Suppliers with poor technical proposals.

 

Postal Service E-Sourcing Registration

 

All prospective Suppliers must register at https://uspsprod.emptoris.com and enter the required information.

 

Technical and Price Proposals must be submitted in electronic form through Emptoris. All submissions MUST be received in Emptoris no later than 8:00 a.m. EDT Friday, May 25, 2018 . Please see the “USPS DRO – Bidding” Instruction document provided to Suppliers in the solicitation invitation email message for detailed submission process.

 

Proposals should be submitted in three (3) separate attachments for each site and each region in the following manner:

 

Volume 1 - Technical Proposal

 

Volume 2 - Price Proposal

 

Volume 3 - Financial Documents

 

Please submit three (3) proposal attachments in Emptoris in the following format as stated below separately for each site and each region (see sample below):

 

Site Name - Region A, Technical

Site Name - Region A, Price

Site Name - Region A, Financial

Site Name – Region B, Technical

Site Name – Region B, Price

Site Name – Region C, Financial

 

Failure to submit the required information may result in a proposal being deemed non-responsive. Non-responsive proposals will not be considered for evaluation or award.

 

12

 

 

PROVISION 4-3: REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (NOVEMBER 2012) [NOTE: Use Attachment C, Representations and Certifications, for submission]

 

1. Type of Business Organization. The Supplier, by checking the applicable blocks, represents that it:

 

a. Operates as:

 

__ a corporation incorporated under the laws of the state of; or country of if incorporated in a country other than the United States of America.

 

__ an individual;

 

__ a partnership;

 

__ a joint venture;

 

__ a limited liability company;

 

__ a nonprofit organization; or

 

__ an educational institution; and

 

b. Is (check all that apply)

 

__ a small business concern;

 

__ a minority business (indicate minority below):

 

__ Black American

 

__ Hispanic American

 

__ Native American

 

__ Asian American:

 

__ a woman-owned business; or

 

__ none of the above entities.

 

i. A small business concern for the purposes of Postal Service purchasing means a business, including an affiliate, that is independently owned and operated, is not dominant in producing or performing the supplies or services being purchased, and has no more than 500 employees, unless a different size standard has been established by the Small Business Administration (see 13 CFR 121, particularly for different size standards for airline, railroad, and construction companies). For subcontracts of $50,000 or less, a subcontractor having no more than 500 employees qualifies as a small business without regard to other factors.

 

ii. Minority Business. A minority business is a concern that is at least 51 percent owned by, and whose management and daily business operations are controlled by, one or more members of a socially and economically disadvantaged minority group, namely U.S. citizens who are Black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, or Asian Americans. (Native Americans are American Indians, Eskimos, Aleuts, and Native Hawaiians. Asian Americans are U.S. citizens whose origins are Japanese, Chinese, Filipino, Vietnamese, Korean, Samoan, Laotian, Kampuchean (Cambodian), Taiwanese, in the U.S. Trust Territories of the Pacific Islands or in the Indian subcontinent.)

 

13

 

 

iii. Woman-owned Business. A woman-owned business is a concern at least 51 percent of which is owned by a woman (or women) who is a U.S. citizen, controls the firm by exercising the power to make policy decisions, and operates the business by being actively involved in day-to-day management.

 

iv. Educational or Other Nonprofit Organization. Any corporation, foundation, trust, or other institution operated for scientific or educational purposes, not organized for profit, no part of the net earnings of which insures to the profits of any private shareholder or individual.

 

c. Is (check all that apply)

 

__ a Postal Service employee or a business organization substantially owned or controlled by such an individual

 

__ a spouse of a Postal Service employee or a business organization substantially owned or controlled by such an individual

 

__ another family member of a Postal Service employee or a business organization substantially owned or controlled by such an individual

 

__ an individual residing in the same household as a Postal Service employee or a business organization substantially owned or controlled by such an individual.

 

(Note: Offers from any of the sources listed in subparagraph A.3, may not be considered for an award pending review and recommendation by the Postal Service Ethics Office.)

 

2. Parent Company and Taxpayer Identification Number

 

a. A parent company is one that owns or controls the basic business polices of a Supplier. To own means to own more than 50 percent of the voting rights in the Supplier. To control means to be able to formulate, determine, or veto basic business policy decisions of the Supplier. A parent company need not own the Supplier to control it; it may exercise control through the use of dominant minority voting rights, proxy voting, contractual arrangements, or otherwise.

 

b. Enter the Supplier’s U.S. Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) in the space provided. The TIN is the Supplier’s Social Security number or other Employee Identification Number (EIN) used on the Supplier’s Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Form 941, or as required by Internal Revenue Service (IRS) regulations. Supplier’s TIN:

 

c. IRS Form W-9, Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification. You must complete a copy of IRS Form W-9 and attach it to this certification.

 

d. Check this block if the Supplier is owned or controlled by a parent company.

 

e. If the block above is checked, provide the following information about the parent company:

 

Parent Company’s Name__________________________________

Parent Company’s Main Office:_____________________________

Address:______________________________________________

No. and Street: __________________________________________

City: _________________ State: _______ ZIP Code:____________

Parent Company’s TIN: ___________________________________

 

14

 

 

f. If the Supplier is a member of an affiliated group that files its federal income tax return on a consolidated basis (whether or not the Supplier is owned or controlled by a parent company, as provided above) provide the name and TIN of the common parent of the affiliated group

 

Name of Common Parent: _________________________________

Common Parent’s TIN:____________________________________

 

3. Certificate of Independent Price Determination

 

a. By submitting this proposal, the Supplier certifies, and in the case of a joint proposal each party to it certifies as to its own organization, that in connection with this solicitation:

 

i. The prices proposed have been arrived at independently, without consultation, communication, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to the prices with any other Supplier or with any competitor;

 

ii. Unless otherwise required by law, the prices proposed have not been and will not be knowingly disclosed by the Supplier before award of a contract, directly or indirectly to any other Supplier or to any competitor; and

 

iii. No attempt has been made or will be made by the Supplier to induce any other person or firm to submit or not submit a proposal for the purpose of restricting competition.

 

b. Each person signing this proposal certifies that:

 

i. He or she is the person in the Supplier’s organization responsible for the decision as to the prices being offered herein and that he or she has not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above; or
ii. He or she is not the person in the Supplier’s organization responsible for the decision as to the prices being offered but that he or she has been authorized in writing to act as agent for the persons responsible in certifying that they have not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above, and as their agent does hereby so certify; and he or she has not participated, and will not participate, in any action contrary to paragraph a above.

 

c. Modification or deletion of any provision in this certificate may result in the disregarding of the proposal as unacceptable. Any modification or deletion should be accompanied by a signed statement explaining the reasons and describing in detail any disclosure or communication.

 

4. Certification of Non segregated Facilities

 

a. By submitting this proposal, the Supplier certifies that it does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform services at any location under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. The Supplier agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract.

 

15

 

 

b. As used in this certification, segregated facilities means any waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms or wash rooms, restaurants or other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms or other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment area, transportation, or housing facilities provided for employees that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise.

 

c. The Supplier further agrees that (unless it has obtained identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) it will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors before awarding subcontracts exceeding $10,000 that are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause; that it will retain these certifications in its files; and that it will forward the following notice to these proposed subcontractors (except when they have submitted identical certifications for specific time periods):

 

Notice: A certification of non-segregated facilities must be submitted before the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 that is not exempt from the Equal Opportunity clause. The certification may be submitted either for each subcontract or for all subcontracts during a period (quarterly, semiannually, or annually).

 

5. Certification Regarding Debarment, Proposed Debarment, and Other Matters (This certification must be completed with respect to any offer with a value of $100,000 or more.)

 

a. The Supplier certifies, to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it or any of its principals:

 

i. Are ___ are not ___ presently debarred or proposed for debarment, or declared ineligible for the award of contracts by any Federal, state, or local agency;

 

ii. Have ____ have not ___, within the three-year period preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, state, or local) contract or subcontract; violation of Federal or state antitrust statutes relating to the submission of offers; or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, tax evasion, or receiving stolen property;

 

iii. Are ___ are not ___ presently indicted for, or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity with, commission of any of the offenses enumerated in subparagraph (b) above;

 

iv. Have ___ have not ___ within a three-year period preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in conjunction with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, state or local) contract or subcontract; violation of Federal or state antitrust statutes relating to the submission of offers; or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, tax evasion or receiving stolen property; and

 

v. Are ___ are not ___ presently indicted for, or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity with, commission of any of the offenses enumerated in subparagraph (d) above.

 

16

 

 

b. The Supplier has ___ has not ___, within a three-year period preceding this offer, had one or more contracts terminated for default by any Federal, state, or local agency.

 

c. “Principals,” for the purposes of this certification, means officers, directors, owners, partners, and other persons having primary management or supervisory responsibilities within a business entity (e.g., general manager, plant manager, head of a subsidiary, division, or business segment, and similar positions).

 

d. The Supplier must provide immediate written notice to the Contracting Officer if, at any time prior to contract award, the Supplier learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.

 

e. A certification that any of the items in E.1 and E.2 of this provision exists will not necessarily result in withholding of an award under this solicitation. However, the certification will be considered as part of the evaluation of the Supplier’s capability (see the Conduct Supplier Capability Analysis topic of the Evaluate Proposals task of Process Step 2: Evaluate Sources, in the Postal Service’s Supplying Practices). The Supplier’s failure to furnish a certification or provide additional information requested by the Contracting Officer will affect the capability evaluation.

 

f. Nothing contained in the foregoing may be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render, in good faith, the certification required by E.1 and E.2 of this provision. The knowledge and information of a Supplier is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.

 

g. This certification concerns a matter within the jurisdiction of an agency of the United States and the making of a false, fictitious, or fraudulent certification may render the maker subject to prosecution under section 1001, Title 18, United States Code.

 

h. The certification in E.1 and E.2 of this provision is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when making the award. If it is later determined that the Supplier knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Postal Service, the Contracting Officer may terminate the contract resulting from this solicitation for default.

 

PROVISION 9-2: PREAWARD EQUAL OPPORTUNITY COMPLIANCE REVIEW

 

If the contract award will be $10 million or more, the prospective Supplier and its known first-tier subcontractors with subcontract of $10 million or more will be subject to a pre-award compliance review. In order to qualify for award, the prospective Supplier and first-tier subcontractors must be found in compliance pursuant to 41 CFR 60- 1.20.

 

17

 

 

PART 2: DYNAMIC ROUTE OPTIMIZATION CLAUSES

 

CLAUSE B-1 DEFINITIONS (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

As used in this contract, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

a. Contracting Officer. The person executing this contract on behalf of the Postal Service, and any other officer or employee who is a properly designated Contracting Officer; the term includes, except as otherwise provided in the contract, the authorized representative of a Contracting Officer acting within the limits of the authority conferred upon that person.

 

b. Administrative Official. Any Postal Service official designated by the Manager, Distribution Network to supervise and administer a Supplier’s performance of mail transportation and related services. Officials so designated do NOT have the authority to make contract changes.

 

c. Mail. Mailable matter that is accepted for mail processing and delivery by USPS.

 

d. Manifest. The list of service points and times as described in the Postal Service provided schedule, may be extended, curtailed, or otherwise altered in accordance with the terms of this contract.

 

e. Supplier. The person or persons, partnership or corporation that will be providing the service advertised in this solicitation.

 

f. PS Form 5500, Contract Route Irregularity Report. This form is to describe the irregularity in service that will include the Supplier’s reply and the USPS comments, Form 5500 can be used for failure to observe contract schedule; failure to have locks on doors; unsatisfactory vehicle; safety violations; omitted service or other irregularities as deemed appropriate.

 

g. PS Form 5397, Contract Route Extra Trip Authorization. This form is used for authorization of One-Way Trips or Round Trips in excess of miles/hours as identified on the Supplier manifest.

 

CLAUSE B-3: CONTRACT TYPE (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

This contract will be an indefinite quantity, indefinite delivery contract under which the Postal Service will order mileage at a Fixed Rate per Mile, subject to an economic adjustment. Minimum and maximum mileage quantities have been established for each P&DC area. The supplier is guaranteed a minimum of 10% of the lower range total annual miles of the base year, which is the overall contract minimum. After the base year, the minimum mileage guarantee will be applied monthly and based on the minimum miles listed in the Lower Range mileage tier for each month. The monthly minimum guarantees will not apply in the event performance ends as a result of a termination. Suppliers will also be expected to cover a maximum mileage amount equal to the top of the highest mileage range identified for each region for both Non-Peak and Peak schedules. The Supplier has the right to refuse mileage above the maximum monthly mileage identified.

 

18

 

 

CLAUSE B-9: CLAIMS AND DISPUTES (MARCH 2006)

 

a. This contract is subject to the Contract Disputes Act of 1978 (41 U.S.C. 7101-7109) (“the Act” or “CDA”).

 

b. Except as provided in the Act, all disputes arising under or relating to this contract must be resolved under this clause.

 

c. “Claim,” as used in this clause, means a written demand or written assertion by one of the contracting parties seeking, as a matter of right, the payment of money in a sum certain, the adjustment or interpretation of contract terms, or other relief arising under or relating to this contract. However, a written demand or written assertion by the Supplier seeking the payment of money exceeding $100,000 is not a claim under the Act until certified as required by subparagraph d.2 below. A voucher, invoice, or other routine request for payment that is not in dispute when submitted is not a claim under the Act. The submission may be converted to a claim under the Act by complying with the submission and certification requirements of this clause, if it is disputed either as to liability or amount is not acted upon in a reasonable time.

 

d. A claim by the Supplier must be made in writing and submitted to the Contracting Officer for a written decision. A claim by the Postal Service against the Supplier is subject to a written decision by the Contracting Officer. For Supplier claims exceeding $100,000, the Supplier must submit with the claim the following certification: “I certify that the claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data are accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief, that the amount requested accurately reflects the contract adjustment for which the Supplier believes the Postal Service is liable, and that I am duly authorized to certify the claim on behalf of the Supplier”. The certification may be executed by any person duly authorized to bind the Supplier with respect to the claim.

 

e. For Supplier claims of $100,000 or less, the Contracting Officer must, if requested in writing by the Supplier, render a decision within 60 days of the request. For Supplier-certified claims over $100,000, the Contracting Officer must, within 60 days, decide the claim or notify the Supplier of the date by which the decision will be made.

 

f. The Contracting Officer’s decision is final unless the Supplier appeals or files a suit as provided in the Act.

 

g. When a CDA claim is submitted by or against a Supplier, the parties by mutual consent may agree to use an alternative dispute resolution (ADR) process to assist in resolving the claim. A certification as described in d (2) of this clause must be provided for any claim, regardless of dollar amount, before ADR is used.

 

h. The Postal Service will pay interest in the amount found due and unpaid from:

 

(1) The date the Contracting Officer receives the claim (properly certified, if required); or

 

(2) The date payment otherwise would be due, if that date is later, until the date of payment.

 

i. Simple interest on claims will be paid at a rate determined in accordance with the Interest clause.

 

j. The Supplier must proceed diligently with performance of this contract, pending final resolution of any request for relief, claim, appeal, or action arising under the contract, and comply with any decision of the Contracting Officer.

 

19

 

 

CLAUSE B-15: NOTICE OF DELAY (FEBRUARY 2018) (MODIFIED)

 

Immediately upon becoming aware of any difficulties that might delay deliveries under this contract, the Supplier will notify the Administrative Official. The notification must identify the difficulties, the reasons for them, and the estimated period of delay anticipated. Failure to give notice may preclude later consideration of any request for an extension of contract time.

 

CLAUSE B-16: SUSPENSIONS AND DELAYS (MARCH 2006)

 

A. If the performance of all or any part of the work of this contract is suspended, delayed, or interrupted by:

 

(1) An order or act of the Contracting Officer in administering this contract; or

 

(2) By a failure of the Contracting Officer to act within the time specified in this contract - or within a reasonable time if not specified - an adjustment will be made for any increase in the cost of performance of this contract caused by the delay or interruption (including the costs incurred during any suspension or interruption). An adjustment will also be made in the delivery or performance dates and any other contractual term or condition affected by the suspension, delay, or interruption. However, no adjustment may be made under this clause for any delay or interruption to the extent that performance would have been delayed or interrupted by any other cause, including the fault or negligence of the Supplier, or for which an adjustment is provided or excluded under any other term or condition of this contract.

 

B. A claim under this clause will not be allowed:

 

(1) For any costs incurred more than 20 days before the Supplier has notified the Contracting Officer in writing of the act or failure to act involved; and

 

(2) Unless the claim, in an amount stated, is asserted in writing as soon as practicable after the termination of the delay or interruption, but not later than the day of final payment under the contract.

 

CLAUSE B-19: EXCUSABLE DELAYS (MARCH 2006)

 

a. Except with respect to defaults of subcontractors, the Supplier will not be in default by reason of any failure in performing this contract in accordance with its terms (including any failure by the Supplier to make progress in the prosecution of the work that endangers performance) if the failure arises out of causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Supplier. Such causes may include, but are not restricted to, acts of God or of the public enemy, acts of the government in its sovereign capacity or of the Postal Service in its contractual capacity, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and unusually severe weather, but in every case the failure to perform must be beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Supplier.

 

20

 

 

b. If failure to perform is caused by the failure of a subcontractor to perform or make progress and arises out of causes beyond the control of both the Supplier and subcontractor, and without the fault or negligence of either of them, the Supplier will not be deemed to be in default, unless:

 

(1) The supplies or services to be furnished by the subcontractor are obtainable from other sources;

 

(2) The Contracting Officer orders the Supplier in writing to procure the supplies or services from other sources; and

 

(3) The Supplier fails to comply reasonably with the order.

 

c. Upon request of the Supplier, the Contracting Officer shall ascertain the facts and extent of failure, and if the Contracting Officer determines that any failure to perform was occasioned by any of the said causes, the delivery schedule shall be revised accordingly, subject to the rights of the Postal Service under any termination clause included in this contract.

 

d. As used in this clause, the terms “subcontractor” and “subcontractors” mean subcontractor(s) at any tier.

 

CLAUSE B-22: INTEREST (MARCH 2006)

 

The Postal Service will pay interest on late payments and unearned prompt payment discounts in accordance with the Prompt Payment Act, 31 U.S.C. 3901 et seq., as amended by the Prompt Payment Act Amendments of 1988, P. L. 100-496.

 

CLAUSE B-26: PROTECTION OF POSTAL SERVICE BUILDINGS, EQUIPMENT, AND VEGETATION (MARCH 2006)

 

The Supplier must use reasonable care to avoid damaging buildings, equipment, and vegetation (such as trees, shrubs, and grass) on the Postal Service installation. If the Supplier fails to do so and damages any buildings, equipment, or vegetation, the Supplier must replace or repair the damage at no expense to the Postal Service, as directed by the Contracting Officer. If the Supplier fails or refuses to make repair or replacement, the Supplier will be liable for the cost of repair or replacement, which may be deducted from the contract price.

 

CLAUSE B-30: PERMITS AND RESPONSIBILITIES (MARCH 2006)

 

The Supplier is responsible, without additional expense to the Postal Service, for obtaining any necessary licenses and permits, and for complying with any applicable federal, state, and municipal laws, codes, and regulations in connection with the performance of the contract. The Supplier is responsible for all damage to persons or property, including environmental damage, which occurs as a result of its omission(s) or negligence. The Supplier must take proper safety and health precautions to protect the work, the workers, the public, the environment, and the property of others.

 

CLAUSE B-39: INDEMNIFICATION (MARCH 2006)

 

The Supplier must save harmless and indemnify the Postal Service and its officers, agents, representatives, and employees from all claims, losses, damage, actions, causes of action, expenses, and/or liability resulting from, brought for, or on account of any personal injury or property damage received or sustained by any person, persons or property growing out of, occurring, or attributable to any work performed under or related to this contract, resulting in whole or in part from negligent acts or omissions of the Supplier, any subcontractor, or any employee, agent, or representative of the Supplier or any subcontractor.

 

21

 

 

CLAUSE B-64: ACCOUNTABILITY OF THE SUPPLIER (HIGHWAY) (MARCH 2006)

 

a. The Supplier shall supervise its operations and the operations of its subcontractors which provide services under this contract personally or through representatives. The Supplier or its supervising representatives must be easily accessible in the event of emergencies or interruptions in service.

 

b. In all cases, the Supplier shall be strictly liable to the Postal Service for the Postal Service’s actual damages if mail is subject to loss, rifling, damage, wrong delivery, depredation, and other mistreatment while in the custody and control of the Supplier or its subcontractors. The Supplier shall also be accountable and answerable in damages for the faithful performance of all other obligations assumed under this contract, whether or not it has entrusted part or all of its performance to another, except

 

(1) The Supplier is not liable for its failure to perform if the failure arises out of circumstances beyond its control, and without its fault or negligence, and

 

(2) The Supplier is not liable for a failure of its subcontractors to perform if the subcontractor’s failure arises out of circumstances beyond the Supplier or the subcontractor’s control, and without the fault or negligence of either.

 

c. The Supplier shall faithfully account for and deliver to the Postal Service all

 

(1) Mail,

 

(2) Moneys, and

 

(3) Other property of any kind belonging to or entrusted to the care of the Postal Service, that come into its possession during the term of this contract.

 

d. The Supplier shall, promptly upon discovery, refund (i) any overpayment made by the Postal Service for service performed, or (ii) any payment for service not rendered.

 

CLAUSE B-65: ADJUSTMENTS TO COMPENSATION (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

Contract compensation may be adjusted, from time to time, by mutual agreement of the Supplier and the Contracting Officer.

 

a. Any such adjustments shall be made in accordance with the provisions of this clause and any U.S. Postal Service Management Instruction governing adjustments in effect on the date of adjustment.

 

b. In connection with an adjustment, the Contracting Officer may examine such records and books of account maintained by the Supplier as the Contracting Officer may deem necessary.

 

c. Adjustments in compensation pursuant to this clause shall be memorialized by formal amendment to the contract.

 

d. Should the Postal Service introduce procedures which affect the Supplier’s obligations with respect to the costs of taxes, the contract price will be adjusted with respect to those costs, pro rata, without entitlement to other compensation for those adjustments, subject to the resolution of any dispute about the adjustments under the Claims and Disputes clause.

 

22

 

 

CLAUSE B-68: CHANGES IN CORPORATE OWNERSHIP OR OFFICERS (MARCH 2006)

 

a. This clause applies only if the Supplier is a corporation and it holds no other regular highway transportation contracts or the aggregate annual rate dollar value of any regular highway transportation contracts it holds is less than $150,000.

 

b. A principal owner is any individual, partnership, corporation, or other entity which holds 25 percent or more of the Supplier’s stock. Corporate officers are the President, Vice President, and Secretary.

 

c. The Supplier shall furnish the Contracting Officer, in writing, the names of its principal owners and its corporate officers before contract award or novation.

 

d. Except in the case of death or incapacity of one or more of the principal owners or corporate officers, the Supplier must notify the Contracting Officer in writing not less than 30 days prior to any planned change in the principal owners or corporate officers.

 

e. In the event of death or incapacity of one or more of the principal owners or corporate officers, the Supplier must notify the Contracting Officer in writing within 30 days.

 

CLAUSE B-69: EVENTS OF DEFAULT (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

The Supplier’s right to perform this contract is subject to termination under the clause entitled Termination for Default. The following constitute events of default, and this contract may be terminated pursuant to that Clause.

 

a. The Supplier’s failure to perform service according to the terms of the contract;

 

b. If the Supplier has been administratively determined to have violated Postal laws and regulations and other laws related to the performance of the service;

 

c. Failure to follow the instructions of the Contracting Officer;

 

d. If the Supplier transfers or assigns his contract, except as authorized herein, or sublets the whole or a portion of this contract contrary to the applicable provisions of the U.S. Postal Service Supplying Principles and Practices or without any required approval of the Contracting Officer;

 

e. If the Supplier combines to prevent others from proposing for the performance of Postal Service contracts;

 

f. The Supplier’s failure properly to account, deliver and pay over moneys, mail and other property pursuant to this contract;

 

g. If the Supplier or a partner, if the Supplier is a partnership, or a principal owner or corporate officer, if the Supplier is a corporation,

 

(a) has been or is, during the term of the contract, convicted of a crime of moral turpitude affecting his or her reliability or trustworthiness as a mail transportation Supplier, such as any form of theft, fraud, embezzlement or assault, or

 

23

 

 

(b) associates with known criminals, or

 

(c) otherwise is not reliable, trustworthy or of good character.

 

h. Any breach by the Supplier or subcontractor of any warranty contained in PS Form 7465, Transportation Services Subcontract;

 

i. If the Supplier allows any employed individual to operate a vehicle in connection with this contract who has a record indicating that it would be hazardous for that individual to do so;

 

j. If the Supplier’s transportation equipment is insufficient, inadequate, or otherwise inappropriate for the service;

 

k. If the Supplier employs any individual in connection with the contract contrary to the instructions of the Contracting Officer;

 

l. If at any time the Supplier, its principal owners, corporate officers or personnel are disqualified by law or regulation from performing services under this contract, and upon notice thereof, the Supplier fails to remove any such disqualification;

 

m. If the Supplier fails to establish and maintain continuously in effect insurance as required by this contract, or fails to provide proof of insurance prior to commencement of service and thereafter as required by the Contracting Officer;

 

n. If the Supplier fails to provide any notification of a change in principal owners or corporate officers which this contract may require; or

 

o. If the Supplier materially breaches any other requirement or clause of this contract.

 

p. When a Supplier has multiple contracts with the Postal Service, a material breach under one contract may be grounds for termination of the Supplier’s remaining contracts, if the Contracting Officer determines that termination is in the best interests of the Postal Service.

 

CLAUSE B-77: PROTECTION OF THE MAIL (MARCH 2006)

 

The Supplier must protect and safeguard the mail from loss, theft, or damage while it is in the Supplier’s custody or control and prevent unauthorized persons from having access to the mail.

 

CLAUSE B-78 RENEWAL (MARCH 2006)

 

This contract may be renewed by mutual agreement of the parties.

 

24

 

 

CLAUSE B-79: FORFEITURE OF COMPENSATION (MARCH 2006)

 

If the Supplier fails to perform a trip for any reason, the offeror shall not be entitled to any compensation otherwise due for that trip. If the offeror fails to perform a trip, and such failure is due to the fault or negligence of the Supplier or of its subcontractors, the Supplier shall be liable for all damages actually suffered by the Postal Service by reason of such failure.

 

CLAUSE B-80: LAWS AND REGULATIONS APPLICABLE (MARCH 2006)

 

This contract and the services performed under it are subject to all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations. The Supplier shall faithfully discharge all duties and obligations imposed by such laws and regulations, and shall obtain and pay for all permits, licenses, and other authorities required to perform this contract.

 

CLAUSE B-81: INFORMATION OR ACCESS BY THIRD PARTIES (MAY 2006)

 

The Postal Service retains exclusive authority to release any or all information about mail matter in the custody of the Supplier and to permit access to that mail in the custody of the Supplier. All requests by non-postal individuals (including employees of the Supplier) for information about mail matter in the custody of the Supplier or for access to mail in the custody of the Supplier must be referred to the Contracting Officer or his or her designee.

 

CLAUSE B-82: ACCESS BY OFFICIALS (MARCH 2006)

 

The Supplier shall deny access to the cargo compartment of a vehicle containing mail therein to Federal, state or local officials except at a postal facility and in the presence of a postal employee, unless to prevent damage to the vehicle or its contents.

 

CLAUSE 1-1: PRIVACY PROTECTION (OCTOBER 2014)

 

In addition to other provisions of this contract, the Supplier agrees to the following:

 

a. Privacy Act — If the Supplier operates a system of records on behalf of the Postal Service, the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 522a), the Postal Service regulations at 39 CFR Parts 266–267, and Handbook AS-353, Guide to Privacy, the Freedom of Information Act, and Records Management and Appendix, apply to those records. The Supplier is considered to operate a system of records if it maintains records (including collecting, using, revising, deleting, or disseminating records) from which information is retrieved by the name of an individual or by some number, symbol, or other identifier assigned to the individual. The Supplier must comply with the Act and the Postal Service regulations and Handbook AS-353 in designing, developing, managing, and operating the system of records, including ensuring that records are current and accurate for their intended use, and incorporating adequate safeguards to prevent misuse or improper disclosure of personal information. Violations of the Act may subject the violator to criminal penalties.

 

b. Information Pertaining to Individuals (“Personal Information”) — If the Supplier has access to Postal Service information pertaining to individuals (e.g. customer or employee information), including address information, whether collected online or offline by the Postal Service or by a Supplier acting on its behalf, the Supplier must comply with the following:

 

1. General — With regard to the Postal Service customer information to which it has access pursuant to this contract, the Supplier has that access as an agent of the Postal Service and must adhere to its official Privacy Policy at http://usps.com/privacypolicy.

 

25

 

 

2. Use, Ownership, and Nondisclosure — The Supplier may use Postal Service Personal Information solely for the purposes of this contract, and may not collect or use such information for non-Postal Service marketing, promotion, or any other purpose without the prior written approval of the Contracting Officer. The Supplier may not maintain, access, or store (including archival back-ups) any Personal Information data outside the United States. The Supplier must restrict access to such information to those employees who need the information to perform work under this contract, and must ensure that each such employee (including subcontractors’ employees) sign a nondisclosure agreement, in a form suitable to the Contracting Officer, prior to being granted access to the information. The Postal Service retains sole ownership and rights to its Personal Information. Unless the contract states otherwise, upon completion of the contract the Supplier must turn over all Postal Service Personal Information and any copies of the information, in any form the Personal Information or copies may exist, in its possession to the Postal Service. In addition, the Supplier must certify that no Postal Service Personal Information and, if applicable, copies, have been retained unless otherwise authorized in writing by the Contracting Officer. If so required elsewhere in this contract, the information or copies must be destroyed by the Supplier and the Supplier must certify to the Contracting Officer that such destruction has taken place.

 

3. Security Plan — When applicable, and unless waived in writing by the Contracting Officer, the Supplier must work with the Postal Service to develop and implement a security plan that addresses the protection of Personal Information. The plan will be incorporated into the contract and followed by the Supplier, and must, at a minimum, address notification to the Postal Service of any security breach. If the contract does not include a security plan at the time of contract award, it must be added within 60 days after contract award.

 

4. Breach Notification — If there is any actual or suspected breach of any nature in the security of Postal Service data, including Personal Information, the Supplier must notify the Contracting Officer and the Postal Service’s Chief Privacy Officer as soon as practicable but no later than 24 hours following the detection of a suspected or confirmed breach. The Supplier will be required to follow Postal Service policies regarding breach notification to customers and/or employees.

 

5. Legal Demands for Information — If a legal demand is made for Postal Service Personal Information (such as by subpoena), the Supplier must immediately notify the Contracting Officer and follow the applicable requirements in 39 CFR, sections 265.11 and 265.12. After notification, the Postal Service will determine whether and to what extent to comply with the legal demand. Should the Postal Service agree to or unsuccessfully resist a legal demand, the Supplier may, with the written permission of the Contracting Officer, release the information specifically demanded.

 

c. Online Assistance — If the Supplier assists in the design, development, or operation of a Postal Service customer Web site, or if it designs or places an ad banner, button, or link on a Postal Service Web site or any Web site on the Postal Service’s behalf, the Supplier must comply with the limitations set forth in the Official Postal Service Privacy Policy (see b.1, above). Exceptions to these limitations require the prior written approval of the Contracting Officer and the Postal Service’s Chief Privacy Officer.

 

26

 

 

d. Marketing E-Mail — If the Supplier assists the Postal Service in conducting a marketing e-mail campaign, the Supplier does so as an agent of the Postal Service and must adhere to the Postal Service policies set out in Postal Service Management Instruction AS-350-2004-4, Marketing E-mail. Suppliers wishing to conduct marketing email campaigns to postal employees must first obtain the prior written approval of the Contracting Officer.

 

e. Audits — The Postal Service may audit the Supplier’s compliance with the requirements of this clause, including through the use of online compliance software.

 

f. Indemnification — The Supplier will indemnify the Postal Service against all liability (including costs and fees) for damages arising out of violations of this clause.

 

g. Flow-down — The Supplier will flow this clause down to any and all subcontractors.

 

CLAUSE 1-7: ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST (MARCH 2006)

 

a. Warranty Against Existing Conflicts of Interest. The Supplier warrants and represents that, to the best of its knowledge and belief, it does not presently have organizational conflicts of interest that would diminish its capacity to provide impartial, technically sound, objective research assistance or advice, or would result in a biased work product, or might result in an unfair competitive advantage, except for advantages flowing from the normal benefits of performing this agreement.

 

b. Restrictions on Contracting. The Supplier agrees that during the term of this agreement, any extensions thereto, and for a period of 2 years thereafter, neither the Supplier nor its affiliates will perform any of the following:

 

(1) Compete for any Postal Service contract for production of any product for which the Supplier prepared any work statement or specifications or conducted any studies or performed any task under this agreement.

 

(2) Contract (as the provider of a component or the provider of research or consulting services) with any Supplier competing for any Postal Service contract for production of any product for which the Supplier prepared any work statements or specifications or conducted any studies or performed any task under this agreement.

 

(3) Contract (as the provider of a component or the provider of research or consulting services) with the Supplier which wins award of a Postal Service contract for production of any product for which the Supplier prepared any work statement or specifications or conducted any studies or performed any task under this agreement.

 

c. Possible Future Conflicts of Interest. The Supplier agrees that, if after award of this agreement, it discovers any organizational conflict of interest that would diminish its capacity to provide impartial, technically sound, objective research assistance or advice, or would result in a biased work product, or might result in an unfair competitive advantage, except advantages flowing from the normal benefits of performing this agreement, the Supplier will make an immediate and full disclosure in writing to the Contracting Officer, including a description of the action the Supplier has taken or proposes to take to avoid, eliminate, or neutralize this conflict of interest.

 

27

 

 

d. Nondisclosure of Confidential Material

 

(1) The Supplier recognizes that, in performing this agreement, it may receive confidential information.

 

To the extent that and for as long as the information is confidential, the Supplier agrees to take the steps necessary to prevent its disclosure to any third party without the prior written consent of the Contracting Officer.

 

(2) The Supplier agrees to indoctrinate its personnel who will have access to confidential information as to the confidential nature of the information, and the relationship under which the Supplier has possession of this information.

 

(3) The Supplier agrees to limit access to the confidential information obtained, generated, or derived, and to limit participation in the performance of orders under this agreement to those employees whose services are necessary for performing them.

 

e. Postal Service Remedy. If the Supplier breaches or violates any of the warranties, covenants, restrictions, disclosures or nondisclosures set forth under this clause, the Postal Service may terminate this agreement, in addition to any other remedy it may have for damages or injunctive relief.

 

CLAUSE 1-11: PROHIBITION AGAINST CONTRACTING WITH FORMER OFFICERS OR PCES EXECUTIVES (MARCH 2006)

 

During the performance of this contract, former Postal officers or Postal Career Executive Service (PCES) executives are prohibited from employment by the contractor as key personnel, experts or consultants, if such individuals, within 1 year after their retirement from the Postal Service, would be performing substantially the same duties as they performed during their career with the Postal Service.

 

CLAUSE 1-12: USE OF FORMER POSTAL SERVICE EMPLOYEES (MARCH 2006)

 

During the term of this contract, the Supplier must identify any former Postal Service employees it proposes to be engaged, directly or indirectly, in contract performance. Such individuals may not commence performance without the Contracting Officer’s prior approval. If the Contracting Officer does not provide such approval, the Supplier must replace the proposed individual former employee with another individual equally qualified to provide the services called for in the contract.

 

CLAUSE 2-19: OPTION TO EXTEND (SERVICES CONTRACT) (MARCH 2006)

 

The Postal Service may require the Supplier to continue to perform any or all items of services under this contract up to one hundred twenty (120) days after contract end date. The Contracting Officer may exercise this option, at any time within the one hundred twenty (120) days prior to contract end date, by giving written notice to the Supplier. The rates set forth in the Schedule will apply to any extension made under this option clause.

 

For purposes of continuity of service, the Contracting Officer may unilaterally extend the contract up to a period of one hundred twenty (120) days at any time prior to the end of the contract’s current period of performance in order to allow for the support of any wave-in/wave-out transition activities.

 

28

 

 

CLAUSE 2-22: VALUE ENGINEERING INCENTIVE (MARCH 2006)

 

a. General. The Supplier is encouraged to develop and submit Value Engineering Change Proposals (VECPs) voluntarily. The Supplier will share in savings realized from an accepted VECP as provided in paragraph (h) below.

 

b. Definitions

 

1. Value Engineering Change Proposal (VECP). A proposal that:

 

a. Requires a change to the instant contract;

 

b. Results in savings to the instant contract; and

 

c. Does not involve a change in:

 

i. Deliverable end items only;

 

ii. Test quantities due solely to results of previous testing under the instant contract; or

 

iii. Contract type only.

 

2. Instant Contract. The contract under which a VECP is submitted. It does not include additional contract quantities.

 

3. Additional Contract Quantity. An increase in quantity after acceptance of a VECP due to contract modification, exercise of an option, or additional orders (except orders under indefinite-delivery contracts within the original maximum quantity limitations).

 

4. Postal Service Costs. Costs to the Postal Service resulting from developing and implementing a VECP, such as net increases in the cost of testing, operations, maintenance, logistics support, or property furnished. Normal administrative costs of processing the VECP are excluded.

 

5. Instant Contract Savings. The estimated cost of performing the instant contract without implementing a VECP minus the sum of (a) the estimated cost of performance after implementing the VECP and (b) Postal Service costs.

 

6. Additional Contract Savings. The estimated cost of performance or delivering additional quantities without the implementation of a VECP minus the sum of (a) the estimated cost of performance after the VECP is implemented and (b) Postal Service cost.

 

7. Supplier’s Development and Implementation Costs. Supplier’s cost in developing, testing, preparing, and submitting a VECP. Also included are the Supplier’s cost to make the contractual changes resulting from the Postal Service acceptance of the VECP.

 

c. Content. A VECP must include the following:

 

1. A description of the difference between the existing contract requirement and that proposed, the comparative advantages and disadvantages of each, a justification when an item’s function or characteristics are being altered, the effect of the change on the end item’s performance, and any pertinent objective test data.

 

2. A list and analysis of the contract requirements that must be changed if the VECP is accepted, including any suggested specification revisions.

 

29

 

 

3. A separate, detailed cost estimate for (a) the affected portions of the existing contract requirement and (b) the VECP. The cost reduction associated with the VECP must take into account the Supplier’s allowable development and implementation costs.

 

4. A description and estimate of costs the Postal Service may incur in implementing the VECP, such as test and evaluation and operating and support costs.

 

5. A prediction of any effects the proposed change would have on Postal Service costs.

 

6. A statement of the time by which a contract modification accepting the VECP must be issued in order to achieve the maximum cost reduction, noting any effect on the contract completion time or delivery schedule.

 

7. Identification of any previous submissions of the VECP to the Postal Service, including the dates submitted, purchasing offices, contract numbers, and actions taken.

 

d. Submission. The Supplier must submit VECPs to the Contracting Officer.

 

e. Postal Service Action

 

1. The Contracting Officer will give the Supplier written notification of action taken on a VECP within 60 days after receipt. If additional time is needed, the Contracting Officer will notify the Supplier, within the 60-day period, of the expected date of a decision. The Postal Service will process VECPs expeditiously but will not be liable for any delay in acting upon a VECP.

 

2. If a VECP is not accepted, the Contracting Officer will so notify the Supplier, explaining the reasons for rejection.

 

f. Withdrawal. The Supplier may withdraw a VECP, in whole or in part, at any time before its acceptance.

 

g. Acceptance

 

1. Acceptance of a VECP, in whole or in part, will be by execution of a supplemental agreement modifying this contract and citing this clause. If agreement on price (see paragraph h below) is reserved for a later supplemental agreement, and if such agreement cannot be reached, the disagreement is subject to the Claims and Disputes clause of this contract.

 

2. Until a VECP is accepted by contract modification, the Supplier must perform in accordance with the existing contract.

 

3. The Contracting Officer’s decision to accept or reject all or any part of a VECP is final and not subject to the Claims and Disputes clause or otherwise subject to litigation under the Contract Disputes Act of 1978 (41 U.S.C. 601-613).

 

h. Sharing. If a VECP is accepted, the Supplier’s share is ___ percent of the contract savings. If options are included in the contract, the Supplier’s share for the additional quantity is ___ percent of the contract savings. The contract savings are calculated by subtracting the estimated cost of the performing the contract with the VECP, Postal Service costs, and the allowable development and implementation costs from the estimated cost of performing the contract without the VECP. Profit is excluded when calculating contract savings. (Contracting Officer inserts the negotiated percentage of shared savings. See the Shared Lessons Learned topic of the Manage Delivery and Contract Performance task of Process Step 5: Measure and Manage Supply, from the Postal Service Supplying Practices.)

 

30

 

 

i. Data

 

1. The Supplier may restrict the Postal Service’s right to use any part of a VECP or the supporting data by marking the following legend on the affected parts:

 

“These data, furnished under the Value Engineering Incentive clause of contract, may not be disclosed outside the Postal Service or duplicated, used, or disclosed, in whole or in part, for any purpose other than to evaluate a value engineering change proposal submitted under the clause. This restriction does not limit the Postal Service’s right to use information contained in these data if it has been obtained or is otherwise available from the Supplier or from another source without limitation.”

 

2. If a VECP is accepted, the Supplier hereby grants the Postal Service unlimited rights in the VECP and supporting data, except that, with respect to data qualifying and submitted as limited rights technical data, the Postal Service will have the rights specified in the contract modification implementing the VECP and will appropriately mark the data. (The terms “unlimited rights” and “limited rights” are defined in the Clarify Data Rights and Intellectual Property Issues topic of the Develop Sourcing Strategy task of Process Step 2: Evaluate Sources of the Supplying Practices.)

 

Additional Paragraph j (see the Clarify Data Rights and Intellectual Property Issues topic of the Develop Sourcing Strategy task of Process Step 2:

 

j. Subcontracts. The Supplier must include an appropriate value engineering incentive clause in any firm-fixed-price subcontract of $100,000 or more. In calculating any price adjustment for savings under this contract, the Supplier’s allowable VECP development and implementation costs include any subcontractor’s allowable development and implementation costs. Subcontract savings are subject to the sharing arrangements in paragraph h of this clause, and will be taken into account in determining the savings under this contract.

 

CLAUSE 2-39: ORDERING (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

Services to be furnished under this contract will be ordered by the issuance of weekly manifests, during the period and by the activities specified in the schedule.

All orders are subject to the terms and conditions of this contract. If there is any conflict between an order and this contract, the contract is controlling.

 

CLAUSE 2-42: INDEFINITE QUANTITY (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

a. This is an indefinite-quantity contract; the quantities of supplies or services specified in the Schedule are not purchased until ordered through issuance of the manifest.

 

b. Orders will be defined by the weekly Manifest schedule changes that suppliers receive. The weekly Manifest will be generated by the Transportation Management System (TMS) and issued by Surface Transportation Operations. The frequency of these changes may be every week. As the mileage and routes are optimized, supplier’s schedules will be updated to reflect this change.

 

c. Performance must be as directed in the Manifest in accordance with the contract Schedule. The Supplier must furnish to the Postal Service, when provided the Manifest, the services specified in the Manifest up to the quantity designated in the Attachment A: Service Point Details and Specifications as the maximum. The Postal Service will also detail the least quantity of services designated in the Attachment A: Service Point Details and Specifications, as the monthly minimum.

 

31

 

 

d. Any order issued during the effective period of this contract and not completed within that period must be completed by the Supplier within the time specified in the Manifest, and the rights and obligations of the Supplier and the Postal Service with respect to the order will be the same as if the order were completed during the effective period of the contract.

 

CLAUSE 3-1: SMALL-, MINORITY-, AND WOMAN-OWNED BUSINESS SUBCONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS (FEBRUARY 2018)

 

a. All suppliers, except small businesses, must have an approved subcontracting plan for contracts estimated or valued at $1 million or more at time of award. A subcontracting plan is also required when contracts awarded at less than $1 million reach or exceed the $1 million threshold during contract performance. The plan must be specific to this contract, and separately address subcontracting with small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses. A plan approved by the Postal Service must be included in and made a part of the contract. A subcontract is defined as any agreement (other than one involving an employer-employee relationship) entered into by a Postal Service supplier or subcontractor calling for goods or services required for performance of the contract or subcontract.

 

b. The supplier’s subcontracting plan must include the following:

 

(1) Goals, in terms of percentages of the total amount of this contract that the supplier will endeavor to subcontract to small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses. The supplier must include all subcontracts that contribute to contract performance, and may include a proportionate share of goods and services that are normally allocated as indirect costs.

 

(2) A statement of the:

 

(a) Total dollars planned to be subcontracted under this contract. For indefinite-delivery contracts, this amount would be based upon the minimum and maximum and stated as a total dollar range; and

 

(b) Total of that amount planned to be subcontracted to small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses. For indefinite-delivery contracts, this amount would be based upon the minimum and maximum and stated as a total dollar range.

 

(3) A description of the principal types of goods and services to be subcontracted under this contract, identifying the types planned for subcontracting to small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses.

 

(4) A description of the method used to develop the subcontracting goals for this contract.

 

32

 

 

(5) A description of the method used to identify potential sources for solicitation purposes and a description of efforts the supplier will make to ensure that small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses have an equitable opportunity to compete for subcontracts.

 

(6) A statement as to whether the offer included indirect costs in establishing subcontracting goals for this contract and a description of the method used to determine the proportionate share of indirect costs to be incurred with small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses.

 

(7) The name of the individual employed by the supplier who will administer the subcontracting program and a description of the individual’s duties.

 

(8) Assurances that the supplier will require all subcontractors receiving subcontracts in excess of $1 million to adopt a plan similar to the plan agreed to by the supplier.

 

(9) A description of the types of records the supplier will maintain to demonstrate compliance with the requirements and goals in the plan for this contract. The records must include at least the following:

 

(a) Source lists, guides, and other data identifying small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses;

 

(b) Organizations contacted in an attempt to locate sources that are small-, minority-, and woman-owned businesses;

 

(c) Records on each subcontract solicitation resulting in an award of more than $100,000, indicating whether small-, minority-, or woman-owned businesses were solicited and if not, why not; and

 

(d) Records to support subcontract award data, including the name, address, and business size of each subcontractor.

 

c. Reports. The supplier must provide reports on subcontracting activity under this contract on a semi-annual basis. Should a contract be awarded and completed within the semi-annual reporting period, a report of subcontracting activity is still required. The report must be one of the types described in Clause 3-2: Participation of Small-, Minority-, and Woman-Owned Businesses.

 

CLAUSE 3-2: PARTICIPATION OF SMALL-, MINORITY-, AND WOMAN-OWNED BUSINESSES (FEBRUARY 2018)

 

a. The policy of the Postal Service is to encourage the participation of small-, minority-, and woman-owned business in its purchases of goods and services to the maximum extent practicable consistent with efficient contract performance. The supplier agrees to follow the same policy in performing this contract, and also agrees that any awarded subcontract will follow the same policy by including this clause within contracts with subcontractors.

 

33

 

 

b. When a contract is estimated or valued at $500,000 or more, or when a contract reaches or exceeds the $500,000 threshold during contract performance, the supplier must submit semiannual reports on its subcontracting activity under this contract via a reporting method as specified by the Postal Service. Subject to the agreement of the supplier and the Postal Service, the supplier will report subcontracting activity on one of the following bases:

 

(1) Showing the amount of payments made to subcontractors during the reporting period;

 

(2) Showing subcontracting activity that is allocable to this contract using generally accepted accounting principles; or

 

(3) A combination of the methods listed above.

 

c. The supplier will submit a report in accordance with the Postal Service’s reporting method to the contracting officer within 15 calendar days after the end of each semi-annual period, describing all subcontract awards to small-, minority-, or woman-owned businesses. The report will include, but is not limited to, Postal Service contract number, subcontractor information (supplier name, address, contact name, contact email address), business classification, North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code, and contract specific payments (direct, allocated, and total direct and allocated dollars). The contracting officer may require more frequent reports.

 

CLAUSE 4-1: GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS (JULY 2007) (MODIFIED)

 

a. Inspection and Acceptance. The Supplier will only tender for acceptance those items that conform to the requirements of this contract. The Postal Service reserves the right to inspect or test supplies or services that have been tendered for acceptance. The Postal Service may require repair or replacement of nonconforming supplies or re-performance of nonconforming services at no increase in contract price. The Postal Service must exercise its post acceptance rights (1) within a reasonable period of time after the defect was discovered or should have been discovered and (2) before any substantial change occurs in the condition of the items, unless the change is due to the defect in the item.

 

b. Assignment. If this contract provides for payments aggregating $10,000 or more, claims for monies due or to become due from the Postal Service under it may be assigned to a bank, trust company, or other financing institution, including any federal lending agency, and may thereafter be further assigned and reassigned to any such institution. Any assignment or reassignment must cover all amounts payable and must not be made to more than one party, except that assignment or reassignment may be made to one party as agent or trustee for two or more parties participating in financing this contract. No assignment or reassignment will be recognized as valid and binding upon the Postal Service unless a written notice of the assignment or reassignment, together with a true copy of the instrument of assignment, is filed with:

 

(1) The Contracting Officer;

 

(2) The surety or sureties upon any bond; and

 

(3) The office, if any, designated to make payment, and the Contracting Officer has acknowledged the assignment in writing.

 

34

 

 

(4) Assignment of this contract or any interest in this contract other than in accordance with the provisions of this clause will be grounds for termination of the contract for default at the option of the Postal Service.

 

c. Changes.

 

1. The Contracting Officer may, in writing, without notice to any sureties, order changes within the general scope of this contract in the following:

 

a. Drawings, designs, or specifications when supplies to be furnished are to be specially manufactured for the Postal Service in accordance with them;

 

b. Statement of work or description of services;

 

c. Method of shipment or packing;

 

d. Places of delivery of supplies or performance of services;

 

e. Delivery or performance schedule;

 

f. Postal Service furnished property or facilities.

 

2. Any other written or oral order (including direction, instruction, interpretation, or determination) from the Contracting Officer that causes a change will be treated as a change order under this paragraph, provided that the Supplier gives the Contracting Officer written notice stating (a) the date, circumstances, and source of the order and (b) that the Supplier regards the order as a change order.

 

3. If any such change affects the cost of performance or the delivery schedule, the contract will be modified to effect an equitable adjustment.

 

4. The Supplier’s claim for equitable adjustment must be asserted within 30 days of receiving a written change order. A later claim may be acted upon — but not after final payment under this contract — if the Contracting Officer decides that the facts justify such action.

 

5. Failure to agree to any adjustment is a dispute under Clause B-9, Claims and Disputes, which is incorporated into this contract by reference (see paragraph s). Nothing in that clause excuses the Supplier from proceeding with the contract as changed.

 

d. Reserved

 

e. Reserved

 

f. Reserved

 

g. Invoices: See section L. Payment and Schedule Changes of the SOW

 

i. Payment: See Part 1: Section L, Payment and Schedule Changes in SOW

 

j. Risk of Loss. Unless the contract specifically provides otherwise, risk of loss or damage to the supplies provided under this contract will remain with the Supplier until, and will pass to the Postal Service upon:

 

(1) Delivery of the supplies to a carrier, if transportation is f.o.b. origin, or;

 

(2) Delivery of the supplies to the Postal Service at the destination specified in the contract, if transportation is f.o.b. destination.

 

35

 

 

k. Taxes. The contract price includes all applicable federal, state, and local taxes and duties.

 

l. Termination with Notice. The Contracting Officer or the Supplier, on 180 days written notice, may terminate this contract or the right to perform under it, in whole or in part, without cost to either party.

 

m. Termination for Default. The Postal Service may terminate this contract, or any part hereof, for default by the Supplier, or if the Supplier fails to provide the Postal Service, upon request, with adequate assurances of future performance. In the event of termination for default, the Postal Service will not be liable to the Supplier for any amount for supplies or services not accepted, and the Supplier will be liable to the Postal Service for any and all rights and remedies provided by law. The debarment, suspension, or ineligibility of the Supplier, its partners, officers, or principal owners under the Postal Service’s procedures may constitute an act of default under this contract, and such act will not be subject to notice and cure pursuant to any termination of default provision of this contract. If it is determined that the Postal Service improperly terminated this contract for default, such termination will be deemed a Termination with Notice; the calculation of damages will be based on the contract’s applicable monthly minimums.

 

n. Title. Unless specified elsewhere in this contract, title to items furnished under this contract will pass to the Postal Service upon acceptance, regardless of when or where the Postal Service takes physical possession.

 

p. Limitation of Liability. Except as otherwise provided by an express or implied warranty, the Supplier will not be liable to the Postal Service for consequential damages resulting from any defect or deficiencies in accepted items.

 

q. Other Compliance Requirements. The Supplier will comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws, executive orders, rules and regulations applicable to its performance under this contract. If there are any changes to a federal, state or local law, statute or regulation, executive order or other rule applicable to contract performance during the term of this contract that result in additional contract costs, these costs will be borne by the Supplier.

 

r. Order of Precedence. Any inconsistencies in the provisions of a solicitation, a contract awarded under a solicitation, or a contract awarded without the issuance of a written solicitation will be resolved by giving precedence in the following order:

 

(1) The Statement of Work

 

(2) The Provisions

 

(3) The Clauses

 

(4) Attachments to this document

 

(5) Documents incorporated by reference.

 

36

 

 

CLAUSE 4-2: CONTRACT TERMS AND CONDITIONS REQUIRED TO IMPLEMENT POLICIES, STATUTES, OR EXECUTIVE ORDERS (JULY 2014) (MODIFIED)

 

a. Incorporation by Reference:

 

1. Wherever in this solicitation or contract a standard provision or clause is incorporated by reference, the incorporated term is identified by its title, the provision or clause number assigned to it, in the Postal Service Supplying Practices, and its date. The text of incorporated terms may be found at http://about.usps.com/manuals/spp/spp.pdf. The following clauses are incorporated in this contract by reference:

 

(2) Clause B-25, Advertising of Contract Awards

 

(3) Clause 1-5, Gratuities or Gifts

 

(4) Clause 7-10, Sustainability

 

(5) Clause 9-1, Convict Labor

 

(6) Clause 9-5, Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act - Safety Standards

 

2. If checked, the following additional clauses are also incorporated in this contract by reference: (Contracting Officer will check as appropriate.)

 

(1) Clause 1-1, Privacy Protection

 

(2) Clause 1-6, Contingent Fees

 

(3) Clause 1-9, Preference for Domestic Supplies

 

(4) Clause 1-10, Preference for Domestic Construction Materials

 

(5) Clause 3-1, Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Business Subcontracting Requirements

 

(6) Clause 3-2, Participation of Small, Minority, and Woman-owned Businesses

 

(7) Clause 9-2, Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act - Overtime Compensation

 

(8) Clause 9-3, Davis-Bacon Act

 

(9) Clause 9-6, Walsh-Healey Public Contracts Act

 

(10) Clause 9-7, Equal Opportunity

 

(11) Clause 9-10, Service Contract Act

 

(12) Clause 9-11, Service Contract Act - Short Form

 

(13) Clause 9-12, Fair Labor Standards Acts and Services Contract Act - Price Adjustments

 

(14) Clause 9-13, Affirmative Action for Handicapped Workers

 

(15) Clause 9-14, Affirmative Action for Disabled Veterans and Veterans of the Vietnam Era

 

b. Examination of Records:

 

1. Records - “Records” includes books, documents, accounting procedures and practices, and other data, regardless of type and regardless of whether such items are in written form, in the form of computer data, or in any other form.

 

2. Examination of Costs - If this is a cost-type contract, the Supplier must maintain, and the Postal Service will have the right to examine and audit all records and other evidence sufficient to reflect properly all costs claimed to have been incurred or anticipated to be incurred directly or indirectly in performance of this contract. This right of examination includes inspection at all reasonable times of the Supplier’s plants, or parts of them, engaged in the performance of this contract.

 

37

 

 

3. Cost or Pricing Data - If the Supplier is required to submit cost or pricing data in connection with any pricing action relating to this contract, the Postal Service, in order to evaluate the accuracy, completeness, and currency of the cost or pricing data, will have the right to examine and audit all of the Supplier’s records, including computations and projections, related to:

 

a. The proposal for the contract, subcontract, or modification;

 

b. The discussions conducted on the proposal(s), including those related to negotiating;

 

c. Pricing of the contract, subcontract, or modification; or

 

d. Performance of the contract, subcontract or modification.

 

4. Reports - If the Supplier is required to furnish cost, funding or performance reports, the Contracting Officer or any authorized representative of the Postal Service will have the right to examine and audit the supporting records and materials, for the purposes of evaluating:

 

a. The effectiveness of the Supplier’s policies and procedures to produce data compatible with the objectives of these reports; and

 

b. The data reported.

 

5. Availability - The Supplier must maintain and make available at its office at all reasonable times the records, materials, and other evidence described in (b)(1)-(4) of this clause, for examination, audit, or reproduction, until three years after final payment under this contract or any longer period required by statute or other clauses in this contract. In addition:

 

a. If this contract is completely or partially terminated, the Supplier must make available the records related to the work terminated until three years after any resulting final termination settlement; and

 

b. The Supplier must make available records relating to appeals under the claims and disputes clause or to litigation or the settlement of claims arising under or related to this contract. Such records must be made available until such appeals, litigation or claims are finally resolved.

 

c. Payment Offsets:

 

As required by 31 U.S.C. 3716, the Postal Service participates in the Treasury Offset Program of the Department of Treasury’s Financial Management Service. Payments under this contract are subject to offset in whole or in part to for the Supplier’s delinquent tax and non-tax debts owed to the United States and the states and for delinquent child support payments. Suppliers with questions concerning a payment offset should contact the Treasury Offset Program call center at: 1(800) 304-3107.

 

38

 

 

CLAUSE 7-4: INSURANCE (MARCH 2006) (MODIFIED)

 

a. During the term of this contract and any extension, the Supplier must maintain at its own expense the insurance required by this clause. Insurance companies must be acceptable to the Postal Service. Policies must include all terms and provisions required by the Postal Service.

 

b. The Supplier must maintain and furnish evidence of workers’ compensation, employers’ liability insurance, and the following general public liability and automobile liability insurance per the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Association (FMSCA), 49CFR 387.9, Financial Responsibility Minimum Levels:

 

General Freight Carrier Trucks over 10,000 pounds are required to have $750,000 insurance.

 

Carrier trucks under 10,001 pounds are required to have $300,000 liability insurance.

 

c. Each policy must include substantially the following provision: “It is a condition of this policy that the company furnish written notice to the U.S. Postal Service 30 days in advance of the effective date of any reduction in or cancellation of this policy.”

 

d. The Supplier must furnish a certificate of insurance or, if required by the Contracting Officer, true copies of liability policies and manually countersigned endorsements of any changes. Insurance must be effective, and evidence of acceptable insurance furnished, before beginning performance under this contract. Evidence of renewal must be furnished not later than 5 days before a policy expires.

 

e. The maintenance of insurance coverage as required by this clause is a continuing obligation, and the lapse or termination of insurance coverage without replacement coverage being obtained will be ground for termination for default.

 

CLAUSE 7-5: ERRORS AND OMISSIONS (MARCH 2006)

 

i. The Supplier warrants that it is insured for $200,000 (unless a greater amount is set forth in the Schedule) for errors and omissions per claim in the performance of this contract.

 

ii. Unless the Supplier’s policy is prepaid, non-cancelable, and issued for a period at least equal to the term of this contract on an occurrence basis, the Supplier must have the policy amended to include substantially the following provision:

“It is a condition of this policy that the company furnish written notice to the U.S. Postal Service 30 days in advance of the effective date of any reduction in or cancellation of this policy.”

 

iii. The Supplier must furnish a certificate of insurance or, if required by the Contracting Officer, true copies of liability policies and manually countersigned endorsements of any changes. Insurance must be effective, and evidence of acceptable insurance furnished, before beginning performance under this contract. Evidence of renewal must be furnished not later than 5 days

 

39

 

 

CLAUSE 7-10: SUSTAINABILITY (JULY 2014) (MODIFIED)

 

The Postal Service embraces sustainable practices and environmental responsibility, and encourages Suppliers to improve their environmental sustainability practices in the performance of this contract. As appropriate, the Postal Service will collaborate with the Supplier to identify opportunities that may improve the environmental and sustainability performance of the goods and services being provided by the Supplier. Some of these environmental sustainable practices may include alternative fuel sources such as electricity, methanol, natural gas and propane. The Postal Services encourages the Supplier to develop and propose innovative sustainability business practices and offer goods and services that assist the Postal Service to operate in a more environmentally sustainable manner. Innovative sustainability business practices can take the form of improved and more sustainable business processes, replacement of materials used in performance with more sustainable materials, combination of sustainable materials with other materials that lead to reductions in the total cost of ownership, or by some other means. If the proposed innovation results in enhanced sustainability or otherwise furthers the Postal Service’s goals, then the Postal Service may share any savings resulting from the innovation with the Supplier.

 

CLAUSE 8-8: ADDITIONAL DATA REQUIREMENTS (MARCH 2006)

 

a. In addition to the data specified elsewhere in this contract to be delivered, the Contracting Officer may, at any time during contract performance or within a period of 3 years after acceptance of all items to be delivered under this contract, order any first generated or produced in the performance of this contract.

 

b. The Rights in Technical Data and the Rights in Computer Software clauses, or other equivalent data clauses if included in this contact, apply to all data ordered under this Additional Data Requirements clause. Nothing in this clause requires the supplier to deliver any data specifically identified in this contract as not subject to this clause.

 

c. When data are to be delivered under this clause, the supplier will be compensated for converting the data into the prescribed form for reproduction and delivery. The Contracting Officer may release the supplier from the requirements of this clause for specifically identified data items at any time during the three-year period set forth in paragraph a above.

 

CLAUSE 8-10: RIGHTS IN DATA — SPECIAL WORKS (MARCH 2006)

 

a. Definition — Works means literary works, including technical reports, studies, and similar documents; musical and dramatic works; and recorded information, regardless of the form or the medium on which it may be recorded. It does not include information incidental to contract administration, such as financial, administrative, cost or pricing, or management information.

 

b. Rights:

 

(1) All works first produced in the performance of this contract are the sole property of the Postal Service. The supplier agrees not to assert or authorize others to assert any rights or establish any claim of copyright in these works.

 

(2) The supplier assigns all right, title, and interest to the Postal Service in all works first produced in performance of this contract that are not otherwise “works for hire” for the Postal Service under Section 201(b) of Title 17, U.S.C. The supplier, unless directed otherwise by the Contracting Officer, must place on all such works delivered under this contract the following notice:

 

“Copyright (year of delivery) United States Postal Service”

 

40

 

 

(3) The supplier grants to the Postal Service a royalty-free, nonexclusive, irrevocable license throughout the world to publish, translate, deliver, perform, use, and dispose of in any manner any portion of a work that is not first produced in the performance of this contract but in which copyright is owned by the supplier and that is incorporated in the work finished under this contract, and to authorize others to do so for Postal Service purposes.

 

(4) Unless the Contracting Officer’s written approval is obtained, the supplier may not include in any works prepared for or delivered to the Postal Service under this contract any works of authorship in which copyright is not owned by the supplier or the Postal Service without acquiring for the Postal Service any right necessary to perfect a license of the scope set forth in subparagraph b(3) above.

 

(5) Except as otherwise specifically provided for in this contract, the supplier may not use for purposes other than the performance of this contact, or release, reproduce, distribute, or publish, any work first produced in the performance of this contract, or authorize others to do so.

 

c. Indemnity — The supplier indemnifies the Postal Service (and its officers, agents, and employees acting for the Postal Service) against any liability, including costs and expenses:

 

(1) For violation of proprietary rights, copyrights, or rights of privacy or publicity, arising out of the creation, delivery, or use of any works furnished under this contract, or

 

(2) Based upon any libelous or other unlawful matter contained in these works. These provision do not apply to material furnished by the Postal Service and incorporated in the works to which this clause applies.

 

CLAUSE 8-13: INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (MARCH 2006)

 

All intellectual property rights evolving from studies, reports, or other data delivered under this contract are the sole property of the Postal Service. The supplier agrees to make, execute, and deliver to the Postal Service any papers or other instruments in such terms and contents as may be required for the filing of any required instrument necessary for preserving an intellectual property right and does hereby assign and transfer to the Postal Service the entire right, title, and interest in and to the intellectual property rights. Before final settlement of this contract, a final report must be submitted on Form 7398, Report of Inventions and Subcontracts, or other format acceptable to the Contracting Officer.

 

Clause 8-16: Postal Service Title in Technical Data and Computer Software (March 2006)

 

a. Definitions:

 

(1) Data — Data means technical data including drawings, technical reports, studies, and similar documents; computer software and computer software documentation, including but not limited to source code, object code, algorithms, formulas, and, other data that describe design, function, operation, or capabilities, and other recorded information, regardless of the form or the medium on which it may be recorded. It does not include information incidental to contract administration, such as financial, administrative, cost or pricing, or management information.

 

41

 

 

(2) Form, Fit, and Function Data — Data relating to an item or process that are sufficient to enable physical and functional interchangeability, as well as data identifying source, size, configuration, mating and attachment characteristics, functional characteristics, and performance requirements; except that for computer software, it means data identifying origin, functional characteristics, and performance requirements but specifically excludes the source code, algorithm, process, formulas, and machine-level flowcharts of the computer software.

 

(3) Limited Rights Data — Data other than computer software developed at private expense, including minor modifications of these data.

 

(4) Technical Data — Data other than computer software, of a scientific or technical nature. 40

 

(5) Restricted Computer Software — Computer software developed at private expense that is a trade secret, is commercial or financial and confidential or privileged, or is published copyrighted computer software, including minor modifications of this computer software.

 

(6) Restricted Rights — The rights of the Postal Service in restricted computer software, as set forth in a Restricted Rights Notice as provided in paragraph h. below, or as otherwise may be provided in a collateral agreement incorporated in and made part of this contract.

 

(7) Unlimited Rights — The rights of the Postal Service in technical data and computer software to use, disclose, reproduce, prepare derivative works, distribute copies to the public, and perform and display publicly, in any manner and for any purpose, and to have or permit others to do so.

 

b. Rights:

 

(1) The Postal Service has title to all data first produced in the performance of this contract. Accordingly, the supplier assigns all rights, title, and interest to the Postal Service in all data first produced in performance of this contract. The supplier, unless directed otherwise by the Contracting Officer, must place on all such data delivered under this contract the following notice:

 

“This data is the confidential property of the U.S. Postal Service and may not be used, released, reproduced, distributed or published without the express written permission of the U.S. Postal Service.”

 

(2) The supplier grants to the Postal Service a royalty-free, nonexclusive, irrevocable license throughout the world to publish, translate, deliver, perform, use, and dispose of in any manner any portion of data that is not first produced in the performance of this contract but in which copyright is owned by the supplier and that is incorporated in the data furnished under this contract, and to authorize others to do so for Postal Service purposes.

 

42

 

 

(3) Unless the Contracting Officer’s written approval is obtained, the supplier may not include in any data prepared for or delivered to the Postal Service under this contract any data which is not owned by the supplier or the Postal Service without acquiring for the Postal Service any right necessary to perfect a license of the scope set forth in subparagraph b(2).

 

c. Indemnity — The supplier indemnifies the Postal Service (and its officers, agents, and employees acting for the Postal Service) against any liability, including costs and expenses:

 

(1) For violation of proprietary rights, copyrights, or rights of privacy or publicity, arising out of the creation, delivery, or use of any works furnished under this contract, or

 

(2) Based upon any libelous or other unlawful matter contained in these works. This provision does not apply to material furnished by the Postal Service and incorporated in the works to which this clause applies.

 

d. Additional Rights in Technical Data:

 

(1) Except as provided in paragraph b., the Postal Service has unlimited rights in:

 

(a) Form fit, and function data, including such data developed at private expense, delivered under this contract, and

 

(b) Technical data delivered under this contract that constitute manuals or instructional and training material for installation, operation, or routine maintenance and repair of items, components, or processes delivered or furnished for use under this contract.

 

(2) Copyright:

 

(a) The Contracting Officer may direct the supplier to establish, or authorize the establishment of, claim to copyright in the technical data and to assign, or obtain the written assignment of, the copyright to the Postal Service or its designated assignee.

 

(b) The supplier may not, without prior written permission of the Contracting Officer, incorporate in technical data delivered under this contract any data not first produced in the performance of this contract containing the copyright notice of 176 U.S.C. 401 or 402, unless the supplier identifies the data and grants to the Postal Service, or acquires on its behalf at no cost to the Postal Service, a paid-up, nonexclusive, irrevocable worldwide license in such copyright data to reproduce, prepare derivative works, distribute copies to the public, and perform and display the data publicly.

 

(c) The Postal Service agrees not to remove any copyright notices placed on data pursuant to this section d, and to include such notices on all reproductions of the data.

 

43

 

 

e. Release, Publication, and Use of Technical Data and Computer Software:

 

(1) Unless prior written permission is obtained from the Contracting Officer or to the extent expressly set forth in this contract, the supplier will not use, release to others, reproduce, distribute, or publish any technical data or computer software first produced by the supplier in the performance of the contract.

 

(2) The supplier agrees that if it receives or is given access to data or software necessary for the performance of this contract that contain restrictive markings, the supplier will treat the data or software in accordance with the markings unless otherwise specifically authorized in writing by the Contracting Officer.

 

f. Unauthorized Marking of Data or Computer Software:

 

(1) If any technical data or computer software delivered under this contract are marked with the notice specified in paragraph h. and the use of such a notice is not authorized by this clause, or if the data or computer software bear any other unauthorized restrictive markings, the Contracting Officer may at any time either return the data or software or cancel the markings. The Contracting Officer must afford the supplier at least 30 days to provide a written justification to substantiate the propriety of the markings. Failure of the supplier to timely respond, or to provide written justification, may result in the cancellation of the markings. The Contracting Officer must consider any written justification by the supplier and notify the supplier if the markings are determined to be authorized.

 

(2) The foregoing procedures may be modified in accordance with Postal Service regulations implementing the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552) if necessary to respond to a request thereunder. In addition, the supplier is not precluded from bringing a claim in connection with any dispute that may arise as the result of the Postal Service’s action to remove any markings on data or computer software, unless this action occurs as the result of a final disposition of the matter by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

g. Omitted or Incorrect Markings:

 

(1) Technical data or computer software delivered to the Postal Service without the limited rights notice or restricted notice authorized by paragraph h., or the data rights notice required by paragraph b., will be deemed to have been furnished with unlimited rights, and the Postal Service assumes no liability for the disclosure, use, or reproduction of such data or computer software. However, to the extent the data or software have not been disclosed outside the Postal Service, the supplier may request, within 6 months (or a longer time approved by the Contracting Officer) after delivery of the data or software, permission to have notices placed on qualifying technical data or computer software at the supplier’s expense, and the Contracting Officer may agree to do so if the supplier:

 

(a) Identifies the technical data or computer software to which the omitted notice is to be applied;

 

(b) Demonstrates that the omission of the notice was inadvertent;

 

(c) Establishes that the use of the proposed notice is authorized; and

 

(d) Acknowledges that the Postal Service has no liability with respect to the disclosure, use, or reproduction of any such data or software made before the addition of the notice or resulting from the omission of the notice.

 

44

 

 

(2) The Contracting Officer may also:

 

(a) Permit correction of incorrect notices, at the supplier’s expense, if the supplier identifies the technical data or computer software on which correction of the notice is to be made and demonstrates that the correct notice is authorized, or

 

(b) Correct any incorrect notices.

 

h. Protection of Rights:

 

(1) Protection of Limited Rights Data — When technical data other than data listed in paragraph d., above, are specified to be delivered under this contract and qualify as limited rights data, if the supplier desires to continue protection of such data, the supplier must affix the following “Limited Rights Notice” to the data, and the Postal Service will thereafter treat the data, subject to paragraphs f. and g. above, in accordance with the Notice:

 

“LIMITED RIGHTS NOTICE

 

These technical data are submitted with limited rights under Postal Service Contract No. ______________________ (and subcontract __________________, if appropriate). These data may be reproduced and used by the Postal Service with the express limitation that they will not, without written permission of the supplier, be used for purposes of manufacture or disclosed outside the Postal Service; except that the Postal Service may disclose these data outside the Postal Service for the following purposes, provided that the Postal Service makes such disclosure subject to prohibition against further use and disclosure:

 

(1) Use (except for manufacture) by support service suppliers.

 

(2) Evaluation by Postal Service evaluators.

 

(3) Use (except for manufacture) by other suppliers participating in the Postal Service’s program of which the specific contract is a part, for information and in connection with the work performed under each contract.

 

(4) Emergency repair or overhaul work.

 

This Notice must be marked on any reproduction of these data, in whole or in part.”

 

(2) Protection of Restricted Computer Software:

 

(a) When computer software is specified to be delivered under this contract and qualifies as restricted computer software, if the supplier desires to continue protection of such computer software, the supplier must affix the following “Restricted Rights Notice” to the computer software, and the Postal Service will thereafter treat the computer software, subject to paragraphs f. and g. above, in accordance with the Notice:

 

“RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE

 

(a) This computer software is submitted with restricted rights under Postal Service Contract No.(and subcontract, if appropriate). It may not be used, reproduced, or disclosed by the Postal Service except as provided below or as otherwise stated in the contract.

 

45

 

 

(b) This computer software may be:

 

1. Used or copied for use in or with the computer or computers for which it was acquired, including use at any Postal Service installation to which the computer or computers may be transferred;

 

2. Used or copied for use in a backup computer if any computer for which it was acquired is inoperative;

 

3. Reproduced for safekeeping (archives) or backup purposes;

 

4. Modified, adapted, or combined with other computer software, provided that the modified, adapted, or combined portions of any derivative software incorporating restricted computer software are made subject to the same restricted rights;

 

5. Disclosed to and reproduced for use by support service suppliers in accordance with 1. through 4. above, provided the Postal Service makes such disclosure or reproduction subject to these restricted rights; and

 

6. Used or copied for use in or transferred to a replacement computer.

 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this computer software is published copyrighted computer software, it is licensed to the Postal Service, without disclosure prohibitions, with the minimum rights set forth in the preceding paragraph.

 

(d) Any other rights or limitations regarding the use, duplication, or disclosure of this computer software are to be expressly stated in, or incorporated in, the contract.

 

(e) This Notice must be marked on any reproduction of this computer software, in whole or in part.”

 

(b) When it is impracticable to include the above Notice on restricted computer software, the following short-form Notice may be used instead, on condition that the Postal Service’s rights with respect to such computer software will be as specified in the above Notice unless otherwise expressly stated in the contract.

 

“RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE (SHORT FORM)

 

Use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in Contract No.___________________ (and subcontract ____________, if appropriate) with ______________________ (name of supplier and subcontractor).”

 

46

 

 

i. Subcontracting — The supplier has the responsibility to obtain from its subcontractors all computer software and technical data and the rights therein necessary to fulfill the supplier’s obligations under this contract. If a subcontractor refuses to accept terms affording the Postal Service such rights, the supplier must promptly bring such refusal to the attention of the Contracting Officer and may not proceed with subcontract award without further authorization.

 

j. Standard Commercial License or Lease Agreements — The supplier unconditionally accepts the terms and conditions of this clause unless expressly provided otherwise in this contract or in a collateral agreement incorporated in and made part of this contract. Thus the supplier agrees that, notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in the supplier’s standard commercial license or lease agreement pertaining to any restricted computer software delivered under this contract, and irrespective of whether any such agreement has been proposed before or after issuance of this contract or of the fact that such agreement may be affixed to or accompany the restricted computer software upon delivery, the Postal Service has the rights set forth in this clause to use, duplicate, or disclose any restricted computer software delivered under this contract.

 

k. Relationship to Patents — Nothing contained in this clause implies a license to the Postal Service under any patent or may be construed as affecting the scope of any license or other right otherwise granted to the Postal Service. Clause 9-9: Equal Opportunity Pre-award Compliance of Subcontracts (March 2006)

 

CLAUSE 9-10: SERVICE CONTRACT ACT (MARCH 2006)

 

a. This contract is subject to the Service Contract Act of 1965, as amended (41 U.S.C. 6701 et seq.), and to the following provisions and all other applicable provisions of the Act and regulations of the Secretary of Labor issued under the Act (29 CFR Part 4).

 

(1) Each service employee employed in the performance of this contract by the supplier or any subcontractor must be:

 

(a) Paid not less than the minimum monetary wages, and

 

(b) Furnished fringe benefits in accordance with the wages and fringe benefits determined by the Secretary of Labor or an authorized representative, as specified in any wage determination attached to this contract.

 

(2)

 

(a) If a wage determination is attached to this contract, the Contracting Officer must require that any class of service employees not listed in it and to be employed under the contract (that is, the work to be performed is not performed by any classification listed in the wage determination) be classified by the supplier so as to provide a reasonable relationship (that is, appropriate level of skill comparison) between the unlisted classifications and the classifications in the wage determination. The conformed class of employees must be paid the monetary wages and furnished the fringe benefits determined under this clause. (The information collection requirements contained in this paragraph b. have been approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0150.)

 

47

 

 

(b) The conforming procedure must be initiated by the supplier before the performance of contract work by the unlisted class of employees. A written report of the proposed conforming action, including information regarding the agreement or disagreement of the authorized representative of the employees involved or, if there is no authorized representative, the employees themselves, must be submitted by the supplier to the Contracting Officer no later than 30 days after the unlisted class of employees performs any contract work. The Contracting Officer must review the proposed action and promptly submit a report of it, together with the agency’s recommendation and all pertinent information, including the position of the supplier and the employees, to the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, for review. Within 30 days of receipt, the Wage and Hour Division will approve, modify, or disapprove the action, render a final determination in the event of disagreement, or notify the Contracting Officer that additional time is necessary.

 

(c) The final determination of the conformance action by the Wage and Hour Division will be transmitted to the Contracting Officer, who must promptly notify the supplier of the action taken. The supplier must give each affected employee a written copy of this determination, or it must be posted as a part of the wage determination.

 

(i) The process of establishing wage and fringe benefit rates bearing a reasonable relationship to those listed in a wage determination cannot be reduced to any single formula. The approach used may vary from determination to determination, depending on the circumstances. Standard wage and salary administration practices ranking various job classifications by pay grade pursuant to point schemes or other job factors may, for example, be relied upon. Guidance may also be obtained from the way various jobs are rated under federal pay systems (Federal Wage Board Pay System and the General Schedule) or from other wage determinations issued in the same locality. Basic to the establishment of conformable wage rates is the concept that a pay relationship should be maintained between job classifications on the basis of the skill required and the duties performed.

 

(ii) If a contract is modified or extended or an option is exercised, or if a contract succeeds a contract under which the classification in question was previously conformed pursuant to this clause, a new conformed wage rate and fringe benefits may be assigned to the conformed classification by indexing (that is, adjusting) the previous conformed rate and fringe benefits by an amount equal to the average (mean) percentage increase change in the wages and fringe benefits specified for all classifications to be used on the contract that are listed in the current wage determination, and those specified for the corresponding classifications in the previously applicable wage determination. If these conforming actions are accomplished before the performance of contract work by the unlisted class of employees, the supplier must advise the Contracting Officer of the action taken, but the other procedures in (1) (b), (2)(c) above need not be followed.

 

(iii) No employee engaged in performing work on this contract may be paid less than the currently applicable minimum wage specified under section 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended.

 

48

 

 

(d) The wage rate and fringe benefits finally determined pursuant to b(2)(a) and (b) above must be paid to all employees performing in the classification from the first day on which contract work is performed by them in the classification. Failure to pay unlisted employees the compensation agreed upon by the interested parties and/or finally determined by the Wage and Hour Division retroactive to the date the class of employees began contract work is a violation of the Service Contract Act and this contract.

 

(e) Upon discovery of failure to comply with b(2)(a) through (e) above, the Wage and Hour Division will make a final determination of conformed classification, wage rate, and/ or fringe benefits that will be retroactive to the date the class of employees commenced contract work.

 

(3) If, as authorized pursuant to section 4(d) of the Service Contract Act, the term of this contract is more than 1 year, the minimum monetary wages and fringe benefits required to be paid or furnished to service employees will be subject to adjustment after 1 year and not less often than once every 2 years, pursuant to wage determinations to be issued by the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration of the Department of Labor.

 

(a) The supplier or subcontractor may discharge the obligation to furnish fringe benefits specified in the attachment or determined conformably to it by furnishing any equivalent combinations of bona fide fringe benefits, or by making equivalent or differential payments in cash in accordance with the applicable rules set forth in Subpart D of 29 CFR Part 4, and not otherwise.

 

6. In the absence of a minimum-wage attachment for this contract, neither the supplier nor any subcontractor under this contract may pay any person performing work under the contract (regardless of whether they are service employees) less than the minimum wage specified by section 6(a)(1) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938. Nothing in this provision relieves the supplier or any subcontractor of any other obligation under law or contract for the payment of a higher wage to any employee.

 

(2)

 

(a) If this contract succeeds a contract subject to the Service Contract Act, under which substantially the same services were furnished in the same locality, and service employees were paid wages and fringe benefits provided for in a collective bargaining agreement, in the absence of a minimum wage attachment for this contract setting forth collectively bargained wage rates and fringe benefits, neither the supplier nor any subcontractor under this contract may pay any service employee performing any of the contract work (regardless of whether or not the employee was employed under the predecessor contract), less than the wages and fringe benefits provided for in the agreement, to which the employee would have been entitled if employed under the predecessor contract, including accrued wages and fringe benefits and any prospective increases in wages and fringe benefits provided for under the agreement.

 

(b) No supplier or subcontractor under this contract may be relieved of the foregoing obligation unless the limitations of section 4.1(b) of 29 CFR Part 4 apply or unless the Secretary of Labor or an authorized representative finds, after a hearing as provided in section 4.10 of 29 CFR Part 4, that the wages and/or fringe benefits provided for in the agreement vary substantially from those prevailing for services of a similar character in the locality, or determines, as provided in section 4.11 of 29 CFR Part 4, that the agreement applicable to service employees under the predecessor contract was not entered into as a result of arm’s-length negotiations.

 

49

 

 

(c) If it is found in accordance with the review procedures in 29 CFR 4.10 and/or 4.11 and Parts 6 and 8 that wages and/ or fringe benefits in a predecessor supplier’s collective bargaining agreement vary substantially from those prevailing for services of a similar character in the locality, and/or that the agreement applicable to service employees under the predecessor contract was not entered into as a result of arm’s-length negotiations, the Department will issue a new or revised wage determination setting forth the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits. This determination will be made part of the contract or subcontract, in accordance with the decision of the Administrator, the Administrative Law Judge, or the Board of Service Contract Appeals, as the case may be, irrespective of whether its issuance occurs before or after award (53 Comp. Gen. 401 (1973)). In the case of a wage determination issued solely as a result of a finding of substantial variance, it will be effective as of the date of the final administrative decision.

 

e. The supplier and any subcontractor under this contract must notify each service employee starting work on the contract of the minimum monetary wage and any fringe benefits required to be paid pursuant to the contract, or must post the wage determination attached to this contract. The poster provided by the Department of Labor (Publication WH 1313) must be posted in a prominent and accessible place at the worksite. Failure to comply with this requirement is a violation of section 2(a)(4) of the Act and of this contract. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0150.)

 

f. The supplier or subcontractor may not permit services called for by this contract to be performed in buildings or surroundings or under working conditions provided by or under the control or supervision of the supplier or subcontractor that are unsanitary or hazardous or dangerous to the health or safety of service employees engaged to furnish these services, and the supplier or subcontractor must comply with the safety and health standards applied under 29 CFR Part 1925.

 

g.

 

(1) The supplier and each subcontractor performing work subject to the Act must maintain for 3 years from the completion of the work records containing the information specified in (a) through (f) following for each employee subject to the Service Contract Act and must make them available for inspection and transcription by authorized representatives of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration of the U.S. Department of Labor (approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control numbers 1215-0017 and 12150150):

 

(a) Name, address, and social security number of each employee.

 

(b) The correct work classification, rate or rates of monetary wages paid and fringe benefits provided, rate or rates of fringe benefit payments in lieu thereof, and total daily and weekly compensation of each employee.

 

50

 

 

(c) The number of daily and weekly hours so worked by each employee.

 

(d) Any deductions, rebates, or refunds from the total daily or weekly compensation of each employee.

 

(e) A list of monetary wages and fringe benefits for those classes of service employees not included in the wage determination attached to this contract but for whom wage rates or fringe benefits have been determined by the interested parties or by the Administrator or authorized representative pursuant to paragraph b. above. A copy of the report required by b(2)(b) above is such a list.

 

(f) Any list of the predecessor supplier’s employees furnished to the supplier pursuant to section 4.6(1)(2) of 29 CFR Part 4.

 

(2) The supplier must also make available a copy of this contract for inspection or transcription by authorized representatives of the Wage and Hour Division.

 

(3) Failure to make and maintain or to make available the records specified in this paragraph g. for inspection and transcription is a violation of the regulations and this contract, and in the case of failure to produce these records, the Contracting Officer, upon direction of the Department of Labor and notification of the supplier, must take action to suspend any further payment or advance of funds until the violation ceases.

 

(4) The supplier must permit authorized representatives of the Wage and Hour Division to conduct interviews with employees at the worksite during normal working hours.

 

h. The supplier must unconditionally pay to each employee subject to the Service Contract Act all wages due free and clear and without subsequent deduction (except as otherwise provided by law or regulations, 29 CFR Part 4), rebate, or kickback on any account. Payments must be made no later than one pay period following the end of the regular pay period in which the wages were earned or accrued. A pay period under the Act may not be of any duration longer than semimonthly.

 

i. The Contracting Officer must withhold or cause to be withheld from the Postal Service supplier under this or any other contract with the supplier such sums as an appropriate official of the Department of Labor requests or the Contracting Officer decides may be necessary to pay underpaid employees employed by the supplier or subcontractor. In the event of failure to pay employees subject to the Act wages or fringe benefits due under the Act, the Postal Service may, after authorization or by direction of the Department of Labor and written notification to the supplier, suspend any further payment or advance of funds until the violations cease. Additionally, any failure to comply with the requirements of this clause may be grounds for termination of the right to proceed with the contract work. In this event, the Postal Service may enter into other contracts or arrangements for completion of the work, charging the supplier in default with any additional cost.

 

51

 

 

j. The supplier agrees to insert this clause in all subcontracts subject to the Act. The term “supplier,” as used in this clause in any subcontract, is deemed to refer to the subcontractor, except in the term “supplier.”

 

k. Service employee means any person engaged in the performance of this contract other than any person employed in a bona fide executive, administrative, or professional capacity, as those terms are defined in 29 CFR Part 541, as of July 30, 1976, and any subsequent revision of those regulations. The term includes all such persons regardless of any contractual relationship that may be alleged to exist between a supplier or subcontractor and them.

 

l.

 

(1) If wages to be paid or fringe benefits to be furnished service employees employed by the supplier or a subcontractor under the contract are provided for in a collective bargaining agreement that is or will be effective during any period in which the contract is being performed, the supplier must report this fact to the Contracting Officer, together with full information as to the application and accrual of these wages and fringe benefits, including any prospective increases, to service employees engaged in work on the contract, and furnish a copy of the agreement. The report must be made upon starting performance of the contract, in the case of collective bargaining agreements effective at the time. In the case of agreements or provisions or amendments thereof effective at a later time during the period of contract performance, they must be reported promptly after their negotiation. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0150.)

 

(2) Not less than 10 days before completion of any contract being performed at a Postal facility where service employees may be retained in the performance of a succeeding contract and subject to a wage determination containing vacation or other benefit provisions based upon length of service with a supplier (predecessor) or successor (section 4.173 of Regulations, 29 CFR Part 4), the incumbent supplier must furnish to the Contracting Officer a certified list of the names of all service employees on the supplier’s or subcontractor’s payroll during the last month of contract performance. The list must also contain anniversary dates of employment on the contract, either with the current or predecessor suppliers of each such service employee. The Contracting Officer must turn over this list to the successor supplier at the commencement of the succeeding contract. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0150.)

 

m. Rulings and interpretations of the Service Contract Act of 1965, as amended, are contained in Regulations, 29 CFR Part 4.

 

n.

 

(1) By entering into this contract, the supplier and its officials certify that neither they nor any person or firm with a substantial interest in the supplier’s firm are ineligible to be awarded government contracts by virtue of the sanctions imposed pursuant to section 5 of the Act.

 

52

 

 

(2) No part of this contract may be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a government contract pursuant to section 5 of the Act.

 

(3) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001.

 

o. Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of this clause, the following employees may be employed in accordance with the following variations, tolerances, and exemptions, which the Secretary of Labor, pursuant to section 4(b) of the Act before its amendment by P. L. 92-473, found to be necessary and proper in the public interest or to avoid serious impairment of the conduct of government business:

 

(1) Apprentices, student-learners, and workers whose earning capacity is impaired by age, or physical or mental deficiency or injury may be employed at wages lower than the minimum wages otherwise required by section 2(a)(1) or 2(b)(1) of the Service Contract Act without diminishing any fringe benefits or cash payments in lieu thereof required under section 2(a)(2) of the Act, in accordance with the conditions and procedures prescribed for the employment of apprentices, student-learners, handicapped persons, and handicapped clients of sheltered workshops under section 14 of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, in the regulations issued by the Administrator (29 CFR Parts 520, 521, 524, and 525).

 

(2) The Administrator will issue certificates under the Service Contract Act for the employment of apprentices, student- learners, handicapped persons, or handicapped clients of sheltered workshops not subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, or subject to different minimum rates of pay under the two Acts, authorizing appropriate rates of minimum wages (but without changing requirements concerning fringe benefits or supplementary cash payments in lieu thereof), applying procedures prescribed by the applicable regulations issued under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (29 CFR Parts 520, 521, 524, and 525).

 

(3) The Administrator will also withdraw, annul, or cancel such certificates in accordance with the regulations in 29 CFR Parts 525 and 528.

 

p. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they perform when they are employed and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the U.S. Department of Labor, or if no such recognized agency exists in a state, under a program registered with the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, Employment and Training Administration, U.S. Department of Labor. Any employee not registered as an apprentice in an approved program must be paid the wage rate and fringe benefits contained in the applicable wage determination for the journeyman classification of work actually performed. The wage rates paid apprentices may not be less than the wage rate for their level of progress set forth in the registered program, expressed as the appropriate percentage of the journeyman’s rate contained in the applicable wage determination. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen employed on the contract work in any craft classification may not be greater than the ratio permitted to the supplier for its entire workforce under the registered program.

 

53

 

 

q. An employee engaged in an occupation in which he or she customarily and regularly receives more than $30 a month tips may have the amount of tips credited by the employer against the minimum wage required by section 2(a)(1) or section 2(b)(1) of the Act in accordance with section 3(m) of the Fair Labor Standards Act and Regulations, 29 CFR Part 531. However, the amount of this credit may not exceed $1.24 per hour beginning January 1, 1980, and $1.34 per hour after December 31, 1980. To utilize this proviso:

 

(1) The employer must inform tipped employees about this tip credit allowance before the credit is utilized;

 

(2) The employees must be allowed to retain all tips (individually or through a pooling arrangement and regardless of whether the employer elects to take a credit for tips received);

 

(3) The employer must be able to show by records that the employee receives at least the applicable Service Contract Act minimum wage through the combination of direct wages and tip credit (approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1214-0017); and

 

(4) The use of tip credit must have been permitted under any predecessor collective bargaining agreement applicable by virtue of section 4(c) of the Act.

 

a. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract are not subject to Clause B-9: Claims and Disputes but must be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR Parts 4, 6, and 8. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the supplier (or any of its subcontractors) and the Postal Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives.

 

CLAUSE 9-12: FAIR LABOR STANDARDS ACT AND SERVICE CONTRACT ACT – PRICE ADJUSTMENT (FEBRUARY 2010)

 

a. The Supplier warrants that the contract prices do not include allowance for any contingency to cover increased costs for which adjustment is provided under this clause.

 

b. The minimum prevailing wage determination, including fringe benefits, issued under the Service Contract Act of 1965 by the Department of Labor (DOL), current at least every two years after the original award date, current at the beginning of any option period, or in the case of a significant change in labor requirements, applies to this contract and any exercise of an option of this contract. When no such determination has been made as applied to this contract, the minimum wage established in accordance with the Fair Labor Standards Act applies to any exercise of an option of this contract.

 

c. When, as a result of the determination of minimum prevailing wages and fringe benefits applicable (1) every two years after original award date, (2) at the beginning of any option period, or (3) in the case of a significant change in labor requirements, an increased or decreased wage determination is applied to this contract, or when as a result of any amendment to the Fair Labor Standards Act enacted after award that affects minimum wage, and whenever such a determination becomes applicable to this contract under law, the Supplier increases or decreases wages or fringe benefits of employees working on the contract to comply, the Supplier and the Contracting Officer will negotiate whether and to what extent either party will absorb the costs of the wage change. Any resulting change in contract price is limited to increases or decreases in wages or fringe benefits, and the concomitant increases or decreases in Social Security, unemployment taxes, and workers’ compensation insurance, but may not otherwise include any amount for general and administrative costs, overhead, or profit. ( See Attachment E)

 

54

 

 

d. The Supplier or Contracting Officer may request a contract price adjustment within 30 days of the effective date of a wage change. If a request for contract price adjustment has been made, and the parties have not reached an agreement within thirty days of that request, the Contracting Officer should issue a unilateral change order in the amount considered to be a fair and equitable adjustment. The Supplier may then either accept the amount, or the Supplier may file a claim under Clause B-9: Claims and Disputes unless the Contracting Officer and Supplier extend this period in writing. Upon agreement of the parties, the contract price or unit price labor rates will be modified in writing. Pending agreement on or determination of any such adjustment and its effective date, the Supplier must continue performance.

 

e. The Contracting Officer or the Contracting Officer’s authorized representative must, for 3 years after final payment under the contract, be given access to and the right to examine any directly pertinent books, papers, and records of the Supplier.

 

CLAUSE 9-14: AFFIRMATIVE ACTION FOR SPECIAL DISABLED VETERANS, VETERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA, AND OTHER ELIGIBLE VETERANS (FEBRUARY 2010)

 

a. The Supplier must comply with the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor issued under the Vietnam Era Veterans’ Readjustment Assistance Act of 1972 (the Act), as amended (38 U.S.C. 4211 and 4212).

 

b. The Supplier may not discriminate against any employee or applicant because that employee or applicant is a special disabled veteran, a veteran of the Vietnam era, or other eligible veteran, in regard to any position for which the employee or applicant is qualified. The Supplier agrees to take affirmative action to employ, advance in employment, and otherwise treat qualified special disabled veterans, veterans of the Vietnam era, and other eligible veterans without discrimination in all employment practices, such as employment, upgrading, demotion, transfer, recruitment, advertising, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for training (including apprenticeship).

 

c. The Supplier agrees to list all employment openings which exist at the time of the execution of this contract and those which occur during the performance of this contract, including those not generated by this contract and including those occurring at an establishment of the Supplier other than the one where the contract is being performed, but excluding those of independently operated corporate affiliates, at an appropriate local office of the state employment service where the opening occurs. State and local government agencies holding Postal Service contracts of $100,000 or more will also list their openings with the appropriate office of the state employment service.

 

55

 

 

d. Listing of employment openings with the employment service system will be made at least concurrently with the use of any recruitment source or effort and will involve the normal obligations attaching to the placing of a bona fide job order, including the acceptance of referrals of veterans and nonveterans. The listing of employment openings does not require the hiring of any particular applicant or hiring from any particular group of applicants, and nothing herein is intended to relieve the Supplier from any other requirements regarding nondiscrimination in employment.

 

e. Whenever the Supplier becomes contractually bound to the listing provisions of this clause, it must advise the employment service system in each state where it has establishments of the name and location of each hiring location in the state. The Supplier may advise the state system when it is no longer bound by this clause.

 

Paragraphs c, d, and e above do not apply to openings the Supplier proposes to fill from within its own organization or under a customary and traditional employer union hiring arrangement. But this exclusion does not apply to a particular opening once the Supplier decides to consider applicants outside its own organization or employer union arrangements for that opening.

 

Fuel Rate Establishment

 

This contract will be administered under the automated fuel index program. At the time of award, the fuel price per gallon in the contract will be set to the Department of Energy (DOE) Petroleum Acquisition Defense District (PADD) Price for the region in which the contract originates, using the price for the month immediately preceding the month of award. If there is a difference between the price per gallon in place when the award or renewal contract is signed and the DOE price on the first day of the new term, the contract price will be adjusted reflecting the difference in price of fuel.

 

Fuel Rate Adjustment

 

At the end of each calendar month, the difference between (1) the previous monthly DOE regional fuel index for the applicable fuel type and (2) the current monthly DOE regional fuel index for the applicable fuel type will be adjusted automatically. This will become the new contract baseline fuel PPG. The new contract baseline fuel PPG will remain in effect until the next automatic monthly adjustment. Suppliers will be required to provide the number of gallons used in their estimated annual fuel costs. This information will be used in the calculation of any fuel adjustment and in the determination of the reasonableness of supplier pricing.

 

56

 

Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 17 CFR 240.13(a)-14(a)

(SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION)

 

I, John P. Yeros, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of EVO Transportation & Energy Services, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant, as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 

  EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
   
Date: November 15, 2018 By: /s/ John P. Yeros
    John P. Yeros
    Chief Executive Officer
    Principal Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 17 CFR 240.13(a)-14(a)

(SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION)

 

I, Michael Zientek, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of EVO Transportation & Energy Services, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant, as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 

  EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
   
Date: November 15, 2018 By: /s/ Michael Zientek
   

Michael Zientek

Chief Financial Officer

Principal Financial and Accounting Officer

Exhibit 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of EVO Transportation & Energy Services, Inc. (the “Company”) for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2018, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, John P. Yeros, as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

  1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

  2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

  EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
   
Date: November 15, 2018 By: /s/ John P. Yeros
    John P. Yeros
    Chief Executive Officer
    Principal Executive Officer

 

Exhibit 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of EVO Transportation & Energy Services, Inc. (the “Company”) for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2018, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Michael Zientek, as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

  1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

  2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

  EVO TRANSPORTATION & ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
   
Date: November 15, 2018 By: /s/ Michael Zientek
   

Michael Zientek

Chief Financial Officer

Principal Financial and Accounting Officer